diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'Master/texmf-dist')
91 files changed, 19284 insertions, 11704 deletions
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/CHANGES b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/CHANGES index 5fdc2ea070b..ea5fa1af3cc 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/CHANGES +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/CHANGES @@ -1,5 +1,34 @@ glossaries change log: +v4.33 (2017-09-20): + + * Removed makeglossaries.bat (TeX distributions on Windows + convert the Perl script to makeglossaries.exe, so the + .bat file isn't needed.) + + * makeglossaries and makeglossaries-lite.lua now have their + version numbers synchronised with glossaries.sty + + * Added makeglossaries-lite.pod (to provide the + makeglossaries-lite.1 man file) + + * Updated POD at the end of makeglossaries + + * Added example-glossaries-symbolnames.tex for use in any MWE + requiring symbols in the name fields. + + * Tidied up the user manual and guide for beginners. + + * glossaries.sty: + + - added package option nolangwarn + + - added package option esclocations + + - added \GlsSetXdyNumberGroupOrder + + - added starred form of \GlsSetXdyFirstLetterAfterDigits + v4.32 (2017-08-24): * glossaries.sty: diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/README b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/README index 912b5a1f63a..6f8770253f1 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/README +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/README @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ -LaTeX Package : glossaries v4.32 +LaTeX Package : glossaries v4.33 -Last Modified : 2017-08-24 +Last Modified : 2017-09-20 Author : Nicola Talbot diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-code.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-code.pdf Binary files differindex 166baab76b7..a825ead85d1 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-code.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-code.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-user.html b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-user.html index 101a969b633..8dc71ce82e9 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-user.html +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-user.html @@ -21,7 +21,6 @@ .cmr-17{font-size:170%;} .cmr-12{font-size:120%;} .cmr-8{font-size:80%;} -.cmsy-8{font-size:80%;} .cmtt-12{font-size:120%;font-family: monospace;} .cmtt-12{font-family: monospace;} .cmtt-12{font-family: monospace;} @@ -33,6 +32,7 @@ .cmss-10{ font-family: sans-serif;} .cmss-10{ font-family: sans-serif;} .cmss-10{ font-family: sans-serif;} +.cmss-10{ font-family: sans-serif;} .cmtt-10{font-family: monospace;} .cmtt-10{font-family: monospace;} .cmtt-10{font-family: monospace;} @@ -43,7 +43,9 @@ .cmssbx-10{ font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;} .cmssbx-10{ font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;} .cmssbx-10{ font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;} +.cmssbx-10{ font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;} .cmr-9{font-size:90%;} +.tcrm-0800{font-size:80%;} .cmtt-8{font-size:80%;font-family: monospace;} .cmtt-8{font-family: monospace;} .cmtt-8{font-family: monospace;} @@ -53,20 +55,30 @@ .cmss-8{ font-family: sans-serif;} .cmss-8{ font-family: sans-serif;} .cmss-8{ font-family: sans-serif;} +.cmss-8{ font-family: sans-serif;} +.cmss-9{font-size:90%; font-family: sans-serif;} +.cmss-9{ font-family: sans-serif;} +.cmss-9{ font-family: sans-serif;} +.cmss-9{ font-family: sans-serif;} +.cmss-9{ font-family: sans-serif;} +.tcrm-0900{font-size:90%;} +.cmmi-9{font-size:90%;font-style: italic;} +.msam-10x-x-90{font-size:90%;} .cmtt-9{font-size:90%;font-family: monospace;} .cmtt-9{font-family: monospace;} .cmtt-9{font-family: monospace;} .cmtt-9{font-family: monospace;} .cmtt-9{font-family: monospace;} -.cmsy-9{font-size:90%;} -.cmitt-10{font-family: monospace; font-style: italic;} +.pzdr-x-x-90{font-size:90%;} .cmbx-12{font-size:120%; font-weight: bold;} .cmbx-12{ font-weight: bold;} +.cmitt-10{font-family: monospace; font-style: italic;} .cmbxti-10{ font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;} .cmssbx-10x-x-120{font-size:120%; font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;} .cmssbx-10x-x-120{ font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;} .cmssbx-10x-x-120{ font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;} .cmssbx-10x-x-120{ font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;} +.cmssbx-10x-x-120{ font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;} .small-caps{font-variant: small-caps; } p.noindent { text-indent: 0em } td p.noindent { text-indent: 0em; margin-top:0em; } @@ -201,7 +213,7 @@ div.array {text-align:center;} .equation-star td{text-align:center; } table.equation-star { width:100%; } table.equation { width:100%; } -table.align, table.alignat, table.xalignat, table.xxalignat, table.flalign {width:100%; margin-left:5%; white-space: nowrap;} +table.align, table.alignat, table.xalignat, table.xxalignat, table.flalign {width:95%; margin-left:5%; white-space: nowrap;} table.align-star, table.alignat-star, table.xalignat-star, table.flalign-star {margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; white-space: nowrap;} td.align-label { width:5%; text-align:center; } td.align-odd { text-align:right; padding-right:0.3em;} @@ -215,6 +227,68 @@ div.longtable{text-align:center;} .supertabular {text-align:center} div.important { border : solid red; } div.verbatim { font-family: monospace; white-space: nowrap; text-align:left; clear:both; padding-top: 2ex; padding-bottom: 2ex;} +span#textcolor1{color:#00FF00} +span#textcolor2{color:#00FF00} +span#textcolor3{color:#00FF00} +span#textcolor4{color:#FF0000} +span#textcolor5{color:#FF0000} +span#textcolor6{color:#00FF00} +span#textcolor7{color:#FF0000} +span#textcolor8{color:#FF0000} +span#textcolor9{color:#FF0000} +span#textcolor10{color:#00FF00} +span#textcolor11{color:#00FF00} +span#textcolor12{color:#00FF00} +span#textcolor13{color:#FF0000} +span#textcolor14{color:#00FF00} +span#textcolor15{color:#00FF00} +span#textcolor16{color:#00FF00} +span#textcolor17{color:#00FF00} +span#textcolor18{color:#00FF00} +span#textcolor19{color:#FF0000} +span#textcolor20{color:#00FF00} +span#textcolor21{color:#FF0000} +span#textcolor22{color:#FF0000} +span#textcolor23{color:#00FF00} +span#textcolor24{color:#00FF00} +span#textcolor25{color:#FF0000} +span#textcolor26{color:#00FF00} +span#textcolor27{color:#00FF00} +span#textcolor28{color:#00FF00} +span#textcolor29{color:#00FF00} +span#textcolor30{color:#FF0000} +span#textcolor31{color:#FF0000} +span#textcolor32{color:#00FF00} +span#textcolor33{color:#FF0000} +span#textcolor34{color:#FF0000} +span#textcolor35{color:#FF0000} +span#textcolor36{color:#00FF00} +span#textcolor37{color:#00FF00} +span#textcolor38{color:#00FF00} +span#textcolor39{color:#00FF00} +span#textcolor40{color:#FF0000} +span#textcolor41{color:#00FF00} +span#textcolor42{color:#00FF00} +span#textcolor43{color:#FF0000} +span#textcolor44{color:#00FF00} +span#textcolor45{color:#00FF00} +span#textcolor46{color:#00FF00} +span#textcolor47{color:#FF0000} +span#textcolor48{color:#00FF00} +span#textcolor49{color:#FF0000} +span#textcolor50{color:#00FF00} +span#textcolor51{color:#00FF00} +span#textcolor52{color:#00FF00} +span#textcolor53{color:#00FF00} +span#textcolor54{color:#FF0000} +span#textcolor55{color:#FF0000} +span#textcolor56{color:#00FF00} +span#textcolor57{color:#FF0000} +span#textcolor58{color:#00FF00} +span#textcolor59{color:#FF0000} +span#textcolor60{color:#FF0000} +span#textcolor61{color:#00FF00} +span#textcolor62{color:#00FF00} /* end css.sty */ @@ -222,20 +296,20 @@ div.verbatim { font-family: monospace; white-space: nowrap; text-align:left; cle </style> </head><body > -<!--l. 406--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 455--><p class="noindent" ><a id="top"></a> -</p><!--l. 406--><p class="indent" > +</p><!--l. 455--><p class="indent" > -</p><!--l. 406--><p class="indent" > +</p><!--l. 455--><p class="indent" > </p> <div class="center" > -<!--l. 406--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 406--><p class="noindent" ><span -class="cmr-17">User Manual for glossaries.sty v4.32</span> +<!--l. 455--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 455--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="cmr-17">User Manual for glossaries.sty v4.33</span> </p> <div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-1" class="tabular" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" @@ -250,77 +324,92 @@ class="td11"> <a href="http://www.dickimaw-books.com/" class="url" ><span class="cmtt-12">http://www.dickimaw-books.com/</span></a> </td></tr></table> </div> -<!--l. 406--><p class="noindent" ><span -class="cmr-12">2017-08-24</span></p></div> +<!--l. 455--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="cmr-12">2017-09-20</span></p></div> <div class="abstract" > -<!--l. 408--><p class="indent" > +<!--l. 457--><p class="indent" > </p> <div class="center" > -<!--l. 408--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 408--><p class="noindent" ><span +<!--l. 457--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 457--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmbx-10">Abstract</span></p></div> -<!--l. 409--><p class="noindent" >The <span +<!--l. 458--><p class="noindent" >The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package provides a means to define terms or abbreviations or symbols that can be referenced within your document. Sorted lists with collated <a href="#glo:entrylocation">locations</a> can be generated either using <span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span> or using a supplementary <a href="#glo:indexingapp">indexing application</a>. -</p><!--l. 414--><p class="indent" > Additional features not provided here may be available through the supplemental package +</p><!--l. 463--><p class="indent" > Additional features not provided here may be available through the supplemental package <a href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> which, if required, needs to be installed separately. New features will be added to <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>. Versions of the <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package after v4.21 will mostly be just bug -fixes. -</p><!--l. 419--><p class="indent" > +class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package after v4.21 will mostly be just bug fixes. +Note that <a +href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span +class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> provides an extra indexing option (<a +href="#glo:bib2gls"><span +class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a + id="dx1-2"></a></a>) which isn’t available +with just the base <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a + id="dx1-3"></a> package. +</p><!--l. 471--><p class="indent" > </p> </div> -<!--l. 421--><p class="indent" > If you require multilingual support you must also separately install the relevant language -module. Each language module is called <span +<!--l. 473--><p class="indent" > If you require multilingual support you must also separately install the relevant language +module. Each language module is distributed under the name <span class="cmtt-10">glossaries-</span>⟨<span -class="cmti-10">language</span>⟩, where ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">language</span>⟩ is the root -language name. For example, <span -class="cmtt-10">glossaries-french </span>or <span -class="cmtt-10">glossaries-german</span>. If a language -module is required, the <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package will automatically try to load it and will give -a warning if the module isn’t found. See <a +class="cmti-10">language</span>⟩, +where ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">language</span>⟩ is the root language name. For example, <span +class="cmtt-10">glossaries-french </span>or +<span +class="cmtt-10">glossaries-german</span>. If a language module is required, the <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package will +automatically try to load it and will give a warning if the module isn’t found. See <a href="#sec:languages"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>1.3 </a><a -href="#sec:languages">Multi-Lingual Support<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:languages --></a> for further -details. -</p><!--l. 430--><p class="indent" > The <span +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>1.4 +</a><a +href="#sec:languages">Multi-Lingual Support<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:languages --></a> for further details. If there isn’t any support available for your +language, use the <span +class="cmss-10">nolangwarn</span><a + id="dx1-4"></a> package option to suppress the warning and provide your own +translations. (For example, use the <span +class="cmss-10">title</span><a + id="dx1-5"></a> key in <span +class="cmtt-10">\printglossary</span>.) +</p><!--l. 486--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package requires a number of other packages including, but not limited to, <span class="cmss-10">tracklang</span><a - id="dx1-2"></a>, <span + id="dx1-6"></a>, <span class="cmss-10">mfirstuc</span><a - id="dx1-3"></a>, <span + id="dx1-7"></a>, <span class="cmss-10">etoolbox</span><a - id="dx1-4"></a>, <span + id="dx1-8"></a>, <span class="cmss-10">xkeyval</span><a - id="dx1-5"></a> (at least version dated 2006/11/18), <span + id="dx1-9"></a> (at least version dated 2006/11/18), <span class="cmss-10">textcase</span><a - id="dx1-6"></a>, <span + id="dx1-10"></a>, <span class="cmss-10">xfor</span><a - id="dx1-7"></a>, + id="dx1-11"></a>, <span class="cmss-10">datatool-base</span><a - id="dx1-8"></a> (part of the <span + id="dx1-12"></a> (part of the <span class="cmss-10">datatool</span><a - id="dx1-9"></a> bundle) and <span + id="dx1-13"></a> bundle) and <span class="cmss-10">amsgen</span><a - id="dx1-10"></a>. These packages are all available + id="dx1-14"></a>. These packages are all available in the latest <span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span> Live and Mik<span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span> distributions. If any of them are missing, @@ -332,7 +421,7 @@ class="E">E</span>X</span> distribution?</a> or <a href="http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/14925/updating-tex-on-linux" >Updating <span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span> on Linux</a>.) -</p><!--l. 445--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Documents have wide-ranging styles when it comes to presenting glossaries or lists of +</p><!--l. 501--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Documents have wide-ranging styles when it comes to presenting glossaries or lists of terms or notation. People have their own preferences and to a large extent this is determined by the kind of information that needs to go in the glossary. They may just have symbols with terse descriptions or they may have long technical @@ -340,15 +429,15 @@ words with complicated descriptions. The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package is flexible enough to accommodate such varied requirements, but this flexibility comes at a price: a big manual. -</p><!--l. 455--><p class="indent" > 😱 If you’re freaking out at the size of this manual, start with <span +</p><!--l. 511--><p class="indent" > 😱 If you’re freaking out at the size of this manual, start with <span class="cmtt-10">glossariesbegin.pdf </span>(“The glossaries package: a guide for beginnners”). You should find it in the same directory as this document or try <span class="cmtt-10">texdoc glossariesbegin.pdf</span>. Once you’ve got to grips with the basics, then come back to this manual to find out how to adjust the settings. </div> -</p><!--l. 461--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 463--><p class="noindent" >The <span +</p><!--l. 517--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 519--><p class="noindent" >The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>bundle comes with the following documentation: </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description"> <a @@ -363,7 +452,7 @@ href="glossary2glossaries.pdf" class="url" ><span class="cmtt-10">glossary2glossaries.pdf</span></a> </dt><dd class="description">If you are moving over from the obsolete <span class="cmss-10">glossary</span><a - id="dx1-11"></a> package, + id="dx1-15"></a> package, read <a href="glossary2glossaries.html" >“Upgrading from the glossary package to the glossaries package”</a>. </dd><dt class="description"> @@ -378,13 +467,13 @@ class="cmtt-10">glossaries-code.pdf</span></a> </dt><dd class="description">Advanced users wishing to know more about the inner workings of all the packages provided in the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>bundle should read “Documented - Code for glossaries v4.32”. + Code for glossaries v4.33”. + + </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">INSTALL</span> </dt><dd class="description">Installation instructions. - - </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">CHANGES</span> </dt><dd @@ -394,7 +483,7 @@ class="description">Change log. class="cmbx-10">README</span> </dt><dd class="description">Package summary. </dd></dl> -<!--l. 492--><p class="noindent" >Related resources: </p> +<!--l. 548--><p class="noindent" >Related resources: </p> <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize"><a href="http://www.dickimaw-books.com/faqs/glossariesfaq.html" ><span @@ -412,44 +501,48 @@ href="http://www.latex-community.org/know-how/latex/55-latex-general/263-glossar </li> <li class="itemize">The <a href="http://ctan.org/pkg/glossaries-extra" ><span -class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package</a></li></ul> -<!--l. 511--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package</a> + </li> + <li class="itemize"><a +href="http://ctan.org/pkg/bib2gls" ><span +class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a></li></ul> +<!--l. 569--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use <span class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a - id="dx1-12"></a> and <span + id="dx1-16"></a> and <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>, you must load <span class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a - id="dx1-13"></a> <span + id="dx1-17"></a> <span class="cmti-10">first</span>. Similarly the <span class="cmss-10">doc</span><a - id="dx1-14"></a> package + id="dx1-18"></a> package must also be loaded before <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>. (If <span class="cmss-10">doc</span><a - id="dx1-15"></a> is loaded, the file extensions for the default main + id="dx1-19"></a> is loaded, the file extensions for the default main glossary are changed to <span class="cmtt-10">gls2</span><a - id="dx1-16"></a>, <span + id="dx1-20"></a>, <span class="cmtt-10">glo2</span><a - id="dx1-17"></a> and <span + id="dx1-21"></a> and <span class="cmtt-10">.glg2</span><a - id="dx1-18"></a> to avoid conflict with <span + id="dx1-22"></a> to avoid conflict with <span class="cmss-10">doc</span><a - id="dx1-19"></a>’s changes + id="dx1-23"></a>’s changes glossary.)<a id="pdflatexnote"></a> -</p><!--l. 520--><p class="indent" > If you are using <span +</p><!--l. 578--><p class="indent" > If you are using <span class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a - id="dx1-20"></a>, it’s best to use <span + id="dx1-24"></a>, it’s best to use <span class="cmtt-10">pdflatex</span><a - id="dx1-21"></a> rather than <span + id="dx1-25"></a> rather than <span class="cmtt-10">latex</span><a - id="dx1-22"></a> (DVI format) as + id="dx1-26"></a> (DVI format) as <span class="cmtt-10">pdflatex </span>deals with hyperlinks much better. If you use the DVI format, you will encounter problems where you have long hyperlinks or hyperlinks in subscripts or superscripts. This is an issue with the DVI format not with <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>. </div> -</p><!--l. 526--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 584--><p class="noindent" > @@ -463,172 +556,182 @@ href="#Q1-1-3">Glossary</a></span> <br /> <span class="chapterToc" >1 <a href="#sec:intro" id="QQ2-1-5">Introduction</a></span> <br />  <span class="sectionToc" >1.1 <a -href="#sec:samples" id="QQ2-1-7">Sample Documents</a></span> +href="#sec:indexingoptions" id="QQ2-1-6">Indexing Options</a></span> <br />  <span class="sectionToc" >1.2 <a -href="#sec:lipsum" id="QQ2-1-8">Dummy Entries for Testing</a></span> +href="#sec:samples" id="QQ2-1-13">Sample Documents</a></span> <br />  <span class="sectionToc" >1.3 <a -href="#sec:languages" id="QQ2-1-9">Multi-Lingual Support</a></span> -<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >1.3.1 <a -href="#sec:fixednames" id="QQ2-1-10">Changing the Fixed Names</a></span> +href="#sec:lipsum" id="QQ2-1-14">Dummy Entries for Testing</a></span> <br />  <span class="sectionToc" >1.4 <a -href="#sec:makeglossaries" id="QQ2-1-13">Generating the Associated Glossary Files</a></span> +href="#sec:languages" id="QQ2-1-15">Multi-Lingual Support</a></span> <br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >1.4.1 <a -href="#sec:makeglossariesapp" id="QQ2-1-15">Using the makeglossaries Perl Script</a></span> -<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >1.4.2 <a -href="#sec:makeglossarieslua" id="QQ2-1-16">Using the makeglossaries-lite.lua Lua Script</a></span> -<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >1.4.3 <a -href="#sec:xindyapp" id="QQ2-1-17">Using xindy explicitly (Option 3)</a></span> -<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >1.4.4 <a -href="#sec:makeindexapp" id="QQ2-1-18">Using makeindex explicitly (Option 2)</a></span> -<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >1.4.5 <a -href="#sec:notedev" id="QQ2-1-19">Note to Front-End and Script Developers</a></span> +href="#sec:fixednames" id="QQ2-1-16">Changing the Fixed Names</a></span> +<br />  <span class="sectionToc" >1.5 <a +href="#sec:makeglossaries" id="QQ2-1-19">Generating the Associated Glossary Files</a></span> +<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >1.5.1 <a +href="#sec:makeglossariesapp" id="QQ2-1-21">Using the makeglossaries Perl Script</a></span> +<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >1.5.2 <a +href="#sec:makeglossarieslua" id="QQ2-1-22">Using the makeglossaries-lite Lua Script</a></span> +<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >1.5.3 <a +href="#sec:xindyapp" id="QQ2-1-23">Using xindy explicitly (Option 3)</a></span> +<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >1.5.4 <a +href="#sec:makeindexapp" id="QQ2-1-24">Using makeindex explicitly (Option 2)</a></span> +<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >1.5.5 <a +href="#sec:notedev" id="QQ2-1-25">Note to Front-End and Script Developers</a></span> <br /> <span class="chapterToc" >2 <a -href="#sec:pkgopts" id="QQ2-1-20">Package Options</a></span> +href="#sec:pkgopts" id="QQ2-1-26">Package Options</a></span> <br />  <span class="sectionToc" >2.1 <a -href="#sec:pkgopts-general" id="QQ2-1-21">General Options</a></span> +href="#sec:pkgopts-general" id="QQ2-1-27">General Options</a></span> <br />  <span class="sectionToc" >2.2 <a -href="#sec:pkgopts-sec" id="QQ2-1-22">Sectioning, Headings and TOC Options</a></span> +href="#sec:pkgopts-sec" id="QQ2-1-28">Sectioning, Headings and TOC Options</a></span> <br />  <span class="sectionToc" >2.3 <a -href="#sec:pkgopts-printglos" id="QQ2-1-23">Glossary Appearance Options</a></span> +href="#sec:pkgopts-printglos" id="QQ2-1-29">Glossary Appearance Options</a></span> <br />  <span class="sectionToc" >2.4 <a -href="#sec:pkgopts-sort" id="QQ2-1-24">Sorting Options</a></span> +href="#sec:pkgopts-sort" id="QQ2-1-30">Sorting Options</a></span> <br />  <span class="sectionToc" >2.5 <a -href="#sec:pkgopts-acronym" id="QQ2-1-25">Acronym Options</a></span> +href="#sec:pkgopts-acronym" id="QQ2-1-31">Acronym Options</a></span> <br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >2.5.1 <a -href="#sec:pkgopts-old-acronym" id="QQ2-1-26">Deprecated Acronym Style Options</a></span> +href="#sec:pkgopts-old-acronym" id="QQ2-1-32">Deprecated Acronym Style Options</a></span> <br />  <span class="sectionToc" >2.6 <a -href="#sec:pkgopts-other" id="QQ2-1-27">Other Options</a></span> +href="#sec:pkgopts-other" id="QQ2-1-33">Other Options</a></span> <br />  <span class="sectionToc" >2.7 <a -href="#sec:setupglossaries" id="QQ2-1-28">Setting Options After the Package is Loaded</a></span> +href="#sec:setupglossaries" id="QQ2-1-34">Setting Options After the Package is Loaded</a></span> <br /> <span class="chapterToc" >3 <a -href="#sec:setup" id="QQ2-1-29">Setting Up</a></span> +href="#sec:setup" id="QQ2-1-35">Setting Up</a></span> <br />  <span class="sectionToc" >3.1 <a -href="#sec:setupopt1" id="QQ2-1-30">Option 1</a></span> +href="#sec:setupopt1" id="QQ2-1-36">Option 1</a></span> <br />  <span class="sectionToc" >3.2 <a -href="#sec:setupopt23" id="QQ2-1-31">Options 2 and 3</a></span> +href="#sec:setupopt23" id="QQ2-1-37">Options 2 and 3</a></span> <br /> <span class="chapterToc" >4 <a -href="#sec:newglosentry" id="QQ2-1-32">Defining Glossary Entries</a></span> +href="#sec:newglosentry" id="QQ2-1-38">Defining Glossary Entries</a></span> <br />  <span class="sectionToc" >4.1 <a -href="#sec:plurals" id="QQ2-1-33">Plurals</a></span> +href="#sec:plurals" id="QQ2-1-39">Plurals</a></span> <br />  <span class="sectionToc" >4.2 <a -href="#sec:grammar" id="QQ2-1-34">Other Grammatical Constructs</a></span> +href="#sec:grammar" id="QQ2-1-40">Other Grammatical Constructs</a></span> <br />  <span class="sectionToc" >4.3 <a -href="#sec:addkey" id="QQ2-1-35">Additional Keys</a></span> +href="#sec:addkey" id="QQ2-1-41">Additional Keys</a></span> <br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >4.3.1 <a -href="#sec:glsaddkey" id="QQ2-1-36">Document Keys</a></span> +href="#sec:glsaddkey" id="QQ2-1-42">Document Keys</a></span> <br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >4.3.2 <a -href="#sec:glsaddstoragekey" id="QQ2-1-37">Storage Keys</a></span> +href="#sec:glsaddstoragekey" id="QQ2-1-43">Storage Keys</a></span> <br />  <span class="sectionToc" >4.4 <a -href="#sec:expansion" id="QQ2-1-38">Expansion</a></span> +href="#sec:expansion" id="QQ2-1-44">Expansion</a></span> <br />  <span class="sectionToc" >4.5 <a -href="#sec:subentries" id="QQ2-1-40">Sub-Entries</a></span> +href="#sec:subentries" id="QQ2-1-46">Sub-Entries</a></span> <br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >4.5.1 <a -href="#sec:hierarchical" id="QQ2-1-41">Hierarchical Categories</a></span> +href="#sec:hierarchical" id="QQ2-1-47">Hierarchical Categories</a></span> <br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >4.5.2 <a -href="#sec:homographs" id="QQ2-1-42">Homographs</a></span> -<br />  <span class="sectionToc" >4.6 <a -href="#sec:loadglsentries" id="QQ2-1-43">Loading Entries From a File</a></span> +href="#sec:homographs" id="QQ2-1-48">Homographs</a></span> +<br />  <span class="sectionToc" >4.6 <a +href="#sec:loadglsentries" id="QQ2-1-49">Loading Entries From a File</a></span> <br />  <span class="sectionToc" >4.7 <a -href="#sec:moveentry" id="QQ2-1-44">Moving Entries to Another Glossary</a></span> +href="#sec:moveentry" id="QQ2-1-50">Moving Entries to Another Glossary</a></span> <br />  <span class="sectionToc" >4.8 <a -href="#sec:docdefs" id="QQ2-1-45">Drawbacks With Defining Entries in the Document Environment</a></span> +href="#sec:docdefs" id="QQ2-1-51">Drawbacks With Defining Entries in the Document Environment</a></span> <br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >4.8.1 <a -href="#sec:techissues" id="QQ2-1-46">Technical Issues</a></span> +href="#sec:techissues" id="QQ2-1-52">Technical Issues</a></span> <br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >4.8.2 <a -href="#sec:goodpractice" id="QQ2-1-47">Good Practice Issues</a></span> +href="#sec:goodpractice" id="QQ2-1-53">Good Practice Issues</a></span> <br /> <span class="chapterToc" >5 <a -href="#sec:numberlists" id="QQ2-1-48">Number lists</a></span> +href="#sec:numberlists" id="QQ2-1-54">Number lists</a></span> +<br />  <span class="sectionToc" >5.1 <a +href="#sec:encap" id="QQ2-1-55">Encap Values</a></span> +<br />  <span class="sectionToc" >5.2 <a +href="#sec:locationsyntax" id="QQ2-1-56">Locations</a></span> +<br />  <span class="sectionToc" >5.3 <a +href="#sec:ranges" id="QQ2-1-57">Range Formations</a></span> +<br />  <span class="sectionToc" >5.4 <a +href="#sec:isthook" id="QQ2-1-58">Style Hook</a></span> <br /> <span class="chapterToc" >6 <a -href="#sec:glslink" id="QQ2-1-49">Links to Glossary Entries</a></span> +href="#sec:glslink" id="QQ2-1-59">Links to Glossary Entries</a></span> <br />  <span class="sectionToc" >6.1 <a -href="#sec:gls-like" id="QQ2-1-51">The <span +href="#sec:gls-like" id="QQ2-1-61">The <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-Like Commands (First Use Flag Queried)</a></span> <br />  <span class="sectionToc" >6.2 <a -href="#sec:glstext-like" id="QQ2-1-52">The <span +href="#sec:glstext-like" id="QQ2-1-62">The <span class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-Like Commands (First Use Flag Not Queried)</a></span> <br />  <span class="sectionToc" >6.3 <a -href="#sec:glsdisplay" id="QQ2-1-53">Changing the format of the link text</a></span> +href="#sec:glsdisplay" id="QQ2-1-63">Changing the format of the link text</a></span> <br />  <span class="sectionToc" >6.4 <a -href="#sec:disablehyperlinks" id="QQ2-1-54">Enabling and disabling hyperlinks to glossary entries</a></span> +href="#sec:disablehyperlinks" id="QQ2-1-64">Enabling and disabling hyperlinks to glossary entries</a></span> <br /> <span class="chapterToc" >7 <a -href="#sec:glsadd" id="QQ2-1-55">Adding an Entry to the Glossary Without Generating Text</a></span> +href="#sec:glsadd" id="QQ2-1-65">Adding an Entry to the Glossary Without Generating Text</a></span> <br /> <span class="chapterToc" >8 <a -href="#sec:crossref" id="QQ2-1-56">Cross-Referencing Entries</a></span> +href="#sec:crossref" id="QQ2-1-66">Cross-Referencing Entries</a></span> <br />  <span class="sectionToc" >8.1 <a -href="#sec:customxr" id="QQ2-1-57">Customising Cross-reference Text</a></span> +href="#sec:customxr" id="QQ2-1-67">Customising Cross-reference Text</a></span> <br /> <span class="chapterToc" >9 <a -href="#sec:glsnolink" id="QQ2-1-58">Using Glossary Terms Without Links</a></span> +href="#sec:glsnolink" id="QQ2-1-68">Using Glossary Terms Without Links</a></span> <br /> <span class="chapterToc" >10 <a -href="#sec:printglossary" id="QQ2-1-59">Displaying a glossary</a></span> +href="#sec:printglossary" id="QQ2-1-69">Displaying a glossary</a></span> <br /> <span class="chapterToc" >11 <a -href="#sec:xindy" id="QQ2-1-60">Xindy (Option 3)</a></span> +href="#sec:xindy" id="QQ2-1-70">Xindy (Option 3)</a></span> <br />  <span class="sectionToc" >11.1 <a -href="#sec:langenc" id="QQ2-1-61">Language and Encodings</a></span> +href="#sec:langenc" id="QQ2-1-71">Language and Encodings</a></span> <br />  <span class="sectionToc" >11.2 <a -href="#sec:xindyloc" id="QQ2-1-62">Locations and Number lists</a></span> +href="#sec:xindyloc" id="QQ2-1-72">Locations and Number lists</a></span> <br />  <span class="sectionToc" >11.3 <a -href="#sec:groups" id="QQ2-1-63">Glossary Groups</a></span> +href="#sec:groups" id="QQ2-1-73">Glossary Groups</a></span> <br /> <span class="chapterToc" >12 <a -href="#sec:newglossary" id="QQ2-1-64">Defining New Glossaries</a></span> +href="#sec:newglossary" id="QQ2-1-74">Defining New Glossaries</a></span> <br /> <span class="chapterToc" >13 <a -href="#sec:acronyms" id="QQ2-1-65">Acronyms and Other Abbreviations</a></span> +href="#sec:acronyms" id="QQ2-1-75">Acronyms and Other Abbreviations</a></span> <br />  <span class="sectionToc" >13.1 <a -href="#sec:setacronymstyle" id="QQ2-1-67">Changing the Abbreviation Style</a></span> +href="#sec:setacronymstyle" id="QQ2-1-77">Changing the Abbreviation Style</a></span> <br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >13.1.1 <a -href="#sec:predefinedacrstyles" id="QQ2-1-68">Predefined Acronym Styles</a></span> +href="#sec:predefinedacrstyles" id="QQ2-1-78">Predefined Acronym Styles</a></span> <br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >13.1.2 <a -href="#sec:customacronym" id="QQ2-1-69">Defining A Custom Acronym Style</a></span> +href="#sec:customacronym" id="QQ2-1-79">Defining A Custom Acronym Style</a></span> <br />  <span class="sectionToc" >13.2 <a -href="#sec:disploa" id="QQ2-1-70">Displaying the List of Acronyms</a></span> +href="#sec:disploa" id="QQ2-1-80">Displaying the List of Acronyms</a></span> <br />  <span class="sectionToc" >13.3 <a -href="#sec:oldacronym" id="QQ2-1-71">Upgrading From the glossary Package</a></span> +href="#sec:oldacronym" id="QQ2-1-81">Upgrading From the glossary Package</a></span> <br /> <span class="chapterToc" >14 <a -href="#sec:glsunset" id="QQ2-1-73">Unsetting and Resetting Entry Flags</a></span> +href="#sec:glsunset" id="QQ2-1-83">Unsetting and Resetting Entry Flags</a></span> <br />  <span class="sectionToc" >14.1 <a -href="#sec:enableentrycount" id="QQ2-1-74">Counting the Number of Times an Entry has been Used (First Use Flag Unset)</a></span> +href="#sec:enableentrycount" id="QQ2-1-84">Counting the Number of Times an Entry has been Used (First Use Flag Unset)</a></span> <br /> <span class="chapterToc" >15 <a -href="#sec:styles" id="QQ2-1-75">Glossary Styles</a></span> +href="#sec:styles" id="QQ2-1-85">Glossary Styles</a></span> <br />  <span class="sectionToc" >15.1 <a -href="#sec:predefinedstyles" id="QQ2-1-76">Predefined Styles</a></span> +href="#sec:predefinedstyles" id="QQ2-1-86">Predefined Styles</a></span> <br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >15.1.1 <a -href="#sec:liststyles" id="QQ2-1-78">List Styles</a></span> +href="#sec:liststyles" id="QQ2-1-88">List Styles</a></span> <br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >15.1.2 <a -href="#sec:longstyles" id="QQ2-1-79">Longtable Styles</a></span> +href="#sec:longstyles" id="QQ2-1-89">Longtable Styles</a></span> <br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >15.1.3 <a -href="#sec:longraggedstyles" id="QQ2-1-80">Longtable Styles (Ragged Right)</a></span> +href="#sec:longraggedstyles" id="QQ2-1-90">Longtable Styles (Ragged Right)</a></span> <br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >15.1.4 <a -href="#sec:longbooktabsstyles" id="QQ2-1-81">Longtable Styles (<span +href="#sec:longbooktabsstyles" id="QQ2-1-91">Longtable Styles (<span class="cmss-10">booktabs</span>)</a></span> <br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >15.1.5 <a -href="#sec:superstyles" id="QQ2-1-82">Supertabular Styles</a></span> +href="#sec:superstyles" id="QQ2-1-92">Supertabular Styles</a></span> <br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >15.1.6 <a -href="#sec:superraggedstyles" id="QQ2-1-83">Supertabular Styles (Ragged Right)</a></span> +href="#sec:superraggedstyles" id="QQ2-1-93">Supertabular Styles (Ragged Right)</a></span> <br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >15.1.7 <a -href="#sec:treestyles" id="QQ2-1-84">Tree-Like Styles</a></span> +href="#sec:treestyles" id="QQ2-1-94">Tree-Like Styles</a></span> <br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >15.1.8 <a -href="#sec:mcolstyles" id="QQ2-1-85">Multicols Style</a></span> +href="#sec:mcolstyles" id="QQ2-1-95">Multicols Style</a></span> <br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >15.1.9 <a -href="#sec:inline" id="QQ2-1-87">In-Line Style</a></span> +href="#sec:inline" id="QQ2-1-97">In-Line Style</a></span> <br />  <span class="sectionToc" >15.2 <a -href="#sec:newglossarystyle" id="QQ2-1-88">Defining your own glossary style</a></span> +href="#sec:newglossarystyle" id="QQ2-1-98">Defining your own glossary style</a></span> <br /> <span class="chapterToc" >16 <a -href="#sec:utilities" id="QQ2-1-89">Utilities</a></span> +href="#sec:utilities" id="QQ2-1-99">Utilities</a></span> + + <br />  <span class="sectionToc" >16.1 <a -href="#sec:loops" id="QQ2-1-90">Loops</a></span> +href="#sec:loops" id="QQ2-1-100">Loops</a></span> <br />  <span class="sectionToc" >16.2 <a -href="#sec:conditionals" id="QQ2-1-91">Conditionals</a></span> +href="#sec:conditionals" id="QQ2-1-101">Conditionals</a></span> <br />  <span class="sectionToc" >16.3 <a -href="#sec:fetchset" id="QQ2-1-92">Fetching and Updating the Value of a Field</a></span> +href="#sec:fetchset" id="QQ2-1-102">Fetching and Updating the Value of a Field</a></span> <br /> <span class="chapterToc" >17 <a -href="#sec:prefix" id="QQ2-1-93">Prefixes or Determiners</a></span> +href="#sec:prefix" id="QQ2-1-103">Prefixes or Determiners</a></span> <br /> <span class="chapterToc" >18 <a -href="#sec:accsupp" id="QQ2-1-94">Accessibility Support</a></span> - - +href="#sec:accsupp" id="QQ2-1-104">Accessibility Support</a></span> <br /> <span class="chapterToc" >19 <a -href="#sec:trouble" id="QQ2-1-95">Troubleshooting</a></span> +href="#sec:trouble" id="QQ2-1-105">Troubleshooting</a></span> </div> @@ -718,6 +821,26 @@ class="cmsy-10">}</span></td></tr></table> <!--l. 1--><p class="indent" > </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description"> <a + id="glo:bib2gls"></a><span +class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a + id="dx1-3001"></a> </dt><dd +class="description"><br +class="newline" />An <a +href="#glo:indexingapp">indexing application</a> that combines two functions in one: (1) fetches entry + definition from a <span +class="cmtt-10">.bib </span>file based on information provided in the <span +class="cmtt-10">.aux </span>file (similar + to <span +class="cmtt-10">bibtex</span>); (2) hierarchically sorts and collates location lists (similar to <span +class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span> + and <span +class="cmtt-10">xindy</span>). This application is designed for use with <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>and can’t be + used with just the base <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package. <br +class="newline" /> + </dd><dt class="description"> +<a id="glo:cli"></a><span class="cmbx-10">Command Line Interface (CLI)</span> </dt><dd class="description"><br @@ -730,7 +853,7 @@ class="newline" /> <a id="glo:entrylocation"></a><span class="cmbx-10">Entry location</span><a - id="dx1-3001"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-3002"></a> </dt><dd class="description"><br class="newline" />The location of the entry in the document. This defaults to the page number on which the entry appears. An entry may have multiple locations. <br @@ -739,54 +862,54 @@ class="newline" /> <a id="glo:exlatinalph"></a><span class="cmbx-10">Extended Latin Alphabet</span><a - id="dx1-3002"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-3003"></a> </dt><dd class="description"><br class="newline" />An alphabet consisting of <a href="#glo:latinchar">Latin character<a - id="dx1-3003"></a>s</a> and <a + id="dx1-3004"></a>s</a> and <a href="#glo:exlatinchar">extended Latin character<a - id="dx1-3004"></a>s</a>. <br + id="dx1-3005"></a>s</a>. <br class="newline" /> + + </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="glo:exlatinchar"></a><span class="cmbx-10">Extended Latin Character</span><a - id="dx1-3005"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-3006"></a> </dt><dd class="description"><br class="newline" />A character that’s created by combining <a href="#glo:latinchar">Latin character<a - id="dx1-3006"></a>s</a> to form ligatures (e.g. æ) + id="dx1-3007"></a>s</a> to form ligatures (e.g. æ) or by applying diacritical marks to a Latin character<a - id="dx1-3007"></a> or characters (e.g. á or ø). + id="dx1-3008"></a> or characters (e.g. á or ø). See also <a href="#glo:nonlatinchar">non-Latin character<a - id="dx1-3008"></a></a>. <br + id="dx1-3009"></a></a>. <br class="newline" /> </dd><dt class="description"> - - <a id="glo:firstuse"></a><span class="cmbx-10">First use</span><a - id="dx1-3009"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-3010"></a> </dt><dd class="description"><br class="newline" />The first time a glossary entry is used (from the start of the document or after a reset) with one of the following commands: <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a - id="dx1-3010"></a>, <span -class="cmtt-10">\Gls</span><a id="dx1-3011"></a>, <span -class="cmtt-10">\GLS</span><a +class="cmtt-10">\Gls</span><a id="dx1-3012"></a>, <span -class="cmtt-10">\glspl</span><a +class="cmtt-10">\GLS</span><a id="dx1-3013"></a>, <span +class="cmtt-10">\glspl</span><a + id="dx1-3014"></a>, <span class="cmtt-10">\Glspl</span><a - id="dx1-3014"></a>, + id="dx1-3015"></a>, <span class="cmtt-10">\GLSpl</span><a - id="dx1-3015"></a> or <span + id="dx1-3016"></a> or <span class="cmtt-10">\glsdisp</span><a - id="dx1-3016"></a>. (See <a + id="dx1-3017"></a>. (See <a href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a> & <a href="#glo:firstusetext">first use text</a>.) <br class="newline" /> @@ -794,36 +917,36 @@ class="newline" /> <a id="glo:firstuseflag"></a><span class="cmbx-10">First use flag</span><a - id="dx1-3017"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-3018"></a> </dt><dd class="description"><br class="newline" />A conditional that determines whether or not the entry has been used according to the rules of <a href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>. Commands to unset or reset this conditional are described in <a href="#sec:glsunset"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>14 </a><a +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>14 </a><a href="#sec:glsunset">Unsetting and Resetting Entry Flags<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsunset --></a>. <br class="newline" /> </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="glo:firstusetext"></a><span class="cmbx-10">First use text</span><a - id="dx1-3018"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-3019"></a> </dt><dd class="description"><br class="newline" />The text that is displayed on <a href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>, which is governed by the <span class="cmss-10">first</span><a - id="dx1-3019"></a> and + id="dx1-3020"></a> and <span class="cmss-10">firstplural</span><a - id="dx1-3020"></a> keys of <span + id="dx1-3021"></a> keys of <span class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a - id="dx1-3021"></a>. (May be overridden by <span + id="dx1-3022"></a>. (May be overridden by <span class="cmtt-10">\glsdisp</span><a - id="dx1-3022"></a> or by + id="dx1-3023"></a> or by <span class="cmtt-10">\defglsentry</span><a - id="dx1-3023"></a>.) <br + id="dx1-3024"></a>.) <br class="newline" /> </dd><dt class="description"> <a @@ -852,10 +975,10 @@ class="E">E</span>X</span></span> that collates and class="E">E</span>X</span>: <a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-3024"></a></a> and <a + id="dx1-3025"></a></a> and <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-3025"></a></a>. + id="dx1-3026"></a></a>. These are both <a href="#glo:cli">command line interface (CLI)</a> applications. <br class="newline" /> @@ -863,18 +986,20 @@ class="newline" /> <a id="glo:latinalph"></a><span class="cmbx-10">Latin Alphabet</span><a - id="dx1-3026"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-3027"></a> </dt><dd class="description"><br class="newline" />The alphabet consisting of <a href="#glo:latinchar">Latin character<a - id="dx1-3027"></a>s</a>. See also <a + id="dx1-3028"></a>s</a>. See also <a href="#glo:exlatinalph">extended Latin alphabet</a>. <br class="newline" /> + + </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="glo:latinchar"></a><span class="cmbx-10">Latin Character</span><a - id="dx1-3028"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-3029"></a> </dt><dd class="description"><br class="newline" />One of the letters <span class="cmtt-10">a</span>, …, <span @@ -882,79 +1007,84 @@ class="cmtt-10">z</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">A</span>, …, <span class="cmtt-10">Z</span>. See also <a href="#glo:exlatinchar">extended Latin character<a - id="dx1-3029"></a></a>. <br + id="dx1-3030"></a></a>. <br class="newline" /> </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="glo:linktext"></a><span class="cmbx-10">Link text</span><a - id="dx1-3030"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-3031"></a> </dt><dd class="description"><br class="newline" />The text produced by commands such as <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a - id="dx1-3031"></a>. It may or may not be a hyperlink - - + id="dx1-3032"></a>. It may or may not be a hyperlink to the glossary. <br class="newline" /> </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="glo:makeglossaries"></a><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-3032"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-3033"></a> </dt><dd class="description"><br -class="newline" />A custom designed Perl script interface to <a +class="newline" />A custom designed Perl script interface to <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-3033"></a></a> and <a + id="dx1-3034"></a></a> and <a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-3034"></a></a> provided with - the <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package. <br + id="dx1-3035"></a></a> provided + with the <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package. <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> distributions on Windows convert the original + <span +class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries </span>script into an executable <span +class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries.exe </span>for convenience. + <br class="newline" /> </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="glo:makeglossariesgui"></a><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossariesgui</span><a - id="dx1-3035"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-3036"></a> </dt><dd class="description"><br class="newline" />A Java GUI alternative to <a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-3036"></a></a> that also provides diagnostic tools. + id="dx1-3037"></a></a> that also provides diagnostic tools. Available separately on <a href="http://ctan.org/pkg/makeglossariesgui" >CTAN</a>. <br class="newline" /> </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="glo:makeglossaries-lite.lua"></a><span -class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite.lua</span><a - id="dx1-3037"></a> </dt><dd +class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite</span><a + id="dx1-3038"></a> </dt><dd class="description"><br class="newline" />A custom designed Lua script interface to <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-3038"></a></a> and <a + id="dx1-3039"></a></a> and <a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-3039"></a></a> provided with + id="dx1-3040"></a></a> provided with the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package. This is a cut-down alternative to the Perl <span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span> - script. If you have Perl installed, use the Perl script instead. Note that <span class="TEX">T<span -class="E">E</span>X</span> Live - creates a symbolic link called <span -class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite </span>(without the <span -class="cmtt-10">.lua </span>extension) - to the actual <span + script. If you have Perl installed, use the Perl script instead. This script is actually + distributed with the file name <span +class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite.lua</span>, but <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> Live (on + Unix-like systems) creates a symbolic link called <span +class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite </span>(without + the <span +class="cmtt-10">.lua </span>extension) to the actual <span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite.lua </span>script. <br class="newline" /> </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="glo:makeindex"></a><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-3040"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-3041"></a> </dt><dd class="description"><br class="newline" />An <a href="#glo:indexingapp">indexing application</a>. <br @@ -963,41 +1093,43 @@ class="newline" /> <a id="glo:nonlatinalph"></a><span class="cmbx-10">Non-Latin Alphabet</span><a - id="dx1-3041"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-3042"></a> </dt><dd class="description"><br class="newline" />An alphabet consisting of <a href="#glo:nonlatinchar">non-Latin character<a - id="dx1-3042"></a>s</a>. <br + id="dx1-3043"></a>s</a>. <br class="newline" /> </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="glo:nonlatinchar"></a><span class="cmbx-10">Non-Latin Character</span><a - id="dx1-3043"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-3044"></a> </dt><dd class="description"><br class="newline" />An <a href="#glo:exlatinchar">extended Latin character<a - id="dx1-3044"></a></a> or a character that isn’t a <a + id="dx1-3045"></a></a> or a character that isn’t a <a href="#glo:latinchar">Latin character<a - id="dx1-3045"></a></a>. <br + id="dx1-3046"></a></a>. <br class="newline" /> + + </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="glo:numberlist"></a><span class="cmbx-10">Number list</span><a - id="dx1-3046"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-3047"></a> </dt><dd class="description"><br class="newline" />A list of <a href="#glo:entrylocation">entry locations</a> (also called a location list). The number list can be suppressed using the <span class="cmss-10">nonumberlist</span><a - id="dx1-3047"></a> package option. <br + id="dx1-3048"></a> package option. <br class="newline" /> </dd><dt class="description"> <a id="glo:sanitize"></a><span class="cmbx-10">Sanitize</span><a - id="dx1-3048"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-3049"></a> </dt><dd class="description"><br class="newline" />Converts command names into character sequences. That is, a command called, say, <span @@ -1006,17 +1138,15 @@ class="cmtt-10">\</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">f</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">o</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">o</span>. Depending on - - the font, the backslash character may appear as a dash when used in the main document text, so <span class="cmtt-10">\foo </span>will appear as: —foo. - <!--l. 246--><p class="noindent" >Earlier versions of <span + <!--l. 298--><p class="noindent" >Earlier versions of <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>used this technique to write information to the files used by the indexing applications to prevent problems caused by fragile commands. Now, this is only used for the <span class="cmss-10">sort</span><a - id="dx1-3049"></a> key. <br + id="dx1-3050"></a> key. <br class="newline" /> </p></dd><dt class="description"> <a @@ -1029,11 +1159,11 @@ class="E"><span class="cmbx-10">E</span></span><span class="cmbx-10">X</span></span></span><span class="cmbx-10"> Extended Latin Character</span><a - id="dx1-3050"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-3051"></a> </dt><dd class="description"><br class="newline" />An <a href="#glo:exlatinchar">extended Latin character<a - id="dx1-3051"></a></a> that can be created by a core <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span + id="dx1-3052"></a></a> that can be created by a core <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span></span> command, such as <span class="cmtt-10">\o </span>(ø) or <span @@ -1044,26 +1174,26 @@ class="newline" /> <a id="glo:xindy"></a><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-3052"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-3053"></a> </dt><dd class="description"><br class="newline" />A flexible <a href="#glo:indexingapp">indexing application</a> with multilingual support written in Perl. <br class="newline" /></dd></dl> -<!--l. 543--><p class="indent" > <div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">1. <a +<!--l. 601--><p class="indent" > <div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">1. <a id="sec:intro"></a>Introduction</h2> -</p><!--l. 546--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 604--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package is provided to assist generating lists of terms, symbols or abbreviations (glossaries). It has a certain amount of flexibility, allowing the user to customize the format of the glossary and define multiple glossaries. It also supports glossary styles that include symbols (in addition to a name and description) for glossary entries. There is provision for loading a database of glossary terms. Only those terms -used<span class="footnote-mark"><a +indexed<span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn1x1" id="fn1x1-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">1.1</sup></a></span><a id="x1-4001f1"></a> in the document will be added to the glossary. -</p><!--l. 559--><p class="indent" > <span +</p><!--l. 617--><p class="indent" > <span class="cmbx-10">This package replaces the </span><span class="cmssbx-10">glossary</span><a id="dx1-4005"></a> <span @@ -1071,12 +1201,12 @@ class="cmbx-10">package which is now obsolete. </span>Please see the document <a href="glossary2glossaries.html" >“Upgrading from the glossary package to the glossaries package”</a> for assistance in upgrading. -</p><!--l. 563--><p class="indent" > One of the strengths of this package is its flexibility, however the drawback of this is the +</p><!--l. 621--><p class="indent" > One of the strengths of this package is its flexibility, however the drawback of this is the necessity of having a large manual that covers all the various settings. If you are daunted by the size of the manual, try starting off with the much shorter <a href="glossariesbegin.html" >guide for beginners</a>. -</p><!--l. 569--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> There’s a common misconception that you have to have Perl installed in order to use +</p><!--l. 627--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> There’s a common misconception that you have to have Perl installed in order to use the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package. Perl is <span class="cmti-10">not </span>a requirement but it does increase the available @@ -1084,692 +1214,1516 @@ options, particularly if you use an <a href="#glo:exlatinalph">extended Latin alphabet</a> or a <a href="#glo:nonlatinalph">non-Latin alphabet</a>. </div> -</p><!--l. 574--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 576--><p class="indent" > The basic idea behind the <span +</p><!--l. 632--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 634--><p class="indent" > This document uses the <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package. For example, when viewing the PDF version of +this document in a hyperlinked-enabled PDF viewer (such as Adobe Reader or +Okular) if you click on the word “<a +href="#glo:xindy"><span +class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a + id="dx1-4006"></a></a>” you’ll be taken to the entry in the glossary +where there’s a brief description of the term “<span +class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a + id="dx1-4007"></a>”. This is the way the <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries</span> +mechanism works. An <a +href="#glo:indexingapp">indexing application</a> is used to generated the sorted list of +terms. The <a +href="#glo:indexingapp">indexing applications</a> are <a +href="#glo:cli">command line interface (CLI)</a> tools, which +means they can be run directly from a command prompt or terminal, or can be +integrated into some text editors, or you can use a build tool such as <span +class="cmtt-10">arara</span><a + id="dx1-4008"></a> to run +them. +</p><!--l. 646--><p class="indent" > The remainder of this introductory section covers the following: </p> + <ul class="itemize1"> + <li class="itemize"><a +href="#sec:indexingoptions"><span +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>1.1 </a><a +href="#sec:indexingoptions">Indexing Options<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:indexingoptions --></a> lists the available indexing options. + </li> + <li class="itemize"><a +href="#sec:samples"><span +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>1.2 </a><a +href="#sec:samples">Sample Documents<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:samples --></a> lists the sample documents provided with this package. + </li> + <li class="itemize"><a +href="#sec:lipsum"><span +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>1.3 </a><a +href="#sec:lipsum">Dummy Entries for Testing<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:lipsum --></a> lists the dummy glossary files that may be used + for testing. + </li> + <li class="itemize"><a +href="#sec:languages"><span +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>1.4 </a><a +href="#sec:languages">Multi-Lingual Support<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:languages --></a> provides information for users who wish to write in a + language other than English. + </li> + <li class="itemize"><a +href="#sec:makeglossaries"><span +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>1.5 </a><a +href="#sec:makeglossaries">Generating the Associated Glossary Files<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:makeglossaries --></a> describes how to use an <a +href="#glo:indexingapp">indexing + application</a> to create the sorted glossaries for your document (Options <a +href="#option2">2</a> or <a +href="#option3">3</a>). + + + </li></ul> +<!--l. 666--><p class="noindent" ><a +href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">1.1 </span> <a + id="sec:indexingoptions"></a>Indexing Options</h3> +<!--l. 669--><p class="noindent" >The basic idea behind the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package is that you first define your entries (terms, symbols or abbreviations). Then you can reference these within your document (like <span class="cmtt-10">\cite </span>or <span class="cmtt-10">\ref</span>). You can also, optionally, display a list of the entries you have referenced in your document (the glossary). This last part, displaying the glossary, is the part that most new -users find difficult. There are three options: - </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description"> - </dt><dd -class="description"><a - id="option1"></a><span +users find difficult. There are three options available with the base <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package and two +further options with the extension package <a +href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span +class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a>. An overview of these options is +given in <a +href="#tab:options">table 1.1</a>. +</p><!--l. 681--><p class="indent" > If you are developing a class or package that loads <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>, I recommend that you +don’t force the user into a particular indexing method by adding an unconditional +<span +class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>into your class or package code. Aside from forcing the user into a +particular indexing method, it means that they’re unable to use any commands that must +come before <span +class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>(such as <span +class="cmtt-10">\newglossary</span>) and they can’t switch off the indexing +whilst working on a draft document. +</p> + <div class="table"> + + +<!--l. 690--><p class="indent" > <a + id="tab:options"></a></p><hr class="float" /><div class="float" +> + + + <div class="caption" +><span class="id">Table 1.1: </span><span +class="content">Glossary Options: Pros and Cons</span></div><!--tex4ht:label?: x1-50011 --> + + +<div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-2" class="tabular" +cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" +><colgroup id="TBL-2-1g"><col +id="TBL-2-1" /><col +id="TBL-2-2" /><col +id="TBL-2-3" /><col +id="TBL-2-4" /><col +id="TBL-2-5" /><col +id="TBL-2-6" /></colgroup><tr + style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-1-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-1-1" +class="td01"><!--l. 698--><p class="noindent" > </p></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-1-2" +class="td11"> <a +href="#option1"><span +class="cmbx-10">Option</span><span +class="cmbx-10"> 1</span></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-1-3" +class="td11"> <a +href="#option2"><span +class="cmbx-10">Option</span><span +class="cmbx-10"> 2</span></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-1-4" +class="td11"> <a +href="#option3"><span +class="cmbx-10">Option</span><span +class="cmbx-10"> 3</span></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-1-5" +class="td11"> <a +href="#option4"><span +class="cmbx-10">Option</span><span +class="cmbx-10"> 4</span></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-1-6" +class="td10"> <a +href="#option5"><span class="cmbx-10">Option</span><span -class="cmbx-10"> 1</span>: - <!--l. 587--><p class="noindent" >This is the simplest option but it’s slow and if you want a sorted list, it doesn’t - work well for <a +class="cmbx-10"> 5</span></a></td> +</tr><tr + style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-2-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-2-1" +class="td01"><!--l. 700--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="cmr-9">Requires</span> +<a +href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span +class="cmss-9">glossaries-extra</span></a><span +class="cmr-9">?</span> </p></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-2-2" +class="td11"> <span id="textcolor1"><span +class="pzdr-">✘</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-2-3" +class="td11"> <span id="textcolor2"><span +class="pzdr-">✘</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-2-4" +class="td11"> <span id="textcolor3"><span +class="pzdr-">✘</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-2-5" +class="td11"> <span id="textcolor4"><span +class="pzdr-">✔</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-2-6" +class="td10"> <span id="textcolor5"><span +class="pzdr-">✔</span></span> </td> +</tr><tr + style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-3-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-3-1" +class="td01"><!--l. 702--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="cmr-9">Requires</span> +<span +class="cmr-9">an</span> +<span +class="cmr-9">external</span> +<span +class="cmr-9">application?</span> </p></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-3-2" +class="td11"> <span id="textcolor6"><span +class="pzdr-">✘</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-3-3" +class="td11"> <span id="textcolor7"><span +class="pzdr-">✔</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-3-4" +class="td11"> <span id="textcolor8"><span +class="pzdr-">✔</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-3-5" +class="td11"> <span id="textcolor9"><span +class="pzdr-">✔</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-3-6" +class="td10"> <span id="textcolor10"><span +class="pzdr-">✘</span></span> </td> +</tr><tr + style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-4-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-4-1" +class="td01"><!--l. 704--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="cmr-9">Requires</span> +<span +class="cmr-9">Perl?</span> </p></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-4-2" +class="td11"> <span id="textcolor11"><span +class="pzdr-">✘</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-4-3" +class="td11"> <span id="textcolor12"><span +class="pzdr-">✘</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-4-4" +class="td11"> <span id="textcolor13"><span +class="pzdr-">✔</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-4-5" +class="td11"> <span id="textcolor14"><span +class="pzdr-">✘</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-4-6" +class="td10"> <span id="textcolor15"><span +class="pzdr-">✘</span></span> </td> +</tr><tr + style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-5-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-5-1" +class="td01"><!--l. 706--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="cmr-9">Requires</span> +<span +class="cmr-9">Java?</span> </p></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-5-2" +class="td11"> <span id="textcolor16"><span +class="pzdr-">✘</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-5-3" +class="td11"> <span id="textcolor17"><span +class="pzdr-">✘</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-5-4" +class="td11"> <span id="textcolor18"><span +class="pzdr-">✘</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-5-5" +class="td11"> <span id="textcolor19"><span +class="pzdr-">✔</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-5-6" +class="td10"> <span id="textcolor20"><span +class="pzdr-">✘</span></span> </td> +</tr><tr + style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-6-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-6-1" +class="td01"><!--l. 708--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="cmr-9">Can</span> +<span +class="cmr-9">sort</span> +<a +href="#glo:exlatinalph"><span +class="cmr-9">extended</span> +<span +class="cmr-9">Latin</span> +<span +class="cmr-9">alphabets</span></a> +<span +class="cmr-9">or</span> +<a +href="#glo:nonlatinalph"><span +class="cmr-9">non-Latin</span> +<span +class="cmr-9">alphabets</span></a><span +class="cmr-9">?</span> </p></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-6-2" +class="td11"> <span id="textcolor21"><span +class="pzdr-">✘</span></span><sup class="textsuperscript"><span +class="tcrm-0900">*</span></sup> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-6-3" +class="td11"> <span id="textcolor22"><span +class="pzdr-">✘</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-6-4" +class="td11"> <span id="textcolor23"><span +class="pzdr-">✔</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-6-5" +class="td11"> <span id="textcolor24"><span +class="pzdr-">✔</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-6-6" +class="td10"> N/A </td> +</tr><tr + style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-7-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-7-1" +class="td01"><!--l. 711--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="cmr-9">Efficient</span> +<span +class="cmr-9">sort</span> +<span +class="cmr-9">algorithm?</span> </p></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-7-2" +class="td11"> <span id="textcolor25"><span +class="pzdr-">✘</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-7-3" +class="td11"> <span id="textcolor26"><span +class="pzdr-">✔</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-7-4" +class="td11"> <span id="textcolor27"><span +class="pzdr-">✔</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-7-5" +class="td11"> <span id="textcolor28"><span +class="pzdr-">✔</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-7-6" +class="td10"> N/A </td> +</tr><tr + style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-8-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-8-1" +class="td01"><!--l. 713--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="cmr-9">Can</span> +<span +class="cmr-9">use</span> +<span +class="cmr-9">a</span> +<span +class="cmr-9">different</span> +<span +class="cmr-9">sort</span> +<span +class="cmr-9">method</span> +<span +class="cmr-9">for</span> +<span +class="cmr-9">each</span> +<span +class="cmr-9">glossary?</span> </p></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-8-2" +class="td11"> <span id="textcolor29"><span +class="pzdr-">✔</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-8-3" +class="td11"> <span id="textcolor30"><span +class="pzdr-">✘</span></span><sup class="textsuperscript"><span +class="tcrm-0900">†</span></sup> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-8-4" +class="td11"> <span id="textcolor31"><span +class="pzdr-">✘</span></span><sup class="textsuperscript"><span +class="tcrm-0900">†</span></sup> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-8-5" +class="td11"> <span id="textcolor32"><span +class="pzdr-">✔</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-8-6" +class="td10"> N/A </td> +</tr><tr + style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-9-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-9-1" +class="td01"><!--l. 717--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="cmr-9">Any</span> +<span +class="cmr-9">problematic</span> +<span +class="cmr-9">sort</span> +<span +class="cmr-9">values?</span> </p></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-9-2" +class="td11"> <span id="textcolor33"><span +class="pzdr-">✔</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-9-3" +class="td11"> <span id="textcolor34"><span +class="pzdr-">✔</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-9-4" +class="td11"> <span id="textcolor35"><span +class="pzdr-">✔</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-9-5" +class="td11"> <span id="textcolor36"><span +class="pzdr-">✘</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-9-6" +class="td10"> <span id="textcolor37"><span +class="pzdr-">✘</span></span><sup class="textsuperscript"><span +class="tcrm-0900">‡</span></sup> </td> +</tr><tr + style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-10-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-10-1" +class="td01"><!--l. 719--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="cmr-9">Are</span> +<span +class="cmr-9">entries</span> +<span +class="cmr-9">with</span> +<span +class="cmr-9">identical</span> +<span +class="cmr-9">sort</span> +<span +class="cmr-9">values</span> +<span +class="cmr-9">treated</span> +<span +class="cmr-9">as</span> +<span +class="cmr-9">separate</span> +<span +class="cmr-9">unique</span> +<span +class="cmr-9">entries?</span> </p></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-10-2" +class="td11"> <span id="textcolor38"><span +class="pzdr-">✔</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-10-3" +class="td11"> <span id="textcolor39"><span +class="pzdr-">✔</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-10-4" +class="td11"> <span id="textcolor40"><span +class="pzdr-">✘</span></span><sup class="textsuperscript"><span +class="tcrm-0900">§</span></sup> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-10-5" +class="td11"> <span id="textcolor41"><span +class="pzdr-">✔</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-10-6" +class="td10"> <span id="textcolor42"><span +class="pzdr-">✔</span></span> </td> +</tr><tr + style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-11-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-11-1" +class="td01"><!--l. 722--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="cmr-9">Can</span> +<span +class="cmr-9">automatically</span> +<span +class="cmr-9">form</span> +<span +class="cmr-9">ranges</span> +<span +class="cmr-9">in</span> +<span +class="cmr-9">the</span> +<span +class="cmr-9">location</span> +<span +class="cmr-9">lists?</span> </p></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-11-2" +class="td11"> <span id="textcolor43"><span +class="pzdr-">✘</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-11-3" +class="td11"> <span id="textcolor44"><span +class="pzdr-">✔</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-11-4" +class="td11"> <span id="textcolor45"><span +class="pzdr-">✔</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-11-5" +class="td11"> <span id="textcolor46"><span +class="pzdr-">✔</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-11-6" +class="td10"> <span id="textcolor47"><span +class="pzdr-">✘</span></span> </td> +</tr><tr + style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-12-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-12-1" +class="td01"><!--l. 724--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="cmr-9">Can</span> +<span +class="cmr-9">have</span> +<span +class="cmr-9">non-standard</span> +<span +class="cmr-9">locations</span> +<span +class="cmr-9">in</span> +<span +class="cmr-9">the</span> +<span +class="cmr-9">location</span> +<span +class="cmr-9">lists?</span> </p></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-12-2" +class="td11"> <span id="textcolor48"><span +class="pzdr-">✔</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-12-3" +class="td11"> <span id="textcolor49"><span +class="pzdr-">✘</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-12-4" +class="td11"> <span id="textcolor50"><span +class="pzdr-">✔</span></span><sup class="textsuperscript"><span +class="msam-10x-x-90">♢</span></sup> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-12-5" +class="td11"> <span id="textcolor51"><span +class="pzdr-">✔</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-12-6" +class="td10"> <span id="textcolor52"><span +class="pzdr-">✔</span></span><sup class="textsuperscript"><span +class="tcrm-0900">¶</span></sup> </td> +</tr><tr + style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-13-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-13-1" +class="td01"><!--l. 729--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="cmr-9">Maximum</span> +<span +class="cmr-9">hierarchical</span> +<span +class="cmr-9">depth</span> +<span +class="cmr-9">(style-dependent)</span> </p></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-13-2" +class="td11"> <span +class="cmsy-10">∞</span><sup class="textsuperscript"><span +class="cmr-9">#</span></sup> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-13-3" +class="td11"> 3 </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-13-4" +class="td11"> <span +class="cmsy-10">∞ </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-13-5" +class="td11"> <span +class="cmsy-10">∞ </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-13-6" +class="td10"> <span +class="cmsy-10">∞ </span></td> +</tr><tr + style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-14-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-14-1" +class="td01"><!--l. 731--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="cmtt-9">\glsdisplaynumberlist</span><a + id="dx1-5002"></a> +<span +class="cmr-9">reliable?</span> </p></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-14-2" +class="td11"> <span id="textcolor53"><span +class="pzdr-">✔</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-14-3" +class="td11"> <span id="textcolor54"><span +class="pzdr-">✘</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-14-4" +class="td11"> <span id="textcolor55"><span +class="pzdr-">✘</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-14-5" +class="td11"> <span id="textcolor56"><span +class="pzdr-">✔</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-14-6" +class="td10"> <span id="textcolor57"><span +class="pzdr-">✘</span></span> </td> +</tr><tr + style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-15-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-15-1" +class="td01"><!--l. 733--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="cmtt-9">\newglossaryentry</span><a + id="dx1-5003"></a> +<span +class="cmr-9">allowed</span> +<span +class="cmr-9">in</span> +<span +class="cmss-9">document</span><a + id="dx1-5004"></a><a + id="dx1-5005"></a> +<span +class="cmr-9">environment?</span> +<span +class="cmr-9">(Not</span> +<span +class="cmr-9">recommended.)</span> </p></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-15-2" +class="td11"> <span +class="pzdr-">✘ </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-15-3" +class="td11"> <span +class="pzdr-">✔ </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-15-4" +class="td11"> <span +class="pzdr-">✔ </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-15-5" +class="td11"> <span +class="pzdr-">✘</span><sup class="textsuperscript"><span +class="tcrm-0900">※</span></sup> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-15-6" +class="td10"> <span +class="pzdr-">✔</span><sup class="textsuperscript"><!--l. 735--><p class="noindent" ><img +src="glossaries-user0x.png" alt="* +* " class="pic-halign" /></sup> </p></td> +</tr><tr + style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-16-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-16-1" +class="td01"><!--l. 736--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="cmr-9">Requires</span> +<span +class="cmr-9">additional</span> +<span +class="cmr-9">write</span> +<span +class="cmr-9">registers?</span> </p></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-16-2" +class="td11"> <span id="textcolor58"><span +class="pzdr-">✘</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-16-3" +class="td11"> <span id="textcolor59"><span +class="pzdr-">✔</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-16-4" +class="td11"> <span id="textcolor60"><span +class="pzdr-">✔</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-16-5" +class="td11"> <span id="textcolor61"><span +class="pzdr-">✘</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-16-6" +class="td10"> <span id="textcolor62"><span +class="pzdr-">✘</span></span><sup class="textsuperscript"><span +class="cmmi-9">⋆</span></sup> </td> +</tr><tr + style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-17-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-17-1" +class="td01"><!--l. 738--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="cmr-9">Default</span> +<span +class="cmr-9">value</span> +<span +class="cmr-9">of</span> +<span +class="cmss-9">sanitizesort</span><a + id="dx1-5006"></a> +<span +class="cmr-9">package</span> +<span +class="cmr-9">option</span> </p></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-17-2" +class="td11"> <span +class="cmtt-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-17-3" +class="td11"> <span +class="cmtt-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-17-4" +class="td11"> <span +class="cmtt-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-17-5" +class="td11"> <span +class="cmtt-10">true</span><sup class="textsuperscript"><span +class="pzdr-x-x-90">✾</span></sup> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-17-6" +class="td10"> <span +class="cmtt-10">true</span><sup class="textsuperscript"><span +class="pzdr-x-x-90">✾</span></sup> </td> +</tr></table> + +</div> +<!--l. 746--><p class="noindent" >________________________________________________________________________ +</p><!--l. 748--><p class="noindent" ><sup class="textsuperscript"><span +class="tcrm-0900">*</span></sup> <span +class="cmr-8">Strips standard </span><span class="LATEX"><span +class="cmr-8">L</span><span class="A"><span +class="cmr-8">A</span></span><span class="TEX"><span +class="cmr-8">T</span><span +class="E"><span +class="cmr-8">E</span></span><span +class="cmr-8">X</span></span></span><span +class="cmr-8"> accents (that is, accents generated by core </span><span class="LATEX"><span +class="cmr-8">L</span><span class="A"><span +class="cmr-8">A</span></span><span class="TEX"><span +class="cmr-8">T</span><span +class="E"><span +class="cmr-8">E</span></span><span +class="cmr-8">X</span></span></span><span +class="cmr-8"> commands) so, for</span> +<span +class="cmr-8">example, </span><span +class="cmtt-8">\AA</span><a + id="dx1-5007"></a> <span +class="cmr-8">is treated the same as A.</span> +</p><!--l. 751--><p class="noindent" ><sup class="textsuperscript"><span +class="tcrm-0900">†</span></sup> <span +class="cmr-8">Only with the hybrid method provided with </span><span +class="cmss-8">glossaries-extra</span><a + id="dx1-5008"></a><span +class="cmr-8">.</span> +</p><!--l. 752--><p class="noindent" ><sup class="textsuperscript"><span +class="tcrm-0900">‡</span></sup> <span +class="cmr-8">Provided </span><span +class="cmss-8">sort=none</span><a + id="dx1-5009"></a> <span +class="cmr-8">is used.</span> +</p><!--l. 753--><p class="noindent" ><sup class="textsuperscript"><span +class="tcrm-0900">§</span></sup> <span +class="cmr-8">Entries with the same sort value are merged.</span> +</p><!--l. 754--><p class="noindent" ><sup class="textsuperscript"><span +class="msam-10x-x-90">♢</span> </sup> <span +class="cmr-8">Requires some setting up.</span> +</p><!--l. 755--><p class="noindent" ><sup class="textsuperscript"><span +class="tcrm-0900">¶</span></sup> <span +class="cmr-8">The locations must be set explicitly through the custom </span><span +class="cmss-8">location</span><a + id="dx1-5010"></a> <span +class="cmr-8">field provided by </span><span +class="cmss-8">glossaries-extra</span><span +class="cmr-8">.</span> +</p><!--l. 758--><p class="noindent" ><sup class="textsuperscript"><span +class="cmr-9">#</span></sup> <span +class="cmr-8">Unlimited but unreliable.</span> +</p><!--l. 759--><p class="noindent" ><sup class="textsuperscript"><span +class="tcrm-0900">※</span></sup> <span +class="cmr-8">Entries are defined in </span><span +class="cmtt-8">.bib </span><span +class="cmr-8">format. </span><span +class="cmtt-8">\newglossaryentry </span><span +class="cmr-8">should not be used explicitly.</span> +</p><!--l. 761--><p class="noindent" ><sup class="textsuperscript"></p><!--l. 761--><p class="noindent" ><img +src="glossaries-user1x.png" alt="* +* " class="pic-halign" /> </sup> +<span +class="cmr-8">Provided </span><span +class="cmss-8">docdefs=true </span><span +class="cmr-8">or </span><span +class="cmss-8">docdefs=restricted </span><span +class="cmr-8">but not recommended.</span> +</p><!--l. 763--><p class="noindent" ><sup class="textsuperscript"><span +class="cmmi-9">⋆</span> </sup> <span +class="cmr-8">Provided </span><span +class="cmss-8">docdefs=false </span><span +class="cmr-8">or </span><span +class="cmss-8">docdefs=restricted</span><span +class="cmr-8">.</span> +</p><!--l. 765--><p class="noindent" ><sup class="textsuperscript"><span +class="pzdr-x-x-90">✾</span></sup> <span +class="cmr-8">Irrelevant with </span><span +class="cmss-8">sort=none</span><a + id="dx1-5011"></a><span +class="cmr-8">. (The </span><span +class="cmss-8">record=only </span><span +class="cmr-8">option automatically switches this on.)</span> + + +</p> + </div><hr class="endfloat" /> + </div> +<a + id="x1-5012r1"></a> + <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a + id="x1-60001"></a><a + id="option1"></a>Option 1 (<span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span>)</h4> +<!--l. 773--><p class="noindent" >This option doesn’t require an external <a +href="#glo:indexingapp">indexing application</a> but, with the default +alphabetic sorting, it’s very slow with severe limitations. If you want a sorted list, it +doesn’t work well for <a href="#glo:exlatinalph">extended Latin alphabets</a> or <a -href="#glo:nonlatinalph">non-Latin alphabets</a>. However, if you - use the <span +href="#glo:nonlatinalph">non-Latin alphabets</a>. However, if +you use the <span class="cmss-10">sanitizesort=false</span><a - id="dx1-4006"></a> package option (the default for Option 1) then the - <a + id="dx1-6001"></a> package option (the default for Option 1) then the +<a href="#glo:latexexlatinchar">standard <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span></span> accent commands</a> will be ignored, so if an entry’s name is set - to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">{\’e}lite</span></span></span> then the sort will default to <span class="cmtt-10">elite </span>if <span class="cmss-10">sanitizesort=false</span><a - id="dx1-4007"></a> is used and - will default to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + id="dx1-6002"></a> is used and +will default to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\’elite</span></span></span> if <span class="cmss-10">sanitizesort=true</span><a - id="dx1-4008"></a> is used. - </p><!--l. 598--><p class="noindent" >This option works best with the <span + id="dx1-6003"></a> is used. If you have any other kinds of +commands that don’t expand to ASCII characters, such as <span +class="cmtt-10">\alpha </span>or <span +class="cmtt-10">\si</span>, then you +must use <span +class="cmss-10">sanitizesort=true</span><a + id="dx1-6004"></a> or change the sort method (<span +class="cmss-10">sort=use</span><a + id="dx1-6005"></a> or <span class="cmss-10">sort=def</span><a - id="dx1-4009"></a> setting. For any other setting, be - prepared for a long document build time, especially if you have a lot of entries - defined. <span -class="cmbx-10">This option is intended as a last resort for alphabetical sorting.</span> - This option is not suitable for hierarchical glossaries. - </p><ol class="enumerate1" > - <li - class="enumerate" id="x1-4011x1">Add <span -class="cmtt-10">\makenoidxglossaries </span>to your preamble (before you start defining - your entries, as described in <a + id="dx1-6006"></a>) in the +package options or explicitly set the <span +class="cmss-10">sort</span><a + id="dx1-6007"></a> key when you define the relevant entries. For +example: + + +</p> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-1"> +\newglossaryentry{alpha}{name={\ensuremath{\alpha}}, + <br /> sort={alpha},description={...}} +</div> +<!--l. 792--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 794--><p class="indent" > This option works best with the <span +class="cmss-10">sort=def</span><a + id="dx1-6008"></a> or <span +class="cmss-10">sort=use</span><a + id="dx1-6009"></a> setting. For any other setting, be +prepared for a long document build time, especially if you have a lot of entries defined. <span +class="cmbx-10">This</span> +<span +class="cmbx-10">option is intended as a last resort for alphabetical sorting. </span>This option allows a +mixture of sort methods. (For example, sorting by word order for one glossary and order of +use for another.) This option is not suitable for hierarchical glossaries and does not form +ranges in the <a +href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a + id="dx1-6010"></a>s</a>. If you really can’t use an <a +href="#glo:indexingapp">indexing application</a> consider using +<a +href="#option5">Option 5</a> instead. +</p><!--l. 805--><p class="indent" > + </p><ol class="enumerate1" > + <li + class="enumerate" id="x1-6012x1">Add + + + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-2"> + \makenoidxglossaries +</div> + <!--l. 809--><p class="nopar" > to your preamble (before you start defining your entries, as described in <a href="#sec:newglosentry"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>4 </a><a -href="#sec:newglosentry">Defining Glossary Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:newglosentry --></a>). - </li> - <li - class="enumerate" id="x1-4013x2">Put - <!--l. 611--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span -class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary </span></div><hr> +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>4 </a><a +href="#sec:newglosentry">Defining + Glossary Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:newglosentry --></a>). + </p></li> + <li + class="enumerate" id="x1-6014x2">Put - </p><!--l. 612--><p class="noindent" > - where you want your list of entries to appear (described in <a + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-3"> + \printnoidxglossary +</div> + <!--l. 816--><p class="nopar" > where you want your list of entries to appear (described in <a href="#sec:printglossary"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>10 </a><a -href="#sec:printglossary">Displaying a - glossary<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:printglossary --></a>). - </p></li> - <li - class="enumerate" id="x1-4015x3">Run <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span -class="E">E</span>X</span></span> twice on your document. (As you would do to make a table of - contents appear.) For example, click twice on the “typeset” or “build” or - “PDF<span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span -class="E">E</span>X</span></span>” button in your editor.</li></ol> - </dd><dt class="description"> - </dt><dd -class="description"><a - id="option2"></a><span -class="cmbx-10">Option</span><span -class="cmbx-10"> 2</span>: - <!--l. 623--><p class="noindent" >This option uses a <a -href="#glo:cli">command line interface (CLI)</a> application called <a +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>10 </a><a +href="#sec:printglossary">Displaying a glossary<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:printglossary --></a>). + Alternatively, to display all glossaries use the iterative command: + + +</p> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-4"> + \printnoidxglossaries +</div> + <!--l. 822--><p class="nopar" > + </p></li> + <li + class="enumerate" id="x1-6016x3">Run <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span></span> twice on your document. (As you would do to make a table of contents + appear.) For example, click twice on the “typeset” or “build” or “PDF<span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span></span>” button + in your editor.</li></ol> +<!--l. 829--><p class="indent" > Complete example: + + +</p> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-5"> +\documentclass{article} + <br />\usepackage{glossaries} + <br />\makenoidxglossaries % use TeX to sort + <br />\newglossaryentry{sample}{name={sample}, + <br />  description={an example}} + <br />\begin{document} + <br />\gls{sample}. + <br />\printnoidxglossary + <br />\end{document} +</div> +<!--l. 840--><p class="nopar" > +<a + id="x1-6017r2"></a> +</p><!--l. 842--><p class="noindent" > +</p> + <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a + id="x1-70002"></a><a + id="option2"></a>Option 2 (<span +class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span>)</h4> +<!--l. 844--><p class="noindent" >This option uses a <a +href="#glo:cli">CLI</a> application called <a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-4016"></a></a> to sort - the entries. This application comes with all modern <span class="TEX">T<span -class="E">E</span>X</span> distributions, but it’s - hard-coded for the non-extended <a -href="#glo:latinalph">Latin alphabet<a - id="dx1-4017"></a></a>, so it doesn’t work well for <a -href="#glo:exlatinalph">extended - Latin alphabets</a> or <a -href="#glo:nonlatinalph">non-Latin alphabets</a>. This process involves making <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span + id="dx1-7001"></a></a> to sort the entries. This application +comes with all modern <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> distributions, but it’s hard-coded for the non-extended <a +href="#glo:latinalph">Latin +alphabet<a + id="dx1-7002"></a></a>. It can’t correctly sort accent commands (such as <span +class="cmtt-10">\’ </span>or <span +class="cmtt-10">\c</span>) and fails with UTF-8 +characters, especially for any sort values that start with a UTF-8 character (as it separates +the octets resulting in an invalid file encoding). This process involves making <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span></span> write - the glossary information to a temporary file which <a +the glossary information to a temporary file which <a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-4018"></a></a> reads. Then <a + id="dx1-7003"></a></a> reads. Then <a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-4019"></a></a> - writes a new file containing the code to typeset the glossary. <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span -class="E">E</span>X</span></span> then reads this - file in on the next run. - </p><!--l. 632--><p class="noindent" >This option works best if you want to sort entries according to the English alphabet and - you don’t want to install Perl. - </p><ol class="enumerate1" > - <li - class="enumerate" id="x1-4021x1">If you want to use <a + id="dx1-7004"></a></a> writes +a new file containing the code to typeset the glossary. Then <span +class="cmtt-10">\printglossary </span>reads this file in +on the next run. +</p><!--l. 856--><p class="indent" > This option works best if you want to sort entries according to the English alphabet and +you don’t want to install Perl (or Java or you don’t want to use <a +href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span +class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a>). This method +can also work with the restricted shell escape since <a +href="#glo:makeindex"><span +class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a + id="dx1-7005"></a></a> is considered a trusted +application. (So you should be able to use the <span +class="cmss-10">automake</span><a + id="dx1-7006"></a> package option provided the shell +escape hasn’t been completely disabled.) +</p><!--l. 864--><p class="indent" > This method can form ranges in the <a +href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a + id="dx1-7007"></a></a> but only accepts limited number formats: +<span +class="cmtt-10">\arabic</span>, <span +class="cmtt-10">\roman</span>, <span +class="cmtt-10">\Roman</span>, <span +class="cmtt-10">\alph </span>and <span +class="cmtt-10">\Alph</span>. +</p><!--l. 868--><p class="indent" > This option does not allow a mixture of sort methods. All glossaries must be sorted +according to the same method: word/letter ordering or order of use or order of definition. If +you need word ordering for one glossary and letter ordering for another you’ll have to +explicitly call <a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-4022"></a>’s</a> <span + id="dx1-7008"></a></a> for each glossary type. (The <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span><a + id="dx1-7009"></a> package allows a hybrid +mix of Options <a +href="#option1">1</a> and <a +href="#option2">2</a> to provide word/letter ordering with <a +href="#option2">Option 2</a> and order of +use/definition with <a +href="#option1">Option 1</a>. See the <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span><a + id="dx1-7010"></a> documentation for further +details.) +</p><!--l. 879--><p class="indent" > + </p><ol class="enumerate1" > + <li + class="enumerate" id="x1-7012x1">If you want to use <a +href="#glo:makeindex"><span +class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a + id="dx1-7013"></a>’s</a> <span class="cmtt-10">-g</span><a - id="dx1-4023"></a> option you must change the quote character - using <span + id="dx1-7014"></a> option you must change the quote character using + + + <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetQuote</span><a - id="dx1-4024"></a>. For example: + id="dx1-7015"></a>. For example: - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-1"> - \GlsSetQuote{+} + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-6"> + \GlsSetQuote{+} </div> - <!--l. 641--><p class="nopar" > This must be used before <span -class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span>. Note that if you are using - <span + <!--l. 884--><p class="nopar" > This must be used before <span +class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span>. Note that if you are using <span class="cmss-10">babel</span><a - id="dx1-4025"></a>, the shorthands aren’t enabled until the start of the document, - so you won’t be able to use the shorthands in definitions made in the - preamble. - </p></li> - <li - class="enumerate" id="x1-4027x2">Add <span -class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>to your preamble (before you start defining your entries, as - described in <a + id="dx1-7016"></a>, the + shorthands aren’t enabled until the start of the document, so you won’t be able to use + the shorthands in definitions made in the preamble. + </p></li> + <li + class="enumerate" id="x1-7018x2">Add + + + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-7"> + \makeglossaries +</div> + <!--l. 893--><p class="nopar" > to your preamble (before you start defining your entries, as described in <a href="#sec:newglosentry"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>4 </a><a -href="#sec:newglosentry">Defining Glossary Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:newglosentry --></a>). - </li> - <li - class="enumerate" id="x1-4029x3">Put - <!--l. 653--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span -class="cmtt-10">\printglossary </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 654--><p class="noindent" > - where you want your list of entries to appear (described in <a +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>4 </a><a +href="#sec:newglosentry">Defining + Glossary Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:newglosentry --></a>). + </p></li> + <li + class="enumerate" id="x1-7020x3">Put + + + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-8"> + \printglossary +</div> + <!--l. 901--><p class="nopar" > where you want your list of entries to appear (described in <a href="#sec:printglossary"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>10 </a><a -href="#sec:printglossary">Displaying a - glossary<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:printglossary --></a>). - </p></li> - <li - class="enumerate" id="x1-4031x4">Run <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>10 </a><a +href="#sec:printglossary">Displaying a glossary<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:printglossary --></a>). + Alternatively, to display all glossaries use the iterative command: + + +</p> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-9"> + \printglossaries +</div> + <!--l. 907--><p class="nopar" > + </p></li> + <li + class="enumerate" id="x1-7022x4">Run <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span></span> on your document. This creates files with the extensions <span -class="cmtt-10">.glo </span>and - <span -class="cmtt-10">.ist </span>(for example, if your <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span +class="cmtt-10">.glo </span>and <span +class="cmtt-10">.ist</span> + (for example, if your <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span></span> document is called <span -class="cmtt-10">myDoc.tex</span>, then you’ll have - two extra files called <span +class="cmtt-10">myDoc.tex</span>, then you’ll have two + extra files called <span class="cmtt-10">myDoc.glo </span>and <span -class="cmtt-10">myDoc.ist</span>). If you look at your - document at this point, you won’t see the glossary as it hasn’t been created - yet. - </li> - <li - class="enumerate" id="x1-4033x5">Run <a +class="cmtt-10">myDoc.ist</span>). If you look at your document + at this point, you won’t see the glossary as it hasn’t been created yet. (If + you use <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span><a + id="dx1-7023"></a> you’ll see the section heading and some boilerplate + text.) + </li> + <li + class="enumerate" id="x1-7025x5">Run <a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-4034"></a></a> with the <span + id="dx1-7026"></a></a> with the <span class="cmtt-10">.glo </span>file as the input file and the <span class="cmtt-10">.ist </span>file as the style so - that it creates an output file with the extension <span + that it creates an output file with the extension <span class="cmtt-10">.gls</span>. If you have access to a - terminal or a command prompt (for example, the MSDOS command prompt for - Windows users or the bash console for Unix-like users) then you need to run the - command: + terminal or a command prompt (for example, the MSDOS command prompt for + Windows users or the bash console for Unix-like users) then you need to run the + command: - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-2"> - makeindex -s myDoc.ist -o myDoc.gls myDoc.glo + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-10"> + makeindex -s myDoc.ist -o myDoc.gls myDoc.glo </div> - <!--l. 673--><p class="nopar" > (Replace <span + <!--l. 926--><p class="nopar" > (Replace <span class="cmtt-10">myDoc </span>with the base name of your <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span -class="E">E</span>X</span></span> document file. Avoid spaces - in the file name.) If you don’t know how to use the command prompt, then you can - probably access <a +class="E">E</span>X</span></span> document file. Avoid spaces in the + file name if possible.) If you don’t know how to use the command prompt, + then you can probably access <a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-4035"></a></a> via your text editor, but each editor has a different - method of doing this, so I can’t give a general description. You will have to check - your editor’s manual. - </p><!--l. 681--><p class="noindent" >The default sort is word order (“sea lion” comes before “seal”). If you want letter - ordering you need to add the <span + id="dx1-7027"></a></a> via your text editor, but each editor + has a different method of doing this, so I can’t give a general description. + You will have to check your editor’s manual. The simplest approach is to use + <span +class="cmtt-10">arara</span><a + id="dx1-7028"></a> and add the following comment lines to the start of your document: + </p><div class="alltt"> + <div class="obeylines-v"> + <span +class="cmtt-10">%</span><span +class="cmtt-10"> arara:</span><span +class="cmtt-10"> pdflatex</span> + <br /><span +class="cmtt-10">%</span><span +class="cmtt-10"> arara:</span><span +class="cmtt-10"> makeglossaries</span> + <br /><span +class="cmtt-10">%</span><span +class="cmtt-10"> arara:</span><span +class="cmtt-10"> pdflatex</span> +</div> + </div> (Replace <span +class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries </span>with <span +class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite </span>if you don’t have Perl + installed.) + <!--l. 943--><p class="noindent" >The default sort is word order (“sea lion” comes before “seal”). If you want letter + ordering you need to add the <span class="cmtt-10">-l</span><a - id="dx1-4036"></a> switch: + id="dx1-7029"></a> switch: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-3"> - makeindex -l -s myDoc.ist -o myDoc.gls myDoc.glo + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-11"> + makeindex -l -s myDoc.ist -o myDoc.gls myDoc.glo </div> - <!--l. 687--><p class="nopar" > (See <a + <!--l. 948--><p class="nopar" > (See <a href="#sec:makeindexapp"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>1.4.4 </a><a +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>1.5.4 </a><a href="#sec:makeindexapp">Using <a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-4037"></a></a> explicitly (Option 2)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:makeindexapp --></a> for further details on using - <span + id="dx1-7030"></a></a> explicitly (Option 2)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:makeindexapp --></a> for further details on using + <span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-4038"></a> explicitly.) - </p></li> - <li - class="enumerate" id="x1-4040x6">Once you have successfully completed the previous step, you can now run - <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span -class="E">E</span>X</span></span> on your document again.</li></ol> - <!--l. 695--><p class="noindent" >This is the default option (although you still need to use <span -class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>to ensure - the glossary files are created). - </p></dd><dt class="description"> - </dt><dd -class="description"><a - id="option3"></a><span -class="cmbx-10">Option</span><span -class="cmbx-10"> 3</span>: - <!--l. 700--><p class="noindent" >This option uses a <a + id="dx1-7031"></a> explicitly.) If you use <a +href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span +class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a + id="dx1-7032"></a></a> or <a +href="#glo:makeglossaries-lite.lua"><span +class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite</span><a + id="dx1-7033"></a></a> + then use the <span +class="cmss-10">order=letter</span><a + id="dx1-7034"></a> package option and the <span +class="cmtt-10">-l</span><a + id="dx1-7035"></a> option will be added + automatically. + </p></li> + <li + class="enumerate" id="x1-7037x6">Once you have successfully completed the previous step, you can now run <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span></span> on + your document again. You’ll need to repeat the process if you have used the <span +class="cmss-10">toc</span><a + id="dx1-7038"></a> option + (unless you’re using <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span><a + id="dx1-7039"></a>) to ensure the section heading is added + to the table of contents. You’ll also need to repeat the process if you have + any cross-references which can’t be indexed until the glossary file has been + created.</li></ol> +<!--l. 964--><p class="indent" > Complete example: + + +</p> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-12"> +\documentclass{article} + <br />\usepackage{glossaries} + <br />\makeglossaries % open glossary files + <br />\newglossaryentry{sample}{name={sample}, + <br /> description={an example}} + <br />\begin{document} + <br />\gls{sample}. + <br />\printglossary + <br />\end{document} +</div> +<!--l. 975--><p class="nopar" > +<a + id="x1-7040r3"></a> +</p><!--l. 977--><p class="noindent" > +</p> + <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a + id="x1-80003"></a><a + id="option3"></a>Option 3 (<span +class="cmtt-10">xindy</span>)</h4> +<!--l. 979--><p class="noindent" >This option uses a <a href="#glo:cli">CLI</a> application called <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-4041"></a></a> to sort the entries. This application is - more flexible than <span + id="dx1-8001"></a></a> to sort the entries. This application is more +flexible than <span class="cmtt-10">makeindex </span>and is able to sort <a href="#glo:exlatinalph">extended Latin alphabets</a> or <a -href="#glo:nonlatinalph">non-Latin - alphabets</a>. The <a +href="#glo:nonlatinalph">non-Latin alphabets</a>, +however it does still have some limitations. +</p><!--l. 984--><p class="indent" > The <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-4042"></a></a> application comes with <span class="TEX">T<span -class="E">E</span>X</span> Live and now also with MiK<span class="TEX">T<span -class="E">E</span>X</span>. - Since <a + id="dx1-8002"></a></a> application comes with both <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> Live and MiK<span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span>, but since <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-4043"></a></a> is a Perl script, you will also need to install Perl, if you don’t already have - it. In a similar way to <a + id="dx1-8003"></a></a> is a +Perl script, you will also need to install Perl, if you don’t already have it. In a similar way to +<a href="#option2">Option 2</a>, this option involves making <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span -class="E">E</span>X</span></span> write the - glossary information to a temporary file which <a +class="E">E</span>X</span></span> write the glossary information to +a temporary file which <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-4044"></a></a> reads. Then <a + id="dx1-8004"></a></a> reads. Then <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-4045"></a></a> writes a new - file containing the code to typeset the glossary. <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span -class="E">E</span>X</span></span> then reads this file in on the - next run. - </p><!--l. 712--><p class="noindent" >This is the best option if you want to sort according to a language other than English or - if you want non-standard location lists. - </p><ol class="enumerate1" > - <li - class="enumerate" id="x1-4047x1">Add the <span + id="dx1-8005"></a></a> writes a new file containing the +code to typeset the glossary. Then <span +class="cmtt-10">\printglossary </span>reads this file in on the next +run. +</p><!--l. 992--><p class="indent" > This is the best option with just the base <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package if you want to sort according +to a language other than English or if you want non-standard location lists, but it can require +some setting up (see <a +href="#sec:xindy"><span +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>11 </a><a +href="#sec:xindy">Xindy (Option 3)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:xindy --></a>). There are some problems with certain sort +values: </p> + <ul class="itemize1"> + <li class="itemize">entries with the same sort value are merged by <span +class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a + id="dx1-8006"></a> into a single glossary line + so you must make sure that each entry has a unique sort value; + </li> + <li class="itemize"><span +class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a + id="dx1-8007"></a> forbids empty sort values; + </li> + <li class="itemize"><span +class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a + id="dx1-8008"></a> automatically strips control sequences, the math-shift character <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">$</span></span></span> and + braces <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">{}</span></span></span> from the sort value, which is usually desired but this can cause the sort + value to collapse to an empty string which <span +class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a + id="dx1-8009"></a> forbids.</li></ul> +<!--l. 1007--><p class="noindent" >In these problematic cases, you must set the <span +class="cmss-10">sort</span><a + id="dx1-8010"></a> field explicitly. For example: + + +</p> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-13"> +\newglossaryentry{alpha}{name={\ensuremath{\alpha}}, + <br /> sort={alpha},description={...}} +</div> +<!--l. 1012--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 1014--><p class="indent" > All glossaries must be sorted according to the same method (word/letter ordering, order +of use, or order of definition). (The <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span><a + id="dx1-8011"></a> package allows a hybrid mix +of Options <a +href="#option1">1</a> and <a +href="#option3">3</a> to provide word/letter ordering with <a +href="#option3">Option 3</a> and order of +use/definition with <a +href="#option1">Option 1</a>. See the <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span><a + id="dx1-8012"></a> documentation for further +details.) +</p><!--l. 1021--><p class="indent" > + </p><ol class="enumerate1" > + <li + class="enumerate" id="x1-8014x1">Add the <span class="cmss-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-4048"></a> option to the <span + id="dx1-8015"></a> option to the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package option list: - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-4"> - \usepackage[xindy]{glossaries} + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-14"> + \usepackage[xindy]{glossaries} </div> - <!--l. 721--><p class="nopar" > - </p></li> - <li - class="enumerate" id="x1-4050x2">Add <span + <!--l. 1026--><p class="nopar" > If you are using a non-Latin script you’ll also need to either switch off the creation of + the number group: + + +</p> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-15"> + \usepackage[xindy={glsnumbers=false}]{glossaries} +</div> + <!--l. 1031--><p class="nopar" > or use either <span +class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyFirstLetterAfterDigits{</span>⟨<span +class="cmti-10">letter</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span>or <span +class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyNumberGroupOrder</span> + <span +class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span +class="cmti-10">spec</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span>to indicate where the number group should be placed (see <a +href="#sec:xindy"><span +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>11 </a><a +href="#sec:xindy">Xindy (Option + 3)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:xindy --></a>). + </p></li> + <li + class="enumerate" id="x1-8017x2">Add <span class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>to your preamble (before you start defining your entries, as - described in <a + described in <a href="#sec:newglosentry"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>4 </a><a +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>4 </a><a href="#sec:newglosentry">Defining Glossary Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:newglosentry --></a>). - </li> - <li - class="enumerate" id="x1-4052x3">Run <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span + </li> + <li + class="enumerate" id="x1-8019x3">Run <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span></span> on your document. This creates files with the extensions <span -class="cmtt-10">.glo </span>and - <span -class="cmtt-10">.xdy </span>(for example, if your <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span +class="cmtt-10">.glo </span>and <span +class="cmtt-10">.xdy</span> + (for example, if your <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span></span> document is called <span -class="cmtt-10">myDoc.tex</span>, then you’ll have - two extra files called <span +class="cmtt-10">myDoc.tex</span>, then you’ll have two extra + files called <span class="cmtt-10">myDoc.glo </span>and <span -class="cmtt-10">myDoc.xdy</span>). If you look at your - document at this point, you won’t see the glossary as it hasn’t been created - yet. - </li> - <li - class="enumerate" id="x1-4054x4">Run <a +class="cmtt-10">myDoc.xdy</span>). If you look at your document at this point, you + won’t see the glossary as it hasn’t been created yet. (If you’re using the extension + package <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span><a + id="dx1-8020"></a>, you’ll see the section header and some boilerplate + text.) + </li> + <li + class="enumerate" id="x1-8022x4">Run <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-4055"></a></a> with the <span + id="dx1-8023"></a></a> with the <span class="cmtt-10">.glo </span>file as the input file and the <span -class="cmtt-10">.xdy </span>file as a module so - that it creates an output file with the extension <span -class="cmtt-10">.gls</span>. You also need to set the - language name and input encoding. If you have access to a terminal or a command - prompt (for example, the MSDOS command prompt for Windows users or the - bash console for Unix-like users) then you need to run the command (all on one - line): +class="cmtt-10">.xdy </span>file as a module so that it + creates an output file with the extension <span +class="cmtt-10">.gls</span>. You also need to set the language name + and input encoding. If you have access to a terminal or a command prompt + (for example, the MSDOS command prompt for Windows users or the bash + console for Unix-like users) then you need to run the command (all on one + line): - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-5"> - xindy -L english -C utf8 -I xindy -M myDoc -  <br />-t myDoc.glg -o myDoc.gls myDoc.glo + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-16"> + xindy -L english -C utf8 -I xindy -M myDoc +  <br />-t myDoc.glg -o myDoc.gls myDoc.glo </div> - <!--l. 744--><p class="nopar" > (Replace <span + <!--l. 1059--><p class="nopar" > (Replace <span class="cmtt-10">myDoc </span>with the base name of your <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span -class="E">E</span>X</span></span> document file. Avoid spaces - in the file name. If necessary, also replace <span -class="cmtt-10">english </span>with the name of your language - and <span -class="cmtt-10">utf8 </span>with your input encoding, for example, <span +class="E">E</span>X</span></span> document file. Avoid spaces in the + file name. If necessary, also replace <span +class="cmtt-10">english </span>with the name of your language and <span +class="cmtt-10">utf8</span> + with your input encoding, for example, <span class="cmtt-10">-L</span><a - id="dx1-4056"></a> <span + id="dx1-8024"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">german -C</span><a - id="dx1-4057"></a> <span -class="cmtt-10">din5007-utf8</span>.) If - you don’t know how to use the command prompt, then you can probably access - <a -href="#glo:xindy"><span -class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-4058"></a></a> via your text editor, but each editor has a different method of doing this, so - I can’t give a general description. You will have to check your editor’s - manual. - </p><!--l. 755--><p class="noindent" >The default sort is word order (“sea lion” comes before “seal”). If you want letter - ordering you need to add the <span -class="cmss-10">order=letter</span><a - id="dx1-4059"></a> package option: + id="dx1-8025"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">din5007-utf8</span>.) Note that it’s + much simpler to use <a +href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span +class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a + id="dx1-8026"></a></a> instead: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-6"> - \usepackage[xindy,order=letter]{glossaries} + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-17"> + makeglossaries myDoc </div> - <!--l. 761--><p class="nopar" > (and return to the previous step.) See <a -href="#sec:xindyapp"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>1.4.3 </a><a -href="#sec:xindyapp">Using <a + <!--l. 1068--><p class="nopar" > (Remember that <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-4060"></a></a> explicitly (Option 3)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:xindyapp --></a> for - further details on using <span -class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-4061"></a> explicitly. - </p></li> - <li - class="enumerate" id="x1-4063x5">Once you have successfully completed the previous step, you can now run - <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span -class="E">E</span>X</span></span> on your document again. - </li></ol> - </dd></dl> -<!--l. 773--><p class="indent" > There is a fourth option available if you use the extension package <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span><a - id="dx1-4064"></a> (as from -v1.08). See the <span -class="cmss-10">record </span>package option in the <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span><a - id="dx1-4065"></a> user manual for further -details. -</p><!--l. 778--><p class="indent" > For Options <a -href="#option2">2</a> and <a -href="#option3">3</a>, it can be difficult to remember all the parameters required for -<a -href="#glo:makeindex"><span -class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-4066"></a></a> or <a + id="dx1-8027"></a></a> is a Perl script so if you can use <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-4067"></a></a>, so the <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package provides a Perl script called <a + id="dx1-8028"></a></a> then you can also use + <a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-4068"></a></a> -that reads the <span -class="cmtt-10">.aux </span>file to determine what settings you have used and will then run -<a -href="#glo:makeindex"><span -class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-4069"></a></a> or <a + id="dx1-8029"></a></a>, and if you don’t want to use <a +href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span +class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a + id="dx1-8030"></a></a> because you don’t want + to install Perl, then you can’t use <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-4070"></a></a>. Again, this is a command line application and can be run in a terminal -or command prompt. For example, if your <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span -class="E">E</span>X</span></span> document is in the file <span -class="cmtt-10">myDoc.tex</span>, then -run: - - -</p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-7"> -makeglossaries myDoc + id="dx1-8031"></a></a> either.) + </p><!--l. 1074--><p class="noindent" >If you don’t know how to use the command prompt, then you can probably + access <a +href="#glo:xindy"><span +class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a + id="dx1-8032"></a></a> or <a +href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span +class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a + id="dx1-8033"></a></a> via your text editor, but each editor has a + different method of doing this, so I can’t give a general description. You + will have to check your editor’s manual. Again, a convenient method is to + use <span +class="cmtt-10">arara </span>and add the follow comment lines to the start of your document: + </p><div class="alltt"> + <div class="obeylines-v"> + <span +class="cmtt-10">%</span><span +class="cmtt-10"> arara:</span><span +class="cmtt-10"> pdflatex</span> + <br /><span +class="cmtt-10">%</span><span +class="cmtt-10"> arara:</span><span +class="cmtt-10"> makeglossaries</span> + <br /><span +class="cmtt-10">%</span><span +class="cmtt-10"> arara:</span><span +class="cmtt-10"> pdflatex</span> </div> -<!--l. 789--><p class="nopar" > (Replace <span -class="cmtt-10">myDoc </span>with the base name of your <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span -class="E">E</span>X</span></span> document file. Avoid spaces in the file -name.) This is described in more detail in <a -href="#sec:makeglossaries"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>1.4 </a><a -href="#sec:makeglossaries">Generating the Associated Glossary -Files<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:makeglossaries --></a>. -</p><!--l. 794--><p class="indent" > If you don’t have Perl installed you can use the Lua script instead: + </div> + <!--l. 1086--><p class="noindent" >The default sort is word order (“sea lion” comes before “seal”). If you want letter + ordering you need to add the <span +class="cmss-10">order=letter</span><a + id="dx1-8034"></a> package option: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-8"> -makeglossaries-lite.lua myDoc + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-18"> + \usepackage[xindy,order=letter]{glossaries} </div> -<!--l. 797--><p class="nopar" > This script doesn’t have the full functionality of the Perl script, but since modern -<span class="TEX">T<span -class="E">E</span>X</span> distributions come with Lua, you shouldn’t need to install anything extra to make it -run. Remember that since <a + <!--l. 1091--><p class="nopar" > (and return to the previous step). This option is picked up by <a +href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span +class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a + id="dx1-8035"></a></a>. If you + are explicitly using <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-4071"></a></a> is also a Perl script, if you want to use <a + id="dx1-8036"></a></a> then you’ll need to add <span +class="cmtt-10">-M ord/letorder </span>to the options list. + See <a +href="#sec:xindyapp"><span +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>1.5.3 </a><a +href="#sec:xindyapp">Using <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-4072"></a></a> you’ll need -Perl installed anyway, so there’s no point using this Lua script if you’re using <a -href="#glo:xindy"><span + id="dx1-8037"></a></a> explicitly (Option 3)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:xindyapp --></a> for further details on using <span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-4073"></a></a>. Note -that <span class="TEX">T<span -class="E">E</span>X</span> Live creates a symbolic link called <span -class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite </span>(without the <span -class="cmtt-10">.lua</span> -extension) to the actual <span -class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite.lua </span>script, so you may not need to supply -the extension. -</p><!--l. 809--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The <span -class="cmtt-10">.gls </span>and <span -class="cmtt-10">.glo </span>are temporary files created to help build your document. You should -not edit or explicitly input them. However, you may need to delete them if something goes -wrong and you need to do a fresh build. </div> -</p><!--l. 814--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 816--><p class="indent" > An overview of these three options is given in <a -href="#tab:options">table 1.1</a>. + id="dx1-8038"></a> + explicitly. + </p></li> + <li + class="enumerate" id="x1-8040x5">Once you have successfully completed the previous step, you can now run + <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span></span> on your document again. As with the previous option, you may need to + repeat the process to ensure the table of contents and cross-references are + resolved. + </li></ol> +<!--l. 1105--><p class="indent" > Complete example: + + </p> - <div class="table"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-19"> +\documentclass{article} + <br />\usepackage[xindy]{glossaries} + <br />\makeglossaries % open glossary files + <br />\newglossaryentry{sample}{name={sample}, + <br /> description={an example}} + <br />\begin{document} + <br />\gls{sample}. + <br />\printglossary + <br />\end{document} +</div> +<!--l. 1116--><p class="nopar" > +<a + id="x1-8041r4"></a> +</p><!--l. 1118--><p class="noindent" > +</p> + <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a + id="x1-90004"></a><a + id="option4"></a>Option 4 (<span +class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>)</h4> +<!--l. 1120--><p class="noindent" >This option is only available with the extension package <a +href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span +class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a>. This method uses +<a +href="#glo:bib2gls"><span +class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a + id="dx1-9001"></a></a> to both fetch entry definitions from <span +class="cmtt-10">.bib </span>files and to hierarchically sort and +collate. +</p><!--l. 1125--><p class="indent" > All entries must be provided in one or more <span +class="cmtt-10">.bib </span>files. (See the <a +href="#glo:bib2gls"><span +class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a + id="dx1-9002"></a></a> user manual for +the required format.) The <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span><a + id="dx1-9003"></a> package needs to be loaded with the <span +class="cmss-10">record </span>package +option -<!--l. 819--><p class="indent" > <a - id="tab:options"></a></p><hr class="float" /><div class="float" -> +</p> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-20"> +\usepackage[record]{glossaries-extra} +</div> +<!--l. 1131--><p class="nopar" > or (equivalently) - <div class="caption" -><span class="id">Table 1.1: </span><span -class="content">Glossary Options: Pros and Cons</span></div><!--tex4ht:label?: x1-40741 --> +</p> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-21"> +\usepackage[record=only]{glossaries-extra} +</div> +<!--l. 1135--><p class="nopar" > (It’s possible to use a hybrid of this method and Options <a +href="#option2">2</a> or <a +href="#option3">3</a> with <span +class="cmss-10">record=alsoindex </span>but in +general there is little need for this and it complicates the build process.) +</p><!--l. 1140--><p class="indent" > Each resource set is loaded with <span +class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLoadResources[</span>⟨<span +class="cmti-10">options</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">]</span>. For example: -<div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-2" class="tabular" -cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" -><colgroup id="TBL-2-1g"><col -id="TBL-2-1" /><col -id="TBL-2-2" /><col -id="TBL-2-3" /><col -id="TBL-2-4" /></colgroup><tr - style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-1-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-1-1" -class="td11"> <!--l. 825--><p class="noindent" > </p></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-1-2" -class="td11"> <a -href="#option1"><span -class="cmbx-10">Option</span><span -class="cmbx-10"> 1</span></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-1-3" -class="td11"> <a -href="#option2"><span -class="cmbx-10">Option</span><span -class="cmbx-10"> 2</span></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-1-4" -class="td11"> <a -href="#option3"><span -class="cmbx-10">Option</span><span -class="cmbx-10"> 3</span></a> </td> -</tr><tr - style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-2-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-2-1" -class="td11"> <!--l. 826--><p class="noindent" >Requires - an - external - application? </p></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-2-2" -class="td11"> <span -class="pzdr-">✘ </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-2-3" -class="td11"> <span -class="pzdr-">✔ </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-2-4" -class="td11"> <span -class="pzdr-">✔ </span></td> -</tr><tr - style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-3-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-3-1" -class="td11"> <!--l. 828--><p class="noindent" >Requires - Perl? </p></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-3-2" -class="td11"> <span -class="pzdr-">✘ </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-3-3" -class="td11"> <span -class="pzdr-">✘ </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-3-4" -class="td11"> <span -class="pzdr-">✔ </span></td> -</tr><tr - style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-4-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-4-1" -class="td11"> <!--l. 830--><p class="noindent" >Can - sort - <a -href="#glo:exlatinalph">extended - Latin - alphabets</a> - or - <a -href="#glo:nonlatinalph">non-Latin - alphabets</a>? </p></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-4-2" -class="td11"> <span -class="pzdr-">✘</span><sup class="textsuperscript"><span -class="cmsy-9">†</span></sup> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-4-3" -class="td11"> <span -class="pzdr-">✘ </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-4-4" -class="td11"> <span -class="pzdr-">✔ </span></td> -</tr><tr - style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-5-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-5-1" -class="td11"> <!--l. 833--><p class="noindent" >Efficient - sort - algorithm? </p></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-5-2" -class="td11"> <span -class="pzdr-">✘ </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-5-3" -class="td11"> <span -class="pzdr-">✔ </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-5-4" -class="td11"> <span -class="pzdr-">✔ </span></td> -</tr><tr - style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-6-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-6-1" -class="td11"> <!--l. 835--><p class="noindent" >Can - use - a - different - sort - method - for - each - glossary? </p></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-6-2" -class="td11"> <span -class="pzdr-">✔ </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-6-3" -class="td11"> <span -class="pzdr-">✘ </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-6-4" -class="td11"> <span -class="pzdr-">✘ </span></td> -</tr><tr - style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-7-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-7-1" -class="td11"> <!--l. 837--><p class="noindent" >Can - form - ranges - in - the - location - lists? </p></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-7-2" -class="td11"> <span -class="pzdr-">✘ </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-7-3" -class="td11"> <span -class="pzdr-">✔ </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-7-4" -class="td11"> <span -class="pzdr-">✔ </span></td> -</tr><tr - style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-8-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-8-1" -class="td11"> <!--l. 839--><p class="noindent" >Can - have - non-standard - locations - in - the - location - lists? </p></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-8-2" -class="td11"> <span -class="pzdr-">✔ </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-8-3" -class="td11"> <span -class="pzdr-">✘ </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-8-4" -class="td11"> <span -class="pzdr-">✔ </span></td> -</tr><tr - style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-9-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-9-1" -class="td11"> <!--l. 841--><p class="noindent" >Maximum - hierarchical - depth </p></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-9-2" -class="td11"> Unlimited but unreliable </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-9-3" -class="td11"> 3 </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-9-4" -class="td11"> Unlimited </td> -</tr><tr - style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-10-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-10-1" -class="td11"> <!--l. 843--><p class="noindent" ><span -class="cmtt-10">\glsdisplaynumberlist</span><a - id="dx1-4075"></a> - reliable? </p></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-10-2" -class="td11"> <span -class="pzdr-">✔ </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-10-3" -class="td11"> <span -class="pzdr-">✘ </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-10-4" -class="td11"> <span -class="pzdr-">✘ </span></td> -</tr><tr - style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-11-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-11-1" -class="td11"> <!--l. 845--><p class="noindent" ><span -class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a - id="dx1-4076"></a> - restricted - to - preamble? </p></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-11-2" -class="td11"> <span -class="pzdr-">✔ </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-11-3" -class="td11"> <span -class="pzdr-">✘ </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-11-4" -class="td11"> <span -class="pzdr-">✘ </span></td> -</tr><tr - style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-12-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-12-1" -class="td11"> <!--l. 847--><p class="noindent" >Requires - additional - write - registers? </p></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-12-2" -class="td11"> <span -class="pzdr-">✘ </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-12-3" -class="td11"> <span -class="pzdr-">✔ </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-12-4" -class="td11"> <span -class="pzdr-">✔ </span></td> -</tr><tr - style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-13-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-13-1" -class="td11"> <!--l. 849--><p class="noindent" >Default - value - of - <span -class="cmss-10">sanitizesort</span><a - id="dx1-4077"></a> - package - option </p></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-13-2" -class="td11"> <span -class="cmtt-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-13-3" -class="td11"> <span -class="cmtt-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-13-4" -class="td11"> <span -class="cmtt-10">true </span></td> -</tr></table> +</p> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-22"> +\GlsXtrLoadResources + <br />[% definitions in entries1.bib and entries2.bib: + <br /> src={entries1,entries2}, + <br /> sort={de-CH-1996}% sort according to this locale + <br />] +</div> +<!--l. 1148--><p class="nopar" > You can have multiple resource commands. +</p><!--l. 1151--><p class="indent" > The glossary is displayed using + +</p> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-23"> +\printunsrtglossary </div> -<!--l. 853--><p class="noindent" ><sup class="textsuperscript"><span -class="cmsy-9">†</span></sup> Strips standard <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span -class="E">E</span>X</span></span> accents (that is, accents generated by core <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span -class="E">E</span>X</span></span> commands) so, -for example, <span -class="cmtt-10">\AA</span><a - id="dx1-4078"></a> is treated the same as A. +<!--l. 1154--><p class="nopar" > Alternatively all glossaries can be displayed using the iterative command: </p> - </div><hr class="endfloat" /> - </div> -<!--l. 858--><p class="indent" > This document uses the <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package. For example, when viewing the PDF version of -this document in a hyperlinked-enabled PDF viewer (such as Adobe Reader or Okular) if you -click on the word “<a + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-24"> +\printunsrtglossaries +</div> +<!--l. 1159--><p class="nopar" > The document is build using: + + +</p> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-25"> +pdflatex myDoc + <br />bib2gls myDoc + <br />pdflatex myDoc +</div> +<!--l. 1165--><p class="nopar" > If letter groups are required, you need the <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">--group</span></span></span> switch: + + +</p> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-26"> +bib2gls --group myDoc +</div> +<!--l. 1169--><p class="nopar" > Unlike Options <a +href="#option2">2</a> and <a +href="#option3">3</a>, this method doesn’t create a file containing the typeset glossary but +simply determines which entries are needed for the document, their associated locations and +(if required) their associated letter group. This option allows a mixture of sort methods. +(For example, sorting by word order for one glossary and order of use for another +or even sorting one block of the glossary differently to another block in the same +glossary.) +</p><!--l. 1179--><p class="indent" > This method supports Unicode and (with at least Java 8) uses the Common +Locale Data Repository, which provides more extensive language support than +<a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-4079"></a></a>” you’ll be taken to the entry in the glossary where there’s a brief -description of the term “<span -class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-4080"></a>”. -</p><!--l. 865--><p class="indent" > The remainder of this introductory section covers the following: </p> - <ul class="itemize1"> - <li class="itemize"><a -href="#sec:samples"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>1.1 </a><a -href="#sec:samples">Sample Documents<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:samples --></a> lists the sample documents provided with this package. - </li> - <li class="itemize"><a -href="#sec:languages"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>1.3 </a><a -href="#sec:languages">Multi-Lingual Support<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:languages --></a> provides information for users who wish to write in a - language other than English. - </li> - <li class="itemize"><a -href="#sec:makeglossaries"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>1.4 </a><a -href="#sec:makeglossaries">Generating the Associated Glossary Files<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:makeglossaries --></a> describes how to use an <a + id="dx1-9004"></a></a>.<span class="footnote-mark"><a +href="#fn2x1" id="fn2x1-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">1.2</sup></a></span><a + id="x1-9005f2"></a> The +locations in the <a +href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a + id="dx1-9007"></a></a> may be in any format. If <a +href="#glo:bib2gls"><span +class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a + id="dx1-9008"></a></a> can deduce a numerical value it +will attempt to form ranges otherwise it will simply list the locations. +</p><!--l. 1188--><p class="indent" > Complete example: + + +</p> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-27"> +\documentclass{article} + <br />\usepackage[record]{glossaries-extra} + <br />\GlsXtrLoadResources[src={entries}] + <br />\begin{document} + <br />\gls{sample}. + <br />\printunsrtglossary + <br />\end{document} +</div> +<!--l. 1197--><p class="nopar" > where <span +class="cmtt-10">entries.bib </span>contains + + +</p> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-28"> +@entry{sample, + <br /> name={sample}, + <br /> description={an example} + <br />} +</div> +<!--l. 1204--><p class="nopar" > See the <a +href="#glo:bib2gls"><span +class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a + id="dx1-9009"></a></a> user manual for further details. +<a + id="x1-9010r5"></a> +</p><!--l. 1207--><p class="noindent" > +</p> + <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a + id="x1-100005"></a><a + id="option5"></a>Option 5 (no sorting)</h4> +<!--l. 1209--><p class="noindent" >This option is only available with the extension package <a +href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span +class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a>. No <a href="#glo:indexingapp">indexing - application</a> to create the sorted glossaries for your document (Options <a -href="#option2">2</a> or <a +application</a> is required. This method is best used with the package option <span +class="cmss-10">sort=none</span><a + id="dx1-10001"></a>. + + +</p> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-29"> +\usepackage[sort=none]{glossaries-extra} +</div> +<!--l. 1214--><p class="nopar" > There’s no “activation” command (such as <span +class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>for Options <a +href="#option2">2</a> and <a href="#option3">3</a>). - </li></ul> -<!--l. 879--><p class="noindent" ><a -href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">1.1 </span> <a +</p><!--l. 1218--><p class="indent" > All entries must be defined before the glossary is displayed (preferably in the preamble) in +the required order, and child entries must be defined immediately after their parent entry if +they must be kept together in the glossary +</p><!--l. 1223--><p class="indent" > The glossary is displayed using + + +</p> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-30"> +\printunsrtglossary +</div> +<!--l. 1226--><p class="nopar" > Alternatively all glossaries can be displayed using the iterative command: + + +</p> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-31"> +\printunsrtglossaries +</div> +<!--l. 1231--><p class="nopar" > This will display <span +class="cmti-10">all </span>defined entries, regardless of whether or not they have been used in the +document. The <a +href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a + id="dx1-10002"></a>s</a> have to be set explicitly otherwise they won’t appear. Note +that this uses the same command for displaying the glossary as <a +href="#option4">Option 4</a>. This is +because <a +href="#glo:bib2gls"><span +class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a + id="dx1-10003"></a></a> takes advantage of this method by defining the wanted entries +in the required order and setting the locations (and letter group information, if +required). +</p><!--l. 1240--><p class="indent" > This just requires a single <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span></span> call + + +</p> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-32"> +pdflatex myDoc +</div> +<!--l. 1243--><p class="nopar" > unless the glossary needs to appear in the table of contents, in which case a second run is +required. + + +</p> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-33"> +pdflatex myDoc + <br />pdflatex myDoc +</div> +<!--l. 1249--><p class="nopar" > (Naturally if the document also contains citations, and so on, then additional steps are +required. Similarly for all the other options above.) +</p><!--l. 1254--><p class="indent" > Complete example: + + +</p> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-34"> +\documentclass{article} + <br />\usepackage[sort=none]{glossaries-extra} + <br />\newglossaryentry{sample}{name={sample}, + <br /> description={an example}} + <br />\begin{document} + <br />\gls{sample}. + <br />\printunsrtglossary + <br />\end{document} +</div> +<!--l. 1264--><p class="nopar" > See the <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span><a + id="dx1-10004"></a> documentation for further details. +</p><!--l. 1268--><p class="noindent" > +</p> +<!--l. 1268--><p class="noindent" ><a +href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">1.2 </span> <a id="sec:samples"></a>Sample Documents</h3> -<!--l. 882--><p class="noindent" >The <span +<!--l. 1271--><p class="noindent" >The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package is provided with some sample documents that illustrate the various functions. These should be located in the <span class="cmtt-10">samples </span>subdirectory (folder) @@ -1783,33 +2737,46 @@ href="http://www.dickimaw-books.com/latex/novices/html/terminal.html" >terminal <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">texdoc -l glossaries</span></span> -</p><!--l. 892--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10> -This should display a list of all the files in the glossaries documentation directory with their -full pathnames. -</p><!--l. 896--><p class="indent" > If you can’t find the sample files on your computer, they are also available from your nearest +</p><!--l. 1281--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10> +This should display a list of all the files in the glossaries documentation directory with +their full pathnames. (The GUI version of <span +class="cmtt-10">texdoc </span>may also provide you with the +information.) +</p><!--l. 1286--><p class="indent" > If you can’t find the sample files on your computer, they are also available from your nearest CTAN mirror at <a href="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/" class="url" ><span class="cmtt-10">http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/</span></a>. -</p><!--l. 900--><p class="indent" > The sample documents are as follows<span class="footnote-mark"><a -href="#fn2x1" id="fn2x1-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">1.2</sup></a></span><a - id="x1-5001f2"></a>: +</p><!--l. 1290--><p class="indent" > The sample documents are listed +below<span class="footnote-mark"><a +href="#fn3x1" id="fn3x1-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">1.3</sup></a></span><a + id="x1-11001f3"></a> If +you prefer to use UTF-8 aware engines (<span +class="cmtt-10">xelatex </span>or <span +class="cmtt-10">lualatex</span>) remember that you’ll need to +switch from <span +class="cmss-10">fontenc </span>& <span +class="cmss-10">inputenc </span>to <span +class="cmss-10">fontspec </span>where appropriate. The <a +href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span +class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> package +provides some additional sample files. </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description"> <span class="cmtt-10">minimalgls.tex</span> </dt><dd class="description"><a - id="x1-5002r1"></a> This document is a minimal working example. You can test your + id="x1-11002r1"></a> This document is a minimal working example. You can test your installation using this file. To create the complete document you will need to do the following steps: <ol class="enumerate1" > <li - class="enumerate" id="x1-5004x1">Run <span + class="enumerate" id="x1-11004x1">Run <span class="cmtt-10">minimalgls.tex </span>through <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span></span> either by typing <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">latex minimalgls</span></span> - <!--l. 913--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> + <!--l. 1309--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> in a terminal or by using the relevant button or menu item in your text editor or front-end. This will create the required associated files but you will not see the glossary. If you use PDF<span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span @@ -1818,72 +2785,70 @@ class="E">E</span>X</span></span> you will also get warnings about non-ex </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-9"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-35"> pdfTeX warning (dest): name{glo:aca} has been  <br />referenced but does not exist,  <br />replaced by a fixed one </div> - <!--l. 923--><p class="nopar" > These warnings may be ignored on the first run. - </p><!--l. 926--><p class="noindent" >If you get a <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + <!--l. 1319--><p class="nopar" > These warnings may be ignored on the first run. + </p><!--l. 1322--><p class="noindent" >If you get a <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">Missing</span><span class="cmtt-10"> \begin{document}</span></span></span> error, then it’s most likely that your version of <span class="cmss-10">xkeyval</span><a - id="dx1-5005"></a> is out of date. Check the log file for a warning + id="dx1-11005"></a> is out of date. Check the log file for a warning of that nature. If this is the case, you will need to update the <span class="cmss-10">xkeyval</span> package. </p></li> <li - class="enumerate" id="x1-5007x2">Run <a + class="enumerate" id="x1-11007x2">If you have Perl installed, run <a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-5008"></a></a> on the document (<a + id="dx1-11008"></a></a> on the document (<a href="#sec:makeglossaries"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>1.4 </a><a -href="#sec:makeglossaries">Generating the Associated Glossary - Files<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:makeglossaries --></a>). This can be done on a terminal either by typing <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>1.5 </a><a +href="#sec:makeglossaries">Generating + the Associated Glossary Files<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:makeglossaries --></a>). This can be done on a terminal by typing + <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries minimalgls</span></span> - <!--l. 936--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> - or by typing <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> + <!--l. 1332--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> + otherwise do <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> <br /><span -class="cmtt-10">perl makeglossaries minimalgls</span></span> - </p><!--l. 940--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> - If your system doesn’t recognise the command <span -class="cmtt-10">perl </span>then it’s likely you don’t have - Perl installed. In which case you will need to use <a +class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite minimalgls</span></span> + </p><!--l. 1336--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> + If for some reason you want to call <a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-5009"></a></a> directly. You can do - this in a terminal by typing (all on one line): <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> + id="dx1-11009"></a></a> explicitly, you can do this in a + terminal by typing (all on one line): <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex -s minimalgls.ist -t minimalgls.glg -o minimalgls.gls</span> <span class="cmtt-10">minimalgls.glo</span></span> - </p><!--l. 947--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> + </p><!--l. 1341--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> (See <a href="#sec:makeindexapp"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>1.4.4 </a><a +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>1.5.4 </a><a href="#sec:makeindexapp">Using <a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-5010"></a></a> explicitly (Option 2)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:makeindexapp --></a> for further details on using + id="dx1-11010"></a></a> explicitly (Option 2)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:makeindexapp --></a> for further details on using <span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-5011"></a> explicitly.) - </p><!--l. 951--><p class="noindent" >Note that if you need to specify the full path and the path contains - spaces, you will need to delimit the file names with the double-quote - character. + id="dx1-11011"></a> explicitly.) + </p><!--l. 1345--><p class="noindent" >Note that if the file name contains spaces, you will need to use the double-quote + character to delimit the name. </p></li> <li - class="enumerate" id="x1-5013x3">Run <span + class="enumerate" id="x1-11013x3">Run <span class="cmtt-10">minimalgls.tex </span>through <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span></span> again (as step 1)</li></ol> - <!--l. 957--><p class="noindent" >You should now have a complete document. The number following each entry in the + <!--l. 1350--><p class="noindent" >You should now have a complete document. The number following each entry in the glossary is the location number. By default, this is the page number where the entry was referenced. - </p><!--l. 961--><p class="noindent" >There are three other files that can be used as a <a + </p><!--l. 1354--><p class="noindent" >There are three other files that can be used as a <a href="http://www.dickimaw-books.com/latex/minexample/" >minimal working example</a>: <span class="cmtt-10">mwe-gls.tex</span>, <span @@ -1893,37 +2858,37 @@ class="cmtt-10">mwe-acr-desc.tex</span>. <span class="cmtt-10">sample-noidxapp.tex</span> </dt><dd class="description"><a - id="x1-5014r2"></a> This document illustrates how to use the <span + id="x1-11014r2"></a> This document illustrates how to use the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package without an external <a href="#glo:indexingapp">indexing application</a> (<a href="#option1">Option 1</a>). To create the complete document, you need to do: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> - - <br /><span class="cmtt-10">latex sample-noidxapp</span> + + <br /><span class="cmtt-10">latex sample-noidxapp</span></span> - <!--l. 972--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> + <!--l. 1365--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmtt-10">sample-noidxapp-utf8.tex</span> </dt><dd class="description"><a - id="x1-5015r3"></a> As the previous example, except that it uses the <span + id="x1-11015r3"></a> As the previous example, except that it uses the <span class="cmss-10">inputenc</span><a - id="dx1-5016"></a> + id="dx1-11016"></a> package. To create the complete document, you need to do: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">latex sample-noidxapp-utf8</span> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">latex sample-noidxapp-utf8</span></span> - <!--l. 980--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> + <!--l. 1373--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmtt-10">sample4col.tex</span> </dt><dd class="description"><a - id="x1-5017r4"></a> This document illustrates a four column glossary where the entries have a + id="x1-11017r4"></a> This document illustrates a four column glossary where the entries have a symbol in addition to the name and description. To create the complete document, you need to do: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> <br /><span @@ -1932,27 +2897,27 @@ class="cmtt-10">latex sample4col</span> class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries sample4col</span> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">latex sample4col</span></span> - <!--l. 990--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> - As before, if you don’t have Perl installed, you will need to use <a -href="#glo:makeindex"><span -class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-5018"></a></a> directly - instead of using <a -href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span -class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-5019"></a></a>. The vertical gap between entries is the gap created at - the start of each group. This can be suppressed using the <span + <!--l. 1383--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> + or <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> + <br /><span +class="cmtt-10">latex sample4col</span> + <br /><span +class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite sample4col</span> + <br /><span +class="cmtt-10">latex sample4col</span></span> + </p><!--l. 1389--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> + The vertical gap between entries is the gap created at the start of each group. This can + be suppressed using the <span class="cmss-10">nogroupskip</span><a - id="dx1-5020"></a> package - option. + id="dx1-11018"></a> package option. </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmtt-10">sampleAcr.tex</span> </dt><dd class="description"><a - id="x1-5021r5"></a> This document has some sample acronyms. It also adds the glossary to the - table of contents, so an extra run through <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span -class="E">E</span>X</span></span> is required to ensure the document - is up to date: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> + id="x1-11019r5"></a> This document has some sample abbreviations. It also adds the glossary to + the table of contents, so an extra run through <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span></span> is required to ensure the + document is up to date: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">latex sampleAcr</span> <br /><span @@ -1961,40 +2926,44 @@ class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries sampleAcr</span> class="cmtt-10">latex sampleAcr</span> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">latex sampleAcr</span></span> - <!--l. 1006--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> + <!--l. 1403--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> + (or use <a +href="#glo:makeglossaries-lite.lua"><span +class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite</span><a + id="dx1-11020"></a></a>). </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmtt-10">sampleAcrDesc.tex</span> </dt><dd class="description"><a - id="x1-5022r6"></a> This is similar to the previous example, except that the acronyms + id="x1-11021r6"></a> This is similar to the previous example, except that the abbreviations have an associated description. As with the previous example, the glossary is + + added to the table of contents, so an extra run through <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span></span> is required: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">latex sampleAcrDesc</span> - - <br /><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries sampleAcrDesc</span> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">latex sampleAcrDesc</span> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">latex sampleAcrDesc</span></span> - <!--l. 1017--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> + <!--l. 1415--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmtt-10">sampleDesc.tex</span> </dt><dd class="description"><a - id="x1-5023r7"></a> This is similar to the previous example, except that it defines the acronyms - using <span + id="x1-11022r7"></a> This is similar to the previous example, except that it defines the + abbreviations using <span class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a - id="dx1-5024"></a> instead of <span + id="dx1-11023"></a> instead of <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a - id="dx1-5025"></a>. As with the previous example, the - glossary is added to the table of contents, so an extra run through <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span -class="E">E</span>X</span></span> is required: - <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> + id="dx1-11024"></a>. As with the previous + example, the glossary is added to the table of contents, so an extra run through + <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span></span> is required: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">latex sampleDesc</span> <br /><span @@ -2003,13 +2972,13 @@ class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries sampleDesc</span> class="cmtt-10">latex sampleDesc</span> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">latex sampleDesc</span></span> - <!--l. 1029--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> + <!--l. 1427--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmtt-10">sampleCustomAcr.tex</span> </dt><dd class="description"><a - id="x1-5026r8"></a> This document has some sample acronyms with a custom acronym - style. It also adds the glossary to the table of contents, so an extra run through + id="x1-11025r8"></a> This document has some sample abbreviations with a custom + acronym style. It also adds the glossary to the table of contents, so an extra run through <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span></span> is required: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> <br /><span @@ -2020,17 +2989,17 @@ class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries sampleCustomAcr</span> class="cmtt-10">latex sampleCustomAcr</span> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">latex sampleCustomAcr</span></span> - <!--l. 1039--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> + <!--l. 1437--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmtt-10">sampleFnAcrDesc.tex</span> </dt><dd class="description"><a - id="x1-5027r9"></a> This is similar to <a -href="#x1-5022r6"><span + id="x1-11026r9"></a> This is similar to <a +href="#x1-11021r6"><span class="cmtt-10">sampleAcrDesc.tex</span></a>, except that it uses the <span class="cmss-10">footnote-sc-desc</span><a - id="dx1-5028"></a> style. As with the previous example, the glossary is added to the table + id="dx1-11027"></a> style. As with the previous example, the glossary is added to the table of contents, so an extra run through <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span></span> is required: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> <br /><span @@ -2041,14 +3010,14 @@ class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries sampleFnAcrDesc</span> class="cmtt-10">latex sampleFnAcrDesc</span> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">latex sampleFnAcrDesc</span></span> - <!--l. 1050--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> + <!--l. 1448--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmtt-10">sample-FnDesc.tex</span> </dt><dd class="description"><a - id="x1-5029r10"></a> This example defines a custom display format that puts the description + id="x1-11028r10"></a> This example defines a custom display format that puts the description in a footnote on first use. <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">latex sample-FnDesc</span> @@ -2056,12 +3025,12 @@ class="cmtt-10">latex sample-FnDesc</span> class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries sample-FnDesc</span> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">latex sample-FnDesc</span></span> - <!--l. 1059--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> + <!--l. 1457--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmtt-10">sample-custom-acronym.tex</span> </dt><dd class="description"><a - id="x1-5030r11"></a> This document illustrates how to define your own acronym + id="x1-11029r11"></a> This document illustrates how to define your own acronym style if the predefined styles don’t suit your requirements. <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">latex sample-custom-acronym</span> @@ -2069,12 +3038,12 @@ class="cmtt-10">latex sample-custom-acronym</span> class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries sample-custom-acronym</span> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">latex sample-custom-acronym</span></span> - <!--l. 1068--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> + <!--l. 1466--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmtt-10">sample-crossref.tex</span> </dt><dd class="description"><a - id="x1-5031r12"></a> This document illustrates how to cross-reference entries in the + id="x1-11030r12"></a> This document illustrates how to cross-reference entries in the glossary. <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">latex sample-crossref</span> @@ -2082,12 +3051,12 @@ class="cmtt-10">latex sample-crossref</span> class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries sample-crossref</span> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">latex sample-crossref</span></span> - <!--l. 1077--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> + <!--l. 1475--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmtt-10">sample-dot-abbr.tex</span> </dt><dd class="description"><a - id="x1-5032r13"></a> This document illustrates how to use the post link hook to adjust the + id="x1-11031r13"></a> This document illustrates how to use the post link hook to adjust the space factor after abbreviations. <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">latex sample-dot-abbr</span> @@ -2095,18 +3064,18 @@ class="cmtt-10">latex sample-dot-abbr</span> class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries sampledot-abbrf</span> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">latex sample-dot-abbr</span></span> - <!--l. 1085--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> + <!--l. 1483--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmtt-10">sampleDB.tex</span> </dt><dd class="description"><a - id="x1-5033r14"></a> This document illustrates how to load external files containing the glossary + id="x1-11032r14"></a> This document illustrates how to load external files containing the glossary definitions. It also illustrates how to define a new glossary type. This document has the <a href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a - id="dx1-5034"></a></a> suppressed and uses <span + id="dx1-11033"></a></a> suppressed and uses <span class="cmtt-10">\glsaddall</span><a - id="dx1-5035"></a> to add all the entries to the + id="dx1-11034"></a> to add all the entries to the glossaries without referencing each one explicitly. To create the document do: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> @@ -2117,46 +3086,107 @@ class="cmtt-10">latex sampleDB</span> class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries sampleDB</span> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">latex sampleDB</span></span> - <!--l. 1097--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> + <!--l. 1495--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> + or <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> + <br /><span +class="cmtt-10">latex sampleDB</span> + <br /><span +class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite sampleDB</span> + <br /><span +class="cmtt-10">latex sampleDB</span></span> + </p><!--l. 1501--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> The glossary definitions are stored in the accompanying files <span class="cmtt-10">database1.tex </span>and <span -class="cmtt-10">database2.tex</span>. Note that if you don’t have Perl installed, you will need to use - <a +class="cmtt-10">database2.tex</span>. If for some reason you want to call <a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-5036"></a></a> twice instead of a single call to <a -href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span -class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-5037"></a></a>: + id="dx1-11035"></a></a> explicitly you must have + a separate call for each glossary: </p><ol class="enumerate1" > <li - class="enumerate" id="x1-5039x1">Create the main glossary (all on one line): <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> + class="enumerate" id="x1-11037x1"> + Create + the + main + glossary + (all + on + one + line): + <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> <br /><span -class="cmtt-10">makeindex -s sampleDB.ist -t sampleDB.glg -o sampleDB.gls</span> +class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span> + <span +class="cmtt-10">-s</span> + <span +class="cmtt-10">sampleDB.ist</span> + <span +class="cmtt-10">-t</span> + <span +class="cmtt-10">sampleDB.glg</span> + <span +class="cmtt-10">-o</span> + <span +class="cmtt-10">sampleDB.gls</span> <span class="cmtt-10">sampleDB.glo</span></span> - <!--l. 1106--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> + <!--l. 1510--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> </p></li> <li - class="enumerate" id="x1-5041x2">Create the secondary glossary (all on one line): <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> + class="enumerate" id="x1-11039x2"> + Create + the + secondary + glossary + (all + on + + + one + line): + <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> <br /><span -class="cmtt-10">makeindex -s sampleDB.ist -t sampleDB.nlg -o sampleDB.not</span> +class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span> + <span +class="cmtt-10">-s</span> + <span +class="cmtt-10">sampleDB.ist</span> + <span +class="cmtt-10">-t</span> + <span +class="cmtt-10">sampleDB.nlg</span> + <span +class="cmtt-10">-o</span> + <span +class="cmtt-10">sampleDB.not</span> <span class="cmtt-10">sampleDB.ntn</span></span> - <!--l. 1110--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> - </p></li></ol> + <!--l. 1514--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> + Note that both <a +href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span +class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a + id="dx1-11040"></a></a> and <a +href="#glo:makeglossaries-lite.lua"><span +class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite</span><a + id="dx1-11041"></a></a> do this all in one call, + so they not only make it easier because you don’t need to supply all the switches + and remember all the extensions but they also call <a +href="#glo:makeindex"><span +class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a + id="dx1-11042"></a></a> the appropriate + number of times.</p></li></ol> </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmtt-10">sampleEq.tex</span> </dt><dd class="description"><a - id="x1-5042r15"></a> This document illustrates how to change the location to something other + id="x1-11043r15"></a> This document illustrates how to change the location to something other than the page number. In this case, the <span class="cmtt-10">equation </span>counter is used since all glossary entries appear inside an <span class="cmss-10">equation</span><a - id="dx1-5043"></a><a - id="dx1-5044"></a> environment. To create the document do: + id="dx1-11044"></a><a + id="dx1-11045"></a> environment. To create the document do: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">latex sampleEq</span> @@ -2164,14 +3194,14 @@ class="cmtt-10">latex sampleEq</span> class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries sampleEq</span> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">latex sampleEq</span></span> - <!--l. 1122--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> + <!--l. 1530--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmtt-10">sampleEqPg.tex</span> </dt><dd class="description"><a - id="x1-5045r16"></a> This is similar to the previous example, but the <a + id="x1-11046r16"></a> This is similar to the previous example, but the <a href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a - id="dx1-5046"></a>s</a> + id="dx1-11047"></a>s</a> are a mixture of page numbers and equation numbers. This example adds the glossary to the table of contents, so an extra <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span></span> run is required: @@ -2184,19 +3214,19 @@ class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries sampleEqPg</span> class="cmtt-10">latex sampleEqPg</span> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">latex sampleEqPg</span></span> - <!--l. 1134--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> - - + <!--l. 1542--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmtt-10">sampleSec.tex</span> </dt><dd class="description"><a - id="x1-5047r17"></a> This document also illustrates how to change the location to something + id="x1-11048r17"></a> This document also illustrates how to change the location to something other than the page number. In this case, the <span class="cmtt-10">section </span>counter is used. This example adds the glossary to the table of contents, so an extra <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span></span> run is required: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> + + <br /><span class="cmtt-10">latex sampleSec</span> <br /><span @@ -2205,12 +3235,12 @@ class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries sampleSec</span> class="cmtt-10">latex sampleSec</span> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">latex sampleSec</span></span> - <!--l. 1146--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> + <!--l. 1554--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmtt-10">sampleNtn.tex</span> </dt><dd class="description"><a - id="x1-5048r18"></a> This document illustrates how to create an additional glossary type. This + id="x1-11049r18"></a> This document illustrates how to create an additional glossary type. This example adds the glossary to the table of contents, so an extra <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span></span> run is required: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> @@ -2222,98 +3252,151 @@ class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries sampleNtn</span> class="cmtt-10">latex sampleNtn</span> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">latex sampleNtn</span></span> - <!--l. 1157--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> - Note that if you don’t have Perl installed, you will need to use <a + <!--l. 1565--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> + Note that if you want to call <a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-5049"></a></a> twice instead - of a single call to <a + id="dx1-11050"></a></a> explicitly instead of using <a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-5050"></a></a>: + id="dx1-11051"></a></a> or + <a +href="#glo:makeglossaries-lite.lua"><span +class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite</span><a + id="dx1-11052"></a></a> then you need to call <a +href="#glo:makeindex"><span +class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a + id="dx1-11053"></a></a> twice: </p><ol class="enumerate1" > <li - class="enumerate" id="x1-5052x1">Create the main glossary (all on one line): <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> + class="enumerate" id="x1-11055x1"> + Create + the + main + glossary + (all + on + one + line): + <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> <br /><span -class="cmtt-10">makeindex -s sampleNtn.ist -t sampleNtn.glg -o sampleNtn.gls</span> +class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span> + <span +class="cmtt-10">-s</span> + <span +class="cmtt-10">sampleNtn.ist</span> + <span +class="cmtt-10">-t</span> + <span +class="cmtt-10">sampleNtn.glg</span> + <span +class="cmtt-10">-o</span> + <span +class="cmtt-10">sampleNtn.gls</span> <span class="cmtt-10">sampleNtn.glo</span></span> - <!--l. 1165--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> + <!--l. 1573--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> </p></li> + + <li - class="enumerate" id="x1-5054x2">Create the secondary glossary (all on one line): <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> + class="enumerate" id="x1-11057x2"> + Create + the + secondary + glossary + (all + on + one + line): + <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> <br /><span -class="cmtt-10">makeindex -s sampleNtn.ist -t sampleNtn.nlg -o sampleNtn.not</span> +class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span> + <span +class="cmtt-10">-s</span> + <span +class="cmtt-10">sampleNtn.ist</span> + <span +class="cmtt-10">-t</span> + <span +class="cmtt-10">sampleNtn.nlg</span> + <span +class="cmtt-10">-o</span> + <span +class="cmtt-10">sampleNtn.not</span> <span class="cmtt-10">sampleNtn.ntn</span></span> - <!--l. 1169--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> + <!--l. 1577--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> </p></li></ol> </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmtt-10">sample.tex</span> </dt><dd class="description"><a - id="x1-5055r19"></a> This document illustrates some of the basics, including how to create child + id="x1-11058r19"></a> This document illustrates some of the basics, including how to create child entries that use the same name as the parent entry. This example adds the glossary to the table of contents and it also uses <span class="cmtt-10">\glsrefentry</span><a - id="dx1-5056"></a>, so an extra <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span + id="dx1-11059"></a>, so an extra <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span></span> run is required: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">latex sample</span> - - <br /><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries sample</span> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">latex sample</span> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">latex sample</span></span> - <!--l. 1182--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> + <!--l. 1590--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> You can see the difference between word and letter ordering if you substitute <span class="cmss-10">order=word</span><a - id="dx1-5057"></a> with <span + id="dx1-11060"></a> with <span class="cmss-10">order=letter</span><a - id="dx1-5058"></a>. (Note that this will only have an effect if you use + id="dx1-11061"></a>. (Note that this will only have an effect if you use <a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-5059"></a></a>. If you use <a + id="dx1-11062"></a></a> or <a +href="#glo:makeglossaries-lite.lua"><span +class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite</span><a + id="dx1-11063"></a></a>. If you use <a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-5060"></a></a> explicitly, you will need to use the <span + id="dx1-11064"></a></a> explicitly, you will + need to use the <span class="cmtt-10">-l</span><a - id="dx1-5061"></a> switch to - indicate letter ordering.) + id="dx1-11065"></a> switch to indicate letter ordering.) </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmtt-10">sample-inline.tex</span> </dt><dd class="description"><a - id="x1-5062r20"></a> This document is like <span + id="x1-11066r20"></a> This document is like <span class="cmtt-10">sample.tex</span>, above, but uses the <span class="cmss-10">inline</span><a - id="dx1-5063"></a> glossary + id="dx1-11067"></a> glossary style to put the glossary in a footnote. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmtt-10">sampletree.tex</span> </dt><dd class="description"><a - id="x1-5064r21"></a> This document illustrates a hierarchical glossary structure where child + id="x1-11068r21"></a> This document illustrates a hierarchical glossary structure where child entries have different names to their corresponding parent entry. To create the document do: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">latex sampletree</span> + + <br /><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries sampletree</span> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">latex sampletree</span></span> - <!--l. 1202--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> + <!--l. 1610--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmtt-10">sample-dual.tex</span> </dt><dd class="description"><a - id="x1-5065r22"></a> This document illustrates how to define an entry that both appears in + id="x1-11069r22"></a> This document illustrates how to define an entry that both appears in the list of acronyms and in the main glossary. To create the document do: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> <br /><span @@ -2322,12 +3405,12 @@ class="cmtt-10">latex sample-dual</span> class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries sample-dual</span> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">latex sample-dual</span></span> - <!--l. 1211--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> + <!--l. 1619--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmtt-10">sample-langdict.tex</span> </dt><dd class="description"><a - id="x1-5066r23"></a> This document illustrates how to use the glossaries package to create + id="x1-11070r23"></a> This document illustrates how to use the glossaries package to create English to French and French to English dictionaries. To create the document do: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> <br /><span @@ -2336,139 +3419,264 @@ class="cmtt-10">latex sample-langdict</span> class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries sample-langdict</span> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">latex sample-langdict</span></span> - <!--l. 1221--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> - - + <!--l. 1629--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmtt-10">samplexdy.tex</span> </dt><dd class="description"><a - id="x1-5067r24"></a> This document illustrates how to use the <span + id="x1-11071r24"></a> This document illustrates how to use the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package with <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-5068"></a></a> + id="dx1-11072"></a></a> instead of <a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-5069"></a></a>. The document uses UTF8 encoding (with the <span + id="dx1-11073"></a></a>. The document uses UTF8 encoding (with the <span class="cmss-10">inputenc</span><a - id="dx1-5070"></a> package). + id="dx1-11074"></a> package). The encoding is picked up by <a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-5071"></a></a>. By default, this document will + id="dx1-11075"></a></a>. By default, this document will create a <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-5072"></a></a> style file called <span + id="dx1-11076"></a></a> style file called <span class="cmtt-10">samplexdy.xdy</span>, but if you uncomment the lines - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-10"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-36"> \setStyleFile{samplexdy-mc}  <br />\noist  <br />\GlsSetXdyLanguage{} </div> - <!--l. 1234--><p class="nopar" > it will set the style file to <span + <!--l. 1642--><p class="nopar" > it will set the style file to <span class="cmtt-10">samplexdy-mc.xdy </span>instead. This provides an additional letter group for entries starting with “Mc” or “Mac”. If you use <a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-5073"></a></a>, you don’t - need to supply any additional information. If you don’t use <span + id="dx1-11077"></a></a> or + <a +href="#glo:makeglossaries-lite.lua"><span +class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite</span><a + id="dx1-11078"></a></a>, you don’t need to supply any additional information. If you + don’t use <span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-5074"></a>, you will - need to specify the required information. Note that if you set the style file to - <span + id="dx1-11079"></a>, you will need to specify the required information. Note that + if you set the style file to <span class="cmtt-10">samplexdy-mc.xdy </span>you must also specify <span class="cmtt-10">\noist</span><a - id="dx1-5075"></a>, otherwise the <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries</span> - package will overwrite <span -class="cmtt-10">samplexdy-mc.xdy </span>and you will lose the “Mc” letter - group. - </p><!--l. 1246--><p class="noindent" >To create the document do: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> + id="dx1-11080"></a>, otherwise + the <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package will overwrite <span +class="cmtt-10">samplexdy-mc.xdy </span>and you will lose the “Mc” + letter group. + </p><!--l. 1655--><p class="noindent" >To create the document do: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">latex samplexdy</span> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries samplexdy</span> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">latex samplexdy</span></span> - </p><!--l. 1251--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> - If you don’t have Perl installed, you will have to call <a + </p><!--l. 1660--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> + If you don’t have Perl installed then you can’t use <a +href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span +class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a + id="dx1-11081"></a></a>, but you also can’t + use <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-5076"></a></a> explicitly instead of using + id="dx1-11082"></a></a>! However, if for some reason you want to call <a +href="#glo:xindy"><span +class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a + id="dx1-11083"></a></a> explicitly instead of using <a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-5077"></a></a>. If you are using the default style file <span -class="cmtt-10">samplexdy.xdy</span>, then do (no line - breaks): <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> - <br /><span -class="cmtt-10">xindy -L english -C utf8 -I xindy -M samplexdy -t samplexdy.glg -o</span> - <span -class="cmtt-10">samplexdy.gls samplexdy.glo</span></span> - </p><!--l. 1258--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> - otherwise, if you are using <span -class="cmtt-10">samplexdy-mc.xdy</span>, then do (no line breaks): <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> - <br /><span -class="cmtt-10">xindy -I xindy -M samplexdy-mc -t samplexdy.glg -o samplexdy.gls</span> - <span + id="dx1-11084"></a></a> (or <a +href="#glo:makeglossaries-lite.lua"><span +class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite</span><a + id="dx1-11085"></a></a>): </p> + <ul class="itemize1"> + <li class="itemize"> + if + you + are + using + the + default + style + file + <span +class="cmtt-10">samplexdy.xdy</span>, + then + do + (no + line + breaks): + <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> + <br /><span +class="cmtt-10">xindy</span> + <span +class="cmtt-10">-L</span> + <span +class="cmtt-10">english</span> + + + <span +class="cmtt-10">-C</span> + <span +class="cmtt-10">utf8</span> + <span +class="cmtt-10">-I</span> + <span +class="cmtt-10">xindy</span> + <span +class="cmtt-10">-M</span> + <span +class="cmtt-10">samplexdy</span> + <span +class="cmtt-10">-t</span> + <span +class="cmtt-10">samplexdy.glg</span> + <span +class="cmtt-10">-o</span> + <span +class="cmtt-10">samplexdy.gls</span> + <span class="cmtt-10">samplexdy.glo</span></span> - </p><!--l. 1263--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> - </p></dd><dt class="description"> + <!--l. 1671--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> + </p></li> + <li class="itemize"> + if + you + are + using + <span +class="cmtt-10">samplexdy-mc.xdy</span>, + then + do + (no + line + breaks): + <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> + <br /><span +class="cmtt-10">xindy</span> + <span +class="cmtt-10">-I</span> + <span +class="cmtt-10">xindy</span> + <span +class="cmtt-10">-M</span> + <span +class="cmtt-10">samplexdy-mc</span> + <span +class="cmtt-10">-t</span> + <span +class="cmtt-10">samplexdy.glg</span> + <span +class="cmtt-10">-o</span> + <span +class="cmtt-10">samplexdy.gls</span> + <span +class="cmtt-10">samplexdy.glo</span></span> + <!--l. 1676--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> + </p></li></ul> + </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmtt-10">samplexdy2.tex</span> </dt><dd class="description"><a - id="x1-5078r25"></a> This document illustrates how to use the <span + id="x1-11086r25"></a> This document illustrates how to use the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package where the location numbers don’t follow a standard format. This example will only work with <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-5079"></a></a>. To create the document do: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> + id="dx1-11087"></a></a>. To create the document do: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">pdflatex samplexdy2</span> + + <br /><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries samplexdy2</span> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">pdflatex samplexdy2</span></span> - <!--l. 1273--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> - If you can’t use <a -href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span -class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-5080"></a></a> then you need to do (all on one line): <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> + <!--l. 1687--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> + The + explicit + <a +href="#glo:xindy"><span +class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a + id="dx1-11088"></a></a> + call + is: + <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> <br /><span -class="cmtt-10">xindy -L english -C utf8 -I xindy -M samplexdy2 -t samplexdy2.glg -o</span> +class="cmtt-10">xindy</span> <span -class="cmtt-10">samplexdy2.gls samplexdy2.glo</span></span> - - - </p><!--l. 1278--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> +class="cmtt-10">-L</span> + <span +class="cmtt-10">english</span> + <span +class="cmtt-10">-C</span> + <span +class="cmtt-10">utf8</span> + <span +class="cmtt-10">-I</span> + <span +class="cmtt-10">xindy</span> + <span +class="cmtt-10">-M</span> + <span +class="cmtt-10">samplexdy2</span> + <span +class="cmtt-10">-t</span> + <span +class="cmtt-10">samplexdy2.glg</span> + <span +class="cmtt-10">-o</span> + <span +class="cmtt-10">samplexdy2.gls</span> + <span +class="cmtt-10">samplexdy2.glo</span></span> + </p><!--l. 1691--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> See <a href="#sec:xindyloc"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>11.2 </a><a +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>11.2 </a><a href="#sec:xindyloc">Locations and Number lists<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:xindyloc --></a> for further details. </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span +class="cmtt-10">samplexdy3.tex</span> </dt><dd +class="description"><a + id="x1-11089r26"></a> This document is like <a +href="#x1-11071r24"><span +class="cmtt-10">samplexdy.tex</span></a> but uses the command + <span +class="cmtt-10">\Numberstring </span>from the <span +class="cmss-10">fmtcount</span><a + id="dx1-11090"></a> package to format the page numbers. This requires at + least version 3.03 of <span +class="cmss-10">fmtcount</span><a + id="dx1-11091"></a> to work correctly. + </dd><dt class="description"> +<span class="cmtt-10">sampleutf8.tex</span> </dt><dd class="description"><a - id="x1-5081r26"></a> This is another example that uses <a + id="x1-11092r27"></a> This is another example that uses <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-5082"></a></a>. Unlike <a + id="dx1-11093"></a></a>. Unlike <a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-5083"></a></a>, <a + id="dx1-11094"></a></a>, <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-5084"></a></a> can + id="dx1-11095"></a></a> can cope with <a href="#glo:nonlatinchar">non-Latin character<a - id="dx1-5085"></a>s</a>. This document uses UTF8 encoding. To create the + id="dx1-11096"></a>s</a>. This document uses UTF8 encoding. To create the document do: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">latex sampleutf8</span> @@ -2476,23 +3684,53 @@ class="cmtt-10">latex sampleutf8</span> class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries sampleutf8</span> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">latex sampleutf8</span></span> - <!--l. 1289--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> - If you don’t have Perl installed, you will have to call <a + <!--l. 1707--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> + The + explicit + <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-5086"></a></a> explicitly instead of using - <a -href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span -class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-5087"></a></a> (no line breaks): <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> + id="dx1-11097"></a></a> + + + call + is + (no + line + breaks): + <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> <br /><span -class="cmtt-10">xindy -L english -C utf8 -I xindy -M sampleutf8 -t sampleutf8.glg -o</span> +class="cmtt-10">xindy</span> + <span +class="cmtt-10">-L</span> + <span +class="cmtt-10">english</span> + <span +class="cmtt-10">-C</span> + <span +class="cmtt-10">utf8</span> + <span +class="cmtt-10">-I</span> + <span +class="cmtt-10">xindy</span> + <span +class="cmtt-10">-M</span> + <span +class="cmtt-10">sampleutf8</span> <span -class="cmtt-10">sampleutf8.gls sampleutf8.glo</span></span> - </p><!--l. 1295--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> - </p><!--l. 1297--><p class="noindent" >If you remove the <span +class="cmtt-10">-t</span> + <span +class="cmtt-10">sampleutf8.glg</span> + <span +class="cmtt-10">-o</span> + <span +class="cmtt-10">sampleutf8.gls</span> + <span +class="cmtt-10">sampleutf8.glo</span></span> + </p><!--l. 1712--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> + </p><!--l. 1714--><p class="noindent" >If you remove the <span class="cmss-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-5088"></a> option from <span + id="dx1-11098"></a> option from <span class="cmtt-10">sampleutf8.tex </span>and do: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">latex sampleutf8</span> @@ -2500,35 +3738,97 @@ class="cmtt-10">latex sampleutf8</span> class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries sampleutf8</span> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">latex sampleutf8</span></span> - </p><!--l. 1303--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> - you will see that the entries that start with an <a -href="#glo:exlatinchar">extended Latin character<a - id="dx1-5089"></a></a> now appear in - the symbols group, and the word “manœuvre” is now after “manor” instead of before it. - If you are unable to use <a -href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span -class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-5090"></a></a>, the call to <a + </p><!--l. 1720--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> + or <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> + <br /><span +class="cmtt-10">latex sampleutf8</span> + <br /><span +class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite sampleutf8</span> + <br /><span +class="cmtt-10">latex sampleutf8</span></span> + </p><!--l. 1726--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> + you + will + see + that + the + entries + that + start + with + an + + + <a +href="#glo:exlatinchar">extended + Latin + character<a + id="dx1-11099"></a></a> + now + appear + in + the + symbols + group, + and + the + word + “manœuvre” + is + now + after + “manor” + instead + of + before + it. + If + you + want + to + explicitly + call + <a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-5091"></a></a> is as follows (no line - breaks): <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> + id="dx1-11100"></a></a> + (no + line + breaks): + <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> <br /><span -class="cmtt-10">makeindex -s sampleutf8.ist -t sampleutf8.glg -o sampleutf8.gls</span> +class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span> + <span +class="cmtt-10">-s</span> + <span +class="cmtt-10">sampleutf8.ist</span> + <span +class="cmtt-10">-t</span> + <span +class="cmtt-10">sampleutf8.glg</span> + <span +class="cmtt-10">-o</span> + <span +class="cmtt-10">sampleutf8.gls</span> <span class="cmtt-10">sampleutf8.glo</span></span> - </p><!--l. 1311--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> + </p><!--l. 1733--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmtt-10">sample-index.tex</span> </dt><dd class="description"><a - id="x1-5092r27"></a> This document uses the <span + id="x1-11101r28"></a> This document uses the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package to create both a glossary and an index. This requires two <a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-5093"></a></a> calls to ensure the document is up to date: - <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> + id="dx1-11102"></a></a> (or <a +href="#glo:makeglossaries-lite.lua"><span +class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite</span><a + id="dx1-11103"></a></a>) calls to ensure + + + the document is up to date: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">latex sample-index</span> <br /><span @@ -2539,33 +3839,31 @@ class="cmtt-10">latex sample-index</span> class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries sample-index</span> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">latex sample-index</span></span> - <!--l. 1323--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> - - + <!--l. 1746--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmtt-10">sample-newkeys.tex</span> </dt><dd class="description"><a - id="x1-5094r28"></a> This document illustrates how add custom keys (using <span + id="x1-11104r29"></a> This document illustrates how add custom keys (using <span class="cmtt-10">\glsaddkey</span>). </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmtt-10">sample-storage-abbr.tex</span> </dt><dd class="description"><a - id="x1-5095r29"></a> This document illustrates how add custom storage keys (using + id="x1-11105r30"></a> This document illustrates how add custom storage keys (using <span class="cmtt-10">\glsaddstoragekey</span>). </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmtt-10">sample-storage-abbr-desc.tex</span> </dt><dd class="description"><a - id="x1-5096r30"></a> An extension of the previous example where the user + id="x1-11106r31"></a> An extension of the previous example where the user needs to provide a description. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmtt-10">sample-chap-hyperfirst.tex</span> </dt><dd class="description"><a - id="x1-5097r31"></a> This document illustrates how to add a custom key using + id="x1-11107r32"></a> This document illustrates how to add a custom key using <span class="cmtt-10">\glsaddstoragekey </span>and hook into the <a href="#sec:gls-like"><span @@ -2577,15 +3875,15 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like</a> mechanism used to <span class="cmtt-10">sample-font-abbr.tex</span> </dt><dd class="description"><a - id="x1-5098r32"></a> This document illustrates how to different fonts for abbreviations + id="x1-11108r33"></a> This document illustrates how to different fonts for abbreviations within the style. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmtt-10">sample-numberlist.tex</span> </dt><dd class="description"><a - id="x1-5099r33"></a> This document illustrates how to reference the <a + id="x1-11109r34"></a> This document illustrates how to reference the <a href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a - id="dx1-5100"></a></a> in the + id="dx1-11110"></a></a> in the document text. This requires an additional <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span></span> run: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> <br /><span @@ -2596,32 +3894,32 @@ class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries sample-numberlist</span> class="cmtt-10">latex sample-numberlist</span> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">latex sample-numberlist</span></span> - <!--l. 1350--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> + <!--l. 1773--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmtt-10">samplePeople.tex</span> </dt><dd class="description"><a - id="x1-5101r34"></a> This document illustrates how you can hook into the standard sort + id="x1-11111r35"></a> This document illustrates how you can hook into the standard sort mechanism to adjust the way the sort key is set. This requires an additional run to ensure the table of contents is up-to-date: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">latex samplePeople</span> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries samplePeople</span> + + <br /><span class="cmtt-10">latex samplePeople</span> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">latex samplePeople</span></span> - <!--l. 1361--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> + <!--l. 1784--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmtt-10">sampleSort.tex</span> </dt><dd class="description"><a - id="x1-5102r35"></a> This is another document that illustrates how to hook into the standard + id="x1-11112r36"></a> This is another document that illustrates how to hook into the standard sort mechanism. An additional run is required to ensure the table of contents is up-to-date: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> - - <br /><span class="cmtt-10">latex sampleSort</span> <br /><span @@ -2630,28 +3928,28 @@ class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries sampleSort</span> class="cmtt-10">latex sampleSort</span> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">latex sampleSort</span></span> - <!--l. 1371--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> + <!--l. 1794--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmtt-10">sample-nomathhyper.tex</span> </dt><dd class="description"><a - id="x1-5103r36"></a> This document illustrates how to selectively enable and disable + id="x1-11113r37"></a> This document illustrates how to selectively enable and disable entry hyperlinks in <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt</span><a - id="dx1-5104"></a>. + id="dx1-11114"></a>. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmtt-10">sample-entryfmt.tex</span> </dt><dd class="description"><a - id="x1-5105r37"></a> This document illustrates how to change the way an entry is + id="x1-11115r38"></a> This document illustrates how to change the way an entry is displayed in the text. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmtt-10">sample-prefix.tex</span> </dt><dd class="description"><a - id="x1-5106r38"></a> This document illustrates the use of the <span + id="x1-11116r39"></a> This document illustrates the use of the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-prefix</span><a - id="dx1-5107"></a> package. + id="dx1-11117"></a> package. An additional run is required to ensure the table of contents is up-to-date: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> <br /><span @@ -2662,206 +3960,332 @@ class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries sample-prefix</span> class="cmtt-10">latex sample-prefix</span> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">latex sample-prefix</span></span> - <!--l. 1387--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> + <!--l. 1810--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmtt-10">sampleaccsupp.tex</span> </dt><dd class="description"><a - id="x1-5108r39"></a> This document uses the experimental <span + id="x1-11118r40"></a> This document uses the experimental <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a - id="dx1-5109"></a> package. The + id="dx1-11119"></a> package. The symbol is set to the replacement text. Note that some PDF viewers don’t use the accessibility support. Information about the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp </span>package can be found in <a href="#sec:accsupp"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>18 </a><a +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>18 </a><a href="#sec:accsupp">Accessibility Support<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:accsupp --></a>. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmtt-10">sample-ignored.tex</span> </dt><dd class="description"><a - id="x1-5110r40"></a> This document defines an ignored glossary for common terms that + id="x1-11120r41"></a> This document defines an ignored glossary for common terms that don’t need a definition. + + </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmtt-10">sample-entrycount.tex</span> </dt><dd class="description"><a - id="x1-5111r41"></a> This document uses <span + id="x1-11121r42"></a> This document uses <span class="cmtt-10">\glsenableentrycount</span><a - id="dx1-5112"></a> and <span + id="dx1-11122"></a> and <span class="cmtt-10">\cgls</span><a - id="dx1-5113"></a> (described + id="dx1-11123"></a> (described in <a href="#sec:enableentrycount"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>14.1 </a><a +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>14.1 </a><a href="#sec:enableentrycount">Counting the Number of Times an Entry has been Used (First Use Flag Unset)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:enableentrycount --></a>) so that acronyms only used once don’t appear in the list of acronyms.</dd></dl> - - -<!--l. 1405--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 1828--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 1405--><p class="noindent" ><a -href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">1.2 </span> <a +<!--l. 1828--><p class="noindent" ><a +href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">1.3 </span> <a id="sec:lipsum"></a>Dummy Entries for Testing</h3> -<!--l. 1408--><p class="noindent" >In addition to the sample files described above, <span +<!--l. 1831--><p class="noindent" >In addition to the sample files described above, <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a - id="dx1-6001"></a> also provides some files containing + id="dx1-12001"></a> also provides some files containing lorum ipsum dummy entries. These are provided for testing purposes and are on <span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span>’s path (in <span class="cmtt-10">tex/latex/glossaries/test-entries</span>) so they can be included via <span class="cmtt-10">\input</span><a - id="dx1-6002"></a> or + id="dx1-12002"></a> or <span class="cmtt-10">\loadglsentries</span><a - id="dx1-6003"></a>. The files are as follows: + id="dx1-12003"></a>. The files are as follows: </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">example-glossaries-brief.tex</span> </dt><dd -class="description">These entries all have brief descriptions. - </dd><dt class="description"> +class="description">These entries all have brief descriptions. For example: + + + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-37"> + \newglossaryentry{lorem}{name={lorem},description={ipsum}} +</div> + <!--l. 1841--><p class="nopar" > + </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">example-glossaries-long.tex</span> </dt><dd -class="description">These entries all have long descriptions. - </dd><dt class="description"> +class="description">These entries all have long descriptions. For example: + + + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-38"> + \newglossaryentry{loremipsum}{name={lorem ipsum}, +  <br />description={dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing +  <br />elit. Ut purus elit, vestibulum ut, placerat ac, +  <br />adipiscing vitae, felis. Curabitur dictum gravida +  <br />mauris.}} +</div> + <!--l. 1851--><p class="nopar" > + </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">example-glossaries-multipar.tex</span> </dt><dd -class="description">These entries all have multi-paragraph - descriptions. +class="description">These entries all have multi-paragraph descriptions. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">example-glossaries-symbols.tex</span> </dt><dd class="description">These entries all use the <span class="cmss-10">symbol</span><a - id="dx1-6004"></a> key. - </dd><dt class="description"> + id="dx1-12004"></a> key. For example: + + + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-39"> + \newglossaryentry{alpha}{name={alpha}, +  <br />symbol={\ensuremath{\alpha}}, +  <br />description={Quisque ullamcorper placerat ipsum.}} +</div> + <!--l. 1862--><p class="nopar" > + </p></dd><dt class="description"> +<span +class="cmbx-10">example-glossaries-symbolnames.tex</span> </dt><dd +class="description">Similar to the previous file but the <span +class="cmss-10">symbol</span><a + id="dx1-12005"></a> key isn’t + used. Instead the symbol is stored in the <span +class="cmss-10">name</span><a + id="dx1-12006"></a> key. For example: + + + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-40"> + \newglossaryentry{sym.alpha}{sort={alpha}, +  <br />name={\ensuremath{\alpha}}, +  <br />description={Quisque ullamcorper placerat ipsum.}} +</div> + <!--l. 1871--><p class="nopar" > + </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">example-glossaries-images.tex</span> </dt><dd class="description">These entries use the <span class="cmss-10">user1</span><a - id="dx1-6005"></a> key to store the name - of an image file. (The images are provided by the <span + id="dx1-12007"></a> key to store the name of an + image file. (The images are provided by the <span class="cmss-10">mwe</span><a - id="dx1-6006"></a> package and should be - on <span class="TEX">T<span -class="E">E</span>X</span>’s path.) One entry doesn’t have an associated image to help test for - a missing key. + id="dx1-12008"></a> package and should be on <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span>’s + path.) One entry doesn’t have an associated image to help test for a missing + key. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">example-glossaries-acronym.tex</span> </dt><dd -class="description">These entries are all acronyms. - </dd><dt class="description"> +class="description">These entries are all abbreviations. For example: + + + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-41"> + \newacronym[type=\glsdefaulttype]{lid}{LID}{lorem ipsum +  <br />dolor} +</div> + <!--l. 1883--><p class="nopar" > + </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">example-glossaries-acronym-desc.tex</span> </dt><dd -class="description">These entries are all acronyms that use the +class="description">These entries are all abbreviations that use the <span class="cmss-10">description</span><a - id="dx1-6007"></a> key. - </dd><dt class="description"> + id="dx1-12009"></a> key. For example: + + + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-42"> + \newacronym[type=\glsdefaulttype, +  <br />  description={fringilla a, euismod sodales, +  <br />  sollicitudin vel, wisi}]{ndl}{NDL}{nam dui ligula} +</div> + <!--l. 1892--><p class="nopar" > + </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">example-glossaries-acronyms-lang.tex</span> </dt><dd -class="description">These entries are all acronyms, where some - of them have a translation supplied in the <span +class="description">These entries are all abbreviations, where some of + them have a translation supplied in the <span class="cmss-10">user1</span><a - id="dx1-6008"></a> key. - </dd><dt class="description"> + id="dx1-12010"></a> key. For example: + + + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-43"> + \newacronym[type=\glsdefaulttype,user1={love itself}] +  <br /> {li}{LI}{lorem ipsum} +</div> + <!--l. 1901--><p class="nopar" > + </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">example-glossaries-parent.tex</span> </dt><dd -class="description">These are hierarchical entries where the child entries - use the <span +class="description">These are hierarchical entries where the child entries use + the <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-6009"></a> key. - </dd><dt class="description"> + id="dx1-12011"></a> key. For example: + + + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-44"> + \newglossaryentry{sedmattis}{name={sed mattis}, +  <br />description={erat sit amet} +  <br />\newglossaryentry{gravida}{parent={sedmattis}, +  <br />  name={gravida},description={malesuada}} +</div> + <!--l. 1912--><p class="nopar" > + </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">example-glossaries-childnoname.tex</span> </dt><dd class="description">These are hierarchical entries where the child entries don’t use the <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-6010"></a> key. - </dd><dt class="description"> + id="dx1-12012"></a> key. For example: + + + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-45"> + \newglossaryentry{scelerisque}{name={scelerisque}, +  <br />  description={at}} +</div> + <!--l. 1920--><p class="nopar" > + </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">example-glossaries-cite.tex</span> </dt><dd class="description">These entries use the <span class="cmss-10">user1</span><a - id="dx1-6011"></a> key to store a citation key - (or comma-separated list of citation keys). The citations are defined in <span -class="cmtt-10">xampl.bib</span>, - which should be available on all modern <span class="TEX">T<span -class="E">E</span>X</span> distributions. One entry doesn’t - have an associated citation to help test for a missing key. + id="dx1-12013"></a> key to store a citation + key (or comma-separated list of citation keys). The citations are defined in + <span +class="cmtt-10">xampl.bib</span>, which should be available on all modern <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> distributions. One + entry doesn’t have an associated citation to help test for a missing key. For + example: - </dd><dt class="description"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-46"> + \newglossaryentry{fusce}{name={fusce}, +  <br />description={suscipit cursus sem},user1={article-minimal}} +</div> + <!--l. 1932--><p class="nopar" > + </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">example-glossaries-url.tex</span> </dt><dd -class="description">These entries use the <span +class="description">These entries use the <span class="cmss-10">user1</span><a - id="dx1-6012"></a> key to store an URL - associated with the entry.</dd></dl> -<!--l. 1457--><p class="indent" > The sample file <span + id="dx1-12014"></a> key to store an URL associated + with the entry. For example: + + + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-47"> + \newglossaryentry{aenean-url}{name={aenean}, +  <br /> description={adipiscing auctor est}, +  <br /> user1={http://uk.tug.org/}} +</div> + <!--l. 1941--><p class="nopar" ></p></dd></dl> +<!--l. 1944--><p class="indent" > The sample file <span class="cmtt-10">glossary-lipsum-examples.tex </span>in the <span class="cmtt-10">doc/latex/glossaries/samples</span> directory uses all these files. See also <a href="http://www.dickimaw-books.com/gallery/#glossaries" class="url" ><span class="cmtt-10">http://www.dickimaw-books.com/gallery/#glossaries</span></a>. -</p><!--l. 1462--><p class="noindent" > +The <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span><a + id="dx1-12015"></a> package provides additional test files. +</p><!--l. 1950--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 1462--><p class="noindent" ><a -href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">1.3 </span> <a +<!--l. 1950--><p class="noindent" ><a +href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">1.4 </span> <a id="sec:languages"></a>Multi-Lingual Support</h3> -<!--l. 1465--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.17, the <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package can now be used with <a +<!--l. 1953--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.17, the <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package can be used with <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-7001"></a></a> as well as -<a + id="dx1-13001"></a></a> as well as <a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-7002"></a></a>. If you are writing in a language that uses an <a -href="#glo:exlatinalph">extended Latin alphabet</a> or -<a -href="#glo:nonlatinalph">non-Latin alphabet</a> it is recommended that you use <span + id="dx1-13002"></a></a>. If +you are writing in a language that uses an <a +href="#glo:exlatinalph">extended Latin alphabet</a> or <a +href="#glo:nonlatinalph">non-Latin alphabet</a> it’s +best to use <a +href="#option3">Option 3</a> (<span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-7003"></a> as <span + id="dx1-13003"></a>) or <a +href="#option4">Option 4</a> (<a +href="#glo:bib2gls"><span +class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a + id="dx1-13004"></a></a>) as <span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-7004"></a> is hard-coded for the -non-extended <a + id="dx1-13005"></a> (<a +href="#option2">Option 2</a>) is hard-coded +for the non-extended <a href="#glo:latinalph">Latin alphabet<a - id="dx1-7005"></a></a>. This means that you are not restricted to the A, …, Z letter + id="dx1-13006"></a></a> and <a +href="#option1">Option 1</a> can performed limited ASCII +comparisons. +</p><!--l. 1961--><p class="indent" > This means that with Options <a +href="#option3">3</a> or <a +href="#option4">4</a> you are not restricted to the A, …, Z letter groups. If you want to use <span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-7006"></a>, remember to use the <span + id="dx1-13007"></a>, remember to use the <span class="cmss-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-7007"></a> package option. For + id="dx1-13008"></a> package option. For example: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-11"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-48"> \documentclass[frenchb]{article}  <br />\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}  <br />\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}  <br />\usepackage{babel}  <br />\usepackage[xindy]{glossaries} </div> -<!--l. 1480--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 1482--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that although a <a +<!--l. 1970--><p class="nopar" > If you want to use <span +class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a + id="dx1-13009"></a>, you need to use the <span +class="cmss-10">record</span><a + id="dx1-13010"></a> option with <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span><a + id="dx1-13011"></a> +and supply the definitions in <span +class="cmtt-10">.bib </span>files. (See the <a +href="#glo:bib2gls"><span +class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a + id="dx1-13012"></a></a> user manual for further +details.) +</p><!--l. 1976--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that although a <a href="#glo:nonlatinchar">non-Latin character<a - id="dx1-7008"></a></a>, such as é, looks like a plain character in your -tex file, with standard <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span -class="E">E</span>X</span></span> it’s actually a macro and can therefore cause expansion -problems. You may need to switch off the field expansions with <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsnoexpandfields</span>. This -issue doesn’t occur with XeLaTeX. -</p><!--l. 1489--><p class="indent" > If you use a <a + id="dx1-13013"></a></a>, such as é, looks like a plain character +in your <span +class="cmtt-10">.tex</span><a + id="dx1-13014"></a> file, with standard <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span></span> it’s actually a macro and can therefore +cause expansion problems. You may need to switch off the field expansions with +<span +class="cmtt-10">\glsnoexpandfields</span>. This issue doesn’t occur with XeLaTeX or Lua<span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span></span>. +</div> +</p><!--l. 1982--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1984--><p class="indent" > With <span +class="cmss-10">inputenc</span><a + id="dx1-13015"></a>, if you use a <a href="#glo:nonlatinchar">non-Latin character<a - id="dx1-7009"></a></a> (or other expandable) character at the start of an entry -name, you must place it in a group, or it will cause a problem for commands that convert the -first letter to upper case (e.g. <span + id="dx1-13016"></a></a> (or other expandable) character at the +start of an entry name, you must place it in a group, or it will cause a problem for +commands that convert the first letter to upper case (e.g. <span class="cmtt-10">\Gls</span><a - id="dx1-7010"></a>). For example: </p><div class="alltt"> + id="dx1-13017"></a>). For example: +</p><div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> <span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry}{elite}{name={{</span></span><span @@ -2874,54 +4298,72 @@ class="cmtt-10"> group</span><span class="cmtt-10"> or</span><span class="cmtt-10"> class}}</span></span> </div> -</div> </div> -<!--l. 1497--><p class="noindent" > -(For further details, see the section “UTF-8” section in the <span +</div> (With newer versions of <span class="cmss-10">mfirstuc</span><a - id="dx1-7011"></a> user manual.) -</p><!--l. 1501--><p class="indent" > If you use the <span -class="cmss-10">inputenc</span><a - id="dx1-7012"></a> package, <a + id="dx1-13018"></a> and <span +class="cmss-10">datatool-base</span><a + id="dx1-13019"></a> you may be able to omit this grouping.) +For further details, see the “UTF-8” section in the <span +class="cmss-10">mfirstuc</span><a + id="dx1-13020"></a> user manual. +<!--l. 1997--><p class="indent" > If you are using <a +href="#glo:xindy"><span +class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a + id="dx1-13021"></a></a> or <a +href="#glo:bib2gls"><span +class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a + id="dx1-13022"></a></a>, the application needs to know the encoding of the +<span +class="cmtt-10">.tex</span><a + id="dx1-13023"></a> file. This information is added to the <span +class="cmtt-10">.aux</span><a + id="dx1-13024"></a> file and can be picked up by <a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-7013"></a></a> will pick up the encoding from the -auxiliary file. If you use <a + id="dx1-13025"></a></a> +and <a +href="#glo:bib2gls"><span +class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a + id="dx1-13026"></a></a>. If you use <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-7014"></a></a> explicitly instead of via <span + id="dx1-13027"></a></a> explicitly instead of via <span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-7015"></a>, you may need -to specify the encoding using the <span + id="dx1-13028"></a>, you may need to +specify the encoding using the <span class="cmtt-10">-C</span><a - id="dx1-7016"></a> option. Read the <span + id="dx1-13029"></a> option. Read the <span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-7017"></a> manual for further -details. -</p><!--l. 1507--><p class="indent" > As from v4.24, if you are writing in German (for example, using the <span + id="dx1-13030"></a> manual for further details of this +option. +</p><!--l. 2006--><p class="indent" > As from v4.24, if you are writing in German (for example, using the <span class="cmss-10">ngerman</span><a - id="dx1-7018"></a> package or -<span + id="dx1-13031"></a> +package<span class="footnote-mark"><a +href="#fn4x1" id="fn4x1-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">1.4</sup></a></span><a + id="x1-13032f4"></a> +or <span class="cmss-10">babel</span><a - id="dx1-7019"></a> with the <span + id="dx1-13033"></a> with the <span class="cmss-10">ngerman</span><a - id="dx1-7020"></a> package option), and you want to use <a + id="dx1-13034"></a> package option), and you want to use <a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-7021"></a>’s</a> <span + id="dx1-13035"></a>’s</a> <span class="cmtt-10">-g</span><a - id="dx1-7022"></a> option, you’ll + id="dx1-13036"></a> option, you’ll need to change <a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-7023"></a>’s</a> quote character using: -</p><!--l. 1511--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + id="dx1-13037"></a>’s</a> quote character using: +</p><!--l. 2010--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GlsSetQuote</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-7024"></a> <span + id="dx1-13038"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetQuote{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">character</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1513--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2012--><p class="noindent" > Note that ⟨<span class="cmti-10">character</span>⟩ may not be one of <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">?</span></span></span> (question mark), <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span @@ -2931,48 +4373,48 @@ For example: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-12"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-49"> \GlsSetQuote{+} </div> -<!--l. 1519--><p class="nopar" > This must be done before <span +<!--l. 2018--><p class="nopar" > This must be done before <span class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-7025"></a> and any entry definitions. It’s only applicable + id="dx1-13039"></a> and any entry definitions. It’s only applicable for <span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-7026"></a>. This option in conjunction with <span + id="dx1-13040"></a>. This option in conjunction with <span class="cmss-10">ngerman</span><a - id="dx1-7027"></a> will also cause <span + id="dx1-13041"></a> will also cause <span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-7028"></a> to + id="dx1-13042"></a> to use the <span class="cmtt-10">-g</span><a - id="dx1-7029"></a> switch when invoking <span + id="dx1-13043"></a> switch when invoking <span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-7030"></a>. -</p><!--l. 1526--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Be careful of <span + id="dx1-13044"></a>. +</p><!--l. 2025--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Be careful of <span class="cmss-10">babel</span><a - id="dx1-7031"></a>’s shorthands. These aren’t switched on until the start of the + id="dx1-13045"></a>’s shorthands. These aren’t switched on until the start of the document, so any entries defined in the preamble won’t be able to use those shorthands. However, if you define the entries in the document and any of those shorthands happen to be special characters for <a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-7032"></a></a> or <a + id="dx1-13046"></a></a> or <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-7033"></a></a> (such as the double-quote) then this will interfere + id="dx1-13047"></a></a> (such as the double-quote) then this will interfere with code that tries to escape any of those characters that occur in the <span class="cmss-10">sort</span><a - id="dx1-7034"></a> key. + id="dx1-13048"></a> key. </div> -</p><!--l. 1535--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 1537--><p class="indent" > In general, it’s best not to use <span +</p><!--l. 2034--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2036--><p class="indent" > In general, it’s best not to use <span class="cmss-10">babel</span><a - id="dx1-7035"></a>’s shorthands in entry definitions. For example: + id="dx1-13049"></a>’s shorthands in entry definitions. For example: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-13"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-50"> \documentclass{article}  <br />\usepackage[ngerman]{babel}  <br />\usepackage{glossaries} @@ -2986,19 +4428,19 @@ class="cmss-10">babel</span><a  <br />\printglossaries  <br />\end{document} </div> -<!--l. 1558--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 1560--><p class="indent" > The <span +<!--l. 2057--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 2059--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmss-10">ngerman</span><a - id="dx1-7036"></a> package has the shorthands on in the preamble, so they can be used if + id="dx1-13050"></a> package has the shorthands on in the preamble, so they can be used if <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetQuote </span>has changed the <a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-7037"></a></a> quote character. Example: + id="dx1-13051"></a></a> quote character. Example: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-14"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-51"> \documentclass{article}  <br />\usepackage[ngerman]{babel}  <br />\usepackage{glossaries} @@ -3011,94 +4453,94 @@ class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a  <br />\printglossaries  <br />\end{document} </div> -<!--l. 1581--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 1583--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2080--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 2082--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 1583--><p class="noindent" ><a -href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">1.3.1 </span> <a +<!--l. 2082--><p class="noindent" ><a +href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">1.4.1 </span> <a id="sec:fixednames"></a>Changing the Fixed Names</h4> -<!--l. 1586--><p class="noindent" >The fixed names are produced using the commands listed in <a +<!--l. 2085--><p class="noindent" >The fixed names are produced using the commands listed in <a href="#tab:predefinednames">table 1.2</a>. If you aren’t using a language package such as <span class="cmss-10">babel</span><a - id="dx1-8001"></a> or <span + id="dx1-14001"></a> or <span class="cmss-10">polyglossia</span><a - id="dx1-8002"></a> that uses caption hooks, you can just redefine + id="dx1-14002"></a> that uses caption hooks, you can just redefine these commands as appropriate. If you are using <span class="cmss-10">babel</span><a - id="dx1-8003"></a> or <span + id="dx1-14003"></a> or <span class="cmss-10">polyglossia</span><a - id="dx1-8004"></a>, you need to use their + id="dx1-14004"></a>, you need to use their caption hooks to change the defaults. See <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=latexwords" >changing the words babel uses</a> or read the <span class="cmss-10">babel</span><a - id="dx1-8005"></a> or + id="dx1-14005"></a> or <span class="cmss-10">polyglossia</span><a - id="dx1-8006"></a> documentation. If you have loaded <span + id="dx1-14006"></a> documentation. If you have loaded <span class="cmss-10">babel</span><a - id="dx1-8007"></a>, then <span + id="dx1-14007"></a>, then <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a - id="dx1-8008"></a> will attempt to load + id="dx1-14008"></a> will attempt to load <span class="cmss-10">translator</span><a - id="dx1-8009"></a>, unless you have used the <span + id="dx1-14009"></a>, unless you have used the <span class="cmss-10">notranslate</span><a - id="dx1-8010"></a>, <span + id="dx1-14010"></a>, <span class="cmss-10">translate=false</span><a - id="dx1-8011"></a> or <span + id="dx1-14011"></a> or <span class="cmss-10">translate=babel</span><a - id="dx1-8012"></a> package + id="dx1-14012"></a> package options. If the <span class="cmss-10">translator</span><a - id="dx1-8013"></a> package is loaded, the translations are provided by dictionary files + id="dx1-14013"></a> package is loaded, the translations are provided by dictionary files (for example, <span class="cmtt-10">glossaries-dictionary-English.dict</span>). See the <span class="cmss-10">translator</span><a - id="dx1-8014"></a> package for advice + id="dx1-14014"></a> package for advice on changing translations provided by <span class="cmss-10">translator</span><a - id="dx1-8015"></a> dictionaries. If you can’t work out + id="dx1-14015"></a> dictionaries. If you can’t work out how to modify these dictionary definitions, try switching to <span class="cmss-10">babel</span><a - id="dx1-8016"></a>’s interface using + id="dx1-14016"></a>’s interface using <span class="cmss-10">translate=babel</span><a - id="dx1-8017"></a>: + id="dx1-14017"></a>: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-15"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-52"> \documentclass[english,french]{article}  <br />\usepackage{babel}  <br />\usepackage[translate=babel]{glossaries} </div> -<!--l. 1607--><p class="nopar" > and then use <span +<!--l. 2106--><p class="nopar" > and then use <span class="cmss-10">babel</span><a - id="dx1-8018"></a>’s caption hook mechanism. Note that if you pass the language options + id="dx1-14018"></a>’s caption hook mechanism. Note that if you pass the language options directly to <span class="cmss-10">babel</span><a - id="dx1-8019"></a> rather that using the document class options or otherwise passing the same + id="dx1-14019"></a> rather that using the document class options or otherwise passing the same options to <span class="cmss-10">translator</span><a - id="dx1-8020"></a>, then <span + id="dx1-14020"></a>, then <span class="cmss-10">translator</span><a - id="dx1-8021"></a> won’t pick up the language and no dictionaries will be + id="dx1-14021"></a> won’t pick up the language and no dictionaries will be loaded and <span class="cmss-10">babel</span><a - id="dx1-8022"></a>’s caption hooks will be used instead. + id="dx1-14022"></a>’s caption hooks will be used instead. </p> <div class="table"> -<!--l. 1615--><p class="indent" > <a +<!--l. 2114--><p class="indent" > <a id="tab:predefinednames"></a></p><hr class="float" /><div class="float" > <div class="caption" ><span class="id">Table 1.2: </span><span -class="content">Customised Text</span></div><!--tex4ht:label?: x1-80232 --> +class="content">Customised Text</span></div><!--tex4ht:label?: x1-140232 --> <div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-3" class="tabular" @@ -3110,22 +4552,22 @@ id="TBL-3-3" /></colgroup><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-1-1" class="td01"><span class="cmbx-10">Command Name </span></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-1-2" -class="td11"> <!--l. 1621--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="td11"> <!--l. 2120--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmbx-10">Translator</span> <span class="cmbx-10">Key</span> <span class="cmbx-10">Word</span> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-1-3" -class="td10"> <!--l. 1622--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="td10"> <!--l. 2121--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmbx-10">Purpose</span> </p></td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-2-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-2-1" class="td01"><span class="cmtt-10">\glossaryname</span><a - id="dx1-8024"></a> </td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-2-2" -class="td11"> <!--l. 1623--><p class="noindent" ><span + id="dx1-14024"></a> </td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-2-2" +class="td11"> <!--l. 2122--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmtt-10">Glossary</span> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-2-3" -class="td10"> <!--l. 1623--><p class="noindent" >Title +class="td10"> <!--l. 2122--><p class="noindent" >Title of the main @@ -3134,10 +4576,10 @@ class="td10"> <!--l. 1623--><p class="noindent" >Title style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-3-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-3-1" class="td01"><span class="cmtt-10">\acronymname</span><a - id="dx1-8025"></a> </td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-3-2" -class="td11"> <!--l. 1624--><p class="noindent" ><span + id="dx1-14025"></a> </td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-3-2" +class="td11"> <!--l. 2123--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmtt-10">Acronyms</span> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-3-3" -class="td10"> <!--l. 1624--><p class="noindent" >Title +class="td10"> <!--l. 2123--><p class="noindent" >Title of the list @@ -3150,17 +4592,17 @@ class="td10"> <!--l. 1624--><p class="noindent" >Title option <span class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a - id="dx1-8026"></a>). </p></td> + id="dx1-14026"></a>). </p></td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-4-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-4-1" class="td01"><span class="cmtt-10">\entryname</span><a - id="dx1-8027"></a> </td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-4-2" -class="td11"> <!--l. 1626--><p class="noindent" ><span + id="dx1-14027"></a> </td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-4-2" +class="td11"> <!--l. 2125--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmtt-10">Notation</span> <span class="cmtt-10">(glossaries)</span> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-4-3" -class="td10"> <!--l. 1627--><p class="noindent" >Header +class="td10"> <!--l. 2126--><p class="noindent" >Header for first column @@ -3181,12 +4623,12 @@ class="td10"> <!--l. 1627--><p class="noindent" >Header style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-5-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-5-1" class="td01"><span class="cmtt-10">\descriptionname</span><a - id="dx1-8028"></a> </td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-5-2" -class="td11"> <!--l. 1629--><p class="noindent" ><span + id="dx1-14028"></a> </td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-5-2" +class="td11"> <!--l. 2128--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmtt-10">Description</span> <span class="cmtt-10">(glossaries)</span> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-5-3" -class="td10"> <!--l. 1630--><p class="noindent" >Header +class="td10"> <!--l. 2129--><p class="noindent" >Header for second column @@ -3207,12 +4649,12 @@ class="td10"> <!--l. 1630--><p class="noindent" >Header style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-6-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-6-1" class="td01"><span class="cmtt-10">\symbolname</span><a - id="dx1-8029"></a> </td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-6-2" -class="td11"> <!--l. 1632--><p class="noindent" ><span + id="dx1-14029"></a> </td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-6-2" +class="td11"> <!--l. 2131--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmtt-10">Symbol</span> <span class="cmtt-10">(glossaries)</span> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-6-3" -class="td10"> <!--l. 1632--><p class="noindent" >Header +class="td10"> <!--l. 2131--><p class="noindent" >Header for symbol column @@ -3230,14 +4672,14 @@ class="td10"> <!--l. 1632--><p class="noindent" >Header style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-7-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-7-1" class="td01"><span class="cmtt-10">\pagelistname</span><a - id="dx1-8030"></a> </td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-7-2" -class="td11"> <!--l. 1634--><p class="noindent" ><span + id="dx1-14030"></a> </td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-7-2" +class="td11"> <!--l. 2133--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmtt-10">Page</span> <span class="cmtt-10">List</span> <span class="cmtt-10">(glossaries)</span> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-7-3" -class="td10"> <!--l. 1635--><p class="noindent" >Header +class="td10"> <!--l. 2134--><p class="noindent" >Header for page list @@ -3255,12 +4697,12 @@ class="td10"> <!--l. 1635--><p class="noindent" >Header style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-8-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-8-1" class="td01"><span class="cmtt-10">\glssymbolsgroupname</span><a - id="dx1-8031"></a> </td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-8-2" -class="td11"> <!--l. 1637--><p class="noindent" ><span + id="dx1-14031"></a> </td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-8-2" +class="td11"> <!--l. 2136--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmtt-10">Symbols</span> <span class="cmtt-10">(glossaries)</span> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-8-3" -class="td10"> <!--l. 1638--><p class="noindent" >Header +class="td10"> <!--l. 2137--><p class="noindent" >Header for symbols section @@ -3278,12 +4720,12 @@ class="td10"> <!--l. 1638--><p class="noindent" >Header style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-9-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-9-1" class="td01"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsnumbersgroupname</span><a - id="dx1-8032"></a> </td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-9-2" -class="td11"> <!--l. 1640--><p class="noindent" ><span + id="dx1-14032"></a> </td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-9-2" +class="td11"> <!--l. 2139--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmtt-10">Numbers</span> <span class="cmtt-10">(glossaries)</span> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-9-3" -class="td10"> <!--l. 1640--><p class="noindent" >Header +class="td10"> <!--l. 2139--><p class="noindent" >Header for numbers section @@ -3304,7 +4746,7 @@ class="td10"> <!--l. 1640--><p class="noindent" >Header </div><hr class="endfloat" /> </div> -<!--l. 1646--><p class="indent" > As from version 4.12, multilingual support is provided by separate language modules that +<!--l. 2145--><p class="indent" > As from version 4.12, multilingual support is provided by separate language modules that need to be installed in addition to installing the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package. You only need to install the modules for the languages that you require. If the language module has an @@ -3313,98 +4755,92 @@ unmaintained status, you can volunteer to take over the maintenance by contactin href="http://www.dickimaw-books.com/contact.html" class="url" ><span class="cmtt-10">http://www.dickimaw-books.com/contact.html</span></a>. The <span class="cmss-10">translator</span><a - id="dx1-8033"></a> dictionary files for <span + id="dx1-14033"></a> dictionary files for <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span> are now provided by the appropriate language module. For further details about information specific to a given language, please see the documentation for that language module. -</p><!--l. 1658--><p class="indent" > Examples of use: </p> +</p><!--l. 2157--><p class="indent" > Examples of use: </p> <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize">Using <span class="cmss-10">babel</span><a - id="dx1-8034"></a> and <span + id="dx1-14034"></a> and <span class="cmss-10">translator</span><a - id="dx1-8035"></a>: + id="dx1-14035"></a>: - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-16"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-53"> \documentclass[english,french]{article}  <br />\usepackage{babel}  <br />\usepackage{glossaries} </div> - <!--l. 1665--><p class="nopar" > (<span + <!--l. 2164--><p class="nopar" > (<span class="cmss-10">translator</span><a - id="dx1-8036"></a> is automatically loaded). + id="dx1-14036"></a> is automatically loaded). </p></li> <li class="itemize">Using <span class="cmss-10">babel</span><a - id="dx1-8037"></a>: + id="dx1-14037"></a>: - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-17"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-54"> \documentclass[english,french]{article}  <br />\usepackage{babel}  <br />\usepackage[translate=babel]{glossaries} </div> - <!--l. 1673--><p class="nopar" > (<span + <!--l. 2172--><p class="nopar" > (<span class="cmss-10">translator</span><a - id="dx1-8038"></a> isn’t loaded). + id="dx1-14038"></a> isn’t loaded). </p></li> <li class="itemize">Using <span class="cmss-10">polyglossia</span><a - id="dx1-8039"></a>: + id="dx1-14039"></a>: - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-18"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-55"> \documentclass{article}  <br />\usepackage{polyglossia}  <br />\setmainlanguage{english}  <br />\usepackage{glossaries} </div> - <!--l. 1682--><p class="nopar" > - </p></li> - <li class="itemize">Using <span -class="cmss-10">ngerman</span><a - id="dx1-8040"></a>: - - - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-19"> - \documentclass{article} -  <br />\usepackage{ngerman} -  <br />\usepackage{glossaries} -</div> - <!--l. 1689--><p class="nopar" > + <!--l. 2181--><p class="nopar" > </p> </li></ul> -<!--l. 1693--><p class="indent" > Due to the varied nature of glossaries, it’s likely that the predefined translations may not +<!--l. 2185--><p class="indent" > Due to the varied nature of glossaries, it’s likely that the predefined translations may not be appropriate. If you are using the <span class="cmss-10">babel</span><a - id="dx1-8041"></a> package and the <span + id="dx1-14040"></a> package and the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package option <span class="cmss-10">translate=babel</span><a - id="dx1-8042"></a>, you need to be familiar with the advice given in <a + id="dx1-14041"></a>, you need to be familiar with the advice given in <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=latexwords" >changing the words babel uses</a>. If you are using the <span class="cmss-10">translator</span><a - id="dx1-8043"></a> package, then you can provide your own + id="dx1-14042"></a> package, then you can provide your own dictionary with the necessary modifications (using <span class="cmtt-10">\deftranslation</span>) and load it using <span -class="cmtt-10">\usedictionary</span>. -</p><!--l. 1702--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that the <span +class="cmtt-10">\usedictionary</span>. If you simply want to change the title of a glossary, you can use the +<span +class="cmss-10">title</span><a + id="dx1-14043"></a> key in commands like <span +class="cmtt-10">\printglossary </span>(but not the iterative commands like +<span +class="cmtt-10">\printglossaries</span>). +</p><!--l. 2197--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that the <span class="cmss-10">translator</span><a - id="dx1-8044"></a> dictionaries are loaded at the beginning of the document, so it + id="dx1-14044"></a> dictionaries are loaded at the beginning of the document, so it won’t have any effect if you put <span class="cmtt-10">\deftranslation </span>in the preamble. It should be put in your personal dictionary instead (as in the example below). See the <span class="cmss-10">translator</span><a - id="dx1-8045"></a> documentation for + id="dx1-14045"></a> documentation for further details. (Now with <span class="cmss-10">beamer</span><a - id="dx1-8046"></a> documentation.) </div> -</p><!--l. 1709--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 1711--><p class="indent" > Your custom dictionary doesn’t have to be just a translation from English to another + id="dx1-14046"></a> documentation.) </div> +</p><!--l. 2204--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2206--><p class="indent" > Your custom dictionary doesn’t have to be just a translation from English to another language. You may prefer to have a dictionary for a particular type of document. For example, suppose your institution’s in-house reports have to have the glossary labelled as “Nomenclature” and the page list should be labelled “Location”, then you can create a file @@ -3412,43 +4848,43 @@ called, say, </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-20"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-56"> myinstitute-glossaries-dictionary-English.dict </div> -<!--l. 1719--><p class="nopar" > that contains the following: +<!--l. 2214--><p class="nopar" > that contains the following: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-21"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-57"> \ProvidesDictionary{myinstitute-glossaries-dictionary}{English}  <br />\deftranslation{Glossary}{Nomenclature}  <br />\deftranslation{Page List (glossaries)}{Location} </div> -<!--l. 1725--><p class="nopar" > You can now load it using: +<!--l. 2220--><p class="nopar" > You can now load it using: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-22"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-58"> \usedictionary{myinstitute-glossaries-dictionary} </div> -<!--l. 1729--><p class="nopar" > (Make sure that <span +<!--l. 2224--><p class="nopar" > (Make sure that <span class="cmtt-10">myinstitute-glossaries-dictionary-English.dict </span>can be found by <span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span>.) If you want to share your custom dictionary, you can upload it to <a href="http://www.ctan.org/" >CTAN</a>. -</p><!--l. 1734--><p class="indent" > If you are using <span +</p><!--l. 2229--><p class="indent" > If you are using <span class="cmss-10">babel</span><a - id="dx1-8047"></a> and don’t want to use the <span + id="dx1-14047"></a> and don’t want to use the <span class="cmss-10">translator</span><a - id="dx1-8048"></a> interface, you can use the + id="dx1-14048"></a> interface, you can use the package option <span class="cmss-10">translate=babel</span><a - id="dx1-8049"></a>. For example: + id="dx1-14049"></a>. For example: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-23"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-59"> \documentclass[british]{article}  <br />\usepackage{babel}  <br />\usepackage[translate=babel]{glossaries} @@ -3457,35 +4893,45 @@ class="cmss-10">translate=babel</span><a  <br />    \renewcommand*{\acronymname}{List of Acronyms}%  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 1747--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 1749--><p class="indent" > Note that <a +<!--l. 2242--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 2244--><p class="indent" > Note that <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-8050"></a></a> provides much better multi-lingual support than <a + id="dx1-14050"></a></a> and <a +href="#glo:bib2gls"><span +class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a + id="dx1-14051"></a></a> provide much better multi-lingual support than <a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-8051"></a></a>, so -I recommend that you use <span -class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-8052"></a> if you have glossary entries that contain <a -href="#glo:nonlatinchar">non-Latin -character<a - id="dx1-8053"></a>s</a>. See <a + id="dx1-14052"></a></a>, +so I recommend that you use Options <a +href="#option3">3</a> or <a +href="#option4">4</a> if you have glossary entries that contain +<a +href="#glo:nonlatinchar">non-Latin character<a + id="dx1-14053"></a>s</a>. See <a href="#sec:xindy"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>11 </a><a -href="#sec:xindy">Xindy (Option 3)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:xindy --></a> for further details. +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>11 </a><a +href="#sec:xindy">Xindy (Option 3)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:xindy --></a> for further details on <a +href="#glo:xindy"><span +class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a + id="dx1-14054"></a></a>, and see the +<a +href="#glo:bib2gls"><span +class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a + id="dx1-14055"></a></a> user manual for further details of that application. </p> <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><a id="sec:newlang"></a>Creating a New Language Module</h5> -<!--l. 1758--><p class="noindent" >The <span +<!--l. 2254--><p class="noindent" >The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package now uses the <span class="cmss-10">tracklang</span><a - id="dx1-9001"></a> package to determine which language modules + id="dx1-15001"></a> package to determine which language modules need to be loaded. If you want to create a new language module, you should first read the <span class="cmss-10">tracklang</span><a - id="dx1-9002"></a> documentation. -</p><!--l. 1763--><p class="indent" > To create a new language module, you need to at least create two files: <span + id="dx1-15002"></a> documentation. +</p><!--l. 2259--><p class="indent" > To create a new language module, you need to at least create two files: <span class="cmtt-10">glossaries-</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">lang</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">.ldf</span> @@ -3498,15 +4944,15 @@ example, <span class="cmtt-10">english</span>) and ⟨<span class="cmti-10">Lang</span>⟩ is the language name used by <span class="cmss-10">translator</span><a - id="dx1-9003"></a> (for example, + id="dx1-15003"></a> (for example, <span class="cmtt-10">English</span>). -</p><!--l. 1770--><p class="indent" > Here’s an example of <span +</p><!--l. 2266--><p class="indent" > Here’s an example of <span class="cmtt-10">glossaries-dictionary-English.dict</span>: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-24"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-60"> \ProvidesDictionary{glossaries-dictionary}{English}  <br />\providetranslation{Glossary}{Glossary}  <br />\providetranslation{Acronyms}{Acronyms} @@ -3517,10 +4963,10 @@ class="cmtt-10">glossaries-dictionary-English.dict</span>:  <br />\providetranslation{Symbols (glossaries)}{Symbols}  <br />\providetranslation{Numbers (glossaries)}{Numbers} </div> -<!--l. 1782--><p class="nopar" > You can use this as a template for your dictionary file. Change <span +<!--l. 2278--><p class="nopar" > You can use this as a template for your dictionary file. Change <span class="cmtt-10">English </span>to the <span class="cmss-10">translator</span><a - id="dx1-9004"></a> name + id="dx1-15004"></a> name for your language (so that it matches the file name <span class="cmtt-10">glossaries-dictionary-</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">Lang</span>⟩<span @@ -3528,12 +4974,12 @@ class="cmtt-10">.dict</span>) and, for each <span class="cmtt-10">\providetranslation</span>, change the second argument to the appropriate translation. -</p><!--l. 1790--><p class="indent" > Here’s an example of <span +</p><!--l. 2286--><p class="indent" > Here’s an example of <span class="cmtt-10">glossaries-english.ldf</span>: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-25"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-61"> \ProvidesGlossariesLang{english}  <br />\glsifusedtranslatordict{English}  <br />{% @@ -3592,11 +5038,11 @@ class="cmtt-10">glossaries-english.ldf</span>:  <br />\renewcommand*{\glsacrpluralsuffix}{\glspluralsuffix}  <br />\renewcommand*{\glsupacrpluralsuffix}{\glstextup{\glspluralsuffix}} </div> -<!--l. 1848--><p class="nopar" > This is a somewhat longer file, but again you can use it as a template. Replace <span +<!--l. 2344--><p class="nopar" > This is a somewhat longer file, but again you can use it as a template. Replace <span class="cmtt-10">English </span>with the <span class="cmss-10">translator</span><a - id="dx1-9005"></a> language label ⟨<span + id="dx1-15005"></a> language label ⟨<span class="cmti-10">Lang</span>⟩ used for the dictionary file and replace <span class="cmtt-10">english </span>with the root language name ⟨<span @@ -3604,7 +5050,7 @@ class="cmti-10">lang</span>⟩. Within the definition of <span class="cmtt-10">\glossariescaptions</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">lang</span>⟩, replace the English text (such as “Glossaries”) with the appropriate translation. -</p><!--l. 1857--><p class="indent" > <span +</p><!--l. 2353--><p class="indent" > <span class="cmbx-10">Note: </span>the suffixes used to generate the plural forms when the plural hasn’t been specified are given by <span class="cmtt-10">\glspluralsuffix </span>(for general entries) and <span @@ -3617,7 +5063,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsacrpluralsuffix </span>for other acronym styles. These comma set before the entry is defined and so the definitions aren’t included in the caption mechanism as that’s not switched on until the start of the document. This means that the suffix in effect will be for the last loaded language. -</p><!--l. 1868--><p class="indent" > If you want to add a regional variation, create a file called <span +</p><!--l. 2364--><p class="indent" > If you want to add a regional variation, create a file called <span class="cmtt-10">glossaries-</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">iso lang</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">-</span>⟨<span @@ -3633,7 +5079,7 @@ make the appropriate changes, for example: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-26"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-62">  \ProvidesGlossariesLang{en-GB}  <br /> \RequireGlossariesLang{english}  <br /> \glsifusedtranslatordict{British} @@ -3653,20 +5099,20 @@ make the appropriate changes, for example:  <br />   }%  <br /> } </div> -<!--l. 1893--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 1895--><p class="indent" > If the translations includes <a +<!--l. 2389--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 2391--><p class="indent" > If the translations includes <a href="#glo:nonlatinchar">non-Latin character<a - id="dx1-9006"></a>s</a>, it’s necessary to provide code that’s + id="dx1-15006"></a>s</a>, it’s necessary to provide code that’s independent of the input encoding. Remember that while some users may use UTF-8, others may use Latin-1 or any other supported encoding, but while users won’t appreciate you enforcing your preference on them, it’s useful to provide a UTF-8 version for XeLaTeX users. -</p><!--l. 1902--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 2398--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmtt-10">glossaries-irish.ldf </span>file provides this as follows: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-27"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-63"> \ProvidesGlossariesLang{irish}  <br />\glsifusedtranslatordict{Irish}  <br />{% @@ -3702,16 +5148,16 @@ class="cmtt-10">glossaries-irish.ldf </span>file provides this as follows:  <br />  \glossariescaptionsirish  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 1939--><p class="nopar" > (Again you can use this as a template. Replace <span +<!--l. 2435--><p class="nopar" > (Again you can use this as a template. Replace <span class="cmtt-10">irish </span>with your root language label and <span class="cmtt-10">Irish </span>with the <span class="cmss-10">translator</span><a - id="dx1-9007"></a> dictionary label.) -</p><!--l. 1944--><p class="indent" > There are now two extra files: <span + id="dx1-15007"></a> dictionary label.) +</p><!--l. 2440--><p class="indent" > There are now two extra files: <span class="cmtt-10">glossaries-irish-noenc.ldf </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">glossaries-irish-utf8.ldf</span>. -</p><!--l. 1947--><p class="indent" > These both define <span +</p><!--l. 2443--><p class="indent" > These both define <span class="cmtt-10">\glossariescaptionsirish </span>but the <span class="cmtt-10">*-noenc.ldf </span>uses <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span></span> accent @@ -3719,7 +5165,7 @@ commands: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-28"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-64"> \@ifpackageloaded{polyglossia}%  <br />{%  <br />  \newcommand*{\glossariescaptionsirish}{% @@ -3746,211 +5192,248 @@ commands:  <br />  }%  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 1975--><p class="nopar" > whereas the <span +<!--l. 2471--><p class="nopar" > whereas the <span class="cmtt-10">*-utf8.ldf </span>replaces the accent commands with the appropriate UTF-8 characters. -</p><!--l. 1980--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2476--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 1980--><p class="noindent" ><a -href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">1.4 </span> <a +<!--l. 2476--><p class="noindent" ><a +href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">1.5 </span> <a id="sec:makeglossaries"></a>Generating the Associated Glossary Files</h3> -<!--l. 1983--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> This section is only applicable if you have chosen Options <a +<!--l. 2479--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> This section is only applicable if you have chosen Options <a href="#option2">2</a> or <a -href="#option3">3</a>. You can ignore this -section if you have chosen <a -href="#option1">Option 1</a>. If you want to alphabetically sort your entries +href="#option3">3</a>. You can ignore this section +if you have chosen any of the other options. If you want to alphabetically sort your entries always remember to use the <span class="cmss-10">sort</span><a - id="dx1-10001"></a> key if the <span + id="dx1-16001"></a> key if the <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-10002"></a> contains any <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span + id="dx1-16002"></a> contains any <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span></span> commands. </div> -</p><!--l. 1988--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 1990--><p class="noindent" >If this section seriously confuses you, and you can’t work out how to run <a +</p><!--l. 2484--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2486--><p class="noindent" >If this section seriously confuses you, and you can’t work out how to run external +tools like <a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-10003"></a></a> or -<a + id="dx1-16003"></a></a> or <a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-10004"></a></a>, you can try using the <span + id="dx1-16004"></a></a>, you can try using the <span class="cmss-10">automake</span><a - id="dx1-10005"></a> package option, described in <a + id="dx1-16005"></a> package +option, described in <a href="#sec:pkgopts-sort"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.4 </a><a -href="#sec:pkgopts-sort">Sorting Options<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts-sort --></a>, -but you will need <span class="TEX">T<span -class="E">E</span>X</span>’s shell escape enabled. -</p><!--l. 1996--><p class="indent" > In order to generate a sorted glossary with compact <a -href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a - id="dx1-10006"></a>s</a>, it is necessary to use an +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>2.4 </a><a +href="#sec:pkgopts-sort">Sorting Options<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts-sort --></a>, but you will need <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span>’s shell escape +enabled. +</p><!--l. 2492--><p class="indent" > In order to generate a sorted glossary with compact <a +href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a + id="dx1-16006"></a>s</a>, it is necessary to use an external <a href="#glo:indexingapp">indexing application</a> as an intermediate step (unless you have chosen <a href="#option1">Option 1</a>, which uses <span class="TEX">T<span -class="E">E</span>X</span> to do the sorting). It is this application that creates the file containing the -code that typesets the glossary. <span -class="cmbx-10">If this step is omitted, the glossaries will not appear</span> +class="E">E</span>X</span> to do the sorting or <a +href="#option5">Option 5</a>, which doesn’t perform any sorting). It is this +application that creates the file containing the code required to typeset the glossary. <span +class="cmbx-10">If this</span> <span -class="cmbx-10">in your document. </span>The two indexing applications that are most commonly used with -<span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span +class="cmbx-10">step is omitted, the glossaries will not appear in your document. </span>The two +indexing applications that are most commonly used with <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span></span> are <a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-10007"></a></a> and <a + id="dx1-16007"></a></a> and +<a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-10008"></a></a>. As from version 1.17, the <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package can be -used with either of these applications. Previous versions were designed to be used -with <span + id="dx1-16008"></a></a>. As from version 1.17, the <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package can be used with either of these +applications. Previous versions were designed to be used with <span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-10009"></a> only. Note that <span -class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-10010"></a> has much better multi-lingual support than + id="dx1-16009"></a> only. With +the <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span><a + id="dx1-16010"></a> package, you can also use <a +href="#glo:bib2gls"><span +class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a + id="dx1-16011"></a></a> as the indexing application. +(See the <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span><a + id="dx1-16012"></a> and <a +href="#glo:bib2gls"><span +class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a + id="dx1-16013"></a></a> user manuals for further details.) Note that <span +class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a + id="dx1-16014"></a> and <span +class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a + id="dx1-16015"></a> have much better multi-lingual support than <span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-10011"></a>, so <span + id="dx1-16016"></a>, so +<span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-10012"></a> is recommended if you’re not writing in English. Commands + id="dx1-16017"></a> or <span +class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a + id="dx1-16018"></a> are recommended if you’re not writing in English. Commands that only have an effect when <span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-10013"></a> is used are described in <a + id="dx1-16019"></a> is used are described in <a href="#sec:xindy"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>11 </a><a +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>11 </a><a href="#sec:xindy">Xindy (Option 3)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:xindy --></a>. -</p><!--l. 2012--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> This is a multi-stage process, but there are methods of automating -document compilation using applications such as <span +</p><!--l. 2512--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> This is a multi-stage process, but there are methods of automating document compilation +using applications such as <span class="cmtt-10">latexmk</span><a - id="dx1-10014"></a> and <span + id="dx1-16020"></a> and <span class="cmtt-10">arara</span><a - id="dx1-10015"></a>. See -<a -href="http://www.dickimaw-books.com/latex/thesis/html/build.html" class="url" ><span -class="cmtt-10">http://www.dickimaw-books.com/latex/thesis/html/build.html</span></a> for more information. + id="dx1-16021"></a>. With <span +class="cmtt-10">arara</span><a + id="dx1-16022"></a> you can just add special +comments to your document source: </p><div class="alltt"> +<div class="obeylines-v"> +<span +class="cmtt-10">%</span><span +class="cmtt-10"> arara:</span><span +class="cmtt-10"> pdflatex</span> +<br /><span +class="cmtt-10">%</span><span +class="cmtt-10"> arara:</span><span +class="cmtt-10"> makeglossaries</span> +<br /><span +class="cmtt-10">%</span><span +class="cmtt-10"> arara:</span><span +class="cmtt-10"> pdflatex</span> </div> -</p><!--l. 2018--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 2020--><p class="indent" > The <span +</div> With <span +class="cmtt-10">latexmk</span><a + id="dx1-16023"></a> you need to set up the required dependencies. </div> +<!--l. 2523--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2525--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package comes with the Perl script <a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-10016"></a></a> which will run + id="dx1-16024"></a></a> which will run <a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-10017"></a></a> or <a + id="dx1-16025"></a></a> or <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-10018"></a></a> on all the glossary files using a customized style file (which is created -by <span + id="dx1-16026"></a></a> on all the glossary files using a customized style file (which is created by +<span class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-10019"></a>). See <a + id="dx1-16027"></a>). See <a href="#sec:makeglossariesapp"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>1.4.1 </a><a -href="#sec:makeglossariesapp">Using the makeglossaries Perl Script<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:makeglossariesapp --></a> for further -details. Perl is stable, cross-platform, open source software that is used by a number -of <span class="TEX">T<span -class="E">E</span>X</span>-related applications. Most Unix-like operating systems come with a Perl -interpreter. <span class="TEX">T<span +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>1.5.1 </a><a +href="#sec:makeglossariesapp">Using the makeglossaries Perl Script<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:makeglossariesapp --></a> for further details. Perl is +stable, cross-platform, open source software that is used by a number of <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span>-related +applications (including <span +class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a + id="dx1-16028"></a> and <span +class="cmtt-10">latexmk</span><a + id="dx1-16029"></a>). Most Unix-like operating systems come with +a Perl interpreter. <span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span> Live also comes with a Perl interpreter. MiK<span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span> doesn’t come with a Perl interpreter so if you are a Windows MiK<span class="TEX">T<span -class="E">E</span>X</span> user you will need to -install Perl if you want to use <a +class="E">E</span>X</span> user you will need to install Perl if +you want to use <a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-10020"></a></a>. Further information is available at + id="dx1-16030"></a></a> or <a +href="#glo:xindy"><span +class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a + id="dx1-16031"></a></a>. Further information is available at <a href="http://www.perl.org/about.html" class="url" ><span class="cmtt-10">http://www.perl.org/about.html</span></a> and <a href="http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/158796/miktex-and-perl-scripts-and-one-python-script" >MiKTeX and Perl scripts (and one Python script)</a>. -</p><!--l. 2035--><p class="indent" > The advantages of using <span +</p><!--l. 2541--><p class="indent" > The advantages of using <span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-10021"></a>: </p> + id="dx1-16032"></a>: </p> <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize">It automatically detects whether to use <span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-10022"></a> or <span + id="dx1-16033"></a> or <span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-10023"></a> and sets the relevant + id="dx1-16034"></a> and sets the relevant application switches. </li> <li class="itemize">One call of <span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-10024"></a> will run <span + id="dx1-16035"></a> will run <span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-10025"></a>/<span + id="dx1-16036"></a>/<span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-10026"></a> for each glossary type. + id="dx1-16037"></a> for each glossary type. </li> + + <li class="itemize">If things go wrong, <a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-10027"></a></a> will scan the messages from <a + id="dx1-16038"></a></a> will scan the messages from <a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-10028"></a></a> or + id="dx1-16039"></a></a> or <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-10029"></a></a> and attempt to diagnose the problem in relation to the <span + id="dx1-16040"></a></a> and attempt to diagnose the problem in relation to the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package. This will hopefully provide more helpful messages in some cases. If it can’t diagnose the problem, you will have to read the relevant transcript file and see if you can work it out from the <span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-10030"></a> or <span + id="dx1-16041"></a> or <span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-10031"></a> messages. + id="dx1-16042"></a> messages. </li> <li class="itemize">If <a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-10032"></a></a> warns about multiple encap values, <a + id="dx1-16043"></a></a> warns about multiple encap values, <a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-10033"></a></a> will detect this + id="dx1-16044"></a></a> will detect this and attempt to correct the problem.<span class="footnote-mark"><a -href="#fn3x1" id="fn3x1-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">1.3</sup></a></span><a - id="x1-10034f3"></a> - Since <a -href="#glo:xindy"><span -class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-10036"></a></a> doesn’t warn about this, this correction is only provided by - <a +href="#fn5x1" id="fn5x1-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">1.5</sup></a></span><a + id="x1-16045f5"></a> + This correction is only provided by <a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-10037"></a></a> when <a + id="dx1-16047"></a></a> when <a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-10038"></a></a> is used. (<a + id="dx1-16048"></a></a> is used since + <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-10039"></a></a> uses the order of the attributes - list to determine which format should take precedence. See <span -class="cmtt-10">\GlsAddXdyAttribute</span> - - - in <a + id="dx1-16049"></a></a> uses the order of the attributes list to determine which format should take + precedence. (See <span +class="cmtt-10">\GlsAddXdyAttribute </span>in <a href="#sec:xindyloc"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>11.2 </a><a +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>11.2 </a><a href="#sec:xindyloc">Locations and Number lists<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:xindyloc --></a>.) </li></ul> -<!--l. 2062--><p class="indent" > As from version 4.16, the <span +<!--l. 2567--><p class="indent" > As from version 4.16, the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package also comes with a Lua script called <a href="#glo:makeglossaries-lite.lua"><span -class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite.lua</span><a - id="dx1-10040"></a></a>. This is a <span +class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite</span><a + id="dx1-16050"></a></a>. This is a <span class="cmti-10">trimmed-down </span>alternative to the <a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-10041"></a></a> Perl + id="dx1-16051"></a></a> Perl script. It doesn’t have some of the options that the Perl version has and it doesn’t attempt to diagnose any problems, but since modern <span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span> distributions come with Lua<span class="TEX">T<span @@ -3958,86 +5441,86 @@ class="E">E</span>X</span> (and therefore have a Lua interpreter) you don’t need to install anything else in order to use <a href="#glo:makeglossaries-lite.lua"><span -class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite.lua</span><a - id="dx1-10042"></a></a> so it’s an alternative to <a +class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite</span><a + id="dx1-16052"></a></a> so it’s an alternative to <a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-10043"></a></a> if you want to use -<a -href="#option2">Option 2</a> (<a + id="dx1-16053"></a></a> if you want to use <a +href="#option2">Option 2</a> +(<a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-10044"></a></a>). -</p><!--l. 2072--><p class="indent" > If things go wrong and you can’t work out why your glossaries aren’t being generated + id="dx1-16054"></a></a>). +</p><!--l. 2577--><p class="indent" > If things go wrong and you can’t work out why your glossaries aren’t being generated correctly, you can use <a href="#glo:makeglossariesgui"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossariesgui</span><a - id="dx1-10045"></a></a> as a diagnostic tool. Once you’ve fixed the + id="dx1-16055"></a></a> as a diagnostic tool. Once you’ve fixed the problem, you can then go back to using <a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-10046"></a></a> or <a + id="dx1-16056"></a></a> or <a href="#glo:makeglossaries-lite.lua"><span -class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite.lua</span><a - id="dx1-10047"></a></a>. -</p><!--l. 2078--><p class="indent" > Whilst I strongly recommended that you use the <a +class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite</span><a + id="dx1-16057"></a></a>. +</p><!--l. 2583--><p class="indent" > Whilst I strongly recommended that you use the <a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-10048"></a></a> Perl script or the -<a + id="dx1-16058"></a></a> Perl script or +the <a href="#glo:makeglossaries-lite.lua"><span -class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite.lua</span><a - id="dx1-10049"></a></a> Lua script, it is possible to use the <span +class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite</span><a + id="dx1-16059"></a></a> Lua script, it is possible to use the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package without using those applications. However, note that some commands and package options have no effect if you explicitly run <a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-10050"></a></a>/<a + id="dx1-16060"></a></a>/<a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-10051"></a></a>. These are listed in + id="dx1-16061"></a></a>. These are listed in <a href="#tab:makeglossariesCmds">table 1.3</a>. -</p><!--l. 2085--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you are choosing not to use <span +</p><!--l. 2590--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you are choosing not to use <span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-10052"></a> because you don’t want to install Perl, + id="dx1-16062"></a> because you don’t want to install Perl, you will only be able to use <span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-10053"></a> as <span + id="dx1-16063"></a> as <span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-10054"></a> also requires Perl. (Other useful Perl + id="dx1-16064"></a> also requires Perl. (Other useful Perl scripts include <span class="cmtt-10">epstopdf </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">latexmk</span>, so it’s well-worth the effort to install Perl.) </div> -</p><!--l. 2091--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 2093--><p class="indent" > Note that if any of your entries use an entry that is not referenced outside +</p><!--l. 2596--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2598--><p class="indent" > Note that if any of your entries use an entry that is not referenced outside the glossary, you will need to do an additional <a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-10055"></a></a>, <a + id="dx1-16065"></a></a>, <a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-10056"></a></a> or + id="dx1-16066"></a></a> or <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-10057"></a></a> run, as appropriate. For example, suppose you have defined the following + id="dx1-16067"></a></a> run, as appropriate. For example, suppose you have defined the following entries:<span class="footnote-mark"><a -href="#fn4x1" id="fn4x1-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">1.4</sup></a></span><a - id="x1-10058f4"></a> +href="#fn6x1" id="fn6x1-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">1.6</sup></a></span><a + id="x1-16068f6"></a> </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-29"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-65"> \newglossaryentry{citrusfruit}{name={citrus fruit},  <br />description={fruit of any citrus tree. (See also  <br />\gls{orange})}}  <br />\newglossaryentry{orange}{name={orange},  <br />description={an orange coloured fruit.}} </div> -<!--l. 2106--><p class="nopar" > and suppose you have <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 2611--><p class="nopar" > and suppose you have <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls{citrusfruit}</span></span></span> in your document but don’t reference the <span class="cmtt-10">orange </span>entry, then the <span @@ -4045,14 +5528,14 @@ class="cmtt-10">orange </span>entry won’t appear in your glossary until yo first create the glossary and then do another run of <a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-10060"></a></a>, <a + id="dx1-16070"></a></a>, <a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-10061"></a></a> + id="dx1-16071"></a></a> or <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-10062"></a></a>. For example, if the document is called <span + id="dx1-16072"></a></a>. For example, if the document is called <span class="cmtt-10">myDoc.tex</span>, then you must do: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> <br /><span @@ -4065,7 +5548,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">latex myDoc</span> class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries myDoc</span> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">latex myDoc</span></span> -</p><!--l. 2120--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10> +</p><!--l. 2625--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10> (Note that if you use <a href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a>, this will be done automatically for you if @@ -4073,29 +5556,29 @@ the <span class="cmss-10">indexcrossrefs </span>feature is enabled. See the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>user guide for further details.) -</p><!--l. 2126--><p class="indent" > Likewise, an additional <a +</p><!--l. 2631--><p class="indent" > Likewise, an additional <a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-10063"></a></a> and <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span + id="dx1-16073"></a></a> and <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span></span> run may be required if the document pages shift with re-runs. For example, if the page numbering is not reset after the table of contents, the insertion of the table of contents on the second <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span></span> run may push glossary entries across page boundaries, which means that the <a href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a - id="dx1-10064"></a>s</a> in the glossary + id="dx1-16074"></a>s</a> in the glossary may need updating. -</p><!--l. 2134--><p class="indent" > The examples in this document assume that you are accessing <a +</p><!--l. 2639--><p class="indent" > The examples in this document assume that you are accessing <a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-10065"></a></a>, <a + id="dx1-16075"></a></a>, <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-10066"></a></a> or + id="dx1-16076"></a></a> or <a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-10067"></a></a> via a terminal. Windows users can use the MSDOS Prompt which is usually + id="dx1-16077"></a></a> via a terminal. Windows users can use the MSDOS Prompt which is usually accessed via the <span class="cmss-10">Start-</span><span class="cmmi-10">></span><span @@ -4106,7 +5589,7 @@ class="cmss-10">All Programs-</span><span class="cmmi-10">></span><span class="cmss-10">Accessories</span> menu. -</p><!--l. 2140--><p class="indent" > Alternatively, your text editor may have the facility to create a function that will call the +</p><!--l. 2645--><p class="indent" > Alternatively, your text editor may have the facility to create a function that will call the required application. The article <a href="http://www.latex-community.org/index.php?option=com_content&view=article&id=263:glossaries-nomenclature-lists-of-symbols-and-acronyms&catid=55:latex-general&Itemid=114" >“Glossaries, Nomenclature, List of Symbols and Acronyms”</a> in the <a @@ -4122,17 +5605,17 @@ href="http://www.dickimaw-books.com/latex/thesis/" >“Using <span class="LA class="E">E</span>X</span></span> to Write a PhD Thesis”</a> describes how to do it for TeXWorks. For other editors see the editor’s user manual for further details. -</p><!--l. 2156--><p class="indent" > If any problems occur, remember to check the transcript files (e.g. <span +</p><!--l. 2661--><p class="indent" > If any problems occur, remember to check the transcript files (e.g. <span class="cmtt-10">.glg</span><a - id="dx1-10068"></a> or <span + id="dx1-16078"></a> or <span class="cmtt-10">.alg</span><a - id="dx1-10069"></a>) for + id="dx1-16079"></a>) for messages. </p> <div class="table"> -<!--l. 2159--><p class="indent" > <a +<!--l. 2664--><p class="indent" > <a id="tab:makeglossariesCmds"></a></p><hr class="float" /><div class="float" > @@ -4142,11 +5625,11 @@ messages. class="content">Commands and package options that have no effect when using <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-10071"></a></a> or + id="dx1-16081"></a></a> or <a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-10072"></a></a> explicitly</span></div><!--tex4ht:label?: x1-100703 --> + id="dx1-16082"></a></a> explicitly</span></div><!--tex4ht:label?: x1-160803 --> <div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-4" class="tabular" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" ><colgroup id="TBL-4-1g"><col @@ -4159,35 +5642,35 @@ class="cmbx-10">Command or Package Option </span></td><td style="white-s class="td11"> <a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-10073"></a></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-1-3" + id="dx1-16083"></a></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-1-3" class="td10"> <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-10074"></a></a> </td> + id="dx1-16084"></a></a> </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-4-2-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-2-1" class="td01"><span class="cmss-10">order=letter</span><a - id="dx1-10075"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-2-2" + id="dx1-16085"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-2-2" class="td11"> use <span class="cmtt-10">-l</span><a - id="dx1-10076"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-2-3" + id="dx1-16086"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-2-3" class="td10"> use <span class="cmtt-10">-M</span><a - id="dx1-10077"></a> <span + id="dx1-16087"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">ord/letorder</span></td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-4-3-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-3-1" class="td01"><span class="cmss-10">order=word</span><a - id="dx1-10078"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-3-2" + id="dx1-16088"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-3-2" class="td11"> default </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-3-3" class="td10"> default </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-4-4-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-4-1" class="td01"><span class="cmss-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-10079"></a>=<span + id="dx1-16089"></a>=<span class="cmsy-10">{</span><span class="cmss-10">language=</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">lang</span>⟩<span @@ -4197,61 +5680,61 @@ class="cmsy-10">} </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" class="td11"> N/A </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-4-3" class="td10"> use <span class="cmtt-10">-L</span><a - id="dx1-10080"></a> ⟨<span + id="dx1-16090"></a> ⟨<span class="cmti-10">lang</span>⟩ <span class="cmtt-10">-C</span><a - id="dx1-10081"></a> ⟨<span + id="dx1-16091"></a> ⟨<span class="cmti-10">code</span>⟩ </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-4-5-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-5-1" class="td01"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyLanguage</span><a - id="dx1-10082"></a><span + id="dx1-16092"></a><span class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">lang</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-5-2" class="td11"> N/A </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-5-3" class="td10"> use <span class="cmtt-10">-L</span><a - id="dx1-10083"></a> ⟨<span + id="dx1-16093"></a> ⟨<span class="cmti-10">lang</span>⟩ </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-4-6-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-6-1" class="td01"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyCodePage</span><a - id="dx1-10084"></a><span + id="dx1-16094"></a><span class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">code</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-6-2" class="td11"> N/A </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-6-3" class="td10"> use <span class="cmtt-10">-C</span><a - id="dx1-10085"></a> ⟨<span + id="dx1-16095"></a> ⟨<span class="cmti-10">code</span>⟩ </td></tr></table> </div> </div><hr class="endfloat" /> </div> -<!--l. 2182--><p class="noindent" ><a -href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">1.4.1 </span> <a +<!--l. 2687--><p class="noindent" ><a +href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">1.5.1 </span> <a id="sec:makeglossariesapp"></a>Using the makeglossaries Perl Script</h4> -<!--l. 2185--><p class="noindent" >The <a +<!--l. 2690--><p class="noindent" >The <a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-11001"></a></a> script picks up the relevant information from the auxiliary (<span + id="dx1-17001"></a></a> script picks up the relevant information from the auxiliary (<span class="cmtt-10">.aux</span><a - id="dx1-11002"></a>) file + id="dx1-17002"></a>) file and will either call <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-11003"></a></a> or <a + id="dx1-17003"></a></a> or <a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-11004"></a></a>, depending on the supplied information. Therefore, + id="dx1-17004"></a></a>, depending on the supplied information. Therefore, you only need to pass the document’s name without the extension to <span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-11005"></a>. For + id="dx1-17005"></a>. For example, if your document is called <span class="cmtt-10">myDoc.tex</span>, type the following in your terminal: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> @@ -4261,62 +5744,42 @@ class="cmtt-10">latex myDoc</span> class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries myDoc</span> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">latex myDoc</span></span> -</p><!--l. 2196--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10> +</p><!--l. 2701--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10> You may need to explicitly load <a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-11006"></a></a> into Perl: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> + id="dx1-17006"></a></a> into Perl: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">perl makeglossaries myDoc</span></span> -</p><!--l. 2200--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10> -</p><!--l. 2202--><p class="indent" > Windows users: <span class="TEX">T<span +</p><!--l. 2705--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10> +</p><!--l. 2707--><p class="indent" > Windows users: <span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span> Live on Windows has its own internal Perl interpreter and provides <span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries.exe </span>as a convenient wrapper for the <a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-11007"></a></a> Perl script. -MiKTeX also provides a wrapper <span -class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries.exe </span>but doesn’t provide a Perl -interpreter, which is still required even if you run MiKTeX’s <span -class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries.exe</span>, so -with MiKTeX you’ll need to install Perl. There’s more information about this at -<a + id="dx1-17007"></a></a> Perl script. MiKTeX also +provides a wrapper <span +class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries.exe </span>but doesn’t provide a Perl interpreter, which is still +required even if you run MiKTeX’s <span +class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries.exe</span>, so with MiKTeX you’ll need to install +Perl.<span class="footnote-mark"><a +href="#fn7x1" id="fn7x1-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">1.7</sup></a></span><a + id="x1-17008f7"></a> +There’s more information about this at <a href="http://tex.stackexchange.com/q/158796/19862" class="url" ><span -class="cmtt-10">http://tex.stackexchange.com/q/158796/19862</span></a> on the TeX.SX site. Alternatively, there -is a batch file called <span -class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries.bat </span>that should be located in the same folder as the -<a -href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span -class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-11008"></a></a> Perl script. This just explicitly loads the script into Perl. If you’ve installed -Perl but for some reason your operating system can’t find <span -class="cmtt-10">perl.exe</span>, you can edit the -<span -class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries.bat </span>file to include the full path to <span -class="cmtt-10">perl.exe </span>(but take care as this file will -be overwritten next time you update the <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package). If you move the <span -class="cmtt-10">.bat </span>file to a -new location, you will also need to supply the full path to the <a +class="cmtt-10">http://tex.stackexchange.com/q/158796/19862</span></a> +on the TeX.SX site. +</p><!--l. 2719--><p class="indent" > The <a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-11009"></a></a> Perl -script. (Don’t also move the Perl script as well or you may miss out on updates to -<a -href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span -class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-11010"></a></a>.) -</p><!--l. 2223--><p class="indent" > The <a -href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span -class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-11011"></a></a> script attempts to fork the <a + id="dx1-17009"></a></a> script attempts to fork the <a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-11012"></a></a>/<a + id="dx1-17010"></a></a>/<a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-11013"></a></a> process + id="dx1-17011"></a></a> process using <span class="cmtt-10">open() </span>on the piped redirection <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">2>&1</span><span @@ -4324,73 +5787,71 @@ class="cmtt-10"> |</span></span></span> and parses the processor output t help diagnose problems. If this method fails <a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-11014"></a></a> will print an “Unable + id="dx1-17012"></a></a> will print an “Unable to fork” warning and will retry without redirection. If you run <a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-11015"></a></a> + id="dx1-17013"></a></a> on an operating system that doesn’t support this form of redirection, then you can use the <span class="cmtt-10">-Q</span><a - id="dx1-11016"></a> switch to suppress this warning or you can use the <span + id="dx1-17014"></a> switch to suppress this warning or you can use the <span class="cmtt-10">-k</span><a - id="dx1-11017"></a> switch to + id="dx1-17015"></a> switch to make <a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-11018"></a></a> automatically use the fallback method without attempting + id="dx1-17016"></a></a> automatically use the fallback method without attempting the redirection. Without this redirection, the <span class="cmtt-10">-q</span><a - id="dx1-11019"></a> (quiet) switch doesn’t work as + id="dx1-17017"></a> (quiet) switch doesn’t work as well. -</p><!--l. 2235--><p class="indent" > You can specify in which directory the <span +</p><!--l. 2731--><p class="indent" > You can specify in which directory the <span class="cmtt-10">.aux</span><a - id="dx1-11020"></a>, <span + id="dx1-17018"></a>, <span class="cmtt-10">.glo</span><a - id="dx1-11021"></a> etc files are located using the <span + id="dx1-17019"></a> etc files are located using the <span class="cmtt-10">-d </span>switch. For example: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">pdflatex -output-directory myTmpDir myDoc</span> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries -d myTmpDir myDoc</span></span> - - -</p><!--l. 2241--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10> +</p><!--l. 2737--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10> Note that <span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-11022"></a> assumes by default that <span + id="dx1-17020"></a> assumes by default that <span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-11023"></a>/<span + id="dx1-17021"></a>/<span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-11024"></a> is on your operating + id="dx1-17022"></a> is on your operating system’s path. If this isn’t the case, you can specify the full pathname using <span class="cmtt-10">-m</span><a - id="dx1-11025"></a> + id="dx1-17023"></a> ⟨<span class="cmti-10">path/to/makeindex</span>⟩ for <span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-11026"></a> or <span + id="dx1-17024"></a> or <span class="cmtt-10">-x</span><a - id="dx1-11027"></a> ⟨<span + id="dx1-17025"></a> ⟨<span class="cmti-10">path/to/xindy</span>⟩ for <span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-11028"></a>. -</p><!--l. 2248--><p class="indent" > As from <a + id="dx1-17026"></a>. +</p><!--l. 2744--><p class="indent" > As from <a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-11029"></a></a> v2.18, if you are using <a + id="dx1-17027"></a></a> v2.18, if you are using <a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-11030"></a></a>, there’s a check for + id="dx1-17028"></a></a>, there’s a check for <span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-11031"></a>’s multiple encap warning. This is where different encap values (location formats) + id="dx1-17029"></a>’s multiple encap warning. This is where different encap values (location formats) are used on the same location for the same entry. For example: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-30"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-66"> \documentclass{article}  <br />\usepackage{glossaries}  <br />\makeglossaries @@ -4400,53 +5861,53 @@ are used on the same location for the same entry. For example:  <br />\printglossaries  <br />\end{document} </div> -<!--l. 2264--><p class="nopar" > If you explicitly use <a +<!--l. 2760--><p class="nopar" > If you explicitly use <a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-11032"></a></a>, this will cause a warning and the location list + id="dx1-17030"></a></a>, this will cause a warning and the location list will be “1, <span class="cmbx-10">1</span>”. That is, the page number will be repeated with each format. As from v2.18, <a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-11033"></a></a> will check for this warning and, if found, will attempt + id="dx1-17031"></a></a> will check for this warning and, if found, will attempt to correct the problem by removing duplicate locations and retrying. There’s no similar check for <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-11034"></a></a> as <span + id="dx1-17032"></a></a> as <span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-11035"></a> won’t produce any warning and will simply discard + id="dx1-17033"></a> won’t produce any warning and will simply discard duplicates. -</p><!--l. 2273--><p class="indent" > The <a +</p><!--l. 2769--><p class="indent" > The <a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-11036"></a></a> script contains POD (Plain Old Documentation). If you want, you + id="dx1-17034"></a></a> script contains POD (Plain Old Documentation). If you want, you can create a man page for <span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-11037"></a> using <span + id="dx1-17035"></a> using <span class="cmtt-10">pod2man</span><a - id="dx1-11038"></a> and move the resulting file onto + id="dx1-17036"></a> and move the resulting file onto the man path. Alternatively do <span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries --help </span>for a list of all options or <span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries --version </span>for the version number. -</p><!--l. 2280--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> When upgrading the <span +</p><!--l. 2776--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> When upgrading the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package, make sure you also upgrade your version of <a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-11039"></a></a>. The current version is 2.21. </div> -</p><!--l. 2284--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 2286--><p class="noindent" > -</p> -<!--l. 2286--><p class="noindent" ><a -href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">1.4.2 </span> <a - id="sec:makeglossarieslua"></a>Using the makeglossaries-lite.lua Lua Script</h4> -<!--l. 2289--><p class="noindent" >The Lua alternative to the <a + id="dx1-17037"></a></a>. The current version is 4.33. </div> +</p><!--l. 2780--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2782--><p class="noindent" > +</p> +<!--l. 2782--><p class="noindent" ><a +href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">1.5.2 </span> <a + id="sec:makeglossarieslua"></a>Using the makeglossaries-lite Lua Script</h4> +<!--l. 2785--><p class="noindent" >The Lua alternative to the <a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-12001"></a></a> Perl script requires a Lua interpreter, which + id="dx1-18001"></a></a> Perl script requires a Lua interpreter, which should already be available if you have a modern <span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span> distribution that includes Lua<span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span>. @@ -4454,109 +5915,106 @@ Lua is a light-weight, cross-platform scripting language, but because it& doesn’t have the full-functionality of heavy-weight scripting languages, such as Perl. The <a href="#glo:makeglossaries-lite.lua"><span -class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite.lua</span><a - id="dx1-12002"></a></a> script is therefore limited by this and some of the options +class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite</span><a + id="dx1-18002"></a></a> script is therefore limited by this and some of the options available to the <a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-12003"></a></a> Perl script aren’t available here. (In particular the <span + id="dx1-18003"></a></a> Perl script aren’t available here. (In particular the <span class="cmtt-10">-d</span><a - id="dx1-12004"></a> + id="dx1-18004"></a> option.) -</p><!--l. 2299--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span class="TEX">T<span +</p><!--l. 2795--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span> Live on Unix-like systems creates a symbolic link called <span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite </span>(without the <span class="cmtt-10">.lua </span>extension) to the actual <span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite.lua</span> script, so you may not need to supply the extension. </div> -</p><!--l. 2305--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2801--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 2307--><p class="indent" > The <a +</p><!--l. 2803--><p class="indent" > The <a href="#glo:makeglossaries-lite.lua"><span -class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite.lua</span><a - id="dx1-12005"></a></a> script can be invoked in the same way as <a +class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite</span><a + id="dx1-18005"></a></a> script can be invoked in the same way as <a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-12006"></a></a>. + id="dx1-18006"></a></a>. For example, if your document is called <span class="cmtt-10">myDoc.tex</span>, then do <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite.lua myDoc</span></span> -</p><!--l. 2312--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10> +</p><!--l. 2808--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10> or <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite myDoc</span></span> -</p><!--l. 2316--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10> -</p><!--l. 2318--><p class="indent" > <span +</p><!--l. 2812--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10> +</p><!--l. 2814--><p class="indent" > <span class="cmti-10">Some </span>of the options available with <a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-12007"></a></a> are also available with + id="dx1-18007"></a></a> are also available with <a href="#glo:makeglossaries-lite.lua"><span -class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite.lua</span><a - id="dx1-12008"></a></a>. For a complete list of available options, do <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> +class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite</span><a + id="dx1-18008"></a></a>. For a complete list of available options, do <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite.lua --help</span></span> -</p><!--l. 2323--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10> -</p><!--l. 2327--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2819--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10> +</p><!--l. 2823--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 2327--><p class="noindent" ><a -href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">1.4.3 </span> <a +<!--l. 2823--><p class="noindent" ><a +href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">1.5.3 </span> <a id="sec:xindyapp"></a>Using <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span></a> explicitly (Option 3)</h4> -<!--l. 2330--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 2826--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">Xindy</span><a - id="dx1-13001"></a></a> comes with <span class="TEX">T<span + id="dx1-19001"></a></a> comes with <span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span> Live. It has also been added to Mik<span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span>, but if you don’t have it installed, see <a href="http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/71167/how-to-use-xindy-with-miktex" >How to use Xindy with MikTeX</a> on <a href="http://www.stackexchange.com/" ><span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span> on StackExchange</a>. -</p><!--l. 2336--><p class="indent" > If you want to use <a +</p><!--l. 2832--><p class="indent" > If you want to use <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-13002"></a></a> to process the glossary files, you must make sure you have used + id="dx1-19002"></a></a> to process the glossary files, you must make sure you have used the <span class="cmss-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-13003"></a> package option: + id="dx1-19003"></a> package option: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-31"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-67"> \usepackage[xindy]{glossaries} </div> -<!--l. 2341--><p class="nopar" > This is required regardless of whether you use <a +<!--l. 2837--><p class="nopar" > This is required regardless of whether you use <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-13004"></a></a> explicitly or whether it’s called -implicitly via applications such as <a + id="dx1-19004"></a></a> explicitly or whether it’s +called implicitly via applications such as <a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-13005"></a></a> or <a -href="#glo:makeglossariesgui"><span -class="cmtt-10">makeglossariesgui</span><a - id="dx1-13006"></a></a>. This causes the -glossary entries to be written in raw <span + id="dx1-19005"></a></a>. This causes the glossary +entries to be written in raw <span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-13007"></a> format, so you need to use <span + id="dx1-19006"></a> format, so you need to use <span class="cmtt-10">-I</span><a - id="dx1-13008"></a> <span + id="dx1-19007"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">xindy </span><span class="cmti-10">not </span><span class="cmtt-10">-I</span><a - id="dx1-13009"></a> + id="dx1-19008"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">tex</span>. -</p><!--l. 2348--><p class="indent" > To run <a +</p><!--l. 2844--><p class="indent" > To run <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-13010"></a></a> type the following in your terminal (all on one line): <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> + id="dx1-19009"></a></a> type the following in your terminal (all on one line): <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">xindy -L </span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">language</span>⟩ <span @@ -4572,103 +6030,103 @@ class="cmtt-10">.gls</span> ⟨<span class="cmitt-10">base</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">.glo</span></span> -</p><!--l. 2352--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10> +</p><!--l. 2848--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10> where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">language</span>⟩ is the required language name, ⟨<span class="cmti-10">encoding</span>⟩ is the encoding, ⟨<span class="cmti-10">base</span>⟩ is the name of the document without the <span class="cmtt-10">.tex</span><a - id="dx1-13011"></a> extension and ⟨<span + id="dx1-19010"></a> extension and ⟨<span class="cmti-10">style</span>⟩ is the name of the <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-13012"></a></a> style file + id="dx1-19011"></a></a> style file without the <span class="cmtt-10">.xdy</span><a - id="dx1-13013"></a> extension. The default name for this style file is ⟨<span + id="dx1-19012"></a> extension. The default name for this style file is ⟨<span class="cmti-10">base</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">.xdy</span><a - id="dx1-13014"></a> but can be + id="dx1-19013"></a> but can be changed via <span class="cmtt-10">\setStyleFile</span><a - id="dx1-13015"></a><span + id="dx1-19014"></a><span class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">style</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span>. You may need to specify the full path name depending on the current working directory. If any of the file names contain spaces, you must delimit them using double-quotes. -</p><!--l. 2363--><p class="indent" > For example, if your document is called <span +</p><!--l. 2859--><p class="indent" > For example, if your document is called <span class="cmtt-10">myDoc.tex </span>and you are using UTF8 encoding in English, then type the following in your terminal: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">xindy -L english -C utf8 -I xindy -M myDoc -t myDoc.glg -o myDoc.gls</span> <span class="cmtt-10">myDoc.glo</span></span> -</p><!--l. 2368--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10> -</p><!--l. 2370--><p class="indent" > Note that this just creates the main glossary. You need to do the same for each of +</p><!--l. 2864--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10> +</p><!--l. 2866--><p class="indent" > Note that this just creates the main glossary. You need to do the same for each of the other glossaries (including the list of acronyms if you have used the <span class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a - id="dx1-13016"></a> + id="dx1-19015"></a> package option), substituting <span class="cmtt-10">.glg</span><a - id="dx1-13017"></a>, <span + id="dx1-19016"></a>, <span class="cmtt-10">.gls</span><a - id="dx1-13018"></a> and <span + id="dx1-19017"></a> and <span class="cmtt-10">.glo</span><a - id="dx1-13019"></a> with the relevant extensions. For + id="dx1-19018"></a> with the relevant extensions. For example, if you have used the <span class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a - id="dx1-13020"></a> package option, then you would need to do: + id="dx1-19019"></a> package option, then you would need to do: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">xindy -L english -C utf8 -I xindy -M myDoc -t myDoc.alg -o myDoc.acr</span> <span class="cmtt-10">myDoc.acn</span></span> -</p><!--l. 2379--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10> +</p><!--l. 2875--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10> For additional glossaries, the extensions are those supplied when you created the glossary with <span class="cmtt-10">\newglossary</span><a - id="dx1-13021"></a>. -</p><!--l. 2383--><p class="indent" > Note that if you use <a + id="dx1-19020"></a>. +</p><!--l. 2879--><p class="indent" > Note that if you use <a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-13022"></a></a> instead, you can replace all those calls to <a + id="dx1-19021"></a></a> instead, you can replace all those calls to <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-13023"></a></a> + id="dx1-19022"></a></a> with just one call to <span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-13024"></a>: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> + id="dx1-19023"></a>: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries myDoc</span></span> -</p><!--l. 2388--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10> +</p><!--l. 2884--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10> Note also that some commands and package options have no effect if you use <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-13025"></a></a> explicitly + id="dx1-19024"></a></a> explicitly instead of using <span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-13026"></a>. These are listed in <a + id="dx1-19025"></a>. These are listed in <a href="#tab:makeglossariesCmds">table 1.3</a>. -</p><!--l. 2396--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2892--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 2396--><p class="noindent" ><a -href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">1.4.4 </span> <a +<!--l. 2892--><p class="noindent" ><a +href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">1.5.4 </span> <a id="sec:makeindexapp"></a>Using <a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span></a> explicitly (Option 2)</h4> -<!--l. 2399--><p class="noindent" >If you want to use <a +<!--l. 2895--><p class="noindent" >If you want to use <a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-14001"></a></a> explicitly, you must make sure that you haven’t used the <span + id="dx1-20001"></a></a> explicitly, you must make sure that you haven’t used the <span class="cmss-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-14002"></a> + id="dx1-20002"></a> package option or the glossary entries will be written in the wrong format. To run <span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-14003"></a>, + id="dx1-20003"></a>, type the following in your terminal: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex -s </span>⟨<span @@ -4680,105 +6138,105 @@ class="cmitt-10">base</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">.gls </span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">base</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">.glo</span></span> -</p><!--l. 2406--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10> +</p><!--l. 2902--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10> where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">base</span>⟩ is the name of your document without the <span class="cmtt-10">.tex</span><a - id="dx1-14004"></a> extension and ⟨<span + id="dx1-20004"></a> extension and ⟨<span class="cmti-10">style</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">.ist</span><a - id="dx1-14005"></a> is the + id="dx1-20005"></a> is the name of the <a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-14006"></a></a> style file. By default, this is ⟨<span + id="dx1-20006"></a></a> style file. By default, this is ⟨<span class="cmti-10">base</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">.ist</span><a - id="dx1-14007"></a>, but may be changed via + id="dx1-20007"></a>, but may be changed via <span class="cmtt-10">\setStyleFile</span><a - id="dx1-14008"></a><span + id="dx1-20008"></a><span class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">style</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span>. Note that there are other options, such as <span class="cmtt-10">-l</span><a - id="dx1-14009"></a> (letter ordering). See + id="dx1-20009"></a> (letter ordering). See the <span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-14010"></a> manual for further details. -</p><!--l. 2415--><p class="indent" > For example, if your document is called <span + id="dx1-20010"></a> manual for further details. +</p><!--l. 2911--><p class="indent" > For example, if your document is called <span class="cmtt-10">myDoc.tex</span>, then type the following at the terminal: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex -s myDoc.ist -t myDoc.glg -o myDoc.gls myDoc.glo</span></span> -</p><!--l. 2419--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10> +</p><!--l. 2915--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10> Note that this only creates the main glossary. If you have additional glossaries (for example, if you have used the <span class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a - id="dx1-14011"></a> package option) then you must call <a + id="dx1-20011"></a> package option) then you must call <a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-14012"></a></a> for each glossary, + id="dx1-20012"></a></a> for each glossary, substituting <span class="cmtt-10">.glg</span><a - id="dx1-14013"></a>, <span + id="dx1-20013"></a>, <span class="cmtt-10">.gls</span><a - id="dx1-14014"></a> and <span + id="dx1-20014"></a> and <span class="cmtt-10">.glo</span><a - id="dx1-14015"></a> with the relevant extensions. For example, if you have used + id="dx1-20015"></a> with the relevant extensions. For example, if you have used the <span class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a - id="dx1-14016"></a> package option, then you need to type the following in your terminal: + id="dx1-20016"></a> package option, then you need to type the following in your terminal: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex -s myDoc.ist -t myDoc.alg -o myDoc.acr myDoc.acn</span></span> -</p><!--l. 2430--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10> +</p><!--l. 2926--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10> For additional glossaries, the extensions are those supplied when you created the glossary with <span class="cmtt-10">\newglossary</span><a - id="dx1-14017"></a>. -</p><!--l. 2434--><p class="indent" > Note that if you use <a + id="dx1-20017"></a>. +</p><!--l. 2930--><p class="indent" > Note that if you use <a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-14018"></a></a> instead, you can replace all those calls to <a + id="dx1-20018"></a></a> instead, you can replace all those calls to <a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-14019"></a></a> + id="dx1-20019"></a></a> with just one call to <span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-14020"></a>: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> + id="dx1-20020"></a>: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries myDoc</span></span> -</p><!--l. 2439--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10> +</p><!--l. 2935--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10> Note also that some commands and package options have no effect if you use <span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-14021"></a> + id="dx1-20021"></a> explicitly instead of using <a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-14022"></a></a>. These are listed in <a + id="dx1-20022"></a></a>. These are listed in <a href="#tab:makeglossariesCmds">table 1.3</a>. -</p><!--l. 2446--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2942--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 2446--><p class="noindent" ><a -href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">1.4.5 </span> <a +<!--l. 2942--><p class="noindent" ><a +href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">1.5.5 </span> <a id="sec:notedev"></a>Note to Front-End and Script Developers</h4> -<!--l. 2449--><p class="noindent" >The information needed to determine whether to use <a +<!--l. 2945--><p class="noindent" >The information needed to determine whether to use <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-15001"></a></a> or <a + id="dx1-21001"></a></a> or <a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-15002"></a></a> and the + id="dx1-21002"></a></a> and the information needed to call those applications is stored in the auxiliary file. This information can be gathered by a front-end, editor or script to make the glossaries where appropriate. This section describes how the information is stored in the auxiliary file. -</p><!--l. 2456--><p class="indent" > The file extensions used by each defined glossary are given by -</p><!--l. 2457--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2952--><p class="indent" > The file extensions used by each defined glossary are given by +</p><!--l. 2953--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\@newglossary</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-15003"></a> <span + id="dx1-21003"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\@newglossary{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -4788,7 +6246,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">out-ext</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">in-ext</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2459--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2955--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">in-ext</span>⟩ is the extension of the <a href="#glo:indexingapp"><span @@ -4809,59 +6267,59 @@ as: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-32"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-68"> \@newglossary{main}{glg}{gls}{glo} </div> -<!--l. 2472--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 2474--><p class="indent" > The <a +<!--l. 2968--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 2970--><p class="indent" > The <a href="#glo:indexingapp">indexing application’s</a> style file is specified by -</p><!--l. 2475--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2971--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\@istfilename</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-15004"></a> <span + id="dx1-21004"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\@istfilename{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">filename</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2477--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2973--><p class="noindent" > The file extension indicates whether to use <a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-15005"></a></a> (<span + id="dx1-21005"></a></a> (<span class="cmtt-10">.ist</span><a - id="dx1-15006"></a>) or <a + id="dx1-21006"></a>) or <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-15007"></a></a> (<span + id="dx1-21007"></a></a> (<span class="cmtt-10">.xdy</span><a - id="dx1-15008"></a>). + id="dx1-21008"></a>). Note that the glossary information is formatted differently depending on which indexing application is supposed to be used, so it’s important to call the correct one. -</p><!--l. 2484--><p class="indent" > Word or letter ordering is specified by: -</p><!--l. 2485--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2980--><p class="indent" > Word or letter ordering is specified by: +</p><!--l. 2981--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\@glsorder</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-15009"></a> <span + id="dx1-21009"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\@glsorder{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">order</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2487--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2983--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">order</span>⟩ can be either <span class="cmtt-10">word </span>or <span class="cmtt-10">letter</span>. -</p><!--l. 2490--><p class="indent" > If <a +</p><!--l. 2986--><p class="indent" > If <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-15010"></a></a> should be used, the language and code page for each glossary is specified + id="dx1-21010"></a></a> should be used, the language and code page for each glossary is specified by -</p><!--l. 2492--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2988--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\@xdylanguage</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-15011"></a><span class="marginpar"><span + id="dx1-21011"></a><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\@gls@codepage</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-15012"></a> <span + id="dx1-21012"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\@xdylanguage{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -4873,7 +6331,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">code</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2495--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2991--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ identifies the glossary, ⟨<span class="cmti-10">language</span>⟩ is the root language (e.g. <span @@ -4883,12 +6341,12 @@ the encoding (e.g. <span class="cmtt-10">utf8</span>). These commands are omitted if <a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-15013"></a></a> should be + id="dx1-21013"></a></a> should be used. -</p><!--l. 2501--><p class="indent" > If <a +</p><!--l. 2997--><p class="indent" > If <a href="#option1">Option 1</a> has been used, the <span class="cmtt-10">.aux </span>file will contain -</p><!--l. 2503--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span +</p><!--l. 2999--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="cmtt-10">\@gls@reference{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">type</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -4896,63 +6354,83 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">location</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2504--><p class="noindent" > -for every time an entry has been referenced. +</p><!--l. 3000--><p class="noindent" > +for every time an entry has been referenced. If <a +href="#option4">Option 4</a> has been used, the <span +class="cmtt-10">.aux </span>file will +contain one or more instances of +</p><!--l. 3004--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span +class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr@resource{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">basename</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 3005--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 2507--><p class="indent" > </div> -</p><!--l. 2507--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 3007--><p class="indent" > </div> +</p><!--l. 3007--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">2. <a id="sec:pkgopts"></a>Package Options</h2> -</p><!--l. 2510--><p class="indent" > This section describes the available <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package options. You may omit the <span -class="cmtt-10">=true </span>for -boolean options. (For example, <span +</p><!--l. 3010--><p class="indent" > This section describes the available <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package options. You may omit the +<span +class="cmtt-10">=true </span>for boolean options. (For example, <span class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a - id="dx1-16001"></a> is equivalent to <span + id="dx1-22001"></a> is equivalent to <span class="cmss-10">acronym=true</span><a - id="dx1-16002"></a>). -</p><!--l. 2514--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that ⟨<span + id="dx1-22002"></a>). +The <a +href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span +class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> package has additional options described in the <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span> +manual. +</p><!--l. 3016--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that ⟨<span class="cmti-10">key</span>⟩=⟨<span class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩ package options can’t be passed via the document class options. (This includes options where the ⟨<span class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩ part may be omitted, such as <span class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a - id="dx1-16003"></a>.) + id="dx1-22003"></a>.) This is a general limitation not restricted to the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package. Options that aren’t ⟨<span class="cmti-10">key</span>⟩=⟨<span class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩ (such as <span class="cmss-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-16004"></a>) may be passed via the document class options. + id="dx1-22004"></a>) may be passed via the document class options. </div> -</p><!--l. 2521--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3023--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 2523--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 3025--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.1 </span> <a id="sec:pkgopts-general"></a>General Options</h3> <dl class="description"><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">nowarn</span><a - id="dx1-17001"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-23001"></a> </dt><dd class="description">This suppresses all warnings generated by the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package. Don’t use this option if you’re new to using <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>as the warnings are designed to help detect common mistakes (such as forgetting to use <span class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-17002"></a>). Note that the + id="dx1-23002"></a>). Note that the <span class="cmss-10">debug=true</span><a - id="dx1-17003"></a> and <span + id="dx1-23003"></a> and <span class="cmss-10">debug=showtargets</span><a - id="dx1-17004"></a> will override this option. + id="dx1-23004"></a> will override this option. + </dd><dt class="description"> +<span +class="cmssbx-10">nolangwarn</span><a + id="dx1-23005"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">This suppresses the warning generated by a missing language module. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">noredefwarn</span><a - id="dx1-17005"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-23006"></a> </dt><dd class="description">If you load <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>with a class or another package that already defines glossary related commands, by default <span @@ -4963,50 +6441,72 @@ class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>with that suppress those warnings. Other warnings will still be issued unless you use the <span class="cmss-10">nowarn</span><a - id="dx1-17006"></a> option described above. + id="dx1-23007"></a> option described above. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">debug</span><a - id="dx1-17007"></a> </dt><dd -class="description">Introduced in version 4.24. This was a boolean option but as from v4.32 it’s now a - choice option. If no value is given, <span + id="dx1-23008"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">Introduced in version 4.24. The default setting is <span +class="cmss-10">debug=false</span><a + id="dx1-23009"></a>. This was a + boolean option but as from v4.32 it now accepts the values: <span +class="cmss-10">false</span>, <span +class="cmss-10">true </span>and + <span +class="cmss-10">showtargets</span>. If no value is given, <span class="cmss-10">debug=true</span><a - id="dx1-17008"></a> is assumed. Both <span + id="dx1-23010"></a> is assumed. Both <span class="cmss-10">debug=true</span><a - id="dx1-17009"></a> + id="dx1-23011"></a> and <span class="cmss-10">debug=showtargets</span><a - id="dx1-17010"></a> switch on the debug mode (and will automatically + id="dx1-23012"></a> switch on the debug mode (and will automatically cancel the <span class="cmss-10">nowarn</span><a - id="dx1-17011"></a> option). The <span + id="dx1-23013"></a> option). The <span class="cmss-10">debug=showtargets</span><a - id="dx1-17012"></a> option will additionally + id="dx1-23014"></a> option will additionally use - <!--l. 2549--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + <!--l. 3056--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsshowtarget</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-17013"></a> <span + id="dx1-23015"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsshowtarget{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">target name</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 2551--><p class="noindent" > - to show the hypertarget/hyperlink name in the margin when <span + </p><!--l. 3058--><p class="noindent" > + to show the hypertarget or hyperlink name in the margin when <span class="cmtt-10">\glsdohypertarget </span>is used by commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\glstarget </span>and when <span class="cmtt-10">\glsdohyperlink </span>is used by commands + + like <span -class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>. - </p><!--l. 2556--><p class="noindent" >Consider the following example document: +class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>. This puts the information in the margin using <span +class="cmtt-10">\marginpar</span><a + id="dx1-23016"></a>. If this causes a + problem, you’ll need to redefine <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsshowtarget</span>. For example: + + +</p> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-69"> + \renewcommand*{\glsshowtarget}[1]{\texttt{\small [#1]}} +</div> + <!--l. 3067--><p class="nopar" > + </p><!--l. 3069--><p class="noindent" >The purpose of the debug mode can be demonstrated with the following example + document: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-33"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-70"> \documentclass{article}  <br />\usepackage{glossaries} -  <br />\newglossaryentry{sample1}{name={sample1},description={example}} -  <br />\newglossaryentry{sample2}{name={sample2},description={example}} +  <br />\newglossaryentry{sample1}{name={sample1}, +  <br />  description={example}} +  <br />\newglossaryentry{sample2}{name={sample2}, +  <br />  description={example}}  <br />\glsadd{sample2}  <br />\makeglossaries  <br />\begin{document} @@ -5014,114 +6514,135 @@ class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>.  <br />\printglossaries  <br />\end{document} </div> - <!--l. 2568--><p class="nopar" > Here, only the <span + <!--l. 3084--><p class="nopar" > In this case, only the <span class="cmtt-10">sample1 </span>entry has been indexed, even though <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsadd{sample2}</span></span></span> - appears in the source code. This is because the associated file is opened by - <span + appears in the source code. This is because <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\glsadd{sample2}</span></span></span> has been used before the + associated file is opened by <span class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-17014"></a>, but <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\glsadd{sample2}</span></span></span> has been used before this command. Since - the file isn’t open yet, the information can’t be written to it, which is why the <span -class="cmtt-10">sample2</span> - entry doesn’t appear in the glossary. - </p><!--l. 2577--><p class="noindent" >This situation doesn’t cause any errors or warnings as it’s perfectly legitimate for a user + id="dx1-23017"></a>. Since the file isn’t open yet, the + information can’t be written to it, which is why the <span +class="cmtt-10">sample2 </span>entry doesn’t appear in + the glossary. + </p><!--l. 3092--><p class="noindent" >This situation doesn’t cause any errors or warnings as it’s perfectly legitimate for a user to want to use <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>to format the entries (e.g. abbreviation expansion) but not display any lists of terms, abbreviations, symbols etc. Without <span -class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>(or +class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>the + indexing is suppressed but, other than that, commands like <span +class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>behave as + usual. It’s also possible that the user may want to temporarily comment out <span -class="cmtt-10">\makenoidxglossaries</span>) the indexing is suppressed but, other than that, commands - like <span -class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>behave as usual. - </p><!--l. 2585--><p class="noindent" >The debug mode, enabled with the <span +class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>in order to suppress the indexing while working on a draft + version to speed compilation. Therefore <span +class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>can’t be used to + enable <span +class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>and <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsadd</span>. They must be enabled by default. (It + does, however, enable the <span +class="cmss-10">see</span><a + id="dx1-23018"></a> key as that’s a more common problem. See + below.) + </p><!--l. 3106--><p class="noindent" >The debug mode, enabled with the <span class="cmss-10">debug</span><a - id="dx1-17015"></a> option, will write information to the log file - when the indexing can’t occur because the associated file isn’t open. The message is - written in the form + id="dx1-23019"></a> option, + + +</p> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-71"> + \usepackage[debug]{glossaries} +</div> + <!--l. 3109--><p class="nopar" > will write information to the log file when the indexing can’t occur because the + associated file isn’t open. The message is written in the form </p><div class="quote"> - <!--l. 2590--><p class="noindent" >Package glossaries Info: wrglossary(⟨<span + <!--l. 3114--><p class="noindent" >Package glossaries Info: wrglossary(⟨<span class="cmti-10">type</span>⟩)(⟨<span -class="cmti-10">line</span>⟩) on input line ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩) on input line ⟨<span class="cmti-10">line</span> <span class="cmti-10">number</span>⟩.</p></div> - <!--l. 2593--><p class="noindent" >where ⟨<span + <!--l. 3117--><p class="noindent" >where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">type</span>⟩ is the glossary label and ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">line</span>⟩ is the line of text that would’ve been written to +class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩ is the line of text that would’ve been written to the associated file if it had been open. So if any entries haven’t appeared in the glossary but you’re sure you used commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\glsadd </span>or <span class="cmtt-10">\glsaddall</span>, try switching on the <span class="cmss-10">debug</span><a - id="dx1-17016"></a> option and see if any information has been written to the log + id="dx1-23020"></a> option and see if any information has been written to the log file. </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">seenoindex</span><a - id="dx1-17017"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-23021"></a> </dt><dd class="description">Introduced in version 4.24, this option may take one of three values: <span class="cmss-10">error</span>, <span class="cmss-10">warn </span>or <span class="cmss-10">ignore</span>. The <span class="cmss-10">see</span><a - id="dx1-17018"></a> key automatically indexes the cross-referenced entry using <span + id="dx1-23022"></a> key automatically indexes the cross-referenced entry using <span class="cmtt-10">\glsadd</span>. This means that it suffers from the same problem as the above. If used before the relevant glossary file has been opened, the indexing can’t be performed. Since this is easy to miss, the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package by default issues an error - - message if the <span class="cmss-10">see</span><a - id="dx1-17019"></a> key is used before <span + id="dx1-23023"></a> key is used before <span class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span>. This option allows you to change the error into just a warning (<span class="cmss-10">seenoindex=warn</span><a - id="dx1-17020"></a>) or ignore it + id="dx1-23024"></a>) or ignore it (<span class="cmss-10">seenoindex=ignore</span><a - id="dx1-17021"></a>). + id="dx1-23025"></a>) if, for example, you want to temporarily comment out + <span +class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>to speed up the compilation of a draft document by omitting the + indexing. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">nomain</span><a - id="dx1-17022"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-23026"></a> </dt><dd class="description">This suppresses the creation of the main glossary and associated <span class="cmtt-10">.glo </span>file, if unrequired. Note that if you use this option, you must create another glossary in which to put all your entries (either via the <span class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a - id="dx1-17023"></a> (or <span + id="dx1-23027"></a> (or <span class="cmss-10">acronyms</span><a - id="dx1-17024"></a>) package option described in + id="dx1-23028"></a>) package option described in <a href="#sec:pkgopts-acronym"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.5 </a><a +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>2.5 </a><a href="#sec:pkgopts-acronym">Acronym Options<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts-acronym --></a> or via the <span class="cmss-10">symbols</span><a - id="dx1-17025"></a>, <span + id="dx1-23029"></a>, <span class="cmss-10">numbers</span><a - id="dx1-17026"></a> or <span + id="dx1-23030"></a> or <span class="cmss-10">index</span><a - id="dx1-17027"></a> options described + id="dx1-23031"></a> options described in <a href="#sec:pkgopts-other"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.6 </a><a +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>2.6 </a><a href="#sec:pkgopts-other">Other Options<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts-other --></a> or via <span class="cmtt-10">\newglossary</span><a - id="dx1-17028"></a> described in <a + id="dx1-23032"></a> described in <a href="#sec:newglossary"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>12 </a><a +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>12 </a><a href="#sec:newglossary">Defining New Glossaries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:newglossary --></a>). - <!--l. 2622--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you don’t use the main glossary and you don’t use this option, <a + <!--l. 3148--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you don’t use the main glossary and you don’t use this option, <a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-17029"></a></a> will - produce the following warning: </p><div class="alltt"> + id="dx1-23033"></a></a> will + produce a warning. </div> + </p><!--l. 3151--><p class="noindent" > + </p><div class="alltt"> + + <div class="obeylines-v"> <span class="cmtt-10">Warning:</span><span @@ -5160,28 +6681,27 @@ class="cmtt-10"> the</span><span class="cmtt-10"> main</span><span class="cmtt-10"> glossary.</span> </div> - </div> If you did actually want to use the main glossary and you see this warning, check that - you have referenced the entries in that glossary via commands such as <span + </div> If you did actually want to use the main glossary and you see this warning, check + that you have referenced the entries in that glossary via commands such as + <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a - id="dx1-17030"></a>. - </div> - <!--l. 2635--><p class="noindent" > - </p></dd><dt class="description"> + id="dx1-23034"></a>. + </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">sanitizesort</span><a - id="dx1-17031"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-23035"></a> </dt><dd class="description">This is a boolean option that determines whether or not to <a href="#glo:sanitize">sanitize<a - id="dx1-17032"></a></a> the sort + id="dx1-23036"></a></a> the sort value when writing to the external glossary file. For example, suppose you define an entry as follows: - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-34"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-72"> \newglossaryentry{hash}{name={\#},sort={#},  <br /> description={hash symbol}} </div> - <!--l. 2644--><p class="nopar" > The sort value (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + <!--l. 3170--><p class="nopar" > The sort value (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">#</span></span></span>) must be sanitized before writing it to the glossary file, otherwise <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span></span> will try to interpret it as a parameter reference. If, on the other hand, you @@ -5190,75 +6710,78 @@ class="E">E</span>X</span></span> will try to interpret it as a parameter </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-35"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-73"> \newcommand{\mysortvalue}{AAA}  <br />\newglossaryentry{sample}{%  <br />  name={sample},  <br />  sort={\mysortvalue},  <br />  description={an example}} </div> - <!--l. 2656--><p class="nopar" > and you actually want <span + <!--l. 3182--><p class="nopar" > and you actually want <span class="cmtt-10">\mysortvalue </span>expanded, so that the entry is sorted according to <span class="cmtt-10">AAA</span>, then use the package option <span class="cmss-10">sanitizesort=false</span><a - id="dx1-17033"></a>. - </p><!--l. 2661--><p class="noindent" >The default for Options <a + id="dx1-23037"></a>. + </p><!--l. 3187--><p class="noindent" >The default for Options <a href="#option2">2</a> and <a href="#option3">3</a> is <span class="cmss-10">sanitizesort=true</span><a - id="dx1-17034"></a>, and the default for <a + id="dx1-23038"></a>, and the default for <a href="#option1">Option 1</a> is <span class="cmss-10">sanitizesort=false</span><a - id="dx1-17035"></a>. + id="dx1-23039"></a>. </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">savewrites</span><a - id="dx1-17036"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-23040"></a> </dt><dd class="description">This is a boolean option to minimise the number of write registers used by the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package. (Default is <span class="cmss-10">savewrites=false</span><a - id="dx1-17037"></a>.) There are only a limited number of + id="dx1-23041"></a>.) There are only a limited number of write registers, and if you have a large number of glossaries or if you are using a class or other packages that create a lot of external files, you may exceed the maximum number of available registers. If <span class="cmss-10">savewrites</span><a - id="dx1-17038"></a> is set, the glossary information will be - stored in token registers until the end of the document when they will be - written to the external files. If you run out of token registers, you can use + id="dx1-23042"></a> is set, the glossary information will be stored in token + registers until the end of the document when they will be written to the external + files. + <!--l. 3200--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> This option can significantly slow document compilation and may cause the indexing to + fail. Page numbers in the <a +href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a + id="dx1-23043"></a></a> will be incorrect on page boundaries due + to <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span>’s asynchronous output routine. As an alternative, you can use the <span -class="cmss-10">etex</span><a - id="dx1-17039"></a>. - <!--l. 2675--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> This option can significantly slow document compilation. As an alternative, you can - use the <span class="cmss-10">scrwfile</span><a - id="dx1-17040"></a> package (part of the KOMA-Script bundle) and not use this option. + id="dx1-23044"></a> package (part of the KOMA-Script bundle) and not use this option. </div> - </p><!--l. 2679--><p class="noindent" > - </p><!--l. 2681--><p class="noindent" >You can also reduce the number of write registers by using <a -href="#option1">Option 1</a> or by ensuring you - define all your glossary entries in the preamble. - </p><!--l. 2685--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you want to use <span class="TEX">T<span + </p><!--l. 3206--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 3208--><p class="noindent" >You can also reduce the number of write registers by using Options <a +href="#option1">1</a> or <a +href="#option4">4</a> or by + ensuring you define all your glossary entries in the preamble. + </p><!--l. 3212--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you want to use <span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span>’s <span class="cmtt-10">\write18</span><a - id="dx1-17041"></a> mechanism to call <a + id="dx1-23045"></a> mechanism to call <a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-17042"></a></a> or <a + id="dx1-23046"></a></a> or <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-17043"></a></a> from + id="dx1-23047"></a></a> from your document and use <span class="cmss-10">savewrites</span><a - id="dx1-17044"></a>, you must create the external files with + id="dx1-23048"></a>, you must create the external files with <span class="cmtt-10">\glswritefiles </span>before you call <span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-17045"></a>/<span + id="dx1-23049"></a>/<span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-17046"></a>. Also set <span + id="dx1-23050"></a>. Also set <span class="cmtt-10">\glswritefiles </span>to nothing or <span class="cmtt-10">\relax </span>before the end of the document to avoid rewriting the files. For @@ -5266,253 +6789,254 @@ class="cmtt-10">\relax </span>before the end of the document to avoid rewriting </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-36"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-74"> \glswritefiles  <br />\write18{makeindex -s \istfilename\space  <br />-t \jobname.glg -o \jobname.gls \jobname}  <br />\let\glswritefiles\relax </div> - <!--l. 2697--><p class="nopar" > </div> - </p><!--l. 2698--><p class="noindent" > + <!--l. 3224--><p class="nopar" > </div> + </p><!--l. 3225--><p class="noindent" > + In general, this package option is best avoided. </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">translate</span><a - id="dx1-17047"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-23051"></a> </dt><dd class="description">This can take the following values: <dl class="description"><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">translate=true</span><a - id="dx1-17048"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-23052"></a> </dt><dd class="description">If <span class="cmss-10">babel</span><a - id="dx1-17049"></a> has been loaded and the <span + id="dx1-23053"></a> has been loaded and the <span class="cmss-10">translator</span><a - id="dx1-17050"></a> package is installed, + id="dx1-23054"></a> package is installed, <span class="cmss-10">translator</span><a - id="dx1-17051"></a> will be loaded and the translations will be provided by the <span + id="dx1-23055"></a> will be loaded and the translations will be provided by the <span class="cmss-10">translator</span><a - id="dx1-17052"></a> + id="dx1-23056"></a> package interface. You can modify the translations by providing your own dictionary. If the <span class="cmss-10">translator</span><a - id="dx1-17053"></a> package isn’t installed and <span + id="dx1-23057"></a> package isn’t installed and <span class="cmss-10">babel</span><a - id="dx1-17054"></a> is loaded, the + id="dx1-23058"></a> is loaded, the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-babel</span><a - id="dx1-17055"></a> package will be loaded and the translations will be provided + id="dx1-23059"></a> package will be loaded and the translations will be provided using <span class="cmss-10">babel</span>’s <span class="cmtt-10">\addto\caption</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">language</span>⟩ mechanism. If <span class="cmss-10">polyglossia</span><a - id="dx1-17056"></a> has been + id="dx1-23060"></a> has been loaded, <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-polyglossia</span><a - id="dx1-17057"></a> will be loaded. + id="dx1-23061"></a> will be loaded. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">translate=false</span><a - id="dx1-17058"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-23062"></a> </dt><dd class="description">Don’t provide translations, even if <span class="cmss-10">babel</span><a - id="dx1-17059"></a> or <span + id="dx1-23063"></a> or <span class="cmss-10">polyglossia</span><a - id="dx1-17060"></a> has been + id="dx1-23064"></a> has been loaded. (Note that <span class="cmss-10">babel</span><a - id="dx1-17061"></a> provides the command <span + id="dx1-23065"></a> provides the command <span class="cmtt-10">\glossaryname</span><a - id="dx1-17062"></a> so that will + id="dx1-23066"></a> so that will still be translated if you have loaded <span class="cmss-10">babel</span><a - id="dx1-17063"></a>.) + id="dx1-23067"></a>.) </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">translate=babel</span><a - id="dx1-17064"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-23068"></a> </dt><dd class="description">Don’t load the <span class="cmss-10">translator</span><a - id="dx1-17065"></a> package. Instead load <span + id="dx1-23069"></a> package. Instead load <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-babel</span><a - id="dx1-17066"></a>. - <!--l. 2723--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> I recommend you use <span + id="dx1-23070"></a>. + <!--l. 3251--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> I recommend you use <span class="cmss-10">translate=babel</span><a - id="dx1-17067"></a> if you have any problems with the + id="dx1-23071"></a> if you have any problems with the translations or with PDF bookmarks, but to maintain backward compatibility, if <span class="cmss-10">babel</span><a - id="dx1-17068"></a> has been loaded the default is <span + id="dx1-23072"></a> has been loaded the default is <span class="cmss-10">translate=true</span><a - id="dx1-17069"></a>. </div> - </p><!--l. 2728--><p class="noindent" > + id="dx1-23073"></a>. </div> + </p><!--l. 3256--><p class="noindent" > </p> </dd></dl> - <!--l. 2732--><p class="noindent" >If <span + <!--l. 3260--><p class="noindent" >If <span class="cmss-10">translate</span><a - id="dx1-17070"></a> is specified without a value, <span + id="dx1-23074"></a> is specified without a value, <span class="cmss-10">translate=true</span><a - id="dx1-17071"></a> is assumed. If <span + id="dx1-23075"></a> is assumed. If <span class="cmss-10">translate</span><a - id="dx1-17072"></a> isn’t + id="dx1-23076"></a> isn’t specified, <span class="cmss-10">translate=true</span><a - id="dx1-17073"></a> is assumed if <span + id="dx1-23077"></a> is assumed if <span class="cmss-10">babel</span><a - id="dx1-17074"></a>, <span + id="dx1-23078"></a>, <span class="cmss-10">polyglossia</span><a - id="dx1-17075"></a> or <span + id="dx1-23079"></a> or <span class="cmss-10">translator</span><a - id="dx1-17076"></a> have been loaded. + id="dx1-23080"></a> have been loaded. Otherwise <span class="cmss-10">translate=false</span><a - id="dx1-17077"></a> is assumed. - </p><!--l. 2738--><p class="noindent" >See <a + id="dx1-23081"></a> is assumed. + </p><!--l. 3266--><p class="noindent" >See <a href="#sec:fixednames"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>1.3.1 </a><a +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>1.4.1 </a><a href="#sec:fixednames">Changing the Fixed Names<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:fixednames --></a> for further details. </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">notranslate</span><a - id="dx1-17078"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-23082"></a> </dt><dd class="description">This is equivalent to <span class="cmss-10">translate=false</span><a - id="dx1-17079"></a> and may be passed via the document class + id="dx1-23083"></a> and may be passed via the document class options. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">nohypertypes</span><a - id="dx1-17080"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-23084"></a> </dt><dd class="description">Use this option if you have multiple glossaries and you want to suppress the entry hyperlinks for a particular glossary or glossaries. The value of this option should be a comma-separated list of glossary types where <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a - id="dx1-17081"></a> etc shouldn’t have hyperlinks + id="dx1-23085"></a> etc shouldn’t have hyperlinks by default. Make sure you enclose the value in braces if it contains any commas. Example: - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-37"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-75"> \usepackage[acronym,nohypertypes={acronym,notation}]  <br />  {glossaries}  <br />\newglossary[nlg]{notation}{not}{ntn}{Notation} </div> - <!--l. 2754--><p class="nopar" > The values must be fully expanded, so <span + <!--l. 3282--><p class="nopar" > The values must be fully expanded, so <span class="cmbx-10">don’t </span>try <span class="cmtt-10">nohypertypes=\acronymtype</span><a - id="dx1-17082"></a>. You + id="dx1-23086"></a>. You may also use - </p><!--l. 2758--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span + </p><!--l. 3286--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsDeclareNoHyperList</span><a - id="dx1-17083"></a><span + id="dx1-23087"></a><span class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 2759--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 3287--><p class="noindent" > instead or additionally. See <a href="#sec:glslink"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>6 </a><a +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>6 </a><a href="#sec:glslink">Links to Glossary Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glslink --></a> for further details. </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">hyperfirst</span><a - id="dx1-17084"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-23088"></a> </dt><dd class="description">This is a boolean option that specifies whether each term has a hyperlink on <a href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>. The default is <span class="cmss-10">hyperfirst=true</span><a - id="dx1-17085"></a> (terms on <a + id="dx1-23089"></a> (terms on <a href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> have a hyperlink, unless explicitly suppressed using starred versions of commands such as <span class="cmtt-10">\gls*</span><a - id="dx1-17086"></a> or + id="dx1-23090"></a> or by identifying the glossary with <span class="cmss-10">nohypertypes</span><a - id="dx1-17087"></a>, described above). Note that + id="dx1-23091"></a>, described above). Note that <span class="cmss-10">nohypertypes</span><a - id="dx1-17088"></a> overrides <span + id="dx1-23092"></a> overrides <span class="cmss-10">hyperfirst=true</span><a - id="dx1-17089"></a>. This option only affects commands that + id="dx1-23093"></a>. This option only affects commands that check the <a href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a>, such as the <a href="#sec:gls-like"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like</a> commands (for example, <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a - id="dx1-17090"></a> or + id="dx1-23094"></a> or <span class="cmtt-10">\glsdisp</span><a - id="dx1-17091"></a>), but not the <a + id="dx1-23095"></a>), but not the <a href="#sec:glstext-like"><span class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like</a> commands (for example, <span class="cmtt-10">\glslink</span><a - id="dx1-17092"></a> or + id="dx1-23096"></a> or <span class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span><a - id="dx1-17093"></a>). - <!--l. 2775--><p class="noindent" >The <span + id="dx1-23097"></a>). + <!--l. 3303--><p class="noindent" >The <span class="cmss-10">hyperfirst</span><a - id="dx1-17094"></a> setting applies to all glossary types (unless identified by <span + id="dx1-23098"></a> setting applies to all glossary types (unless identified by <span class="cmss-10">nohypertypes</span><a - id="dx1-17095"></a> or + id="dx1-23099"></a> or defined with <span class="cmtt-10">\newignoredglossary</span><a - id="dx1-17096"></a>). It can be overridden on an individual basis by + id="dx1-23100"></a>). It can be overridden on an individual basis by explicitly setting the <span class="cmss-10">hyper</span><a - id="dx1-17097"></a> key when referencing an entry (or by using the plus or + id="dx1-23101"></a> key when referencing an entry (or by using the plus or starred version of the referencing command). - </p><!--l. 2782--><p class="noindent" >It may be that you only want to apply this to just the acronyms (where the first use + </p><!--l. 3310--><p class="noindent" >It may be that you only want to apply this to just the acronyms (where the first use explains the meaning of the acronym) but not for ordinary glossary entries (where the first use is identical to subsequent uses). In this case, you can use <span class="cmss-10">hyperfirst=false</span><a - id="dx1-17098"></a> + id="dx1-23102"></a> and apply <span class="cmtt-10">\glsunsetall </span>to all the regular (non-acronym) glossaries. For example: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-38"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-76">  \usepackage[acronym,hyperfirst=false]{glossaries}  <br /> % acronym and glossary entry definitions  <br /> % at the end of the preamble  <br /> \glsunsetall[main] </div> - <!--l. 2794--><p class="nopar" > - </p><!--l. 2796--><p class="noindent" >Alternatively you can redefine the hook - </p><!--l. 2797--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + <!--l. 3322--><p class="nopar" > + </p><!--l. 3324--><p class="noindent" >Alternatively you can redefine the hook + </p><!--l. 3325--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glslinkcheckfirsthyperhook</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-17099"></a> <span + id="dx1-23103"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslinkcheckfirsthyperhook </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 2799--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 3327--><p class="noindent" > which is used by the commands that check the <a href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a>, such as <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a - id="dx1-17100"></a>. Within the + id="dx1-23104"></a>. Within the definition of this command, you can use <span class="cmtt-10">\glslabel</span><a - id="dx1-17101"></a> to reference the entry label and + id="dx1-23105"></a> to reference the entry label and <span class="cmtt-10">\glstype</span><a - id="dx1-17102"></a> to reference the glossary type. You can also use <span + id="dx1-23106"></a> to reference the glossary type. You can also use <span class="cmtt-10">\ifglsused</span><a - id="dx1-17103"></a> to determine if + id="dx1-23107"></a> to determine if the entry has been used. You can test if an entry is an acronym by checking if it has the <span class="cmss-10">long</span><a - id="dx1-17104"></a> key set using <span + id="dx1-23108"></a> key set using <span class="cmtt-10">\ifglshaslong</span><a - id="dx1-17105"></a>. For example, to switch off the hyperlink on first use + id="dx1-23109"></a>. For example, to switch off the hyperlink on first use just for acronyms: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-39"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-77"> \renewcommand*{\glslinkcheckfirsthyperhook}{%  <br /> \ifglsused{\glslabel}{}%  <br /> {% @@ -5520,14 +7044,14 @@ class="cmtt-10">\ifglshaslong</span><a  <br /> }%  <br />} </div> - <!--l. 2815--><p class="nopar" > - </p><!--l. 2817--><p class="noindent" >Note that this hook isn’t used by the commands that don’t check the <a + <!--l. 3343--><p class="nopar" > + </p><!--l. 3345--><p class="noindent" >Note that this hook isn’t used by the commands that don’t check the <a href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a>, such as <span class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span><a - id="dx1-17106"></a>. (You can, instead, redefine <span + id="dx1-23110"></a>. (You can, instead, redefine <span class="cmtt-10">\glslinkpostsetkeys</span><a - id="dx1-17107"></a>, which is used by both + id="dx1-23111"></a>, which is used by both the <a href="#sec:gls-like"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like</a> and <a @@ -5536,12 +7060,12 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like</a> commands.) </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">indexonlyfirst</span><a - id="dx1-17108"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-23112"></a> </dt><dd class="description">This is a boolean option that specifies whether to only add information to the external glossary file on <a href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>. The default is <span class="cmss-10">indexonlyfirst=false</span><a - id="dx1-17109"></a>, which will add a + id="dx1-23113"></a>, which will add a line to the file every time one of the <a href="#sec:gls-like"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like</a> or <a @@ -5549,22 +7073,22 @@ href="#sec:glstext-like"><span class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like</a> commands are used. Note that <span class="cmtt-10">\glsadd</span><a - id="dx1-17110"></a> will always add information to the external glossary + id="dx1-23114"></a> will always add information to the external glossary file<span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn1x2" id="fn1x2-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">2.1</sup></a></span><a - id="x1-17111f1"></a> (since + id="x1-23115f1"></a> (since that’s the purpose of that command). - <!--l. 2831--><p class="noindent" >You can customise this by redefining - </p><!--l. 2832--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + <!--l. 3359--><p class="noindent" >You can customise this by redefining + </p><!--l. 3360--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glswriteentry</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-17112"></a> <span + id="dx1-23116"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glswriteentry{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">wr-code</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 2834--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 3362--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is the entry’s label and ⟨<span class="cmti-10">wr-code</span>⟩ is the code that writes the entry’s @@ -5574,7 +7098,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glswriteentry</span> </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-40"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-78"> \newcommand*{\glswriteentry}[2]{%  <br />  \ifglsindexonlyfirst  <br />    \ifglsused{#1}{}{#2}% @@ -5583,108 +7107,108 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glswriteentry</span>  <br />  \fi  <br />} </div> - <!--l. 2846--><p class="nopar" > This checks the <span + <!--l. 3374--><p class="nopar" > This checks the <span class="cmss-10">indexonlyfirst</span><a - id="dx1-17113"></a> package option (using <span + id="dx1-23117"></a> package option (using <span class="cmtt-10">\ifglsindexonlyfirst</span>) and does ⟨<span class="cmti-10">wr-code</span>⟩ if this is <span class="cmss-10">false </span>otherwise it only does ⟨<span class="cmti-10">wr-code</span>⟩ of the entry hasn’t been used. - </p><!--l. 2852--><p class="noindent" >For example, suppose you only want to index the first use for entries in the <span + </p><!--l. 3380--><p class="noindent" >For example, suppose you only want to index the first use for entries in the <span class="cmtt-10">acronym</span> glossary and not in the <span class="cmtt-10">main </span>(or any other) glossary: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-41"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-79"> \renewcommand*{\glswriteentry}[2]{%  <br /> \ifthenelse{\equal{\glsentrytype{#1}}{acronym}}  <br /> {\ifglsused{#1}{}{#2}}%  <br /> {#2}%  <br />} </div> - <!--l. 2861--><p class="nopar" > Here I’ve used <span + <!--l. 3389--><p class="nopar" > Here I’ve used <span class="cmtt-10">\ifthenelse </span>to ensure the arguments of <span class="cmtt-10">\equal </span>are fully expanded before the comparison is made. </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">savenumberlist</span><a - id="dx1-17114"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-23118"></a> </dt><dd class="description">This is a boolean option that specifies whether or not to gather and store the <a href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a - id="dx1-17115"></a></a> for each entry. The default is <span + id="dx1-23119"></a></a> for each entry. The default is <span class="cmss-10">savenumberlist=false</span><a - id="dx1-17116"></a>. (See + id="dx1-23120"></a>. (See <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentrynumberlist</span><a - id="dx1-17117"></a> and <span + id="dx1-23121"></a> and <span class="cmtt-10">\glsdisplaynumberlist</span><a - id="dx1-17118"></a> in <a + id="dx1-23122"></a> in <a href="#sec:glsnolink"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>9 </a><a +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>9 </a><a href="#sec:glsnolink">Using Glossary Terms Without Links<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsnolink --></a>.) This is always true if you use <a href="#option1">Option 1</a>. </dd></dl> -<!--l. 2874--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3402--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 2874--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 3402--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.2 </span> <a id="sec:pkgopts-sec"></a>Sectioning, Headings and TOC Options</h3> <dl class="description"><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">toc</span><a - id="dx1-18001"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-24001"></a> </dt><dd class="description">Add the glossaries to the table of contents. Note that an extra <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span></span> run is required with this option. Alternatively, you can switch this function on and off using - <!--l. 2881--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + <!--l. 3409--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glstoctrue</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-18002"></a> <span + id="dx1-24002"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glstoctrue </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 2883--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 3411--><p class="noindent" > and - </p><!--l. 2885--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + </p><!--l. 3413--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glstocfalse</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-18003"></a> <span + id="dx1-24003"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glstocfalse </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 2887--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 3415--><p class="noindent" > </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">numberline</span><a - id="dx1-18004"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-24004"></a> </dt><dd class="description">When used with <span class="cmss-10">toc</span><a - id="dx1-18005"></a>, this will add <span + id="dx1-24005"></a>, this will add <span class="cmtt-10">\numberline</span><a - id="dx1-18006"></a><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + id="dx1-24006"></a><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">{}</span></span></span> in the final argument of <span class="cmtt-10">\addcontentsline</span><a - id="dx1-18007"></a>. This will align the table of contents entry with the numbered + id="dx1-24007"></a>. This will align the table of contents entry with the numbered section titles. Note that this option has no effect if the <span class="cmss-10">toc</span><a - id="dx1-18008"></a> option is omitted. If <span + id="dx1-24008"></a> option is omitted. If <span class="cmss-10">toc</span><a - id="dx1-18009"></a> is + id="dx1-24009"></a> is used without <span class="cmss-10">numberline</span><a - id="dx1-18010"></a>, the title will be aligned with the section numbers rather than + id="dx1-24010"></a>, the title will be aligned with the section numbers rather than the section titles. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">section</span><a - id="dx1-18011"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-24011"></a> </dt><dd class="description">This is a ⟨<span class="cmti-10">key</span>⟩=⟨<span class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩ option. Its value should be the name of a sectional unit @@ -5693,117 +7217,117 @@ class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩ option. Its value should be the name of a s Unnumbered sectional units will be used by default. Example: - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-42"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-80"> \usepackage[section=subsection]{glossaries} </div> - <!--l. 2905--><p class="nopar" > You can omit the value if you want to use sections, i.e.  + <!--l. 3433--><p class="nopar" > You can omit the value if you want to use sections, i.e.  </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-43"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-81"> \usepackage[section]{glossaries} </div> - <!--l. 2909--><p class="nopar" > is equivalent to + <!--l. 3437--><p class="nopar" > is equivalent to </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-44"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-82"> \usepackage[section=section]{glossaries} </div> - <!--l. 2913--><p class="nopar" > You can change this value later in the document using - </p><!--l. 2915--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + <!--l. 3441--><p class="nopar" > You can change this value later in the document using + </p><!--l. 3443--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\setglossarysection</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-18012"></a> <span + id="dx1-24012"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\setglossarysection{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">name</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 2917--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 3445--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩ is the sectional unit. - </p><!--l. 2920--><p class="noindent" >The start of each glossary adds information to the page header via - </p><!--l. 2921--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + </p><!--l. 3448--><p class="noindent" >The start of each glossary adds information to the page header via + </p><!--l. 3449--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsglossarymark</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-18013"></a> <span + id="dx1-24013"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsglossarymark{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">glossary title</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 2923--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 3451--><p class="noindent" > By default this uses <span class="cmtt-10">\@mkboth</span><span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn2x2" id="fn2x2-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">2.2</sup></a></span><a - id="x1-18014f2"></a> + id="x1-24014f2"></a> but you may need to redefine it. For example, to only change the right header: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-45"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-83"> \renewcommand{\glsglossarymark}[1]{\markright{#1}} </div> - <!--l. 2930--><p class="nopar" > or to prevent it from changing the headers: + <!--l. 3458--><p class="nopar" > or to prevent it from changing the headers: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-46"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-84"> \renewcommand{\glsglossarymark}[1]{} </div> - <!--l. 2934--><p class="nopar" > If you want <span + <!--l. 3462--><p class="nopar" > If you want <span class="cmtt-10">\glsglossarymark </span>to use <span class="cmtt-10">\MakeUppercase </span>in the header, use the <span class="cmss-10">ucmark</span><a - id="dx1-18017"></a> + id="dx1-24017"></a> option described below. - </p><!--l. 2938--><p class="noindent" >Occasionally you may find that another package defines <span + </p><!--l. 3466--><p class="noindent" >Occasionally you may find that another package defines <span class="cmtt-10">\cleardoublepage </span>when it is not required. This may cause an unwanted blank page to appear before each glossary. This can be fixed by redefining <span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsclearpage</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-18018"></a><span + id="dx1-24018"></a><span class="cmtt-10">\glsclearpage</span>: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-47"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-85"> \renewcommand*{\glsclearpage}{\clearpage} </div> - <!--l. 2944--><p class="nopar" > + <!--l. 3472--><p class="nopar" > </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">ucmark</span><a - id="dx1-18019"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-24019"></a> </dt><dd class="description">This is a boolean option (default: <span class="cmss-10">ucmark=false</span><a - id="dx1-18020"></a>, unless <span + id="dx1-24020"></a>, unless <span class="cmss-10">memoir</span><a - id="dx1-18021"></a> has been loaded, + id="dx1-24021"></a> has been loaded, in which case it defaults to <span class="cmss-10">ucmark=true</span><a - id="dx1-18022"></a>). If set, <span + id="dx1-24022"></a>). If set, <span class="cmtt-10">\glsglossarymark</span><a - id="dx1-18023"></a> uses + id="dx1-24023"></a> uses <span class="cmtt-10">\MakeTextUppercase</span><a - id="dx1-18024"></a><span class="footnote-mark"><a + id="dx1-24024"></a><span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn3x2" id="fn3x2-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">2.3</sup></a></span><a - id="x1-18025f3"></a>. + id="x1-24025f3"></a>. You can test whether this option has been set or not using - <!--l. 2957--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + <!--l. 3485--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\ifglsucmark</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-18030"></a> <span + id="dx1-24030"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\ifglsucmark </span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">true part</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">\else </span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false part</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">\fi </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 2959--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 3487--><p class="noindent" > For example: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-48"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-86"> \renewcommand{\glsglossarymark}[1]{%  <br />  \ifglsucmark  <br />    \markright{\MakeTextUppercase{#1}}% @@ -5811,29 +7335,29 @@ class="cmtt-10">\fi </span></div><hr>  <br />    \markright{#1}%  <br />  \fi} </div> - <!--l. 2968--><p class="nopar" > If <span + <!--l. 3496--><p class="nopar" > If <span class="cmss-10">memoir</span><a - id="dx1-18031"></a> has been loaded and <span + id="dx1-24031"></a> has been loaded and <span class="cmss-10">ucfirst</span><a - id="dx1-18032"></a> is set, then <span + id="dx1-24032"></a> is set, then <span class="cmss-10">memoir</span><a - id="dx1-18033"></a>’s <span + id="dx1-24033"></a>’s <span class="cmtt-10">\memUChead</span><a - id="dx1-18034"></a> is + id="dx1-24034"></a> is used. </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">numberedsection</span><a - id="dx1-18035"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-24035"></a> </dt><dd class="description">The glossaries are placed in unnumbered sectional units by default, but this can be changed using <span class="cmss-10">numberedsection</span><a - id="dx1-18036"></a>. This option can take one of the following + id="dx1-24036"></a>. This option can take one of the following values: <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize"><span class="cmss-10">false</span><a - id="dx1-18037"></a>: + id="dx1-24037"></a>: no number, i.e. use starred form of sectioning command (e.g. <span class="cmtt-10">\chapter* </span>or <span @@ -5841,27 +7365,27 @@ class="cmtt-10">\section*</span>); </li> <li class="itemize"><span class="cmss-10">nolabel</span><a - id="dx1-18038"></a>: use a numbered section, i.e. the unstarred form of sectioning + id="dx1-24038"></a>: use a numbered section, i.e. the unstarred form of sectioning command (e.g. <span class="cmtt-10">\chapter </span>or <span class="cmtt-10">\section</span>), but the section not labelled; </li> <li class="itemize"><span class="cmss-10">autolabel</span><a - id="dx1-18039"></a>: numbered with automatic labelling. Each glossary uses the unstarred + id="dx1-24039"></a>: numbered with automatic labelling. Each glossary uses the unstarred form of a sectioning command (e.g. <span class="cmtt-10">\chapter </span>or <span class="cmtt-10">\section</span>) and is assigned a label (via <span class="cmtt-10">\label</span><a - id="dx1-18040"></a>). The label is formed from - <!--l. 2989--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + id="dx1-24040"></a>). The label is formed from + <!--l. 3517--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsautoprefix</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-18041"></a> <span + id="dx1-24041"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsautoprefix </span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">type</span>⟩ </div><hr> - </p><!--l. 2991--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 3519--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">type</span>⟩ is the label identifying that glossary. The default value of <span @@ -5870,191 +7394,191 @@ class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>using: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-49"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-87"> \usepackage[section,numberedsection=autolabel]  <br />  {glossaries} </div> - <!--l. 2999--><p class="nopar" > then each glossary will appear in a numbered section, and can be referenced using + <!--l. 3527--><p class="nopar" > then each glossary will appear in a numbered section, and can be referenced using something like: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-50"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-88"> The main glossary is in section~\ref{main} and  <br />the list of acronyms is in section~\ref{acronym}. </div> - <!--l. 3005--><p class="nopar" > If you can’t decide whether to have the acronyms in the main glossary or a + <!--l. 3533--><p class="nopar" > If you can’t decide whether to have the acronyms in the main glossary or a separate list of acronyms, you can use <span class="cmtt-10">\acronymtype</span><a - id="dx1-18042"></a> which is set to <span + id="dx1-24042"></a> which is set to <span class="cmtt-10">main </span>if the <span class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a - id="dx1-18043"></a> option is not used and is set to <span + id="dx1-24043"></a> option is not used and is set to <span class="cmtt-10">acronym </span>if the <span class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a - id="dx1-18044"></a> option is used. For + id="dx1-24044"></a> option is used. For example: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-51"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-89"> The list of acronyms is in section~\ref{\acronymtype}. </div> - <!--l. 3013--><p class="nopar" > You can redefine the prefix if the default label clashes with another label in your + <!--l. 3541--><p class="nopar" > You can redefine the prefix if the default label clashes with another label in your document. For example: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-52"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-90"> \renewcommand*{\glsautoprefix}{glo:} </div> - <!--l. 3019--><p class="nopar" > will add <span + <!--l. 3547--><p class="nopar" > will add <span class="cmtt-10">glo: </span>to the automatically generated label, so you can then, for example, refer to the list of acronyms as follows: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-53"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-91"> The list of acronyms is in  <br />section~\ref{glo:\acronymtype}. </div> - <!--l. 3025--><p class="nopar" > Or, if you are undecided on a prefix: + <!--l. 3553--><p class="nopar" > Or, if you are undecided on a prefix: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-54"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-92"> The list of acronyms is in  <br />section~\ref{\glsautoprefix\acronymtype}. </div> - <!--l. 3030--><p class="nopar" > + <!--l. 3558--><p class="nopar" > </p></li> <li class="itemize"><span class="cmss-10">nameref</span><a - id="dx1-18045"></a>: this is like <span + id="dx1-24045"></a>: this is like <span class="cmss-10">autolabel</span><a - id="dx1-18046"></a> but uses an unnumbered sectioning command + id="dx1-24046"></a> but uses an unnumbered sectioning command (e.g. <span class="cmtt-10">\chapter*</span><a - id="dx1-18047"></a> or <span + id="dx1-24047"></a> or <span class="cmtt-10">\section*</span><a - id="dx1-18048"></a>). It’s designed for use with the <span + id="dx1-24048"></a>). It’s designed for use with the <span class="cmss-10">nameref</span><a - id="dx1-18049"></a> package. + id="dx1-24049"></a> package. For example: - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-55"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-93"> \usepackage{nameref}  <br />\usepackage[numberedsection=nameref]{glossaries} </div> - <!--l. 3039--><p class="nopar" > Now <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + <!--l. 3567--><p class="nopar" > Now <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\nameref{main}</span></span></span> will display the (TOC) section title associated with the <span class="cmtt-10">main </span>glossary. As above, you can redefine <span class="cmtt-10">\glsautoprefix </span>to provide a prefix for the label.</p></li></ul> </dd></dl> -<!--l. 3047--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3575--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 3047--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 3575--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.3 </span> <a id="sec:pkgopts-printglos"></a>Glossary Appearance Options</h3> <dl class="description"><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">entrycounter</span><a - id="dx1-19001"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-25001"></a> </dt><dd class="description">This is a boolean option. (Default is <span class="cmss-10">entrycounter=false</span><a - id="dx1-19002"></a>.) If set, each main + id="dx1-25002"></a>.) If set, each main (level 0) glossary entry will be numbered when using the standard glossary styles. This option creates the counter <span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">glossaryentry</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-19003"></a><a - id="dx1-19004"></a><span + id="dx1-25003"></a><a + id="dx1-25004"></a><span class="cmss-10">glossaryentry</span>. - <!--l. 3057--><p class="noindent" >If you use this option, you can reference the entry number within the document + <!--l. 3585--><p class="noindent" >If you use this option, you can reference the entry number within the document using - </p><!--l. 3059--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + </p><!--l. 3587--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsrefentry</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-19005"></a> <span + id="dx1-25005"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsrefentry{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 3061--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 3589--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is the label associated with that glossary entry. - </p><!--l. 3064--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use <span + </p><!--l. 3592--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsrefentry</span>, you must run <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span></span> twice after creating the glossary files using <a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-19006"></a></a>, <a + id="dx1-25006"></a></a>, <a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-19007"></a></a> or <a + id="dx1-25007"></a></a> or <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-19008"></a></a> to ensure the cross-references are + id="dx1-25008"></a></a> to ensure the cross-references are up-to-date. </div> - </p><!--l. 3069--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 3597--><p class="noindent" > </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">counterwithin</span><a - id="dx1-19009"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-25009"></a> </dt><dd class="description">This is a ⟨<span class="cmti-10">key</span>⟩=⟨<span class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩ option where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩ is the name of a counter. If used, this option will automatically set <span class="cmss-10">entrycounter=true</span><a - id="dx1-19010"></a> and the <span + id="dx1-25010"></a> and the <span class="cmss-10">glossaryentry</span><a - id="dx1-19011"></a> counter will be + id="dx1-25011"></a> counter will be reset every time ⟨<span class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩ is incremented. - <!--l. 3078--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> The <span + <!--l. 3606--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> The <span class="cmss-10">glossaryentry</span><a - id="dx1-19012"></a> counter isn’t automatically reset at the start of each glossary, except + id="dx1-25012"></a> counter isn’t automatically reset at the start of each glossary, except when glossary section numbering is on and the counter used by <span class="cmss-10">counterwithin</span><a - id="dx1-19013"></a> is the + id="dx1-25013"></a> is the same as the counter used in the glossary’s sectioning command. </div> - </p><!--l. 3083--><p class="noindent" > - </p><!--l. 3085--><p class="noindent" >If you want the counter reset at the start of each glossary, you can redefine + </p><!--l. 3611--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 3613--><p class="noindent" >If you want the counter reset at the start of each glossary, you can redefine <span class="cmtt-10">\glossarypreamble</span><a - id="dx1-19014"></a> to use + id="dx1-25014"></a> to use - </p><!--l. 3087--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + </p><!--l. 3615--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsresetentrycounter</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-19015"></a> <span + id="dx1-25015"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsresetentrycounter </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 3089--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 3617--><p class="noindent" > which sets <span class="cmss-10">glossaryentry</span><a - id="dx1-19016"></a> to zero: + id="dx1-25016"></a> to zero: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-56"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-94"> \renewcommand{\glossarypreamble}{%  <br />  \glsresetentrycounter  <br />} </div> - <!--l. 3095--><p class="nopar" > or if you are using <span + <!--l. 3623--><p class="nopar" > or if you are using <span class="cmtt-10">\setglossarypreamble</span><a - id="dx1-19017"></a>, add it to each glossary preamble, as + id="dx1-25017"></a>, add it to each glossary preamble, as required. For example: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-57"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-95"> \setglossarypreamble[acronym]{%  <br />  \glsresetentrycounter  <br />  The preamble text here for the list of acronyms. @@ -6064,28 +7588,28 @@ class="cmtt-10">\setglossarypreamble</span><a  <br />  The preamble text here for the main glossary.  <br />} </div> - <!--l. 3107--><p class="nopar" > + <!--l. 3635--><p class="nopar" > </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">subentrycounter</span><a - id="dx1-19018"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-25018"></a> </dt><dd class="description">This is a boolean option. (Default is <span class="cmss-10">subentrycounter=false</span><a - id="dx1-19019"></a>.) If set, each + id="dx1-25019"></a>.) If set, each level 1 glossary entry will be numbered when using the standard glossary styles. This option creates the counter <span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">glossarysubentry</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-19020"></a><a - id="dx1-19021"></a><span + id="dx1-25020"></a><a + id="dx1-25021"></a><span class="cmss-10">glossarysubentry</span>. The counter is reset with each main (level 0) entry. Note that this package option is independent of <span class="cmss-10">entrycounter</span><a - id="dx1-19022"></a>. You can reference the number within the + id="dx1-25022"></a>. You can reference the number within the document using <span class="cmtt-10">\glsrefentry</span><a - id="dx1-19023"></a><span + id="dx1-25023"></a><span class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span>where ⟨<span @@ -6094,238 +7618,296 @@ class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is the label associated with the </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">style</span><a - id="dx1-19024"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-25024"></a> </dt><dd class="description">This is a ⟨<span class="cmti-10">key</span>⟩=⟨<span class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩ option. (Default is <span class="cmss-10">style=list</span><a - id="dx1-19025"></a>, unless <span + id="dx1-25025"></a>, unless <span class="cmss-10">classicthesis</span><a - id="dx1-19026"></a> has been loaded, in + id="dx1-25026"></a> has been loaded, in which case the default is <span class="cmss-10">style=index</span><a - id="dx1-19027"></a>.) Its value should be the name of the + id="dx1-25027"></a>.) Its value should be the name of the glossary style to use. This key may only be used for styles defined in <span class="cmss-10">glossary-list</span><a - id="dx1-19028"></a>, + id="dx1-25028"></a>, <span class="cmss-10">glossary-long</span><a - id="dx1-19029"></a>, <span + id="dx1-25029"></a>, <span class="cmss-10">glossary-super</span><a - id="dx1-19030"></a> or <span + id="dx1-25030"></a> or <span class="cmss-10">glossary-tree</span><a - id="dx1-19031"></a>. Alternatively, you can set the style + id="dx1-25031"></a>. Alternatively, you can set the style using - <!--l. 3128--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span + <!--l. 3656--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="cmtt-10">\setglossarystyle{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">style name</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 3129--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 3657--><p class="noindent" > (See <a href="#sec:styles"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>15 </a><a +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>15 </a><a href="#sec:styles">Glossary Styles<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:styles --></a> for further details.) </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">nolong</span><a - id="dx1-19032"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-25032"></a> </dt><dd class="description">This prevents the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package from automatically loading <span class="cmss-10">glossary-long</span><a - id="dx1-19033"></a> (which + id="dx1-25033"></a> (which means that the <span class="cmss-10">longtable</span><a - id="dx1-19034"></a> package also won’t be loaded). This reduces overhead by not + id="dx1-25034"></a> package also won’t be loaded). This reduces overhead by not defining unwanted styles and commands. Note that if you use this option, you won’t be able to use any of the glossary styles defined in the <span class="cmss-10">glossary-long </span>package (unless you explicitly load <span class="cmss-10">glossary-long</span><a - id="dx1-19035"></a>). + id="dx1-25035"></a>). </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">nosuper</span><a - id="dx1-19036"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-25036"></a> </dt><dd class="description">This prevents the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package from automatically loading <span class="cmss-10">glossary-super</span><a - id="dx1-19037"></a> (which + id="dx1-25037"></a> (which means that the <span class="cmss-10">supertabular</span><a - id="dx1-19038"></a> package also won’t be loaded). This reduces overhead by + id="dx1-25038"></a> package also won’t be loaded). This reduces overhead by not defining unwanted styles and commands. Note that if you use this option, you won’t be able to use any of the glossary styles defined in the <span class="cmss-10">glossary-super </span>package (unless you explicitly load <span class="cmss-10">glossary-super</span><a - id="dx1-19039"></a>). + id="dx1-25039"></a>). </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">nolist</span><a - id="dx1-19040"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-25040"></a> </dt><dd class="description">This prevents the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package from automatically loading <span class="cmss-10">glossary-list</span><a - id="dx1-19041"></a>. This + id="dx1-25041"></a>. This reduces overhead by not defining unwanted styles. Note that if you use this option, you won’t be able to use any of the glossary styles defined in the <span class="cmss-10">glossary-list </span>package (unless you explicitly load <span class="cmss-10">glossary-list</span><a - id="dx1-19042"></a>). Note that since the default style is <span + id="dx1-25042"></a>). Note that since the default style is <span class="cmss-10">list</span><a - id="dx1-19043"></a> (unless + id="dx1-25043"></a> (unless <span class="cmss-10">classicthesis</span><a - id="dx1-19044"></a> has been loaded), you will also need to use the <span + id="dx1-25044"></a> has been loaded), you will also need to use the <span class="cmss-10">style</span><a - id="dx1-19045"></a> option to set the style + id="dx1-25045"></a> option to set the style to something else. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">notree</span><a - id="dx1-19046"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-25046"></a> </dt><dd class="description">This prevents the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package from automatically loading <span class="cmss-10">glossary-tree</span><a - id="dx1-19047"></a>. This + id="dx1-25047"></a>. This reduces overhead by not defining unwanted styles. Note that if you use this option, you won’t be able to use any of the glossary styles defined in the <span class="cmss-10">glossary-tree </span>package (unless you explicitly load <span class="cmss-10">glossary-tree</span><a - id="dx1-19048"></a>). Note that if + id="dx1-25048"></a>). Note that if <span class="cmss-10">classicthesis</span><a - id="dx1-19049"></a> has been loaded, the default style is <span + id="dx1-25049"></a> has been loaded, the default style is <span class="cmss-10">index</span><a - id="dx1-19050"></a>, which is provided by + id="dx1-25050"></a>, which is provided by <span class="cmss-10">glossary-tree</span><a - id="dx1-19051"></a>. + id="dx1-25051"></a>. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">nostyles</span><a - id="dx1-19052"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-25052"></a> </dt><dd class="description">This prevents all the predefined styles from being loaded. If you use this option, you need to load a glossary style package (such as <span class="cmss-10">glossary-mcols</span><a - id="dx1-19053"></a>). Also if you use + id="dx1-25053"></a>). Also if you use this option, you can’t use the <span class="cmss-10">style</span><a - id="dx1-19054"></a> package option. Instead you must either + id="dx1-25054"></a> package option. Instead you must either use <span class="cmtt-10">\setglossarystyle</span><a - id="dx1-19055"></a><span + id="dx1-25055"></a><span class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">style</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span>or the <span class="cmss-10">style</span><a - id="dx1-19056"></a> key in the optional argument to + id="dx1-25056"></a> key in the optional argument to <span class="cmtt-10">\printglossary</span><a - id="dx1-19057"></a>. Example: + id="dx1-25057"></a>. Example: - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-58"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-96"> \usepackage[nostyles]{glossaries}  <br />\usepackage{glossary-mcols}  <br />\setglossarystyle{mcoltree} </div> - <!--l. 3179--><p class="nopar" > + <!--l. 3707--><p class="nopar" > + </p></dd><dt class="description"> +<span +class="cmssbx-10">esclocations</span><a + id="dx1-25058"></a> </dt><dd +class="description">This is a boolean option. (The default is <span +class="cmss-10">esclocations=true</span><a + id="dx1-25059"></a>.) Both <a +href="#glo:makeindex"><span +class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a + id="dx1-25060"></a></a> + and <a +href="#glo:xindy"><span +class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a + id="dx1-25061"></a></a> are fussy about the location formats (<a +href="#glo:makeindex"><span +class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a + id="dx1-25062"></a></a> more so than <a +href="#glo:xindy"><span +class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a + id="dx1-25063"></a></a>) so the + <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package tries to ensure that special characters are escaped and allows for the + location to be substituted for a format that’s more acceptable to the indexing + application. This requires a bit of trickery to circumvent the problem posed by <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span>’s + asynchronous output routine, which can go wrong and also adds to the complexity of + the document build. + <!--l. 3719--><p class="noindent" >If you’re sure that your locations will always expand to an acceptable format (or you’re + prepared to post-process the glossary file before passing it to the relevant indexing + application) then use <span +class="cmss-10">esclocations=false</span><a + id="dx1-25064"></a> to avoid the complex escaping of location + values. </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">nonumberlist</span><a - id="dx1-19058"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-25065"></a> </dt><dd class="description">This option will suppress the associated <a href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a - id="dx1-19059"></a>s</a> in the glossaries (see also + id="dx1-25066"></a>s</a> in the glossaries (see also <a href="#sec:numberlists"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>5 </a><a -href="#sec:numberlists">Number lists<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:numberlists --></a>). +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>5 </a><a +href="#sec:numberlists">Number lists<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:numberlists --></a>). Note that if you use Options <a +href="#option2">2</a> or <a +href="#option3">3</a> (<a +href="#glo:makeindex"><span +class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a + id="dx1-25067"></a></a> or <a +href="#glo:xindy"><span +class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a + id="dx1-25068"></a></a>) then the + locations must still be valid. This package option merely prevents the <a +href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a + id="dx1-25069"></a></a> from + being displayed, but both <a +href="#glo:makeindex"><span +class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a + id="dx1-25070"></a></a> and <a +href="#glo:xindy"><span +class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a + id="dx1-25071"></a></a> still require a location or + cross-reference for each term that’s indexed. Remember that <a +href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a + id="dx1-25072"></a></a> includes any + cross-references, so suppressing the <a +href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a + id="dx1-25073"></a></a> will also hide the cross-references (see + below). </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">seeautonumberlist</span><a - id="dx1-19060"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-25074"></a> </dt><dd class="description">If you suppress the <a href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a - id="dx1-19061"></a>s</a> with <span + id="dx1-25075"></a>s</a> with <span class="cmss-10">nonumberlist</span><a - id="dx1-19062"></a>, described + id="dx1-25076"></a>, described above, this will also suppress any cross-referencing information supplied by the <span class="cmss-10">see</span><a - id="dx1-19063"></a> key in <span + id="dx1-25077"></a> key in <span class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a - id="dx1-19064"></a> or <span + id="dx1-25078"></a> or <span class="cmtt-10">\glssee</span><a - id="dx1-19065"></a>. If you use <span + id="dx1-25079"></a>. If you use <span class="cmss-10">seeautonumberlist</span><a - id="dx1-19066"></a>, + id="dx1-25080"></a>, the <span class="cmss-10">see</span><a - id="dx1-19067"></a> key will automatically implement <span + id="dx1-25081"></a> key will automatically implement <span class="cmss-10">nonumberlist=false</span><a - id="dx1-19068"></a> for that entry. + id="dx1-25082"></a> for that entry. (Note this doesn’t affect <span class="cmtt-10">\glssee</span>.) For further details see <a href="#sec:crossref"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>8 </a><a +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>8 </a><a href="#sec:crossref">Cross-Referencing Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:crossref --></a>. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">counter</span><a - id="dx1-19069"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-25083"></a> </dt><dd class="description">This is a ⟨<span class="cmti-10">key</span>⟩=⟨<span class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩ option. (Default is <span class="cmss-10">counter=page</span><a - id="dx1-19070"></a>.) The value should be + id="dx1-25084"></a>.) The value should be the name of the default counter to use in the <a href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a - id="dx1-19071"></a>s</a> (see <a + id="dx1-25085"></a>s</a> (see <a href="#sec:numberlists"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>5 </a><a +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>5 </a><a href="#sec:numberlists">Number lists<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:numberlists --></a>). </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">nopostdot</span><a - id="dx1-19072"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-25086"></a> </dt><dd class="description">This is a boolean option. If no value is specified, <span class="cmtt-10">true </span>is assumed. When set to <span class="cmtt-10">true</span>, this option suppresses the default post description dot used by some of the predefined styles. The default setting is <span class="cmss-10">nopostdot=false</span><a - id="dx1-19073"></a>. + id="dx1-25087"></a>. + + </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">nogroupskip</span><a - id="dx1-19074"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-25088"></a> </dt><dd class="description">This is a boolean option. If no value is specified, <span class="cmtt-10">true </span>is assumed. When set to <span class="cmtt-10">true</span>, this option suppresses the default vertical gap between groups used by some of the predefined styles. The default setting is <span class="cmss-10">nogroupskip=false</span><a - id="dx1-19075"></a>. + id="dx1-25089"></a>. </dd></dl> -<!--l. 3213--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3764--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 3213--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 3764--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.4 </span> <a id="sec:pkgopts-sort"></a>Sorting Options</h3> - - <dl class="description"><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">sort</span><a - id="dx1-20001"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-26001"></a> </dt><dd class="description">If you use Options <a href="#option2">2</a> or <a href="#option3">3</a>, this package option is the only way of specifying how to @@ -6333,79 +7915,84 @@ href="#option3">3</a>, this package option is the only way of specifying how to href="#option1">Option 1</a> allows you to specify sort methods for individual glossaries via the <span class="cmss-10">sort</span><a - id="dx1-20002"></a> key in the optional argument of <span + id="dx1-26002"></a> key in the optional argument of <span class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary</span><a - id="dx1-20003"></a>. If + id="dx1-26003"></a>. If you have multiple glossaries in your document and you are using <a href="#option1">Option 1</a>, only use the package options <span class="cmss-10">sort=def</span><a - id="dx1-20004"></a> or <span + id="dx1-26004"></a> or <span class="cmss-10">sort=use</span><a - id="dx1-20005"></a> if you want to set this sort method + id="dx1-26005"></a> if you want to set this sort method for <span class="cmti-10">all </span>your glossaries. - <!--l. 3227--><p class="noindent" >This is a ⟨<span + <!--l. 3778--><p class="noindent" >This is a ⟨<span class="cmti-10">key</span>⟩=⟨<span class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩ option where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩ may be one of the following: </p> <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize"><span class="cmss-10">standard</span><a - id="dx1-20006"></a> : entries are sorted according to the value of the <span + id="dx1-26006"></a> : entries are sorted according to the value of the <span class="cmss-10">sort</span><a - id="dx1-20007"></a> key used in + id="dx1-26007"></a> key used in <span class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a - id="dx1-20008"></a> (if present) or the <span + id="dx1-26008"></a> (if present) or the <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-20009"></a> key (if <span + id="dx1-26009"></a> key (if <span class="cmss-10">sort</span><a - id="dx1-20010"></a> key is missing); + id="dx1-26010"></a> key is missing); </li> <li class="itemize"><span class="cmss-10">def</span><a - id="dx1-20011"></a> : entries are sorted in the order in which they were defined (the <span + id="dx1-26011"></a> : entries are sorted in the order in which they were defined (the <span class="cmss-10">sort</span><a - id="dx1-20012"></a> key + id="dx1-26012"></a> key in <span class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>is ignored); </li> <li class="itemize"><span class="cmss-10">use</span><a - id="dx1-20013"></a> : entries are sorted according to the order in which they are used in the + id="dx1-26013"></a> : entries are sorted according to the order in which they are used in the document (the <span class="cmss-10">sort</span><a - id="dx1-20014"></a> key in <span + id="dx1-26014"></a> key in <span class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>is ignored). - <!--l. 3243--><p class="noindent" >Both <span + <!--l. 3794--><p class="noindent" >Both <span class="cmss-10">sort=def</span><a - id="dx1-20015"></a> and <span + id="dx1-26015"></a> and <span class="cmss-10">sort=use</span><a - id="dx1-20016"></a> set the sort key to a six digit number via - </p><!--l. 3245--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + id="dx1-26016"></a> set the sort key to a six digit number via + </p><!--l. 3796--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glssortnumberfmt</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-20017"></a> <span + id="dx1-26017"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glssortnumberfmt{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">number</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 3247--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 3798--><p class="noindent" > (padded with leading zeros, where necessary). This can be redefined, if required, before the entries are defined (in the case of <span class="cmss-10">sort=def</span><a - id="dx1-20018"></a>) or before the entries are + id="dx1-26018"></a>) or before the entries are used (in the case of <span class="cmss-10">sort=use</span><a - id="dx1-20019"></a>). + id="dx1-26019"></a>). </p></li> <li class="itemize"><span class="cmss-10">none</span><a - id="dx1-20020"></a> : this option is new to version 4.30 and is only for documents that don’t use + id="dx1-26020"></a> : this setting is new to version 4.30 and is only for documents that don’t use <span -class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>or <span -class="cmtt-10">\makenoidxglossaries</span>. It omits the code used to sanitize or - escape the sort value, since it’s not required. This option can’t be used with +class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>(Options <a +href="#option2">2</a> or <a +href="#option3">3</a>) or <span +class="cmtt-10">\makenoidxglossaries </span>(<a +href="#option1">Option 1</a>). It + omits the code used to sanitize or escape the sort value, since it’s not + required. This can help to improve the document build speed, especially + if there are a large number of entries. This option can’t be used with <span class="cmtt-10">\printglossary </span>or <span class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary </span>(or the iterative versions @@ -6414,24 +8001,27 @@ class="cmtt-10">\printglossaries </span>or <span class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossaries</span>). It may be used with <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span><a - id="dx1-20021"></a>’s <span -class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary</span>.</li></ul> - <!--l. 3262--><p class="noindent" >Note that the group styles (such as <span + id="dx1-26021"></a>’s <span +class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary </span>(<a +href="#option5">Option 5</a>).</li></ul> + + + <!--l. 3815--><p class="noindent" >Note that the group styles (such as <span class="cmss-10">listgroup</span><a - id="dx1-20022"></a>) are incompatible with the <span + id="dx1-26022"></a>) are incompatible with the <span class="cmss-10">sort=use</span><a - id="dx1-20023"></a> and + id="dx1-26023"></a> and <span class="cmss-10">sort=def</span><a - id="dx1-20024"></a> options. - </p><!--l. 3266--><p class="noindent" >The default is <span + id="dx1-26024"></a> options. + </p><!--l. 3819--><p class="noindent" >The default is <span class="cmss-10">sort=standard</span><a - id="dx1-20025"></a>. When the standard sort option is in use, you can hook into + id="dx1-26025"></a>. When the standard sort option is in use, you can hook into the sort mechanism by redefining: - </p><!--l. 3269--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + </p><!--l. 3822--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsprestandardsort</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-20026"></a> <span + id="dx1-26026"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsprestandardsort{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">sort cs</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -6439,41 +8029,39 @@ class="cmitt-10">type</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 3271--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 3824--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">sort cs</span>⟩ is a temporary control sequence that stores the sort value (which was either explicitly set via the <span class="cmss-10">sort</span><a - id="dx1-20027"></a> key or implicitly set via the <span + id="dx1-26027"></a> key or implicitly set via the <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-20028"></a> key) before any + id="dx1-26028"></a> key) before any escaping of the <a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-20029"></a></a>/<a + id="dx1-26029"></a></a>/<a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-20030"></a></a> special characters is performed. By default + id="dx1-26030"></a></a> special characters is performed. By default <span class="cmtt-10">\glsprestandardsort </span>just does: - </p><!--l. 3277--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + </p><!--l. 3830--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsdosanitizesort</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-20031"></a> <span + id="dx1-26031"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsdosanitizesort </span></div><hr> - - - </p><!--l. 3279--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 3832--><p class="noindent" > which <a href="#glo:sanitize">sanitize<a - id="dx1-20032"></a>s</a> ⟨<span + id="dx1-26032"></a>s</a> ⟨<span class="cmti-10">sort cs</span>⟩ if the <span class="cmss-10">sanitizesort</span><a - id="dx1-20033"></a> package option is set (or does nothing if the + id="dx1-26033"></a> package option is set (or does nothing if the package option <span class="cmss-10">sanitizesort=false</span><a - id="dx1-20034"></a> is used). - </p><!--l. 3284--><p class="noindent" >The other arguments, ⟨<span + id="dx1-26034"></a> is used). + </p><!--l. 3837--><p class="noindent" >The other arguments, ⟨<span class="cmti-10">type</span>⟩ and ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩, are the glossary type and the entry label for the current entry. Note that ⟨<span @@ -6481,25 +8069,25 @@ class="cmti-10">type</span>⟩ will always be a control sequence, but ' class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ will be in the form used in the first argument of <span class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a - id="dx1-20035"></a>. - </p><!--l. 3289--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Redefining <span + id="dx1-26035"></a>. + </p><!--l. 3842--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Redefining <span class="cmtt-10">\glsprestandardsort </span>won’t affect any entries that have already been defined and will have no effect at all if you are using <span class="cmss-10">sort=def</span><a - id="dx1-20036"></a> or <span + id="dx1-26036"></a> or <span class="cmss-10">sort=use</span><a - id="dx1-20037"></a>. + id="dx1-26037"></a>. </div> - </p><!--l. 3293--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 3846--><p class="noindent" > <a - id="x1-20038r1"></a> - </p><!--l. 3295--><p class="noindent" ><span + id="x1-26038r1"></a> + </p><!--l. 3848--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmbx-12">Example 1</span><span class="cmbx-12"> (Mixing Alphabetical and Order of Definition</span> <span class="cmbx-12">Sorting)</span><a - id="x1-20039"></a> - </p><!--l. 3296--><p class="noindent" >Suppose I have three glossaries: <span + id="x1-26039"></a> + </p><!--l. 3849--><p class="noindent" >Suppose I have three glossaries: <span class="cmtt-10">main</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">acronym </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">notation</span>, and let’s suppose I want @@ -6508,29 +8096,29 @@ class="cmtt-10">main </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">acronym </span>glossaries to be sorted alphabetically, but the <span class="cmtt-10">notation </span>type should be sorted in order of definition. - </p><!--l. 3302--><p class="noindent" >For <a + </p><!--l. 3855--><p class="noindent" >For <a href="#option1">Option 1</a>, I just need to set the <span class="cmss-10">sort</span><a - id="dx1-20040"></a> key in the optional argument of + id="dx1-26040"></a> key in the optional argument of <span class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary</span><a - id="dx1-20041"></a>: + id="dx1-26041"></a>: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-59"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-97"> \printnoidxglossary[sort=word]  <br />\printnoidxglossary[type=acronym,sort=word]  <br />\printnoidxglossary[type=notation,sort=def] </div> - <!--l. 3308--><p class="nopar" > - </p><!--l. 3310--><p class="noindent" >For Options <a + <!--l. 3861--><p class="nopar" > + </p><!--l. 3863--><p class="noindent" >For Options <a href="#option2">2</a> or <a href="#option3">3</a>, I can set the sort to <span class="cmtt-10">standard </span>(which is the default, but can be explicitly set via the package option <span class="cmss-10">sort=standard</span><a - id="dx1-20042"></a>), and I can either define all my <span + id="dx1-26042"></a>), and I can either define all my <span class="cmtt-10">main</span> and <span class="cmtt-10">acronym </span>entries, then redefine <span @@ -6544,22 +8132,22 @@ class="cmti-10">sort cs</span>⟩ if ⟨<span class="cmti-10">type</span>⟩ is <span class="cmtt-10">notation</span>. - </p><!--l. 3320--><p class="noindent" >The first option can be achieved as follows: + </p><!--l. 3873--><p class="noindent" >The first option can be achieved as follows: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-60"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-98"> \newcounter{sortcount}  <br />\renewcommand{\glsprestandardsort}[3]{%  <br />  \stepcounter{sortcount}%  <br />  \edef#1{\glssortnumberfmt{\arabic{sortcount}}}%  <br />} </div> - <!--l. 3328--><p class="nopar" > The second option can be achieved as follows: + <!--l. 3881--><p class="nopar" > The second option can be achieved as follows: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-61"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-99"> \newcounter{sortcount}  <br />\renewcommand{\glsprestandardsort}[3]{%  <br />  \ifdefstring{#2}{notation}% @@ -6572,26 +8160,26 @@ class="cmtt-10">notation</span>.  <br />  }%  <br />} </div> - <!--l. 3343--><p class="nopar" > (<span + <!--l. 3896--><p class="nopar" > (<span class="cmtt-10">\ifdefstring </span>is defined by the <span class="cmss-10">etoolbox</span><a - id="dx1-20043"></a> package.) For a complete document, see the + id="dx1-26043"></a> package.) For a complete document, see the sample file <a -href="#x1-5102r35"><span +href="#x1-11112r36"><span class="cmtt-10">sampleSort.tex</span></a>. </p> <div class="center" > -<!--l. 3346--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 3346--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> +<!--l. 3899--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3899--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> <a - id="x1-20044r2"></a> - <!--l. 3348--><p class="noindent" ><span + id="x1-26044r2"></a> + <!--l. 3901--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmbx-12">Example 2</span><span class="cmbx-12"> (Customizing Standard Sort (Options 2 or</span> <span class="cmbx-12">3))</span><a - id="x1-20045"></a> - </p><!--l. 3349--><p class="noindent" >Suppose you want a glossary of people and you want the names listed as ⟨<span + id="x1-26045"></a> + </p><!--l. 3902--><p class="noindent" >Suppose you want a glossary of people and you want the names listed as ⟨<span class="cmti-10">first-name</span>⟩ ⟨<span class="cmti-10">surname</span>⟩ in the glossary, but you want the names sorted by ⟨<span @@ -6605,28 +8193,28 @@ class="cmti-10">surname</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span>that you can use in the <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-20046"></a> key when you define the entry, but hook into the standard + id="dx1-26046"></a> key when you define the entry, but hook into the standard sort mechanism to temporarily redefine <span class="cmtt-10">\name </span>while the sort value is being set. - </p><!--l. 3358--><p class="noindent" >First, define two commands to set the person’s name: + </p><!--l. 3911--><p class="noindent" >First, define two commands to set the person’s name: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-62"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-100"> \newcommand{\sortname}[2]{#2, #1}  <br />\newcommand{\textname}[2]{#1 #2} </div> - <!--l. 3362--><p class="nopar" > and <span + <!--l. 3915--><p class="nopar" > and <span class="cmtt-10">\name </span>needs to be initialised to <span class="cmtt-10">\textname</span>: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-63"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-101"> \let\name\textname </div> - <!--l. 3366--><p class="nopar" > Now redefine <span + <!--l. 3919--><p class="nopar" > Now redefine <span class="cmtt-10">\glsprestandardsort </span>so that it temporarily sets <span class="cmtt-10">\name </span>to <span class="cmtt-10">\sortname</span> @@ -6639,7 +8227,7 @@ class="cmti-10">surname</span>⟩ in the text: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-64"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-102"> \renewcommand{\glsprestandardsort}[3]{%  <br /> \let\name\sortname  <br /> \edef#1{\expandafter\expandonce\expandafter{#1}}% @@ -6647,181 +8235,181 @@ class="cmti-10">surname</span>⟩ in the text:  <br /> \glsdosanitizesort  <br />} </div> - <!--l. 3378--><p class="nopar" > (The somewhat complicate use of <span + <!--l. 3931--><p class="nopar" > (The somewhat complicate use of <span class="cmtt-10">\expandafter </span>etc helps to protect fragile commands, but care is still needed.) - </p><!--l. 3382--><p class="noindent" >Now the entries can be defined: + </p><!--l. 3935--><p class="noindent" >Now the entries can be defined: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-65"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-103"> \newglossaryentry{joebloggs}{name={\name{Joe}{Bloggs}},  <br />  description={some information about Joe Bloggs}}  <br />\newglossaryentry{johnsmith}{name={\name{John}{Smith}},  <br />  description={some information about John Smith}} </div> - <!--l. 3389--><p class="nopar" > For a complete document, see the sample file <a -href="#x1-5101r34"><span + <!--l. 3942--><p class="nopar" > For a complete document, see the sample file <a +href="#x1-11111r35"><span class="cmtt-10">samplePeople.tex</span></a>. </p> <div class="center" > -<!--l. 3391--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 3391--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> +<!--l. 3944--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3944--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">order</span><a - id="dx1-20047"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-26047"></a> </dt><dd class="description">This may take two values: <span class="cmss-10">word</span><a - id="dx1-20048"></a> or <span + id="dx1-26048"></a> or <span class="cmss-10">letter</span><a - id="dx1-20049"></a>. The default is word ordering. - <!--l. 3397--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that the <span + id="dx1-26049"></a>. The default is word ordering. + <!--l. 3950--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that the <span class="cmss-10">order</span><a - id="dx1-20050"></a> option has no effect if you don’t use <a + id="dx1-26050"></a> option has no effect if you don’t use <a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-20051"></a></a>. + id="dx1-26051"></a></a>. </div> - </p><!--l. 3400--><p class="noindent" > - </p><!--l. 3402--><p class="noindent" >If you use <a + </p><!--l. 3953--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 3955--><p class="noindent" >If you use <a href="#option1">Option 1</a>, this setting will be used if you use <span class="cmss-10">sort</span><a - id="dx1-20052"></a><span + id="dx1-26052"></a><span class="cmtt-10">=standard </span>in the optional argument of <span class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary</span><a - id="dx1-20053"></a>: + id="dx1-26053"></a>: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-66"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-104"> \printnoidxglossary[sort=standard] </div> - <!--l. 3407--><p class="nopar" > Alternatively, you can specify the order for individual glossaries: + <!--l. 3960--><p class="nopar" > Alternatively, you can specify the order for individual glossaries: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-67"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-105"> \printnoidxglossary[sort=word]  <br />\printnoidxglossary[type=acronym,sort=letter] </div> - <!--l. 3412--><p class="nopar" > + <!--l. 3965--><p class="nopar" > </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-20054"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-26054"></a> </dt><dd class="description">(<a href="#option2">Option 2</a>) The glossary information and indexing style file will be written in <a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-20055"></a></a> format. If you use <a + id="dx1-26055"></a></a> format. If you use <a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-20056"></a></a>, it will automatically detect that it + id="dx1-26056"></a></a>, it will automatically detect that it needs to call <span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-20057"></a>. If you don’t use <span + id="dx1-26057"></a>. If you don’t use <span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-20058"></a>, you need to remember + id="dx1-26058"></a>, you need to remember to use <span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-20059"></a> not <a + id="dx1-26059"></a> not <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-20060"></a></a>. The indexing style file will been given a <span + id="dx1-26060"></a></a>. The indexing style file will been given a <span class="cmtt-10">.ist</span><a - id="dx1-20061"></a> + id="dx1-26061"></a> extension. - <!--l. 3422--><p class="noindent" >You may omit this package option if you are using <a + <!--l. 3975--><p class="noindent" >You may omit this package option if you are using <a href="#option2">Option 2</a> as this is the default. It’s available in case you need to override the effect of an earlier occurrence of <span class="cmss-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-20062"></a> in the + id="dx1-26062"></a> in the package option list. </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-20063"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-26063"></a> </dt><dd class="description">(<a href="#option3">Option 3</a>) The glossary information and indexing style file will be written in <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-20064"></a></a> format. If you use <a + id="dx1-26064"></a></a> format. If you use <a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-20065"></a></a>, it will automatically detect that it + id="dx1-26065"></a></a>, it will automatically detect that it needs to call <span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-20066"></a>. If you don’t use <span + id="dx1-26066"></a>. If you don’t use <span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-20067"></a>, you need to remember + id="dx1-26067"></a>, you need to remember to use <span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-20068"></a> not <a + id="dx1-26068"></a> not <a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-20069"></a></a>. The indexing style file will been given a <span + id="dx1-26069"></a></a>. The indexing style file will been given a <span class="cmtt-10">.xdy</span><a - id="dx1-20070"></a> + id="dx1-26070"></a> extension. - <!--l. 3433--><p class="noindent" >This package option may additionally have a value that is a ⟨<span + <!--l. 3986--><p class="noindent" >This package option may additionally have a value that is a ⟨<span class="cmti-10">key</span>⟩=⟨<span class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩ comma-separated list to override the language and codepage. For example: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-68"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-106"> \usepackage[xindy={language=english,codepage=utf8}]  <br />  {glossaries} </div> - <!--l. 3439--><p class="nopar" > You can also specify whether you want a number group in the glossary. This defaults to + <!--l. 3992--><p class="nopar" > You can also specify whether you want a number group in the glossary. This defaults to true, but can be suppressed. For example: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-69"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-107"> \usepackage[xindy={glsnumbers=false}]{glossaries} </div> - <!--l. 3444--><p class="nopar" > If no value is supplied to this package option (either simply writing <span + <!--l. 3997--><p class="nopar" > If no value is supplied to this package option (either simply writing <span class="cmtt-10">xindy </span>or writing <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy={}</span></span></span>) then the language, codepage and number group settings are unchanged. See <a href="#sec:xindy"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>11 </a><a +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>11 </a><a href="#sec:xindy">Xindy (Option 3)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:xindy --></a> for further details on using <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-20071"></a></a> with the <span + id="dx1-26071"></a></a> with the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span> package. </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">xindygloss</span><a - id="dx1-20072"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-26072"></a> </dt><dd class="description">(<a href="#option3">Option 3</a>) This is equivalent to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy={}</span></span></span> (that is, the <span class="cmss-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-20073"></a> option without any + id="dx1-26073"></a> option without any value supplied) and may be used as a document class option. The language and code page can be set via <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyLanguage</span><a - id="dx1-20074"></a> and <span + id="dx1-26074"></a> and <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyCodePage</span><a - id="dx1-20075"></a> (see <a + id="dx1-26075"></a> (see <a href="#sec:langenc"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>11.1 +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>11.1 </a><a href="#sec:langenc">Language and Encodings<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:langenc --></a>.) </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">xindynoglsnumbers</span><a - id="dx1-20076"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-26076"></a> </dt><dd class="description">(<a href="#option3">Option 3</a>) This is equivalent to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy={glsnumbers=false}</span></span></span> and may @@ -6829,99 +8417,99 @@ class="cmtt-10">xindy={glsnumbers=false}</span></span></span> and may </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">automake</span><a - id="dx1-20077"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-26077"></a> </dt><dd class="description">This is a boolean option (new to version 4.08) that will attempt to run <a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-20078"></a></a> + id="dx1-26078"></a></a> or <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-20079"></a></a> using <span class="TEX">T<span + id="dx1-26079"></a></a> using <span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span>’s <span class="cmtt-10">\write18</span><a - id="dx1-20080"></a> mechanism at the end of the document. Since this + id="dx1-26080"></a> mechanism at the end of the document. Since this mechanism can be a security risk, some <span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span> distributions disable it completely, in which case this option won’t have an effect. (If this option doesn’t appear to work, search the log file for “runsystem” and see if it is followed by “enabled” or “disabled”.) - <!--l. 3470--><p class="noindent" >Some distributions allow <span + <!--l. 4023--><p class="noindent" >Some distributions allow <span class="cmtt-10">\write18 </span>in a restricted mode. This mode has a limited number of trusted applications, which usually includes <a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-20081"></a></a> but may not include + id="dx1-26081"></a></a> but may not include <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-20082"></a></a>. So if you have the restricted mode on, <span + id="dx1-26082"></a></a>. So if you have the restricted mode on, <span class="cmss-10">automake</span><a - id="dx1-20083"></a> should work with <span + id="dx1-26083"></a> should work with <span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-20084"></a> + id="dx1-26084"></a> but may not work with <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-20085"></a></a>. - </p><!--l. 3476--><p class="noindent" >However even in unrestricted mode this option may not work with <span + id="dx1-26085"></a></a>. + </p><!--l. 4029--><p class="noindent" >However even in unrestricted mode this option may not work with <span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-20086"></a> as <span + id="dx1-26086"></a> as <span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-20087"></a> uses + id="dx1-26087"></a> uses language names that don’t always correspond with <span class="cmtt-10">\babel</span><a - id="dx1-20088"></a>’s language names. (The + id="dx1-26088"></a>’s language names. (The <a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-20089"></a></a> script applies mappings to assist you.) Note that you still need + id="dx1-26089"></a></a> script applies mappings to assist you.) Note that you still need at least two <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span></span> runs to ensure the document is up-to-date with this setting. - </p><!--l. 3483--><p class="noindent" >Since this package option attempts to run the <a + </p><!--l. 4036--><p class="noindent" >Since this package option attempts to run the <a href="#glo:indexingapp">indexing application</a> on every <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span></span> run, its use should be considered a last resort for those who can’t work out how to incorporate the indexing application into their document build. The default value for this option is <span class="cmss-10">automake=false</span><a - id="dx1-20090"></a>. + id="dx1-26090"></a>. </p> </dd></dl> -<!--l. 3491--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 4044--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 3491--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 4044--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.5 </span> <a id="sec:pkgopts-acronym"></a>Acronym Options</h3> <dl class="description"><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">acronym</span><a - id="dx1-21001"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-27001"></a> </dt><dd class="description">This creates a new glossary with the label <span class="cmtt-10">acronym</span>. This is equivalent to: - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-70"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-108"> \newglossary[alg]{acronym}{acr}{acn}{\acronymname} </div> - <!--l. 3499--><p class="nopar" > It will also define - </p><!--l. 3501--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + <!--l. 4052--><p class="nopar" > It will also define + </p><!--l. 4054--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\printacronyms</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-21002"></a> <span + id="dx1-27002"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\printacronyms[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 3503--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 4056--><p class="noindent" > that’s equivalent to </p><div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> <span class="cmtt-10">\printglossary</span><a - id="dx1-21003"></a><span + id="dx1-27003"></a><span class="cmtt-10">[type=acronym,</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]</span> @@ -6929,110 +8517,110 @@ class="cmtt-10">]</span> </div> (unless that command is already defined before the beginning of the document or the package option <span class="cmss-10">compatible-3.07</span><a - id="dx1-21004"></a> is used). - <!--l. 3511--><p class="noindent" >If you are using <a + id="dx1-27004"></a> is used). + <!--l. 4064--><p class="noindent" >If you are using <a href="#option1">Option 1</a>, you need to use </p><div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> <span class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary</span><a - id="dx1-21005"></a><span + id="dx1-27005"></a><span class="cmtt-10">[type=acronym,</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]</span> </div> </div> to display the list of acronyms. - <!--l. 3517--><p class="noindent" >If the <span + <!--l. 4070--><p class="noindent" >If the <span class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a - id="dx1-21006"></a> package option is used, <span + id="dx1-27006"></a> package option is used, <span class="cmtt-10">\acronymtype</span><a - id="dx1-21007"></a> is set to <span + id="dx1-27007"></a> is set to <span class="cmtt-10">acronym </span>otherwise it is set to <span class="cmtt-10">main</span>.<span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn4x2" id="fn4x2-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">2.4</sup></a></span><a - id="x1-21008f4"></a> + id="x1-27008f4"></a> Entries that are defined using <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a - id="dx1-21014"></a> are placed in the glossary whose label is + id="dx1-27014"></a> are placed in the glossary whose label is given by <span class="cmtt-10">\acronymtype</span><a - id="dx1-21015"></a>, unless another glossary is explicitly specified. - </p><!--l. 3527--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Remember to use the <span + id="dx1-27015"></a>, unless another glossary is explicitly specified. + </p><!--l. 4080--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Remember to use the <span class="cmss-10">nomain</span><a - id="dx1-21016"></a> package option if you’re only interested in using + id="dx1-27016"></a> package option if you’re only interested in using this <span class="cmtt-10">acronym </span>glossary. (That is, you don’t intend to use the <span class="cmtt-10">main </span>glossary.) </div> - </p><!--l. 3531--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 4084--><p class="noindent" > </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">acronyms</span><a - id="dx1-21017"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-27017"></a> </dt><dd class="description">This is equivalent to <span class="cmss-10">acronym=true</span><a - id="dx1-21018"></a> and may be used in the document class option + id="dx1-27018"></a> and may be used in the document class option list. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">acronymlists</span><a - id="dx1-21019"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-27019"></a> </dt><dd class="description">By default, only the <span class="cmtt-10">\acronymtype </span>glossary is considered to be a list of acronyms. If you have other lists of acronyms, you can specify them as a comma-separated list in the value of <span class="cmss-10">acronymlists</span><a - id="dx1-21020"></a>. For example, if you use the <span + id="dx1-27020"></a>. For example, if you use the <span class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a - id="dx1-21021"></a> + id="dx1-27021"></a> package option but you also want the <span class="cmtt-10">main </span>glossary to also contain a list of acronyms, you can do: - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-71"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-109"> \usepackage[acronym,acronymlists={main}]{glossaries} </div> - <!--l. 3545--><p class="nopar" > No check is performed to determine if the listed glossaries exist, so you can add + <!--l. 4098--><p class="nopar" > No check is performed to determine if the listed glossaries exist, so you can add glossaries you haven’t defined yet. For example: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-72"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-110"> \usepackage[acronym,acronymlists={main,acronym2}]  <br />  {glossaries}  <br />\newglossary[alg2]{acronym2}{acr2}{acn2}%  <br />  {Statistical Acronyms} </div> - <!--l. 3553--><p class="nopar" > You can use - </p><!--l. 3555--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + <!--l. 4106--><p class="nopar" > You can use + </p><!--l. 4108--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\DeclareAcronymList</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-21022"></a> <span + id="dx1-27022"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\DeclareAcronymList{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 3557--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 4110--><p class="noindent" > instead of or in addition to the <span class="cmss-10">acronymlists</span><a - id="dx1-21023"></a> option. This will add the glossaries given in + id="dx1-27023"></a> option. This will add the glossaries given in ⟨<span class="cmti-10">list</span>⟩ to the list of glossaries that are identified as lists of acronyms. To replace the list of acronym lists with a new list use: - </p><!--l. 3562--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + </p><!--l. 4115--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\SetAcronymLists</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-21024"></a> <span + id="dx1-27024"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\SetAcronymLists{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 3564--><p class="noindent" > - </p><!--l. 3566--><p class="noindent" >You can determine if a glossary has been identified as being a list of acronyms + </p><!--l. 4117--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 4119--><p class="noindent" >You can determine if a glossary has been identified as being a list of acronyms using: - </p><!--l. 3568--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + </p><!--l. 4121--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsIfListOfAcronyms</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-21025"></a> <span + id="dx1-27025"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsIfListOfAcronyms{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -7041,404 +8629,404 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false part</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> - </p><!--l. 3570--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 4123--><p class="noindent" > </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">shortcuts</span><a - id="dx1-21026"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-27026"></a> </dt><dd class="description">This option provides shortcut commands for acronyms. See <a href="#sec:acronyms"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>13 </a><a +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>13 </a><a href="#sec:acronyms">Acronyms and Other Abbreviations<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:acronyms --></a> for further details. Alternatively you can use: - <!--l. 3575--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + <!--l. 4128--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\DefineAcronymSynonyms</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-21027"></a> <span + id="dx1-27027"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\DefineAcronymSynonyms </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 3577--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 4130--><p class="noindent" > </p></dd></dl> -<!--l. 3580--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 4133--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 3580--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 4133--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.5.1 </span> <a id="sec:pkgopts-old-acronym"></a>Deprecated Acronym Style Options</h4> -<!--l. 3583--><p class="noindent" >The package options listed in this section are now deprecated but are kept for +<!--l. 4136--><p class="noindent" >The package options listed in this section are now deprecated but are kept for backward-compatibility. Use <span class="cmtt-10">\setacronymstyle</span><a - id="dx1-22001"></a> instead. See <a + id="dx1-28001"></a> instead. See <a href="#sec:acronyms"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>13 </a><a +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>13 </a><a href="#sec:acronyms">Acronyms and Other Abbreviations<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:acronyms --></a> for further details. </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">description</span><a - id="dx1-22002"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-28002"></a> </dt><dd class="description">This option changes the definition of <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a - id="dx1-22003"></a> to allow a description. This + id="dx1-28003"></a> to allow a description. This option may be replaced by - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-73"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-111"> \setacronymstyle{long-short-desc} </div> - <!--l. 3593--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span + <!--l. 4146--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span class="cmss-10">smallcaps</span><a - id="dx1-22004"></a>) + id="dx1-28004"></a>) </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-74"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-112"> \setacronymstyle{long-sc-short-desc} </div> - <!--l. 3597--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span + <!--l. 4150--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span class="cmss-10">smaller</span><a - id="dx1-22005"></a>) + id="dx1-28005"></a>) </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-75"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-113"> \setacronymstyle{long-sm-short-desc} </div> - <!--l. 3601--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span + <!--l. 4154--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span class="cmss-10">footnote</span><a - id="dx1-22006"></a>) + id="dx1-28006"></a>) </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-76"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-114"> \setacronymstyle{footnote-desc} </div> - <!--l. 3605--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span + <!--l. 4158--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span class="cmss-10">footnote</span><a - id="dx1-22007"></a> and <span + id="dx1-28007"></a> and <span class="cmss-10">smallcaps</span><a - id="dx1-22008"></a>) + id="dx1-28008"></a>) </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-77"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-115"> \setacronymstyle{footnote-sc-desc} </div> - <!--l. 3609--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span + <!--l. 4162--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span class="cmss-10">footnote</span><a - id="dx1-22009"></a> and <span + id="dx1-28009"></a> and <span class="cmss-10">smaller</span><a - id="dx1-22010"></a>) + id="dx1-28010"></a>) </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-78"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-116"> \setacronymstyle{footnote-sm-desc} </div> - <!--l. 3613--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span + <!--l. 4166--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span class="cmss-10">dua</span><a - id="dx1-22011"></a>) + id="dx1-28011"></a>) </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-79"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-117"> \setacronymstyle{dua-desc} </div> - <!--l. 3617--><p class="nopar" > + <!--l. 4170--><p class="nopar" > </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">smallcaps</span><a - id="dx1-22012"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-28012"></a> </dt><dd class="description">This option changes the definition of <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a - id="dx1-22013"></a> and the way that acronyms are + id="dx1-28013"></a> and the way that acronyms are displayed. This option may be replaced by: - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-80"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-118"> \setacronymstyle{long-sc-short} </div> - <!--l. 3624--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span + <!--l. 4177--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span class="cmss-10">description</span><a - id="dx1-22014"></a>) + id="dx1-28014"></a>) </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-81"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-119"> \setacronymstyle{long-sc-short-desc} </div> - <!--l. 3628--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span + <!--l. 4181--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span class="cmss-10">description</span><a - id="dx1-22015"></a> and <span + id="dx1-28015"></a> and <span class="cmss-10">footnote</span><a - id="dx1-22016"></a>) + id="dx1-28016"></a>) </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-82"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-120"> \setacronymstyle{footnote-sc-desc} </div> - <!--l. 3632--><p class="nopar" > + <!--l. 4185--><p class="nopar" > </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">smaller</span><a - id="dx1-22017"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-28017"></a> </dt><dd class="description">This option changes the definition of <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a - id="dx1-22018"></a> and the way that acronyms are + id="dx1-28018"></a> and the way that acronyms are displayed. - <!--l. 3636--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use this option, you will need to include the <span + <!--l. 4189--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use this option, you will need to include the <span class="cmss-10">relsize</span><a - id="dx1-22019"></a> package or otherwise define + id="dx1-28019"></a> package or otherwise define <span class="cmtt-10">\textsmaller</span><a - id="dx1-22020"></a> or redefine <span + id="dx1-28020"></a> or redefine <span class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont</span><a - id="dx1-22021"></a>. </div> - </p><!--l. 3640--><p class="noindent" > + id="dx1-28021"></a>. </div> + </p><!--l. 4193--><p class="noindent" > This option may be replaced by: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-83"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-121"> \setacronymstyle{long-sm-short} </div> - <!--l. 3644--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span + <!--l. 4197--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span class="cmss-10">description</span><a - id="dx1-22022"></a>) + id="dx1-28022"></a>) </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-84"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-122"> \setacronymstyle{long-sm-short-desc} </div> - <!--l. 3648--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span + <!--l. 4201--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span class="cmss-10">description</span><a - id="dx1-22023"></a> and <span + id="dx1-28023"></a> and <span class="cmss-10">footnote</span><a - id="dx1-22024"></a>) + id="dx1-28024"></a>) </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-85"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-123"> \setacronymstyle{footnote-sm-desc} </div> - <!--l. 3652--><p class="nopar" > + <!--l. 4205--><p class="nopar" > </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">footnote</span><a - id="dx1-22025"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-28025"></a> </dt><dd class="description">This option changes the definition of <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a - id="dx1-22026"></a> and the way that acronyms are + id="dx1-28026"></a> and the way that acronyms are displayed. This option may be replaced by: - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-86"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-124"> \setacronymstyle{footnote} </div> - <!--l. 3659--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span + <!--l. 4212--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span class="cmss-10">smallcaps</span><a - id="dx1-22027"></a>) + id="dx1-28027"></a>) </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-87"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-125"> \setacronymstyle{footnote-sc} </div> - <!--l. 3663--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span + <!--l. 4216--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span class="cmss-10">smaller</span><a - id="dx1-22028"></a>) + id="dx1-28028"></a>) </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-88"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-126"> \setacronymstyle{footnote-sm} </div> - <!--l. 3667--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span + <!--l. 4220--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span class="cmss-10">description</span><a - id="dx1-22029"></a>) + id="dx1-28029"></a>) </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-89"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-127"> \setacronymstyle{footnote-desc} </div> - <!--l. 3671--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span + <!--l. 4224--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span class="cmss-10">smallcaps</span><a - id="dx1-22030"></a> and <span + id="dx1-28030"></a> and <span class="cmss-10">description</span><a - id="dx1-22031"></a>) + id="dx1-28031"></a>) </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-90"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-128"> \setacronymstyle{footnote-sc-desc} </div> - <!--l. 3675--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span + <!--l. 4228--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span class="cmss-10">smaller</span><a - id="dx1-22032"></a> and <span + id="dx1-28032"></a> and <span class="cmss-10">description</span><a - id="dx1-22033"></a>) + id="dx1-28033"></a>) </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-91"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-129"> \setacronymstyle{footnote-sm-desc} </div> - <!--l. 3679--><p class="nopar" > + <!--l. 4232--><p class="nopar" > </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">dua</span><a - id="dx1-22034"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-28034"></a> </dt><dd class="description">This option changes the definition of <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a - id="dx1-22035"></a> so that acronyms are always + id="dx1-28035"></a> so that acronyms are always expanded. This option may be replaced by: - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-92"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-130"> \setacronymstyle{dua} </div> - <!--l. 3687--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span + <!--l. 4240--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span class="cmss-10">description</span><a - id="dx1-22036"></a>) + id="dx1-28036"></a>) </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-93"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-131"> \setacronymstyle{dua-desc} </div> - <!--l. 3691--><p class="nopar" > + <!--l. 4244--><p class="nopar" > </p> </dd></dl> -<!--l. 3695--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 4248--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 3695--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 4248--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.6 </span> <a id="sec:pkgopts-other"></a>Other Options</h3> -<!--l. 3698--><p class="noindent" >Other available options that don’t fit any of the above categories are: +<!--l. 4251--><p class="noindent" >Other available options that don’t fit any of the above categories are: </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">symbols</span><a - id="dx1-23001"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-29001"></a> </dt><dd class="description">This option defines a new glossary type with the label <span class="cmtt-10">symbols </span>via - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-94"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-132"> \newglossary[slg]{symbols}{sls}{slo}{\glssymbolsgroupname} </div> - <!--l. 3705--><p class="nopar" > It also defines - </p><!--l. 3707--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + <!--l. 4258--><p class="nopar" > It also defines + </p><!--l. 4260--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\printsymbols</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-23002"></a> <span + id="dx1-29002"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\printsymbols[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 3709--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 4262--><p class="noindent" > which is a synonym for </p><div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> <span class="cmtt-10">\printglossary</span><a - id="dx1-23003"></a><span + id="dx1-29003"></a><span class="cmtt-10">[type=symbols,</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]</span> </div> </div> - <!--l. 3715--><p class="noindent" >If you use <a + <!--l. 4268--><p class="noindent" >If you use <a href="#option1">Option 1</a>, you need to use: </p><div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> <span class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary</span><a - id="dx1-23004"></a><span + id="dx1-29004"></a><span class="cmtt-10">[type=symbols,</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]</span> </div> </div> to display the list of symbols. - <!--l. 3721--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Remember to use the <span + <!--l. 4274--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Remember to use the <span class="cmss-10">nomain</span><a - id="dx1-23005"></a> package option if you’re only interested in using this + id="dx1-29005"></a> package option if you’re only interested in using this <span class="cmtt-10">symbols </span>glossary and don’t intend to use the <span class="cmtt-10">main </span>glossary. </div> - </p><!--l. 3725--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 4278--><p class="noindent" > </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">numbers</span><a - id="dx1-23006"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-29006"></a> </dt><dd class="description">This option defines a new glossary type with the label <span class="cmtt-10">numbers </span>via - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-95"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-133"> \newglossary[nlg]{numbers}{nls}{nlo}{\glsnumbersgroupname} </div> - <!--l. 3731--><p class="nopar" > It also defines - </p><!--l. 3733--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + <!--l. 4284--><p class="nopar" > It also defines + </p><!--l. 4286--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\printnumbers</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-23007"></a> <span + id="dx1-29007"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\printnumbers[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 3735--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 4288--><p class="noindent" > which is a synonym for </p><div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> <span class="cmtt-10">\printglossary</span><a - id="dx1-23008"></a><span + id="dx1-29008"></a><span class="cmtt-10">[type=numbers,</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]</span> </div> </div> - <!--l. 3741--><p class="noindent" >If you use <a + <!--l. 4294--><p class="noindent" >If you use <a href="#option1">Option 1</a>, you need to use: </p><div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> <span class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary</span><a - id="dx1-23009"></a><span + id="dx1-29009"></a><span class="cmtt-10">[type=numbers,</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]</span> </div> </div> to display the list of numbers. - <!--l. 3747--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Remember to use the <span + <!--l. 4300--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Remember to use the <span class="cmss-10">nomain</span><a - id="dx1-23010"></a> package option if you’re only interested in using this + id="dx1-29010"></a> package option if you’re only interested in using this <span class="cmtt-10">numbers </span>glossary and don’t intend to use the <span class="cmtt-10">main </span>glossary. </div> - </p><!--l. 3751--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 4304--><p class="noindent" > </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">index</span><a - id="dx1-23011"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-29011"></a> </dt><dd class="description">This option defines a new glossary type with the label <span class="cmtt-10">index </span>via - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-96"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-134"> \newglossary[ilg]{index}{ind}{idx}{\indexname}% </div> - <!--l. 3757--><p class="nopar" > It also defines - </p><!--l. 3759--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + <!--l. 4310--><p class="nopar" > It also defines + </p><!--l. 4312--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\newterm</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-23012"></a> <span + id="dx1-29012"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\newterm[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">term</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 3761--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 4314--><p class="noindent" > which is a synonym for </p><div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> <span class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a - id="dx1-23013"></a><span + id="dx1-29013"></a><span class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">term</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[type=index,name={</span>⟨<span @@ -7446,186 +9034,196 @@ class="cmitt-10">term</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">},%</span> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">description=\nopostdesc</span><a - id="dx1-23014"></a><span + id="dx1-29014"></a><span class="cmtt-10">,</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]</span> </div> </div> and - <!--l. 3768--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + <!--l. 4321--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\printindex</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-23015"></a> <span + id="dx1-29015"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\printindex[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 3770--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 4323--><p class="noindent" > which is a synonym for </p><div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> <span class="cmtt-10">\printglossary</span><a - id="dx1-23016"></a><span + id="dx1-29016"></a><span class="cmtt-10">[type=index,</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]</span> </div> </div> - <!--l. 3776--><p class="noindent" >If you use <a + <!--l. 4329--><p class="noindent" >If you use <a href="#option1">Option 1</a>, you need to use: </p><div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> <span class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary</span><a - id="dx1-23017"></a><span + id="dx1-29017"></a><span class="cmtt-10">[type=index,</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]</span> </div> </div> to display this glossary. - <!--l. 3782--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Remember to use the <span + <!--l. 4335--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Remember to use the <span class="cmss-10">nomain</span><a - id="dx1-23018"></a> package option if you’re only interested in using this + id="dx1-29018"></a> package option if you’re only interested in using this <span class="cmtt-10">index </span>glossary and don’t intend to use the <span class="cmtt-10">main </span>glossary. Note that you can’t mix this option with <span class="cmtt-10">\index</span><a - id="dx1-23019"></a>. Either use <span + id="dx1-29019"></a>. Either use <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>for the indexing or use a custom indexing package, such as <span class="cmss-10">makeidx</span><a - id="dx1-23020"></a>, <span + id="dx1-29020"></a>, <span class="cmss-10">index</span><a - id="dx1-23021"></a> or <span + id="dx1-29021"></a> or <span class="cmss-10">imakeidx</span><a - id="dx1-23022"></a>. (You can, of course, load + id="dx1-29022"></a>. (You can, of course, load one of those packages and load <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>without the <span class="cmss-10">index</span><a - id="dx1-23023"></a> package option.) + id="dx1-29023"></a> package option.) </div> - </p><!--l. 3791--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 4344--><p class="noindent" > - </p><!--l. 3793--><p class="noindent" >Since the index isn’t designed for terms with descriptions, you might also want to + </p><!--l. 4346--><p class="noindent" >Since the index isn’t designed for terms with descriptions, you might also want to disable the hyperlinks for this glossary using the package option <span class="cmss-10">nohypertypes=index</span><a - id="dx1-23024"></a> or + id="dx1-29024"></a> or the command <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsDeclareNoHyperList</span><a - id="dx1-23025"></a><span class="verb"><span + id="dx1-29025"></a><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">{index}</span></span> <br /><spacer type=vertical size=10></span> - </p><!--l. 3800--><p class="noindent" >The example file <a -href="#x1-5092r27"><span + </p><!--l. 4353--><p class="noindent" >The example file <a +href="#x1-11101r28"><span class="cmtt-10">sample-index.tex</span></a> illustrates the use of the <span class="cmss-10">index</span><a - id="dx1-23026"></a> package + id="dx1-29026"></a> package option. </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">compatible-2.07</span><a - id="dx1-23027"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-29027"></a> </dt><dd class="description">Compatibility mode for old documents created using version 2.07 or below. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">compatible-3.07</span><a - id="dx1-23028"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-29028"></a> </dt><dd class="description">Compatibility mode for old documents created using version 3.07 or below. </dd></dl> -<!--l. 3811--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 4364--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 3811--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 4364--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.7 </span> <a id="sec:setupglossaries"></a>Setting Options After the Package is Loaded</h3> -<!--l. 3814--><p class="noindent" >Some of the options described above may also be set after the <span +<!--l. 4367--><p class="noindent" >Some of the options described above may also be set after the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package has been loaded using -</p><!--l. 3816--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4369--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\setupglossaries</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-24001"></a> <span + id="dx1-30001"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\setupglossaries{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">key-val list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3818--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4371--><p class="noindent" > The following package options <span class="cmbx-10">can’t </span>be used in <span class="cmtt-10">\setupglossaries</span>: <span class="cmss-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-24002"></a>, <span + id="dx1-30002"></a>, <span class="cmss-10">xindygloss</span><a - id="dx1-24003"></a>, + id="dx1-30003"></a>, <span class="cmss-10">xindynoglsnumbers</span><a - id="dx1-24004"></a>, <span + id="dx1-30004"></a>, <span class="cmss-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-24005"></a>, <span + id="dx1-30005"></a>, <span class="cmss-10">nolong</span><a - id="dx1-24006"></a>, <span + id="dx1-30006"></a>, <span class="cmss-10">nosuper</span><a - id="dx1-24007"></a>, <span + id="dx1-30007"></a>, <span class="cmss-10">nolist</span><a - id="dx1-24008"></a>, <span + id="dx1-30008"></a>, <span class="cmss-10">notree</span><a - id="dx1-24009"></a>, <span + id="dx1-30009"></a>, <span class="cmss-10">nostyles</span><a - id="dx1-24010"></a>, <span + id="dx1-30010"></a>, <span class="cmss-10">nomain</span><a - id="dx1-24011"></a>, <span + id="dx1-30011"></a>, <span class="cmss-10">compatible-2.07</span><a - id="dx1-24012"></a>, + id="dx1-30012"></a>, <span class="cmss-10">translate</span><a - id="dx1-24013"></a>, <span + id="dx1-30013"></a>, <span class="cmss-10">notranslate</span><a - id="dx1-24014"></a>, <span + id="dx1-30014"></a>, <span class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a - id="dx1-24015"></a>. These options have to be set while the package is loading, + id="dx1-30015"></a>. These options have to be set while the package is loading, except for the <span class="cmss-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-24016"></a> sub-options which can be set using commands like <span + id="dx1-30016"></a> sub-options which can be set using commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyLanguage</span><a - id="dx1-24017"></a> + id="dx1-30017"></a> (see <a href="#sec:xindy"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>11 </a><a +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>11 </a><a href="#sec:xindy">Xindy (Option 3)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:xindy --></a> for further details). -</p><!--l. 3830--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you need to use this command, use it as soon as possible after loading <span +</p><!--l. 4383--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you need to use this command, use it as soon as possible after loading <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span> otherwise you might end up using it too late for the change to take effect. For example, if you try changing the acronym styles (such as <span class="cmss-10">smallcaps</span><a - id="dx1-24018"></a>) after you have started defining your + id="dx1-30018"></a>) after you have started defining your acronyms, you are likely to get unexpected results. If you try changing the sort option after you have started to define entries, you may get unexpected results. </div> -</p><!--l. 3838--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4391--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 3840--><p class="indent" > </div> -</p><!--l. 3840--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 4393--><p class="indent" > </div> +</p><!--l. 4393--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">3. <a id="sec:setup"></a>Setting Up</h2> -</p><!--l. 3843--><p class="indent" > In the preamble you need to indicate whether you want to use <a +</p><!--l. 4396--><p class="indent" > In the preamble you need to indicate whether you want to use <a href="#option1">Option 1</a>, <a href="#option2">Option 2</a> or <a -href="#option3">Option 3</a>. It’s not possible to mix these options within a document. +href="#option3">Option 3</a>. It’s not possible to mix these options within a document, although some +combinations are possible with <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>. (For Options <a +href="#option4">4</a> and <a +href="#option5">5</a> see the <a +href="#glo:bib2gls"><span +class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a + id="dx1-31001"></a></a> and +<a +href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span +class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> manuals.) </p> -<!--l. 3847--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 4402--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">3.1 </span> <a id="sec:setupopt1"></a>Option 1</h3> -<!--l. 3850--><p class="noindent" >The command -</p><!--l. 3851--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +<!--l. 4405--><p class="noindent" >The command +</p><!--l. 4406--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\makenoidxglossaries</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-26001"></a> <span + id="dx1-32001"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\makenoidxglossaries </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3853--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4408--><p class="noindent" > must be placed in the preamble. This sets up the internal commands required to make <a href="#option1">Option 1</a> work. <span @@ -7634,30 +9232,30 @@ class="cmtt-10">\makenoidxglossaries </span><span class="cmbx-10">none of the glossaries will be</span> <span class="cmbx-10">displayed.</span> -</p><!--l. 3859--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4414--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 3859--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 4414--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">3.2 </span> <a id="sec:setupopt23"></a>Options 2 and 3</h3> -<!--l. 3862--><p class="noindent" >The command -</p><!--l. 3863--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +<!--l. 4417--><p class="noindent" >The command +</p><!--l. 4418--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\makeglossaries</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-27001"></a> <span + id="dx1-33001"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3865--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4420--><p class="noindent" > must be placed in the preamble in order to create the customised <a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-27002"></a></a> (<span + id="dx1-33002"></a></a> (<span class="cmtt-10">.ist</span><a - id="dx1-27003"></a>) or <a + id="dx1-33003"></a>) or <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-27004"></a></a> + id="dx1-33004"></a></a> (<span class="cmtt-10">.xdy</span><a - id="dx1-27005"></a>) style file (for Options <a + id="dx1-33005"></a>) style file (for Options <a href="#option2">2</a> or <a href="#option3">3</a>, respectively) and to ensure that glossary entries are written to the appropriate output files. <span @@ -7666,176 +9264,193 @@ class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span><span class="cmbx-10">none of the</span> <span class="cmbx-10">glossary files will be created.</span> -</p><!--l. 3873--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that some of the commands provided by the <span +</p><!--l. 4428--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that some of the commands provided by the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package must not be used after <span class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>as they are required when creating the customised style file. If you attempt to use those commands after <span class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>you will generate an error. -</p><!--l. 3880--><p class="indent" > Similarly, there are some commands that must not be used before <span +</p><!--l. 4435--><p class="indent" > Similarly, there are some commands that must not be used before <span class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span>. </div> -</p><!--l. 3882--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 3884--><p class="indent" > You can suppress the creation of the customised <a +</p><!--l. 4437--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4439--><p class="indent" > You can suppress the creation of the customised <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-27006"></a></a> or <a + id="dx1-33006"></a></a> or <a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-27007"></a></a> style file + id="dx1-33007"></a></a> style file using -</p><!--l. 3886--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4441--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\noist</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-27008"></a> <span + id="dx1-33008"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\noist </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3888--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4443--><p class="noindent" > That this command must not be used after <span class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span>. -</p><!--l. 3890--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that if you have a custom <span +</p><!--l. 4445--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that if you have a custom <span class="cmtt-10">.xdy</span><a - id="dx1-27009"></a> file created when using <span + id="dx1-33009"></a> file created when using <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>version 2.07 or below, you will need to use the <span class="cmss-10">compatible-2.07</span><a - id="dx1-27010"></a> package option with it. </div> -</p><!--l. 3894--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 3896--><p class="indent" > The default name for the customised style file is given by <span + id="dx1-33010"></a> package option with it. </div> +</p><!--l. 4449--><p class="noindent" > + + +</p><!--l. 4451--><p class="indent" > The default name for the customised style file is given by <span class="cmtt-10">\jobname</span><a - id="dx1-27011"></a><span + id="dx1-33011"></a><span class="cmtt-10">.ist</span><a - id="dx1-27012"></a> (<a + id="dx1-33012"></a> (<a href="#option2">Option 2</a>) or <span class="cmtt-10">\jobname</span><a - id="dx1-27013"></a><span + id="dx1-33013"></a><span class="cmtt-10">.xdy</span><a - id="dx1-27014"></a> (<a + id="dx1-33014"></a> (<a href="#option3">Option 3</a>). This name may be changed using: - - -</p><!--l. 3900--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4455--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\setStyleFile</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-27015"></a> <span + id="dx1-33015"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\setStyleFile{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">name</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3902--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4457--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩ is the name of the style file without the extension. Note that this command must not be used after <span class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span>. -</p><!--l. 3907--><p class="indent" > Each glossary entry is assigned a <a +</p><!--l. 4462--><p class="indent" > Each glossary entry is assigned a <a href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a - id="dx1-27016"></a></a> that lists all the locations in the document + id="dx1-33016"></a></a> that lists all the locations in the document where that entry was used. By default, the location refers to the page number but this may be overridden using the <span class="cmss-10">counter</span><a - id="dx1-27017"></a> package option. The default form of the location number + id="dx1-33017"></a> package option. The default form of the location number assumes a full stop compositor (e.g. 1.2), but if your location numbers use a different compositor (e.g. 1-2) you need to set this using -</p><!--l. 3914--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4469--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsSetCompositor</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-27018"></a> <span + id="dx1-33018"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsSetCompositor{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">symbol</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3916--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4471--><p class="noindent" > For example: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-97"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-135"> \glsSetCompositor{-} </div> -<!--l. 3920--><p class="nopar" > This command must not be used after <span +<!--l. 4475--><p class="nopar" > This command must not be used after <span class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span>. -</p><!--l. 3923--><p class="indent" > If you use <a +</p><!--l. 4478--><p class="indent" > If you use <a href="#option3">Option 3</a>, you can have a different compositor for page numbers starting with an upper case alphabetical character using: -</p><!--l. 3925--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4480--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsSetAlphaCompositor</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-27019"></a> <span + id="dx1-33019"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsSetAlphaCompositor{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">symbol</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3927--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4482--><p class="noindent" > This command has no effect if you use <a href="#option2">Option 2</a>. For example, if you want <a href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a - id="dx1-27020"></a>s</a> + id="dx1-33020"></a>s</a> containing a mixture of A-1 and 2.3 style formats, then do: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-98"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-136"> \glsSetCompositor{.}\glsSetAlphaCompositor{-} </div> -<!--l. 3933--><p class="nopar" > See <a +<!--l. 4488--><p class="nopar" > See <a href="#sec:numberlists"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>5 </a><a +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>5 </a><a href="#sec:numberlists">Number lists<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:numberlists --></a> for further information about <a href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a - id="dx1-27021"></a>s</a>. + id="dx1-33021"></a>s</a>. </p> -<!--l. 3937--><p class="indent" > </div> -</p><!--l. 3937--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 4492--><p class="indent" > </div> +</p><!--l. 4492--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">4. <a id="sec:newglosentry"></a>Defining Glossary Entries</h2> -</p><!--l. 3940--><p class="indent" > All glossary entries must be defined before they are used, so it is better to define them in +</p><!--l. 4495--><p class="indent" > All glossary entries must be defined before they are used, so it is better to define them in the preamble to ensure this. In fact, some commands such as <span -class="cmtt-10">\longnewglossaryentry </span>may -only be used in the preamble. See <a +class="cmtt-10">\longnewglossaryentry</span> +may only be used in the preamble. See <a href="#sec:docdefs"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>4.8 </a><a +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>4.8 </a><a +href="#sec:docdefs">Drawbacks With Defining Entries in +the Document Environment<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:docdefs --></a> for a discussion of the problems with defining entries +within the document instead of in the preamble. (The <a +href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span +class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> package has an +option that provides a restricted form of document definitions that avoids some of +the issues discussed in <a +href="#sec:docdefs"><span +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>4.8 </a><a href="#sec:docdefs">Drawbacks With Defining Entries in the Document -Environment<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:docdefs --></a> for a discussion of the problems with defining entries within the document -instead of in the preamble. -</p><!--l. 3946--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> <a +Environment<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:docdefs --></a>.) +</p><!--l. 4504--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> <a href="#option1">Option 1</a> enforces the preamble-only restriction on <span class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a - id="dx1-28001"></a>. </div> -</p><!--l. 3949--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 3951--><p class="indent" > Only those entries that are referenced in the document (using any of the commands + id="dx1-34001"></a>. <a +href="#option4">Option 4</a> +requires that definitions are provided in <span +class="cmtt-10">.bib </span>format. <a +href="#option5">Option 5</a> requires either +preamble-only definitions or the use of the <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span><a + id="dx1-34002"></a> package option <span +class="cmss-10">docdef=restricted</span>. +</div> +</p><!--l. 4510--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4512--><p class="indent" > Only those entries that are indexed in the document (using any of the commands described in <a href="#sec:glslink"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>6 </a><a +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>6 </a><a href="#sec:glslink">Links to Glossary Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glslink --></a>, <a href="#sec:glsadd"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>7 </a><a +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>7 </a><a href="#sec:glsadd">Adding an Entry to the Glossary Without Generating Text<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsadd --></a> or <a href="#sec:crossref"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>8 </a><a +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>8 </a><a href="#sec:crossref">Cross-Referencing Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:crossref --></a>) will appear in the glossary. See <a href="#sec:printglossary"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>10 +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>10 </a><a href="#sec:printglossary">Displaying a glossary<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:printglossary --></a> to find out how to display the glossary. -</p><!--l. 3959--><p class="indent" > New glossary entries are defined using the command: -</p><!--l. 3960--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4520--><p class="indent" > New glossary entries are defined using the command: +</p><!--l. 4521--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\newglossaryentry</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-28002"></a> <span + id="dx1-34003"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">key=value list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3962--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4523--><p class="noindent" > This is a short command, so values in ⟨<span class="cmti-10">key-val list</span>⟩ can’t contain any paragraph breaks. If you have a long description that needs to span multiple paragraphs, use -</p><!--l. 3966--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4527--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\longnewglossaryentry</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-28003"></a> <span + id="dx1-34004"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\longnewglossaryentry{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -7845,7 +9460,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">long</span> <span class="cmitt-10">description</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3969--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4530--><p class="noindent" > instead. Note that this command may only be used in the preamble. Be careful of unwanted spaces. <span class="cmtt-10">\longnewglossaryentry </span>will remove trailing spaces in the description (via <span @@ -7853,258 +9468,276 @@ class="cmtt-10">\unskip</span>) but won’t remove leading spaces (otherwise it would interfere with commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrydesc</span>). -</p><!--l. 3976--><p class="indent" > There are also commands that will only define the entry if it hasn’t already been +</p><!--l. 4537--><p class="indent" > There are also commands that will only define the entry if it hasn’t already been defined: -</p><!--l. 3978--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4539--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\provideglossaryentry</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-28004"></a> <span + id="dx1-34005"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\provideglossaryentry{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">key=value list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3980--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4541--><p class="noindent" > and -</p><!--l. 3982--><p class="indent" > <span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4543--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\longprovideglossaryentry</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-28005"></a> -</p><!--l. 3984--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span + id="dx1-34006"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\longprovideglossaryentry{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">key=value list</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span -class="cmitt-10">long description</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> -</div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3986--><p class="noindent" > +<span +class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">long description</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 4546--><p class="noindent" > (These are both preamble-only commands.) -</p><!--l. 3989--><p class="indent" > For all the above commands, the first argument, ⟨<span +</p><!--l. 4549--><p class="indent" > For all the above commands, the first argument, ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩, must be a unique label with which to identify this entry. <span class="cmbx-10">This can’t contain any non-expandable commands</span> <span class="cmbx-10">or active characters. </span>The reason for this restriction is that the label is used to + + construct internal commands that store the associated information (similarly to commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\label</span>) and therefore must be able to expand to a valid control sequence name. -</p><!--l. 3997--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that although an <a +</p><!--l. 4557--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that although an <a href="#glo:exlatinchar">extended Latin character<a - id="dx1-28006"></a></a> or other <a + id="dx1-34007"></a></a> or other <a href="#glo:nonlatinchar">non-Latin character<a - id="dx1-28007"></a></a>, such as é + id="dx1-34008"></a></a>, such as é or ß, looks like a plain character in your <span class="cmtt-10">.tex </span>file, it’s actually a macro (an active character) - - and therefore can’t be used in the label. (This applies to <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span></span> rather than XeLaTeX.) Also be careful of <span class="cmss-10">babel</span><a - id="dx1-28008"></a>’s options that change certain punctuation characters (such as <span + id="dx1-34009"></a>’s options that change certain punctuation characters (such as <span class="cmtt-10">: </span>or <span class="cmtt-10">-</span>) to active characters. </div> -</p><!--l. 4005--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4007--><p class="indent" > The second argument, ⟨<span +</p><!--l. 4565--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4567--><p class="indent" > The second argument, ⟨<span class="cmti-10">key=value list</span>⟩, is a ⟨<span class="cmti-10">key</span>⟩=⟨<span class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩ list that supplies the relevant information about this entry. There are two required fields: <span class="cmss-10">description</span><a - id="dx1-28009"></a> and either <span + id="dx1-34010"></a> and either <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-28010"></a> or + id="dx1-34011"></a> or <span class="cmss-10">parent</span><a - id="dx1-28011"></a>. The description is set in the third argument of <span + id="dx1-34012"></a>. The description is set in the third argument of <span class="cmtt-10">\longnewglossaryentry </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">\longprovideglossaryentry</span>. With the other commands it’s set via the <span class="cmss-10">description</span><a - id="dx1-28012"></a> key. As is + id="dx1-34013"></a> key. As is typical with ⟨<span class="cmti-10">key</span>⟩=⟨<span class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩ lists, values that contain a comma or equal sign must be enclosed in -braces. Available fields are listed below: +braces. Available fields are listed below. Additional fields are provided by the supplementary +packages <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries-prefix</span><a + id="dx1-34014"></a> (<a +href="#sec:prefix"><span +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>17 </a><a +href="#sec:prefix">Prefixes or Determiners<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:prefix --></a>) and <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a + id="dx1-34015"></a> (<a +href="#sec:accsupp"><span +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>18 +</a><a +href="#sec:accsupp">Accessibility Support<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:accsupp --></a>) and also by <a +href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span +class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a>. You can also define your own custom keys +(see <a +href="#sec:addkey"><span +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>4.3 </a><a +href="#sec:addkey">Additional Keys<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:addkey --></a>). </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-28013"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-34016"></a> </dt><dd class="description">The name of the entry (as it will appear in the glossary). If this key is omitted and the <span class="cmss-10">parent</span><a - id="dx1-28014"></a> key is supplied, this value will be the same as the parent’s name. - <!--l. 4023--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If the <span + id="dx1-34017"></a> key is supplied, this value will be the same as the parent’s name. + <!--l. 4588--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If the <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-28015"></a> key contains any commands, you must also use the <span + id="dx1-34018"></a> key contains any commands, you must also use the <span class="cmss-10">sort</span><a - id="dx1-28016"></a> key (described + id="dx1-34019"></a> key (described below) if you intend sorting the entries alphabetically, otherwise the entries can’t be sorted correctly. </div> - </p><!--l. 4027--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 4592--><p class="noindent" > </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">description</span><a - id="dx1-28017"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-34020"></a> </dt><dd class="description">A brief description of this term (to appear in the glossary). Within this value, you can use - <!--l. 4031--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + <!--l. 4596--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\nopostdesc</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-28018"></a> <span + id="dx1-34021"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\nopostdesc </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 4033--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 4598--><p class="noindent" > to suppress the description terminator for this entry. For example, if this entry is a parent entry that doesn’t require a description, you can do <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">description={\nopostdesc}</span></span></span>. If you want a paragraph break in the description use - </p><!--l. 4039--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + </p><!--l. 4604--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glspar</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-28019"></a> <span + id="dx1-34022"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glspar </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 4041--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 4606--><p class="noindent" > or, better, use <span class="cmtt-10">\longnewglossaryentry</span>. However, note that not all glossary styles support multi-line descriptions. If you are using one of the tabular-like glossary styles that permit multi-line descriptions, use <span class="cmtt-10">\newline</span><a - id="dx1-28020"></a> not <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + id="dx1-34023"></a> not <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\\</span></span></span> if you want to force a line break. </p></dd><dt class="description"> + + <span class="cmssbx-10">parent</span><a - id="dx1-28021"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-34024"></a> </dt><dd class="description">The label of the parent entry. Note that the parent entry must be defined before its sub-entries. See <a href="#sec:subentries"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>4.5 </a><a +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>4.5 </a><a href="#sec:subentries">Sub-Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:subentries --></a> for further details. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">descriptionplural</span><a - id="dx1-28022"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-34025"></a> </dt><dd class="description">The plural form of the description, if required. If omitted, the value is set to the same as the <span class="cmss-10">description</span><a - id="dx1-28023"></a> key. + id="dx1-34026"></a> key. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">text</span><a - id="dx1-28024"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-34027"></a> </dt><dd class="description">How this entry will appear in the document text when using <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a - id="dx1-28025"></a> (or one of its - - + id="dx1-34028"></a> (or one of its upper case variants). If this field is omitted, the value of the <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-28026"></a> key is + id="dx1-34029"></a> key is used. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">first</span><a - id="dx1-28027"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-34030"></a> </dt><dd class="description">How the entry will appear in the document text on <a href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> with <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a - id="dx1-28028"></a> (or one of its + id="dx1-34031"></a> (or one of its upper case variants). If this field is omitted, the value of the <span class="cmss-10">text</span><a - id="dx1-28029"></a> key is used. Note that + id="dx1-34032"></a> key is used. Note that if you use <span class="cmtt-10">\glspl</span><a - id="dx1-28030"></a>, <span + id="dx1-34033"></a>, <span class="cmtt-10">\Glspl</span><a - id="dx1-28031"></a>, <span + id="dx1-34034"></a>, <span class="cmtt-10">\GLSpl</span><a - id="dx1-28032"></a>, <span + id="dx1-34035"></a>, <span class="cmtt-10">\glsdisp</span><a - id="dx1-28033"></a> before using <span + id="dx1-34036"></a> before using <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a - id="dx1-28034"></a>, the <span + id="dx1-34037"></a>, the <span class="cmss-10">firstplural</span><a - id="dx1-28035"></a> value + id="dx1-34038"></a> value won’t be used with <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a - id="dx1-28036"></a>. + id="dx1-34039"></a>. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">plural</span><a - id="dx1-28037"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-34040"></a> </dt><dd class="description">How the entry will appear in the document text when using <span class="cmtt-10">\glspl</span><a - id="dx1-28038"></a> (or one + id="dx1-34041"></a> (or one of its upper case variants). If this field is omitted, the value is obtained by appending <span class="cmtt-10">\glspluralsuffix</span><a - id="dx1-28039"></a> to the value of the <span + id="dx1-34042"></a> to the value of the <span class="cmss-10">text</span><a - id="dx1-28040"></a> field. The default value of + id="dx1-34043"></a> field. The default value of <span class="cmtt-10">\glspluralsuffix</span><a - id="dx1-28041"></a> is the letter “s”. + id="dx1-34044"></a> is the letter “s”. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">firstplural</span><a - id="dx1-28042"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-34045"></a> </dt><dd class="description">How the entry will appear in the document text on <a href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> with <span class="cmtt-10">\glspl</span><a - id="dx1-28043"></a> (or one + id="dx1-34046"></a> (or one of its upper case variants). If this field is omitted, the value is obtained from the <span class="cmss-10">plural</span><a - id="dx1-28044"></a> + id="dx1-34047"></a> key, if the <span class="cmss-10">first</span><a - id="dx1-28045"></a> key is omitted, or by appending <span + id="dx1-34048"></a> key is omitted, or by appending <span class="cmtt-10">\glspluralsuffix</span><a - id="dx1-28046"></a> to the value of + id="dx1-34049"></a> to the value of the <span class="cmss-10">first</span><a - id="dx1-28047"></a> field, if the <span + id="dx1-34050"></a> field, if the <span class="cmss-10">first</span><a - id="dx1-28048"></a> field is present. Note that if you use <span + id="dx1-34051"></a> field is present. Note that if you use <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a - id="dx1-28049"></a>, <span + id="dx1-34052"></a>, <span class="cmtt-10">\Gls</span><a - id="dx1-28050"></a>, + id="dx1-34053"></a>, <span class="cmtt-10">\GLS</span><a - id="dx1-28051"></a>, <span + id="dx1-34054"></a>, <span class="cmtt-10">\glsdisp </span>before using <span class="cmtt-10">\glspl</span><a - id="dx1-28052"></a>, the <span + id="dx1-34055"></a>, the <span class="cmss-10">firstplural</span><a - id="dx1-28053"></a> value won’t be used with + id="dx1-34056"></a> value won’t be used with <span class="cmtt-10">\glspl</span><a - id="dx1-28054"></a>. - <!--l. 4083--><p class="noindent" ><span + id="dx1-34057"></a>. + <!--l. 4648--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmbx-10">Note: </span>prior to version 1.13, the default value of <span class="cmss-10">firstplural</span><a - id="dx1-28055"></a> was always taken by + id="dx1-34058"></a> was always taken by appending “s” to the <span class="cmss-10">first</span><a - id="dx1-28056"></a> key, which meant that you had to specify both <span + id="dx1-34059"></a> key, which meant that you had to specify both <span class="cmss-10">plural</span><a - id="dx1-28057"></a> and + id="dx1-34060"></a> and <span class="cmss-10">firstplural</span><a - id="dx1-28058"></a>, even if you hadn’t used the <span + id="dx1-34061"></a>, even if you hadn’t used the <span class="cmss-10">first</span><a - id="dx1-28059"></a> key. + id="dx1-34062"></a> key. </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">symbol</span><a - id="dx1-28060"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-34063"></a> </dt><dd class="description">This field is provided to allow the user to specify an associated symbol. If omitted, the value is set to <span class="cmtt-10">\relax</span>. Note that not all glossary styles display the @@ -8112,100 +9745,102 @@ class="cmtt-10">\relax</span>. Note that not all glossary styles display the </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">symbolplural</span><a - id="dx1-28061"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-34064"></a> </dt><dd class="description">This is the plural form of the symbol (as passed to <span class="cmtt-10">\glsdisplay</span><a - id="dx1-28062"></a> and + id="dx1-34065"></a> and <span class="cmtt-10">\glsdisplayfirst</span><a - id="dx1-28063"></a> by <span + id="dx1-34066"></a> by <span class="cmtt-10">\glspl</span><a - id="dx1-28064"></a>, <span + id="dx1-34067"></a>, <span class="cmtt-10">\Glspl</span><a - id="dx1-28065"></a> and <span + id="dx1-34068"></a> and <span class="cmtt-10">\GLSpl</span><a - id="dx1-28066"></a>). If omitted, the value is set to the + id="dx1-34069"></a>). If omitted, the value is set to the same as the <span class="cmss-10">symbol</span><a - id="dx1-28067"></a> key. + id="dx1-34070"></a> key. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">sort</span><a - id="dx1-28068"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-34071"></a> </dt><dd class="description">This value indicates how this entry should be sorted. If omitted, the value is given by the <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-28069"></a> field unless one of the package options <span + id="dx1-34072"></a> field unless one of the package options <span class="cmss-10">sort=def</span><a - id="dx1-28070"></a> and <span + id="dx1-34073"></a> and <span class="cmss-10">sort=use</span><a - id="dx1-28071"></a> have been + id="dx1-34074"></a> have been used. In general, it’s best to use the <span class="cmss-10">sort</span><a - id="dx1-28072"></a> key if the <span + id="dx1-34075"></a> key if the <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-28073"></a> contains commands + id="dx1-34076"></a> contains commands + + (e.g. <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\ensuremath{\alpha}</span></span></span>). You can also override the <span class="cmss-10">sort</span><a - id="dx1-28074"></a> key by redefining + id="dx1-34077"></a> key by redefining <span class="cmtt-10">\glsprestandardsort</span><a - id="dx1-28075"></a> (see <a + id="dx1-34078"></a> (see <a href="#sec:pkgopts-sort"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.4 </a><a +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>2.4 </a><a href="#sec:pkgopts-sort">Sorting Options<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts-sort --></a>). - <!--l. 4107--><p class="noindent" ><a + <!--l. 4672--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#option1">Option 1</a> by default strips the <a href="#glo:latexexlatinchar">standard <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span></span> accents</a> (that is, accents generated by core <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span></span> commands) from the <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-28076"></a> key when it sets the <span + id="dx1-34079"></a> key when it sets the <span class="cmss-10">sort</span><a - id="dx1-28077"></a> key. So with + id="dx1-34080"></a> key. So with <a href="#option1">Option 1</a>: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-99"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-137"> \newglossaryentry{elite}{%  <br />  name={{\'e}lite},  <br />  description={select group of people}  <br />} </div> - <!--l. 4116--><p class="nopar" > This is equivalent to: + <!--l. 4681--><p class="nopar" > This is equivalent to: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-100"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-138"> \newglossaryentry{elite}{%  <br />  name={{\'e}lite},  <br />  description={select group of people},  <br />  sort={elite}  <br />} </div> - <!--l. 4124--><p class="nopar" > Unless you use the package option <span + <!--l. 4689--><p class="nopar" > Unless you use the package option <span class="cmss-10">sanitizesort=true</span><a - id="dx1-28078"></a>, in which case it’s equivalent + id="dx1-34081"></a>, in which case it’s equivalent to: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-101"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-139"> \newglossaryentry{elite}{%  <br />  name={{\'e}lite},  <br />  description={select group of people},  <br />  sort={\'elite}  <br />} </div> - <!--l. 4133--><p class="nopar" > This will place the entry before the “A” letter group since the sort value starts with a + <!--l. 4698--><p class="nopar" > This will place the entry before the “A” letter group since the sort value starts with a symbol. - </p><!--l. 4137--><p class="noindent" >Similarly if you use the <span + </p><!--l. 4702--><p class="noindent" >Similarly if you use the <span class="cmss-10">inputenc</span><a - id="dx1-28079"></a> package: </p><div class="alltt"> + id="dx1-34082"></a> package: </p><div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> <span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry{elite}{%</span></span> @@ -8257,7 +9892,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">}</span></span> </div> </div> Unless you use the package option <span class="cmss-10">sanitizesort=true</span><a - id="dx1-28080"></a>, in which case it’s equivalent to: + id="dx1-34083"></a>, in which case it’s equivalent to: <div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> <span class="verb"><span @@ -8290,130 +9925,120 @@ class="cmtt-10">}</span></span> </div> Again, this will place the entry before the “A” group. - <!--l. 4163--><p class="noindent" >With Options <a + <!--l. 4728--><p class="noindent" >With Options <a href="#option2">2</a> and <a href="#option3">3</a>, the default value of <span class="cmss-10">sort</span><a - id="dx1-28081"></a> will either be set to the <span + id="dx1-34084"></a> will either be set to the <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-28082"></a> + id="dx1-34085"></a> key (if <span class="cmss-10">sanitizesort=true</span><a - id="dx1-28083"></a>) or it will set it to the expansion of the <span + id="dx1-34086"></a>) or it will set it to the expansion of the <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-28084"></a> key (if + id="dx1-34087"></a> key (if <span class="cmss-10">sanitizesort=false</span><a - id="dx1-28085"></a>). - </p><!--l. 4168--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Take care with <a + id="dx1-34088"></a>). + </p><!--l. 4733--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Take care with <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-28086"></a></a> (<a + id="dx1-34089"></a></a> (<a href="#option3">Option 3</a>): if you have entries with the same <span class="cmss-10">sort</span><a - id="dx1-28087"></a> value they will + id="dx1-34090"></a> value they will be treated as the same entry. If you use <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-28088"></a></a> and aren’t using the <span + id="dx1-34091"></a></a> and aren’t using the <span class="cmtt-10">def </span>or <span class="cmtt-10">use </span>sort methods, <span class="cmbx-10">always </span>use the <span class="cmss-10">sort</span><a - id="dx1-28089"></a> key for entries where the name just consists of a control + id="dx1-34092"></a> key for entries where the name just consists of a control sequence (for example <span class="cmtt-10">name=</span><span class="cmsy-10">{</span><span class="cmtt-10">\alpha</span><span class="cmsy-10">}</span>). - </p><!--l. 4176--><p class="noindent" >Take care if you use <a + </p><!--l. 4741--><p class="noindent" >Take care if you use <a href="#option1">Option 1</a> and the <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-28090"></a> contains fragile commands. You will either + id="dx1-34093"></a> contains fragile commands. You will either need to explicitly set the <span class="cmss-10">sort</span><a - id="dx1-28091"></a> key or use the <span + id="dx1-34094"></a> key or use the <span class="cmss-10">sanitizesort=true</span><a - id="dx1-28092"></a> package option (unless you + id="dx1-34095"></a> package option (unless you use the <span class="cmtt-10">def </span>or <span class="cmtt-10">use </span>sort methods). </div> - </p><!--l. 4180--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 4745--><p class="noindent" > </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">type</span><a - id="dx1-28093"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-34096"></a> </dt><dd class="description">This specifies the label of the glossary in which this entry belongs. If omitted, the default glossary is assumed unless <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a - id="dx1-28094"></a> is used (see <a + id="dx1-34097"></a> is used (see <a href="#sec:acronyms"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>13 </a><a +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>13 </a><a href="#sec:acronyms">Acronyms and Other Abbreviations<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:acronyms --></a>). </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">user1</span><a - id="dx1-28095"></a><span + id="dx1-34098"></a><span class="cmbx-10">, </span><span class="cmbx-10">…, </span><span class="cmssbx-10">user6</span><a - id="dx1-28096"></a><a - id="dx1-28097"></a><a - id="dx1-28098"></a><a - id="dx1-28099"></a><a - id="dx1-28100"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-34099"></a><a + id="dx1-34100"></a><a + id="dx1-34101"></a><a + id="dx1-34102"></a><a + id="dx1-34103"></a> </dt><dd class="description">Six keys provided for any additional information the user may want to specify. (For example, an associated dimension or an alternative plural or some other grammatical construct.) Alternatively, you can add new keys using <span class="cmtt-10">\glsaddkey</span><a - id="dx1-28101"></a> or + id="dx1-34104"></a> or <span class="cmtt-10">\glsaddstoragekey</span><a - id="dx1-28102"></a> (see <a + id="dx1-34105"></a> (see <a href="#sec:addkey"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>4.3 </a><a -href="#sec:addkey">Additional Keys<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:addkey --></a>). Other keys are also provided by the - <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries-prefix</span><a - id="dx1-28103"></a> (<a -href="#sec:prefix"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>17 </a><a -href="#sec:prefix">Prefixes or Determiners<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:prefix --></a>) and <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a - id="dx1-28104"></a> (<a -href="#sec:accsupp"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>18 </a><a -href="#sec:accsupp">Accessibility - Support<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:accsupp --></a>) packages. +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>4.3 </a><a +href="#sec:addkey">Additional Keys<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:addkey --></a>). </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">nonumberlist</span><a - id="dx1-28105"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-34106"></a> </dt><dd class="description">A boolean key. If the value is missing or is <span class="cmtt-10">true</span>, this will suppress the <a href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a - id="dx1-28106"></a></a> just for this entry. Conversely, if you have used the package option <span + id="dx1-34107"></a></a> just for this entry. Conversely, if you have used the package option <span class="cmss-10">nonumberlist</span><a - id="dx1-28107"></a>, you + id="dx1-34108"></a>, you can activate the number list<a - id="dx1-28108"></a> just for this entry with <span + id="dx1-34109"></a> just for this entry with <span class="cmss-10">nonumberlist=false</span><a - id="dx1-28109"></a>. (See <a + id="dx1-34110"></a>. (See <a href="#sec:numberlists"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>5 </a><a +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>5 </a><a href="#sec:numberlists">Number lists<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:numberlists --></a>.) </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">see</span><a - id="dx1-28110"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-34111"></a> </dt><dd class="description">Cross-reference another entry. Using the <span class="cmss-10">see</span><a - id="dx1-28111"></a> key will automatically add this entry to the - glossary, but will not automatically add the cross-referenced entry. The referenced entry + id="dx1-34112"></a> key will <span +class="cmti-10">automatically add this entry to the</span> + <span +class="cmti-10">glossary</span>, but will not automatically add the cross-referenced entry. The referenced entry should be supplied as the value to this key. If you want to override the “see” tag, you can supply the new tag in square brackets before the label. For example <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span @@ -8424,25 +10049,23 @@ href="#glo:numberlist"><span class="cmbx-10">number</span> <span class="cmbx-10">list</span><a - id="dx1-28112"></a></a><span + id="dx1-34113"></a></a><span class="cmbx-10">, the cross-referencing information won’t appear in the glossary, as it</span> <span class="cmbx-10">forms part of the number list</span><a - id="dx1-28113"></a><span + id="dx1-34114"></a><span class="cmbx-10">. </span>You can override this for individual glossary entries using <span class="cmss-10">nonumberlist=false</span><a - id="dx1-28114"></a> (see above). Alternatively, you can use the + id="dx1-34115"></a> (see above). Alternatively, you can use the <span class="cmss-10">seeautonumberlist</span><a - id="dx1-28115"></a> package option. For further details, see <a + id="dx1-34116"></a> package option. For further details, see <a href="#sec:crossref"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>8 </a><a +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>8 </a><a href="#sec:crossref">Cross-Referencing Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:crossref --></a>. - <!--l. 4218--><p class="noindent" >This key essentially provides a convenient shortcut that performs </p><div class="alltt"> - - + <!--l. 4780--><p class="noindent" >This key essentially provides a convenient shortcut that performs </p><div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> <span class="cmtt-10">\glssee[</span>⟨<span @@ -8454,108 +10077,108 @@ class="cmitt-10">xr-label</span><span class="cmitt-10"> list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div> + + </div> after the entry has been defined. - <!--l. 4224--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> For Options <a + <!--l. 4786--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> For Options <a href="#option2">2</a> and <a href="#option3">3</a>, <span class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-28116"></a> must be used before any occurrence of + id="dx1-34117"></a> must be used before any occurrence of <span class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a - id="dx1-28117"></a> that contains the <span + id="dx1-34118"></a> that contains the <span class="cmss-10">see</span><a - id="dx1-28118"></a> key. This key has no effect for entries defined - in the <span + id="dx1-34119"></a> key. This key should not be used with entries + defined in the <span class="cmss-10">document</span><a - id="dx1-28119"></a><a - id="dx1-28120"></a> environment. </div> - </p><!--l. 4228--><p class="noindent" > - </p><!--l. 4230--><p class="noindent" >If you use the <span + id="dx1-34120"></a><a + id="dx1-34121"></a> environment. </div> + </p><!--l. 4790--><p class="noindent" > + Since it’s useful to suppress the indexing while working on a draft document, + consider using the <span +class="cmss-10">seenoindex</span><a + id="dx1-34122"></a> package option to warn or ignore the <span +class="cmss-10">see</span><a + id="dx1-34123"></a> key while + <span +class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>is commented out. + </p><!--l. 4796--><p class="noindent" >If you use the <span class="cmss-10">see</span><a - id="dx1-28121"></a> key, you may want to consider using the supplementary <a + id="dx1-34124"></a> key, you may want to consider using the <a href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span -class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> - package. +class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> package which + additionally provides a <span +class="cmtt-10">seealso </span>and <span +class="cmtt-10">alias </span>key. If you want to avoid the automatic + indexing triggered by the <span +class="cmss-10">see</span><a + id="dx1-34125"></a> key, consider using <a +href="#option4">Option 4</a>. </p> </dd></dl> -<!--l. 4235--><p class="indent" > The following keys are reserved for <span +<!--l. 4804--><p class="indent" > The following keys are reserved for <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a - id="dx1-28122"></a> (see <a + id="dx1-34126"></a> (see <a href="#sec:acronyms"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>13 </a><a +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>13 </a><a href="#sec:acronyms">Acronyms and Other Abbreviations<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:acronyms --></a>): <span class="cmss-10">long</span><a - id="dx1-28123"></a>, <span + id="dx1-34127"></a>, <span class="cmss-10">longplural</span><a - id="dx1-28124"></a>, <span + id="dx1-34128"></a>, <span class="cmss-10">short</span><a - id="dx1-28125"></a> and <span + id="dx1-34129"></a> and <span class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a - id="dx1-28126"></a>. Additional keys are provided by the -<span -class="cmss-10">glossaries-prefix</span><a - id="dx1-28127"></a> (<a -href="#sec:prefix"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>17 </a><a -href="#sec:prefix">Prefixes or Determiners<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:prefix --></a>) and the <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a - id="dx1-28128"></a> (<a -href="#sec:accsupp"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>18 </a><a -href="#sec:accsupp">Accessibility -Support<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:accsupp --></a>) packages. You can also define your own custom keys (see <a -href="#sec:addkey"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>4.3 </a><a -href="#sec:addkey">Additional -Keys<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:addkey --></a>). -</p><!--l. 4243--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Avoid using any of the <a + id="dx1-34130"></a>. +</p><!--l. 4808--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Avoid using any of the <a href="#sec:gls-like"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like</a> or <a href="#sec:glstext-like"><span class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like</a> commands within the <span class="cmss-10">text</span><a - id="dx1-28129"></a>, <span + id="dx1-34131"></a>, <span class="cmss-10">first</span><a - id="dx1-28130"></a>, <span + id="dx1-34132"></a>, <span class="cmss-10">short</span><a - id="dx1-28131"></a> + id="dx1-34133"></a> or <span class="cmss-10">long</span><a - id="dx1-28132"></a> keys (or their plural equivalent) or any other key that you plan to access through + id="dx1-34134"></a> keys (or their plural equivalent) or any other key that you plan to access through those commands. (For example, the <span class="cmss-10">symbol</span><a - id="dx1-28133"></a> key if you intend to use <span + id="dx1-34135"></a> key if you intend to use <span class="cmtt-10">\glssymbol</span>.) Otherwise you end up with nested links, which can cause complications and they won’t work with the case-changing commands. You can use them within the value of keys that won’t be accessed through those commands. For example, the <span class="cmss-10">description</span><a - id="dx1-28134"></a> key if you don’t use <span + id="dx1-34136"></a> key if you don’t use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsdesc</span>. Additionally, they’ll confuse the entry formatting commands, such as <span class="cmtt-10">\glslabel</span>. </div> -</p><!--l. 4256--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4258--><p class="indent" > Note that if the name starts with <a +</p><!--l. 4821--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4823--><p class="indent" > Note that if the name starts with <a href="#glo:nonlatinchar">non-Latin character<a - id="dx1-28135"></a></a>, you must group the + id="dx1-34137"></a></a>, you must group the character, otherwise it will cause a problem for commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\Gls</span><a - id="dx1-28136"></a> and <span + id="dx1-34138"></a> and <span class="cmtt-10">\Glspl</span><a - id="dx1-28137"></a>. For + id="dx1-34139"></a>. For example: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-102"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-140"> \newglossaryentry{elite}{name={{\'e}lite},  <br />description={select group or class}} </div> -<!--l. 4265--><p class="nopar" > Note that the same applies if you are using the <span +<!--l. 4830--><p class="nopar" > Note that the same applies if you are using the <span class="cmss-10">inputenc</span><a - id="dx1-28138"></a> package: </p><div class="alltt"> + id="dx1-34140"></a> package: </p><div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> <span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry{elite}{name={{</span></span><span @@ -8570,114 +10193,114 @@ class="cmtt-10"> class}}</span></span> </div> </div> (This doesn’t apply for XeLaTeX documents using the <span class="cmss-10">fontspec</span><a - id="dx1-28139"></a> package. For further details, + id="dx1-34141"></a> package. For further details, see the “UTF-8” section in the <span class="cmss-10">mfirstuc</span><a - id="dx1-28140"></a> user manual.) -<!--l. 4276--><p class="indent" > Note that in both of the above examples, you will also need to supply the <span + id="dx1-34142"></a> user manual.) +<!--l. 4841--><p class="indent" > Note that in both of the above examples, you will also need to supply the <span class="cmss-10">sort</span><a - id="dx1-28141"></a> key if you + id="dx1-34143"></a> key if you are using <a href="#option2">Option 2</a> whereas <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-28142"></a></a> (<a + id="dx1-34144"></a></a> (<a href="#option3">Option 3</a>) is usually able to sort <a href="#glo:nonlatinchar">non-Latin character<a - id="dx1-28143"></a>s</a> + id="dx1-34145"></a>s</a> correctly. <a href="#option1">Option 1</a> discards accents from <a href="#glo:latexexlatinchar">standard <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span></span> extended Latin character<a - id="dx1-28144"></a>s</a> unless + id="dx1-34146"></a>s</a> unless you use the <span class="cmss-10">sanitizesort=true</span><a - id="dx1-28145"></a>. + id="dx1-34147"></a>. </p> -<!--l. 4284--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 4849--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.1 </span> <a id="sec:plurals"></a>Plurals</h3> -<!--l. 4287--><p class="noindent" >You may have noticed from above that you can specify the plural form when you define a +<!--l. 4852--><p class="noindent" >You may have noticed from above that you can specify the plural form when you define a term. If you omit this, the plural will be obtained by appending -</p><!--l. 4290--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4855--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glspluralsuffix</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-29001"></a> <span + id="dx1-35001"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glspluralsuffix </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4292--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4857--><p class="noindent" > to the singular form. This command defaults to the letter “s”. For example: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-103"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-141"> \newglossaryentry{cow}{name=cow,description={a fully grown  <br />female of any bovine animal}} </div> -<!--l. 4298--><p class="nopar" > defines a new entry whose singular form is “cow” and plural form is “cows”. However, if you +<!--l. 4863--><p class="nopar" > defines a new entry whose singular form is “cow” and plural form is “cows”. However, if you are writing in archaic English, you may want to use “kine” as the plural form, in which case you would have to do: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-104"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-142"> \newglossaryentry{cow}{name=cow,plural=kine,  <br />description={a fully grown female of any bovine animal}} </div> -<!--l. 4306--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 4308--><p class="indent" > If you are writing in a language that supports multiple plurals (for a given term) then use +<!--l. 4871--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 4873--><p class="indent" > If you are writing in a language that supports multiple plurals (for a given term) then use the <span class="cmss-10">plural</span><a - id="dx1-29002"></a> key for one of them and one of the user keys to specify the other plural form. For + id="dx1-35002"></a> key for one of them and one of the user keys to specify the other plural form. For example: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-105"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-143"> \newglossaryentry{cow}{%  <br />  name=cow,%  <br />  description={a fully grown female of any bovine animal  <br />               (plural cows, archaic plural kine)},%  <br />  user1={kine}} </div> -<!--l. 4318--><p class="nopar" > You can then use <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 4883--><p class="nopar" > You can then use <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glspl{cow}</span></span></span> to produce “cows” and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsuseri{cow}</span></span></span> to produce “kine”. You can, of course, define an easy to remember synonym. For example: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-106"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-144"> \let\glsaltpl\glsuseri </div> -<!--l. 4324--><p class="nopar" > Then you don’t have to remember which key you used to store the second plural. +<!--l. 4889--><p class="nopar" > Then you don’t have to remember which key you used to store the second plural. Alternatively, you can define your own keys using <span class="cmtt-10">\glsaddkey</span><a - id="dx1-29003"></a>, described in <a + id="dx1-35003"></a>, described in <a href="#sec:addkey"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>4.3 </a><a +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>4.3 </a><a href="#sec:addkey">Additional Keys<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:addkey --></a>. -</p><!--l. 4329--><p class="indent" > If you are using a language that usually forms plurals by appending a different letter, or +</p><!--l. 4894--><p class="indent" > If you are using a language that usually forms plurals by appending a different letter, or sequence of letters, you can redefine <span class="cmtt-10">\glspluralsuffix </span>as required. However, this must be done <span class="cmti-10">before </span>the entries are defined. For languages that don’t form plurals by simply appending a suffix, all the plural forms must be specified using the <span class="cmss-10">plural</span><a - id="dx1-29004"></a> key (and the + id="dx1-35004"></a> key (and the <span class="cmss-10">firstplural</span><a - id="dx1-29005"></a> key where necessary). -</p><!--l. 4337--><p class="noindent" > + id="dx1-35005"></a> key where necessary). +</p><!--l. 4902--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 4337--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 4902--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.2 </span> <a id="sec:grammar"></a>Other Grammatical Constructs</h3> -<!--l. 4340--><p class="noindent" >You can use the six user keys to provide alternatives, such as participles. For example: +<!--l. 4905--><p class="noindent" >You can use the six user keys to provide alternatives, such as participles. For example: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-107"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-145"> \let\glsing\glsuseri  <br />\let\glsd\glsuserii  <br />\newcommand*{\ingkey}{user1} @@ -8691,55 +10314,55 @@ href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span cla  <br />  }%  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 4357--><p class="nopar" > With the above definitions, I can now define terms like this: +<!--l. 4922--><p class="nopar" > With the above definitions, I can now define terms like this: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-108"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-146"> \newword{play}{to take part in activities for enjoyment}  <br />\newword[\edkey={ran},\ingkey={running}]{run}{to move fast using  <br />the legs} </div> -<!--l. 4363--><p class="nopar" > and use them in the text: +<!--l. 4928--><p class="nopar" > and use them in the text: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-109"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-147"> Peter is \glsing{play} in the park today.  <br />Jane \glsd{play} in the park yesterday.  <br />Peter and Jane \glsd{run} in the park last week. </div> -<!--l. 4371--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 4373--><p class="indent" > Alternatively, you can define your own keys using <span +<!--l. 4936--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 4938--><p class="indent" > Alternatively, you can define your own keys using <span class="cmtt-10">\glsaddkey</span><a - id="dx1-30001"></a>, described below in <a + id="dx1-36001"></a>, described below in <a href="#sec:addkey"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>4.3 +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>4.3 </a><a href="#sec:addkey">Additional Keys<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:addkey --></a>. -</p><!--l. 4376--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4941--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 4376--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 4941--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.3 </span> <a id="sec:addkey"></a>Additional Keys</h3> -<!--l. 4379--><p class="noindent" >You can now also define your own custom keys using the commands described in this section. +<!--l. 4944--><p class="noindent" >You can now also define your own custom keys using the commands described in this section. There are two types of keys: those for use within the document and those to store information used behind the scenes by other commands. -</p><!--l. 4384--><p class="indent" > For example, if you want to add a key that indicates the associated unit for a term, you +</p><!--l. 4949--><p class="indent" > For example, if you want to add a key that indicates the associated unit for a term, you might want to reference this unit in your document. In this case use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsaddkey </span>described in <a href="#sec:glsaddkey"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>4.3.1 </a><a +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>4.3.1 </a><a href="#sec:glsaddkey">Document Keys<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsaddkey --></a>. If, on the other hand, you want to add a key to indicate to a glossary style or acronym style that this entry should be formatted differently to other entries, then you can use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsaddstoragekey </span>described in <a href="#sec:glsaddstoragekey"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>4.3.2 </a><a +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>4.3.2 </a><a href="#sec:glsaddstoragekey">Storage Keys<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsaddstoragekey --></a>. -</p><!--l. 4392--><p class="indent" > In both cases, a new command ⟨<span +</p><!--l. 4957--><p class="indent" > In both cases, a new command ⟨<span class="cmti-10">no link cs</span>⟩ will be defined that can be used to access the value of this key (analogous to commands such as <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentrytext</span>). This can be used in an @@ -8748,16 +10371,16 @@ The new keys must be added using <span class="cmtt-10">\glsaddkey </span>or <span class="cmtt-10">\glsaddstoragekey </span>before glossary entries are defined. -</p><!--l. 4399--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4964--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 4399--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 4964--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.3.1 </span> <a id="sec:glsaddkey"></a>Document Keys</h4> -<!--l. 4402--><p class="noindent" >A custom key that can be used in the document is defined using: -</p><!--l. 4403--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +<!--l. 4967--><p class="noindent" >A custom key that can be used in the document is defined using: +</p><!--l. 4968--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsaddkey</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-32001"></a> <span + id="dx1-38001"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsaddkey{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">key</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -8775,17 +10398,17 @@ class="cmitt-10">link ucfirst cs</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">link allcaps cs</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4411--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4976--><p class="noindent" > where: </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description"> ⟨<span class="cmbxti-10">key</span>⟩ </dt><dd class="description">is the new key to use in <span class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a - id="dx1-32002"></a> (or similar commands such as + id="dx1-38002"></a> (or similar commands such as <span class="cmtt-10">\longnewglossaryentry</span><a - id="dx1-32003"></a>); + id="dx1-38003"></a>); </dd><dt class="description"> @@ -8802,42 +10425,42 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsaddkey </span>and protect fragile class="cmbxti-10">no link cs</span>⟩ </dt><dd class="description">is the control sequence to use analogous to commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentrytext</span><a - id="dx1-32004"></a>; + id="dx1-38004"></a>; </dd><dt class="description"> ⟨<span class="cmbxti-10">no link ucfirst cs</span>⟩ </dt><dd class="description">is the control sequence to use analogous to commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrytext</span><a - id="dx1-32005"></a>; + id="dx1-38005"></a>; </dd><dt class="description"> ⟨<span class="cmbxti-10">link cs</span>⟩ </dt><dd class="description">is the control sequence to use analogous to commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span><a - id="dx1-32006"></a>; + id="dx1-38006"></a>; </dd><dt class="description"> ⟨<span class="cmbxti-10">link ucfirst cs</span>⟩ </dt><dd class="description">is the control sequence to use analogous to commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\Glstext</span><a - id="dx1-32007"></a>; + id="dx1-38007"></a>; </dd><dt class="description"> ⟨<span class="cmbxti-10">link allcaps cs</span>⟩ </dt><dd class="description">is the control sequence to use analogous to commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\GLStext</span><a - id="dx1-32008"></a>.</dd></dl> -<!--l. 4432--><p class="noindent" >The starred version of <span + id="dx1-38008"></a>.</dd></dl> +<!--l. 4997--><p class="noindent" >The starred version of <span class="cmtt-10">\glsaddkey </span>switches on expansion for this key. The unstarred version doesn’t override the current expansion setting. <a - id="x1-32009r3"></a> -</p><!--l. 4436--><p class="noindent" ><span + id="x1-38009r3"></a> +</p><!--l. 5001--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmbx-12">Example 3</span><span class="cmbx-12"> (Defining Custom Keys)</span><a - id="x1-32010"></a> -</p><!--l. 4437--><p class="indent" > Suppose I want to define two new keys, <span + id="x1-38010"></a> +</p><!--l. 5002--><p class="indent" > Suppose I want to define two new keys, <span class="cmtt-10">ed </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">ing</span>, that default to the entry text followed by “ed” and “ing”, respectively. The default value will need expanding in both cases, so I @@ -8845,7 +10468,7 @@ need to use the starred form: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-110"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-148">  % Define "ed" key:  <br /> \glsaddkey*  <br />  {ed}% key @@ -8865,11 +10488,11 @@ need to use the starred form:  <br />  {\Glsing}% command analogous to \Glstext  <br />  {\GLSing}% command analogous to \GLStext </div> -<!--l. 4461--><p class="nopar" > Now I can define some entries: +<!--l. 5026--><p class="nopar" > Now I can define some entries: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-111"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-149">  % No need to override defaults for this entry:  <br /> \newglossaryentry{jump}{name={jump},description={}}  <br /> % Need to override defaults on these entries: @@ -8882,33 +10505,33 @@ need to use the starred form:  <br />   ing={waddling},%  <br />   description={}} </div> -<!--l. 4479--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 4481--><p class="indent" > These entries can later be used in the document: +<!--l. 5044--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 5046--><p class="indent" > These entries can later be used in the document: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-112"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-150"> The dog \glsed{jump} over the duck.  <br />The duck was \glsing{waddle} round the dog.  <br />The dog \glsed{run} away from the duck. </div> -<!--l. 4488--><p class="nopar" > For a complete document, see the sample file <a -href="#x1-5094r28"><span +<!--l. 5053--><p class="nopar" > For a complete document, see the sample file <a +href="#x1-11104r29"><span class="cmtt-10">sample-newkeys.tex</span></a>. </p> <div class="center" > -<!--l. 4490--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4490--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> -<!--l. 4492--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 5055--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5055--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> +<!--l. 5057--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 4492--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 5057--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.3.2 </span> <a id="sec:glsaddstoragekey"></a>Storage Keys</h4> -<!--l. 4495--><p class="noindent" >A custom key that can be used for simply storing information is defined using: -</p><!--l. 4497--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +<!--l. 5060--><p class="noindent" >A custom key that can be used for simply storing information is defined using: +</p><!--l. 5062--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsaddstoragekey</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-33001"></a> <span + id="dx1-39001"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsaddstoragekey{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">key</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -8917,35 +10540,36 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">no link cs</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4499--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5064--><p class="noindent" > where the arguments are as the first three arguments of <span class="cmtt-10">\glsaddkey</span>, described above in <a href="#sec:glsaddkey"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>4.3.1 </a><a +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>4.3.1 </a><a href="#sec:glsaddkey">Document Keys<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsaddkey --></a>. -</p><!--l. 4503--><p class="indent" > This is essentially the same as <span +</p><!--l. 5068--><p class="indent" > This is essentially the same as <span class="cmtt-10">\glsaddkey </span>except that it doesn’t define the additional commands. You can access or update the value of your new field using the commands described in <a href="#sec:fetchset"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>16.3 </a><a +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>16.3 </a><a href="#sec:fetchset">Fetching and Updating the Value of a Field<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:fetchset --></a>. <a - id="x1-33002r4"></a> -</p><!--l. 4508--><p class="noindent" ><span + id="x1-39002r4"></a> +</p><!--l. 5073--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmbx-12">Example 4</span><span class="cmbx-12"> (Defining Custom Storage Key (Acronyms and</span> <span class="cmbx-12">Initialisms))</span><a - id="x1-33003"></a> -</p><!--l. 4509--><p class="indent" > Suppose I want to define acronyms and other forms of abbreviations, such as initialisms, but I -want them all in the same glossary and I want the acronyms on first use to be displayed with the -short form followed by the long form in parentheses, but the opposite way round for other forms of -abbreviations.<span class="footnote-mark"><a -href="#fn1x4" id="fn1x4-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">4.1</sup></a></span><a - id="x1-33004f1"></a> -</p><!--l. 4516--><p class="indent" > Here I can define a new key that determines whether the term is actually an acronym + id="x1-39003"></a> +</p><!--l. 5074--><p class="indent" > Suppose I want to define acronyms and other forms of abbreviations, such as initialisms, +but I want them all in the same glossary and I want the acronyms on first use to be displayed +with the short form followed by the long form in parentheses, but the opposite way round for +other forms of abbreviations. (The <a +href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span +class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> package provides a simpler way of achieving +this.) +</p><!--l. 5081--><p class="indent" > Here I can define a new key that determines whether the term is actually an acronym rather than some other form of abbreviation. I’m going to call this key <span class="cmtt-10">abbrtype </span>(since <span class="cmtt-10">type</span> @@ -8953,26 +10577,27 @@ already exists): </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-113"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-151"> \glsaddstoragekey  <br /> {abbrtype}% key/field name  <br /> {word}% default value if not explicitly set  <br /> {\abbrtype}% custom command to access the value if required </div> -<!--l. 4525--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 4527--><p class="indent" > Now I can define a style that looks up the value of this new key to determine how to +<!--l. 5090--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 5092--><p class="indent" > Now I can define a style that looks up the value of this new key to determine how to display the full form: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-114"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-152"> \newacronymstyle  <br /> {mystyle}% style name  <br /> {% Use the generic display  <br />   \ifglshaslong{\glslabel}{\glsgenacfmt}{\glsgenentryfmt}%  <br /> }  <br /> {% Put the long form in the description - <br />   \renewcommand*{\GenericAcronymFields}{description={\the\glslongtok}}% + <br />   \renewcommand*{\GenericAcronymFields}{% + <br />       description={\the\glslongtok}}%  <br />   % For the full format, test the value of the "abbrtype" key.  <br />   % If it's set to "word" put the short form first with  <br />   % the long form in brackets. @@ -9011,9 +10636,9 @@ display the full form:  <br />      (\protect\firstacronymfont{\glsentryshortpl{##1}})%  <br />    }%  <br />  }% - <br />  % plural and first letter upper case + <br />  % plural and first letter upper case  <br />  \renewcommand*{\Genplacrfullformat}[2]{%  <br />    \ifglsfieldeq{##1}{abbrtype}{word}  <br />    {% is a proper acronym @@ -9026,7 +10651,8 @@ display the full form:  <br />    }%  <br />  }%  <br />  % Just use the short form as the name part in the glossary: - <br />  \renewcommand*{\acronymentry}[1]{\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{##1}}}% + <br />  \renewcommand*{\acronymentry}[1]{% + <br />     \acronymfont{\glsentryshort{##1}}}%  <br />  % Sort by the short form:  <br />  \renewcommand*{\acronymsort}[2]{##1}%  <br />  % Just use the surrounding font for the short form: @@ -9037,31 +10663,31 @@ display the full form:  <br />  \renewcommand*{\acrpluralsuffix}{\glspluralsuffix}%  <br /> } </div> -<!--l. 4598--><p class="nopar" > Remember that the new style needs to be set before defining any terms: +<!--l. 5165--><p class="nopar" > Remember that the new style needs to be set before defining any terms: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-115"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-153"> \setacronymstyle{mystyle} </div> -<!--l. 4603--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 4605--><p class="indent" > Since it’s a bit confusing to use <span +<!--l. 5170--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 5172--><p class="indent" > Since it’s a bit confusing to use <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a - id="dx1-33005"></a> for something that’s not technically an + id="dx1-39004"></a> for something that’s not technically an acronym, let’s define a new command for initialisms: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-116"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-154"> \newcommand*{\newinitialism}[4][]{%  <br />  \newacronym[abbrtype=initialism,#1]{#2}{#3}{#4}%  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 4612--><p class="nopar" > Now the entries can all be defined: +<!--l. 5179--><p class="nopar" > Now the entries can all be defined: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-117"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-155"> \newacronym{radar}{radar}{radio detecting and ranging}  <br />\newacronym{laser}{laser}{light amplification by stimulated  <br />emission of radiation} @@ -9070,19 +10696,19 @@ acronym, let’s define a new command for initialisms:  <br />\newinitialism{dsp}{DSP}{digital signal processing}  <br />\newinitialism{atm}{ATM}{automated teller machine} </div> -<!--l. 4622--><p class="nopar" > On <a +<!--l. 5189--><p class="nopar" > On <a href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls{radar}</span></span></span> will produce “radar (radio detecting and ranging)” but <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls{dsp}</span></span></span> will produce “DSP (digital signal processing)”. -</p><!--l. 4627--><p class="indent" > For a complete document, see the sample file <a -href="#x1-5095r29"><span +</p><!--l. 5194--><p class="indent" > For a complete document, see the sample file <a +href="#x1-11105r30"><span class="cmtt-10">sample-storage-abbr.tex</span></a>. </p> <div class="center" > -<!--l. 4629--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4629--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> -<!--l. 4631--><p class="indent" > In the above example, if <span +<!--l. 5196--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5196--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> +<!--l. 5198--><p class="indent" > In the above example, if <span class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>is explicitly used (instead of through <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span>) the <span @@ -9090,131 +10716,132 @@ class="cmtt-10">abbrtype </span>key will be set to its default value of “w <span class="cmtt-10">\ifglshaslong </span>test in the custom acronym style will be false (since the <span class="cmss-10">long</span><a - id="dx1-33006"></a> key hasn’t been + id="dx1-39005"></a> key hasn’t been set) so the display style will switch to that given by <span class="cmtt-10">\glsgenentryfmt </span>and they’ll be no test performed on the <span class="cmtt-10">abbrtype </span>field. <a - id="x1-33007r5"></a> -</p><!--l. 4640--><p class="noindent" ><span + id="x1-39006r5"></a> +</p><!--l. 5207--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmbx-12">Example 5</span><span class="cmbx-12"> (Defining Custom Storage Key (Acronyms and</span> <span class="cmbx-12">Non-Acronyms with Descriptions))</span><a - id="x1-33008"></a> -</p><!--l. 4641--><p class="indent" > The previous example can be modified if the <span + id="x1-39007"></a> +</p><!--l. 5208--><p class="indent" > The previous example can be modified if the <span class="cmss-10">description</span><a - id="dx1-33009"></a> also needs to be provided. Here + id="dx1-39008"></a> also needs to be provided. Here I’ve changed “word” to “acronym”: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-118"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-156"> \glsaddstoragekey  <br /> {abbrtype}% key/field name  <br /> {acronym}% default value if not explicitly set  <br /> {\abbrtype}% custom command to access the value if required </div> -<!--l. 4649--><p class="nopar" > This may seem a little odd for non-abbreviated entries defined using <span +<!--l. 5216--><p class="nopar" > This may seem a little odd for non-abbreviated entries defined using <span class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span> directly, but <span class="cmtt-10">\ifglshaslong</span><a - id="dx1-33010"></a> can be used to determine whether or not to reference the value + id="dx1-39009"></a> can be used to determine whether or not to reference the value of this new <span class="cmtt-10">abbrtype </span>field. -</p><!--l. 4655--><p class="indent" > The new acronym style has a minor modification that forces the user to specify a +</p><!--l. 5222--><p class="indent" > The new acronym style has a minor modification that forces the user to specify a description. In the previous example, the line: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-119"> -   \renewcommand*{\GenericAcronymFields}{description={\the\glslongtok}}% + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-157"> +   \renewcommand*{\GenericAcronymFields}{% + <br />     description={\the\glslongtok}}% </div> -<!--l. 4659--><p class="nopar" > needs to be changed to: +<!--l. 5227--><p class="nopar" > needs to be changed to: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-120"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-158">    \renewcommand*{\GenericAcronymFields}{}% </div> -<!--l. 4663--><p class="nopar" > Additionally, to accommodate the change in the default value of the <span +<!--l. 5231--><p class="nopar" > Additionally, to accommodate the change in the default value of the <span class="cmtt-10">abbrtype </span>key, all instances of </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-121"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-159">     \ifglsfieldeq{##1}{abbrtype}{word} </div> -<!--l. 4668--><p class="nopar" > need to be changed to: +<!--l. 5236--><p class="nopar" > need to be changed to: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-122"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-160">     \ifglsfieldeq{##1}{abbrtype}{acronym} </div> -<!--l. 4672--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 4674--><p class="indent" > Once this new style has been set, the new acronyms can be defined using the optional +<!--l. 5240--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 5242--><p class="indent" > Once this new style has been set, the new acronyms can be defined using the optional argument to set the description: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-123"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-161"> \newacronym[description={system for detecting the position and  <br />speed of aircraft, ships, etc}]{radar}{radar}{radio detecting  <br />and ranging} </div> -<!--l. 4680--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 4682--><p class="indent" > No change is required for the definition of <span +<!--l. 5248--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 5250--><p class="indent" > No change is required for the definition of <span class="cmtt-10">\newinitialism </span>but again the optional argument is required to set the description: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-124"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-162"> \newinitialism[description={mathematical manipulation of an  <br />information signal}]{dsp}{DSP}{digital signal processing} </div> -<!--l. 4687--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 4689--><p class="indent" > We can also accommodate contractions in a similar manner to the initialisms: +<!--l. 5255--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 5257--><p class="indent" > We can also accommodate contractions in a similar manner to the initialisms: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-125"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-163"> \newcommand*{\newcontraction}[4][]{%  <br />  \newacronym[abbrtype=contraction,#1]{#2}{#3}{#4}%  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 4695--><p class="nopar" > The contractions can similarly been defined using this new command: +<!--l. 5263--><p class="nopar" > The contractions can similarly been defined using this new command: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-126"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-164"> \newcontraction[description={front part of a ship below the  <br />deck}]{focsle}{fo'c's'le}{forecastle} </div> -<!--l. 4700--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 4702--><p class="indent" > Since the custom acronym style just checks if <span +<!--l. 5268--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 5270--><p class="indent" > Since the custom acronym style just checks if <span class="cmtt-10">abbrtype </span>is <span class="cmtt-10">acronym</span>, the contractions will be treated the same as the initialisms, but the style could be modified by a further test of the <span class="cmtt-10">abbrtype </span>value if required. -</p><!--l. 4707--><p class="indent" > To test regular non-abbreviated entries, I’ve also defined a simple word: +</p><!--l. 5275--><p class="indent" > To test regular non-abbreviated entries, I’ve also defined a simple word: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-127"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-165"> \newglossaryentry{apple}{name={apple},description={a fruit}} </div> -<!--l. 4711--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 4713--><p class="indent" > Now for a new glossary style that provides information about the abbreviation (in +<!--l. 5279--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 5281--><p class="indent" > Now for a new glossary style that provides information about the abbreviation (in addition to the description): </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-128"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-166"> \newglossarystyle  <br /> {mystyle}% style name  <br /> {% base it on the "list" style @@ -9227,86 +10854,85 @@ addition to the description):  <br />       \glossentrydesc{##1}\glspostdescription\space ##2}%  <br /> } </div> -<!--l. 4727--><p class="nopar" > This uses <span +<!--l. 5295--><p class="nopar" > This uses <span class="cmtt-10">\ifglshaslong</span><a - id="dx1-33011"></a> to determine whether or not the term is an abbreviation. If it has + id="dx1-39010"></a> to determine whether or not the term is an abbreviation. If it has an abbreviation, the full form is supplied in parentheses and <span class="cmtt-10">\abbrtype </span>(defined by <span class="cmtt-10">\glsaddstoragekey </span>earlier) is used to indicate the type of abbreviation. -</p><!--l. 4734--><p class="indent" > With this style set, the <span +</p><!--l. 5302--><p class="indent" > With this style set, the <span class="cmtt-10">apple </span>entry is simply displayed in the glossary as </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">apple</span> </dt><dd class="description">a fruit.</dd></dl> -<!--l. 4739--><p class="noindent" >but the abbreviations are displayed in the form +<!--l. 5307--><p class="noindent" >but the abbreviations are displayed in the form </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">laser</span> </dt><dd class="description">(acronym: light amplification by stimulated emission of radiation) device that creates a narrow beam of intense light.</dd></dl> -<!--l. 4745--><p class="noindent" >(for acronyms) or +<!--l. 5313--><p class="noindent" >(for acronyms) or </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">DSP</span> </dt><dd class="description">(initialism: digital signal processing) mathematical manipulation of an information signal.</dd></dl> -<!--l. 4750--><p class="noindent" >(for initalisms) or +<!--l. 5318--><p class="noindent" >(for initalisms) or </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">fo’c’s’le</span> </dt><dd class="description">(contraction: forecastle) front part of a ship below the deck.</dd></dl> -<!--l. 4755--><p class="noindent" >(for contractions). -</p><!--l. 4757--><p class="indent" > For a complete document, see the sample file <a -href="#x1-5096r30"><span -class="cmtt-10">sample-storage-abbr-desc.tex</span></a>. -</p> +<!--l. 5323--><p class="noindent" >(for contractions). +</p><!--l. 5325--><p class="indent" > For a complete document, see <a +href="#x1-11106r31"><span +class="cmtt-10">sample-storage-abbr-desc.tex</span></a>. </p> <div class="center" > -<!--l. 4759--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4759--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> +<!--l. 5326--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5326--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> -<!--l. 4761--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 5328--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 4761--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 5328--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.4 </span> <a id="sec:expansion"></a>Expansion</h3> -<!--l. 4764--><p class="noindent" >When you define new glossary entries expansion is performed by default, except for the <span +<!--l. 5331--><p class="noindent" >When you define new glossary entries expansion is performed by default, except for the <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-34001"></a>, + id="dx1-40001"></a>, <span class="cmss-10">description</span><a - id="dx1-34002"></a>, <span + id="dx1-40002"></a>, <span class="cmss-10">descriptionplural</span><a - id="dx1-34003"></a>, <span + id="dx1-40003"></a>, <span class="cmss-10">symbol</span><a - id="dx1-34004"></a>, <span + id="dx1-40004"></a>, <span class="cmss-10">symbolplural</span><a - id="dx1-34005"></a> and <span + id="dx1-40005"></a> and <span class="cmss-10">sort</span><a - id="dx1-34006"></a> keys (these keys all have expansion + id="dx1-40006"></a> keys (these keys all have expansion suppressed via <span class="cmtt-10">\glssetnoexpandfield</span>). -</p><!--l. 4770--><p class="indent" > You can switch expansion on or off for individual keys using -</p><!--l. 4771--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5337--><p class="indent" > You can switch expansion on or off for individual keys using +</p><!--l. 5338--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glssetexpandfield</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-34007"></a> <span + id="dx1-40007"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glssetexpandfield{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4773--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5340--><p class="noindent" > or -</p><!--l. 4775--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5342--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glssetnoexpandfield</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-34008"></a> <span + id="dx1-40008"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glssetnoexpandfield{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4777--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5344--><p class="noindent" > respectively, where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">field</span>⟩ is the field tag corresponding to the key. In most cases, this is the same as the name of the key except for those listed in <a @@ -9315,14 +10941,14 @@ href="#tab:fieldmap">table 4.1</a>. <div class="table"> -<!--l. 4782--><p class="indent" > <a +<!--l. 5349--><p class="indent" > <a id="tab:fieldmap"></a></p><hr class="float" /><div class="float" > <div class="caption" ><span class="id">Table 4.1: </span><span -class="content">Key to Field Mappings</span></div><!--tex4ht:label?: x1-340091 --> +class="content">Key to Field Mappings</span></div><!--tex4ht:label?: x1-400091 --> <div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-5" class="tabular" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" ><colgroup id="TBL-5-1g"><col @@ -9337,83 +10963,83 @@ class="cmbx-10">Field </span></td> style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-5-2-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-2-1" class="td11"> <span class="cmss-10">sort</span><a - id="dx1-34010"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-2-2" + id="dx1-40010"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-2-2" class="td11"> <span class="cmtt-10">sortvalue </span></td></tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-5-3-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-3-1" class="td11"> <span class="cmss-10">firstplural</span><a - id="dx1-34011"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-3-2" + id="dx1-40011"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-3-2" class="td11"> <span class="cmtt-10">firstpl</span></td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-5-4-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-4-1" class="td11"> <span class="cmss-10">description</span><a - id="dx1-34012"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-4-2" + id="dx1-40012"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-4-2" class="td11"> <span class="cmtt-10">desc </span></td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-5-5-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-5-1" class="td11"> <span class="cmss-10">descriptionplural</span><a - id="dx1-34013"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-5-2" + id="dx1-40013"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-5-2" class="td11"> <span class="cmtt-10">descplural </span></td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-5-6-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-6-1" class="td11"> <span class="cmss-10">user1</span><a - id="dx1-34014"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-6-2" + id="dx1-40014"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-6-2" class="td11"> <span class="cmtt-10">useri </span></td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-5-7-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-7-1" class="td11"> <span class="cmss-10">user2</span><a - id="dx1-34015"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-7-2" + id="dx1-40015"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-7-2" class="td11"> <span class="cmtt-10">userii </span></td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-5-8-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-8-1" class="td11"> <span class="cmss-10">user3</span><a - id="dx1-34016"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-8-2" + id="dx1-40016"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-8-2" class="td11"> <span class="cmtt-10">useriii </span></td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-5-9-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-9-1" class="td11"> <span class="cmss-10">user4</span><a - id="dx1-34017"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-9-2" + id="dx1-40017"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-9-2" class="td11"> <span class="cmtt-10">useriv </span></td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-5-10-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-10-1" class="td11"> <span class="cmss-10">user5</span><a - id="dx1-34018"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-10-2" + id="dx1-40018"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-10-2" class="td11"> <span class="cmtt-10">userv </span></td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-5-11-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-11-1" class="td11"> <span class="cmss-10">user6</span><a - id="dx1-34019"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-11-2" + id="dx1-40019"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-11-2" class="td11"> <span class="cmtt-10">uservi </span></td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-5-12-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-12-1" class="td11"> <span class="cmss-10">longplural</span><a - id="dx1-34020"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-12-2" + id="dx1-40020"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-12-2" class="td11"> <span class="cmtt-10">longpl </span></td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-5-13-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-13-1" class="td11"> <span class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a - id="dx1-34021"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-13-2" + id="dx1-40021"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-13-2" class="td11"> <span class="cmtt-10">shortpl </span></td></tr></table> </div> @@ -9421,31 +11047,31 @@ class="cmtt-10">shortpl </span></td></tr></table> </div><hr class="endfloat" /> </div> -<!--l. 4803--><p class="indent" > Any keys that haven’t had the expansion explicitly set using <span +<!--l. 5370--><p class="indent" > Any keys that haven’t had the expansion explicitly set using <span class="cmtt-10">\glssetexpandfield </span>or <span class="cmtt-10">\glssetnoexpandfield </span>are governed by -</p><!--l. 4805--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5372--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsexpandfields</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-34022"></a> <span + id="dx1-40022"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsexpandfields </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4807--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5374--><p class="noindent" > and -</p><!--l. 4809--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5376--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsnoexpandfields</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-34023"></a> <span + id="dx1-40023"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsnoexpandfields </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4811--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4813--><p class="indent" > If your entries contain any fragile commands, I recommend you switch off expansion via +</p><!--l. 5378--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5380--><p class="indent" > If your entries contain any fragile commands, I recommend you switch off expansion via <span class="cmtt-10">\glsnoexpandfields</span>. (This should be used before you define the entries.) </p> -<!--l. 4817--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 5384--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.5 </span> <a id="sec:subentries"></a>Sub-Entries</h3> -<!--l. 4820--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.17, it is possible to specify sub-entries. These may be used to order the +<!--l. 5387--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.17, it is possible to specify sub-entries. These may be used to order the glossary into categories, in which case the sub-entry will have a different name to its parent entry, or it may be used to distinguish different definitions for the same word, in which case the sub-entries will have the same name as the parent entry. Note that not all @@ -9454,67 +11080,67 @@ flat format. Of the styles that support sub-entries, some display the sub-entry& name whilst others don’t. Therefore you need to ensure that you use a suitable style. (See <a href="#sec:styles"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>15 </a><a +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>15 </a><a href="#sec:styles">Glossary Styles<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:styles --></a> for a list of predefined styles.) As from version 3.0, level 1 sub-entries are automatically numbered in the predefined styles if you use the <span class="cmss-10">subentrycounter</span><a - id="dx1-35001"></a> package option (see <a + id="dx1-41001"></a> package option (see <a href="#sec:pkgopts-printglos"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.3 </a><a +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>2.3 </a><a href="#sec:pkgopts-printglos">Glossary Appearance Options<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts-printglos --></a> for further details). -</p><!--l. 4835--><p class="indent" > Note that the parent entry will automatically be added to the glossary if any of its child +</p><!--l. 5402--><p class="indent" > Note that the parent entry will automatically be added to the glossary if any of its child entries are used in the document. If the parent entry is not referenced in the document, it will not have a <a href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a - id="dx1-35002"></a></a>. Note also that <a + id="dx1-41002"></a></a>. Note also that <a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-35003"></a></a> has a restriction on the maximum + id="dx1-41003"></a></a> has a restriction on the maximum sub-entry depth. -</p><!--l. 4841--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5408--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 4841--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 5408--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.5.1 </span> <a id="sec:hierarchical"></a>Hierarchical Categories</h4> -<!--l. 4844--><p class="noindent" >To arrange a glossary with hierarchical categories, you need to first define the category and +<!--l. 5411--><p class="noindent" >To arrange a glossary with hierarchical categories, you need to first define the category and then define the sub-entries using the relevant category entry as the value of the <span class="cmss-10">parent</span><a - id="dx1-36001"></a> + id="dx1-42001"></a> key. <a - id="x1-36002r6"></a> -</p><!--l. 4849--><p class="noindent" ><span + id="x1-42002r6"></a> +</p><!--l. 5416--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmbx-12">Example 6</span><span class="cmbx-12"> (Hierarchical Categories—Greek and Roman Mathematical</span> <span class="cmbx-12">Symbols)</span><a - id="x1-36003"></a> -</p><!--l. 4851--><p class="indent" > Suppose I want a glossary of mathematical symbols that are divided into Greek letters + id="x1-42003"></a> +</p><!--l. 5418--><p class="indent" > Suppose I want a glossary of mathematical symbols that are divided into Greek letters and Roman letters. Then I can define the categories as follows: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-129"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-167"> \newglossaryentry{greekletter}{name={Greek letters},  <br />description={\nopostdesc}}  <br />\newglossaryentry{romanletter}{name={Roman letters},  <br />description={\nopostdesc}} </div> -<!--l. 4860--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 4862--><p class="indent" > Note that in this example, the category entries don’t need a description so I have set the +<!--l. 5427--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 5429--><p class="indent" > Note that in this example, the category entries don’t need a description so I have set the descriptions to <span class="cmtt-10">\nopostdesc</span><a - id="dx1-36004"></a>. This gives a blank description and suppresses the description + id="dx1-42004"></a>. This gives a blank description and suppresses the description terminator. -</p><!--l. 4867--><p class="indent" > I can now define my sub-entries as follows: +</p><!--l. 5434--><p class="indent" > I can now define my sub-entries as follows: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-130"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-168"> \newglossaryentry{pi}{name={\ensuremath{\pi}},sort={pi},  <br />description={ratio of the circumference of a circle to  <br />the diameter}, @@ -9523,41 +11149,41 @@ terminator.  <br />description={Euler's constant},  <br />parent=romanletter} </div> -<!--l. 4877--><p class="nopar" > For a complete document, see the sample file <a -href="#x1-5064r21"><span +<!--l. 5444--><p class="nopar" > For a complete document, see the sample file <a +href="#x1-11068r21"><span class="cmtt-10">sampletree.tex</span></a>. </p> <div class="center" > -<!--l. 4879--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4879--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> -<!--l. 4881--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 5446--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5446--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> +<!--l. 5448--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 4881--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 5448--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.5.2 </span> <a id="sec:homographs"></a>Homographs</h4> -<!--l. 4884--><p class="noindent" >Sub-entries that have the same name as the parent entry, don’t need to have the +<!--l. 5451--><p class="noindent" >Sub-entries that have the same name as the parent entry, don’t need to have the <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-37001"></a> key. For example, the word “glossary” can mean a list of technical words or a + id="dx1-43001"></a> key. For example, the word “glossary” can mean a list of technical words or a collection of glosses. In both cases the plural is “glossaries”. So first define the parent entry: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-131"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-169"> \newglossaryentry{glossary}{name=glossary,  <br />description={\nopostdesc},  <br />plural={glossaries}} </div> -<!--l. 4893--><p class="nopar" > Again, the parent entry has no description, so the description terminator needs to be +<!--l. 5460--><p class="nopar" > Again, the parent entry has no description, so the description terminator needs to be suppressed using <span class="cmtt-10">\nopostdesc</span><a - id="dx1-37002"></a>. -</p><!--l. 4897--><p class="indent" > Now define the two different meanings of the word: + id="dx1-43002"></a>. +</p><!--l. 5464--><p class="indent" > Now define the two different meanings of the word: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-132"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-170"> \newglossaryentry{glossarylist}{  <br />description={list of technical words},  <br />sort={1}, @@ -9567,38 +11193,38 @@ class="cmtt-10">\nopostdesc</span><a  <br />sort={2},  <br />parent={glossary}} </div> -<!--l. 4908--><p class="nopar" > Note that if I reference the parent entry, the location will be added to the parent’s <a +<!--l. 5475--><p class="nopar" > Note that if I reference the parent entry, the location will be added to the parent’s <a href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a - id="dx1-37003"></a></a>, whereas if I reference any of the child entries, the location will be added to the child + id="dx1-43003"></a></a>, whereas if I reference any of the child entries, the location will be added to the child entry’s number list. Note also that since the sub-entries have the same name, the <span class="cmss-10">sort</span><a - id="dx1-37004"></a> key is + id="dx1-43004"></a> key is required unless you are using the <span class="cmss-10">sort=use</span><a - id="dx1-37005"></a> or <span + id="dx1-43005"></a> or <span class="cmss-10">sort=def</span><a - id="dx1-37006"></a> package options (see <a + id="dx1-43006"></a> package options (see <a href="#sec:pkgopts-sort"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.4 +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>2.4 </a><a href="#sec:pkgopts-sort">Sorting Options<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts-sort --></a>). You can use the <span class="cmss-10">subentrycounter</span><a - id="dx1-37007"></a> package option to automatically + id="dx1-43007"></a> package option to automatically number the first-level child entries. See <a href="#sec:pkgopts-printglos"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.3 </a><a +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>2.3 </a><a href="#sec:pkgopts-printglos">Glossary Appearance Options<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts-printglos --></a> for further details. -</p><!--l. 4920--><p class="indent" > In the above example, the plural form for both of the child entries is the same as the +</p><!--l. 5487--><p class="indent" > In the above example, the plural form for both of the child entries is the same as the parent entry, so the <span class="cmss-10">plural</span><a - id="dx1-37008"></a> key was not required for the child entries. However, if the + id="dx1-43008"></a> key was not required for the child entries. However, if the sub-entries have different plurals, they will need to be specified. For example: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-133"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-171"> \newglossaryentry{bravo}{name={bravo},  <br />description={\nopostdesc}}  <br />\newglossaryentry{bravocry}{description={cry of approval @@ -9612,83 +11238,88 @@ sub-entries have different plurals, they will need to be specified. For example:  <br />plural={bravoes},  <br />parent=bravo} </div> -<!--l. 4939--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 4942--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 5506--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 5509--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 4942--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 5509--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.6 </span> <a id="sec:loadglsentries"></a>Loading Entries From a File</h3> -<!--l. 4945--><p class="noindent" >You can store all your glossary entry definitions in another file and use: -</p><!--l. 4947--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +<!--l. 5512--><p class="noindent" >You can store all your glossary entry definitions in another file and use: +</p><!--l. 5514--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\loadglsentries</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-38001"></a> <span + id="dx1-44001"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\loadglsentries[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">type</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">filename</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4949--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5516--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">filename</span>⟩ is the name of the file containing all the <span class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a - id="dx1-38002"></a> or + id="dx1-44002"></a> or <span class="cmtt-10">\longnewglossaryentry</span><a - id="dx1-38003"></a> commands. The optional argument ⟨<span + id="dx1-44003"></a> commands. The optional argument ⟨<span class="cmti-10">type</span>⟩ is the name of the glossary to which those entries should belong, for those entries where the <span class="cmss-10">type</span><a - id="dx1-38004"></a> key has been omitted + id="dx1-44004"></a> key has been omitted (or, more specifically, for those entries whose type has been specified by <span class="cmtt-10">\glsdefaulttype</span><a - id="dx1-38005"></a>, + id="dx1-44005"></a>, which is what <span class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a - id="dx1-38006"></a> uses by default). -</p><!--l. 4959--><p class="indent" > This is a preamble-only command. You may also use <span + id="dx1-44006"></a> uses by default). +</p><!--l. 5526--><p class="indent" > This is a preamble-only command. You may also use <span class="cmtt-10">\input</span><a - id="dx1-38007"></a> to load the file but don’t use + id="dx1-44007"></a> to load the file but don’t use <span class="cmtt-10">\include</span><a - id="dx1-38008"></a>. -</p><!--l. 4962--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you want to use <span + id="dx1-44008"></a>. If you find that your file is becoming unmanageably large, you may want to +consider switching to <a +href="#glo:bib2gls"><span +class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a + id="dx1-44009"></a></a> and use an application such as JabRef to manage the entry +definitions. +</p><!--l. 5532--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you want to use <span class="cmtt-10">\AtBeginDocument</span><a - id="dx1-38009"></a> to <span + id="dx1-44010"></a> to <span class="cmtt-10">\input </span>all your entries automatically at the start of the document, add the <span class="cmtt-10">\AtBeginDocument </span>command <span class="cmti-10">before </span>you load the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a - id="dx1-38010"></a> + id="dx1-44011"></a> package (and <span class="cmss-10">babel</span><a - id="dx1-38011"></a>, if you are also loading that) to avoid the creation of the <span + id="dx1-44012"></a>, if you are also loading that) to avoid the creation of the <span class="cmtt-10">.glsdefs </span>file and any associated problems that are caused by defining commands in the <span class="cmss-10">document</span><a - id="dx1-38012"></a><a - id="dx1-38013"></a> + id="dx1-44013"></a><a + id="dx1-44014"></a> environment. (See <a href="#sec:docdefs"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>4.8 </a><a +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>4.8 </a><a href="#sec:docdefs">Drawbacks With Defining Entries in the Document Environment<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:docdefs --></a>.) </div> -</p><!--l. 4971--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5541--><p class="noindent" > <a - id="x1-38014r7"></a> + id="x1-44015r7"></a> -</p><!--l. 4973--><p class="noindent" ><span +</p><!--l. 5543--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmbx-12">Example 7</span><span class="cmbx-12"> (Loading Entries from Another File)</span><a - id="x1-38015"></a> -</p><!--l. 4974--><p class="indent" > Suppose I have a file called <span + id="x1-44016"></a> +</p><!--l. 5544--><p class="indent" > Suppose I have a file called <span class="cmtt-10">myentries.tex </span>which contains: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-134"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-172"> \newglossaryentry{perl}{type=main,  <br />name={Perl},  <br />description={A scripting language}} @@ -9698,14 +11329,14 @@ class="cmtt-10">myentries.tex </span>which contains:  <br />name={html},  <br />description={A mark up language}} </div> -<!--l. 4986--><p class="nopar" > and suppose in my document preamble I use the command: +<!--l. 5556--><p class="nopar" > and suppose in my document preamble I use the command: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-135"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-173"> \loadglsentries[languages]{myentries} </div> -<!--l. 4990--><p class="nopar" > then this will add the entries <span +<!--l. 5560--><p class="nopar" > then this will add the entries <span class="cmtt-10">tex </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">html </span>to the glossary whose type is given by <span @@ -9715,14 +11346,14 @@ type to <span class="cmtt-10">main</span>. </p> <div class="center" > -<!--l. 4995--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4995--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> -<!--l. 4997--><p class="indent" > <span +<!--l. 5565--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5565--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> +<!--l. 5567--><p class="indent" > <span class="cmbx-10">Note: </span>if you use <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a - id="dx1-38016"></a> (see <a + id="dx1-44017"></a> (see <a href="#sec:acronyms"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>13 </a><a +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>13 </a><a href="#sec:acronyms">Acronyms and Other Abbreviations<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:acronyms --></a>) the type is set as <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">type=\acronymtype</span></span></span> unless you explicitly override it. For example, if my file @@ -9731,73 +11362,73 @@ class="cmtt-10">myacronyms.tex </span>contains: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-136"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-174"> \newacronym{aca}{aca}{a contrived acronym} </div> -<!--l. 5003--><p class="nopar" > then (supposing I have defined a new glossary type called <span +<!--l. 5573--><p class="nopar" > then (supposing I have defined a new glossary type called <span class="cmtt-10">altacronym</span>) </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-137"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-175"> \loadglsentries[altacronym]{myacronyms} </div> -<!--l. 5008--><p class="nopar" > will add <span +<!--l. 5578--><p class="nopar" > will add <span class="cmtt-10">aca </span>to the glossary type <span class="cmtt-10">acronym</span>, if the package option <span class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a - id="dx1-38017"></a> has been specified, + id="dx1-44018"></a> has been specified, or will add <span class="cmtt-10">aca </span>to the glossary type <span class="cmtt-10">altacronym</span>, if the package option <span class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a - id="dx1-38018"></a> is not + id="dx1-44019"></a> is not specified.<span class="footnote-mark"><a -href="#fn2x4" id="fn2x4-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">4.2</sup></a></span><a - id="x1-38019f2"></a> -</p><!--l. 5016--><p class="indent" > If you have used the <span +href="#fn1x4" id="fn1x4-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">4.1</sup></a></span><a + id="x1-44020f1"></a> +</p><!--l. 5586--><p class="indent" > If you have used the <span class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a - id="dx1-38023"></a> package option, there are two possible solutions to this + id="dx1-44024"></a> package option, there are two possible solutions to this problem: </p><ol class="enumerate1" > <li - class="enumerate" id="x1-38025x1">Change <span + class="enumerate" id="x1-44026x1">Change <span class="cmtt-10">myacronyms.tex </span>so that entries are defined in the form: - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-138"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-176"> \newacronym[type=\glsdefaulttype]{aca}{aca}{a  <br />contrived acronym} </div> - <!--l. 5024--><p class="nopar" > and do: + <!--l. 5594--><p class="nopar" > and do: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-139"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-177"> \loadglsentries[altacronym]{myacronyms} </div> - <!--l. 5028--><p class="nopar" > + <!--l. 5598--><p class="nopar" > </p></li> <li - class="enumerate" id="x1-38027x2">Temporarily change <span + class="enumerate" id="x1-44028x2">Temporarily change <span class="cmtt-10">\acronymtype </span>to the target glossary: - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-140"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-178"> \let\orgacronymtype\acronymtype  <br />\renewcommand{\acronymtype}{altacronym}  <br />\loadglsentries{myacronyms}  <br />\let\acronymtype\orgacronymtype </div> - <!--l. 5036--><p class="nopar" ></p></li></ol> -<!--l. 5039--><p class="indent" > Note that only those entries that have been used in the text will appear in the relevant + <!--l. 5606--><p class="nopar" ></p></li></ol> +<!--l. 5609--><p class="indent" > Note that only those entries that have been used in the text will appear in the relevant glossaries. Note also that <span class="cmtt-10">\loadglsentries </span>may only be used in the preamble. -</p><!--l. 5044--><p class="indent" > Remember that you can use <span +</p><!--l. 5614--><p class="indent" > Remember that you can use <span class="cmtt-10">\provideglossaryentry</span><a - id="dx1-38028"></a> rather than <span + id="dx1-44029"></a> rather than <span class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a - id="dx1-38029"></a>. + id="dx1-44030"></a>. Suppose you want to maintain a large database of acronyms or terms that you’re likely to use in your documents, but you may want to use a modified version of some of those entries. (Suppose, for example, one document may require a more detailed description.) Then if you @@ -9810,73 +11441,73 @@ class="cmtt-10">terms.tex</span>) contains: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-141"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-179"> \provideglossaryentry{mallard}{name=mallard,  <br /> description={a type of duck}} </div> -<!--l. 5057--><p class="nopar" > but suppose your document requires a more detailed description, you can do: +<!--l. 5627--><p class="nopar" > but suppose your document requires a more detailed description, you can do: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-142"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-180"> \usepackage{glossaries}  <br />\makeglossaries  <br />\newglossaryentry{mallard}{name=mallard,  <br /> description={a dabbling duck where the male has a green head}}  <br />\loadglsentries{terms} </div> -<!--l. 5068--><p class="nopar" > Now the <span +<!--l. 5638--><p class="nopar" > Now the <span class="cmtt-10">mallard </span>definition in the <span class="cmtt-10">terms.tex </span>file will be ignored. -</p><!--l. 5072--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5642--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 5072--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 5642--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.7 </span> <a id="sec:moveentry"></a>Moving Entries to Another Glossary</h3> -<!--l. 5075--><p class="noindent" >As from version 3.02, you can move an entry from one glossary to another using: -</p><!--l. 5077--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +<!--l. 5645--><p class="noindent" >As from version 3.02, you can move an entry from one glossary to another using: +</p><!--l. 5647--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsmoveentry</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-39001"></a> <span + id="dx1-45001"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsmoveentry{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">target glossary label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5079--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5649--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is the unique label identifying the required entry and ⟨<span class="cmti-10">target glossary label</span>⟩ is the unique label identifying the glossary in which to put the entry. -</p><!--l. 5084--><p class="indent" > Note that no check is performed to determine the existence of the target glossary. If +</p><!--l. 5654--><p class="indent" > Note that no check is performed to determine the existence of the target glossary. If you want to move an entry to a glossary that’s skipped by <span class="cmtt-10">\printglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-39002"></a>, + id="dx1-45002"></a>, then define an ignored glossary with <span class="cmtt-10">\newignoredglossary</span><a - id="dx1-39003"></a>. (See <a + id="dx1-45003"></a>. (See <a href="#sec:newglossary"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>12 </a><a +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>12 </a><a href="#sec:newglossary">Defining New Glossaries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:newglossary --></a>.) -</p><!--l. 5090--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Unpredictable results may occur if you move an entry to a different glossary from its +</p><!--l. 5660--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Unpredictable results may occur if you move an entry to a different glossary from its parent or children. </div> -</p><!--l. 5093--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5095--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5663--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5665--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 5095--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 5665--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.8 </span> <a id="sec:docdefs"></a>Drawbacks With Defining Entries in the Document Environment</h3> -<!--l. 5098--><p class="noindent" >Originally, <span +<!--l. 5668--><p class="noindent" >Originally, <span class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a - id="dx1-40001"></a> (and <span + id="dx1-46001"></a> (and <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a - id="dx1-40002"></a>) could only be used in the preamble. I + id="dx1-46002"></a>) could only be used in the preamble. I reluctantly removed this restriction in version 1.13, but there are issues with defining commands in the <span class="cmss-10">document</span><a - id="dx1-40003"></a><a - id="dx1-40004"></a> environment instead of the preamble, which is why the restriction + id="dx1-46003"></a><a + id="dx1-46004"></a> environment instead of the preamble, which is why the restriction is maintained for newer commands. This restriction is also reimposed for <span class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span> by the new <a @@ -9889,30 +11520,30 @@ href="#option3">3</a> but provides a package option to allow document definitions.) -</p><!--l. 5108--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5678--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 5108--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 5678--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.8.1 </span> <a id="sec:techissues"></a>Technical Issues</h4> -<!--l. 5111--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 5681--><p class="noindent" > </p><ol class="enumerate1" > <li - class="enumerate" id="x1-41002x1">If you define an entry mid-way through your document, but subsequently shuffle + class="enumerate" id="x1-47002x1">If you define an entry mid-way through your document, but subsequently shuffle sections around, you could end up using an entry before it has been defined. </li> <li - class="enumerate" id="x1-41004x2">Entry information is required when displaying the glossary. If this occurs at the + class="enumerate" id="x1-47004x2">Entry information is required when displaying the glossary. If this occurs at the start of the document, but the entries aren’t defined until later, then the entry details are being looked up before the entry has been defined. </li> <li - class="enumerate" id="x1-41006x3">If you use a package, such as <span + class="enumerate" id="x1-47006x3">If you use a package, such as <span class="cmss-10">babel</span><a - id="dx1-41007"></a>, that makes certain characters active at the start + id="dx1-47007"></a>, that makes certain characters active at the start of the <span class="cmss-10">document</span><a - id="dx1-41008"></a><a - id="dx1-41009"></a> environment, there will be a problem if those characters have + id="dx1-47008"></a><a + id="dx1-47009"></a> environment, there will be a problem if those characters have a special significance when defining glossary entries. These characters include the double-quote <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">"</span></span></span> character, the exclamation mark <span @@ -9922,7 +11553,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">?</span></span></span> character, and the pipe <span class="obey class="cmtt-10">|</span></span></span> character. They must not be active when defining a glossary entry where they occur in the <span class="cmss-10">sort</span><a - id="dx1-41010"></a> key (and they should be avoided in + id="dx1-47010"></a> key (and they should be avoided in the label if they may be active at any point in the document). Additionally, the comma <span class="cmtt-10">, </span>character and the equals <span @@ -9931,53 +11562,66 @@ class="cmtt-10">= </span>character should not be active when using class="cmti-10">key</span>⟩=⟨<span class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩ arguments. </li></ol> -<!--l. 5137--><p class="noindent" >To overcome the first two problems, as from version 4.0 the <span +<!--l. 5707--><p class="noindent" >To overcome the first two problems, as from version 4.0 the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package modifies the definition of <span class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>at the beginning of the <span class="cmss-10">document</span><a - id="dx1-41011"></a><a - id="dx1-41012"></a> environment so that the + id="dx1-47011"></a><a + id="dx1-47012"></a> environment so that the definitions are written to an external file (<span class="cmtt-10">\jobname.glsdefs</span><a - id="dx1-41013"></a>) which is then read in at the + id="dx1-47013"></a>) which is then read in at the start of the document on the next run. The entry will then only be defined in the <span class="cmss-10">document</span><a - id="dx1-41014"></a><a - id="dx1-41015"></a> environment if it doesn’t already exist. This means that the entry can now + id="dx1-47014"></a><a + id="dx1-47015"></a> environment if it doesn’t already exist. This means that the entry can now be looked up in the glossary, even if the glossary occurs at the beginning of the document. -</p><!--l. 5147--><p class="indent" > There are drawbacks to this mechanism: if you modify an entry definition, you need a +</p><!--l. 5717--><p class="indent" > There are drawbacks to this mechanism: if you modify an entry definition, you need a second run to see the effect of your modification; this method requires an extra <span class="cmtt-10">\newwrite</span>, which may exceed <span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span>’s maximum allocation; unexpected expansion issues could occur; the <span class="cmss-10">see</span><a - id="dx1-41016"></a> key isn’t stored, which means it can’t be added to the <span + id="dx1-47016"></a> key isn’t stored, which means it can’t be added to the <span class="cmtt-10">.glsdefs</span><a - id="dx1-41017"></a> file when it’s + id="dx1-47017"></a> file when it’s created at the end of the document (and therefore won’t be present on subsequent runs). -</p><!--l. 5155--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5725--><p class="indent" > The <a +href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span +class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> package provides a setting (but only for Options <a +href="#option2">2</a> and <a +href="#option3">3</a>) that allows +<span +class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>to occur in the document environment but doesn’t create the +<span +class="cmtt-10">.glsdefs</span><a + id="dx1-47018"></a> file. This circumvents some problems but it means that you can’t display +any of the glossaries before all the entries have been defined (so it’s all right if all +the glossaries are at the end of the document but not if any occur in the front +matter). + + +</p><!--l. 5733--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 5155--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 5733--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.8.2 </span> <a id="sec:goodpractice"></a>Good Practice Issues</h4> -<!--l. 5158--><p class="noindent" >The above section covers technical issues that can cause your document to have compilation +<!--l. 5736--><p class="noindent" >The above section covers technical issues that can cause your document to have compilation errors or produce incorrect output. This section focuses on good writing practice. The main reason cited by users wanting to define entries within the <span class="cmss-10">document</span><a - id="dx1-42001"></a><a - id="dx1-42002"></a> environment - - + id="dx1-48001"></a><a + id="dx1-48002"></a> environment rather than in the preamble is that they want to write the definition as they type in their document text. This suggests a “stream of consciousness” style of writing that may be acceptable in certain literary genres but is inappropriate for factual documents. -</p><!--l. 5167--><p class="indent" > When you write technical documents, regardless of whether it’s a PhD thesis or an article +</p><!--l. 5745--><p class="indent" > When you write technical documents, regardless of whether it’s a PhD thesis or an article for a journal or proceedings, you must plan what you write in advance. If you plan in advance, you should have a fairly good idea of the type of terminology that your document will contain, so while you are planning, create a new file with all your @@ -9990,185 +11634,468 @@ definition. </p> -<!--l. 5180--><p class="indent" > </div> -</p><!--l. 5180--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 5758--><p class="indent" > </div> +</p><!--l. 5758--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">5. <a id="sec:numberlists"></a>Number lists</h2> -</p><!--l. 5183--><p class="indent" > Each entry in the glossary has an associated <a +</p><!--l. 5761--><p class="indent" > Each entry in the glossary has an associated <a href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a - id="dx1-43001"></a></a>. By default, these numbers refer -to the pages on which that entry has been used (using any of the commands described in <a + id="dx1-49001"></a></a>. By default, these numbers refer +to the pages on which that entry has been indexed (using any of the commands described in +<a href="#sec:glslink"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>6 -</a><a +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>6 </a><a href="#sec:glslink">Links to Glossary Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glslink --></a> and <a href="#sec:glsadd"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>7 </a><a -href="#sec:glsadd">Adding an Entry to the Glossary Without Generating Text<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsadd --></a>). -The number list can be suppressed using the <span +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>7 </a><a +href="#sec:glsadd">Adding an Entry to the Glossary Without Generating +Text<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsadd --></a>). The number list can be suppressed using the <span class="cmss-10">nonumberlist</span><a - id="dx1-43002"></a> package option, or an alternative -counter can be set as the default using the <span + id="dx1-49002"></a> package option, or an +alternative counter can be set as the default using the <span class="cmss-10">counter</span><a - id="dx1-43003"></a> package option. The number list is also -referred to as the location list<a - id="dx1-43004"></a>. -</p><!--l. 5192--><p class="indent" > Each location in the <a + id="dx1-49003"></a> package option. The number +list is also referred to as the location list<a + id="dx1-49004"></a>. +</p><!--l. 5770--><p class="indent" > <a +href="#glo:numberlist">Number list<a + id="dx1-49005"></a>s</a> are more common with indexes rather than glossaries (although you can use +the <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package for indexes as well). However, the <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package makes use of +<a +href="#glo:makeindex"><span +class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a + id="dx1-49006"></a></a> or <a +href="#glo:xindy"><span +class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a + id="dx1-49007"></a></a> to hierarchically sort and collate the entries since they are readily +available with most modern <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> distributions. Since these are both designed as <a +href="#glo:indexingapp">indexing +applications</a> they both require that terms either have a valid location or a cross-reference. +Even if you use <span +class="cmss-10">nonumberlist</span><a + id="dx1-49008"></a>, the locations must still be provided and acceptable +to the <a +href="#glo:indexingapp">indexing application</a> or they will cause an error during the indexing stage, +which will interrupt the document build. However, if you’re not interested in the +locations, each entry only needs to be indexed once, so consider using <span +class="cmss-10">indexonlyfirst</span><a + id="dx1-49009"></a>, +which can improve the document build time by only indexing the <a +href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> of each +term. +</p><!--l. 5785--><p class="indent" > The <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsaddall</span><a + id="dx1-49010"></a> command (see <a +href="#sec:glsadd"><span +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>7 </a><a +href="#sec:glsadd">Adding an Entry to the Glossary Without Generating +Text<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsadd --></a>), which is used to automatically index all entries, iterates over all defined entries and +does <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsadd{</span>⟨<span +class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span>for each entry (where ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is that entry’s label). This means that +<span +class="cmtt-10">\glsaddall </span>automatically adds the same location to every entry’s <a +href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a + id="dx1-49011"></a></a>, which looks +weird if the number list<a + id="dx1-49012"></a> hasn’t been suppressed. +</p><!--l. 5792--><p class="indent" > With <a +href="#option4">Option 4</a>, the indexing is performed by <a +href="#glo:bib2gls"><span +class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a + id="dx1-49013"></a></a>, which was specifically designed for +the <a +href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span +class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> package. So it will allow any location format, and its <span +class="cmtt-10">selection=all</span> +option will select all entries without adding an unwanted location to the <a +href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a + id="dx1-49014"></a></a>. If +<a +href="#glo:bib2gls"><span +class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a + id="dx1-49015"></a></a> can deduce a numerical value for a location, it will attempt to form a range over +consecutive locations, otherwise it won’t try to form a range and the location will just form +an individual item in the list. <a +href="#option1">Option 1</a> also allows any location but it doesn’t form +ranges. +</p> +<!--l. 5802--><p class="noindent" ><a +href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5.1 </span> <a + id="sec:encap"></a>Encap Values</h3> +<!--l. 5805--><p class="noindent" >Each location in the <a href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a - id="dx1-43005"></a></a> is encapsulated with a command. (The <span + id="dx1-50001"></a></a> is encapsulated with a command formed from the <span class="cmti-10">encap</span><a - id="dx1-43006"></a> value.) By -default this is the <span + id="dx1-50002"></a> +value. By default this is the <span class="cmtt-10">\glsnumberformat</span><a - id="dx1-43007"></a> command, but may be overridden using the <span + id="dx1-50003"></a> command, which corresponds to the encap +<span +class="cmtt-10">glsnumberformat</span>, but this may be overridden using the <span class="cmss-10">format</span><a - id="dx1-43008"></a> key -in the optional argument to commands like <span + id="dx1-50004"></a> key in the optional argument +to commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>. (See <a href="#sec:glslink"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>6 </a><a -href="#sec:glslink">Links to Glossary Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glslink --></a>.) For -example, you may want the location to appear in bold to indicate the principle use of a term -or symbol. Complications can arise if you use different encap values for the same location. -For example, suppose on page 10 you have both the default <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsnumberformat</span> -and <span -class="cmtt-10">\textbf </span>encaps. While it may seem apparent that <span -class="cmtt-10">\textbf </span>should override +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>6 </a><a +href="#sec:glslink">Links to Glossary Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glslink --></a>.) For example, you may want the +location to appear in bold to indicate the principle use of a term or symbol. If the encap +starts with an open parenthesis <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">(</span></span></span> this signifies the start of a range and if the encap starts +with close parenthesis <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">)</span></span></span> this signifies the end of a range. These must always occur in +matching pairs. +</p><!--l. 5817--><p class="indent" > The <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package provides the command <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsignore</span><a + id="dx1-50005"></a> which ignores its argument. +This is the format used by <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsaddallunused </span>to suppress the location, which works fine as +long as no other locations are added to the <a +href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a + id="dx1-50006"></a></a>. For example, if you use + + +<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\gls{sample}</span></span></span> on page 2 then reset the <a +href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a> and then use <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsaddallunused </span>on +page 10, the <a +href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a + id="dx1-50007"></a></a> for <span +class="cmtt-10">sample </span>will be <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">2,</span><span +class="cmtt-10"> \glsignore{10}</span></span></span> which will result in “2, ” +which has a spurious comma. +</p><!--l. 5826--><p class="indent" > This isn’t a problem with <a +href="#glo:bib2gls"><span +class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a + id="dx1-50008"></a></a> because you’d use <span +class="cmtt-10">selection=all </span>instead of +<span +class="cmtt-10">\glsaddallunused</span>, but even if you explicitly had, for example, <span +class="cmtt-10">\gls[format=glsignore]</span> <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsnumberformat </span>in this situation, neither <a -href="#glo:makeindex"><span -class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-43009"></a></a> nor <a +class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span +class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span>for some reason, <a +href="#glo:bib2gls"><span +class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a + id="dx1-50009"></a></a> will recognise <span +class="cmtt-10">glsignore </span>as a special encap indicating an +ignored location, so it will select the entry but not add that location to the <a +href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a + id="dx1-50010"></a></a>. It’s a +problem for all the other options (except <a +href="#option5">Option 5</a>, which doesn’t perform any +indexing). +</p><!--l. 5836--><p class="indent" > Complications can arise if you use different encap values for the same location. For +example, suppose on page 10 you have both the default <span +class="cmtt-10">glsnumberformat </span>and <span +class="cmtt-10">textbf</span> +encaps. While it may seem apparent that <span +class="cmtt-10">textbf </span>should override <span +class="cmtt-10">glsnumberformat </span>in this +situation, the <a +href="#glo:indexingapp">indexing application</a> may not know it. This is therefore something you need to +be careful about if you use the <span +class="cmss-10">format</span><a + id="dx1-50011"></a> key or if you use a command that implicitly sets +it. +</p><!--l. 5845--><p class="indent" > In the case of <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-43010"></a></a> know this. In -the case of <a + id="dx1-50012"></a></a>, it only accepts one encap (according to the order of precedence given +in the <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-43011"></a></a>, it only accepts one encap and discards the other for identical -locations. The encap it chooses to keep may not necessarily be the one you want. In the -case of <a + id="dx1-50013"></a></a> module) and discards the others for identical locations (for the same +entry). This can cause a problem if a discarded location forms the start or end of a +range. +</p><!--l. 5850--><p class="indent" > In the case of <a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-43012"></a></a>, it accepts different encaps for the same location, but warns + id="dx1-50014"></a></a>, it accepts different encaps for the same location, but warns about it. This leads to a <a href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a - id="dx1-43013"></a></a> with the same location repeated in different -fonts. -</p><!--l. 5210--><p class="indent" > This is something you need to be careful about, but if you use the -<a + id="dx1-50015"></a></a> with the same location repeated in different formats. If +you use the <a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-43014"></a></a> Perl script it will detect <a + id="dx1-50016"></a></a> Perl script with <a +href="#option2">Option 2</a> it will detect <a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-43015"></a></a>’s warning and attempt to fix the -problem.<span class="footnote-mark"><a -href="#fn1x5" id="fn1x5-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">5.1</sup></a></span><a - id="x1-43016f1"></a> -Since <a -href="#glo:xindy"><span -class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-43018"></a></a> doesn’t generate a warning, <a -href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span -class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-43019"></a></a> won’t do anything about it if you -are using <a + id="dx1-50017"></a></a>’s warning +and attempt to fix the problem, ensuring that the <span +class="cmtt-10">glsnumberformat </span>encap always has the +least precedence unless it includes a range identifier. Other conflicting encaps will have the +last one override earlier ones for the same location with range identifiers taking +priority. +</p><!--l. 5860--><p class="indent" > No discard occurs with <a +href="#option1">Option 1</a> so again you get the same location repeated in different +formats. With <a +href="#option4">Option 4</a>, <a +href="#glo:bib2gls"><span +class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a + id="dx1-50018"></a></a> will discard according to order of precedence, +giving priority to start and end range encaps. (See the <a +href="#glo:bib2gls"><span +class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a + id="dx1-50019"></a></a> manual for further +details.) +</p><!--l. 5865--><p class="noindent" > +</p> +<!--l. 5865--><p class="noindent" ><a +href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5.2 </span> <a + id="sec:locationsyntax"></a>Locations</h3> +<!--l. 5868--><p class="noindent" >Neither <a +href="#option1">Option 1</a> nor <a +href="#option4">Option 4</a> care about the location syntax as long as it’s valid +<span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span></span> code (and doesn’t contain fragile commands). In both cases, the indexing is +performed by writing a line to the <span +class="cmtt-10">.aux </span>file. The write operation is deferred to avoid the +problems associated with <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span>’s asynchronous output routine. (See, for example, <a +href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=oddpage" >Finding if +you’re on an odd or an even page</a> for more details on this issue.) Unfortunately Options <a +href="#option2">2</a> +and <a +href="#option3">3</a> are far more problematic and need some complex code to deal with awkward +locations. +</p><!--l. 5879--><p class="indent" > If you know that your locations will always expand to a format acceptable to your chosen +<a +href="#glo:indexingapp">indexing application</a> then use the package option <span +class="cmss-10">esclocations=false</span><a + id="dx1-51001"></a> to bypass this operation. +This setting only affects Options <a +href="#option2">2</a> and <a +href="#option3">3</a> as the problem doesn’t arise with the other + + +indexing options. +</p><!--l. 5885--><p class="indent" > Both <a +href="#glo:makeindex"><span +class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a + id="dx1-51002"></a></a> and <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-43020"></a></a>. With <a + id="dx1-51003"></a></a> are fussy about the syntax of the locations. In the +case of <a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-43021"></a></a>, <a -href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span -class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-43022"></a></a> will let the encaps override each other, -similar to <a + id="dx1-51004"></a></a>, only the numbering system obtained with <span +class="cmtt-10">\arabic</span>, <span +class="cmtt-10">\roman</span>, +<span +class="cmtt-10">\Roman</span>, <span +class="cmtt-10">\alph </span>and <span +class="cmtt-10">\Alph </span>or composites formed from them with the same separator +(set with <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsSetCompositor{</span>⟨<span +class="cmti-10">char</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}</span>) are accepted. (<a +href="#glo:makeindex"><span +class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a + id="dx1-51005"></a></a> won’t accept an +empty location.) In the case of <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-43023"></a></a>, except that the <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsnumberformat </span>encap will always have the least -precedence. Other conflicting encaps will have the last one override earlier ones for the same -location. -</p><!--l. 5221--><p class="indent" > Due to the asynchronous nature of <span class="TEX">T<span -class="E">E</span>X</span>’s output routine (see, for example, <a -href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=oddpage" >Finding if -you’re on an odd or an even page</a>) the <span -class="cmtt-10">page </span>counter (represented internally as <span -class="cmtt-10">\c@page</span>) can -be unreliable. This can cause problems when glossary entries are referenced in a paragraph -that spans a page break. The standard <span -class="cmtt-10">\label </span>mechanism deals with this by deferring the -write until the end of the paragraph, but the <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>indexing mechanism needs to take -into account the possibility that the location might contain any of <a + id="dx1-51006"></a></a>, you can define your own location classes, +but if the location contains a robust command then the leading backslash must be +escaped. The <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a + id="dx1-51007"></a> package tries to do this, but it’s caught between two conflicting +requirements: + </p><ol class="enumerate1" > + <li + class="enumerate" id="x1-51009x1">The location must be fully expanded before <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\</span></span></span> can be converted to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\\</span></span></span> (there’s no + point converting <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\thepage</span></span></span> to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\\thepage</span></span></span>); + </li> + <li + class="enumerate" id="x1-51011x2">The page number can’t be expanded until the deferred write operation (so <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\c@page</span></span></span> + mustn’t expand in the previous step but <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\the\c@page</span></span></span> mustn’t be converted to + <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\\the\\c@page</span></span></span> and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\number\c@page</span></span></span> mustn’t be converted to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\\number\\c@page</span></span></span> + etc).</li></ol> +<!--l. 5905--><p class="noindent" >There’s a certain amount of trickery needed to deal with this conflict and the code requires +the location to be in a form that doesn’t embed the counter’s internal register in +commands like <span +class="cmtt-10">\value</span>. For example, suppose you have a robust command called +<span +class="cmtt-10">\tallynum </span>that takes a number as the argument and an expandable command called +<span +class="cmtt-10">\tally </span>that converts a counter name into the associated register or number to +pass to <span +class="cmtt-10">\tallynum</span>. Let’s suppose that this command is used to represent the page +number: + + +</p> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-181"> +\renewcommand{\thepage}{\tally{page}} +</div> +<!--l. 5915--><p class="nopar" > Now let’s suppose that a term is indexed at the beginning of page 2 at the end of a +paragraph that started on page 1. With <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-43024"></a>’s</a> special -characters which will need to be escaped before the write can be performed. (This -isn’t a problem with <a -href="#glo:makeindex"><span -class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-43025"></a></a> as that places restrictions on the location format -which prevent this from happening, but these very restrictions can make <span + id="dx1-51012"></a></a>, the location <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\tally{page}</span></span></span> needs to be +written to the file as <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\\tallynum{2}</span></span></span>. If it’s written as <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\tallynum{2}</span></span></span> then <a +href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-43026"></a> -preferable.) -</p><!--l. 5237--><p class="indent" > To compensate, the <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package has to make some adjustments to ensure the -location number is correct for this situation. By default, the adjustments only affect the -counter styles: <span -class="cmtt-10">roman</span>, <span -class="cmtt-10">Roman</span>, <span -class="cmtt-10">alph</span>, <span -class="cmtt-10">Alph </span>and <span -class="cmtt-10">arabic</span>. If you have a different numbering -system where <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + id="dx1-51013"></a></a> will +interpret <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\t</span></span></span> as the character “t” (which means the location would appear as “tallynum2”). So +<span +class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a + id="dx1-51014"></a> tries to expand <span +class="cmtt-10">\thepage </span>without expanding <span +class="cmtt-10">\c@page </span>and then escapes all the +backslashes, except for the page counter’s internal command. The following definitions of +<span +class="cmtt-10">\tally </span>will work: </p> + <ul class="itemize1"> + <li class="itemize">In the following, <span +class="cmtt-10">\arabic </span>works as its internal command <span +class="cmtt-10">\c@arabic </span>is temporarily + redefined to check for <span +class="cmtt-10">\c@page</span>: + + + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-182"> + \newcommand{\tally}[1]{\tallynum{\arabic{#1}}} +</div> + <!--l. 5931--><p class="nopar" > + </p></li> + <li class="itemize">The form <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\expandafter\the\csname</span><span +class="cmtt-10"> c@</span></span></span>⟨<span +class="cmti-10">counter</span>⟩<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\endcsname</span></span></span> also works (provided <span +class="cmtt-10">\the</span> + is allowed to be temporarily redefined, see below): + + + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-183"> + \newcommand{\tally}[1]{% +  <br /> \tallynum{\expandafter\the\csname c@#1\endcsname}} +</div> + <!--l. 5939--><p class="nopar" > + </p></li> + <li class="itemize"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\expandafter\the\value</span></span></span><span +class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span +class="cmti-10">counter</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span>now also works (with the same condition as + above): + + + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-184"> + \newcommand{\tally}[1]{\tallynum{\expandafter\the\value{#1}}} +</div> + <!--l. 5945--><p class="nopar" > + </p></li> + <li class="itemize">Another variation that will work: + + + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-185"> + \newcommand{\tally}[1]{% +  <br />  \expandafter\tallynum\expandafter{\the\csname c@#1\endcsname}} +</div> + <!--l. 5951--><p class="nopar" > + </p></li> + <li class="itemize">and also: + + + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-186"> + \newcommand{\tally}[1]{\tallynum{\the\csname c@#1\endcsname}} +</div> + <!--l. 5956--><p class="nopar" ></p></li></ul> +<!--l. 5958--><p class="noindent" >The following <span +class="cmti-10">don’t work</span>: </p> + <ul class="itemize1"> + <li class="itemize">This definition leads to the premature expansion of <span +class="cmtt-10">\c@page </span>to “1” when, in this case, + it should be “2”: + + + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-187"> + \newcommand{\tally}[1]{\tallynum{\the\value{#1}}} +</div> + <!--l. 5964--><p class="nopar" > + </p></li> + <li class="itemize">This definition leads to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\\c@page</span></span></span> in the glossary file: + + + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-188"> + \newcommand{\tally}[1]{\tallynum{\csname c@#1\endcsname}} +</div> + <!--l. 5968--><p class="nopar" ></p></li></ul> +<!--l. 5970--><p class="noindent" >If you have a numbering system where <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\</span></span></span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">cs name</span>⟩<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">{page}</span></span></span> expands to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\</span></span></span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">internal cs name</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">\c@page </span>you need to +class="cmtt-10">\c@page</span> +(for example, if <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\tally{page}</span></span></span> expands to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\tallynum\c@page</span></span></span>) then you need to use: -</p><!--l. 5245--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5975--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsaddprotectedpagefmt</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-43027"></a> <span + id="dx1-51015"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsaddprotectedpagefmt{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">internal cs name</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> - - </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5247--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5977--><p class="noindent" > Note that the backslash must be omitted from ⟨<span class="cmti-10">internal cs name</span>⟩ and the corresponding command must be able to process a count register as the (sole) argument. -</p><!--l. 5252--><p class="indent" > For example, suppose you have a style <span +</p><!--l. 5982--><p class="indent" > For example, suppose you have a style <span class="cmtt-10">samplenum </span>that is implemented as follows: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-143"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-189">  \newcommand*{\samplenum}[1]{%  <br />   \expandafter\@samplenum\csname c@#1\endcsname}  <br /> \newcommand*{\@samplenum}[1]{\two@digits{#1}} </div> -<!--l. 5259--><p class="nopar" > (That is, it displays the value of the counter as a two-digit number.) Then to ensure the +<!--l. 5989--><p class="nopar" > (That is, it displays the value of the counter as a two-digit number.) Then to ensure the location is correct for entries in page-spanning paragraphs, you need to do: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-144"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-190"> \glsaddprotectedpagefmt{@samplenum} </div> -<!--l. 5265--><p class="nopar" > (If you are using a different counter for the location, such as <span +<!--l. 5995--><p class="nopar" > (If you are using a different counter for the location, such as <span class="cmtt-10">section </span>or <span class="cmtt-10">equation</span>, you don’t -need to worry about this.) -</p><!--l. 5270--><p class="indent" > If the inner macro (as given by <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +need to worry about this provided the inner command is expandable.) +</p><!--l. 6000--><p class="indent" > If the inner macro (as given by <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\</span></span></span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">internal cs name</span>⟩) contains non-expandable commands then you may need to redefine <span @@ -10179,25 +12106,27 @@ class="cmtt-10">page </span>after using class="cmtt-10">\glsaddprotectedpagefmt{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">internal cs name</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span>. This command doesn’t take any arguments as -the location is assumed to be given by <span -class="cmtt-10">\c@page</span>. For example, suppose now my page counter -format uses small caps Roman numerals: +<span +class="cmti-10">the location is assumed to be given by </span><span +class="cmitt-10">\c@page </span>because that’s the only occasion this +command should be used. For example, suppose now my page counter format uses small caps +Roman numerals: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-145"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-191">  \newcommand*{\samplenum}[1]{%  <br />  \expandafter\@samplenum\csname c@#1\endcsname}  <br /> \newcommand*{\@samplenum}[1]{\textsc{\romannumeral#1}} </div> -<!--l. 5280--><p class="nopar" > Again, the inner macro needs to be identified using: +<!--l. 6011--><p class="nopar" > Again, the inner macro needs to be identified using: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-146"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-192"> \glsaddprotectedpagefmt{@samplenum} </div> -<!--l. 5284--><p class="nopar" > However, since <span +<!--l. 6015--><p class="nopar" > However, since <span class="cmtt-10">\textsc </span>isn’t fully expandable, the location is written to the file as <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\textsc</span><span @@ -10210,7 +12139,7 @@ problem for the <a href="#glo:indexingapp">indexing application</a> (particularly for <a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-43028"></a></a>). To compensate for this, + id="dx1-51016"></a></a>). To compensate for this, the <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">internal cs name</span>⟩<span @@ -10219,64 +12148,76 @@ that’s acceptable to the indexing application. For example: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-147"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-193"> \renewcommand*{\gls@samplenumpage}{\romannumeral\c@page} </div> -<!--l. 5294--><p class="nopar" > While this modification means that the location list in the glossary won’t exactly match the +<!--l. 6025--><p class="nopar" > While this modification means that the <a +href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a + id="dx1-51017"></a></a> in the glossary won’t exactly match the format of the page numbers (displaying lower case Roman numbers instead of small cap Roman numerals) this method will at least work correctly for both <a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-43029"></a></a> and <a + id="dx1-51018"></a></a> and <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-43030"></a></a>. If + id="dx1-51019"></a></a>. If you are using <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-43031"></a></a>, the following definition: + id="dx1-51020"></a></a>, the following definition: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-148"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-194">  \renewcommand*{\gls@samplenumpage}{%  <br />   \glsbackslash\string\textsc{\romannumeral\c@page}} </div> -<!--l. 5304--><p class="nopar" > combined with +<!--l. 6035--><p class="nopar" > combined with </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-149"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-195"> \GlsAddXdyLocation{romansc}{:sep "\string\textsc\glsopenbrace"  <br /> "roman-numbers-lowercase" :sep "\glsclosebrace"} </div> -<!--l. 5309--><p class="nopar" > will now have lowercase Roman numerals in the location list. (This option may cause -problems if your locations should be hyperlinks.) -</p><!--l. 5314--><p class="indent" > Another possibility that will work with both <a +<!--l. 6040--><p class="nopar" > will now have lowercase Roman numerals in the location list (see <a +href="#sec:xindyloc"><span +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>11.2 </a><a +href="#sec:xindyloc">Locations and +Number lists<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:xindyloc --></a> for further details on that command). Take care of the backslashes. The location +(which ends up in the <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">:locref</span></span></span> attribute) needs <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\\</span></span></span> but the location class (identified with +<span +class="cmtt-10">\GlsAddXdyLocation</span>) just has a single backslash. Note that this example will cause problems +if your locations should be hyperlinks. +</p><!--l. 6049--><p class="indent" > Another possibility that may work with both <a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-43032"></a></a> and <a + id="dx1-51021"></a></a> and <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-43033"></a></a> is to redefine + id="dx1-51022"></a></a> is to redefine <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">internal cs name</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">page </span>(<span -class="cmtt-10">\gls@samplenumpage </span>in this example) to just expand to -the decimal page number and redefine <span +class="cmtt-10">\gls@samplenumpage </span>in this example) to just expand to the +decimal page number (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\number\c@page</span></span></span>) and redefine <span class="cmtt-10">\glsnumberformat</span><a - id="dx1-43034"></a> to change the displayed -format: + id="dx1-51023"></a> to change the +displayed format: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-150"> -  \renewcommand*{\gls@samplenumpage}{\number\c@page} - <br />  \renewcommand*{\glsnumberformat}[1]{\textsc{\romannumeral#1}} + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-196"> +\renewcommand*{\gls@samplenumpage}{\number\c@page} + <br />\renewcommand*{\glsnumberformat}[1]{\textsc{\romannumeral#1}} </div> -<!--l. 5322--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 5324--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you redefine <span +<!--l. 6057--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 6059--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you redefine <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">internal cs name</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">page</span>, you must make sure that <span @@ -10284,128 +12225,151 @@ class="cmtt-10">\c@page </span>is expanded when it’s written to the file. (So don’t, for example, hide <span class="cmtt-10">\c@page </span>inside a robust command.) </div> -</p><!--l. 5329--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5331--><p class="indent" > The mechanism that allows this to work temporarily redefines <span +</p><!--l. 6064--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6066--><p class="indent" > The mechanism that allows this to work temporarily redefines <span class="cmtt-10">\the</span><a - id="dx1-43035"></a> and <span + id="dx1-51024"></a> and <span class="cmtt-10">\number</span><a - id="dx1-43036"></a> while it + id="dx1-51025"></a> while it processes the location. If this causes a problem you can disallow it using -</p><!--l. 5334--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6069--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glswrallowprimitivemodsfalse</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-43037"></a> <span + id="dx1-51026"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glswrallowprimitivemodsfalse </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5336--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5338--><p class="indent" > Both <a +</p><!--l. 6071--><p class="noindent" > +but you will need to find some other way to ensure the location expands correctly. +</p><!--l. 6075--><p class="noindent" > +</p> +<!--l. 6075--><p class="noindent" ><a +href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5.3 </span> <a + id="sec:ranges"></a>Range Formations</h3> +<!--l. 6078--><p class="noindent" >Both <a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-43038"></a></a> and <a + id="dx1-52001"></a></a> and <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-43039"></a></a> (Options <a + id="dx1-52002"></a></a> (Options <a href="#option2">2</a> and <a href="#option3">3</a>) concatenate a sequence of 3 or more consecutive pages into a range. With <span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-43040"></a> (<a + id="dx1-52003"></a> (<a href="#option3">Option 3</a>) you can vary the minimum sequence length using <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyMinRangeLength</span><a - id="dx1-43041"></a><span + id="dx1-52004"></a><span class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">n</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span>where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">n</span>⟩ is either an integer or the keyword <span -class="cmtt-10">none </span>which indicates that there should be no range formation. -</p><!--l. 5345--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span +class="cmtt-10">none </span>which indicates that there should be no range formation (see <a +href="#sec:xindyloc"><span +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>11.2 </a><a +href="#sec:xindyloc">Locations and +Number lists<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:xindyloc --></a> for further details). +</p><!--l. 6086--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyMinRangeLength </span>must be used before <span class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-43042"></a> and has + id="dx1-52005"></a> and has no effect if <span class="cmtt-10">\noist</span><a - id="dx1-43043"></a> is used. </div> -</p><!--l. 5348--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5350--><p class="indent" > With both <a + id="dx1-52006"></a> is used. </div> +</p><!--l. 6089--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6091--><p class="indent" > With both <a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-43044"></a></a> and <a + id="dx1-52007"></a></a> and <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-43045"></a></a> (Options <a + id="dx1-52008"></a></a> (Options <a href="#option2">2</a> and <a href="#option3">3</a>), you can replace the separator and the closing number in the range using: -</p><!--l. 5352--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6093--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsSetSuffixF</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-43046"></a> <span + id="dx1-52009"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsSetSuffixF{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">suffix</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5354--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5355--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6095--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6096--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsSetSuffixFF</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-43047"></a> <span + id="dx1-52010"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsSetSuffixFF{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">suffix</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5357--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6098--><p class="noindent" > where the former command specifies the suffix to use for a 2 page list and the latter specifies the suffix to use for longer lists. For example: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-151"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-197"> \glsSetSuffixF{f.}  <br />\glsSetSuffixFF{ff.} </div> -<!--l. 5364--><p class="nopar" > Note that if you use <a +<!--l. 6105--><p class="nopar" > Note that if you use <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-43048"></a></a> (<a + id="dx1-52011"></a></a> (<a href="#option3">Option 3</a>), you will also need to set the minimum range length to 1 if you want to change these suffixes: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-152"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-198"> \GlsSetXdyMinRangeLength{1} </div> -<!--l. 5370--><p class="nopar" > Note that if you use the <span +<!--l. 6111--><p class="nopar" > Note that if you use the <span class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a - id="dx1-43049"></a> package, you will need to use <span + id="dx1-52012"></a> package, you will need to use <span class="cmtt-10">\nohyperpage</span><a - id="dx1-43050"></a> in the suffix to + id="dx1-52013"></a> in the suffix to ensure that the hyperlinks work correctly. For example: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-153"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-199"> \glsSetSuffixF{\nohyperpage{f.}}  <br />\glsSetSuffixFF{\nohyperpage{ff.}} </div> -<!--l. 5377--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 5379--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span +<!--l. 6118--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 6120--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span class="cmtt-10">\glsSetSuffixF </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">\glsSetSuffixFF </span>must be used before <span class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-43051"></a> + id="dx1-52014"></a> and have no effect if <span class="cmtt-10">\noist</span><a - id="dx1-43052"></a> is used. </div> -</p><!--l. 5383--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5385--><p class="indent" > <a + id="dx1-52015"></a> is used. </div> +</p><!--l. 6124--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6126--><p class="indent" > It’s also possible to concatenate a sequence of consecutive locations into a range or have +suffixes with <a +href="#option4">Option 4</a>, but with <a +href="#glo:bib2gls"><span +class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a + id="dx1-52016"></a></a> these implicit ranges can’t be merged with +explicit ranges (created with the <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">(</span></span></span> and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">)</span></span></span> encaps). See the <a +href="#glo:bib2gls"><span +class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a + id="dx1-52017"></a></a> manual for further +details. +</p><!--l. 6132--><p class="indent" > <a href="#option1">Option 1</a> doesn’t form ranges. However, with this option you can iterate over an entry’s <a href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a - id="dx1-43053"></a></a> using: -</p><!--l. 5387--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + id="dx1-52018"></a></a> using: +</p><!--l. 6134--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsnumberlistloop</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-43054"></a> <span + id="dx1-52019"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsnumberlistloop{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -10414,12 +12378,12 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">xr handler cs</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5390--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6137--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is the entry’s label and ⟨<span class="cmti-10">handler cs</span>⟩ is a handler control sequence of the form: -</p><!--l. 5394--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition">⟨<span +</p><!--l. 6141--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition">⟨<span class="cmitt-10">handler cs</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">prefix</span>⟩<span @@ -10430,11 +12394,11 @@ class="cmitt-10">format</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">location</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5395--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6142--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">prefix</span>⟩ is the <span class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a - id="dx1-43055"></a> prefix, ⟨<span + id="dx1-52020"></a> prefix, ⟨<span class="cmti-10">counter</span>⟩ is the name of the counter used for the location, ⟨<span class="cmti-10">format</span>⟩ is the format used to display the location (e.g. <span @@ -10442,56 +12406,56 @@ class="cmtt-10">textbf</span>) and ⟨<span class="cmti-10">location</span>⟩ is the location. The third argument is the control sequence to use for any cross-references in the list. This handler should have the syntax: -</p><!--l. 5403--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition">⟨<span +</p><!--l. 6150--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition">⟨<span class="cmitt-10">xr handler cs</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">tag</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">xr list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5404--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6151--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">tag</span>⟩ is the cross-referenced text (e.g. “see”) and ⟨<span class="cmti-10">xr list</span>⟩ is a comma-separated list of labels. (This actually has a third argument but it’s always empty when used with <a href="#option1">Option 1</a>.) -</p><!--l. 5409--><p class="indent" > For example, if on page 12 I have used +</p><!--l. 6156--><p class="indent" > For example, if on page 12 I have used </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-154"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-200"> \gls[format=textbf]{apple} </div> -<!--l. 5413--><p class="nopar" > and on page 18 I have used +<!--l. 6160--><p class="nopar" > and on page 18 I have used </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-155"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-201"> \gls[format=emph]{apple} </div> -<!--l. 5417--><p class="nopar" > then +<!--l. 6164--><p class="nopar" > then </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-156"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-202"> \glsnumberlistloop{apple}{\myhandler} </div> -<!--l. 5421--><p class="nopar" > will be equivalent to: +<!--l. 6168--><p class="nopar" > will be equivalent to: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-157"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-203"> \myhandler{}{page}{textbf}{12}%  <br />\myhandler{}{page}{emph}{18}% </div> -<!--l. 5426--><p class="nopar" > There is a predefined handler that’s used to display the <a +<!--l. 6173--><p class="nopar" > There is a predefined handler that’s used to display the <a href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a - id="dx1-43056"></a></a> in the glossary: -</p><!--l. 5429--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + id="dx1-52021"></a></a> in the glossary: +</p><!--l. 6176--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsnoidxdisplayloc</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-43057"></a> <span + id="dx1-52022"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsnoidxdisplayloc{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">prefix</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -10502,9 +12466,9 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">location</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5431--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6178--><p class="noindent" > The predefined handler used for the cross-references in the glossary is: -</p><!--l. 5434--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span +</p><!--l. 6181--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsseeformat[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">tag</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -10512,194 +12476,209 @@ class="cmitt-10">xr list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">location</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5435--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6182--><p class="noindent" > which is described in <a href="#sec:customxr"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>8.1 </a><a +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>8.1 </a><a href="#sec:customxr">Customising Cross-reference Text<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:customxr --></a>. -</p><!--l. 5438--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> <span +</p><!--l. 6185--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsnumberlistloop </span>is not available for Options <a href="#option2">2</a> and <a href="#option3">3</a>. </div> -</p><!--l. 5440--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5442--><p class="indent" > As from version 4.24, there’s a hook that’s used near the end of <span +</p><!--l. 6187--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6189--><p class="noindent" > +</p> +<!--l. 6189--><p class="noindent" ><a +href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5.4 </span> <a + id="sec:isthook"></a>Style Hook</h3> +<!--l. 6192--><p class="noindent" >As from version 4.24, there’s a hook that’s used near the end of <span class="cmtt-10">\writeist</span><a - id="dx1-43058"></a> before the file -is closed. You can set the code to be performed then using: -</p><!--l. 5445--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + id="dx1-53001"></a> before the file is +closed. You can set the code to be performed then using: +</p><!--l. 6195--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GlsSetWriteIstHook</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-43059"></a> <span + id="dx1-53002"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetWriteIstHook{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">code</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5447--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6197--><p class="noindent" > If you want the ⟨<span class="cmti-10">code</span>⟩ to write any information to the file, you need to use -</p><!--l. 5450--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6200--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glswrite</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-43060"></a> <span + id="dx1-53003"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\write\glswrite{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">style information</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5452--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6202--><p class="noindent" > Make sure you use the correct format within ⟨<span class="cmti-10">style information</span>⟩. For example, if you are using <span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-43061"></a>: + id="dx1-53004"></a>: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-158"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-204"> \GlsSetWriteIstHook{%  <br /> \write\glswrite{page_precedence "arnAR"}%  <br /> \write\glswrite{line_max 80}%  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 5460--><p class="nopar" > This changes the page type precedence<a - id="dx1-43062"></a> and the maximum line length used by +<!--l. 6210--><p class="nopar" > This changes the page type precedence<a + id="dx1-53005"></a> and the maximum line length used by <span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-43063"></a>. -</p><!--l. 5464--><p class="indent" > Remember that if you switch to <span + id="dx1-53006"></a>. +</p><!--l. 6214--><p class="indent" > Remember that if you switch to <span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-43064"></a>, this will no longer be valid code. + id="dx1-53007"></a>, this will no longer be valid code. </p> -<!--l. 5467--><p class="indent" > </div> -</p><!--l. 5467--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 6217--><p class="indent" > </div> +</p><!--l. 6217--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">6. <a id="sec:glslink"></a>Links to Glossary Entries</h2> -</p><!--l. 5470--><p class="indent" > Once you have defined a glossary entry using <span +</p><!--l. 6220--><p class="indent" > Once you have defined a glossary entry using <span class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a - id="dx1-44001"></a> or <span + id="dx1-54001"></a> (<a +href="#sec:newglosentry"><span +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>4 </a><a +href="#sec:newglosentry">Defining +Glossary Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:newglosentry --></a>) or <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a - id="dx1-44002"></a> (see -<a + id="dx1-54002"></a> (see <a href="#sec:acronyms"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>13 </a><a -href="#sec:acronyms">Acronyms and Other Abbreviations<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:acronyms --></a>), you can refer to that entry in the document using -one of the commands listed in <a +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>13 </a><a +href="#sec:acronyms">Acronyms and Other Abbreviations<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:acronyms --></a>), you +can refer to that entry in the document using one of the commands listed in <a href="#sec:gls-like"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>6.1 </a><a +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>6.1 +</a><a href="#sec:gls-like">The <span -class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-Like Commands (First Use Flag Queried)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:gls-like --></a> or -<a +class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-Like Commands (First Use Flag Queried)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:gls-like --></a> or <a href="#sec:glstext-like"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>6.2 </a><a +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>6.2 </a><a href="#sec:glstext-like">The <span -class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-Like Commands (First Use Flag Not Queried)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glstext-like --></a>. The text which appears at -that point in the document when using one of these commands is referred to as the <a +class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-Like +Commands (First Use Flag Not Queried)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glstext-like --></a>. The text which appears at that point in the +document when using one of these commands is referred to as the <a href="#glo:linktext">link text<a - id="dx1-44003"></a></a> -(even if there are no hyperlinks). These commands also add a line to an external file that is -used to generate the relevant entry in the glossary. This information includes an associated -location that is added to the <a + id="dx1-54003"></a></a> (even if +there are no hyperlinks). These commands also add a line to an external file that is +used to generate the relevant entry in the glossary. This information includes an +associated location that is added to the <a href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a - id="dx1-44004"></a></a> for that entry. By default, the location refers to the -page number. For further information on number lists, see <a + id="dx1-54004"></a></a> for that entry. By default, the +location refers to the page number. For further information on number lists, see <a href="#sec:numberlists"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>5 </a><a -href="#sec:numberlists">Number lists<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:numberlists --></a>. These -external files need to be post-processed by <a +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>5 +</a><a +href="#sec:numberlists">Number lists<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:numberlists --></a>. These external files need to be post-processed by <a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-44005"></a></a> or <a + id="dx1-54005"></a></a> or <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-44006"></a></a> unless you have -chosen <a -href="#option1">Option 1</a>. If you don’t use <span + id="dx1-54006"></a></a> +unless you have chosen Options <a +href="#option1">1</a> or <a +href="#option4">4</a>. If you don’t use <span class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-44007"></a> these external files won’t be -created. -</p><!--l. 5487--><p class="indent" > Note that repeated use of these commands for the same entry can cause the <a + id="dx1-54007"></a> these +external files won’t be created. (Options <a +href="#option1">1</a> and <a +href="#option4">4</a> write the information to the <span +class="cmtt-10">.aux</span><a + id="dx1-54008"></a> +file.) +</p><!--l. 6238--><p class="indent" > Note that repeated use of these commands for the same entry can cause the <a href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a - id="dx1-44008"></a></a> to + id="dx1-54009"></a></a> to become quite long, which may not be particular helpful to the reader. In this case, you can use the non-indexing commands described in <a href="#sec:glsnolink"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>9 </a><a +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>9 </a><a href="#sec:glsnolink">Using Glossary Terms Without Links<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsnolink --></a> or you can use the supplemental <a href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> package, which provides a means to suppress the automated indexing of the commands listed in this chapter. -</p><!--l. 5495--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> I strongly recommend that you don’t use the commands defined in this chapter in the +</p><!--l. 6246--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> I strongly recommend that you don’t use the commands defined in this chapter in the arguments of sectioning or caption commands or any other command that has a moving argument. -</p><!--l. 5500--><p class="indent" > Aside from problems with expansion issues, PDF bookmarks and possible nested +</p><!--l. 6251--><p class="indent" > Aside from problems with expansion issues, PDF bookmarks and possible nested hyperlinks in the table of contents (or list of whatever) any use of the commands described in <a href="#sec:gls-like"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>6.1 </a><a +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>6.1 </a><a href="#sec:gls-like">The <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-Like Commands (First Use Flag Queried)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:gls-like --></a> will have their <a href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a> unset when they appear in the table of contents (or list of whatever). </div> -</p><!--l. 5505--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5507--><p class="indent" > The above warning is particularly important if you are using the <span +</p><!--l. 6256--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6258--><p class="indent" > The above warning is particularly important if you are using the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package in conjunction with the <span class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a - id="dx1-44009"></a> package. Instead, use one of the <span + id="dx1-54010"></a> package. Instead, use one of the <span class="cmti-10">expandable </span>commands listed in <a href="#sec:glsnolink"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>9 </a><a +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>9 </a><a href="#sec:glsnolink">Using Glossary Terms Without Links<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsnolink --></a> (such as <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentrytext</span><a - id="dx1-44010"></a> <span + id="dx1-54011"></a> <span class="cmti-10">but not </span>the non-expandable case changing versions like <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrytext</span><a - id="dx1-44011"></a>). Alternatively, provide an alternative via the + id="dx1-54012"></a>). Alternatively, provide an alternative via the optional argument to the sectioning/caption command or use <span class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a - id="dx1-44012"></a>’s <span + id="dx1-54013"></a>’s <span class="cmtt-10">\texorpdfstring</span><a - id="dx1-44013"></a>. + id="dx1-54014"></a>. Examples: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-159"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-205"> \chapter{An overview of \glsentrytext{perl}}  <br />\chapter[An overview of Perl]{An overview of \gls{perl}}  <br />\chapter{An overview of \texorpdfstring{\gls{perl}}{Perl}} </div> -<!--l. 5519--><p class="nopar" > If you want to retain the formatting that’s available through commands like <span +<!--l. 6270--><p class="nopar" > If you want to retain the formatting that’s available through commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\acrshort </span>(for example, if you are using one of the small caps styles), then you might want to consider the <a href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> package which provides commands for this purpose. -</p><!--l. 5526--><p class="indent" > If you want the <a +</p><!--l. 6277--><p class="indent" > If you want the <a href="#glo:linktext">link text<a - id="dx1-44014"></a></a> to produce a hyperlink to the corresponding entry details in the + id="dx1-54015"></a></a> to produce a hyperlink to the corresponding entry details in the glossary, you should load the <span class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a - id="dx1-44015"></a> package <span + id="dx1-54016"></a> package <span class="cmti-10">before </span>the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package. That’s what I’ve done in this document, so if you see a hyperlinked term, such as <a href="#glo:linktext">link text<a - id="dx1-44016"></a></a>, you can click on + id="dx1-54017"></a></a>, you can click on the word or phrase and it will take you to a brief description in this document’s glossary. -</p><!--l. 5534--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use the <span +</p><!--l. 6285--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use the <span class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a - id="dx1-44017"></a> package, I strongly recommend you use <span + id="dx1-54018"></a> package, I strongly recommend you use <span class="cmtt-10">pdflatex</span><a - id="dx1-44018"></a> rather than + id="dx1-54019"></a> rather than <span class="cmtt-10">latex</span><a - id="dx1-44019"></a> to compile your document, if possible. The DVI format of <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span + id="dx1-54020"></a> to compile your document, if possible. The DVI format of <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span></span> has limitations with the hyperlinks that can cause a problem when used with the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package. Firstly, the @@ -10710,51 +12689,51 @@ a line with the DVI format. Secondly, the DVI format doesn’t correctly siz subscripts or superscripts. This means that if you define a term that may be used as a subscript or superscript, if you use the DVI format, it won’t come out the correct size. -</p><!--l. 5548--><p class="indent" > These are limitations of the DVI format not of the <span +</p><!--l. 6299--><p class="indent" > These are limitations of the DVI format not of the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a - id="dx1-44020"></a> package. </div> -</p><!--l. 5550--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5552--><p class="indent" > It may be that you only want terms in certain glossaries to have hyperlinks, but not for + id="dx1-54021"></a> package. </div> +</p><!--l. 6301--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6303--><p class="indent" > It may be that you only want terms in certain glossaries to have hyperlinks, but not for other glossaries. In this case, you can use the package option <span class="cmss-10">nohypertypes</span><a - id="dx1-44021"></a> to identify the + id="dx1-54022"></a> to identify the glossary lists that shouldn’t have hyperlinked <a href="#glo:linktext">link text<a - id="dx1-44022"></a></a>. See <a + id="dx1-54023"></a></a>. See <a href="#sec:pkgopts-general"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.1 </a><a +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>2.1 </a><a href="#sec:pkgopts-general">General Options<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts-general --></a> for further details. -</p><!--l. 5558--><p class="indent" > The way the <a +</p><!--l. 6309--><p class="indent" > The way the <a href="#glo:linktext">link text<a - id="dx1-44023"></a></a> is displayed depends on -</p><!--l. 5559--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + id="dx1-54024"></a></a> is displayed depends on +</p><!--l. 6310--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glstextformat</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-44024"></a> <span + id="dx1-54025"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glstextformat{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5561--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6312--><p class="noindent" > For example, to make all <a href="#glo:linktext">link text<a - id="dx1-44025"></a></a> appear in a sans-serif font, do: + id="dx1-54026"></a></a> appear in a sans-serif font, do: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-160"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-206"> \renewcommand*{\glstextformat}[1]{\textsf{#1}} </div> -<!--l. 5566--><p class="nopar" > Further customisation can be done via <span +<!--l. 6317--><p class="nopar" > Further customisation can be done via <span class="cmtt-10">\defglsentryfmt</span><a - id="dx1-44026"></a> or by redefining <span + id="dx1-54027"></a> or by redefining <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt</span><a - id="dx1-44027"></a>. See + id="dx1-54028"></a>. See <a href="#sec:glsdisplay"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>6.3 </a><a +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>6.3 </a><a href="#sec:glsdisplay">Changing the format of the link text<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsdisplay --></a> for further details. -</p><!--l. 5571--><p class="indent" > Each entry has an associated conditional referred to as the <a +</p><!--l. 6322--><p class="indent" > Each entry has an associated conditional referred to as the <a href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a>. Some of the commands described in this chapter automatically unset this flag and can also use it to determine what text should be displayed. These types of commands are the @@ -10762,7 +12741,7 @@ to determine what text should be displayed. These types of commands are the href="#sec:gls-like"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like</a> commands and are described in <a href="#sec:gls-like"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>6.1 </a><a +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>6.1 </a><a href="#sec:gls-like">The <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-Like Commands (First Use Flag Queried)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:gls-like --></a>. The commands that don’t reference or change the <a @@ -10771,17 +12750,17 @@ href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a> are href="#sec:glstext-like"><span class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like</a> commands and are described in <a href="#sec:glstext-like"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>6.2 </a><a +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>6.2 </a><a href="#sec:glstext-like">The <span class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-Like Commands (First Use Flag Not Queried)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glstext-like --></a>. See <a href="#sec:glsunset"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>14 </a><a +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>14 </a><a href="#sec:glsunset">Unsetting and Resetting Entry Flags<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsunset --></a> for commands that unset (mark the entry as having been used) or reset (mark the entry as not used) the <a href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a> without referencing the entries. -</p><!--l. 5583--><p class="indent" > The <a +</p><!--l. 6334--><p class="indent" > The <a href="#sec:gls-like"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like</a> and <a href="#sec:glstext-like"><span @@ -10803,16 +12782,16 @@ class="cmtt-10">\gls{sample}</span></span></span> will use the default hyperlink setting which depends on a number of factors (such as whether the entry is in a glossary that has been identified in the <span class="cmss-10">nohypertypes</span><a - id="dx1-44028"></a> list). You can override the <span + id="dx1-54029"></a> list). You can override the <span class="cmss-10">hyper</span><a - id="dx1-44029"></a> key in the variant’s + id="dx1-54030"></a> key in the variant’s optional argument, for example, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls*[hyper=true]{sample}</span></span></span> but this creates redundancy and is best avoided. The <a href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> package provides the option to add a third custom variant. -</p><!--l. 5600--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Avoid nesting these commands. For example don’t do <span +</p><!--l. 6351--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Avoid nesting these commands. For example don’t do <span class="cmtt-10">\glslink{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span><span @@ -10825,25 +12804,29 @@ class="cmtt-10">}</span><span class="cmsy-10">} </span>as this is likely to cause problems. By implication, this means that you should avoid using any of these commands within the <span class="cmss-10">text</span><a - id="dx1-44030"></a>, <span + id="dx1-54031"></a>, <span class="cmss-10">first</span><a - id="dx1-44031"></a>, <span + id="dx1-54032"></a>, <span class="cmss-10">short</span><a - id="dx1-44032"></a> or <span + id="dx1-54033"></a> or <span class="cmss-10">long</span><a - id="dx1-44033"></a> + id="dx1-54034"></a> keys (or their plural equivalent) or any other key that you plan to access through these commands. (For example, the <span class="cmss-10">symbol</span><a - id="dx1-44034"></a> key if you intend to use <span + id="dx1-54035"></a> key if you intend to use <span class="cmtt-10">\glssymbol</span>.) </div> -</p><!--l. 5610--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5612--><p class="indent" > The following keys are available for the optional argument: +</p><!--l. 6361--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6363--><p class="indent" > The keys listed below are available for the optional argument. The <a +href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span +class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> package +provides additional keys. (See the <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>manual for further details.) </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">hyper</span><a - id="dx1-44035"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-54036"></a> </dt><dd class="description">This is a boolean key which can be used to enable/disable the hyperlink to the relevant entry in the glossary. If this key is omitted, the value is determined by current settings, as indicated above. For example, when used with @@ -10851,44 +12834,48 @@ class="description">This is a boolean key which can be used to enable/ href="#sec:gls-like"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like</a> command, if this is the first use and the <span class="cmss-10">hyperfirst=false</span><a - id="dx1-44036"></a> package + id="dx1-54037"></a> package option has been used, then the default value is <span class="cmtt-10">hyper=false</span>. The hyperlink can be forced on using <span class="cmtt-10">hyper=true </span>unless the hyperlinks have been suppressed using <span class="cmtt-10">\glsdisablehyper</span><a - id="dx1-44037"></a>. You must load the <span + id="dx1-54038"></a>. You must load the <span class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a - id="dx1-44038"></a> package before the <span + id="dx1-54039"></a> package before the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a - id="dx1-44039"></a> + id="dx1-54040"></a> package to ensure the hyperlinks work. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">format</span><a - id="dx1-44040"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-54041"></a> </dt><dd class="description">This specifies how to format the associated location number for this entry in the glossary. This value is equivalent to the <a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-44041"></a></a> encap value, and (as with <span -class="cmtt-10">\index</span><a - id="dx1-44042"></a>) - the value needs to be the name of a command <span -class="cmti-10">without </span>the initial backslash. As with + id="dx1-54042"></a></a> encap value, and (as with <span class="cmtt-10">\index</span><a - id="dx1-44043"></a>, the characters <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + id="dx1-54043"></a>) the value needs to be the name of a command <span +class="cmti-10">without </span>the initial + backslash. As with <span +class="cmtt-10">\index</span><a + id="dx1-54044"></a>, the characters <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">(</span></span></span> and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">)</span></span></span> can also be used to specify the beginning and - ending of a number range. Again as with <span +class="cmtt-10">)</span></span></span> can also be used to specify the + beginning and ending of a number range and they must be in matching pairs. (For + example, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\gls[format={(}]{sample}</span></span></span> on one page to start the range and later + <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\gls[format={)}]{sample}</span></span></span> to close the range.) Again as with <span class="cmtt-10">\index</span><a - id="dx1-44044"></a>, the command should be the - name of a command which takes an argument (which will be the associated - location). Be careful not to use a declaration (such as <span + id="dx1-54045"></a>, the command + should be the name of a command which takes an argument (which will be the + associated location). Be careful not to use a declaration (such as <span class="cmtt-10">bfseries</span>) instead of a text block command (such as <span class="cmtt-10">textbf</span>) as the effect is not guaranteed to be @@ -10899,65 +12886,75 @@ class="cmti-10">italic</span>) you will need to create a command that applies bo e.g.  - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-161"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-207"> \newcommand*{\textbfem}[1]{\textbf{\emph{#1}}} </div> - <!--l. 5641--><p class="nopar" > and use that command. - </p><!--l. 5644--><p class="noindent" >In this document, the standard formats refer to the standard text block commands such + <!--l. 6397--><p class="nopar" > and use that command. + </p><!--l. 6400--><p class="noindent" >In this document, the standard formats refer to the standard text block commands such as <span class="cmtt-10">\textbf</span><a - id="dx1-44045"></a> or <span + id="dx1-54046"></a> or <span class="cmtt-10">\emph</span><a - id="dx1-44046"></a> or any of the commands listed in <a -href="#tab:hyperxx">table 6.1</a>. - </p><!--l. 5648--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use <a + id="dx1-54047"></a> or any of the commands listed in <a +href="#tab:hyperxx">table 6.1</a>. You can combine + a range and format using <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">(</span></span></span>⟨<span +class="cmti-10">format</span>⟩ to start the range and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">)</span></span></span>⟨<span +class="cmti-10">format</span>⟩ to end + the range. The ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">format</span>⟩ part must match. For example, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">format={(emph}</span></span></span> and + <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">format={)emph}</span></span></span>. + </p><!--l. 6407--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-44047"></a></a> instead of <a + id="dx1-54048"></a></a> instead of <a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-44048"></a></a>, you must specify any non-standard + id="dx1-54049"></a></a>, you must specify any non-standard formats that you want to use with the <span class="cmss-10">format</span><a - id="dx1-44049"></a> key using <span + id="dx1-54050"></a> key using <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsAddXdyAttribute</span><a - id="dx1-44050"></a> + id="dx1-54051"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span>. So if you use <span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-44051"></a> with the above example, you would need to + id="dx1-54052"></a> with the above example, you would need to add: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-162"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-208"> \GlsAddXdyAttribute{textbfem} </div> - <!--l. 5656--><p class="nopar" > See <a + <!--l. 6415--><p class="nopar" > See <a href="#sec:xindy"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>11 </a><a +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>11 </a><a href="#sec:xindy">Xindy (Option 3)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:xindy --></a> for further details. </div> - </p><!--l. 5658--><p class="noindent" > - </p><!--l. 5660--><p class="noindent" >If you are using hyperlinks and you want to change the font of the hyperlinked location, + </p><!--l. 6417--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 6419--><p class="noindent" >If you are using hyperlinks and you want to change the font of the hyperlinked location, don’t use <span class="cmtt-10">\hyperpage</span><a - id="dx1-44052"></a> (provided by the <span + id="dx1-54053"></a> (provided by the <span class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a - id="dx1-44053"></a> package) as the locations may not refer + id="dx1-54054"></a> package) as the locations may not refer to a page number. Instead, the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package provides number formats listed in <a href="#tab:hyperxx">table 6.1</a>. </p> <div class="table"> - <!--l. 5666--><p class="noindent" ><a + <!--l. 6425--><p class="noindent" ><a id="tab:hyperxx"></a></p><hr class="float" /><div class="float" > <div class="caption" ><span class="id">Table 6.1: </span><span -class="content">Predefined Hyperlinked Location Formats</span></div><!--tex4ht:label?: x1-440541 --> +class="content">Predefined Hyperlinked Location Formats</span></div><!--tex4ht:label?: x1-540551 --> <div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-6" class="tabular" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" ><colgroup id="TBL-6-1g"><col @@ -10966,68 +12963,68 @@ id="TBL-6-2" /></colgroup><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-1-1" class="td11"> <span class="cmtt-10">hyperrm</span><a - id="dx1-44055"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-1-2" + id="dx1-54056"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-1-2" class="td11"> serif hyperlink </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-2-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-2-1" class="td11"> <span class="cmtt-10">hypersf</span><a - id="dx1-44056"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-2-2" + id="dx1-54057"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-2-2" class="td11"> sans-serif hyperlink </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-3-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-3-1" class="td11"> <span class="cmtt-10">hypertt</span><a - id="dx1-44057"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-3-2" + id="dx1-54058"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-3-2" class="td11"> monospaced hyperlink </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-4-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-4-1" class="td11"> <span class="cmtt-10">hyperbf</span><a - id="dx1-44058"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-4-2" + id="dx1-54059"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-4-2" class="td11"> bold hyperlink </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-5-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-5-1" class="td11"> <span class="cmtt-10">hypermd</span><a - id="dx1-44059"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-5-2" + id="dx1-54060"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-5-2" class="td11"> medium weight hyperlink </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-6-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-6-1" class="td11"> <span class="cmtt-10">hyperit</span><a - id="dx1-44060"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-6-2" + id="dx1-54061"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-6-2" class="td11"> italic hyperlink </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-7-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-7-1" class="td11"> <span class="cmtt-10">hypersl</span><a - id="dx1-44061"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-7-2" + id="dx1-54062"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-7-2" class="td11"> slanted hyperlink </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-8-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-8-1" class="td11"> <span class="cmtt-10">hyperup</span><a - id="dx1-44062"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-8-2" + id="dx1-54063"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-8-2" class="td11"> upright hyperlink </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-9-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-9-1" class="td11"> <span class="cmtt-10">hypersc</span><a - id="dx1-44063"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-9-2" + id="dx1-54064"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-9-2" class="td11"> small caps hyperlink </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-10-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-10-1" class="td11"> <span class="cmtt-10">hyperemph</span><a - id="dx1-44064"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-10-2" + id="dx1-54065"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-10-2" class="td11"> emphasized hyperlink </td></tr></table> </div> </div><hr class="endfloat" /> </div> - <!--l. 5686--><p class="noindent" >Note that if the <span + <!--l. 6445--><p class="noindent" >Note that if the <span class="cmtt-10">\hyperlink</span><a - id="dx1-44065"></a> command hasn’t been defined, the <span + id="dx1-54066"></a> command hasn’t been defined, the <span class="cmtt-10">hyper</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">xx</span>⟩ formats are equivalent to the analogous <span @@ -11040,43 +13037,45 @@ class="cmtt-10">emph</span>). If you want to make a new format, you will need to number to be in a bold sans-serif font, you can define a command called, say, <span class="cmtt-10">\hyperbsf</span><a - id="dx1-44066"></a>: + id="dx1-54067"></a>: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-163"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-209"> \newcommand{\hyperbsf}[1]{\textbf{\hypersf{#1}}} </div> - <!--l. 5696--><p class="nopar" > and then use <span + <!--l. 6455--><p class="nopar" > and then use <span class="cmtt-10">hyperbsf </span>as the value for the <span class="cmss-10">format</span><a - id="dx1-44067"></a> key. (See also “Displaying the - glossary” in the documented code, <span -class="cmtt-10">glossaries-code.pdf</span>.) Remember that if you use - <a + id="dx1-54068"></a> + key.<span class="footnote-mark"><a +href="#fn1x6" id="fn1x6-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">6.1</sup></a></span><a + id="x1-54069f1"></a> + Remember that if you use <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-44068"></a></a>, you will need to add this to the list of location attributes: + id="dx1-54070"></a></a>, you will need to add this to the list of location + attributes: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-164"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-210"> \GlsAddXdyAttribute{hyperbsf} </div> - <!--l. 5704--><p class="nopar" > + <!--l. 6463--><p class="nopar" > </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">counter</span><a - id="dx1-44069"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-54071"></a> </dt><dd class="description">This specifies which counter to use for this location. This overrides the default counter used by this entry. (See also <a href="#sec:numberlists"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>5 </a><a +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>5 </a><a href="#sec:numberlists">Number lists<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:numberlists --></a>.) </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">local</span><a - id="dx1-44070"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-54072"></a> </dt><dd class="description">This is a boolean key that only makes a difference when used with <a href="#sec:gls-like"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like</a> commands @@ -11086,25 +13085,19 @@ class="cmtt-10">local=true</span>, the change to the first use flag will be localised to the current scope. The default is <span class="cmtt-10">local=false</span>. </dd></dl> -<!--l. 5717--><p class="noindent" >The <a -href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span -class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> package provides an additional key. Please see the <a -href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span -class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> user manual -for further details. -</p><!--l. 5721--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The <a +<!--l. 6477--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The <a href="#glo:linktext">link text<a - id="dx1-44071"></a></a> isn’t scoped by default. Any unscoped declarations in the <a + id="dx1-54073"></a></a> isn’t scoped by default. Any unscoped declarations in the <a href="#glo:linktext">link text<a - id="dx1-44072"></a></a> may + id="dx1-54074"></a></a> may affect subsequent text. </div> -</p><!--l. 5724--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6480--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 5726--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 6482--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">6.1 </span> <a id="sec:gls-like"></a>The <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-Like Commands (First Use Flag Queried)</h3> -<!--l. 5729--><p class="noindent" >This section describes the commands that unset (mark as used) the <a +<!--l. 6485--><p class="noindent" >This section describes the commands that unset (mark as used) the <a href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a> on completion, and in most cases they use the current state of the flag to determine the text to be displayed. As described above, these commands all have a star-variant (<span @@ -11114,24 +13107,24 @@ class="cmtt-10">hyper=true</span>) and have an optional first argument that is a class="cmti-10">key</span>⟩=⟨<span class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩ list. -</p><!--l. 5736--><p class="indent" > These commands use <span +</p><!--l. 6492--><p class="indent" > These commands use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt</span><a - id="dx1-45001"></a> or the equivalent definition provided by + id="dx1-55001"></a> or the equivalent definition provided by <span class="cmtt-10">\defglsentryfmt</span><a - id="dx1-45002"></a> to determine the automatically generated text and its format (see <a + id="dx1-55002"></a> to determine the automatically generated text and its format (see <a href="#sec:glsdisplay"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>6.3 +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>6.3 </a><a href="#sec:glsdisplay">Changing the format of the link text<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsdisplay --></a>). -</p><!--l. 5740--><p class="indent" > Apart from <span +</p><!--l. 6496--><p class="indent" > Apart from <span class="cmtt-10">\glsdisp</span><a - id="dx1-45003"></a>, the commands described in this section also have a <span + id="dx1-55003"></a>, the commands described in this section also have a <span class="cmti-10">final </span>optional argument ⟨<span class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩ which may be used to insert material into the automatically generated text. -</p><!--l. 5744--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Since the commands have a final optional argument, take care if you actually want to +</p><!--l. 6500--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Since the commands have a final optional argument, take care if you actually want to display an open square bracket after the command when the final optional argument is absent. Insert an empty set of braces <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">{}</span></span></span> immediately before the opening square bracket to @@ -11139,54 +13132,54 @@ prevent it from being interpreted as the final argument. For example: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-165"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-211"> \gls{sample} {}[Editor's comment] </div> -<!--l. 5753--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 5755--><p class="indent" > Don’t use any of the <a +<!--l. 6509--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 6511--><p class="indent" > Don’t use any of the <a href="#sec:gls-like"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like</a> or <a href="#sec:glstext-like"><span class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like</a> commands in the ⟨<span class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩ argument. </div> -</p><!--l. 5757--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5759--><p class="indent" > Take care using these commands within commands or environments that are processed +</p><!--l. 6513--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6515--><p class="indent" > Take care using these commands within commands or environments that are processed multiple times as this can confuse the first use flag query and state change. This includes frames with overlays in <span class="cmss-10">beamer</span><a - id="dx1-45004"></a> and the <span + id="dx1-55004"></a> and the <span class="cmss-10">tabularx </span>environment provided by <span class="cmss-10">tabularx</span><a - id="dx1-45005"></a>. The + id="dx1-55005"></a>. The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package automatically deals with this issue in <span class="cmss-10">amsmath</span><a - id="dx1-45006"></a>’s <span + id="dx1-55006"></a>’s <span class="cmss-10">align </span>environment. You can apply a patch to <span class="cmss-10">tabularx</span><a - id="dx1-45007"></a> by placing the following command (new to v4.28) in the + id="dx1-55007"></a> by placing the following command (new to v4.28) in the preamble: -</p><!--l. 5767--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6523--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glspatchtabularx</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-45008"></a> <span + id="dx1-55008"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glspatchtabularx </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5769--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6525--><p class="noindent" > This does nothing if <span class="cmss-10">tabularx</span><a - id="dx1-45009"></a> hasn’t been loaded. There’s no patch available for <span + id="dx1-55009"></a> hasn’t been loaded. There’s no patch available for <span class="cmss-10">beamer</span><a - id="dx1-45010"></a>. See + id="dx1-55010"></a>. See <a href="#sec:glsunset"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>14 </a><a +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>14 </a><a href="#sec:glsunset">Unsetting and Resetting Entry Flags<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsunset --></a> for more details. -</p><!--l. 5774--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6530--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\gls</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-45011"></a> <span + id="dx1-55011"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\gls[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -11194,33 +13187,33 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5776--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6532--><p class="noindent" > This command typically determines the <a href="#glo:linktext">link text<a - id="dx1-45012"></a></a> from the values of the <span + id="dx1-55012"></a></a> from the values of the <span class="cmss-10">text</span><a - id="dx1-45013"></a> or <span + id="dx1-55013"></a> or <span class="cmss-10">first</span><a - id="dx1-45014"></a> keys + id="dx1-55014"></a> keys supplied when the entry was defined using <span class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a - id="dx1-45015"></a>. However, if the entry was + id="dx1-55015"></a>. However, if the entry was defined using <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a - id="dx1-45016"></a> and <span + id="dx1-55016"></a> and <span class="cmtt-10">\setacronymstyle</span><a - id="dx1-45017"></a> was used, then the link text<a - id="dx1-45018"></a> will usually + id="dx1-55017"></a> was used, then the link text<a + id="dx1-55018"></a> will usually be determined from the <span class="cmss-10">long</span><a - id="dx1-45019"></a> or <span + id="dx1-55019"></a> or <span class="cmss-10">short</span><a - id="dx1-45020"></a> keys. -</p><!--l. 5784--><p class="indent" > There are two upper case variants: -</p><!--l. 5785--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + id="dx1-55020"></a> keys. +</p><!--l. 6540--><p class="indent" > There are two upper case variants: +</p><!--l. 6541--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Gls</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-45021"></a> <span + id="dx1-55021"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Gls[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -11228,12 +13221,12 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5787--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6543--><p class="noindent" > and -</p><!--l. 5789--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6545--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GLS</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-45022"></a> <span + id="dx1-55022"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GLS[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -11241,123 +13234,123 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5791--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6547--><p class="noindent" > which make the first letter of the link text or all the link text upper case, respectively. For the former, the uppercasing of the first letter is performed by <span class="cmtt-10">\makefirstuc</span><a - id="dx1-45023"></a>. -</p><!--l. 5796--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The first letter uppercasing command <span + id="dx1-55023"></a>. +</p><!--l. 6552--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The first letter uppercasing command <span class="cmtt-10">\makefirstuc </span>has limitations which must be taken into account if you use <span class="cmtt-10">\Gls </span>or any of the other commands that convert the first letter to uppercase. </div> -</p><!--l. 5801--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6557--><p class="noindent" > The upper casing is performed as follows: </p> <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize">If the first thing in the <a href="#glo:linktext">link text<a - id="dx1-45024"></a></a> is a command follow by a group, the upper casing is + id="dx1-55024"></a></a> is a command follow by a group, the upper casing is performed on the first object of the group. For example, if an entry has been defined as - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-166"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-212"> \newglossaryentry{sample}{  <br /> name={\emph{sample} phrase},  <br /> sort={sample phrase},  <br /> description={an example}} </div> - <!--l. 5812--><p class="nopar" > Then <span + <!--l. 6568--><p class="nopar" > Then <span class="cmtt-10">\Gls</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">{sample}</span></span></span> will set the <a href="#glo:linktext">link text<a - id="dx1-45025"></a></a> + id="dx1-55025"></a></a> to<span class="footnote-mark"><a -href="#fn1x6" id="fn1x6-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">6.1</sup></a></span><a - id="x1-45026f1"></a> +href="#fn2x6" id="fn2x6-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">6.2</sup></a></span><a + id="x1-55026f2"></a> </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-167"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-213"> \emph{\MakeUppercase sample} phrase </div> - <!--l. 5818--><p class="nopar" > which will appear as <span + <!--l. 6574--><p class="nopar" > which will appear as <span class="cmti-10">Sample </span>phrase. </p></li> <li class="itemize">If the first thing in the <a href="#glo:linktext">link text<a - id="dx1-45027"></a></a> isn’t a command or is a command but isn’t followed by + id="dx1-55027"></a></a> isn’t a command or is a command but isn’t followed by a group, then the upper casing will be performed on that first thing. For example, if an entry has been defined as: - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-168"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-214"> \newglossaryentry{sample}{  <br />  name={\oe-ligature},  <br />  sort={oe-ligature},  <br />  description={an example}  <br />} </div> - <!--l. 5831--><p class="nopar" > Then <span + <!--l. 6587--><p class="nopar" > Then <span class="cmtt-10">\Gls</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">{sample}</span></span></span> will set the <a href="#glo:linktext">link text<a - id="dx1-45028"></a></a> to + id="dx1-55028"></a></a> to </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-169"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-215"> \MakeUppercase \oe-ligature </div> - <!--l. 5835--><p class="nopar" > which will appear as Œ-ligature. + <!--l. 6591--><p class="nopar" > which will appear as Œ-ligature. </p></li> <li class="itemize">If you have <span class="cmss-10">mfirstuc</span><a - id="dx1-45029"></a> v2.01 or above, an extra case is added. If the first thing is <span + id="dx1-55029"></a> v2.01 or above, an extra case is added. If the first thing is <span class="cmtt-10">\protect</span> it will be discarded and the above rules will then be tried. </li></ul> -<!--l. 5843--><p class="noindent" >(Note the use of the <span +<!--l. 6599--><p class="noindent" >(Note the use of the <span class="cmss-10">sort</span><a - id="dx1-45030"></a> key in the above examples.) -</p><!--l. 5845--><p class="indent" > There are hundreds of <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span + id="dx1-55030"></a> key in the above examples.) +</p><!--l. 6601--><p class="indent" > There are hundreds of <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span></span> packages that altogether define thousands of commands with various syntax and it’s impossible for <span class="cmss-10">mfirstuc</span><a - id="dx1-45031"></a> to take them all into account. The above + id="dx1-55031"></a> to take them all into account. The above rules are quite simplistic and are designed for <a href="#glo:linktext">link text<a - id="dx1-45032"></a></a> that starts with a text-block + id="dx1-55032"></a></a> that starts with a text-block command (such as <span class="cmtt-10">\emph</span>) or a command that produces a character (such as <span class="cmtt-10">\oe</span>). This means that if your <a href="#glo:linktext">link text<a - id="dx1-45033"></a></a> starts with something that doesn’t adhere to <span + id="dx1-55033"></a></a> starts with something that doesn’t adhere to <span class="cmss-10">mfirstuc</span><a - id="dx1-45034"></a>’s assumptions then + id="dx1-55034"></a>’s assumptions then things are likely to go wrong. -</p><!--l. 5854--><p class="indent" > For example, starting with a math-shift symbol: +</p><!--l. 6610--><p class="indent" > For example, starting with a math-shift symbol: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-170"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-216"> \newglossaryentry{sample}{  <br />  name={$a$},  <br />  sort={a},  <br />  description={an example}  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 5861--><p class="nopar" > This falls into case 2 above, so the <a +<!--l. 6617--><p class="nopar" > This falls into case 2 above, so the <a href="#glo:linktext">link text<a - id="dx1-45035"></a></a> will be set to + id="dx1-55035"></a></a> will be set to </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-171"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-217"> \MakeUppercase $a$ </div> -<!--l. 5865--><p class="nopar" > This attempts to uppercase the math-shift <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 6621--><p class="nopar" > This attempts to uppercase the math-shift <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">$</span></span></span>, which will go wrong. In this case it’s not appropriate to perform any case-changing, but it may be that you want to use <span class="cmtt-10">\Gls</span> @@ -11366,44 +13359,44 @@ solution is to insert an empty brace at the start: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-172"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-218"> \newglossaryentry{sample}{  <br />  name={{}$a$},  <br />  sort={a},  <br />  description={an example}  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 5878--><p class="nopar" > Now the <a +<!--l. 6634--><p class="nopar" > Now the <a href="#glo:linktext">link text<a - id="dx1-45036"></a></a> will be set to + id="dx1-55036"></a></a> will be set to </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-173"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-219"> \MakeUppercase{}$a$ </div> -<!--l. 5882--><p class="nopar" > and the <span +<!--l. 6638--><p class="nopar" > and the <span class="cmtt-10">\uppercase </span>becomes harmless. -</p><!--l. 5885--><p class="indent" > Another issue occurs when the <a +</p><!--l. 6641--><p class="indent" > Another issue occurs when the <a href="#glo:linktext">link text<a - id="dx1-45037"></a></a> starts with a command followed by an argument + id="dx1-55037"></a></a> starts with a command followed by an argument (case 1) but the argument is a label, identifier or something else that shouldn’t have a case-change. A common example is when the <a href="#glo:linktext">link text<a - id="dx1-45038"></a></a> starts with one of the commands + id="dx1-55038"></a></a> starts with one of the commands described in this chapter. (But you haven’t done that, have you? What with the warning not to do it at the beginning of the chapter.) Or when the <a href="#glo:linktext">link text<a - id="dx1-45039"></a></a> starts with one of the + id="dx1-55039"></a></a> starts with one of the non-linking commands described in <a href="#sec:glsnolink"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>9 </a><a +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>9 </a><a href="#sec:glsnolink">Using Glossary Terms Without Links<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsnolink --></a>. For example: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-174"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-220"> \newglossaryentry{sample}{name={sample},description={an example}}  <br />\newglossaryentry{sample2}{  <br />   name={\glsentrytext{sample} two}, @@ -11411,33 +13404,33 @@ example:  <br />   description={another example}  <br /> } </div> -<!--l. 5900--><p class="nopar" > Now the <a +<!--l. 6656--><p class="nopar" > Now the <a href="#glo:linktext">link text<a - id="dx1-45040"></a></a> will be set to: + id="dx1-55040"></a></a> will be set to: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-175"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-221"> \glsentrytext{\MakeUppercase sample} two </div> -<!--l. 5904--><p class="nopar" > This will generate an error because there’s no entry with the label given by +<!--l. 6660--><p class="nopar" > This will generate an error because there’s no entry with the label given by <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\MakeUppercase</span><span class="cmtt-10"> sample</span></span></span>. The best solution here is to write the term out in the <span class="cmss-10">text</span><a - id="dx1-45041"></a> field and + id="dx1-55041"></a> field and use the command in the <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-45042"></a> field. If you don’t use <span + id="dx1-55042"></a> field. If you don’t use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsname </span>anywhere in your document, you can use <span class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>in the <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-45043"></a> field: + id="dx1-55043"></a> field: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-176"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-222"> \newglossaryentry{sample}{name={sample},description={an example}}  <br />\newglossaryentry{sample2}{  <br />   name={\gls{sample} two}, @@ -11446,32 +13439,32 @@ class="cmss-10">name</span><a  <br />   description={another example}  <br /> } </div> -<!--l. 5918--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 5920--><p class="indent" > If the <a +<!--l. 6674--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 6676--><p class="indent" > If the <a href="#glo:linktext">link text<a - id="dx1-45044"></a></a> starts with a command that has an optional argument or with multiple + id="dx1-55044"></a></a> starts with a command that has an optional argument or with multiple arguments where the actual text isn’t in the first argument, then <span class="cmtt-10">\makefirstuc </span>will also fail. For example: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-177"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-223"> \newglossaryentry{sample}{  <br /> name={\textcolor{blue}{sample} phrase},  <br /> sort={sample phrase},  <br /> description={an example}} </div> -<!--l. 5929--><p class="nopar" > Now the <a +<!--l. 6685--><p class="nopar" > Now the <a href="#glo:linktext">link text<a - id="dx1-45045"></a></a> will be set to: + id="dx1-55045"></a></a> will be set to: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-178"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-224"> \textcolor{\MakeUppercase blue}{sample} phrase </div> -<!--l. 5933--><p class="nopar" > This won’t work because <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 6689--><p class="nopar" > This won’t work because <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\MakeUppercase</span><span class="cmtt-10"> blue</span></span></span> isn’t a recognised colour name. In this case you will have to define a helper command where the first argument is the text. For @@ -11479,35 +13472,35 @@ example: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-179"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-225"> \newglossaryentry{sample}{  <br />\newcommand*{\blue}[1]{\textcolor{blue}{#1}}  <br /> name={\blue{sample} phrase},  <br /> sort={sample phrase},  <br /> description={an example}} </div> -<!--l. 5943--><p class="nopar" > In fact, since the whole design ethos of <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span +<!--l. 6699--><p class="nopar" > In fact, since the whole design ethos of <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span></span> is the separation of content and style, it’s better to use a semantic command. For example: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-180"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-226"> \newglossaryentry{sample}{  <br />\newcommand*{\keyword}[1]{\textcolor{blue}{#1}}  <br /> name={\keyword{sample} phrase},  <br /> sort={sample phrase},  <br /> description={an example}} </div> -<!--l. 5953--><p class="nopar" > For further details see the <span +<!--l. 6709--><p class="nopar" > For further details see the <span class="cmss-10">mfirstuc</span><a - id="dx1-45046"></a> user manual. -</p><!--l. 5956--><p class="indent" > There are plural forms that are analogous to <span + id="dx1-55046"></a> user manual. +</p><!--l. 6712--><p class="indent" > There are plural forms that are analogous to <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>: -</p><!--l. 5957--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6713--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glspl</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-45047"></a> <span + id="dx1-55047"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glspl[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -11515,11 +13508,11 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5959--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5960--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6715--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6716--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glspl</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-45048"></a> <span + id="dx1-55048"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glspl[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -11527,11 +13520,11 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5962--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5963--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6718--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6719--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GLSpl</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-45049"></a> <span + id="dx1-55049"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GLSpl[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -11539,41 +13532,41 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5965--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6721--><p class="noindent" > These typically determine the link text from the <span class="cmss-10">plural</span><a - id="dx1-45050"></a> or <span + id="dx1-55050"></a> or <span class="cmss-10">firstplural</span><a - id="dx1-45051"></a> keys supplied when the + id="dx1-55051"></a> keys supplied when the entry was defined using <span class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a - id="dx1-45052"></a> or, if the entry is an abbreviation and + id="dx1-55052"></a> or, if the entry is an abbreviation and <span class="cmtt-10">\setacronymstyle </span>was used, from the <span class="cmss-10">longplural</span><a - id="dx1-45053"></a> or <span + id="dx1-55053"></a> or <span class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a - id="dx1-45054"></a> keys. -</p><!--l. 5972--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Be careful when you use glossary entries in math mode especially if you are using <span + id="dx1-55054"></a> keys. +</p><!--l. 6728--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Be careful when you use glossary entries in math mode especially if you are using <span class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a - id="dx1-45055"></a> + id="dx1-55055"></a> as it can affect the spacing of subscripts and superscripts. For example, suppose you have defined the following entry: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-181"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-227"> \newglossaryentry{Falpha}{name={F_\alpha},  <br />description=sample} </div> -<!--l. 5980--><p class="nopar" > and later you use it in math mode: +<!--l. 6736--><p class="nopar" > and later you use it in math mode: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-182"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-228"> $\gls{Falpha}^2$ </div> -<!--l. 5984--><p class="nopar" > This will result in <span +<!--l. 6740--><p class="nopar" > This will result in <span class="cmmi-10">F</span><sub><span class="cmmi-7">α</span></sub><sup><span class="cmr-7">2</span></sup> instead of <span @@ -11585,15 +13578,15 @@ class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩ optional argument: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-183"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-229"> $\gls{Falpha}[^2]$ </div> -<!--l. 5990--><p class="nopar" > </div> -</p><!--l. 5991--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5993--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +<!--l. 6746--><p class="nopar" > </div> +</p><!--l. 6747--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6749--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsdisp</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-45056"></a> <span + id="dx1-55056"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsdisp[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -11601,13 +13594,13 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">link text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5995--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6751--><p class="noindent" > This behaves in the same way as the above commands, except that the ⟨<span class="cmti-10">link text</span>⟩ is explicitly set. There’s no final optional argument as any inserted material can be added to the ⟨<span class="cmti-10">link text</span>⟩ argument. -</p><!--l. 6001--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Don’t use any of the <a +</p><!--l. 6757--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Don’t use any of the <a href="#sec:gls-like"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like</a> or <a href="#sec:glstext-like"><span @@ -11615,14 +13608,14 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like</a> commands in the ⟨<span class="cmti-10">link text</span>⟩ argument of <span class="cmtt-10">\glsdisp</span>. </div> -</p><!--l. 6004--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6006--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6760--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6762--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 6006--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 6762--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">6.2 </span> <a id="sec:glstext-like"></a>The <span class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-Like Commands (First Use Flag Not Queried)</h3> -<!--l. 6009--><p class="noindent" >This section describes the commands that don’t change or reference the <a +<!--l. 6765--><p class="noindent" >This section describes the commands that don’t change or reference the <a href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a>. As described above, these commands all have a star-variant (<span class="cmtt-10">hyper=false</span>) and a @@ -11632,34 +13625,34 @@ class="cmti-10">key</span>⟩=⟨<span class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩ list. These commands also don’t use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt</span><a - id="dx1-46001"></a> or the equivalent definition + id="dx1-56001"></a> or the equivalent definition provided by <span class="cmtt-10">\defglsentryfmt</span><a - id="dx1-46002"></a> (see <a + id="dx1-56002"></a> (see <a href="#sec:glsdisplay"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>6.3 </a><a +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>6.3 </a><a href="#sec:glsdisplay">Changing the format of the link text<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsdisplay --></a>). Additional commands for abbreviations are described in <a href="#sec:acronyms"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>13 </a><a +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>13 </a><a href="#sec:acronyms">Acronyms and Other Abbreviations<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:acronyms --></a>. -</p><!--l. 6019--><p class="indent" > Apart from <span +</p><!--l. 6775--><p class="indent" > Apart from <span class="cmtt-10">\glslink</span><a - id="dx1-46003"></a>, the commands described in this section also have a <span + id="dx1-56003"></a>, the commands described in this section also have a <span class="cmti-10">final</span> optional argument ⟨<span class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩ which may be used to insert material into the automatically generated text. See the caveat above in <a href="#sec:gls-like"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>6.1 </a><a +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>6.1 </a><a href="#sec:gls-like">The <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-Like Commands (First Use Flag Queried)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:gls-like --></a>. -</p><!--l. 6024--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6780--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glslink</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-46004"></a> <span + id="dx1-56004"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslink[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -11667,11 +13660,11 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">link text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6026--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6782--><p class="noindent" > This command explicitly sets the <a href="#glo:linktext">link text<a - id="dx1-46005"></a></a> as given in the final argument. -</p><!--l. 6030--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Don’t use any of the <a + id="dx1-56005"></a></a> as given in the final argument. +</p><!--l. 6786--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Don’t use any of the <a href="#sec:gls-like"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like</a> or <a href="#sec:glstext-like"><span @@ -11680,12 +13673,12 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like</a> commands in the argument of class="cmtt-10">\glslink</span>. By extension, this means that you can’t use them in the value of fields that are used to form <a href="#glo:linktext">link text<a - id="dx1-46006"></a></a>. </div> -</p><!--l. 6035--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6037--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + id="dx1-56006"></a></a>. </div> +</p><!--l. 6791--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6793--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glstext</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-46007"></a> <span + id="dx1-56007"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glstext[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -11693,19 +13686,19 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6039--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6795--><p class="noindent" > This command always uses the value of the <span class="cmss-10">text</span><a - id="dx1-46008"></a> key as the <a + id="dx1-56008"></a> key as the <a href="#glo:linktext">link text<a - id="dx1-46009"></a></a>. + id="dx1-56009"></a></a>. -</p><!--l. 6043--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous commands: -</p><!--l. 6044--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6799--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous commands: +</p><!--l. 6800--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glstext</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-46010"></a> <span + id="dx1-56010"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glstext[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -11713,11 +13706,11 @@ class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6046--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6047--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6802--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6803--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GLStext</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-46011"></a> <span + id="dx1-56011"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GLStext[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -11725,30 +13718,30 @@ class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6049--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6805--><p class="noindent" > These convert the first character or all the characters to uppercase, respectively. See the note on <span class="cmtt-10">\Gls </span>above for details on the limitations of converting the first letter to upper case. -</p><!--l. 6054--><p class="indent" > There’s no equivalent command for title-casing, but you can use the more generic +</p><!--l. 6810--><p class="indent" > There’s no equivalent command for title-casing, but you can use the more generic command <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentrytitlecase</span><a - id="dx1-46012"></a> in combination with <span + id="dx1-56012"></a> in combination with <span class="cmtt-10">\glslink</span>. For example: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-184"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-230"> \glslink{sample}{\glsentrytitlecase{sample}{text}} </div> -<!--l. 6059--><p class="nopar" > (See <a +<!--l. 6815--><p class="nopar" > (See <a href="#sec:glsnolink"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>9 </a><a +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>9 </a><a href="#sec:glsnolink">Using Glossary Terms Without Links<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsnolink --></a>.) -</p><!--l. 6062--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6818--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsfirst</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-46013"></a> <span + id="dx1-56013"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirst[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -11756,17 +13749,17 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6064--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6820--><p class="noindent" > This command always uses the value of the <span class="cmss-10">first</span><a - id="dx1-46014"></a> key as the <a + id="dx1-56014"></a> key as the <a href="#glo:linktext">link text<a - id="dx1-46015"></a></a>. -</p><!--l. 6068--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous uppercasing commands: -</p><!--l. 6069--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + id="dx1-56015"></a></a>. +</p><!--l. 6824--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous uppercasing commands: +</p><!--l. 6825--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsfirst</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-46016"></a> <span + id="dx1-56016"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsfirst[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -11774,11 +13767,11 @@ class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6071--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6072--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6827--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6828--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GLSfirst</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-46017"></a> <span + id="dx1-56017"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GLSfirst[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -11786,39 +13779,39 @@ class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6074--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6076--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The value of the <span +</p><!--l. 6830--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6832--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The value of the <span class="cmss-10">first</span><a - id="dx1-46018"></a> key (and <span + id="dx1-56018"></a> key (and <span class="cmss-10">firstplural</span><a - id="dx1-46019"></a> key) doesn’t necessarily match the text produced + id="dx1-56019"></a> key) doesn’t necessarily match the text produced by <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a - id="dx1-46020"></a> (or <span + id="dx1-56020"></a> (or <span class="cmtt-10">\glspl</span><a - id="dx1-46021"></a>) on <a + id="dx1-56021"></a>) on <a href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> as the <a href="#glo:linktext">link text<a - id="dx1-46022"></a></a> used by <span + id="dx1-56022"></a></a> used by <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a - id="dx1-46023"></a> may be modified + id="dx1-56023"></a> may be modified through commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\defglsentry</span><a - id="dx1-46024"></a>. (Similarly, the value of the <span + id="dx1-56024"></a>. (Similarly, the value of the <span class="cmss-10">text</span><a - id="dx1-46025"></a> and <span + id="dx1-56025"></a> and <span class="cmss-10">plural</span><a - id="dx1-46026"></a> keys + id="dx1-56026"></a> keys don’t necessarily match the link text<a - id="dx1-46027"></a> used by <span + id="dx1-56027"></a> used by <span class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>or <span class="cmtt-10">\glspl </span>on subsequent use.) </div> -</p><!--l. 6084--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6086--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6840--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6842--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsplural</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-46028"></a> <span + id="dx1-56028"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsplural[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -11826,17 +13819,17 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6088--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6844--><p class="noindent" > This command always uses the value of the <span class="cmss-10">plural</span><a - id="dx1-46029"></a> key as the <a + id="dx1-56029"></a> key as the <a href="#glo:linktext">link text<a - id="dx1-46030"></a></a>. -</p><!--l. 6092--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous uppercasing commands: -</p><!--l. 6093--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + id="dx1-56030"></a></a>. +</p><!--l. 6848--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous uppercasing commands: +</p><!--l. 6849--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsplural</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-46031"></a> <span + id="dx1-56031"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsplural[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -11844,11 +13837,11 @@ class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6095--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6096--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6851--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6852--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GLSplural</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-46032"></a> <span + id="dx1-56032"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GLSplural[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -11856,11 +13849,11 @@ class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6098--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6100--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6854--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6856--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsfirstplural</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-46033"></a> <span + id="dx1-56033"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstplural[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -11868,17 +13861,17 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6102--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6858--><p class="noindent" > This command always uses the value of the <span class="cmss-10">firstplural</span><a - id="dx1-46034"></a> key as the <a + id="dx1-56034"></a> key as the <a href="#glo:linktext">link text<a - id="dx1-46035"></a></a>. -</p><!--l. 6106--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous uppercasing commands: -</p><!--l. 6107--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + id="dx1-56035"></a></a>. +</p><!--l. 6862--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous uppercasing commands: +</p><!--l. 6863--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsfirstplural</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-46036"></a> <span + id="dx1-56036"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsfirstplural[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -11886,11 +13879,11 @@ class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6109--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6110--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6865--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6866--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GLSfirstplural</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-46037"></a> <span + id="dx1-56037"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GLSfirstplural[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -11898,11 +13891,11 @@ class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6112--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6114--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6868--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6870--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsname</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-46038"></a> <span + id="dx1-56038"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsname[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -11912,26 +13905,26 @@ class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6116--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6872--><p class="noindent" > This command always uses the value of the <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-46039"></a> key as the <a + id="dx1-56039"></a> key as the <a href="#glo:linktext">link text<a - id="dx1-46040"></a></a>. Note that this may be + id="dx1-56040"></a></a>. Note that this may be different from the values of the <span class="cmss-10">text</span><a - id="dx1-46041"></a> or <span + id="dx1-56041"></a> or <span class="cmss-10">first</span><a - id="dx1-46042"></a> keys. In general it’s better to use <span + id="dx1-56042"></a> keys. In general it’s better to use <span class="cmtt-10">\glstext </span>or <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirst </span>instead of <span class="cmtt-10">\glsname</span>. -</p><!--l. 6122--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous uppercasing commands: -</p><!--l. 6123--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6878--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous uppercasing commands: +</p><!--l. 6879--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsname</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-46043"></a> <span + id="dx1-56043"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsname[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -11939,11 +13932,11 @@ class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6125--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6126--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6881--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6882--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GLSname</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-46044"></a> <span + id="dx1-56044"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GLSname[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -11951,18 +13944,18 @@ class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6128--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6130--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> In general it’s best to avoid <span +</p><!--l. 6884--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6886--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> In general it’s best to avoid <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsname </span>with acronyms. Instead, consider using <span class="cmtt-10">\Acrlong</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">\Acrshort </span>or <span class="cmtt-10">\Acrfull</span>. </div> -</p><!--l. 6133--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6135--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6889--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6891--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glssymbol</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-46045"></a> <span + id="dx1-56045"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glssymbol[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -11970,17 +13963,17 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6137--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6893--><p class="noindent" > This command always uses the value of the <span class="cmss-10">symbol</span><a - id="dx1-46046"></a> key as the <a + id="dx1-56046"></a> key as the <a href="#glo:linktext">link text<a - id="dx1-46047"></a></a>. -</p><!--l. 6141--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous uppercasing commands: -</p><!--l. 6142--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + id="dx1-56047"></a></a>. +</p><!--l. 6897--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous uppercasing commands: +</p><!--l. 6898--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glssymbol</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-46048"></a> <span + id="dx1-56048"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glssymbol[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -11988,11 +13981,11 @@ class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6144--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6145--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6900--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6901--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GLSsymbol</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-46049"></a> <span + id="dx1-56049"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GLSsymbol[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -12000,11 +13993,11 @@ class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6147--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6149--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6903--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6905--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsdesc</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-46050"></a> <span + id="dx1-56050"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsdesc[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -12012,17 +14005,17 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6151--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6907--><p class="noindent" > This command always uses the value of the <span class="cmss-10">description</span><a - id="dx1-46051"></a> key as the <a + id="dx1-56051"></a> key as the <a href="#glo:linktext">link text<a - id="dx1-46052"></a></a>. -</p><!--l. 6155--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous uppercasing commands: -</p><!--l. 6156--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + id="dx1-56052"></a></a>. +</p><!--l. 6911--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous uppercasing commands: +</p><!--l. 6912--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsdesc</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-46053"></a> <span + id="dx1-56053"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsdesc[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -12030,11 +14023,11 @@ class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6158--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6159--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6914--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6915--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GLSdesc</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-46054"></a> <span + id="dx1-56054"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GLSdesc[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -12042,19 +14035,19 @@ class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6161--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6163--><p class="indent" > If you want the title case version you can use +</p><!--l. 6917--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6919--><p class="indent" > If you want the title case version you can use </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-185"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-231"> \glslink{sample}{\glsentrytitlecase{sample}{desc}} </div> -<!--l. 6166--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 6168--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +<!--l. 6922--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 6924--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsuseri</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-46055"></a> <span + id="dx1-56055"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsuseri[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -12062,17 +14055,17 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6170--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6926--><p class="noindent" > This command always uses the value of the <span class="cmss-10">user1</span><a - id="dx1-46056"></a> key as the <a + id="dx1-56056"></a> key as the <a href="#glo:linktext">link text<a - id="dx1-46057"></a></a>. -</p><!--l. 6174--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous uppercasing commands: -</p><!--l. 6175--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + id="dx1-56057"></a></a>. +</p><!--l. 6930--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous uppercasing commands: +</p><!--l. 6931--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsuseri</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-46058"></a> <span + id="dx1-56058"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsuseri[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -12080,11 +14073,11 @@ class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6177--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6178--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6933--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6934--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GLSuseri</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-46059"></a> <span + id="dx1-56059"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GLSuseri[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -12092,11 +14085,11 @@ class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6180--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6182--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6936--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6938--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsuserii</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-46060"></a> <span + id="dx1-56060"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsuserii[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -12104,17 +14097,17 @@ class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6184--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6940--><p class="noindent" > This command always uses the value of the <span class="cmss-10">user2</span><a - id="dx1-46061"></a> key as the <a + id="dx1-56061"></a> key as the <a href="#glo:linktext">link text<a - id="dx1-46062"></a></a>. -</p><!--l. 6188--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous uppercasing commands: -</p><!--l. 6189--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + id="dx1-56062"></a></a>. +</p><!--l. 6944--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous uppercasing commands: +</p><!--l. 6945--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsuserii</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-46063"></a> <span + id="dx1-56063"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsuserii[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -12122,11 +14115,11 @@ class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6191--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6192--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6947--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6948--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GLSuserii</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-46064"></a> <span + id="dx1-56064"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GLSuserii[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -12134,11 +14127,11 @@ class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6194--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6196--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6950--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6952--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsuseriii</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-46065"></a> <span + id="dx1-56065"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsuseriii[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -12146,17 +14139,17 @@ class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6198--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6954--><p class="noindent" > This command always uses the value of the <span class="cmss-10">user3</span><a - id="dx1-46066"></a> key as the <a + id="dx1-56066"></a> key as the <a href="#glo:linktext">link text<a - id="dx1-46067"></a></a>. -</p><!--l. 6202--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous uppercasing commands: -</p><!--l. 6203--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + id="dx1-56067"></a></a>. +</p><!--l. 6958--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous uppercasing commands: +</p><!--l. 6959--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsuseriii</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-46068"></a> <span + id="dx1-56068"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsuseriii[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -12164,11 +14157,11 @@ class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6205--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6206--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6961--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6962--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GLSuseriii</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-46069"></a> <span + id="dx1-56069"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GLSuseriii[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -12176,11 +14169,11 @@ class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6208--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6210--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6964--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6966--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsuseriv</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-46070"></a> <span + id="dx1-56070"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsuseriv[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -12188,17 +14181,17 @@ class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6212--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6968--><p class="noindent" > This command always uses the value of the <span class="cmss-10">user4</span><a - id="dx1-46071"></a> key as the <a + id="dx1-56071"></a> key as the <a href="#glo:linktext">link text<a - id="dx1-46072"></a></a>. -</p><!--l. 6216--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous uppercasing commands: -</p><!--l. 6217--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + id="dx1-56072"></a></a>. +</p><!--l. 6972--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous uppercasing commands: +</p><!--l. 6973--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsuseriv</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-46073"></a> <span + id="dx1-56073"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsuseriv[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -12206,11 +14199,11 @@ class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6219--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6220--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6975--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6976--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GLSuseriv</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-46074"></a> <span + id="dx1-56074"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GLSuseriv[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -12220,11 +14213,11 @@ class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6222--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6224--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6978--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6980--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsuserv</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-46075"></a> <span + id="dx1-56075"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsuserv[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -12232,17 +14225,17 @@ class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6226--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6982--><p class="noindent" > This command always uses the value of the <span class="cmss-10">user5</span><a - id="dx1-46076"></a> key as the <a + id="dx1-56076"></a> key as the <a href="#glo:linktext">link text<a - id="dx1-46077"></a></a>. -</p><!--l. 6230--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous uppercasing commands: -</p><!--l. 6231--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + id="dx1-56077"></a></a>. +</p><!--l. 6986--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous uppercasing commands: +</p><!--l. 6987--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsuserv</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-46078"></a> <span + id="dx1-56078"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsuserv[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -12250,11 +14243,11 @@ class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6233--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6234--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6989--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6990--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GLSuserv</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-46079"></a> <span + id="dx1-56079"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GLSuserv[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -12262,11 +14255,11 @@ class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6236--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6238--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6992--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6994--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsuservi</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-46080"></a> <span + id="dx1-56080"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsuservi[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -12274,17 +14267,17 @@ class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6240--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6996--><p class="noindent" > This command always uses the value of the <span class="cmss-10">user6</span><a - id="dx1-46081"></a> key as the <a + id="dx1-56081"></a> key as the <a href="#glo:linktext">link text<a - id="dx1-46082"></a></a>. -</p><!--l. 6244--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous uppercasing commands: -</p><!--l. 6245--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + id="dx1-56082"></a></a>. +</p><!--l. 7000--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous uppercasing commands: +</p><!--l. 7001--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsuservi</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-46083"></a> <span + id="dx1-56083"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsuservi[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -12292,11 +14285,11 @@ class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6247--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6248--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7003--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7004--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GLSuservi</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-46084"></a> <span + id="dx1-56084"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GLSuservi[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -12304,129 +14297,129 @@ class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6250--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6252--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7006--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7008--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 6252--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 7008--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">6.3 </span> <a id="sec:glsdisplay"></a>Changing the format of the link text</h3> -<!--l. 6255--><p class="noindent" >The default format of the <a +<!--l. 7011--><p class="noindent" >The default format of the <a href="#glo:linktext">link text<a - id="dx1-47001"></a></a> for the <a + id="dx1-57001"></a></a> for the <a href="#sec:gls-like"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like</a> commands is governed by<span class="footnote-mark"><a -href="#fn2x6" id="fn2x6-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">6.2</sup></a></span><a - id="x1-47002f2"></a>: -</p><!--l. 6259--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +href="#fn3x6" id="fn3x6-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">6.3</sup></a></span><a + id="x1-57002f3"></a>: +</p><!--l. 7015--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsentryfmt</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-47006"></a> <span + id="dx1-57006"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6261--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7017--><p class="noindent" > This may be redefined but if you only want the change the display style for a given glossary, then you need to use -</p><!--l. 6264--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7020--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\defglsentryfmt</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-47007"></a> <span + id="dx1-57007"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\defglsentryfmt[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">type</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">definition</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6266--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7022--><p class="noindent" > instead of redefining <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt</span>. The optional first argument ⟨<span class="cmti-10">type</span>⟩ is the glossary type. This defaults to <span class="cmtt-10">\glsdefaulttype</span><a - id="dx1-47008"></a> if omitted. The second argument is the entry format + id="dx1-57008"></a> if omitted. The second argument is the entry format definition. -</p><!--l. 6272--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span +</p><!--l. 7028--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt </span>is the default display format for entries. Once the display format has been changed for an individual glossary using <span class="cmtt-10">\defglsentryfmt</span><a - id="dx1-47009"></a>, redefining + id="dx1-57009"></a>, redefining <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt </span>won’t have an effect on that glossary, you must instead use <span class="cmtt-10">\defglsentryfmt</span> again. Note that glossaries that have been identified as lists of acronyms (via the package option <span class="cmss-10">acronymlists</span><a - id="dx1-47010"></a> or the command <span + id="dx1-57010"></a> or the command <span class="cmtt-10">\DeclareAcronymList</span><a - id="dx1-47011"></a>, see <a + id="dx1-57011"></a>, see <a href="#sec:pkgopts-acronym"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.5 </a><a +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>2.5 </a><a href="#sec:pkgopts-acronym">Acronym Options<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts-acronym --></a>) use <span class="cmtt-10">\defglsentryfmt </span>to set their display style. </div> -</p><!--l. 6282--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6284--><p class="indent" > Within the ⟨<span +</p><!--l. 7038--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7040--><p class="indent" > Within the ⟨<span class="cmti-10">definition</span>⟩ argument of <span class="cmtt-10">\defglsentryfmt</span>, or if you want to redefine <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt</span>, you may use the following commands: -</p><!--l. 6288--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7044--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glslabel</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-47012"></a> <span + id="dx1-57012"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslabel </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6290--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7046--><p class="noindent" > This is the label of the entry being referenced. As from version 4.08, you can also access the glossary entry type using: -</p><!--l. 6293--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7049--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glstype</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-47013"></a> <span + id="dx1-57013"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glstype </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6295--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7051--><p class="noindent" > This is defined using <span class="cmtt-10">\edef</span><a - id="dx1-47014"></a> so the replacement text is the actual glossary type rather than + id="dx1-57014"></a> so the replacement text is the actual glossary type rather than <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsentrytype{\glslabel}</span></span></span>. -</p><!--l. 6299--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7055--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glscustomtext</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-47015"></a> <span + id="dx1-57015"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glscustomtext </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6301--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7057--><p class="noindent" > This is the custom text supplied in <span class="cmtt-10">\glsdisp</span>. It’s always empty for <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a - id="dx1-47016"></a>, <span + id="dx1-57016"></a>, <span class="cmtt-10">\glspl</span><a - id="dx1-47017"></a> and their + id="dx1-57017"></a> and their upper case variants. (You can use <span class="cmss-10">etoolbox</span><a - id="dx1-47018"></a>’s <span + id="dx1-57018"></a>’s <span class="cmtt-10">\ifdefempty </span>to determine if <span class="cmtt-10">\glscustomtext </span>is empty.) -</p><!--l. 6307--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7063--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsinsert</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-47019"></a> <span + id="dx1-57019"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsinsert </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6309--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7065--><p class="noindent" > The custom text supplied in the final optional argument to <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">\glspl </span>and their upper case variants. -</p><!--l. 6313--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7069--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsifplural</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-47020"></a> <span + id="dx1-57020"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsifplural{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">true text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6315--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7071--><p class="noindent" > If <span class="cmtt-10">\glspl</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">\Glspl </span>or <span @@ -12435,10 +14428,10 @@ class="cmti-10">true text</span>⟩ otherwise it does ⟨<span class="cmti-10">false</span> <span class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 6319--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7075--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glscapscase</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-47021"></a> <span + id="dx1-57021"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glscapscase{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">no case</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -12446,7 +14439,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">first uc</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">all caps</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6321--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7077--><p class="noindent" > If <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">\glspl </span>or <span @@ -12459,42 +14452,42 @@ class="cmti-10">first uc</span>⟩. If <span class="cmtt-10">\GLS </span>or <span class="cmtt-10">\GLSpl </span>were used, this does ⟨<span class="cmti-10">all caps</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 6326--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7082--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsifhyperon</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-47022"></a> <span + id="dx1-57022"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsifhyperon{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">hyper true</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">hyper false</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6328--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7084--><p class="noindent" > This will do ⟨<span class="cmti-10">hyper true</span>⟩ if the hyperlinks are on for the current reference, otherwise it will do ⟨<span class="cmti-10">hyper false</span>⟩. The hyperlink may be off even if it wasn’t explicitly switched off with the <span class="cmss-10">hyper</span><a - id="dx1-47023"></a> key or the use of a starred command. It may be off because the + id="dx1-57023"></a> key or the use of a starred command. It may be off because the <span class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a - id="dx1-47024"></a> package hasn’t been loaded or because <span + id="dx1-57024"></a> package hasn’t been loaded or because <span class="cmtt-10">\glsdisablehyper</span><a - id="dx1-47025"></a> has been used or + id="dx1-57025"></a> has been used or because the entry is in a glossary type that’s had the hyperlinks switched off (using <span class="cmss-10">nohypertypes</span><a - id="dx1-47026"></a>) or because it’s the <a + id="dx1-57026"></a>) or because it’s the <a href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> and the hyperlinks have been suppressed on first use. -</p><!--l. 6339--><p class="indent" > Note that <span +</p><!--l. 7095--><p class="indent" > Note that <span class="cmtt-10">\glsifhyper</span><a - id="dx1-47027"></a> is now deprecated. If you want to know if the command used to + id="dx1-57027"></a> is now deprecated. If you want to know if the command used to reference this entry was used with the star or plus variant, you can use: -</p><!--l. 6342--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7098--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glslinkvar</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-47028"></a> <span + id="dx1-57028"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslinkvar{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">unmodified</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -12502,7 +14495,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">star</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">plus</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6344--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7100--><p class="noindent" > This will do ⟨<span class="cmti-10">unmodified</span>⟩ if the unmodified version was used, or will do ⟨<span class="cmti-10">star</span>⟩ if the starred @@ -12510,59 +14503,59 @@ version was used, or will do ⟨<span class="cmti-10">plus</span>⟩ if the plus version was used. Note that this doesn’t take into account if the <span class="cmss-10">hyper</span><a - id="dx1-47029"></a> key was used to override the default setting, so this + id="dx1-57029"></a> key was used to override the default setting, so this command shouldn’t be used to guess whether or not the hyperlink is on for this reference. -</p><!--l. 6353--><p class="indent" > Note that you can also use commands such as <span +</p><!--l. 7109--><p class="indent" > Note that you can also use commands such as <span class="cmtt-10">\ifglsused</span><a - id="dx1-47030"></a> within the definition of + id="dx1-57030"></a> within the definition of <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt </span>(see <a href="#sec:glsunset"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>14 </a><a +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>14 </a><a href="#sec:glsunset">Unsetting and Resetting Entry Flags<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsunset --></a>). -</p><!--l. 6356--><p class="indent" > The commands <span +</p><!--l. 7112--><p class="indent" > The commands <span class="cmtt-10">\glslabel</span><a - id="dx1-47031"></a>, <span + id="dx1-57031"></a>, <span class="cmtt-10">\glstype</span><a - id="dx1-47032"></a>, <span + id="dx1-57032"></a>, <span class="cmtt-10">\glsifplural</span><a - id="dx1-47033"></a>, <span + id="dx1-57033"></a>, <span class="cmtt-10">\glscapscase</span><a - id="dx1-47034"></a>, <span + id="dx1-57034"></a>, <span class="cmtt-10">\glscustomtext</span><a - id="dx1-47035"></a> and + id="dx1-57035"></a> and <span class="cmtt-10">\glsinsert</span><a - id="dx1-47036"></a> are typically updated at the start of the <a + id="dx1-57036"></a> are typically updated at the start of the <a href="#sec:gls-like"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like</a> and <a href="#sec:glstext-like"><span class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like</a> commands so they can usually be accessed in the hook user commands, such as <span class="cmtt-10">\glspostlinkhook</span><a - id="dx1-47037"></a> and + id="dx1-57037"></a> and <span class="cmtt-10">\glslinkpostsetkeys</span><a - id="dx1-47038"></a>. -</p><!--l. 6362--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> This means that using commands like <span + id="dx1-57038"></a>. +</p><!--l. 7118--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> This means that using commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a - id="dx1-47039"></a> within the fields that are accessed using the + id="dx1-57039"></a> within the fields that are accessed using the <a href="#sec:gls-like"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like</a> or <a href="#sec:glstext-like"><span class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like</a> commands (such as the <span class="cmss-10">first</span><a - id="dx1-47040"></a>, <span + id="dx1-57040"></a>, <span class="cmss-10">text</span><a - id="dx1-47041"></a>, <span + id="dx1-57041"></a>, <span class="cmss-10">long</span><a - id="dx1-47042"></a> or <span + id="dx1-57042"></a> or <span class="cmss-10">short</span><a - id="dx1-47043"></a> keys) will cause a + id="dx1-57043"></a> keys) will cause a problem. The entry formatting performed by <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt </span>and related commands isn’t scoped (otherwise if would cause problems for <span @@ -12570,244 +14563,244 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glspostlinkhook </span>which may need to look ahead as well as look behind). This means that any nested commands will, at the very least, change the label stored in <span class="cmtt-10">\glslabel</span>. </div> -</p><!--l. 6372--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6374--><p class="indent" > If you only want to make minor modifications to <span +</p><!--l. 7128--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7130--><p class="indent" > If you only want to make minor modifications to <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt</span>, you can use -</p><!--l. 6376--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7132--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsgenentryfmt</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-47044"></a> <span + id="dx1-57044"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsgenentryfmt </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6378--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7134--><p class="noindent" > This uses the above commands to display just the <span class="cmss-10">first</span><a - id="dx1-47045"></a>, <span + id="dx1-57045"></a>, <span class="cmss-10">text</span><a - id="dx1-47046"></a>, <span + id="dx1-57046"></a>, <span class="cmss-10">plural</span><a - id="dx1-47047"></a> or <span + id="dx1-57047"></a> or <span class="cmss-10">firstplural</span><a - id="dx1-47048"></a> keys (or the + id="dx1-57048"></a> keys (or the custom text) with the insert text appended. -</p><!--l. 6383--><p class="indent" > Alternatively, if want to change the entry format for abbreviations (defined via +</p><!--l. 7139--><p class="indent" > Alternatively, if want to change the entry format for abbreviations (defined via <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a - id="dx1-47049"></a>) you can use: -</p><!--l. 6385--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + id="dx1-57049"></a>) you can use: +</p><!--l. 7141--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsgenacfmt</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-47050"></a> <span + id="dx1-57050"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsgenacfmt </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6387--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7143--><p class="noindent" > This uses the values from the <span class="cmss-10">long</span><a - id="dx1-47051"></a>, <span + id="dx1-57051"></a>, <span class="cmss-10">short</span><a - id="dx1-47052"></a>, <span + id="dx1-57052"></a>, <span class="cmss-10">longplural</span><a - id="dx1-47053"></a> and <span + id="dx1-57053"></a> and <span class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a - id="dx1-47054"></a> keys, rather than + id="dx1-57054"></a> keys, rather than using the <span class="cmss-10">text</span><a - id="dx1-47055"></a>, <span + id="dx1-57055"></a>, <span class="cmss-10">plural</span><a - id="dx1-47056"></a>, <span + id="dx1-57056"></a>, <span class="cmss-10">first</span><a - id="dx1-47057"></a> and <span + id="dx1-57057"></a> and <span class="cmss-10">firstplural</span><a - id="dx1-47058"></a> keys. The first use singular text is obtained + id="dx1-57058"></a> keys. The first use singular text is obtained via: -</p><!--l. 6392--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7148--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\genacrfullformat</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-47059"></a> <span + id="dx1-57059"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\genacrfullformat{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6394--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7150--><p class="noindent" > instead of from the <span class="cmss-10">first</span><a - id="dx1-47060"></a> key, and the first use plural text is obtained via: -</p><!--l. 6397--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + id="dx1-57060"></a> key, and the first use plural text is obtained via: +</p><!--l. 7153--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\genplacrfullformat</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-47061"></a> <span + id="dx1-57061"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\genplacrfullformat{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6399--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7155--><p class="noindent" > instead of from the <span class="cmss-10">firstplural</span><a - id="dx1-47062"></a> key. In both cases, ⟨<span + id="dx1-57062"></a> key. In both cases, ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is the entry’s label and ⟨<span class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩ is the insert text provided in the final optional argument of commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a - id="dx1-47063"></a>. The default + id="dx1-57063"></a>. The default behaviour is to do the long form (or plural long form) followed by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩ and a space and the short form (or plural short form) in parentheses, where the short form is in the argument of <span class="cmtt-10">\firstacronymfont</span><a - id="dx1-47064"></a>. There are also first letter upper case + id="dx1-57064"></a>. There are also first letter upper case versions: -</p><!--l. 6408--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7164--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Genacrfullformat</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-47065"></a> <span + id="dx1-57065"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Genacrfullformat{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6410--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7166--><p class="noindent" > and -</p><!--l. 6412--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7168--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Genplacrfullformat</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-47066"></a> <span + id="dx1-57066"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Genplacrfullformat{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6414--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7170--><p class="noindent" > By default these perform a protected expansion on their no-case-change equivalents and then use <span class="cmtt-10">\makefirstuc</span><a - id="dx1-47067"></a> to convert the first character to upper case. If there are issues + id="dx1-57067"></a> to convert the first character to upper case. If there are issues caused by this expansion, you will need to redefine those commands to explicitly use commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrylong</span><a - id="dx1-47068"></a> (which is what the predefined acronym styles, + id="dx1-57068"></a> (which is what the predefined acronym styles, such as <span class="cmss-10">long-short</span><a - id="dx1-47069"></a>, do). Otherwise, you only need to redefine <span + id="dx1-57069"></a>, do). Otherwise, you only need to redefine <span class="cmtt-10">\genacrfullformat</span><a - id="dx1-47070"></a> + id="dx1-57070"></a> and <span class="cmtt-10">\genplacrfullformat</span><a - id="dx1-47071"></a> to change the behaviour of <span + id="dx1-57071"></a> to change the behaviour of <span class="cmtt-10">\glsgenacfmt</span><a - id="dx1-47072"></a>. See <a + id="dx1-57072"></a>. See <a href="#sec:acronyms"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>13 +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>13 </a><a href="#sec:acronyms">Acronyms and Other Abbreviations<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:acronyms --></a> for further details on changing the style of acronyms. -</p><!--l. 6426--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span +</p><!--l. 7182--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt </span>(or the formatting given by <span class="cmtt-10">\defglsentryfmt</span>) is not used by the <a href="#sec:glstext-like"><span class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like</a> commands. </div> -</p><!--l. 6429--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6431--><p class="indent" > As from version 4.16, both the <a +</p><!--l. 7185--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7187--><p class="indent" > As from version 4.16, both the <a href="#sec:gls-like"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like</a> and <a href="#sec:glstext-like"><span class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like</a> commands use -</p><!--l. 6433--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7189--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glslinkpostsetkeys</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-47073"></a> <span + id="dx1-57073"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslinkpostsetkeys </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6435--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7191--><p class="noindent" > after the ⟨<span class="cmti-10">options</span>⟩ are set. This macro does nothing by default but can be redefined. (For example, to switch off the hyperlink under certain conditions.) This version also introduces -</p><!--l. 6439--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7195--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glspostlinkhook</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-47074"></a> <span + id="dx1-57074"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glspostlinkhook </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6441--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7197--><p class="noindent" > which is done after the link text has been displayed and also <span class="cmti-10">after </span>the <a href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a> has been unset (see example <a -href="#x1-62077r24">24<!--tex4ht:ref: ex:dotabbr --></a>). +href="#x1-72077r25">25<!--tex4ht:ref: ex:dotabbr --></a>). <a - id="x1-47075r8"></a> -</p><!--l. 6446--><p class="noindent" ><span + id="x1-57075r8"></a> +</p><!--l. 7202--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmbx-12">Example 8</span><span class="cmbx-12"> (Custom Entry Display in Text)</span><a - id="x1-47076"></a> -</p><!--l. 6447--><p class="indent" > Suppose you want a glossary of measurements and units, you can use the <span + id="x1-57076"></a> +</p><!--l. 7203--><p class="indent" > Suppose you want a glossary of measurements and units, you can use the <span class="cmss-10">symbol</span><a - id="dx1-47077"></a> key to + id="dx1-57077"></a> key to store the unit: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-186"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-232"> \newglossaryentry{distance}{name=distance,  <br />description={The length between two points},  <br />symbol={km}} </div> -<!--l. 6453--><p class="nopar" > and now suppose you want <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 7209--><p class="nopar" > and now suppose you want <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls{distance}</span></span></span> to produce “distance (km)” on <a href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>, then you can redefine <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt</span><a - id="dx1-47078"></a> as follows: + id="dx1-57078"></a> as follows: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-187"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-233"> \renewcommand*{\glsentryfmt}{%  <br />  \glsgenentryfmt  <br />  \ifglsused{\glslabel}{}{\space (\glsentrysymbol{\glslabel})}%  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 6462--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 6464--><p class="indent" > (Note that I’ve used <span +<!--l. 7218--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 7220--><p class="indent" > (Note that I’ve used <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentrysymbol</span><a - id="dx1-47079"></a> rather than <span + id="dx1-57079"></a> rather than <span class="cmtt-10">\glssymbol</span><a - id="dx1-47080"></a> to avoid nested + id="dx1-57080"></a> to avoid nested hyperlinks.) -</p><!--l. 6467--><p class="indent" > Note also that all of the <a +</p><!--l. 7223--><p class="indent" > Note also that all of the <a href="#glo:linktext">link text<a - id="dx1-47081"></a></a> will be formatted according to <span + id="dx1-57081"></a></a> will be formatted according to <span class="cmtt-10">\glstextformat</span><a - id="dx1-47082"></a> + id="dx1-57082"></a> (described earlier). So if you do, say: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-188"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-234"> \renewcommand{\glstextformat}[1]{\textbf{#1}}  <br />\renewcommand*{\glsentryfmt}{%  <br />  \glsgenentryfmt  <br />  \ifglsused{\glslabel}{}{\space(\glsentrysymbol{\glslabel})}%  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 6475--><p class="nopar" > then <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 7231--><p class="nopar" > then <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls{distance}</span></span></span> will produce “<span class="cmbx-10">distance (km)</span>”. -</p><!--l. 6478--><p class="indent" > For a complete document, see the sample file <a -href="#x1-5105r37"><span +</p><!--l. 7234--><p class="indent" > For a complete document, see the sample file <a +href="#x1-11115r38"><span class="cmtt-10">sample-entryfmt.tex</span></a>. </p> <div class="center" > -<!--l. 6479--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6479--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> +<!--l. 7235--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7235--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> <a - id="x1-47083r9"></a> -<!--l. 6481--><p class="noindent" ><span + id="x1-57083r9"></a> +<!--l. 7237--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmbx-12">Example 9</span><span class="cmbx-12"> (Custom Format for Particular Glossary)</span><a - id="x1-47084"></a> -</p><!--l. 6482--><p class="indent" > Suppose you have created a new glossary called <span + id="x1-57084"></a> +</p><!--l. 7238--><p class="indent" > Suppose you have created a new glossary called <span class="cmtt-10">notation </span>and you want to change the way the entry is displayed on <a href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> so that it includes the symbol, you can @@ -12815,68 +14808,68 @@ do: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-189"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-235"> \defglsentryfmt[notation]{\glsgenentryfmt  <br /> \ifglsused{\glslabel}{}{\space  <br />   (denoted \glsentrysymbol{\glslabel})}} </div> -<!--l. 6489--><p class="nopar" > Now suppose you have defined an entry as follows: +<!--l. 7245--><p class="nopar" > Now suppose you have defined an entry as follows: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-190"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-236"> \newglossaryentry{set}{type=notation,  <br />  name=set,  <br />  description={A collection of objects},  <br />  symbol={$S$}  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 6497--><p class="nopar" > The <a +<!--l. 7253--><p class="nopar" > The <a href="#glo:firstuse">first time</a> you reference this entry it will be displayed as: “set (denoted <span class="cmmi-10">S</span>)” (assuming <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a - id="dx1-47085"></a> was used). -</p><!--l. 6501--><p class="indent" > Alternatively, if you expect all the symbols to be set in math mode, you can + id="dx1-57085"></a> was used). +</p><!--l. 7257--><p class="indent" > Alternatively, if you expect all the symbols to be set in math mode, you can do: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-191"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-237"> \defglsentryfmt[notation]{\glsgenentryfmt  <br /> \ifglsused{\glslabel}{}{\space  <br />   (denoted $\glsentrysymbol{\glslabel}$)}} </div> -<!--l. 6507--><p class="nopar" > and define entries like this: +<!--l. 7263--><p class="nopar" > and define entries like this: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-192"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-238"> \newglossaryentry{set}{type=notation,  <br />  name=set,  <br />  description={A collection of objects},  <br />  symbol={S}  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 6515--><p class="nopar" > </p> +<!--l. 7271--><p class="nopar" > </p> <div class="center" > -<!--l. 6516--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6516--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> -<!--l. 6518--><p class="indent" > Remember that if you use the <span +<!--l. 7272--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7272--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> +<!--l. 7274--><p class="indent" > Remember that if you use the <span class="cmss-10">symbol</span><a - id="dx1-47086"></a> key, you need to use a glossary style that displays + id="dx1-57086"></a> key, you need to use a glossary style that displays the symbol, as many of the styles ignore it. -</p><!--l. 6522--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7278--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 6522--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 7278--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">6.4 </span> <a id="sec:disablehyperlinks"></a>Enabling and disabling hyperlinks to glossary entries</h3> -<!--l. 6525--><p class="noindent" >If you load the <span +<!--l. 7281--><p class="noindent" >If you load the <span class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a - id="dx1-48001"></a> or <span + id="dx1-58001"></a> or <span class="cmss-10">html</span><a - id="dx1-48002"></a> packages prior to loading the <span + id="dx1-58002"></a> packages prior to loading the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package, the <a href="#sec:gls-like"><span @@ -12885,166 +14878,166 @@ href="#sec:glstext-like"><span class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like</a> commands will automatically have hyperlinks to the relevant glossary entry, unless the <span class="cmss-10">hyper</span><a - id="dx1-48003"></a> option has been switched off (either explicitly or through + id="dx1-58003"></a> option has been switched off (either explicitly or through implicit means, such as via the <span class="cmss-10">nohypertypes</span><a - id="dx1-48004"></a> package option). -</p><!--l. 6532--><p class="indent" > You can disable or enable links using: -</p><!--l. 6533--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + id="dx1-58004"></a> package option). +</p><!--l. 7288--><p class="indent" > You can disable or enable links using: +</p><!--l. 7289--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsdisablehyper</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-48005"></a> <span + id="dx1-58005"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsdisablehyper </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6535--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7291--><p class="noindent" > and -</p><!--l. 6537--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7293--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsenablehyper</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-48006"></a> <span + id="dx1-58006"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsenablehyper </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6539--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7295--><p class="noindent" > respectively. The effect can be localised by placing the commands within a group. Note that you should only use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsenablehyper </span>if the commands <span class="cmtt-10">\hyperlink</span><a - id="dx1-48007"></a> and <span + id="dx1-58007"></a> and <span class="cmtt-10">\hypertarget</span><a - id="dx1-48008"></a> have + id="dx1-58008"></a> have been defined (for example, by the <span class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a - id="dx1-48009"></a> package). -</p><!--l. 6545--><p class="indent" > You can disable just the <a + id="dx1-58009"></a> package). +</p><!--l. 7301--><p class="indent" > You can disable just the <a href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> links using the package option <span class="cmss-10">hyperfirst=false</span><a - id="dx1-48010"></a>. Note + id="dx1-58010"></a>. Note that this option only affects the <a href="#sec:gls-like"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like</a> commands that recognise the <a href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a>. <a - id="x1-48011r10"></a> -</p><!--l. 6549--><p class="noindent" ><span + id="x1-58011r10"></a> +</p><!--l. 7305--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmbx-12">Example 10</span><span class="cmbx-12"> (First Use With Hyperlinked Footnote Description)</span><a - id="x1-48012"></a> -</p><!--l. 6550--><p class="indent" > Suppose I want the first use to have a hyperlink to the description in a footnote instead of + id="x1-58012"></a> +</p><!--l. 7306--><p class="indent" > Suppose I want the first use to have a hyperlink to the description in a footnote instead of hyperlinking to the relevant place in the glossary. First I need to disable the hyperlinks on first use via the package option <span class="cmss-10">hyperfirst=false</span><a - id="dx1-48013"></a>: + id="dx1-58013"></a>: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-193"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-239"> \usepackage[hyperfirst=false]{glossaries} </div> -<!--l. 6556--><p class="nopar" > Now I need to redefine <span +<!--l. 7312--><p class="nopar" > Now I need to redefine <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt</span><a - id="dx1-48014"></a> (see <a + id="dx1-58014"></a> (see <a href="#sec:glsdisplay"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>6.3 </a><a +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>6.3 </a><a href="#sec:glsdisplay">Changing the format of the link text<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsdisplay --></a>): </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-194"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-240"> \renewcommand*{\glsentryfmt}{%  <br />  \glsgenentryfmt  <br />  \ifglsused{\glslabel}{}{\footnote{\glsentrydesc{\glslabel}}}%  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 6564--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 6566--><p class="indent" > Now the first use won’t have hyperlinked text, but will be followed by a footnote. See the +<!--l. 7320--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 7322--><p class="indent" > Now the first use won’t have hyperlinked text, but will be followed by a footnote. See the sample file <a -href="#x1-5029r10"><span +href="#x1-11028r10"><span class="cmtt-10">sample-FnDesc.tex</span></a> for a complete document. </p> <div class="center" > -<!--l. 6569--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6569--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> -<!--l. 6571--><p class="indent" > Note that the <span +<!--l. 7325--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7325--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> +<!--l. 7327--><p class="indent" > Note that the <span class="cmss-10">hyperfirst</span><a - id="dx1-48015"></a> option applies to all defined glossaries. It may be that you only + id="dx1-58015"></a> option applies to all defined glossaries. It may be that you only want to disable the hyperlinks on <a href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> for glossaries that have a different form on first use. This can be achieved by noting that since the entries that require hyperlinking for all instances have identical first and subsequent text, they can be unset via <span class="cmtt-10">\glsunsetall</span><a - id="dx1-48016"></a> (see + id="dx1-58016"></a> (see <a href="#sec:glsunset"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>14 </a><a +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>14 </a><a href="#sec:glsunset">Unsetting and Resetting Entry Flags<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsunset --></a>) so that the <span class="cmss-10">hyperfirst</span><a - id="dx1-48017"></a> option doesn’t get + id="dx1-58017"></a> option doesn’t get applied. <a - id="x1-48018r11"></a> -</p><!--l. 6581--><p class="noindent" ><span + id="x1-58018r11"></a> +</p><!--l. 7337--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmbx-12">Example 11</span><span class="cmbx-12"> (Suppressing Hyperlinks on First Use Just For</span> <span class="cmbx-12">Acronyms)</span><a - id="x1-48019"></a> -</p><!--l. 6582--><p class="indent" > Suppose I want to suppress the hyperlink on <a + id="x1-58019"></a> +</p><!--l. 7338--><p class="indent" > Suppose I want to suppress the hyperlink on <a href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> for acronyms but not for entries in the main glossary. I can load the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package using: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-195"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-241"> \usepackage[hyperfirst=false,acronym]{glossaries} </div> -<!--l. 6587--><p class="nopar" > Once all glossary entries have been defined I then do: +<!--l. 7343--><p class="nopar" > Once all glossary entries have been defined I then do: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-196"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-242"> \glsunsetall[main] </div> -<!--l. 6591--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 7347--><p class="nopar" > </p> <div class="center" > -<!--l. 6593--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6593--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> -<!--l. 6595--><p class="indent" > For more complex requirements, you might find it easier to switch off all hyperlinks via +<!--l. 7349--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7349--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> +<!--l. 7351--><p class="indent" > For more complex requirements, you might find it easier to switch off all hyperlinks via <span class="cmtt-10">\glsdisablehyper</span><a - id="dx1-48020"></a> and put the hyperlinks (where required) within the definition of + id="dx1-58020"></a> and put the hyperlinks (where required) within the definition of <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt</span><a - id="dx1-48021"></a> (see <a + id="dx1-58021"></a> (see <a href="#sec:glsdisplay"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>6.3 </a><a +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>6.3 </a><a href="#sec:glsdisplay">Changing the format of the link text<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsdisplay --></a>) via <span class="cmtt-10">\glshyperlink</span><a - id="dx1-48022"></a> (see <a + id="dx1-58022"></a> (see <a href="#sec:glsnolink"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>9 +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>9 </a><a href="#sec:glsnolink">Using Glossary Terms Without Links<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsnolink --></a>). <a - id="x1-48023r12"></a> -</p><!--l. 6602--><p class="noindent" ><span + id="x1-58023r12"></a> +</p><!--l. 7358--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmbx-12">Example 12</span><span class="cmbx-12"> (Only Hyperlink in Text Mode Not Math Mode)</span><a - id="x1-48024"></a> -</p><!--l. 6603--><p class="indent" > This is a bit of a contrived example, but suppose, for some reason, I only want the + id="x1-58024"></a> +</p><!--l. 7359--><p class="indent" > This is a bit of a contrived example, but suppose, for some reason, I only want the <a href="#sec:gls-like"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like</a> commands to have hyperlinks when used in text mode, but not in math mode. I can do this by adding the glossary to the list of nohypertypes and redefining <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt</span><a - id="dx1-48025"></a>: + id="dx1-58025"></a>: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-197"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-243"> \GlsDeclareNoHyperList{main}  <br />\renewcommand*{\glsentryfmt}{%  <br />  \ifmmode @@ -13056,48 +15049,48 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt</span><a  <br />  \fi  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 6620--><p class="nopar" > Note that this doesn’t affect the <a +<!--l. 7376--><p class="nopar" > Note that this doesn’t affect the <a href="#sec:glstext-like"><span class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like</a> commands, which will have the hyperlinks off unless they’re forced on using the plus variant. -</p><!--l. 6625--><p class="indent" > See the sample file <a -href="#x1-5103r36"><span +</p><!--l. 7381--><p class="indent" > See the sample file <a +href="#x1-11113r37"><span class="cmtt-10">sample-nomathhyper.tex</span></a> for a complete document. </p> <div class="center" > -<!--l. 6627--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6627--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> +<!--l. 7383--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7383--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> <a - id="x1-48026r13"></a> -<!--l. 6629--><p class="noindent" ><span + id="x1-58026r13"></a> +<!--l. 7385--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmbx-12">Example 13</span><span class="cmbx-12"> (One Hyper Link Per Entry Per Chapter)</span><a - id="x1-48027"></a> -</p><!--l. 6630--><p class="indent" > Here’s a more complicated example that will only have the hyperlink on the first time an + id="x1-58027"></a> +</p><!--l. 7386--><p class="indent" > Here’s a more complicated example that will only have the hyperlink on the first time an entry is used per chapter. This doesn’t involve resetting the <a href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a>. Instead it adds a new key using <span class="cmtt-10">\glsaddstoragekey</span><a - id="dx1-48028"></a> (see <a + id="dx1-58028"></a> (see <a href="#sec:glsaddstoragekey"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>4.3.2 </a><a +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>4.3.2 </a><a href="#sec:glsaddstoragekey">Storage Keys<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsaddstoragekey --></a>) that keeps track of the chapter number that the entry was last used in: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-198"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-244"> \glsaddstoragekey{chapter}{0}{\glschapnum} </div> -<!--l. 6637--><p class="nopar" > This creates a new user command called <span +<!--l. 7393--><p class="nopar" > This creates a new user command called <span class="cmtt-10">\glschapnum </span>that’s analogous to <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentrytext</span>. The default value for this key is 0. I then define my glossary entries as usual. -</p><!--l. 6642--><p class="indent" > Next I redefine the hook <span +</p><!--l. 7398--><p class="indent" > Next I redefine the hook <span class="cmtt-10">\glslinkpostsetkeys</span><a - id="dx1-48029"></a> (see <a + id="dx1-58029"></a> (see <a href="#sec:glsdisplay"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>6.3 </a><a +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>6.3 </a><a href="#sec:glsdisplay">Changing the format of the link text<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsdisplay --></a>) so that it determines the current chapter number (which is stored in <span class="cmtt-10">\currentchap</span> @@ -13107,15 +15100,15 @@ class="cmtt-10">chapter </span>key that I defined earlier. If they’re the same, this entry has already been used in this chapter so the hyperlink is switched off using <span class="cmss-10">xkeyval</span><a - id="dx1-48030"></a>’s <span + id="dx1-58030"></a>’s <span class="cmtt-10">\setkeys </span>command. If the chapter number isn’t the same, then this entry hasn’t been used in the current chapter. The <span class="cmtt-10">chapter </span>field is updated using <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfieldxdef</span><a - id="dx1-48031"></a> (<a + id="dx1-58031"></a> (<a href="#sec:fetchset"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>16.3 </a><a +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>16.3 </a><a href="#sec:fetchset">Fetching and Updating the Value of a Field<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:fetchset --></a>) provided the user hasn’t switched off the hyperlink. (This test is performed using <span @@ -13123,7 +15116,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsifhyperon</span>. </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-199"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-245"> \renewcommand*{\glslinkpostsetkeys}{%  <br /> \edef\currentchap{\arabic{chapter}}%  <br /> \ifnum\currentchap=\glschapnum{\glslabel}\relax @@ -13133,42 +15126,42 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsifhyperon</span>.  <br /> \fi  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 6663--><p class="nopar" > Note that this will be confused if you use <span +<!--l. 7419--><p class="nopar" > Note that this will be confused if you use <span class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>etc when the chapter counter is 0. (That is, before the first <span class="cmtt-10">\chapter</span>.) -</p><!--l. 6667--><p class="indent" > See the sample file <a -href="#x1-5097r31"><span +</p><!--l. 7423--><p class="indent" > See the sample file <a +href="#x1-11107r32"><span class="cmtt-10">sample-chap-hyperfirst.tex</span></a> for a complete document. </p> <div class="center" > -<!--l. 6669--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6669--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> +<!--l. 7425--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7425--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> -<!--l. 6671--><p class="indent" > </div> -</p><!--l. 6671--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 7427--><p class="indent" > </div> +</p><!--l. 7427--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">7. <a id="sec:glsadd"></a>Adding an Entry to the Glossary Without Generating Text</h2> -</p><!--l. 6674--><p class="indent" > It is possible to add a line to the glossary file without generating any text at that point in +</p><!--l. 7430--><p class="indent" > It is possible to add a line to the glossary file without generating any text at that point in the document using: -</p><!--l. 6676--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7432--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsadd</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-49001"></a> <span + id="dx1-59001"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsadd[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6678--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7434--><p class="noindent" > This is similar to the <a href="#sec:glstext-like"><span class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like</a> commands, only it doesn’t produce any text (so therefore, there is no <span class="cmss-10">hyper</span><a - id="dx1-49002"></a> key available in ⟨<span + id="dx1-59002"></a> key available in ⟨<span class="cmti-10">options</span>⟩ but all the other options that can be used with <a href="#sec:glstext-like"><span @@ -13180,100 +15173,100 @@ class="cmtt-10">set</span>: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-200"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-246"> \glsadd[format=(]{set}  <br />Lots of text about sets spanning many pages.  <br />\glsadd[format=)]{set} </div> -<!--l. 6689--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 6691--><p class="indent" > To add all entries that have been defined, use: -</p><!--l. 6692--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +<!--l. 7445--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 7447--><p class="indent" > To add all entries that have been defined, use: +</p><!--l. 7448--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsaddall</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-49003"></a> <span + id="dx1-59003"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsaddall[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6694--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7450--><p class="noindent" > The optional argument is the same as for <span class="cmtt-10">\glsadd</span>, except there is also a key <span class="cmss-10">types</span><a - id="dx1-49004"></a> which can + id="dx1-59004"></a> which can be used to specify which glossaries to use. This should be a comma separated list. For example, if you only want to add all the entries belonging to the list of acronyms (specified by the glossary type <span class="cmtt-10">\acronymtype</span><a - id="dx1-49005"></a>) and a list of notation (specified by the glossary type + id="dx1-59005"></a>) and a list of notation (specified by the glossary type <span class="cmtt-10">notation</span>) then you can do: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-201"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-247"> \glsaddall[types={\acronymtype,notation}] </div> -<!--l. 6705--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 6707--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span +<!--l. 7461--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 7463--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span class="cmtt-10">\glsadd </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">\glsaddall </span>add the current location to the <a href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a - id="dx1-49006"></a></a>. In the + id="dx1-59006"></a></a>. In the case of <span class="cmtt-10">\glsaddall</span>, all entries in the glossary will have the same location in the number list. If you want to use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsaddall</span>, it’s best to suppress the number list with the <span class="cmss-10">nonumberlist</span><a - id="dx1-49007"></a> + id="dx1-59007"></a> package option. (See sections <a href="#sec:pkgopts-printglos">2.3<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts-printglos --></a> and <a href="#sec:numberlists">5<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:numberlists --></a>.) </div> -</p><!--l. 6714--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6716--><p class="indent" > There is now a variation of <span +</p><!--l. 7470--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7472--><p class="indent" > There is now a variation of <span class="cmtt-10">\glsaddall </span>that skips any entries that have already been used: -</p><!--l. 6718--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7474--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsaddallunused</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-49008"></a> <span + id="dx1-59008"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsaddallunused[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6720--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7476--><p class="noindent" > This command uses <span class="cmtt-10">\glsadd[format=@gobble] </span>which will ignore this location in the number list. The optional argument ⟨<span class="cmti-10">list</span>⟩ is a comma-separated list of glossary types. If omitted, it defaults to the list of all defined glossaries. -</p><!--l. 6726--><p class="indent" > If you want to use <span +</p><!--l. 7482--><p class="indent" > If you want to use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsaddallunused</span>, it’s best to place the command at the end of the document to ensure that all the commands you intend to use have already been used. Otherwise you could end up with a spurious comma or dash in the location list. <a - id="x1-49009r14"></a> -</p><!--l. 6731--><p class="noindent" ><span + id="x1-59009r14"></a> +</p><!--l. 7487--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmbx-12">Example 14</span><span class="cmbx-12"> (Dual Entries)</span><a - id="x1-49010"></a> -</p><!--l. 6732--><p class="indent" > The example file <a -href="#x1-5065r22"><span + id="x1-59010"></a> +</p><!--l. 7488--><p class="indent" > The example file <a +href="#x1-11069r22"><span class="cmtt-10">sample-dual.tex</span></a> makes use of <span class="cmtt-10">\glsadd </span>to allow for an entry that should appear both in the main glossary and in the list of acronyms. This example sets up the list of acronyms using the <span class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a - id="dx1-49011"></a> package option: + id="dx1-59011"></a> package option: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-202"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-248"> \usepackage[acronym]{glossaries} </div> -<!--l. 6738--><p class="nopar" > A new command is then defined to make it easier to define dual entries: +<!--l. 7494--><p class="nopar" > A new command is then defined to make it easier to define dual entries: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-203"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-249"> \newcommand*{\newdualentry}[5][]{%  <br />  \newglossaryentry{main-#2}{name={#4},%  <br />  text={#3\glsadd{#2}},% @@ -13283,11 +15276,11 @@ class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a  <br />  \newacronym{#2}{#3\glsadd{main-#2}}{#4}%  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 6750--><p class="nopar" > This has the following syntax: </p><div class="alltt"> +<!--l. 7506--><p class="nopar" > This has the following syntax: </p><div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> <span class="cmtt-10">\newdualentry</span><a - id="dx1-49012"></a><span + id="dx1-59012"></a><span class="cmtt-10">[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -13303,132 +15296,135 @@ class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div> You can then define a new dual entry: - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-204"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-250"> \newdualentry{svm}% label  <br />  {SVM}% abbreviation  <br />  {support vector machine}% long form  <br />  {Statistical pattern recognition technique}% description </div> -<!--l. 6761--><p class="nopar" > Now you can reference the acronym with <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 7517--><p class="nopar" > Now you can reference the acronym with <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls{svm}</span></span></span> or you can reference the entry in the main glossary with <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls{main-svm}</span></span></span>. </p> <div class="center" > -<!--l. 6764--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6764--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> +<!--l. 7520--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7520--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> -<!--l. 6766--><p class="indent" > </div> -</p><!--l. 6766--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 7522--><p class="indent" > </div> +</p><!--l. 7522--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">8. <a id="sec:crossref"></a>Cross-Referencing Entries</h2> -</p><!--l. 6769--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> You must use <span +</p><!--l. 7525--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> You must use <span class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-50001"></a> (Options <a + id="dx1-60001"></a> (Options <a href="#option2">2</a> or <a href="#option3">3</a>) or <span class="cmtt-10">\makenoidxglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-50002"></a> + id="dx1-60002"></a> (<a href="#option1">Option 1</a>) <span class="cmti-10">before </span>defining any terms that cross-reference entries. If any of the terms that you have cross-referenced don’t appear in the glossary, check that you have put <span class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span>/<span -class="cmtt-10">\makenoidxglossaries </span>before all entry definitions. </div> -</p><!--l. 6776--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6778--><p class="indent" > There are several ways of cross-referencing entries in the glossary: +class="cmtt-10">\makenoidxglossaries </span>before all entry definitions. The <a +href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span +class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> +package provides better cross-reference handling. </div> +</p><!--l. 7533--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7535--><p class="indent" > There are several ways of cross-referencing entries in the glossary: </p><ol class="enumerate1" > <li - class="enumerate" id="x1-50004x1">You can use commands such as <span + class="enumerate" id="x1-60004x1">You can use commands such as <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a - id="dx1-50005"></a> in the entries description. For example: + id="dx1-60005"></a> in the entries description. For example: - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-205"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-251"> \newglossaryentry{apple}{name=apple,  <br />description={firm, round fruit. See also \gls{pear}}} </div> - <!--l. 6787--><p class="nopar" > Note that with this method, if you don’t use the cross-referenced term in the main part + <!--l. 7544--><p class="nopar" > Note that with this method, if you don’t use the cross-referenced term in the main part of the document, you will need two runs of <a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-50006"></a></a>: + id="dx1-60006"></a></a>: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-206"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-252"> latex filename  <br />makeglossaries filename  <br />latex filename  <br />makeglossaries filename  <br />latex filename </div> - <!--l. 6797--><p class="nopar" > + <!--l. 7554--><p class="nopar" > </p></li> <li - class="enumerate" id="x1-50008x2">As described in <a + class="enumerate" id="x1-60008x2">As described in <a href="#sec:newglosentry"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>4 </a><a +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>4 </a><a href="#sec:newglosentry">Defining Glossary Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:newglosentry --></a>, you can use the <span class="cmss-10">see</span><a - id="dx1-50009"></a> key when you define + id="dx1-60009"></a> key when you define the entry. For example: - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-207"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-253"> \newglossaryentry{MaclaurinSeries}{name={Maclaurin  <br />series},  <br />description={Series expansion},  <br />see={TaylorsTheorem}} </div> - <!--l. 6806--><p class="nopar" > Note that in this case, the entry with the <span + <!--l. 7563--><p class="nopar" > Note that in this case, the entry with the <span class="cmss-10">see</span><a - id="dx1-50010"></a> key will automatically be added to the + id="dx1-60010"></a> key will automatically be added to the glossary, but the cross-referenced entry won’t. You therefore need to ensure that you use the cross-referenced term with the commands described in <a href="#sec:glslink"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>6 </a><a +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>6 </a><a href="#sec:glslink">Links to Glossary Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glslink --></a> or <a href="#sec:glsadd"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>7 </a><a +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>7 </a><a href="#sec:glsadd">Adding an Entry to the Glossary Without Generating Text<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsadd --></a>. - </p><!--l. 6813--><p class="noindent" >The “see” tag is produce using <span + </p><!--l. 7570--><p class="noindent" >The “see” tag is produce using <span class="cmtt-10">\seename</span><a - id="dx1-50011"></a>, but can be overridden in specific instances + id="dx1-60011"></a>, but can be overridden in specific instances using square brackets at the start of the <span class="cmss-10">see</span><a - id="dx1-50012"></a> value. For example: + id="dx1-60012"></a> value. For example: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-208"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-254"> \newglossaryentry{MaclaurinSeries}{name={Maclaurin  <br />series},  <br />description={Series expansion},  <br />see=[see also]{TaylorsTheorem}} </div> - <!--l. 6821--><p class="nopar" > Take care if you want to use the optional argument of commands such as <span + <!--l. 7578--><p class="nopar" > Take care if you want to use the optional argument of commands such as <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a - id="dx1-50013"></a> + id="dx1-60013"></a> or <span class="cmtt-10">\newterm</span><a - id="dx1-50014"></a> as the value will need to be grouped. For example: + id="dx1-60014"></a> as the value will need to be grouped. For example: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-209"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-255"> \newterm{seal}  <br />\newterm[see={[see also]seal}]{sea lion} </div> - <!--l. 6828--><p class="nopar" > Similarly if the value contains a list. For example: + <!--l. 7585--><p class="nopar" > Similarly if the value contains a list. For example: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-210"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-256"> \glossaryentry{lemon}{  <br />  name={lemon},  <br />  description={Yellow citrus fruit} @@ -13445,14 +15441,14 @@ class="cmtt-10">\newterm</span><a  <br />  see={lemon,lime}  <br />} </div> - <!--l. 6846--><p class="nopar" > + <!--l. 7603--><p class="nopar" > </p></li> <li - class="enumerate" id="x1-50016x3">After you have defined the entry, use - <!--l. 6849--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + class="enumerate" id="x1-60016x3">After you have defined the entry, use + <!--l. 7606--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glssee</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-50017"></a> <span + id="dx1-60017"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glssee[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">tag</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -13460,7 +15456,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">xr label list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 6851--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 7608--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">xr label list</span>⟩ is a comma-separated list of entry labels to be cross-referenced, ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ @@ -13469,54 +15465,54 @@ class="cmti-10">tag</span>⟩ is the “see” tag. (The default value of ⟨<span class="cmti-10">tag</span>⟩ is <span class="cmtt-10">\seename</span><a - id="dx1-50018"></a>.) For example: + id="dx1-60018"></a>.) For example: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-211"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-257"> \glssee[see also]{series}{FourierSeries,TaylorsTheorem} </div> - <!--l. 6859--><p class="nopar" > Note that this automatically adds the entry given by ⟨<span + <!--l. 7616--><p class="nopar" > Note that this automatically adds the entry given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ to the glossary but doesn’t add the cross-referenced entries (specified by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">xr label list</span>⟩) to the glossary.</p></li></ol> -<!--l. 6865--><p class="indent" > In both cases 2 and 3 above, the cross-referenced information appears in the <a +<!--l. 7622--><p class="indent" > In both cases 2 and 3 above, the cross-referenced information appears in the <a href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a - id="dx1-50019"></a></a>, + id="dx1-60019"></a></a>, whereas in case 1, the cross-referenced information appears in the description. (See the <a -href="#x1-5031r12"><span +href="#x1-11030r12"><span class="cmtt-10">sample-crossref.tex</span></a> example file that comes with this package.) This means that in cases 2 and 3, the cross-referencing information won’t appear if you have suppressed the number list<a - id="dx1-50020"></a>. In this case, you will need to activate the number list<a - id="dx1-50021"></a> for the given entries using + id="dx1-60020"></a>. In this case, you will need to activate the number list<a + id="dx1-60021"></a> for the given entries using <span class="cmss-10">nonumberlist=false</span><a - id="dx1-50022"></a>. Alternatively, if you just use the <span + id="dx1-60022"></a>. Alternatively, if you just use the <span class="cmss-10">see</span><a - id="dx1-50023"></a> key instead of <span + id="dx1-60023"></a> key instead of <span class="cmtt-10">\glssee</span><a - id="dx1-50024"></a>, you + id="dx1-60024"></a>, you can automatically activate the number list<a - id="dx1-50025"></a> using the <span + id="dx1-60025"></a> using the <span class="cmss-10">seeautonumberlist</span><a - id="dx1-50026"></a> package + id="dx1-60026"></a> package option. </p> -<!--l. 6877--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 7634--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">8.1 </span> <a id="sec:customxr"></a>Customising Cross-reference Text</h3> -<!--l. 6880--><p class="noindent" >When you use either the <span +<!--l. 7637--><p class="noindent" >When you use either the <span class="cmss-10">see</span><a - id="dx1-51001"></a> key or the command <span + id="dx1-61001"></a> key or the command <span class="cmtt-10">\glssee</span>, the cross-referencing information will be typeset in the glossary according to: -</p><!--l. 6883--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7640--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsseeformat</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-51002"></a> <span + id="dx1-61002"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsseeformat[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">tag</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -13524,7 +15520,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">label-list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">location</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6885--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7642--><p class="noindent" > The default definition of <span class="cmtt-10">\glsseeformat </span>is: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> <br /><span @@ -13536,123 +15532,123 @@ class="cmtt-10">}</span> <br /><spacer type=vertical size=10></span> Note that the location is always ignored.<span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn1x8" id="fn1x8-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">8.1</sup></a></span><a - id="x1-51003f1"></a> + id="x1-61003f1"></a> For example, if you want the tag to appear in bold, you can do:<span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn2x8" id="fn2x8-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">8.2</sup></a></span><a - id="x1-51005f2"></a> + id="x1-61005f2"></a> </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-212"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-258"> \renewcommand*{\glsseeformat}[3][\seename]{\textbf{#1}  <br /> \glsseelist{#2}} </div> -<!--l. 6901--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 6904--><p class="indent" > The list of labels is dealt with by <span +<!--l. 7658--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 7661--><p class="indent" > The list of labels is dealt with by <span class="cmtt-10">\glsseelist</span>, which iterates through the list and typesets each entry in the label. The entries are separated by -</p><!--l. 6907--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7664--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsseesep</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-51008"></a> <span + id="dx1-61008"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsseesep </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6909--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7666--><p class="noindent" > or (for the last pair) -</p><!--l. 6911--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7668--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsseelastsep</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-51009"></a> <span + id="dx1-61009"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsseelastsep </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6913--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7670--><p class="noindent" > These default to “<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">,\space</span></span></span>” and “<span class="cmtt-10">\space\andname</span><a - id="dx1-51010"></a><span + id="dx1-61010"></a><span class="cmtt-10">\space</span>” respectively. The list entry text is displayed using: -</p><!--l. 6917--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7674--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsseeitemformat</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-51011"></a> <span + id="dx1-61011"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsseeitemformat{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6919--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7676--><p class="noindent" > This defaults to <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentrytext</span><a - id="dx1-51012"></a><span + id="dx1-61012"></a><span class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span>.<span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn3x8" id="fn3x8-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">8.3</sup></a></span><a - id="x1-51013f3"></a> + id="x1-61013f3"></a> For example, to make the cross-referenced list use small caps: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-213"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-259"> \renewcommand{\glsseeitemformat}[1]{%  <br />  \textsc{\glsentrytext{#1}}} </div> -<!--l. 6927--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 6929--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> You can use <span +<!--l. 7684--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 7686--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> You can use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsseeformat</span><a - id="dx1-51016"></a> and <span + id="dx1-61016"></a> and <span class="cmtt-10">\glsseelist</span><a - id="dx1-51017"></a> in the main body of the text, but they + id="dx1-61017"></a> in the main body of the text, but they won’t automatically add the cross-referenced entries to the glossary. If you want them added with that location, you can do: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-214"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-260"> Some information (see also  <br />\glsseelist{FourierSeries,TaylorsTheorem}%  <br />\glsadd{FourierSeries}\glsadd{TaylorsTheorem}). </div> -<!--l. 6938--><p class="nopar" > </div> -</p><!--l. 6939--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 7695--><p class="nopar" > </div> +</p><!--l. 7696--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 6941--><p class="indent" > </div> -</p><!--l. 6941--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 7698--><p class="indent" > </div> +</p><!--l. 7698--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">9. <a id="sec:glsnolink"></a>Using Glossary Terms Without Links</h2> -</p><!--l. 6944--><p class="indent" > The commands described in this section display entry details without adding any +</p><!--l. 7701--><p class="indent" > The commands described in this section display entry details without adding any information to the glossary. They don’t use <span class="cmtt-10">\glstextformat</span><a - id="dx1-52001"></a>, they don’t have any optional + id="dx1-62001"></a>, they don’t have any optional arguments, they don’t affect the <a href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a> and, apart from <span class="cmtt-10">\glshyperlink</span><a - id="dx1-52002"></a>, they don’t + id="dx1-62002"></a>, they don’t produce hyperlinks. -</p><!--l. 6950--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Commands that aren’t expandable will be ignored by PDF bookmarks, so you will need +</p><!--l. 7707--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Commands that aren’t expandable will be ignored by PDF bookmarks, so you will need to provide an alternative via <span class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a - id="dx1-52003"></a>’s <span + id="dx1-62003"></a>’s <span class="cmtt-10">\texorpdfstring </span>if you want to use them in sectioning commands. (This isn’t specific to the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package.) See the <span class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a - id="dx1-52004"></a> + id="dx1-62004"></a> documentation for further details. All the commands that convert the first letter to upper case aren’t expandable. The other commands depend on whether their corresponding keys were assigned non-expandable values. </div> -</p><!--l. 6959--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6961--><p class="indent" > If you want to title case a field, you can use: -</p><!--l. 6962--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7716--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7718--><p class="indent" > If you want to title case a field, you can use: +</p><!--l. 7719--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsentrytitlecase</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-52005"></a> <span + id="dx1-62005"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentrytitlecase{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6964--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7721--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is the label identifying the glossary entry, ⟨<span class="cmti-10">field</span>⟩ is the field label (see <a @@ -13661,14 +15657,14 @@ For example: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-215"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-261"> \glsentrytitlecase{sample}{desc} </div> -<!--l. 6970--><p class="nopar" > (If you want title-casing in your glossary style, you might want to investigate the +<!--l. 7727--><p class="nopar" > (If you want title-casing in your glossary style, you might want to investigate the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span><a - id="dx1-52006"></a> package.) -</p><!--l. 6974--><p class="indent" > Note that this command has the same limitations as <span + id="dx1-62006"></a> package.) +</p><!--l. 7731--><p class="indent" > Note that this command has the same limitations as <span class="cmtt-10">\makefirstuc </span>which is used by commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\Gls </span>and <span @@ -13676,30 +15672,30 @@ class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryname </span>to upper-case the first letter (see the not <span class="cmtt-10">\Gls </span>in <a href="#sec:gls-like"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>6.1 </a><a +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>6.1 </a><a href="#sec:gls-like">The <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-Like Commands (First Use Flag Queried)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:gls-like --></a>). -</p><!--l. 6978--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7735--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsentryname</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-52007"></a> <span + id="dx1-62007"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryname{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6980--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6981--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7737--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7738--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsentryname</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-52008"></a> <span + id="dx1-62008"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryname{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6983--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7740--><p class="noindent" > These commands display the name of the glossary entry given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩, as specified by the <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-52009"></a> key. <span + id="dx1-62009"></a> key. <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryname </span>makes the first letter upper case. Neither of these commands check for the existence of ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩. The first form <span @@ -13707,28 +15703,28 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsentryname </span>is expandable (unless the name contains unexpandable commands). Note that this may be different from the values of the <span class="cmss-10">text</span><a - id="dx1-52010"></a> or <span + id="dx1-62010"></a> or <span class="cmss-10">first</span><a - id="dx1-52011"></a> keys. In general it’s better to use <span + id="dx1-62011"></a> keys. In general it’s better to use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentrytext </span>or <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfirst </span>instead of <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryname</span>. -</p><!--l. 6994--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> In general it’s best to avoid <span +</p><!--l. 7751--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> In general it’s best to avoid <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryname </span>with abbreviations. Instead, consider using <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrylong</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryshort </span>or <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryfull</span>. </div> -</p><!--l. 6997--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6999--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7754--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7756--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glossentryname</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-52012"></a> <span + id="dx1-62012"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glossentryname{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7001--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7758--><p class="noindent" > This is like <span class="cmtt-10">\glsnamefont</span><span class="cmsy-10">{</span><span @@ -13744,120 +15740,120 @@ the required fonts. For example: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-216"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-262"> \renewcommand*{\glsnamefont}[1]{\textmd{\sffamily #1}} </div> -<!--l. 7010--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 7011--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +<!--l. 7767--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 7768--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glossentryname</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-52013"></a> <span + id="dx1-62013"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glossentryname{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7013--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7770--><p class="noindent" > This is like <span class="cmtt-10">\glossentryname </span>but makes the first letter of the name upper case. -</p><!--l. 7017--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7774--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsentrytext</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-52014"></a> <span + id="dx1-62014"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentrytext{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7019--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7020--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7776--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7777--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsentrytext</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-52015"></a> <span + id="dx1-62015"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrytext{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7022--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7779--><p class="noindent" > These commands display the subsequent use text for the glossary entry given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩, as specified by the <span class="cmss-10">text</span><a - id="dx1-52016"></a> key. <span + id="dx1-62016"></a> key. <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrytext </span>makes the first letter upper case. The first form is expandable (unless the text contains unexpandable commands). The second form is not expandable. Neither checks for the existence of ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 7030--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7787--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsentryplural</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-52017"></a> <span + id="dx1-62017"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryplural{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7032--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7033--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7789--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7790--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsentryplural</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-52018"></a> <span + id="dx1-62018"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryplural{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7035--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7792--><p class="noindent" > These commands display the subsequent use plural text for the glossary entry given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩, as specified by the <span class="cmss-10">plural</span><a - id="dx1-52019"></a> key. <span + id="dx1-62019"></a> key. <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryplural </span>makes the first letter upper case. The first form is expandable (unless the value of that key contains unexpandable commands). The second form is not expandable. Neither checks for the existence of ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 7044--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7801--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsentryfirst</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-52020"></a> <span + id="dx1-62020"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfirst{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7046--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7047--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7803--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7804--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsentryfirst</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-52021"></a> <span + id="dx1-62021"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryfirst{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7049--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7806--><p class="noindent" > These commands display the <a href="#glo:firstusetext">first use text</a> for the glossary entry given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩, as specified by the <span class="cmss-10">first</span><a - id="dx1-52022"></a> key. <span + id="dx1-62022"></a> key. <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryfirst </span>makes the first letter upper case. The first form is expandable (unless the value of that key contains unexpandable commands). The second form is not expandable. Neither checks for the existence of ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 7057--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7814--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsentryfirstplural</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-52023"></a> <span + id="dx1-62023"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfirstplural{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7059--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7060--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7816--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7817--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsentryfirstplural</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-52024"></a> <span + id="dx1-62024"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryfirstplural{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7062--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7819--><p class="noindent" > These commands display the plural form of the <a href="#glo:firstusetext">first use text</a> for the glossary entry given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩, as specified by the <span class="cmss-10">firstplural</span><a - id="dx1-52025"></a> key. <span + id="dx1-62025"></a> key. <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryfirstplural </span>makes the first letter upper case. The first form is expandable (unless the value of that key contains unexpandable @@ -13865,22 +15861,22 @@ case. The first form is expandable (unless the value of that key contains unexpa commands). The second form is not expandable. Neither checks for the existence of ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 7071--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7828--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsentrydesc</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-52026"></a> <span + id="dx1-62026"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentrydesc{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7073--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7074--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7830--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7831--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsentrydesc</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-52027"></a> <span + id="dx1-62027"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrydesc{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7076--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7833--><p class="noindent" > These commands display the description for the glossary entry given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩. <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrydesc</span> @@ -13888,14 +15884,14 @@ makes the first letter upper case. The first form is expandable (unless the valu contains unexpandable commands). The second form is not expandable. Neither checks for the existence of ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 7083--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7840--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glossentrydesc</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-52028"></a> <span + id="dx1-62028"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glossentrydesc{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7085--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7842--><p class="noindent" > This is like <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentrydesc{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span @@ -13903,33 +15899,33 @@ class="cmtt-10">} </span>but also checks for the existence of ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩. This command is not expandable. It’s used in the predefined glossary styles to display the description. -</p><!--l. 7090--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7847--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glossentrydesc</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-52029"></a> <span + id="dx1-62029"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glossentrydesc{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7092--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7849--><p class="noindent" > This is like <span class="cmtt-10">\glossentrydesc </span>but converts the first letter to upper case. This command is not expandable. -</p><!--l. 7096--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7853--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsentrydescplural</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-52030"></a> <span + id="dx1-62030"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentrydescplural{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7098--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7099--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7855--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7856--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsentrydescplural</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-52031"></a> <span + id="dx1-62031"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrydescplural{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7101--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7858--><p class="noindent" > These commands display the plural description for the glossary entry given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩. <span @@ -13937,22 +15933,22 @@ class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrydescplural </span>makes the first letter upper case. Th the value of that key contains unexpandable commands). The second form is not expandable. Neither checks for the existence of ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 7110--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7867--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsentrysymbol</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-52032"></a> <span + id="dx1-62032"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentrysymbol{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7112--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7113--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7869--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7870--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsentrysymbol</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-52033"></a> <span + id="dx1-62033"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrysymbol{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7115--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7872--><p class="noindent" > These commands display the symbol for the glossary entry given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩. <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrysymbol</span> @@ -13960,10 +15956,10 @@ makes the first letter upper case. The first form is expandable (unless the valu contains unexpandable commands). The second form is not expandable. Neither checks for the existence of ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 7123--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7880--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsletentryfield</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-52034"></a> <span + id="dx1-62034"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsletentryfield{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">cs</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -13971,7 +15967,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7125--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7882--><p class="noindent" > This command doesn’t display anything. It merely fetches the value associated with the given field (where the available field names are listed in <a href="#tab:fieldmap">table 4.1</a>) and stores the result in the @@ -13982,18 +15978,18 @@ class="cmtt-10">\tmp</span></span></span>: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-217"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-263"> \glsletentryfield{\tmp}{apple}{desc} </div> -<!--l. 7134--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 7136--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +<!--l. 7891--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 7893--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glossentrysymbol</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-52035"></a> <span + id="dx1-62035"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glossentrysymbol{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7138--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7895--><p class="noindent" > This is like <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentrysymbol{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span @@ -14001,33 +15997,33 @@ class="cmtt-10">} </span>but also checks for the existence of ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩. This command is not expandable. It’s used in some of the predefined glossary styles to display the symbol. -</p><!--l. 7143--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7900--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glossentrysymbol</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-52036"></a> <span + id="dx1-62036"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glossentrysymbol{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7145--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7902--><p class="noindent" > This is like <span class="cmtt-10">\glossentrysymbol </span>but converts the first letter to upper case. This command is not expandable. -</p><!--l. 7149--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7906--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsentrysymbolplural</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-52037"></a> <span + id="dx1-62037"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentrysymbolplural{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7151--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7152--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7908--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7909--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsentrysymbolplural</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-52038"></a> <span + id="dx1-62038"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrysymbolplural{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7154--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7911--><p class="noindent" > These commands display the plural symbol for the glossary entry given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩. <span @@ -14035,104 +16031,104 @@ class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrysymbolplural </span>makes the first letter upper case. (unless the value of that key contains unexpandable commands). The second form is not expandable. Neither checks for the existence of ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 7162--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7919--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsentryuseri</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-52039"></a> <span + id="dx1-62039"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryuseri{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7164--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7165--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7921--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7922--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsentryuseri</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-52040"></a> <span + id="dx1-62040"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryuseri{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7167--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7168--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7924--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7925--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsentryuserii</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-52041"></a> <span + id="dx1-62041"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryuserii{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7170--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7171--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7927--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7928--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsentryuserii</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-52042"></a> <span + id="dx1-62042"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryuserii{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7173--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7174--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7930--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7931--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsentryuseriii</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-52043"></a> <span + id="dx1-62043"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryuseriii{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7176--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7177--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7933--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7934--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsentryuseriii</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-52044"></a> <span + id="dx1-62044"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryuseriii{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7179--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7180--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7936--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7937--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsentryuseriv</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-52045"></a> <span + id="dx1-62045"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryuseriv{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7182--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7183--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7939--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7940--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsentryuseriv</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-52046"></a> <span + id="dx1-62046"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryuseriv{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7185--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7186--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7942--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7943--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsentryuserv</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-52047"></a> <span + id="dx1-62047"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryuserv{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7188--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7189--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7945--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7946--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsentryuserv</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-52048"></a> <span + id="dx1-62048"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryuserv{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7191--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7192--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7948--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7949--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsentryuservi</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-52049"></a> <span + id="dx1-62049"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryuservi{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7194--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7195--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7951--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7952--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsentryuservi</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-52050"></a> <span + id="dx1-62050"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryuservi{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7197--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7954--><p class="noindent" > These commands display the value of the user keys for the glossary entry given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩. The lower case forms are expandable (unless the value of the key contains unexpandable @@ -14140,72 +16136,72 @@ commands). The commands beginning with an upper case letter convert the first le required value to upper case and are not expandable. None of these commands check for the existence of ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 7206--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7963--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glshyperlink</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-52051"></a> <span + id="dx1-62051"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glshyperlink[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">link text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7208--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7965--><p class="noindent" > This command provides a hyperlink to the glossary entry given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ <span class="cmbx-10">but does not add</span> <span class="cmbx-10">any information to the glossary file</span>. The link text is given by <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentrytext</span><a - id="dx1-52052"></a><span + id="dx1-62052"></a><span class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span>by default<span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn1x9" id="fn1x9-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">9.1</sup></a></span><a - id="x1-52053f1"></a>, + id="x1-62053f1"></a>, but can be overridden using the optional argument. Note that the hyperlink will be suppressed if you have used <span class="cmtt-10">\glsdisablehyper</span><a - id="dx1-52057"></a> or if you haven’t loaded the <span + id="dx1-62057"></a> or if you haven’t loaded the <span class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a - id="dx1-52058"></a> + id="dx1-62058"></a> package. -</p><!--l. 7219--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use <span +</p><!--l. 7976--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use <span class="cmtt-10">\glshyperlink</span>, you need to ensure that the relevant entry has been added to the glossary using any of the commands described in <a href="#sec:glslink"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>6 </a><a +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>6 </a><a href="#sec:glslink">Links to Glossary Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glslink --></a> or <a href="#sec:glsadd"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>7 +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>7 </a><a href="#sec:glsadd">Adding an Entry to the Glossary Without Generating Text<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsadd --></a> otherwise you will end up with an undefined link. </div> -</p><!--l. 7224--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7226--><p class="indent" > The next two commands are only available with <a +</p><!--l. 7981--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7983--><p class="indent" > The next two commands are only available with <a href="#option1">Option 1</a> or with the <span class="cmss-10">savenumberlist</span><a - id="dx1-52059"></a> + id="dx1-62059"></a> package option: -</p><!--l. 7228--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7985--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsentrynumberlist</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-52060"></a> <span + id="dx1-62060"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentrynumberlist{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7230--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7231--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7987--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7988--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsdisplaynumberlist</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-52061"></a> <span + id="dx1-62061"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsdisplaynumberlist{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7233--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7990--><p class="noindent" > Both display the <a href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a - id="dx1-52062"></a></a> for the entry given by ⟨<span + id="dx1-62062"></a></a> for the entry given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩. When used with <a href="#option1">Option 1</a> a rerun is required to ensure this list is up-to-date, when used with Options <a @@ -14214,38 +16210,38 @@ href="#option3">3</a> a run of <a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-52063"></a></a> (or <a + id="dx1-62063"></a></a> (or <a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-52064"></a></a>/<a + id="dx1-62064"></a></a>/<a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-52065"></a></a>) followed by one or two runs of <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span + id="dx1-62065"></a></a>) followed by one or two runs of <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span></span> is required. -</p><!--l. 7240--><p class="indent" > The first command, <span +</p><!--l. 7997--><p class="indent" > The first command, <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentrynumberlist</span>, simply displays the number list as is. The second command, <span class="cmtt-10">\glsdisplaynumberlist</span>, formats the list using: -</p><!--l. 7243--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 8000--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsnumlistsep</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-52066"></a> <span + id="dx1-62066"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsnumlistsep </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7245--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8002--><p class="noindent" > as the separator between all but the last two elements and -</p><!--l. 7247--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 8004--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsnumlistlastsep</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-52067"></a> <span + id="dx1-62067"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsnumlistlastsep </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7249--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8006--><p class="noindent" > between the final two elements. The defaults are <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">,␣</span></span></span> and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">␣\&␣</span></span></span>, respectively. -</p><!--l. 7253--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> <span +</p><!--l. 8010--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsdisplaynumberlist </span>is fairly experimental. It works with <a href="#option1">Option 1</a>, but for Options <a @@ -14253,27 +16249,27 @@ href="#option2">2</a> or <a href="#option3">3</a> it only works when the default counter format is used (that is, when the <span class="cmss-10">format</span><a - id="dx1-52068"></a> key is set to <span + id="dx1-62068"></a> key is set to <span class="cmtt-10">glsnumberformat</span>). This command will only work with <span class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a - id="dx1-52069"></a> if you + id="dx1-62069"></a> if you choose <a href="#option1">Option 1</a>. If you try using this command with Options <a href="#option2">2</a> or <a href="#option3">3</a> and <span class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a - id="dx1-52070"></a>, + id="dx1-62070"></a>, <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentrynumberlist </span>will be used instead. </div> -</p><!--l. 7261--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7263--><p class="indent" > For further information see “Displaying entry details without adding information to the +</p><!--l. 8018--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8020--><p class="indent" > For further information see “Displaying entry details without adding information to the glossary” in the documented code (<span class="cmtt-10">glossaries-code.pdf</span>). </p> -<!--l. 7267--><p class="indent" > </div> -</p><!--l. 7267--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 8024--><p class="indent" > </div> +</p><!--l. 8024--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">10. <a id="sec:printglossary"></a>Displaying a glossary</h2> </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description"> @@ -14283,15 +16279,15 @@ class="cmbx-10">Option</span><span class="cmbx-10"> 1</span></a><span class="cmbx-10">:</span> </dt><dd class="description"> - <!--l. 7272--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + <!--l. 8029--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\printnoidxglossaries</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-53001"></a> <span + id="dx1-63001"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossaries </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 7274--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 8031--><p class="noindent" > (Must be used with <span class="cmtt-10">\makenoidxglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-53002"></a> in the preamble.) + id="dx1-63002"></a> in the preamble.) </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">Options</span><span @@ -14304,55 +16300,58 @@ href="#option3"><span class="cmbx-10">3</span></a><span class="cmbx-10">:</span> </dt><dd class="description"> - <!--l. 7278--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + <!--l. 8035--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\printglossaries</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-53003"></a> <span + id="dx1-63003"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\printglossaries </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 7280--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 8037--><p class="noindent" > (Must be used with <span class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-53004"></a> in the preamble.)</p></dd></dl> -<!--l. 7284--><p class="indent" > These commands will display all the glossaries in the order in which they were defined. + id="dx1-63004"></a> in the preamble.)</p></dd></dl> +<!--l. 8041--><p class="indent" > These commands will display all the glossaries in the order in which they were defined. Note that, in the case of Options <a href="#option2">2</a> and <a href="#option3">3</a>, no glossaries will appear until you have either used the Perl script <a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-53005"></a></a> or Lua script <a + id="dx1-63005"></a></a> or Lua script <a href="#glo:makeglossaries-lite.lua"><span -class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite.lua</span><a - id="dx1-53006"></a></a> or have directly -used <a +class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite</span><a + id="dx1-63006"></a></a> or have directly used +<a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-53007"></a></a> or <a + id="dx1-63007"></a></a> or <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-53008"></a></a> (as described in <a + id="dx1-63008"></a></a> (as described in <a href="#sec:makeglossaries"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>1.4 </a><a -href="#sec:makeglossaries">Generating the Associated Glossary Files<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:makeglossaries --></a>). -(While the external files are missing, these commands will just do <span -class="cmtt-10">\null </span>for each missing -glossary to assist dictionary style documents that just use <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsaddall </span>without inserting any -text.) -</p><!--l. 7294--><p class="indent" > If the glossary still does not appear after you re-<span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>1.5 </a><a +href="#sec:makeglossaries">Generating the Associated Glossary Files<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:makeglossaries --></a>). (While +the external files are missing, these commands will just do <span +class="cmtt-10">\null </span>for each missing glossary to +assist dictionary style documents that just use <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsaddall </span>without inserting any text. If you +use <a +href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span +class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a>, it will insert a heading and boilerplate text when the external files are +missing.) +</p><!--l. 8053--><p class="indent" > If the glossary still does not appear after you re-<span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span></span> your document, check the <span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-53009"></a>/<span + id="dx1-63009"></a>/<span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-53010"></a> log files to see if there is a problem. With <a + id="dx1-63010"></a> log files to see if there is a problem. With <a href="#option1">Option 1</a>, you just need two <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span></span> runs to make the glossaries appear, but you may need further runs to make the <a href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a - id="dx1-53011"></a>s</a> up-to-date. -</p><!--l. 7300--><p class="indent" > An individual glossary can be displayed using: + id="dx1-63011"></a>s</a> up-to-date. +</p><!--l. 8059--><p class="indent" > An individual glossary can be displayed using: </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description"> <a href="#option1"><span @@ -14360,17 +16359,17 @@ class="cmbx-10">Option</span><span class="cmbx-10"> 1</span></a><span class="cmbx-10">:</span> </dt><dd class="description"> - <!--l. 7303--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + <!--l. 8062--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\printnoidxglossary</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-53012"></a> <span + id="dx1-63012"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 7305--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 8064--><p class="noindent" > (Must be used with <span class="cmtt-10">\makenoidxglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-53013"></a> in the preamble.) + id="dx1-63013"></a> in the preamble.) </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">Options</span><span @@ -14383,91 +16382,91 @@ href="#option3"><span class="cmbx-10">3</span></a><span class="cmbx-10">:</span> </dt><dd class="description"> - <!--l. 7309--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + <!--l. 8068--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\printglossary</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-53014"></a> <span + id="dx1-63014"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\printglossary[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 7311--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 8070--><p class="noindent" > (Must be used with <span class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-53015"></a> in the preamble.)</p></dd></dl> -<!--l. 7314--><p class="noindent" >where ⟨<span + id="dx1-63015"></a> in the preamble.)</p></dd></dl> +<!--l. 8073--><p class="noindent" >where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">options</span>⟩ is a ⟨<span class="cmti-10">key</span>⟩=⟨<span class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩ list of options. (Again, when the associated external file is missing, <span class="cmtt-10">\null </span>is inserted into the document.) -</p><!--l. 7318--><p class="indent" > The following keys are available: +</p><!--l. 8077--><p class="indent" > The following keys are available: </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">type</span><a - id="dx1-53016"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-63016"></a> </dt><dd class="description">The value of this key specifies which glossary to print. If omitted, the default glossary is assumed. For example, to print the list of acronyms: - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-218"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-264"> \printglossary[type=\acronymtype] </div> - <!--l. 7325--><p class="nopar" > Note that you can’t display an ignored glossary, so don’t try setting <span + <!--l. 8084--><p class="nopar" > Note that you can’t display an ignored glossary, so don’t try setting <span class="cmss-10">type</span><a - id="dx1-53017"></a> to the name of + id="dx1-63017"></a> to the name of a glossary that was defined using <span class="cmtt-10">\newignoredglossary</span><a - id="dx1-53018"></a>. (See <a + id="dx1-63018"></a>. (See <a href="#sec:newglossary"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>12 </a><a +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>12 </a><a href="#sec:newglossary">Defining New Glossaries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:newglossary --></a>.) </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">title</span><a - id="dx1-53019"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-63019"></a> </dt><dd class="description">This is the glossary’s title (overriding the title specified when the glossary was defined). </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">toctitle</span><a - id="dx1-53020"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-63020"></a> </dt><dd class="description">This is the title to use for the table of contents (if the <span class="cmss-10">toc</span><a - id="dx1-53021"></a> package option has been + id="dx1-63021"></a> package option has been used). It may also be used for the page header, depending on the page style. If omitted, the value of <span class="cmss-10">title</span><a - id="dx1-53022"></a> is used. + id="dx1-63022"></a> is used. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">style</span><a - id="dx1-53023"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-63023"></a> </dt><dd class="description">This specifies which glossary style to use for this glossary, overriding the effect of the <span class="cmss-10">style</span><a - id="dx1-53024"></a> package option or <span + id="dx1-63024"></a> package option or <span class="cmtt-10">\glossarystyle</span><a - id="dx1-53025"></a>. + id="dx1-63025"></a>. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">numberedsection</span><a - id="dx1-53026"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-63026"></a> </dt><dd class="description">This specifies whether to use a numbered section for this glossary, overriding the effect of the <span class="cmss-10">numberedsection</span><a - id="dx1-53027"></a> package option. This key has the same + id="dx1-63027"></a> package option. This key has the same syntax as the <span class="cmss-10">numberedsection</span><a - id="dx1-53028"></a> package option, described in <a + id="dx1-63028"></a> package option, described in <a href="#sec:pkgopts-sec"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.2 </a><a +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>2.2 </a><a href="#sec:pkgopts-sec">Sectioning, Headings and TOC Options<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts-sec --></a>. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">nonumberlist</span><a - id="dx1-53029"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-63029"></a> </dt><dd class="description">This is a boolean key. If true (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">nonumberlist=true</span></span></span>) the numberlist is suppressed for this glossary. If false (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span @@ -14476,46 +16475,46 @@ class="cmtt-10">nonumberlist=false</span></span></span>) the numberlist is displ </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">nogroupskip</span><a - id="dx1-53030"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-63030"></a> </dt><dd class="description">This is a boolean key. If true the vertical gap between groups is suppressed for this glossary. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">nopostdot</span><a - id="dx1-53031"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-63031"></a> </dt><dd class="description">This is a boolean key. If true the full stop after the description is suppressed for this glossary. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">entrycounter</span><a - id="dx1-53032"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-63032"></a> </dt><dd class="description">This is a boolean key. Behaves similar to the package option of the same name. The corresponding package option must be used to make <span class="cmtt-10">\glsrefentry</span><a - id="dx1-53033"></a> work + id="dx1-63033"></a> work correctly. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">subentrycounter</span><a - id="dx1-53034"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-63034"></a> </dt><dd class="description">This is a boolean key. Behaves similar to the package option of the same name. If you want to set both <span class="cmss-10">entrycounter</span><a - id="dx1-53035"></a> and <span + id="dx1-63035"></a> and <span class="cmss-10">subentrycounter</span><a - id="dx1-53036"></a>, make sure you specify + id="dx1-63036"></a>, make sure you specify <span class="cmss-10">entrycounter</span><a - id="dx1-53037"></a> first. The corresponding package option must be used to make + id="dx1-63037"></a> first. The corresponding package option must be used to make <span class="cmtt-10">\glsrefentry</span><a - id="dx1-53038"></a> work correctly. + id="dx1-63038"></a> work correctly. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">sort</span><a - id="dx1-53039"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-63039"></a> </dt><dd class="description">This key is only available for <a href="#option1">Option 1</a>. Possible values are: <span class="cmtt-10">word </span>(word order), <span @@ -14523,22 +16522,22 @@ class="cmtt-10">letter</span> (letter order), <span class="cmtt-10">standard </span>(word or letter ordering taken from the <span class="cmss-10">order</span><a - id="dx1-53040"></a> package option), + id="dx1-63040"></a> package option), <span class="cmtt-10">use </span>(order of use), <span class="cmtt-10">def </span>(order of definition) <span class="cmtt-10">nocase </span>(case-insensitive) or <span class="cmtt-10">case</span> (case-sensitive). - <!--l. 7383--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use the <span + <!--l. 8142--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use the <span class="cmtt-10">use </span>or <span class="cmtt-10">def </span>values make sure that you select a glossary style that doesn’t have a visual indicator between groups, as the grouping no longer makes sense. Consider using the <span class="cmss-10">nogroupskip</span><a - id="dx1-53041"></a> option. </div> - </p><!--l. 7388--><p class="noindent" > - </p><!--l. 7391--><p class="noindent" >The + id="dx1-63041"></a> option. </div> + </p><!--l. 8147--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 8150--><p class="noindent" >The word and letter @@ -14548,14 +16547,14 @@ class="cmss-10">nogroupskip</span><a use <span class="cmss-10">datatool</span><a - id="dx1-53042"></a>’s + id="dx1-63042"></a>’s <span class="cmtt-10">\dtlwordindexcompare</span><a - id="dx1-53043"></a> + id="dx1-63043"></a> and <span class="cmtt-10">\dtlletterindexcompare</span><a - id="dx1-53044"></a> + id="dx1-63044"></a> handlers. The case-insensitive @@ -14564,10 +16563,10 @@ class="cmtt-10">\dtlletterindexcompare</span><a uses <span class="cmss-10">datatool</span><a - id="dx1-53045"></a>’s + id="dx1-63045"></a>’s <span class="cmtt-10">\dtlicompare</span><a - id="dx1-53046"></a> + id="dx1-63046"></a> handler. The case-sensitive @@ -14576,135 +16575,135 @@ class="cmtt-10">\dtlicompare</span><a uses <span class="cmss-10">datatool</span><a - id="dx1-53047"></a>’s + id="dx1-63047"></a>’s <span class="cmtt-10">\dtlcompare</span><a - id="dx1-53048"></a> + id="dx1-63048"></a> handler. See the <span class="cmss-10">datatool</span><a - id="dx1-53049"></a> + id="dx1-63049"></a> documentation for further details. - </p><!--l. 7400--><p class="noindent" >If you don’t get an error with <span + </p><!--l. 8159--><p class="noindent" >If you don’t get an error with <span class="cmtt-10">sort=use </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">sort=def </span>but you do get an error with one of the other sort options, then you probably need to use the <span class="cmss-10">sanitizesort=true</span><a - id="dx1-53050"></a> package + id="dx1-63050"></a> package option or make sure none of the entries have fragile commands in their <span class="cmss-10">sort</span><a - id="dx1-53051"></a> + id="dx1-63051"></a> field.</p></dd></dl> -<!--l. 7407--><p class="indent" > By default, the glossary is started either by <span +<!--l. 8166--><p class="indent" > By default, the glossary is started either by <span class="cmtt-10">\chapter*</span><a - id="dx1-53052"></a> or by <span + id="dx1-63052"></a> or by <span class="cmtt-10">\section*</span><a - id="dx1-53053"></a>, depending on + id="dx1-63053"></a>, depending on whether or not <span class="cmtt-10">\chapter</span><a - id="dx1-53054"></a> is defined. This can be overridden by the <span + id="dx1-63054"></a> is defined. This can be overridden by the <span class="cmss-10">section</span><a - id="dx1-53055"></a> package option or + id="dx1-63055"></a> package option or the <span class="cmtt-10">\setglossarysection</span><a - id="dx1-53056"></a> command. Numbered sectional units can be obtained using + id="dx1-63056"></a> command. Numbered sectional units can be obtained using the <span class="cmss-10">numberedsection</span><a - id="dx1-53057"></a> package option. Each glossary sets the page header via the + id="dx1-63057"></a> package option. Each glossary sets the page header via the command -</p><!--l. 7413--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 8172--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsglossarymark</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-53058"></a> <span + id="dx1-63058"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsglossarymark</span><a - id="dx1-53059"></a><span + id="dx1-63059"></a><span class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">title</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7415--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8174--><p class="noindent" > If this mechanism is unsuitable for your chosen class file or page style package, you will need to redefine <span class="cmtt-10">\glsglossarymark</span><a - id="dx1-53060"></a>. Further information about these options and commands is + id="dx1-63060"></a>. Further information about these options and commands is given in <a href="#sec:pkgopts-sec"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.2 </a><a +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>2.2 </a><a href="#sec:pkgopts-sec">Sectioning, Headings and TOC Options<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts-sec --></a>. -</p><!--l. 7421--><p class="indent" > Information can be added to the start of the glossary (after the title and before the main +</p><!--l. 8180--><p class="indent" > Information can be added to the start of the glossary (after the title and before the main body of the glossary) by redefining -</p><!--l. 7423--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 8182--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glossarypreamble</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-53061"></a> <span + id="dx1-63061"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glossarypreamble </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7425--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8184--><p class="noindent" > For example: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-219"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-265"> \renewcommand{\glossarypreamble}{Numbers in italic  <br />indicate primary definitions.} </div> -<!--l. 7430--><p class="nopar" > This needs to be done before the glossary is displayed. -</p><!--l. 7433--><p class="indent" > If you want a different preamble per glossary you can use -</p><!--l. 7434--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +<!--l. 8189--><p class="nopar" > This needs to be done before the glossary is displayed. +</p><!--l. 8192--><p class="indent" > If you want a different preamble per glossary you can use +</p><!--l. 8193--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\setglossarypreamble</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-53062"></a> <span + id="dx1-63062"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\setglossarypreamble[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">type</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">preamble text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7436--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8195--><p class="noindent" > If ⟨<span class="cmti-10">type</span>⟩ is omitted, <span class="cmtt-10">\glsdefaulttype </span>is used. -</p><!--l. 7439--><p class="indent" > For example: +</p><!--l. 8198--><p class="indent" > For example: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-220"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-266"> \setglossarypreamble{Numbers in italic  <br />indicate primary definitions.} </div> -<!--l. 7443--><p class="nopar" > This will print the given preamble text for the main glossary, but not have any preamble text +<!--l. 8202--><p class="nopar" > This will print the given preamble text for the main glossary, but not have any preamble text for any other glossaries. -</p><!--l. 7447--><p class="indent" > There is an analogous command to <span +</p><!--l. 8206--><p class="indent" > There is an analogous command to <span class="cmtt-10">\glossarypreamble </span>called -</p><!--l. 7448--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 8207--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glossarypostamble</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-53063"></a> <span + id="dx1-63063"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glossarypostamble </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7450--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8209--><p class="noindent" > which is placed at the end of each glossary. <a - id="x1-53064r15"></a> -</p><!--l. 7453--><p class="noindent" ><span + id="x1-63064r15"></a> +</p><!--l. 8212--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmbx-12">Example 15</span><span class="cmbx-12"> (Switch to Two Column Mode for Glossary)</span><a - id="x1-53065"></a> -</p><!--l. 7454--><p class="indent" > Suppose you are using the <span + id="x1-63065"></a> +</p><!--l. 8213--><p class="indent" > Suppose you are using the <span class="cmss-10">superheaderborder</span><a - id="dx1-53066"></a> + id="dx1-63066"></a> style<span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn1x10" id="fn1x10-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">10.1</sup></a></span><a - id="x1-53067f1"></a>, + id="x1-63067f1"></a>, and you want the glossary to be in two columns, but after the glossary you want to switch back to one column mode, you could do: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-221"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-267"> \renewcommand*{\glossarysection}[2][]{%  <br />  \twocolumn[{\chapter*{#2}}]%  <br />  \setlength\glsdescwidth{0.6\linewidth}% @@ -14712,163 +16711,167 @@ back to one column mode, you could do:  <br />}  <br />\renewcommand*{\glossarypostamble}{\onecolumn} </div> -<!--l. 7468--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 8227--><p class="nopar" > </p> <div class="center" > -<!--l. 7470--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7470--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> -<!--l. 7472--><p class="indent" > Within each glossary, each entry name is formatted according to -</p><!--l. 7473--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +<!--l. 8229--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8229--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> +<!--l. 8231--><p class="indent" > Within each glossary, each entry name is formatted according to +</p><!--l. 8232--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsnamefont</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-53071"></a> <span + id="dx1-63071"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsnamefont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">name</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7475--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8234--><p class="noindent" > which takes one argument: the entry name. This command is always used regardless of the glossary style. By default, <span class="cmtt-10">\glsnamefont </span>simply displays its argument in whatever the surrounding font happens to be. This means that in the list-like glossary styles (defined in the <span class="cmss-10">glossary-list</span><a - id="dx1-53072"></a> style file) the name will appear in bold, since the name is placed + id="dx1-63072"></a> style file) the name will appear in bold, since the name is placed in the optional argument of <span class="cmtt-10">\item</span>, whereas in the tabular styles (defined in the <span class="cmss-10">glossary-long</span><a - id="dx1-53073"></a> and <span + id="dx1-63073"></a> and <span class="cmss-10">glossary-super</span><a - id="dx1-53074"></a> style files) the name will appear in the normal font. The + id="dx1-63074"></a> style files) the name will appear in the normal font. The hierarchical glossary styles (defined in the <span class="cmss-10">glossary-tree</span><a - id="dx1-53075"></a> style file) also set the name in + id="dx1-63075"></a> style file) also set the name in bold. -</p><!--l. 7488--><p class="indent" > If you want to change the font for the description, or if you only want to change the name +</p><!--l. 8247--><p class="indent" > If you want to change the font for the description, or if you only want to change the name font for some types of entries but not others, you might want to consider using the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span><a - id="dx1-53076"></a> package. + id="dx1-63076"></a> package. <a - id="x1-53077r16"></a> -</p><!--l. 7494--><p class="noindent" ><span + id="x1-63077r16"></a> +</p><!--l. 8253--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmbx-12">Example 16</span><span class="cmbx-12"> (Changing the Font Used to Display Entry Names in the</span> <span class="cmbx-12">Glossary)</span><a - id="x1-53078"></a> -</p><!--l. 7495--><p class="indent" > Suppose you want all the entry names to appear in medium weight small caps in your + id="x1-63078"></a> +</p><!--l. 8254--><p class="indent" > Suppose you want all the entry names to appear in medium weight small caps in your glossaries, then you can do: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-222"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-268"> \renewcommand{\glsnamefont}[1]{\textsc{\mdseries #1}} </div> -<!--l. 7499--><p class="nopar" > </p> +<!--l. 8258--><p class="nopar" > </p> <div class="center" > -<!--l. 7500--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7500--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> +<!--l. 8259--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8259--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> -<!--l. 7502--><p class="indent" > </div> -</p><!--l. 7502--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 8261--><p class="indent" > </div> +</p><!--l. 8261--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">11. <a id="sec:xindy"></a>Xindy (Option 3)</h2> -</p><!--l. 7505--><p class="indent" > If you want to use <a +</p><!--l. 8264--><p class="indent" > If you want to use <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-54001"></a></a> to sort the glossary, you must use the package option + id="dx1-64001"></a></a> to sort the glossary, you must use the package option <span class="cmss-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-54002"></a>: + id="dx1-64002"></a>: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-223"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-269"> \usepackage[xindy]{glossaries} </div> -<!--l. 7509--><p class="nopar" > This ensures that the glossary information is written in <span +<!--l. 8268--><p class="nopar" > This ensures that the glossary information is written in <span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-54003"></a> syntax. -</p><!--l. 7513--><p class="indent" > <a + id="dx1-64003"></a> syntax. +</p><!--l. 8272--><p class="indent" > <a href="#sec:makeglossaries"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>1.4 </a><a +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>1.5 </a><a href="#sec:makeglossaries">Generating the Associated Glossary Files<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:makeglossaries --></a> covers how to use the external <a href="#glo:indexingapp">indexing -application</a>. This section covers the commands provided by the <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package that allow -you to adjust the <a +application</a>, and <a +href="#sec:locationsyntax"><span +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>5.2 </a><a +href="#sec:locationsyntax">Locations<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:locationsyntax --></a> covers the issues involved in the location syntax. This section +covers the commands provided by the <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package that allow you to adjust the <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-54004"></a></a> style file (<span + id="dx1-64004"></a></a> +style file (<span class="cmtt-10">.xdy</span><a - id="dx1-54005"></a>) and parameters. -</p><!--l. 7518--><p class="indent" > To assist writing information to the <a + id="dx1-64005"></a>) and parameters. +</p><!--l. 8279--><p class="indent" > To assist writing information to the <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-54006"></a></a> style file, the <span + id="dx1-64006"></a></a> style file, the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package provides the following commands: -</p><!--l. 7521--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 8282--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsopenbrace</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-54007"></a> <span + id="dx1-64007"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsopenbrace </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7523--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7524--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 8284--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8285--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsclosebrace</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-54008"></a> <span + id="dx1-64008"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsclosebrace </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7526--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8287--><p class="noindent" > which produce an open and closing brace. (This is needed because <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\{</span></span></span> and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\}</span></span></span> don’t expand to a simple brace character when written to a file.) Similarly, you can write a percent character using: -</p><!--l. 7531--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 8292--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glspercentchar</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-54009"></a> <span + id="dx1-64009"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glspercentchar </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7533--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8294--><p class="noindent" > and a tilde character using: -</p><!--l. 7535--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 8296--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glstildechar</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-54010"></a> <span + id="dx1-64010"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glstildechar </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7537--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8298--><p class="noindent" > For example, a newline character is specified in a <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-54011"></a></a> style file using <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + id="dx1-64011"></a></a> style file using <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">~n</span></span></span> so you can use <span class="cmtt-10">\glstildechar n </span>to write this correctly (or you can do <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\string~n</span></span></span>). A backslash can be written to a file using -</p><!--l. 7542--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 8303--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsbackslash</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-54012"></a> <span + id="dx1-64012"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsbackslash </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7544--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7546--><p class="indent" > In addition, if you are using a package that makes the double quote character active (e.g. +</p><!--l. 8305--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8307--><p class="indent" > In addition, if you are using a package that makes the double quote character active (e.g. <span class="cmss-10">ngerman</span><a - id="dx1-54013"></a>) you can use: -</p><!--l. 7548--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + id="dx1-64013"></a>) you can use: +</p><!--l. 8309--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsquote</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-54014"></a> <span + id="dx1-64014"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsquote{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7550--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8311--><p class="noindent" > which will produce <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">"</span></span></span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span @@ -14877,71 +16880,71 @@ class="cmtt-10">\string"</span></span></span> to write the double-quote character. This document assumes that the double quote character has not been made active, so the examples just use <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">"</span></span></span> for clarity. -</p><!--l. 7556--><p class="indent" > If you want greater control over the <a +</p><!--l. 8317--><p class="indent" > If you want greater control over the <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-54015"></a></a> style file than is available through the + id="dx1-64015"></a></a> style file than is available through the <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span></span> commands provided by the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package, you will need to edit the <span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-54016"></a> + id="dx1-64016"></a> style file. In which case, you must use <span class="cmtt-10">\noist</span><a - id="dx1-54017"></a> to prevent the style file from being + id="dx1-64017"></a> to prevent the style file from being overwritten by the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package. For additional information about <span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-54018"></a>, read + id="dx1-64018"></a>, read the <span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-54019"></a> documentation. I’m sorry I can’t provide any assistance with writing + id="dx1-64019"></a> documentation. I’m sorry I can’t provide any assistance with writing <span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-54020"></a> style files. If you need help, I recommend you ask on the <span + id="dx1-64020"></a> style files. If you need help, I recommend you ask on the <span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-54021"></a> mailing list + id="dx1-64021"></a> mailing list (<a href="http://xindy.sourceforge.net/mailing-list.html" class="url" ><span class="cmtt-10">http://xindy.sourceforge.net/mailing-list.html</span></a>). </p> -<!--l. 7567--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 8328--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1 </span> <a id="sec:langenc"></a>Language and Encodings</h3> -<!--l. 7570--><p class="noindent" >When you use <a +<!--l. 8331--><p class="noindent" >When you use <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-55001"></a></a>, you need to specify the language and encoding used (unless you + id="dx1-65001"></a></a>, you need to specify the language and encoding used (unless you have written your own custom <span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-55002"></a> style file that defines the relevant alphabet + id="dx1-65002"></a> style file that defines the relevant alphabet and sort rules). If you use <a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-55003"></a></a>, this information is obtained from the + id="dx1-65003"></a></a>, this information is obtained from the document’s auxiliary (<span class="cmtt-10">.aux</span><a - id="dx1-55004"></a>) file. The <a + id="dx1-65004"></a>) file. The <a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-55005"></a></a> script attempts to find the root + id="dx1-65005"></a></a> script attempts to find the root language given your document settings, but in the event that it gets it wrong or if <span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-55006"></a> doesn’t support that language, then you can specify the required language + id="dx1-65006"></a> doesn’t support that language, then you can specify the required language using: -</p><!--l. 7579--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 8340--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GlsSetXdyLanguage</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-55007"></a> <span + id="dx1-65007"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyLanguage[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">glossary type</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">language</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7581--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8342--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">language</span>⟩ is the name of the language. The optional argument can be used if you have multiple glossaries in different languages. If ⟨<span @@ -14949,30 +16952,30 @@ class="cmti-10">glossary type</span>⟩ is omitted, it will be applied to a glossaries, otherwise the language setting will only be applied to the glossary given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">glossary type</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 7589--><p class="indent" > If the <span +</p><!--l. 8350--><p class="indent" > If the <span class="cmss-10">inputenc</span><a - id="dx1-55008"></a> package is used, the encoding will be obtained from the value of + id="dx1-65008"></a> package is used, the encoding will be obtained from the value of <span class="cmtt-10">\inputencodingname</span><a - id="dx1-55009"></a>. Alternatively, you can specify the encoding using: -</p><!--l. 7592--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + id="dx1-65009"></a>. Alternatively, you can specify the encoding using: +</p><!--l. 8353--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GlsSetXdyCodePage</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-55010"></a> <span + id="dx1-65010"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyCodePage{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">code</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7594--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8355--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">code</span>⟩ is the name of the encoding. For example: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-224"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-270"> \GlsSetXdyCodePage{utf8} </div> -<!--l. 7598--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 7600--><p class="indent" > Note that you can also specify the language and encoding using the package option +<!--l. 8359--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 8361--><p class="indent" > Note that you can also specify the language and encoding using the package option <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy={language=</span></span></span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">lang</span>⟩<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span @@ -14982,191 +16985,191 @@ class="cmtt-10">}</span></span></span>. For example: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-225"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-271"> \usepackage[xindy={language=english,codepage=utf8}]{glossaries} </div> -<!--l. 7606--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 7608--><p class="indent" > If you write your own custom <a +<!--l. 8367--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 8369--><p class="indent" > If you write your own custom <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-55011"></a></a> style file that includes the language settings, you need + id="dx1-65011"></a></a> style file that includes the language settings, you need to set the language to nothing: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-226"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-272"> \GlsSetXdyLanguage{} </div> -<!--l. 7613--><p class="nopar" > (and remember to use <span +<!--l. 8374--><p class="nopar" > (and remember to use <span class="cmtt-10">\noist</span><a - id="dx1-55012"></a> to prevent the style file from being overwritten). -</p><!--l. 7617--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The commands <span + id="dx1-65012"></a> to prevent the style file from being overwritten). +</p><!--l. 8378--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The commands <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyLanguage </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyCodePage </span>have no effect if you don’t use <a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-55013"></a></a>. If you call <a + id="dx1-65013"></a></a>. If you call <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-55014"></a></a> without <span + id="dx1-65014"></a></a> without <span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-55015"></a> you + id="dx1-65015"></a> you need to remember to set the language and encoding using the <span class="cmtt-10">-L</span><a - id="dx1-55016"></a> and <span + id="dx1-65016"></a> and <span class="cmtt-10">-C</span><a - id="dx1-55017"></a> switches. + id="dx1-65017"></a> switches. </div> -</p><!--l. 7623--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7625--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8384--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8386--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 7625--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 8386--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.2 </span> <a id="sec:xindyloc"></a>Locations and Number lists</h3> -<!--l. 7628--><p class="noindent" >If you use <span +<!--l. 8389--><p class="noindent" >If you use <span class="cmss-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-56001"></a>, the <span + id="dx1-66001"></a>, the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package needs to know which counters you will be using in the <a href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a - id="dx1-56002"></a></a> in order to correctly format the <a + id="dx1-66002"></a></a> in order to correctly format the <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-56003"></a></a> style file. Counters specified using the + id="dx1-66003"></a></a> style file. Counters specified using the <span class="cmss-10">counter</span><a - id="dx1-56004"></a> package option or the ⟨<span + id="dx1-66004"></a> package option or the ⟨<span class="cmti-10">counter</span>⟩ option of <span class="cmtt-10">\newglossary</span><a - id="dx1-56005"></a> are automatically taken + id="dx1-66005"></a> are automatically taken care of, but if you plan to use a different counter in the <span class="cmss-10">counter</span><a - id="dx1-56006"></a> key for commands + id="dx1-66006"></a> key for commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\glslink</span><a - id="dx1-56007"></a>, then you need to identify these counters <span + id="dx1-66007"></a>, then you need to identify these counters <span class="cmti-10">before </span><span class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-56008"></a> + id="dx1-66008"></a> using: -</p><!--l. 7636--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 8397--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GlsAddXdyCounters</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-56009"></a> <span + id="dx1-66009"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsAddXdyCounters{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">counter list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7638--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8399--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">counter list</span>⟩ is a comma-separated list of counter names. -</p><!--l. 7641--><p class="indent" > The most likely attributes used in the <span +</p><!--l. 8402--><p class="indent" > The most likely attributes used in the <span class="cmss-10">format</span><a - id="dx1-56010"></a> key (<span + id="dx1-66010"></a> key (<span class="cmtt-10">textrm</span><a - id="dx1-56011"></a>, <span + id="dx1-66011"></a>, <span class="cmtt-10">hyperrm</span><a - id="dx1-56012"></a> etc) are automatically + id="dx1-66012"></a> etc) are automatically added to the <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-56013"></a></a> style file, but if you want to use another attribute, you need to add it + id="dx1-66013"></a></a> style file, but if you want to use another attribute, you need to add it using: -</p><!--l. 7645--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 8406--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GlsAddXdyAttribute</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-56014"></a> <span + id="dx1-66014"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsAddXdyAttribute{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">name</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7647--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8408--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩ is the name of the attribute, as used in the <span class="cmss-10">format</span><a - id="dx1-56015"></a> key. -</p><!--l. 7651--><p class="indent" > Take care if you have multiple instances of the same location with different formats. The + id="dx1-66015"></a> key. +</p><!--l. 8412--><p class="indent" > Take care if you have multiple instances of the same location with different formats. The duplicate locations will be discarded according to the order in which the attributes are listed. Consider defining semantic commands to use for primary references. For example: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-227"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-273"> \newcommand*{\primary}[1]{\textbf{#1}}  <br />\GlsAddXdyAttribute{primary} </div> -<!--l. 7659--><p class="nopar" > Then in the document: +<!--l. 8420--><p class="nopar" > Then in the document: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-228"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-274"> A \gls[format=primary]{duck} is an aquatic bird.  <br />There are lots of different types of \gls{duck}. </div> -<!--l. 7664--><p class="nopar" > This will give the <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 8425--><p class="nopar" > This will give the <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">format=primary</span></span></span> instance preference over the next use that doesn’t use the <span class="cmss-10">format</span><a - id="dx1-56016"></a> key. + id="dx1-66016"></a> key. <a - id="x1-56017r17"></a> -</p><!--l. 7668--><p class="noindent" ><span + id="x1-66017r17"></a> +</p><!--l. 8429--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmbx-12">Example 17</span><span class="cmbx-12"> (Custom Font for Displaying a Location)</span><a - id="x1-56018"></a> -</p><!--l. 7669--><p class="indent" > Suppose I want a bold, italic, hyperlinked location. I first need to define a command that + id="x1-66018"></a> +</p><!--l. 8430--><p class="indent" > Suppose I want a bold, italic, hyperlinked location. I first need to define a command that will do this: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-229"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-275"> \newcommand*{\hyperbfit}[1]{\textit{\hyperbf{#1}}} </div> -<!--l. 7673--><p class="nopar" > but with <a +<!--l. 8434--><p class="nopar" > but with <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-56019"></a></a>, I also need to add this as an allowed attribute: + id="dx1-66019"></a></a>, I also need to add this as an allowed attribute: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-230"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-276"> \GlsAddXdyAttribute{hyperbfit} </div> -<!--l. 7678--><p class="nopar" > Now I can use it in the optional argument of commands like <span +<!--l. 8439--><p class="nopar" > Now I can use it in the optional argument of commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a - id="dx1-56020"></a>: + id="dx1-66020"></a>: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-231"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-277"> Here is a \gls[format=hyperbfit]{sample} entry. </div> -<!--l. 7683--><p class="nopar" > (where <span +<!--l. 8444--><p class="nopar" > (where <span class="cmtt-10">sample </span>is the label of the required entry). </p> <div class="center" > -<!--l. 7685--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7685--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> -<!--l. 7687--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span +<!--l. 8446--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8446--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> +<!--l. 8448--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsAddXdyAttribute </span>has no effect if <span class="cmtt-10">\noist</span><a - id="dx1-56021"></a> is used or if <span + id="dx1-66021"></a> is used or if <span class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-56022"></a> is + id="dx1-66022"></a> is omitted. <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsAddXdyAttribute </span>must be used before <span class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-56023"></a>. Additionally, + id="dx1-66023"></a>. Additionally, <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsAddXdyCounters </span>must come before <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsAddXdyAttribute</span>. </div> -</p><!--l. 7693--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7695--><p class="indent" > If the location numbers include formatting commands, then you need to add a location +</p><!--l. 8454--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8456--><p class="indent" > If the location numbers include formatting commands, then you need to add a location style in the appropriate format using -</p><!--l. 7697--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 8458--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GlsAddXdyLocation</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-56024"></a> <span + id="dx1-66024"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsAddXdyLocation[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">prefix-location</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -15175,164 +17178,204 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">definition</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7699--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8460--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩ is the name of the format and ⟨<span class="cmti-10">definition</span>⟩ is the <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-56025"></a></a> definition. The optional + id="dx1-66025"></a></a> definition. The optional argument ⟨<span class="cmti-10">prefix-location</span>⟩ is needed if <span class="cmtt-10">\theH</span>⟨<span -class="cmti-10">counter</span>⟩ either isn’t defined or is different -from <span +class="cmti-10">counter</span>⟩ either isn’t defined or is different from +<span class="cmtt-10">\the</span>⟨<span -class="cmti-10">counter</span>⟩. (See also <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsaddprotectedpagefmt</span><a - id="dx1-56026"></a> described in <a -href="#sec:numberlists"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>5 </a><a -href="#sec:numberlists">Number -lists<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:numberlists --></a>.) -</p><!--l. 7707--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span +class="cmti-10">counter</span>⟩. Be sure to also read <a +href="#sec:locationsyntax"><span +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>5.2 </a><a +href="#sec:locationsyntax">Locations<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:locationsyntax --></a> for some issues that you may +encounter. +</p><!--l. 8468--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsAddXdyLocation </span>has no effect if <span class="cmtt-10">\noist</span><a - id="dx1-56027"></a> is used or if <span + id="dx1-66026"></a> is used or if <span class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-56028"></a> is + id="dx1-66027"></a> is omitted. <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsAddXdyLocation </span>must be used before <span class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-56029"></a>. </div> -</p><!--l. 7711--><p class="noindent" > + id="dx1-66028"></a>. </div> +</p><!--l. 8472--><p class="noindent" > <a - id="x1-56030r18"></a> -</p><!--l. 7713--><p class="noindent" ><span + id="x1-66029r18"></a> +</p><!--l. 8474--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmbx-12">Example 18</span><span class="cmbx-12"> (Custom Numbering System for Locations)</span><a - id="x1-56031"></a> -</p><!--l. 7714--><p class="indent" > Suppose I decide to use a somewhat eccentric numbering system for sections where I + id="x1-66030"></a> +</p><!--l. 8475--><p class="indent" > Suppose I decide to use a somewhat eccentric numbering system for sections where I redefine <span class="cmtt-10">\thesection </span>as follows: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-232"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-278"> \renewcommand*{\thesection}{[\thechapter]\arabic{section}} </div> -<!--l. 7718--><p class="nopar" > If I haven’t done <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 8479--><p class="nopar" > If I haven’t done <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">counter=section</span></span></span> in the package option, I need to specify that the counter will be used as a location number: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-233"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-279"> \GlsAddXdyCounters{section} </div> -<!--l. 7724--><p class="nopar" > Next I need to add the location style (<span +<!--l. 8485--><p class="nopar" > Next I need to add the location style (<span class="cmtt-10">\thechapter </span>is assumed to be the standard <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\arabic{chapter}</span></span></span>): </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-234"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-280"> \GlsAddXdyLocation{section}{:sep "[" "arabic-numbers" :sep "]"  <br />  "arabic-numbers"  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 7731--><p class="nopar" > Note that if I have further decided to use the <span +<!--l. 8492--><p class="nopar" > Note that if I have further decided to use the <span class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a - id="dx1-56032"></a> package and want to redefine + id="dx1-66031"></a> package and want to redefine <span class="cmtt-10">\theHsection </span>as: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-235"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-281"> \renewcommand*{\theHsection}{\thepart.\thesection}  <br />\renewcommand*{\thepart}{\Roman{part}} </div> -<!--l. 7737--><p class="nopar" > then I need to modify the <span +<!--l. 8498--><p class="nopar" > then I need to modify the <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsAddXdyLocation </span>code above to: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-236"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-282"> \GlsAddXdyLocation["roman-numbers-uppercase"]{section}{:sep "["  <br />  "arabic-numbers" :sep "]" "arabic-numbers"  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 7743--><p class="nopar" > Since <span +<!--l. 8504--><p class="nopar" > Since <span class="cmtt-10">\Roman</span><a - id="dx1-56033"></a> will result in an empty string if the counter is zero, it’s a good idea to add an + id="dx1-66032"></a> will result in an empty string if the counter is zero, it’s a good idea to add an extra location to catch this: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-237"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-283"> \GlsAddXdyLocation{zero.section}{:sep "["  <br />  "arabic-numbers" :sep "]" "arabic-numbers"  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 7750--><p class="nopar" > This example is illustrated in the sample file <a -href="#x1-5078r25"><span +<!--l. 8511--><p class="nopar" > This example is illustrated in the sample file <a +href="#x1-11086r25"><span class="cmtt-10">samplexdy2.tex</span></a>. </p> <div class="center" > -<!--l. 7753--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7753--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> +<!--l. 8514--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8514--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> <a - id="x1-56034r19"></a> -<!--l. 7755--><p class="noindent" ><span + id="x1-66033r19"></a> +<!--l. 8516--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmbx-12">Example 19</span><span -class="cmbx-12"> (Locations as Words not Digits)</span><a - id="x1-56035"></a> -</p><!--l. 7756--><p class="indent" > Suppose I want the page numbers written as words rather than digits and I use the -<span -class="cmss-10">fmtcount</span><a - id="dx1-56036"></a> package to do this. I can redefine <span -class="cmtt-10">\thepage</span><a - id="dx1-56037"></a> as follows: +class="cmbx-12"> (Locations as Dice)</span><a + id="x1-66034"></a> +</p><!--l. 8517--><p class="indent" > Suppose I want a rather eccentric page numbering system that’s represented by the +number of dots on dice. The <span +class="cmss-10">stix</span><a + id="dx1-66035"></a> package provides <span +class="cmtt-10">\dicei</span>, …, <span +class="cmtt-10">\dicevi </span>that represent the six +sides of a die. I can define a command that takes a number as its argument. If the +number is less than seven, the appropriate <span +class="cmtt-10">\dice</span>⟨<span +class="cmti-10">n</span>⟩ command is used otherwise it +does <span +class="cmtt-10">\dicevi </span>the required number of times with the leftover in a final <span +class="cmtt-10">\dice</span>⟨<span +class="cmti-10">n</span>⟩. For +example, the number 16 is represented by <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\dicevi\dicevi\diceiv</span></span></span> (6 + 6 + 4 = 16). +I’ve called this command <span +class="cmtt-10">\tallynum </span>to match the example given earlier in <a +href="#sec:locationsyntax"><span +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>5.2 +</a><a +href="#sec:locationsyntax">Locations<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:locationsyntax --></a>: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-238"> -\renewcommand*{\thepage}{\Numberstring{page}} + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-284"> +\newrobustcmd{\tallynum}[1]{% + <br /> \ifnum\number#1<7 + <br />  $\csname dice\romannumeral#1\endcsname$% + <br /> \else + <br />  $\dicevi$% + <br />  \expandafter\tallynum\expandafter{\numexpr#1-6}% + <br /> \fi + <br />} </div> -<!--l. 7761--><p class="nopar" > This gets expanded to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\protect</span><span -class="cmtt-10"> \Numberstringnum</span><span -class="cmtt-10"> </span></span></span><span -class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span -class="cmti-10">n</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">} </span>where ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">n</span>⟩ is the Arabic page -number. This means that I need to define a new location that has that form: +<!--l. 8537--><p class="nopar" > Here’s the counter command: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-239"> -\GlsAddXdyLocation{Numberstring}{:sep "\string\protect\space - <br />  \string\Numberstringnum\space\glsopenbrace" - <br />  "arabic-numbers" :sep "\glsclosebrace"} + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-285"> +newcommand{\tally}[1]{\tallynum{\arabic{#1}}} +</div> +<!--l. 8541--><p class="nopar" > The <span +class="cmss-10">page</span><a + id="dx1-66036"></a> counter representation (<span +class="cmtt-10">\thepage</span>) needs to be changed to use this command: + + +</p> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-286"> +\renewcommand*{\thepage}{\tally{page}} </div> -<!--l. 7769--><p class="nopar" > Note that it’s necessary to use <span -class="cmtt-10">\space </span>to indicate that spaces also appear in the format, -since, unlike <span class="TEX">T<span -class="E">E</span>X</span>, <a +<!--l. 8546--><p class="nopar" > The <span +class="cmtt-10">\tally </span>command expands to <span +class="cmtt-10">\tallynum {</span>⟨<span +class="cmti-10">number</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span>so this needs a location class that +matches this format: + + +</p> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-287"> +\GlsAddXdyLocation{tally}{% + <br /> :sep "\string\tallynum\space\glsopenbrace" + <br /> "arabic-numbers" + <br /> :sep "\glsclosebrace" + <br />} +</div> +<!--l. 8555--><p class="nopar" > The space between <span +class="cmtt-10">\tallynum </span>and <span +class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span +class="cmti-10">number</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span>is significant to <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-56038"></a></a> doesn’t ignore spaces after control sequences. -</p><!--l. 7774--><p class="indent" > Note that <span + id="dx1-66037"></a></a> so <span +class="cmtt-10">\space </span>is +required. +</p><!--l. 8559--><p class="indent" > Note that <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsAddXdyLocation{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">definition</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span>will define commands in the form: -</p><!--l. 7777--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span +</p><!--l. 8562--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsX</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">counter</span>⟩<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">X</span></span></span>⟨<span @@ -15342,43 +17385,43 @@ class="cmitt-10">Hprefix</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">location</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7778--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8563--><p class="noindent" > for each counter that has been identified either by the <span class="cmss-10">counter</span><a - id="dx1-56039"></a> package option, the ⟨<span + id="dx1-66038"></a> package option, the ⟨<span class="cmti-10">counter</span>⟩ option for <span class="cmtt-10">\newglossary</span><a - id="dx1-56040"></a> or in the argument of <span + id="dx1-66039"></a> or in the argument of <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsAddXdyCounters</span><a - id="dx1-56041"></a>. -</p><!--l. 7783--><p class="indent" > The first argument ⟨<span + id="dx1-66040"></a>. The first argument +⟨<span class="cmti-10">Hprefix</span>⟩ is only relevant when used with the <span class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a - id="dx1-56042"></a> package and -indicates that <span -class="cmtt-10">\the</span>⟨<span -class="cmti-10">Hcounter</span>⟩ is given by <span + id="dx1-66041"></a> package and indicates that <span +class="cmtt-10">\theH</span>⟨<span +class="cmti-10">counter</span>⟩ +is given by <span class="cmtt-10">\Hprefix</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">.</span></span></span><span class="cmtt-10">\the</span>⟨<span -class="cmti-10">counter</span>⟩. The sample file -<a -href="#x1-5067r24"><span +class="cmti-10">counter</span>⟩. +</p><!--l. 8571--><p class="indent" > The sample file <a +href="#x1-11071r24"><span class="cmtt-10">samplexdy.tex</span></a>, which comes with the <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package, uses the default <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package, uses the default +<span class="cmss-10">page</span><a - id="dx1-56043"></a> counter for -locations, and it uses the default <span + id="dx1-66042"></a> counter for locations, and it uses the default <span class="cmtt-10">\glsnumberformat</span><a - id="dx1-56044"></a> and a custom <span -class="cmtt-10">\hyperbfit </span>format. A -new <a + id="dx1-66043"></a> and a custom +<span +class="cmtt-10">\hyperbfit </span>format. A new <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-56045"></a></a> location called <span -class="cmtt-10">Numberstring</span>, as illustrated above, is defined to make the -page numbers appear as “One”, “Two”, etc. In order for the location numbers to + id="dx1-66044"></a></a> location called <span +class="cmtt-10">tallynum</span>, as illustrated above, is defined +to make the page numbers appear as dice. In order for the location numbers to hyperlink to the relevant pages, I need to redefine the necessary <span class="cmtt-10">\glsX</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">counter</span>⟩<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span @@ -15388,61 +17431,205 @@ commands: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-240"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-288"> \renewcommand{\glsXpageXglsnumberformat}[2]{%  <br /> \linkpagenumber#2%  <br />}  <br />\renewcommand{\glsXpageXhyperbfit}[2]{%  <br /> \textbf{\em\linkpagenumber#2}%  <br />} - <br />\newcommand{\linkpagenumber}[3]{\hyperlink{page.#3}{#1#2{#3}}} + <br />\newcommand{\linkpagenumber}[2]{\hyperlink{page.#2}{#1{#2}}} +</div> +<!--l. 8589--><p class="nopar" > Note that the second argument of <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsXpageXglsnumberformat </span>is in the format <span +class="cmtt-10">\tallynum</span> +<span +class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span +class="cmti-10">n</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span>so the line + + +</p> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-289"> + \linkpagenumber#2% +</div> +<!--l. 8594--><p class="nopar" > does </p><div class="alltt"> +<div class="obeylines-v"> +<span +class="cmtt-10"> \linkpagenumber\tallynum{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">number</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}</span> +</div> +</div> so <span +class="cmtt-10">\tallynum </span>is the first argument of <span +class="cmtt-10">\linkpagenumber </span>and ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">number</span>⟩ is the second +argument. +<div class="center" +> +<!--l. 8601--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8601--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> +<!--l. 8603--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> This method is very sensitive to the internal definition of the location command. +</div> +</p><!--l. 8606--><p class="noindent" > +<a + id="x1-66045r20"></a> +</p><!--l. 8608--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="cmbx-12">Example 20</span><span +class="cmbx-12"> (Locations as Words not Digits)</span><a + id="x1-66046"></a> +</p><!--l. 8609--><p class="indent" > Suppose I want the page numbers written as words rather than digits and I use the +<span +class="cmss-10">fmtcount</span><a + id="dx1-66047"></a> package to do this. I can redefine <span +class="cmtt-10">\thepage</span><a + id="dx1-66048"></a> as follows: + + +</p> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-290"> +\renewcommand*{\thepage}{\Numberstring{page}} +</div> +<!--l. 8614--><p class="nopar" > This <span +class="cmti-10">used </span>to get expanded to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\protect</span><span +class="cmtt-10"> \Numberstringnum</span><span +class="cmtt-10"> </span></span></span><span +class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span +class="cmti-10">n</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span>where ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">n</span>⟩ is the +Arabic page number. This means that I needed to define a new location with the +form: + + +</p> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-291"> +\GlsAddXdyLocation{Numberstring}{:sep "\string\protect\space + <br />  \string\Numberstringnum\space\glsopenbrace" + <br />  "arabic-numbers" :sep "\glsclosebrace"} </div> -<!--l. 7804--><p class="nopar" > </p> +<!--l. 8622--><p class="nopar" > and if I’d used the <span +class="cmtt-10">\linkpagenumber </span>command from the previous example, it would need +<span +class="cmti-10">three </span>arguments (the first being <span +class="cmtt-10">\protect</span>): + + +</p> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-292"> +\newcommand{\linkpagenumber}[3]{\hyperlink{page.#3}{#1#2{#3}}} +</div> +<!--l. 8628--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 8630--><p class="indent" > The internal definition of <span +class="cmtt-10">\Numberstring </span>has since changed so that it now expands to +<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\Numberstringnum</span><span +class="cmtt-10"> </span></span></span><span +class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span +class="cmti-10">n</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span>(no <span +class="cmtt-10">\protect</span>). This means that the location class definition must be +changed to: + + +</p> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-293"> +\GlsAddXdyLocation{Numberstring}{% no \protect now! + <br />  :sep "\string\Numberstringnum\space\glsopenbrace" + <br />  "arabic-numbers" :sep "\glsclosebrace"} +</div> +<!--l. 8638--><p class="nopar" > and <span +class="cmtt-10">\linkpagenumber </span>goes back to only two arguments: + + +</p> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-294"> +\newcommand{\linkpagenumber}[2]{\hyperlink{page.#2}{#1{#2}}} +</div> +<!--l. 8642--><p class="nopar" > The other change is that <span +class="cmtt-10">\Numberstring </span>uses </p><div class="alltt"> +<div class="obeylines-v"> +<span +class="cmtt-10">\the\value{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">counter</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}</span> +</div> +</div> instead of <div class="alltt"> +<div class="obeylines-v"> +<span +class="cmtt-10">\expandafter\the\csname</span><span +class="cmtt-10"> c@</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">counter</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">\endcsname</span> +</div> +</div> so it hides <span +class="cmtt-10">\c@page </span>from the location escaping mechanism (see <a +href="#sec:locationsyntax"><span +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>5.2 </a><a +href="#sec:locationsyntax">Locations<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:locationsyntax --></a>). This means +that the page number may be incorrect if the indexing occurs during the output +routine. +<!--l. 8656--><p class="indent" > A more recent change to <span +class="cmss-10">fmtcount</span><a + id="dx1-66049"></a> (v3.03) now puts three instances of <span +class="cmtt-10">\expandafter</span> +before <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\the\value</span></span></span> which no longer hides <span +class="cmtt-10">\c@page </span>from the location escaping mechanism, so +the page numbers should once more be correct. The sample file <a +href="#x1-11089r26"><span +class="cmtt-10">samplexdy3.tex</span></a> illustrates +this. </p> <div class="center" > -<!--l. 7805--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7805--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> -<!--l. 7807--><p class="indent" > In the <a +<!--l. 8661--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8661--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> +<!--l. 8663--><p class="indent" > In the <a href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a - id="dx1-56046"></a></a>, the locations are sorted according to type. The default -ordering is: <span -class="cmtt-10">roman-page-numbers </span>(e.g. i), <span -class="cmtt-10">arabic-page-numbers </span>(e.g. 1), + id="dx1-66050"></a></a>, the locations are sorted according to the list of provided location classes. +The default ordering is: <span +class="cmtt-10">roman-page-numbers </span>(i, ii, …), <span +class="cmtt-10">arabic-page-numbers </span>(1, 2, …), <span -class="cmtt-10">arabic-section-numbers </span>(e.g. 1.1 if the compositor is a full stop or 1-1 if the compositor is a +class="cmtt-10">arabic-section-numbers </span>(for example, 1.1 if the compositor is a full stop or 1-1 if the compositor is a hyphen<span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn1x11" id="fn1x11-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">11.1</sup></a></span><a - id="x1-56047f1"></a>), + id="x1-66051f1"></a>), <span -class="cmtt-10">alpha-page-numbers </span>(e.g. a), <span -class="cmtt-10">Roman-page-numbers </span>(e.g. I), <span -class="cmtt-10">Alpha-page-numbers </span>(e.g. A), +class="cmtt-10">alpha-page-numbers </span>(a, b, …), <span +class="cmtt-10">Roman-page-numbers </span>(I, II, …), <span -class="cmtt-10">Appendix-page-numbers </span>(e.g. A.1 if the Alpha compositor is a full stop or A-1 if the Alpha compositor -is a hyphen<span class="footnote-mark"><a +class="cmtt-10">Alpha-page-numbers </span>(A, B, …), <span +class="cmtt-10">Appendix-page-numbers </span>(for example, A.1 +if the Alpha compositor is a full stop or A-1 if the Alpha compositor is a +hyphen<span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn2x11" id="fn2x11-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">11.2</sup></a></span><a - id="x1-56049f2"></a>), + id="x1-66053f2"></a>), user defined location names (as specified by <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsAddXdyLocation</span><a - id="dx1-56051"></a> in the order in which -they were defined), <span -class="cmtt-10">see </span>(cross-referenced entries). This ordering can be changed -using: -</p><!--l. 7823--><p class="indent" > <span class="marginpar"><span + id="dx1-66055"></a> in +the order in which they were defined), and finally <span +class="cmtt-10">see </span>(cross-referenced +entries).<span class="footnote-mark"><a +href="#fn3x11" id="fn3x11-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">11.3</sup></a></span><a + id="x1-66056f3"></a> +This ordering can be changed using: +</p><!--l. 8680--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GlsSetXdyLocationClassOrder</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-56052"></a> -</p><!--l. 7825--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span + id="dx1-66057"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyLocationClassOrder{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">location names</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7826--><p class="noindent" > +class="cmtt-10">}</span> +</div><hr> +</p><!--l. 8682--><p class="noindent" > where each location name is delimited by double quote marks and separated by white space. For example: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-241"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-295"> \GlsSetXdyLocationClassOrder{  <br />  "arabic-page-numbers"  <br />  "arabic-section-numbers" @@ -15454,118 +17641,182 @@ For example:  <br />  "see"  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 7840--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 7842--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span +<!--l. 8696--><p class="nopar" > (Remember to add <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">"seealso"</span></span></span> if you’re using <a +href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span +class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a>.) +</p><!--l. 8700--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyLocationClassOrder </span>has no effect if <span class="cmtt-10">\noist</span><a - id="dx1-56053"></a> is used or if + id="dx1-66058"></a> is used or if <span class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-56054"></a> is omitted. <span + id="dx1-66059"></a> is omitted. <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyLocationClassOrder </span>must be used before <span class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-56055"></a>. </div> -</p><!--l. 7847--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7849--><p class="indent" > If a <a + id="dx1-66060"></a>. </div> +</p><!--l. 8705--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8707--><p class="indent" > If a <a href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a - id="dx1-56056"></a></a> consists of a sequence of consecutive numbers, the range will be + id="dx1-66061"></a></a> consists of a sequence of consecutive numbers, the range will be concatenated. The number of consecutive locations that causes a range formation defaults to 2, but can be changed using: - - -</p><!--l. 7854--><p class="indent" > <span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 8712--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GlsSetXdyMinRangeLength</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-56057"></a> -</p><!--l. 7856--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span + id="dx1-66062"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyMinRangeLength{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">n</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7857--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8714--><p class="noindent" > For example: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-242"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-296"> \GlsSetXdyMinRangeLength{3} </div> -<!--l. 7861--><p class="nopar" > The argument may also be the keyword <span +<!--l. 8718--><p class="nopar" > The argument may also be the keyword <span class="cmtt-10">none</span>, to indicate that there should be no range formations. See the <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-56058"></a></a> manual for further details on range formations. -</p><!--l. 7866--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span + id="dx1-66063"></a></a> manual for further details on range formations. +</p><!--l. 8723--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyMinRangeLength </span>has no effect if <span class="cmtt-10">\noist</span><a - id="dx1-56059"></a> is used or if + id="dx1-66064"></a> is used or if <span class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-56060"></a> is omitted. <span + id="dx1-66065"></a> is omitted. <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyMinRangeLength </span>must be used before <span class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-56061"></a>. </div> -</p><!--l. 7871--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7873--><p class="indent" > See <a -href="#sec:numberlists"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>5 </a><a -href="#sec:numberlists">Number lists<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:numberlists --></a> for further details. -</p> -<!--l. 7875--><p class="noindent" ><a + id="dx1-66066"></a>. </div> +</p><!--l. 8728--><p class="noindent" > +See also <a +href="#sec:ranges"><span +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>5.3 </a><a +href="#sec:ranges">Range Formations<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:ranges --></a>. +</p><!--l. 8731--><p class="noindent" > +</p> +<!--l. 8731--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.3 </span> <a id="sec:groups"></a>Glossary Groups</h3> -<!--l. 7878--><p class="noindent" >The glossary is divided into groups according to the first letter of the sort key. The <span +<!--l. 8734--><p class="noindent" >The glossary is divided into groups according to the first letter of the sort key. The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span> package also adds a number group by default, unless you suppress it in the <span class="cmss-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-57001"></a> package + id="dx1-67001"></a> package option. For example: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-243"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-297"> \usepackage[xindy={glsnumbers=false}]{glossaries} </div> -<!--l. 7884--><p class="nopar" > Any entry that doesn’t go in one of the letter groups or the number group is placed in the -default group. -</p><!--l. 7888--><p class="indent" > If you have a number group, the default behaviour is to locate it before the “A” letter -group. If you are not using a Roman alphabet, you can change this using: -</p><!--l. 7892--><p class="indent" > <span class="marginpar"><span +<!--l. 8740--><p class="nopar" > Any entry that doesn’t go in one of the letter groups or the number group is placed in the +default group. If you want <a +href="#glo:xindy"><span +class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a + id="dx1-67002"></a></a> to sort the number group numerically (rather than by a +string sort) then you need to use <a +href="#glo:xindy"><span +class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a + id="dx1-67003"></a>’s</a> <span +class="cmtt-10">numeric-sort </span>module: + + +</p> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-298"> +\GlsAddXdyStyle{numeric-sort} +</div> +<!--l. 8747--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 8749--><p class="indent" > If you don’t use <span +class="cmtt-10">glsnumbers=false</span>, the default behaviour is to locate the number group +before the “A” letter group. If you are not using a Roman alphabet, you need to change this +using: +</p><!--l. 8754--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GlsSetXdyFirstLetterAfterDigits</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-57002"></a> -</p><!--l. 7894--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span + id="dx1-67004"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyFirstLetterAfterDigits{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">letter</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7895--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7897--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span -class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyFirstLetterAfterDigits </span>has no effect if <span -class="cmtt-10">\noist</span><a - id="dx1-57003"></a> is used or if +class="cmtt-10">}</span> +</div><hr> +</p><!--l. 8756--><p class="noindent" > +where ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">letter</span>⟩ is the first letter of your alphabet. Take care if you’re using <span +class="cmss-10">inputenc</span><a + id="dx1-67005"></a> as +non-ASCII characters are actually active characters that expand. (This isn’t a problem with +the native UTF-8 engines and <span +class="cmss-10">fontspec</span><a + id="dx1-67006"></a>.) The starred form will sanitize the argument to +prevent expansion. Alternatively you can use: +</p><!--l. 8765--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +class="cmtt-9">\GlsSetXdyNumberGroupOrder</span><span +class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a + id="dx1-67007"></a> <span +class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyNumberGroupOrder{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">relative location</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}</span> +</div><hr> +</p><!--l. 8767--><p class="noindent" > +to change the default </p><div class="alltt"> +<div class="obeylines-v"> <span -class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-57004"></a> is omitted. <span -class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyFirstLetterAfterDigits </span>must be used before +class="cmtt-10">:before</span><span +class="cmtt-10"> \string"</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">letter</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">\string"</span> +</div> +</div> to ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">relative location</span>⟩. For example: + + + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-299"> +\GlsSetXdyNumberGroupOrder{:after \string"Z\string"} +</div> +<!--l. 8775--><p class="nopar" > will put the number group after the “Z” letter group. Again take care of active characters. +There’s a starred version that sanitizes the argument (so don’t use <span +class="cmtt-10">\string </span>in it). +</p><div class="alltt"> +<div class="obeylines-v"> <span +class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyNumberGroupOrder*</span><span +class="cmsy-10">{</span><span +class="cmtt-10">:after</span><span +class="cmtt-10"> "</span><span +class="cmtt-10">Ö</span><span +class="cmtt-10">"</span><span +class="cmsy-10">}</span> +</div> +</div> +<!--l. 8783--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that these commands have no effect if <span +class="cmtt-10">\noist</span><a + id="dx1-67008"></a> is used or if <span class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-57005"></a>. + id="dx1-67009"></a> is +omitted. <span +class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyFirstLetterAfterDigits </span>must be used before <span +class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a + id="dx1-67010"></a>. </div> -</p><!--l. 7902--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8788--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 7904--><p class="indent" > </div> -</p><!--l. 7904--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 8791--><p class="indent" > </div> +</p><!--l. 8791--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">12. <a id="sec:newglossary"></a>Defining New Glossaries</h2> -</p><!--l. 7907--><p class="indent" > A new glossary can be defined using: -</p><!--l. 7908--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 8794--><p class="indent" > A new glossary can be defined using: +</p><!--l. 8795--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\newglossary</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-58001"></a> <span + id="dx1-68001"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\newglossary[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">log-ext</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -15581,7 +17832,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">title</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">counter</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7910--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8797--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩ is the label to assign to this glossary. The arguments ⟨<span class="cmti-10">in-ext</span>⟩ and ⟨<span @@ -15592,42 +17843,42 @@ for this new glossary and the final optional argument ⟨<span class="cmti-10">counter</span>⟩ specifies which counter to use for the associated <a href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a - id="dx1-58002"></a>s</a> (see also <a + id="dx1-68002"></a>s</a> (see also <a href="#sec:numberlists"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>5 </a><a +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>5 </a><a href="#sec:numberlists">Number lists<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:numberlists --></a>). The first optional argument specifies the extension for the <a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-58003"></a></a> (<a + id="dx1-68003"></a></a> (<a href="#option2">Option 2</a>) or <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-58004"></a></a> (<a + id="dx1-68004"></a></a> (<a href="#option3">Option 3</a>) transcript file (this information is only used by <a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-58005"></a></a> which picks up the information from the + id="dx1-68005"></a></a> which picks up the information from the auxiliary file). If you use <a href="#option1">Option 1</a>, the ⟨<span class="cmti-10">log-ext</span>⟩, ⟨<span class="cmti-10">in-ext</span>⟩ and ⟨<span class="cmti-10">out-ext</span>⟩ arguments are ignored. -</p><!--l. 7924--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The glossary label ⟨<span +</p><!--l. 8811--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The glossary label ⟨<span class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩ must not contain any active characters. It’s generally best to stick with just characters that have category code 11 (typically the non-extended <a href="#glo:latinchar">Latin character<a - id="dx1-58006"></a>s</a> for standard <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span + id="dx1-68006"></a>s</a> for standard <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span></span>). </div> -</p><!--l. 7929--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7931--><p class="indent" > There is also a starred version (new to v4.08): -</p><!--l. 7932--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 8816--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8818--><p class="indent" > There is also a starred version (new to v4.08): +</p><!--l. 8819--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\newglossary*</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-58007"></a> <span + id="dx1-68007"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\newglossary*{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">name</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -15635,7 +17886,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">title</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">counter</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7934--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8821--><p class="noindent" > which is equivalent to </p><div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> <span @@ -15658,10 +17909,10 @@ class="cmitt-10">counter</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]</span> </div> </div> or you can also use: -<!--l. 7940--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +<!--l. 8827--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\altnewglossary</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-58008"></a> <span + id="dx1-68008"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\altnewglossary{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">name</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -15671,7 +17922,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">title</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">counter</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7942--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8829--><p class="noindent" > which is equivalent to </p><div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> <span @@ -15694,37 +17945,37 @@ class="cmitt-10">counter</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]</span> </div> </div> -<!--l. 7948--><p class="indent" > It may be that you have some terms that are so common that they don’t need to be listed. +<!--l. 8835--><p class="indent" > It may be that you have some terms that are so common that they don’t need to be listed. In this case, you can define a special type of glossary that doesn’t create any associated files. This is referred to as an “ignored glossary” and it’s ignored by commands that iterate over all the glossaries, such as <span class="cmtt-10">\printglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-58009"></a>. To define an ignored glossary, + id="dx1-68009"></a>. To define an ignored glossary, use -</p><!--l. 7954--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 8841--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\newignoredglossary</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-58010"></a> <span + id="dx1-68010"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\newignoredglossary{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">name</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7956--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8843--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩ is the name of the glossary (as above). This glossary type will automatically be added to the <span class="cmss-10">nohypertypes</span><a - id="dx1-58011"></a> list, since there are no hypertargets for the entries in + id="dx1-68011"></a> list, since there are no hypertargets for the entries in an ignored glossary. (The sample file <a -href="#x1-5105r37"><span +href="#x1-11115r38"><span class="cmtt-10">sample-entryfmt.tex</span></a> defines an ignored glossary.) -</p><!--l. 7963--><p class="indent" > You can test if a glossary is an ignored one using: -</p><!--l. 7964--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 8850--><p class="indent" > You can test if a glossary is an ignored one using: +</p><!--l. 8851--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\ifignoredglossary</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-58012"></a> <span + id="dx1-68012"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\ifignoredglossary{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">name</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -15732,152 +17983,152 @@ class="cmitt-10">true</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7966--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8853--><p class="noindent" > This does ⟨<span class="cmti-10">true</span>⟩ if ⟨<span class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩ was defined as an ignored glossary, otherwise it does ⟨<span class="cmti-10">false</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 7970--><p class="indent" > Note that the main (default) glossary is automatically created as: +</p><!--l. 8857--><p class="indent" > Note that the main (default) glossary is automatically created as: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-244"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-300"> \newglossary{main}{gls}{glo}{\glossaryname} </div> -<!--l. 7973--><p class="nopar" > so it can be identified by the label <span +<!--l. 8860--><p class="nopar" > so it can be identified by the label <span class="cmtt-10">main </span>(unless the <span class="cmss-10">nomain</span><a - id="dx1-58013"></a> package option is used). Using + id="dx1-68013"></a> package option is used). Using the <span class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a - id="dx1-58014"></a> package option is equivalent to: + id="dx1-68014"></a> package option is equivalent to: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-245"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-301"> \newglossary[alg]{acronym}{acr}{acn}{\acronymname} </div> -<!--l. 7979--><p class="nopar" > so it can be identified by the label <span +<!--l. 8866--><p class="nopar" > so it can be identified by the label <span class="cmtt-10">acronym</span>. If you are not sure whether the <span class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a - id="dx1-58015"></a> + id="dx1-68015"></a> option has been used, you can identify the list of acronyms by the command <span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\acronymtype</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-58016"></a><span + id="dx1-68016"></a><span class="cmtt-10">\acronymtype </span>which is set to <span class="cmtt-10">acronym</span>, if the <span class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a - id="dx1-58017"></a> option has been used, + id="dx1-68017"></a> option has been used, otherwise it is set to <span class="cmtt-10">main</span>. Note that if you are using the main glossary as your list of acronyms, you need to declare it as a list of acronyms using the package option <span class="cmss-10">acronymlists</span><a - id="dx1-58018"></a>. -</p><!--l. 7990--><p class="indent" > The <span + id="dx1-68018"></a>. +</p><!--l. 8877--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmss-10">symbols</span><a - id="dx1-58019"></a> package option creates a new glossary with the label <span + id="dx1-68019"></a> package option creates a new glossary with the label <span class="cmtt-10">symbols </span>using: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-246"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-302"> \newglossary[slg]{symbols}{sls}{slo}{\glssymbolsgroupname} </div> -<!--l. 7994--><p class="nopar" > The <span +<!--l. 8881--><p class="nopar" > The <span class="cmss-10">numbers</span><a - id="dx1-58020"></a> package option creates a new glossary with the label <span + id="dx1-68020"></a> package option creates a new glossary with the label <span class="cmtt-10">numbers </span>using: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-247"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-303"> \newglossary[nlg]{numbers}{nls}{nlo}{\glsnumbersgroupname} </div> -<!--l. 7999--><p class="nopar" > The <span +<!--l. 8886--><p class="nopar" > The <span class="cmss-10">index</span><a - id="dx1-58021"></a> package option creates a new glossary with the label <span + id="dx1-68021"></a> package option creates a new glossary with the label <span class="cmtt-10">index </span>using: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-248"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-304"> \newglossary[ilg]{index}{ind}{idx}{\indexname} </div> -<!--l. 8004--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 8006--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Options <a +<!--l. 8891--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 8893--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Options <a href="#option2">2</a> and <a href="#option3">3</a>: all glossaries must be defined before <span class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-58022"></a> to ensure that + id="dx1-68022"></a> to ensure that the relevant output files are opened. -</p><!--l. 8010--><p class="indent" > See <a +</p><!--l. 8897--><p class="indent" > See <a href="#sec:fixednames"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>1.3.1 </a><a +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>1.4.1 </a><a href="#sec:fixednames">Changing the Fixed Names<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:fixednames --></a> if you want to redefine <span class="cmtt-10">\glossaryname</span>, especially if you are using <span class="cmss-10">babel</span><a - id="dx1-58023"></a> or <span + id="dx1-68023"></a> or <span class="cmss-10">translator</span><a - id="dx1-58024"></a>. (Similarly for <span + id="dx1-68024"></a>. (Similarly for <span class="cmtt-10">\glssymbolsgroupname </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">\glsnumbersgroupname</span>.) If you want to redefine <span class="cmtt-10">\indexname</span><a - id="dx1-58025"></a>, just follow the advice in <a + id="dx1-68025"></a>, just follow the advice in <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=fixnam" >How to change LaTeX’s “fixed names”</a>. </div> -</p><!--l. 8017--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8904--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 8019--><p class="indent" > </div> -</p><!--l. 8019--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 8906--><p class="indent" > </div> +</p><!--l. 8906--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">13. <a id="sec:acronyms"></a>Acronyms and Other Abbreviations</h2> -</p><!--l. 8022--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 8909--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span><a - id="dx1-59001"></a> package provides superior abbreviation handling. You may want to + id="dx1-69001"></a> package provides superior abbreviation handling. You may want to consider using that package instead of the commands described here. -</p><!--l. 8026--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that although this chapter uses the term “acronym”, you can also use the +</p><!--l. 8913--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that although this chapter uses the term “acronym”, you can also use the commands described here for initialisms or contractions (as in the case of some of the examples given below). If the glossary title is no longer applicable (for example, it should be “Abbreviations” rather than “Acronyms”) then you can change the title either by redefining <span class="cmtt-10">\acronymname</span><a - id="dx1-59002"></a> (see <a + id="dx1-69002"></a> (see <a href="#sec:languages"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>1.3 </a><a +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>1.4 </a><a href="#sec:languages">Multi-Lingual Support<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:languages --></a>) or by using the <span class="cmss-10">title</span><a - id="dx1-59003"></a> in the optional argument of <span + id="dx1-69003"></a> in the optional argument of <span class="cmtt-10">\printglossary</span><a - id="dx1-59004"></a> (or <span + id="dx1-69004"></a> (or <span class="cmtt-10">\printacronym</span><a - id="dx1-59005"></a>). + id="dx1-69005"></a>). Alternatively consider using the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span><a - id="dx1-59006"></a> package’s <span + id="dx1-69006"></a> package’s <span class="cmss-10">abbreviations </span>option instead. </div> -</p><!--l. 8038--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 8040--><p class="indent" > You may have noticed in <a +</p><!--l. 8925--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8927--><p class="indent" > You may have noticed in <a href="#sec:newglosentry"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>4 </a><a +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>4 </a><a href="#sec:newglosentry">Defining Glossary Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:newglosentry --></a> that when you specify a new entry, you can specify alternate text to use when the term is <a href="#glo:firstuse">first used</a> in the document. This provides a useful means to define abbreviations. For convenience, the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package defines the command: -</p><!--l. 8045--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 8932--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\newacronym</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-59007"></a> <span + id="dx1-69007"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">key-val list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -15887,119 +18138,119 @@ class="cmitt-10">abbrv</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">long</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8047--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 8049--><p class="indent" > This uses <span +</p><!--l. 8934--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8936--><p class="indent" > This uses <span class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a - id="dx1-59008"></a> to create an entry with the given label in the glossary given + id="dx1-69008"></a> to create an entry with the given label in the glossary given by <span class="cmtt-10">\acronymtype</span><a - id="dx1-59009"></a>. You can specify a different glossary using the <span + id="dx1-69009"></a>. You can specify a different glossary using the <span class="cmss-10">type</span><a - id="dx1-59010"></a> key within the optional + id="dx1-69010"></a> key within the optional argument. The <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym </span>command also uses the <span class="cmss-10">long</span><a - id="dx1-59011"></a>, <span + id="dx1-69011"></a>, <span class="cmss-10">longplural</span><a - id="dx1-59012"></a>, <span + id="dx1-69012"></a>, <span class="cmss-10">short</span><a - id="dx1-59013"></a> and <span + id="dx1-69013"></a> and <span class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a - id="dx1-59014"></a> + id="dx1-69014"></a> keys in <span class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>to store the long and abbreviated forms and their plurals. -</p><!--l. 8057--><p class="indent" > Note that the same restrictions on the entry ⟨<span +</p><!--l. 8944--><p class="indent" > Note that the same restrictions on the entry ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ in <span class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a - id="dx1-59015"></a> also apply to + id="dx1-69015"></a> also apply to <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym </span>(see <a href="#sec:newglosentry"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>4 </a><a +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>4 </a><a href="#sec:newglosentry">Defining Glossary Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:newglosentry --></a>). -</p><!--l. 8061--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you haven’t identified the specified glossary type as a list of acronyms (via +</p><!--l. 8948--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you haven’t identified the specified glossary type as a list of acronyms (via the package option <span class="cmss-10">acronymlists</span><a - id="dx1-59016"></a> or the command <span + id="dx1-69016"></a> or the command <span class="cmtt-10">\DeclareAcronymList</span><a - id="dx1-59017"></a>, see <a + id="dx1-69017"></a>, see <a href="#sec:pkgopts-acronym"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.5 +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>2.5 </a><a href="#sec:pkgopts-acronym">Acronym Options<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts-acronym --></a>) <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym </span>will add it to the list and <span class="cmti-10">reset the display style</span> for that glossary via <span class="cmtt-10">\defglsentryfmt</span><a - id="dx1-59018"></a>. If you have a mixture of acronyms and + id="dx1-69018"></a>. If you have a mixture of acronyms and regular entries within the same glossary, care is needed if you want to change the display style: you must first identify that glossary as a list of acronyms and then use <span class="cmtt-10">\defglsentryfmt</span><a - id="dx1-59019"></a> (not redefine <span + id="dx1-69019"></a> (not redefine <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt</span><a - id="dx1-59020"></a>) before defining your entries. + id="dx1-69020"></a>) before defining your entries. </div> -</p><!--l. 8072--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 8074--><p class="indent" > The optional argument <span +</p><!--l. 8959--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8961--><p class="indent" > The optional argument <span class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">key-val list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span>allows you to specify additional information. Any key that can be used in the second argument of <span class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a - id="dx1-59021"></a> can also be used + id="dx1-69021"></a> can also be used here in ⟨<span class="cmti-10">key-val list</span>⟩. For example, <span class="cmss-10">description</span><a - id="dx1-59022"></a> (when used with one of the styles that + id="dx1-69022"></a> (when used with one of the styles that require a description, described in <a href="#sec:setacronymstyle"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>13.1 </a><a +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>13.1 </a><a href="#sec:setacronymstyle">Changing the Abbreviation Style<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:setacronymstyle --></a>) or you can override plural forms of ⟨<span class="cmti-10">abbrv</span>⟩ or ⟨<span class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩ using the <span class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a - id="dx1-59023"></a> or <span + id="dx1-69023"></a> or <span class="cmss-10">longplural</span><a - id="dx1-59024"></a> keys. For + id="dx1-69024"></a> keys. For example: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-249"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-305"> \newacronym[longplural={diagonal matrices}]%  <br />  {dm}{DM}{diagonal matrix} </div> -<!--l. 8087--><p class="nopar" > If the <a +<!--l. 8974--><p class="nopar" > If the <a href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> uses the plural form, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glspl{dm}</span></span></span> will display: diagonal matrices (DMs). If you want to use the <span class="cmss-10">longplural</span><a - id="dx1-59025"></a> or <span + id="dx1-69025"></a> or <span class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a - id="dx1-59026"></a> keys, I recommend you use + id="dx1-69026"></a> keys, I recommend you use <span class="cmtt-10">\setacronymstyle</span><a - id="dx1-59027"></a> to set the display style rather than using one of the pre-version 4.02 + id="dx1-69027"></a> to set the display style rather than using one of the pre-version 4.02 acronym styles. -</p><!--l. 8094--><p class="indent" > Since <span +</p><!--l. 8981--><p class="indent" > Since <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a - id="dx1-59028"></a> uses <span + id="dx1-69028"></a> uses <span class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a - id="dx1-59029"></a>, you can use commands like <span + id="dx1-69029"></a>, you can use commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a - id="dx1-59030"></a> and + id="dx1-69030"></a> and <span class="cmtt-10">\glsreset</span><a - id="dx1-59031"></a> as with any other glossary entry. -</p><!--l. 8098--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Since <span + id="dx1-69031"></a> as with any other glossary entry. +</p><!--l. 8985--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Since <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym </span>sets <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">type=\acronymtype</span></span></span>, if you want to load a file containing acronym definitions using <span class="cmtt-10">\loadglsentries</span><a - id="dx1-59032"></a><span + id="dx1-69032"></a><span class="cmtt-10">[</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">type</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -16010,41 +18261,41 @@ will not have an effect unless you explicitly set the type as <span class="obeyl class="cmtt-10">type=\glsdefaulttype</span></span></span> in the optional argument to <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a - id="dx1-59033"></a>. See <a + id="dx1-69033"></a>. See <a href="#sec:loadglsentries"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>4.6 </a><a +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>4.6 </a><a href="#sec:loadglsentries">Loading Entries From a File<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:loadglsentries --></a>. </div> -</p><!--l. 8105--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 8992--><p class="noindent" > <a - id="x1-59034r20"></a> -</p><!--l. 8107--><p class="noindent" ><span -class="cmbx-12">Example 20</span><span + id="x1-69034r21"></a> +</p><!--l. 8994--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="cmbx-12">Example 21</span><span class="cmbx-12"> (Defining an Abbreviation)</span><a - id="x1-59035"></a> -</p><!--l. 8108--><p class="indent" > The following defines the abbreviation IDN: + id="x1-69035"></a> +</p><!--l. 8995--><p class="indent" > The following defines the abbreviation IDN: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-250"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-306"> \newacronym{idn}{IDN}{identification number} </div> -<!--l. 8111--><p class="nopar" > <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 8998--><p class="nopar" > <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls{idn}</span></span></span> will produce “identification number (IDN)” on <a href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> and “IDN” on subsequent uses. If you want to use one of the smallcaps acronym styles, described in <a href="#sec:setacronymstyle"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>13.1 +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>13.1 </a><a href="#sec:setacronymstyle">Changing the Abbreviation Style<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:setacronymstyle --></a>, you need to use lower case characters for the shortened form: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-251"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-307"> \newacronym{idn}{idn}{identification number} </div> -<!--l. 8119--><p class="nopar" > Now <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 9006--><p class="nopar" > Now <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls{idn}</span></span></span> will produce “identification number (<span class="cmcsc-10"><span class="small-caps">i</span><span @@ -16058,13 +18309,13 @@ class="small-caps">n</span></span>” on subsequent uses. </p> <div class="center" > -<!--l. 8123--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 8123--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> -<!--l. 8125--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Avoid nested definitions. </div> -</p><!--l. 8127--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 8129--><p class="indent" > Recall from the warning in <a +<!--l. 9010--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9010--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> +<!--l. 9012--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Avoid nested definitions. </div> +</p><!--l. 9014--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9016--><p class="indent" > Recall from the warning in <a href="#sec:newglosentry"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>4 </a><a +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>4 </a><a href="#sec:newglosentry">Defining Glossary Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:newglosentry --></a> that you should avoid using the <a href="#sec:gls-like"><span @@ -16072,79 +18323,79 @@ class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like</a> and <a href="#sec:glstext-like"><span class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like</a> commands within the value of keys like <span class="cmss-10">text</span><a - id="dx1-59036"></a> and <span + id="dx1-69036"></a> and <span class="cmss-10">first</span><a - id="dx1-59037"></a> due to + id="dx1-69037"></a> due to complications arising from nested links. The same applies to abbreviations defined using <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span>. -</p><!--l. 8136--><p class="indent" > For example, suppose you have defined: +</p><!--l. 9023--><p class="indent" > For example, suppose you have defined: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-252"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-308"> \newacronym{ssi}{SSI}{server side includes}  <br />\newacronym{html}{HTML}{hypertext markup language} </div> -<!--l. 8140--><p class="nopar" > you may be tempted to do: +<!--l. 9027--><p class="nopar" > you may be tempted to do: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-253"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-309"> \newacronym{shtml}{S\gls{html}}{\gls{ssi} enabled \gls{html}} </div> -<!--l. 8144--><p class="nopar" > <span +<!--l. 9031--><p class="nopar" > <span class="cmbx-10">Don’t! </span>This will break the case-changing commands, such as <span class="cmtt-10">\Gls</span><a - id="dx1-59038"></a>, it will cause + id="dx1-69038"></a>, it will cause inconsistencies on <a href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>, and, if hyperlinks are enabled, will cause nested hyperlinks. It will also confuse the commands used by the entry formatting (such as <span class="cmtt-10">\glslabel</span><a - id="dx1-59039"></a>). -</p><!--l. 8151--><p class="indent" > Instead, consider doing: + id="dx1-69039"></a>). +</p><!--l. 9038--><p class="indent" > Instead, consider doing: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-254"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-310"> \newacronym  <br /> [description={\gls{ssi} enabled \gls{html}}]  <br /> {shtml}{SHTML}{SSI enabled HTML} </div> -<!--l. 8156--><p class="nopar" > or +<!--l. 9043--><p class="nopar" > or </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-255"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-311"> \newacronym  <br /> [description={\gls{ssi} enabled \gls{html}}]  <br /> {shtml}{SHTML}  <br /> {server side includes enabled hypertext markup language} </div> -<!--l. 8163--><p class="nopar" > Similarly for the <a +<!--l. 9050--><p class="nopar" > Similarly for the <a href="#sec:glstext-like"><span class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like</a> commands. -</p><!--l. 8166--><p class="indent" > Other approaches are available with <span +</p><!--l. 9053--><p class="indent" > Other approaches are available with <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span><a - id="dx1-59040"></a>. See the section “Nested Links” in the + id="dx1-69040"></a>. See the section “Nested Links” in the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>user manual. -</p><!--l. 8170--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The commands described below are similar to the <a +</p><!--l. 9057--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The commands described below are similar to the <a href="#sec:glstext-like"><span class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like</a> commands in that they don’t modify the <a href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a>. However, their display is governed by <span class="cmtt-10">\defentryfmt</span><a - id="dx1-59041"></a> with + id="dx1-69041"></a> with <span class="cmtt-10">\glscustomtext</span><a - id="dx1-59042"></a> set as appropriate. All caveats that apply to the <a + id="dx1-69042"></a> set as appropriate. All caveats that apply to the <a href="#sec:glstext-like"><span class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like</a> commands also apply to the following commands. (Including the warning immediately above this box.) </div> -</p><!--l. 8177--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 8179--><p class="indent" > The optional arguments are the same as those for the <a +</p><!--l. 9064--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9066--><p class="indent" > The optional arguments are the same as those for the <a href="#sec:glstext-like"><span class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like</a> commands, and there are similar star and plus variants that switch off or on the hyperlinks. @@ -16152,14 +18403,14 @@ As with the <a href="#sec:glstext-like"><span class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like</a> commands, the <a href="#glo:linktext">link text<a - id="dx1-59043"></a></a> is placed in the argument of + id="dx1-69043"></a></a> is placed in the argument of <span class="cmtt-10">\glstextformat</span><a - id="dx1-59044"></a>. -</p><!--l. 8184--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + id="dx1-69044"></a>. +</p><!--l. 9071--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\acrshort</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-59045"></a> <span + id="dx1-69045"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\acrshort[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -16167,24 +18418,24 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8186--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9073--><p class="noindent" > This sets the <a href="#glo:linktext">link text<a - id="dx1-59046"></a></a> to the short form (within the argument of <span + id="dx1-69046"></a></a> to the short form (within the argument of <span class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont</span><a - id="dx1-59047"></a>) for the entry + id="dx1-69047"></a>) for the entry given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩. The short form is as supplied by the <span class="cmss-10">short</span><a - id="dx1-59048"></a> key, which <span + id="dx1-69048"></a> key, which <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a - id="dx1-59049"></a> implicitly + id="dx1-69049"></a> implicitly sets. -</p><!--l. 8192--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous upper case variants: -</p><!--l. 8193--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9079--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous upper case variants: +</p><!--l. 9080--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Acrshort</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-59050"></a> <span + id="dx1-69050"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Acrshort[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -16192,11 +18443,11 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8195--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 8196--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9082--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9083--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\ACRshort</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-59051"></a> <span + id="dx1-69051"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\ACRshort[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -16204,12 +18455,12 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8198--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9085--><p class="noindent" > There are also plural versions: -</p><!--l. 8200--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9087--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\acrshortpl</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-59052"></a> <span + id="dx1-69052"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\acrshortpl[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -16217,11 +18468,11 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8202--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 8203--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9089--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9090--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Acrshortpl</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-59053"></a> <span + id="dx1-69053"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Acrshortpl[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -16229,11 +18480,11 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8205--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 8206--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9092--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9093--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\ACRshortpl</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-59054"></a> <span + id="dx1-69054"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\ACRshortpl[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -16241,17 +18492,17 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8208--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9095--><p class="noindent" > The short plural form is as supplied by the <span class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a - id="dx1-59055"></a> key, which <span + id="dx1-69055"></a> key, which <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a - id="dx1-59056"></a> implicitly + id="dx1-69056"></a> implicitly sets. -</p><!--l. 8212--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9099--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\acrlong</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-59057"></a> <span + id="dx1-69057"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\acrlong[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -16261,21 +18512,21 @@ class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8214--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9101--><p class="noindent" > This sets the <a href="#glo:linktext">link text<a - id="dx1-59058"></a></a> to the long form for the entry given by ⟨<span + id="dx1-69058"></a></a> to the long form for the entry given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩. The long form is as supplied by the <span class="cmss-10">long</span><a - id="dx1-59059"></a> key, which <span + id="dx1-69059"></a> key, which <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a - id="dx1-59060"></a> implicitly sets. -</p><!--l. 8219--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous upper case variants: -</p><!--l. 8220--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + id="dx1-69060"></a> implicitly sets. +</p><!--l. 9106--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous upper case variants: +</p><!--l. 9107--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Acrlong</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-59061"></a> <span + id="dx1-69061"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Acrlong[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -16283,11 +18534,11 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8222--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 8223--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9109--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9110--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\ACRlong</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-59062"></a> <span + id="dx1-69062"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\ACRlong[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -16295,12 +18546,12 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8225--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9112--><p class="noindent" > Again there are also plural versions: -</p><!--l. 8227--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9114--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\acrlongpl</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-59063"></a> <span + id="dx1-69063"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\acrlongpl[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -16308,11 +18559,11 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8229--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 8230--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9116--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9117--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Acrlongpl</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-59064"></a> <span + id="dx1-69064"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Acrlongpl[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -16320,11 +18571,11 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8232--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 8233--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9119--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9120--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\ACRlongpl</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-59065"></a> <span + id="dx1-69065"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\ACRlongpl[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -16332,25 +18583,25 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8235--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9122--><p class="noindent" > The long plural form is as supplied by the <span class="cmss-10">longplural</span><a - id="dx1-59066"></a> key, which <span + id="dx1-69066"></a> key, which <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a - id="dx1-59067"></a> implicitly + id="dx1-69067"></a> implicitly sets. -</p><!--l. 8239--><p class="indent" > The commands below display the full form of the acronym, but note that this isn’t +</p><!--l. 9126--><p class="indent" > The commands below display the full form of the acronym, but note that this isn’t necessarily the same as the form used on <a href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>. These full-form commands are shortcuts that use the above commands, rather than creating the <a href="#glo:linktext">link text<a - id="dx1-59068"></a></a> from the complete full form. + id="dx1-69068"></a></a> from the complete full form. These full-form commands have star and plus variants and optional arguments that are passed to the above commands. -</p><!--l. 8246--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9133--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\acrfull</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-59069"></a> <span + id="dx1-69069"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\acrfull[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -16358,12 +18609,12 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8248--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9135--><p class="noindent" > This is a shortcut for -</p><!--l. 8250--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9137--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\acrfullfmt</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-59070"></a> <span + id="dx1-69070"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\acrfullfmt{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -16371,7 +18622,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8252--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9139--><p class="noindent" > which by default does </p><div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> <span @@ -16398,32 +18649,32 @@ class="cmtt-10">}</span><span class="cmsy-10">}</span> </div> </div> where -<!--l. 8260--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +<!--l. 9147--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\acrfullformat</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-59071"></a> <span + id="dx1-69071"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\acrfullformat{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">long</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">short</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8262--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9149--><p class="noindent" > by default does ⟨<span class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩ (⟨<span class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩). This command is now deprecated for new acronym styles but is used by the default for backward compatibility if <span class="cmtt-10">\setacronymstyle </span>(<a href="#sec:setacronymstyle"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>13.1 </a><a +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>13.1 </a><a href="#sec:setacronymstyle">Changing the Abbreviation Style<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:setacronymstyle --></a>) hasn’t been used. (For further details of these format commands see the documented code, <span class="cmtt-10">glossaries-code.pdf</span>.) -</p><!--l. 8271--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous upper case variants: -</p><!--l. 8272--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9158--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous upper case variants: +</p><!--l. 9159--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Acrfull</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-59072"></a> <span + id="dx1-69072"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Acrfull[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -16433,11 +18684,11 @@ class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8274--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 8275--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9161--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9162--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\ACRfull</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-59073"></a> <span + id="dx1-69073"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\ACRfull[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -16445,12 +18696,12 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8277--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9164--><p class="noindent" > and plural versions: -</p><!--l. 8279--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9166--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\acrfullpl</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-59074"></a> <span + id="dx1-69074"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\acrfullpl[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -16458,11 +18709,11 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8281--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 8282--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9168--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9169--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Acrfullpl</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-59075"></a> <span + id="dx1-69075"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Acrfullpl[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -16470,11 +18721,11 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8284--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 8285--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9171--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9172--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\ACRfullpl</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-59076"></a> <span + id="dx1-69076"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\ACRfullpl[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -16482,17 +18733,17 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8287--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 8289--><p class="indent" > If you find the above commands too cumbersome to write, you can use the <span +</p><!--l. 9174--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9176--><p class="indent" > If you find the above commands too cumbersome to write, you can use the <span class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span><a - id="dx1-59077"></a> + id="dx1-69077"></a> package option to activate the shorter command names listed in <a href="#tab:shortcuts">table 13.1</a>. </p> <div class="table"> -<!--l. 8293--><p class="indent" > <a +<!--l. 9180--><p class="indent" > <a id="tab:shortcuts"></a></p><hr class="float" /><div class="float" > @@ -16500,7 +18751,7 @@ href="#tab:shortcuts">table 13.1</a>. <div class="caption" ><span class="id">Table 13.1: </span><span class="content">Synonyms provided by the package option <span -class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></span></div><!--tex4ht:label?: x1-590781 --> +class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></span></div><!--tex4ht:label?: x1-690781 --> <div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-7" class="tabular" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" ><colgroup id="TBL-7-1g"><col @@ -16515,279 +18766,279 @@ class="cmbx-10">Equivalent Command </span></td> style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-2-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-2-1" class="td11"> <span class="cmtt-10">\acs</span><a - id="dx1-59079"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-2-2" + id="dx1-69079"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-2-2" class="td11"> <span class="cmtt-10">\acrshort</span><a - id="dx1-59080"></a> </td> + id="dx1-69080"></a> </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-3-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-3-1" class="td11"> <span class="cmtt-10">\Acs</span><a - id="dx1-59081"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-3-2" + id="dx1-69081"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-3-2" class="td11"> <span class="cmtt-10">\Acrshort</span><a - id="dx1-59082"></a> </td> + id="dx1-69082"></a> </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-4-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-4-1" class="td11"> <span class="cmtt-10">\acsp</span><a - id="dx1-59083"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-4-2" + id="dx1-69083"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-4-2" class="td11"> <span class="cmtt-10">\acrshortpl</span><a - id="dx1-59084"></a> </td> + id="dx1-69084"></a> </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-5-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-5-1" class="td11"> <span class="cmtt-10">\Acsp</span><a - id="dx1-59085"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-5-2" + id="dx1-69085"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-5-2" class="td11"> <span class="cmtt-10">\Acrshortpl</span><a - id="dx1-59086"></a> </td> + id="dx1-69086"></a> </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-6-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-6-1" class="td11"> <span class="cmtt-10">\acl</span><a - id="dx1-59087"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-6-2" + id="dx1-69087"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-6-2" class="td11"> <span class="cmtt-10">\acrlong</span><a - id="dx1-59088"></a> </td> + id="dx1-69088"></a> </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-7-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-7-1" class="td11"> <span class="cmtt-10">\Acl</span><a - id="dx1-59089"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-7-2" + id="dx1-69089"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-7-2" class="td11"> <span class="cmtt-10">\Acrlong</span><a - id="dx1-59090"></a> </td> + id="dx1-69090"></a> </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-8-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-8-1" class="td11"> <span class="cmtt-10">\aclp</span><a - id="dx1-59091"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-8-2" + id="dx1-69091"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-8-2" class="td11"> <span class="cmtt-10">\acrlongpl</span><a - id="dx1-59092"></a> </td> + id="dx1-69092"></a> </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-9-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-9-1" class="td11"> <span class="cmtt-10">\Aclp</span><a - id="dx1-59093"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-9-2" + id="dx1-69093"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-9-2" class="td11"> <span class="cmtt-10">\Acrlongpl</span><a - id="dx1-59094"></a> </td> + id="dx1-69094"></a> </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-10-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-10-1" class="td11"> <span class="cmtt-10">\acf</span><a - id="dx1-59095"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-10-2" + id="dx1-69095"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-10-2" class="td11"> <span class="cmtt-10">\acrfull</span><a - id="dx1-59096"></a> </td> + id="dx1-69096"></a> </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-11-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-11-1" class="td11"> <span class="cmtt-10">\Acf</span><a - id="dx1-59097"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-11-2" + id="dx1-69097"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-11-2" class="td11"> <span class="cmtt-10">\Acrfull</span><a - id="dx1-59098"></a> </td> + id="dx1-69098"></a> </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-12-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-12-1" class="td11"> <span class="cmtt-10">\acfp</span><a - id="dx1-59099"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-12-2" + id="dx1-69099"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-12-2" class="td11"> <span class="cmtt-10">\acrfullpl</span><a - id="dx1-59100"></a> </td> + id="dx1-69100"></a> </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-13-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-13-1" class="td11"> <span class="cmtt-10">\Acfp</span><a - id="dx1-59101"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-13-2" + id="dx1-69101"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-13-2" class="td11"> <span class="cmtt-10">\Acrfullpl</span><a - id="dx1-59102"></a> </td> + id="dx1-69102"></a> </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-14-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-14-1" class="td11"> <span class="cmtt-10">\ac</span><a - id="dx1-59103"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-14-2" + id="dx1-69103"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-14-2" class="td11"> <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a - id="dx1-59104"></a> </td> + id="dx1-69104"></a> </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-15-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-15-1" class="td11"> <span class="cmtt-10">\Ac</span><a - id="dx1-59105"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-15-2" + id="dx1-69105"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-15-2" class="td11"> <span class="cmtt-10">\Gls</span><a - id="dx1-59106"></a> </td> + id="dx1-69106"></a> </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-16-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-16-1" class="td11"> <span class="cmtt-10">\acp</span><a - id="dx1-59107"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-16-2" + id="dx1-69107"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-16-2" class="td11"> <span class="cmtt-10">\glspl</span><a - id="dx1-59108"></a> </td> + id="dx1-69108"></a> </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-17-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-17-1" class="td11"> <span class="cmtt-10">\Acp</span><a - id="dx1-59109"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-17-2" + id="dx1-69109"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-17-2" class="td11"> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glspl</span><a - id="dx1-59110"></a> </td></tr></table> + id="dx1-69110"></a> </td></tr></table> </div> </div><hr class="endfloat" /> </div> -<!--l. 8319--><p class="indent" > It is also possible to access the long and short forms without adding information to the +<!--l. 9206--><p class="indent" > It is also possible to access the long and short forms without adding information to the glossary using commands analogous to <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentrytext</span><a - id="dx1-59111"></a> (described in <a + id="dx1-69111"></a> (described in <a href="#sec:glsnolink"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>9 </a><a +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>9 </a><a href="#sec:glsnolink">Using Glossary Terms Without Links<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsnolink --></a>). -</p><!--l. 8323--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The commands that convert the first letter to upper case come with the same caveats as +</p><!--l. 9210--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The commands that convert the first letter to upper case come with the same caveats as those for analogous commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrytext</span><a - id="dx1-59112"></a> (non-expandable, can’t be used in PDF + id="dx1-69112"></a> (non-expandable, can’t be used in PDF bookmarks, care needs to be taken if the first letter is an accented character etc). See <a href="#sec:glsnolink"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>9 +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>9 </a><a href="#sec:glsnolink">Using Glossary Terms Without Links<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsnolink --></a>. </div> -</p><!--l. 8329--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 8331--><p class="indent" > The long form can be accessed using: -</p><!--l. 8332--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9216--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9218--><p class="indent" > The long form can be accessed using: +</p><!--l. 9219--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsentrylong</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-59113"></a> <span + id="dx1-69113"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentrylong{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8334--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9221--><p class="noindent" > or, with the first letter converted to upper case: -</p><!--l. 8336--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9223--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsentrylong</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-59114"></a> <span + id="dx1-69114"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrylong{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8338--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9225--><p class="noindent" > Plural forms: -</p><!--l. 8340--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9227--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsentrylongpl</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-59115"></a> <span + id="dx1-69115"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentrylongpl{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8342--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 8343--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9229--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9230--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsentrylongpl</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-59116"></a> <span + id="dx1-69116"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrylongpl{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8345--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 8347--><p class="indent" > Similarly, to access the short form: -</p><!--l. 8348--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9232--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9234--><p class="indent" > Similarly, to access the short form: +</p><!--l. 9235--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsentryshort</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-59117"></a> <span + id="dx1-69117"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryshort{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8350--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9237--><p class="noindent" > or, with the first letter converted to upper case: -</p><!--l. 8352--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9239--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsentryshort</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-59118"></a> <span + id="dx1-69118"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryshort{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8354--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9241--><p class="noindent" > Plural forms: -</p><!--l. 8356--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9243--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsentryshortpl</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-59119"></a> <span + id="dx1-69119"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryshortpl{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8358--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 8359--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9245--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9246--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsentryshortpl</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-59120"></a> <span + id="dx1-69120"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryshortpl{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8361--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 8363--><p class="indent" > And the full form can be obtained using: -</p><!--l. 8364--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9248--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9250--><p class="indent" > And the full form can be obtained using: +</p><!--l. 9251--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsentryfull</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-59121"></a> <span + id="dx1-69121"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfull{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8366--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 8367--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9253--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9254--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsentryfull</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-59122"></a> <span + id="dx1-69122"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryfull{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8369--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 8370--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9256--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9257--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsentryfullpl</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-59123"></a> <span + id="dx1-69123"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfullpl{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8372--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 8373--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9259--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9260--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsentryfullpl</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-59124"></a> <span + id="dx1-69124"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryfullpl{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8375--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9262--><p class="noindent" > These again use <span class="cmtt-10">\acrfullformat</span><a - id="dx1-59125"></a> by default, but the new styles described in the section + id="dx1-69125"></a> by default, but the new styles described in the section below use different formatting commands. </p> -<!--l. 8380--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 9267--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">13.1 </span> <a id="sec:setacronymstyle"></a>Changing the Abbreviation Style</h3> -<!--l. 8383--><p class="noindent" >It may be that the default style doesn’t suit your requirements in which case you can switch +<!--l. 9270--><p class="noindent" >It may be that the default style doesn’t suit your requirements in which case you can switch to another styles using -</p><!--l. 8385--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9272--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\setacronymstyle</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-60001"></a> <span + id="dx1-70001"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\setacronymstyle{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">style name</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8387--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9274--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">style name</span>⟩ is the name of the required style. -</p><!--l. 8390--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> You must use <span +</p><!--l. 9277--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> You must use <span class="cmtt-10">\setacronymstyle </span><span class="cmti-10">before </span>you define the acronyms with <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span>. If @@ -16796,8 +19047,8 @@ class="cmtt-10">\setacronymstyle</span> <span class="cmti-10">after </span>using <span class="cmtt-10">\DeclareAcronymList</span>. </div> -</p><!--l. 8395--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 8397--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 9282--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9284--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package has the restriction that only one style may be in use that applies to all entries defined with <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span>. If you need multiple abbreviation @@ -16805,199 +19056,199 @@ styles, then try using the <a href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> package, which has better abbreviation management. -</p><!--l. 8403--><p class="indent" > Note that unlike the default behaviour of <span +</p><!--l. 9290--><p class="indent" > Note that unlike the default behaviour of <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span>, the styles used via <span class="cmtt-10">\setacronymstyle </span>don’t use the <span class="cmss-10">first</span><a - id="dx1-60002"></a> or <span + id="dx1-70002"></a> or <span class="cmss-10">text</span><a - id="dx1-60003"></a> keys, but instead they use <span + id="dx1-70003"></a> keys, but instead they use <span class="cmtt-10">\defglsentryfmt</span><a - id="dx1-60004"></a> to + id="dx1-70004"></a> to set a custom format that uses the <span class="cmss-10">long</span><a - id="dx1-60005"></a> and <span + id="dx1-70005"></a> and <span class="cmss-10">short</span><a - id="dx1-60006"></a> keys (or their plural equivalents). This + id="dx1-70006"></a> keys (or their plural equivalents). This means that these styles cope better with plurals that aren’t formed by simply appending the singular form with the letter “s”. In fact, most of the predefined styles use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsgenacfmt</span><a - id="dx1-60007"></a> and + id="dx1-70007"></a> and modify the definitions of commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\genacrfullformat</span><a - id="dx1-60008"></a>. -</p><!--l. 8413--><p class="indent" > Note that when you use <span + id="dx1-70008"></a>. +</p><!--l. 9300--><p class="indent" > Note that when you use <span class="cmtt-10">\setacronymstyle </span>the <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-60009"></a> key is set to -</p><!--l. 8415--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + id="dx1-70009"></a> key is set to +</p><!--l. 9302--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\acronymentry</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-60010"></a> <span + id="dx1-70010"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\acronymentry{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8417--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9304--><p class="noindent" > and the <span class="cmss-10">sort</span><a - id="dx1-60011"></a> key is set to -</p><!--l. 8419--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + id="dx1-70011"></a> key is set to +</p><!--l. 9306--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\acronymsort</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-60012"></a> <span + id="dx1-70012"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\acronymsort{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">short</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">long</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8421--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9308--><p class="noindent" > These commands are redefined by the acronym styles. However, you can redefine them again after the style has been set but before you use <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span>. Protected expansion is performed on <span class="cmtt-10">\acronymsort </span>when the entry is defined. -</p><!--l. 8427--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9314--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 8427--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 9314--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">13.1.1 </span> <a id="sec:predefinedacrstyles"></a>Predefined Acronym Styles</h4> -<!--l. 8430--><p class="noindent" >The <span +<!--l. 9317--><p class="noindent" >The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package provides a number of predefined styles. These styles apply -</p><!--l. 8432--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9319--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\firstacronymfont</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-61001"></a> <span + id="dx1-71001"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\firstacronymfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8434--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9321--><p class="noindent" > to the short form on first use and -</p><!--l. 8436--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9323--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\acronymfont</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-61002"></a> <span + id="dx1-71002"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8438--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9325--><p class="noindent" > on subsequent use. The styles modify the definition of <span class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont </span>as required, but <span class="cmtt-10">\firstacronymfont</span><a - id="dx1-61003"></a> is only set once by the package when it’s loaded. By default + id="dx1-71003"></a> is only set once by the package when it’s loaded. By default <span class="cmtt-10">\firstacronymfont</span><a - id="dx1-61004"></a><span + id="dx1-71004"></a><span class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span>is the same as <span class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont</span><a - id="dx1-61005"></a><span + id="dx1-71005"></a><span class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span>. If you want the short form displayed differently on first use, you can redefine <span class="cmtt-10">\firstacronymfont</span><a - id="dx1-61006"></a> independently of the + id="dx1-71006"></a> independently of the acronym style. -</p><!--l. 8448--><p class="indent" > The predefined styles that contain <span +</p><!--l. 9335--><p class="indent" > The predefined styles that contain <span class="cmtt-10">sc </span>in their name (for example <span class="cmss-10">long-sc-short</span><a - id="dx1-61007"></a>) redefine + id="dx1-71007"></a>) redefine <span class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont </span>to use <span class="cmtt-10">\textsc</span><a - id="dx1-61008"></a>, which means that the short form needs to be specified in lower + id="dx1-71008"></a>, which means that the short form needs to be specified in lower case. -</p><!--l. 8454--><p class="indent" > <a +</p><!--l. 9341--><p class="indent" > <a id="boldsc"></a> -</p><!--l. 8455--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note">Some fonts don’t support bold smallcaps, so you may need to redefine <span +</p><!--l. 9342--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note">Some fonts don’t support bold smallcaps, so you may need to redefine <span class="cmtt-10">\glsnamefont</span><a - id="dx1-61009"></a> (see + id="dx1-71009"></a> (see <a href="#sec:printglossary"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>10 </a><a +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>10 </a><a href="#sec:printglossary">Displaying a glossary<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:printglossary --></a>) to switch to medium weight if you are using a glossary style that displays entry names in bold and you have chosen an acronym style that uses <span class="cmtt-10">\textsc</span><a - id="dx1-61010"></a>. + id="dx1-71010"></a>. </div> -</p><!--l. 8461--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 8463--><p class="indent" > The predefined styles that contain <span +</p><!--l. 9348--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9350--><p class="indent" > The predefined styles that contain <span class="cmtt-10">sm </span>in their name (for example <span class="cmss-10">long-sm-short</span><a - id="dx1-61011"></a>) redefine + id="dx1-71011"></a>) redefine <span class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont </span>to use <span class="cmtt-10">\textsmaller</span><a - id="dx1-61012"></a>. -</p><!--l. 8467--><p class="indent" > <a + id="dx1-71012"></a>. +</p><!--l. 9354--><p class="indent" > <a id="smaller"></a> -</p><!--l. 8468--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that the <span +</p><!--l. 9355--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package doesn’t define or load any package that defines <span class="cmtt-10">\textsmaller</span><a - id="dx1-61013"></a>. If you use one of the acronym styles that set <span + id="dx1-71013"></a>. If you use one of the acronym styles that set <span class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont</span><a - id="dx1-61014"></a> to <span + id="dx1-71014"></a> to <span class="cmtt-10">\textsmaller</span> you must explicitly load the <span class="cmss-10">relsize</span><a - id="dx1-61015"></a> package or otherwise define <span + id="dx1-71015"></a> package or otherwise define <span class="cmtt-10">\textsmaller</span>. </div> -</p><!--l. 8474--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 8476--><p class="indent" > The remaining predefined styles redefine <span +</p><!--l. 9361--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9363--><p class="indent" > The remaining predefined styles redefine <span class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span>to simply do its argument ⟨<span class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 8479--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> In most cases, the predefined styles adjust <span +</p><!--l. 9366--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> In most cases, the predefined styles adjust <span class="cmtt-10">\acrfull</span><a - id="dx1-61016"></a> and <span + id="dx1-71016"></a> and <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfull</span><a - id="dx1-61017"></a> (and their + id="dx1-71017"></a> (and their plural and upper case variants) to reflect the style. The only exceptions to this are the <span class="cmss-10">dua</span><a - id="dx1-61018"></a> + id="dx1-71018"></a> and <span class="cmss-10">footnote</span><a - id="dx1-61019"></a> styles (and their variants). </div> -</p><!--l. 8484--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 8486--><p class="indent" > The following styles are supplied by the <span + id="dx1-71019"></a> styles (and their variants). </div> +</p><!--l. 9371--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9373--><p class="indent" > The following styles are supplied by the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package: </p> <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize"><span class="cmss-10">long-short</span><a - id="dx1-61020"></a>, <span + id="dx1-71020"></a>, <span class="cmss-10">long-sc-short</span><a - id="dx1-61021"></a>, <span + id="dx1-71021"></a>, <span class="cmss-10">long-sm-short</span><a - id="dx1-61022"></a>, <span + id="dx1-71022"></a>, <span class="cmss-10">long-sp-short</span><a - id="dx1-61023"></a>: - <!--l. 8492--><p class="noindent" >With these three styles, acronyms are displayed in the form - </p><!--l. 8494--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition">⟨<span + id="dx1-71023"></a>: + <!--l. 9379--><p class="noindent" >With these three styles, acronyms are displayed in the form + </p><!--l. 9381--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition">⟨<span class="cmitt-10">long</span>⟩ <span class="cmtt-10">(\firstacronymfont</span><a - id="dx1-61024"></a><span + id="dx1-71024"></a><span class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">short</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}) </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 8495--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 9382--><p class="noindent" > on first use and - </p><!--l. 8498--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span + </p><!--l. 9385--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont</span><a - id="dx1-61025"></a><span + id="dx1-71025"></a><span class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">short</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 8499--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 9386--><p class="noindent" > on subsequent use. They also set <span class="cmtt-10">\acronymsort{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩<span @@ -17013,19 +19264,19 @@ class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span>is set to just the short form (enclosed in <span class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont</span>) and the <span class="cmss-10">description</span><a - id="dx1-61026"></a> key + id="dx1-71026"></a> key is set to the long form. - </p><!--l. 8507--><p class="noindent" >The <span + </p><!--l. 9394--><p class="noindent" >The <span class="cmss-10">long-sp-short</span><a - id="dx1-61027"></a> style was introduced in version 4.16 and uses - </p><!--l. 8509--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + id="dx1-71027"></a> style was introduced in version 4.16 and uses + </p><!--l. 9396--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsacspace</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-61028"></a> <span + id="dx1-71028"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsacspace{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 8511--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 9398--><p class="noindent" > for the space between the long and short forms. This defaults to a non-breakable space (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">~</span></span></span>) if (<span @@ -17037,35 +19288,35 @@ class="cmtt-10">}</span>) is less than 3em, otherwise it uses a normal sp </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-256"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-312"> \renewcommand*{\glsacspace}[1]{~} </div> - <!--l. 8519--><p class="nopar" > + <!--l. 9406--><p class="nopar" > </p></li> <li class="itemize"><span class="cmss-10">short-long</span><a - id="dx1-61029"></a>, <span + id="dx1-71029"></a>, <span class="cmss-10">sc-short-long</span><a - id="dx1-61030"></a>, <span + id="dx1-71030"></a>, <span class="cmss-10">sm-short-long</span><a - id="dx1-61031"></a>: - <!--l. 8524--><p class="noindent" >These three styles are analogous to the above three styles, except the display order is + id="dx1-71031"></a>: + <!--l. 9411--><p class="noindent" >These three styles are analogous to the above three styles, except the display order is swapped to - </p><!--l. 8527--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span + </p><!--l. 9414--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="cmtt-10">\firstacronymfont</span><a - id="dx1-61032"></a><span + id="dx1-71032"></a><span class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">short</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} (</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">long</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">) </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 8528--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 9415--><p class="noindent" > on first use. - </p><!--l. 8531--><p class="noindent" >Note, however, that <span + </p><!--l. 9418--><p class="noindent" >Note, however, that <span class="cmtt-10">\acronymsort</span><a - id="dx1-61033"></a> and <span + id="dx1-71033"></a> and <span class="cmtt-10">\acronymentry</span><a - id="dx1-61034"></a> are the same as for the ⟨<span + id="dx1-71034"></a> are the same as for the ⟨<span class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩ (⟨<span class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩) styles above, so the acronyms are still sorted according to the short @@ -17073,30 +19324,30 @@ class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩) styles above, so the acronyms are still so </p></li> <li class="itemize"><span class="cmss-10">long-short-desc</span><a - id="dx1-61035"></a>, <span + id="dx1-71035"></a>, <span class="cmss-10">long-sc-short-desc</span><a - id="dx1-61036"></a>, <span + id="dx1-71036"></a>, <span class="cmss-10">long-sm-short-desc</span><a - id="dx1-61037"></a>, <span + id="dx1-71037"></a>, <span class="cmss-10">long-sp-short-desc</span><a - id="dx1-61038"></a>: - <!--l. 8538--><p class="noindent" >These are like the <span + id="dx1-71038"></a>: + <!--l. 9425--><p class="noindent" >These are like the <span class="cmss-10">long-short</span><a - id="dx1-61039"></a>, <span + id="dx1-71039"></a>, <span class="cmss-10">long-sc-short</span><a - id="dx1-61040"></a>, <span + id="dx1-71040"></a>, <span class="cmss-10">long-sm-short</span><a - id="dx1-61041"></a> and <span + id="dx1-71041"></a> and <span class="cmss-10">long-sp-short</span><a - id="dx1-61042"></a> styles + id="dx1-71042"></a> styles described above, except that the <span class="cmss-10">description</span><a - id="dx1-61043"></a> key must be supplied in the optional + id="dx1-71043"></a> key must be supplied in the optional argument of <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a - id="dx1-61044"></a>. They also redefine <span + id="dx1-71044"></a>. They also redefine <span class="cmtt-10">\acronymentry</span><a - id="dx1-61045"></a> to <span + id="dx1-71045"></a> to <span class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span>(<span @@ -17106,7 +19357,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span>) and redefine <span class="cmtt-10">\acronymsort</span><a - id="dx1-61046"></a><span + id="dx1-71046"></a><span class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -17117,215 +19368,215 @@ class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩. This means that the field has the long form followed by the short form in parentheses. I recommend you use a glossary style such as <span class="cmss-10">altlist</span><a - id="dx1-61047"></a> with these acronym styles to allow for the long name + id="dx1-71047"></a> with these acronym styles to allow for the long name field. </p></li> <li class="itemize"><span class="cmss-10">short-long-desc</span><a - id="dx1-61048"></a>, <span + id="dx1-71048"></a>, <span class="cmss-10">sc-short-long-desc</span><a - id="dx1-61049"></a>, <span + id="dx1-71049"></a>, <span class="cmss-10">sm-short-long-desc</span><a - id="dx1-61050"></a>: - <!--l. 8553--><p class="noindent" >These styles are analogous to the above three styles, but the first use display style + id="dx1-71050"></a>: + <!--l. 9440--><p class="noindent" >These styles are analogous to the above three styles, but the first use display style is: - </p><!--l. 8556--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span + </p><!--l. 9443--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="cmtt-10">\firstacronymfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">short</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} (</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">long</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">) </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 8557--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 9444--><p class="noindent" > The definitions of <span class="cmtt-10">\acronymsort </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">\acronymentry </span>are the same as those for <span class="cmss-10">long-short-desc</span><a - id="dx1-61051"></a> etc. + id="dx1-71051"></a> etc. </p></li> <li class="itemize"><span class="cmss-10">dua</span><a - id="dx1-61052"></a>, <span + id="dx1-71052"></a>, <span class="cmss-10">dua-desc</span><a - id="dx1-61053"></a>: + id="dx1-71053"></a>: - <!--l. 8563--><p class="noindent" >With these styles, the <a + <!--l. 9450--><p class="noindent" >With these styles, the <a href="#sec:gls-like"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like</a> commands always display the long form regardless of whether the entry has been used or not. However, <span class="cmtt-10">\acrfull</span><a - id="dx1-61054"></a> and <span + id="dx1-71054"></a> and <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfull</span><a - id="dx1-61055"></a> will + id="dx1-71055"></a> will display ⟨<span class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩ (<span class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span>). In the case of <span class="cmss-10">dua</span><a - id="dx1-61056"></a>, the <span + id="dx1-71056"></a>, the <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-61057"></a> and <span + id="dx1-71057"></a> and <span class="cmss-10">sort</span><a - id="dx1-61058"></a> keys are set + id="dx1-71058"></a> keys are set to the short form and the description is set to the long form. In the case of <span class="cmss-10">dua-desc</span><a - id="dx1-61059"></a>, the + id="dx1-71059"></a>, the <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-61060"></a> and <span + id="dx1-71060"></a> and <span class="cmss-10">sort</span><a - id="dx1-61061"></a> keys are set to the long form and the description is supplied in the + id="dx1-71061"></a> keys are set to the long form and the description is supplied in the optional argument of <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a - id="dx1-61062"></a>. + id="dx1-71062"></a>. </p></li> <li class="itemize"><span class="cmss-10">footnote</span><a - id="dx1-61063"></a>, <span + id="dx1-71063"></a>, <span class="cmss-10">footnote-sc</span><a - id="dx1-61064"></a>, <span + id="dx1-71064"></a>, <span class="cmss-10">footnote-sm</span><a - id="dx1-61065"></a>: - <!--l. 8575--><p class="noindent" >With these three styles, on first use the <a + id="dx1-71065"></a>: + <!--l. 9462--><p class="noindent" >With these three styles, on first use the <a href="#sec:gls-like"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like</a> commands display: - </p><!--l. 8577--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span + </p><!--l. 9464--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="cmtt-10">\firstacronymfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">short</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}\footnote</span><a - id="dx1-61066"></a><span + id="dx1-71066"></a><span class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">long</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 8578--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 9465--><p class="noindent" > However, <span class="cmtt-10">\acrfull</span><a - id="dx1-61067"></a> and <span + id="dx1-71067"></a> and <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfull</span><a - id="dx1-61068"></a> are set to <span + id="dx1-71068"></a> are set to <span class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span>(⟨<span class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩). On subsequent use the display is: - </p><!--l. 8582--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span + </p><!--l. 9469--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">short</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 8583--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 9470--><p class="noindent" > The <span class="cmss-10">sort</span><a - id="dx1-61069"></a> and <span + id="dx1-71069"></a> and <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-61070"></a> keys are set to the short form, and the <span + id="dx1-71070"></a> keys are set to the short form, and the <span class="cmss-10">description</span><a - id="dx1-61071"></a> is set to the long + id="dx1-71071"></a> is set to the long form. - </p><!--l. 8588--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> In order to avoid nested hyperlinks on <a + </p><!--l. 9475--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> In order to avoid nested hyperlinks on <a href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> the footnote styles automatically implement <span class="cmss-10">hyperfirst=false</span><a - id="dx1-61072"></a> for the acronym lists. </div> - </p><!--l. 8592--><p class="noindent" > + id="dx1-71072"></a> for the acronym lists. </div> + </p><!--l. 9479--><p class="noindent" > </p></li> <li class="itemize"><span class="cmss-10">footnote-desc</span><a - id="dx1-61073"></a>, <span + id="dx1-71073"></a>, <span class="cmss-10">footnote-sc-desc</span><a - id="dx1-61074"></a>, <span + id="dx1-71074"></a>, <span class="cmss-10">footnote-sm-desc</span><a - id="dx1-61075"></a>: - <!--l. 8597--><p class="noindent" >These three styles are similar to the previous three styles, but the description + id="dx1-71075"></a>: + <!--l. 9484--><p class="noindent" >These three styles are similar to the previous three styles, but the description has to be supplied in the optional argument of <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a - id="dx1-61076"></a>. The <span + id="dx1-71076"></a>. The <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-61077"></a> key + id="dx1-71077"></a> key is set to the long form followed by the short form in parentheses and the <span class="cmss-10">sort</span><a - id="dx1-61078"></a> key is set to the long form. This means that the acronyms will be sorted + id="dx1-71078"></a> key is set to the long form. This means that the acronyms will be sorted according to the long form. In addition, since the <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-61079"></a> will typically be quite + id="dx1-71079"></a> will typically be quite wide it’s best to choose a glossary style that can accommodate this, such as <span class="cmss-10">altlist</span><a - id="dx1-61080"></a>. + id="dx1-71080"></a>. </p> </li></ul> <a - id="x1-61081r21"></a> -<!--l. 8608--><p class="noindent" ><span -class="cmbx-12">Example 21</span><span + id="x1-71081r22"></a> +<!--l. 9495--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="cmbx-12">Example 22</span><span class="cmbx-12"> (Adapting a Predefined Acronym Style)</span><a - id="x1-61082"></a> -</p><!--l. 8609--><p class="indent" > Suppose I want to use the <span + id="x1-71082"></a> +</p><!--l. 9496--><p class="indent" > Suppose I want to use the <span class="cmss-10">footnote-sc-desc</span><a - id="dx1-61083"></a> style, but I want the <span + id="dx1-71083"></a> style, but I want the <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-61084"></a> key set to the short + id="dx1-71084"></a> key set to the short form followed by the long form in parentheses and the <span class="cmss-10">sort</span><a - id="dx1-61085"></a> key set to the short form. Then I + id="dx1-71085"></a> key set to the short form. Then I need to specify the <span class="cmss-10">footnote-sc-desc</span><a - id="dx1-61086"></a> style: + id="dx1-71086"></a> style: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-257"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-313"> \setacronymstyle{footnote-sc-desc} </div> -<!--l. 8615--><p class="nopar" > and then redefine <span +<!--l. 9502--><p class="nopar" > and then redefine <span class="cmtt-10">\acronymsort</span><a - id="dx1-61087"></a> and <span + id="dx1-71087"></a> and <span class="cmtt-10">\acronymentry</span><a - id="dx1-61088"></a>: + id="dx1-71088"></a>: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-258"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-314"> \renewcommand*{\acronymsort}[2]{#1}% sort by short form  <br />\renewcommand*{\acronymentry}[1]{%  <br />  \acronymfont{\glsentryshort{#1}}\space (\glsentrylong{#1})}% </div> -<!--l. 8621--><p class="nopar" > (I’ve used <span +<!--l. 9508--><p class="nopar" > (I’ve used <span class="cmtt-10">\space </span>for extra clarity, but you can just use an actual space instead.) -</p><!--l. 8625--><p class="indent" > Since the default Computer Modern fonts don’t support bold smallcaps, I’m also going to +</p><!--l. 9512--><p class="indent" > Since the default Computer Modern fonts don’t support bold smallcaps, I’m also going to redefine <span class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont</span><a - id="dx1-61089"></a> so that it always switches to medium weight to ensure the smallcaps + id="dx1-71089"></a> so that it always switches to medium weight to ensure the smallcaps setting is used: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-259"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-315"> \renewcommand*{\acronymfont}[1]{\textmd{\scshape #1}} </div> -<!--l. 8631--><p class="nopar" > This isn’t necessary if you use a font that supports bold smallcaps. -</p><!--l. 8634--><p class="indent" > The sample file <a -href="#x1-5027r9"><span +<!--l. 9518--><p class="nopar" > This isn’t necessary if you use a font that supports bold smallcaps. +</p><!--l. 9521--><p class="indent" > The sample file <a +href="#x1-11026r9"><span class="cmtt-10">sampleFnAcrDesc.tex</span></a> illustrates this example. </p> <div class="center" > -<!--l. 8636--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 8636--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> -<!--l. 8638--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 9523--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9523--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> +<!--l. 9525--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 8638--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 9525--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">13.1.2 </span> <a id="sec:customacronym"></a>Defining A Custom Acronym Style</h4> -<!--l. 8641--><p class="noindent" >You may find that the predefined acronyms styles that come with the <span +<!--l. 9528--><p class="noindent" >You may find that the predefined acronyms styles that come with the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span> package don’t suit your requirements. In this case you can define your own style using: -</p><!--l. 8644--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9531--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\newacronymstyle</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-62001"></a> <span + id="dx1-72001"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronymstyle{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">style name</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -17334,168 +19585,167 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">definitions</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8646--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9533--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">style name</span>⟩ is the name of the new style (avoid active characters). The second argument, ⟨<span class="cmti-10">display</span>⟩, is equivalent to the mandatory argument of <span class="cmtt-10">\defglsentryfmt</span><a - id="dx1-62002"></a>. You can + id="dx1-72002"></a>. You can simply use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsgenacfmt</span><a - id="dx1-62003"></a> or you can customize the display using commands like + id="dx1-72003"></a> or you can customize the display using commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\ifglsused</span><a - id="dx1-62004"></a>, <span + id="dx1-72004"></a>, <span class="cmtt-10">\glsifplural</span><a - id="dx1-62005"></a> and <span + id="dx1-72005"></a> and <span class="cmtt-10">\glscapscase</span><a - id="dx1-62006"></a>. (See <a + id="dx1-72006"></a>. (See <a href="#sec:glsdisplay"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>6.3 </a><a +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>6.3 </a><a href="#sec:glsdisplay">Changing the format of the link text<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsdisplay --></a> for further details.) If the style is likely to be used with a mixed glossary (that is entries in that glossary are defined both with <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a - id="dx1-62007"></a> and + id="dx1-72007"></a> and <span class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a - id="dx1-62008"></a>) then you can test if the entry is an acronym and use <span + id="dx1-72008"></a>) then you can test if the entry is an acronym and use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsgenacfmt</span><a - id="dx1-62009"></a> if it + id="dx1-72009"></a> if it is or <span class="cmtt-10">\glsgenentryfmt</span><a - id="dx1-62010"></a> if it isn’t. For example, the <span + id="dx1-72010"></a> if it isn’t. For example, the <span class="cmss-10">long-short</span><a - id="dx1-62011"></a> style sets ⟨<span + id="dx1-72011"></a> style sets ⟨<span class="cmti-10">display</span>⟩ as </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-260"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-316"> \ifglshaslong{\glslabel}{\glsgenacfmt}{\glsgenentryfmt}% </div> -<!--l. 8661--><p class="nopar" > (You can use <span +<!--l. 9548--><p class="nopar" > (You can use <span class="cmtt-10">\ifglshasshort</span><a - id="dx1-62012"></a> instead of <span + id="dx1-72012"></a> instead of <span class="cmtt-10">\ifglshaslong</span><a - id="dx1-62013"></a> to test if the entry is an acronym if + id="dx1-72013"></a> to test if the entry is an acronym if you prefer.) -</p><!--l. 8665--><p class="indent" > The third argument, ⟨<span +</p><!--l. 9552--><p class="indent" > The third argument, ⟨<span class="cmti-10">definitions</span>⟩, can be used to redefine the commands that affect the display style, such as <span class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont</span><a - id="dx1-62014"></a> or, if ⟨<span + id="dx1-72014"></a> or, if ⟨<span class="cmti-10">display</span>⟩ uses <span class="cmtt-10">\glsgenacfmt</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">\genacrfullformat</span><a - id="dx1-62015"></a> + id="dx1-72015"></a> and its variants. -</p><!--l. 8670--><p class="indent" > Note that <span +</p><!--l. 9557--><p class="indent" > Note that <span class="cmtt-10">\setacronymstyle</span><a - id="dx1-62016"></a> redefines <span + id="dx1-72016"></a> redefines <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfull</span><a - id="dx1-62017"></a> and <span + id="dx1-72017"></a> and <span class="cmtt-10">\acrfullfmt</span><a - id="dx1-62018"></a> to use + id="dx1-72018"></a> to use <span class="cmtt-10">\genacrfullformat</span><a - id="dx1-62019"></a> (and similarly for the plural and upper case variants). If this isn’t + id="dx1-72019"></a> (and similarly for the plural and upper case variants). If this isn’t appropriate for the style (as in the case of styles like <span class="cmss-10">footnote</span><a - id="dx1-62020"></a> and <span + id="dx1-72020"></a> and <span class="cmss-10">dua</span><a - id="dx1-62021"></a>) <span + id="dx1-72021"></a>) <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronymstyle</span> should redefine these commands within ⟨<span class="cmti-10">definitions</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 8678--><p class="indent" > Within <span +</p><!--l. 9565--><p class="indent" > Within <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronymstyle</span>’s ⟨<span class="cmti-10">definitions</span>⟩ argument you can also redefine -</p><!--l. 8680--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9567--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GenericAcronymFields</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-62022"></a> <span + id="dx1-72022"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GenericAcronymFields </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8682--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9569--><p class="noindent" > This is a list of additional fields to be set in <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a - id="dx1-62023"></a>. You can use the following token + id="dx1-72023"></a>. You can use the following token registers to access the entry label, long form and short form: <span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glslabeltok</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-62024"></a><span + id="dx1-72024"></a><span class="cmtt-10">\glslabeltok</span>, <span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glslongtok</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-62025"></a><span + id="dx1-72025"></a><span class="cmtt-10">\glslongtok </span>and <span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsshorttok</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-62026"></a><span + id="dx1-72026"></a><span class="cmtt-10">\glsshorttok</span>. As with all <span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span> registers, you can access their values by preceding the register with <span class="cmtt-10">\the</span><a - id="dx1-62027"></a>. For example, the <span + id="dx1-72027"></a>. For example, the <span class="cmss-10">long-short</span><a - id="dx1-62028"></a> style + id="dx1-72028"></a> style does: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-261"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-317"> \renewcommand*{\GenericAcronymFields}{%  <br />   description={\the\glslongtok}}% </div> -<!--l. 8693--><p class="nopar" > which sets the <span +<!--l. 9580--><p class="nopar" > which sets the <span class="cmss-10">description</span><a - id="dx1-62029"></a> field to the long form of the acronym whereas the <span + id="dx1-72029"></a> field to the long form of the acronym whereas the <span class="cmss-10">long-short-desc</span><a - id="dx1-62030"></a> + id="dx1-72030"></a> style does: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-262"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-318"> \renewcommand*{\GenericAcronymFields}{}% </div> -<!--l. 8698--><p class="nopar" > since the description needs to be specified by the user. -</p><!--l. 8701--><p class="indent" > It may be that you want to define a new acronym style that’s based on an existing style. +<!--l. 9585--><p class="nopar" > since the description needs to be specified by the user. +</p><!--l. 9588--><p class="indent" > It may be that you want to define a new acronym style that’s based on an existing style. Within ⟨<span class="cmti-10">display</span>⟩ you can use -</p><!--l. 8704--><p class="indent" > <span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9590--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GlsUseAcrEntryDispStyle</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-62031"></a> -</p><!--l. 8706--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span + id="dx1-72031"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsUseAcrEntryDispStyle{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">style name</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8707--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9592--><p class="noindent" > to use the ⟨<span class="cmti-10">display</span>⟩ definition from the style given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">style name</span>⟩. Within ⟨<span class="cmti-10">definitions</span>⟩ you can use -</p><!--l. 8710--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 9595--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\GlsUseAcrStyleDefs</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-62032"></a> <span + id="dx1-72032"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\GlsUseAcrStyleDefs{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">style name</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 8712--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9597--><p class="noindent" > to use the ⟨<span class="cmti-10">definitions</span>⟩ from the style given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">style name</span>⟩. For example, the <span class="cmss-10">long-sc-short</span><a - id="dx1-62033"></a> + id="dx1-72033"></a> acronym style is based on the <span class="cmss-10">long-short</span><a - id="dx1-62034"></a> style with minor modifications (remember to use <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + id="dx1-72034"></a> style with minor modifications (remember to use <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">##</span></span></span> instead of <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">#</span></span></span> within ⟨<span @@ -17503,7 +19753,7 @@ class="cmti-10">definitions</span>⟩): </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-263"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-319"> \newacronymstyle{long-sc-short}%  <br />{% use the same display as "long-short"  <br />  \GlsUseAcrEntryDispStyle{long-short}% @@ -17515,18 +19765,18 @@ class="cmti-10">definitions</span>⟩):  <br />  \renewcommand*{\acrpluralsuffix}{\glstextup{\glspluralsuffix}}%  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 8729--><p class="nopar" > (<span class="marginpar"><span +<!--l. 9614--><p class="nopar" > (<span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glstextup</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-62035"></a><span + id="dx1-72035"></a><span class="cmtt-10">\glstextup </span>is used to cancel the effect of <span class="cmtt-10">\textsc</span><a - id="dx1-62036"></a>. This defaults to <span + id="dx1-72036"></a>. This defaults to <span class="cmtt-10">\textulc</span><a - id="dx1-62037"></a>, + id="dx1-72037"></a>, if defined, otherwise <span class="cmtt-10">\textup</span><a - id="dx1-62038"></a>. For example, the plural of <span + id="dx1-72038"></a>. For example, the plural of <span class="cmcsc-10"><span class="small-caps">s</span><span class="small-caps">v</span><span @@ -17542,24 +19792,24 @@ class="small-caps">v</span><span class="small-caps">m</span><span class="small-caps">s</span></span>.) <a - id="x1-62039r22"></a> -</p><!--l. 8735--><p class="noindent" ><span -class="cmbx-12">Example 22</span><span + id="x1-72039r23"></a> +</p><!--l. 9620--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="cmbx-12">Example 23</span><span class="cmbx-12"> (Defining a Custom Acronym Style)</span><a - id="x1-62040"></a> -</p><!--l. 8736--><p class="indent" > Suppose I want my acronym on <a + id="x1-72040"></a> +</p><!--l. 9621--><p class="indent" > Suppose I want my acronym on <a href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> to have the short form in the text and the long form with the description in a footnote. Suppose also that I want the short form to be put in small caps in the main body of the document, but I want it in normal capitals in the list of acronyms. In my list of acronyms, I want the long form as the name with the short form in brackets followed by the description. That is, in the text I want <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a - id="dx1-62041"></a> on <a + id="dx1-72041"></a> on <a href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> to display: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">\textsc</span><a - id="dx1-62042"></a><span + id="dx1-72042"></a><span class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">abbrv</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}\footnote</span><span class="verb"><span @@ -17571,7 +19821,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">}</span></span> on subsequent use: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">\textsc</span><a - id="dx1-62043"></a><span + id="dx1-72043"></a><span class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">abbrv</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> @@ -17582,28 +19832,28 @@ class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩ (⟨<span class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩) ⟨<span class="cmti-10">description</span>⟩ <br /><spacer type=vertical size=10></span> -</p><!--l. 8757--><p class="indent" > Let’s suppose it’s possible that I may have a mixed glossary. I can check this in the second +</p><!--l. 9642--><p class="indent" > Let’s suppose it’s possible that I may have a mixed glossary. I can check this in the second argument of <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronymstyle</span><a - id="dx1-62044"></a> using: + id="dx1-72044"></a> using: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-264"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-320"> \ifglshaslong{\glslabel}{\glsgenacfmt}{\glsgenentryfmt}% </div> -<!--l. 8761--><p class="nopar" > This will use <span +<!--l. 9646--><p class="nopar" > This will use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsgenentryfmt</span><a - id="dx1-62045"></a> if the entry isn’t an acronym, otherwise it will use + id="dx1-72045"></a> if the entry isn’t an acronym, otherwise it will use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsgenacfmt</span><a - id="dx1-62046"></a>. The third argument (⟨<span + id="dx1-72046"></a>. The third argument (⟨<span class="cmti-10">definitions</span>⟩) of <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronymstyle</span><a - id="dx1-62047"></a> needs to redefine + id="dx1-72047"></a> needs to redefine <span class="cmtt-10">\genacrfullformat</span><a - id="dx1-62048"></a> etc so that the <a + id="dx1-72048"></a> etc so that the <a href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> displays the short form in the text with the long form in a footnote followed by the description. This is done as follows (remember to use <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">##</span></span></span> @@ -17612,7 +19862,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">#</span></span></span>): </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-265"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-321">  % No case change, singular first use:  <br />  \renewcommand*{\genacrfullformat}[2]{%  <br />   \firstacronymfont{\glsentryshort{##1}}##2% @@ -17634,12 +19884,12 @@ class="cmtt-10">#</span></span></span>):  <br />   \footnote{\glsentrylongpl{##1}: \glsentrydesc{##1}}%  <br />  }% </div> -<!--l. 8790--><p class="nopar" > If you think it inappropriate for the short form to be capitalised at the start of a sentence +<!--l. 9675--><p class="nopar" > If you think it inappropriate for the short form to be capitalised at the start of a sentence you can change the above to: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-266"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-322">  % No case change, singular first use:  <br />  \renewcommand*{\genacrfullformat}[2]{%  <br />   \firstacronymfont{\glsentryshort{##1}}##2% @@ -17653,34 +19903,34 @@ you can change the above to:  <br /> \let\Genacrfullformat\genacrfullformat  <br /> \let\Genplacrfullformat\genplacrfullformat </div> -<!--l. 8806--><p class="nopar" > Another variation is to use <span +<!--l. 9691--><p class="nopar" > Another variation is to use <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrylong</span><a - id="dx1-62049"></a> and <span + id="dx1-72049"></a> and <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrylongpl</span><a - id="dx1-62050"></a> in the footnote instead of + id="dx1-72050"></a> in the footnote instead of <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentrylong</span><a - id="dx1-62051"></a> and <span + id="dx1-72051"></a> and <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentrylongpl</span><a - id="dx1-62052"></a>. -</p><!--l. 8811--><p class="indent" > Now let’s suppose that commands such as <span + id="dx1-72052"></a>. +</p><!--l. 9696--><p class="indent" > Now let’s suppose that commands such as <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfull</span><a - id="dx1-62053"></a> and <span + id="dx1-72053"></a> and <span class="cmtt-10">\acrfull</span><a - id="dx1-62054"></a> shouldn’t use + id="dx1-72054"></a> shouldn’t use a footnote, but instead use the format: ⟨<span class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩ (⟨<span class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩). This means that the style needs to redefine <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfull</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">\acrfullfmt</span><a - id="dx1-62055"></a> and their plural and upper case + id="dx1-72055"></a> and their plural and upper case variants. -</p><!--l. 8818--><p class="indent" > First, the non-linking commands: +</p><!--l. 9703--><p class="indent" > First, the non-linking commands: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-267"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-323">   \renewcommand*{\glsentryfull}[1]{%  <br />    \glsentrylong{##1}\space  <br />      (\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{##1}})% @@ -17698,11 +19948,11 @@ variants.  <br />      (\acronymfont{\glsentryshortpl{##1}})%  <br />  }% </div> -<!--l. 8836--><p class="nopar" > Now for the linking commands: +<!--l. 9721--><p class="nopar" > Now for the linking commands: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-268"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-324">   \renewcommand*{\acrfullfmt}[3]{%  <br />    \glslink[##1]{##2}{%  <br />     \glsentrylong{##2}##3\space @@ -17744,103 +19994,103 @@ variants.  <br />    }%  <br />  }% </div> -<!--l. 8879--><p class="nopar" > (This may cause problems with long hyperlinks, in which case adjust the definitions so that, +<!--l. 9764--><p class="nopar" > (This may cause problems with long hyperlinks, in which case adjust the definitions so that, for example, only the short form is inside the argument of <span class="cmtt-10">\glslink</span><a - id="dx1-62056"></a>.) -</p><!--l. 8884--><p class="indent" > The style also needs to redefine <span + id="dx1-72056"></a>.) +</p><!--l. 9769--><p class="indent" > The style also needs to redefine <span class="cmtt-10">\acronymsort</span><a - id="dx1-62057"></a> so that the acronyms are sorted according + id="dx1-72057"></a> so that the acronyms are sorted according to the long form: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-269"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-325">   \renewcommand*{\acronymsort}[2]{##2}% </div> -<!--l. 8888--><p class="nopar" > If you prefer them to be sorted according to the short form you can change the above +<!--l. 9773--><p class="nopar" > If you prefer them to be sorted according to the short form you can change the above to: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-270"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-326">   \renewcommand*{\acronymsort}[2]{##1}% </div> -<!--l. 8893--><p class="nopar" > The acronym font needs to be set to <span +<!--l. 9778--><p class="nopar" > The acronym font needs to be set to <span class="cmtt-10">\textsc</span><a - id="dx1-62058"></a> and the plural suffix adjusted so that the “s” + id="dx1-72058"></a> and the plural suffix adjusted so that the “s” suffix in the plural short form doesn’t get converted to smallcaps: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-271"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-327">   \renewcommand*{\acronymfont}[1]{\textsc{##1}}%  <br />  \renewcommand*{\acrpluralsuffix}{\glstextup{\glspluralsuffix}}% </div> -<!--l. 8900--><p class="nopar" > There are a number of ways of dealing with the format in the list of acronyms. The simplest +<!--l. 9785--><p class="nopar" > There are a number of ways of dealing with the format in the list of acronyms. The simplest way is to redefine <span class="cmtt-10">\acronymentry</span><a - id="dx1-62059"></a> to the long form followed by the upper case short form in + id="dx1-72059"></a> to the long form followed by the upper case short form in parentheses: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-272"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-328">  \renewcommand*{\acronymentry}[1]{%  <br />   \Glsentrylong{##1}\space  <br />     (\MakeTextUppercase{\glsentryshort{##1}})}% </div> -<!--l. 8908--><p class="nopar" > (I’ve used <span +<!--l. 9793--><p class="nopar" > (I’ve used <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrylong</span><a - id="dx1-62060"></a> instead of <span + id="dx1-72060"></a> instead of <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentrylong</span><a - id="dx1-62061"></a> to capitalise the name in the + id="dx1-72061"></a> to capitalise the name in the glossary.) -</p><!--l. 8912--><p class="indent" > An alternative approach is to set <span +</p><!--l. 9797--><p class="indent" > An alternative approach is to set <span class="cmtt-10">\acronymentry</span><a - id="dx1-62062"></a> to just the long form and redefine + id="dx1-72062"></a> to just the long form and redefine <span class="cmtt-10">\GenericAcronymFields</span><a - id="dx1-62063"></a> to set the <span + id="dx1-72063"></a> to set the <span class="cmss-10">symbol</span><a - id="dx1-62064"></a> key to the short form and use a glossary style + id="dx1-72064"></a> key to the short form and use a glossary style that displays the symbol in parentheses after the <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-62065"></a> (such as the <span + id="dx1-72065"></a> (such as the <span class="cmss-10">tree</span><a - id="dx1-62066"></a> style) like + id="dx1-72066"></a> style) like this: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-273"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-329">  \renewcommand*{\acronymentry}[1]{\Glsentrylong{##1}}%  <br /> \renewcommand*{\GenericAcronymFields}{%  <br />    symbol={\protect\MakeTextUppercase{\the\glsshorttok}}}% </div> -<!--l. 8921--><p class="nopar" > I’m going to use the first approach and set <span +<!--l. 9806--><p class="nopar" > I’m going to use the first approach and set <span class="cmtt-10">\GenericAcronymFields</span><a - id="dx1-62067"></a> to do nothing: + id="dx1-72067"></a> to do nothing: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-274"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-330">  \renewcommand*{\GenericAcronymFields}{}% </div> -<!--l. 8926--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 8928--><p class="indent" > Finally, this style needs to switch off hyperlinks on first use to avoid nested +<!--l. 9811--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 9813--><p class="indent" > Finally, this style needs to switch off hyperlinks on first use to avoid nested links: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-275"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-331">  \glshyperfirstfalse </div> -<!--l. 8932--><p class="nopar" > Putting this all together: +<!--l. 9817--><p class="nopar" > Putting this all together: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-276"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-332"> \newacronymstyle{custom-fn}% new style name  <br />{%  <br />  \ifglshaslong{\glslabel}{\glsgenacfmt}{\glsgenentryfmt}% @@ -17930,29 +20180,29 @@ links:  <br />     (\MakeTextUppercase{\glsentryshort{##1}})}%  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 9021--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 9023--><p class="indent" > Now I need to specify that I want to use this new style: +<!--l. 9906--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 9908--><p class="indent" > Now I need to specify that I want to use this new style: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-277"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-333"> \setacronymstyle{custom-fn} </div> -<!--l. 9026--><p class="nopar" > I also need to use a glossary style that suits this acronym style, for example <span +<!--l. 9911--><p class="nopar" > I also need to use a glossary style that suits this acronym style, for example <span class="cmss-10">altlist</span><a - id="dx1-62068"></a>: + id="dx1-72068"></a>: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-278"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-334"> \setglossarystyle{altlist} </div> -<!--l. 9031--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 9033--><p class="indent" > Once the acronym style has been set, I can define my acronyms: +<!--l. 9916--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 9918--><p class="indent" > Once the acronym style has been set, I can define my acronyms: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-279"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-335"> \newacronym[description={set of tags for use in  <br />developing hypertext documents}]{html}{html}{Hyper  <br />Text Markup Language} @@ -17960,45 +20210,45 @@ class="cmss-10">altlist</span><a  <br />layout of a document written in a markup language}]{css}  <br />{css}{Cascading Style Sheet} </div> -<!--l. 9042--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 9044--><p class="indent" > The sample file <a -href="#x1-5030r11"><span +<!--l. 9927--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 9929--><p class="indent" > The sample file <a +href="#x1-11029r11"><span class="cmtt-10">sample-custom-acronym.tex</span></a> illustrates this example. </p> <div class="center" > -<!--l. 9046--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 9046--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> +<!--l. 9931--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 9931--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> <a - id="x1-62069r23"></a> -<!--l. 9048--><p class="noindent" ><span -class="cmbx-12">Example 23</span><span + id="x1-72069r24"></a> +<!--l. 9933--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="cmbx-12">Example 24</span><span class="cmbx-12"> (Italic and Upright Abbreviations)</span><a - id="x1-62070"></a> -</p><!--l. 9049--><p class="indent" > Suppose I want to have some abbreviations in italic and some that just use the + id="x1-72070"></a> +</p><!--l. 9934--><p class="indent" > Suppose I want to have some abbreviations in italic and some that just use the surrounding font. Hard-coding this into the ⟨<span class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩ argument of <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym </span>can cause complications. -</p><!--l. 9053--><p class="indent" > This example uses <span +</p><!--l. 9938--><p class="indent" > This example uses <span class="cmtt-10">\glsaddstoragekey</span><a - id="dx1-62071"></a> to add an extra field that can be used to store the + id="dx1-72071"></a> to add an extra field that can be used to store the formatting declaration (such as <span class="cmtt-10">\em</span>). </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-280"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-336"> \glsaddstoragekey{font}{}{\entryfont} </div> -<!--l. 9057--><p class="nopar" > This defines a new field/key called <span +<!--l. 9942--><p class="nopar" > This defines a new field/key called <span class="cmtt-10">font</span>, which defaults to nothing if it’s not explicitly set. This also defines a command called <span class="cmtt-10">\entryfont </span>that’s analogous to <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentrytext</span>. A new style is then created to format abbreviations that access this field. -</p><!--l. 9063--><p class="indent" > There are two ways to do this. The first is to create a style that doesn’t use <span +</p><!--l. 9948--><p class="indent" > There are two ways to do this. The first is to create a style that doesn’t use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsgenacfmt</span><a - id="dx1-62072"></a> + id="dx1-72072"></a> but instead provides a modified version that doesn’t use <span class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩<span @@ -18014,20 +20264,20 @@ class="cmtt-10">\genacrfullformat </span>need to be similarly adjusted. For exam </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-281"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-337">   \renewcommand*{\genacrfullformat}[2]{%  <br />   \glsentrylong{##1}##2\space  <br />   ({\entryfont{##1}\glsentryshort{##1}})%  <br />  }% </div> -<!--l. 9075--><p class="nopar" > This will deal with commands like <span +<!--l. 9960--><p class="nopar" > This will deal with commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a - id="dx1-62073"></a> but not commands like <span + id="dx1-72073"></a> but not commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\acrshort</span><a - id="dx1-62074"></a> which still use + id="dx1-72074"></a> which still use <span class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont</span><a - id="dx1-62075"></a>. Another approach is to redefine <span + id="dx1-72075"></a>. Another approach is to redefine <span class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont </span>to look up the required font declaration. Since <span class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont </span>doesn’t take the entry label as an argument, the following @@ -18035,7 +20285,7 @@ will only work if <span class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont </span>is used in a context where the label is provided by <span class="cmtt-10">\glslabel</span><a - id="dx1-62076"></a>. This is true in <span + id="dx1-72076"></a>. This is true in <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">\acrshort </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">\acrfull</span>. The redefinition is @@ -18043,14 +20293,14 @@ now: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-282"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-338"> \renewcommand*{\acronymfont}[1]{{\entryfont{\glslabel}#1}}% </div> -<!--l. 9086--><p class="nopar" > So the new style can be defined as: +<!--l. 9971--><p class="nopar" > So the new style can be defined as: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-283"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-339"> \newacronymstyle{long-font-short}  <br />{%  <br />  \GlsUseAcrEntryDispStyle{long-short}% @@ -18077,23 +20327,23 @@ now:  <br />  \renewcommand*{\acronymentry}[1]{{\entryfont{##1}\glsentryshort{##1}}}%  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 9114--><p class="nopar" > Remember the style needs to be set before defining the entries: +<!--l. 9999--><p class="nopar" > Remember the style needs to be set before defining the entries: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-284"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-340"> \setacronymstyle{long-font-short} </div> -<!--l. 9118--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 9120--><p class="indent" > The complete document is contained in the sample file <a -href="#x1-5098r32"><span +<!--l. 10003--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 10005--><p class="indent" > The complete document is contained in the sample file <a +href="#x1-11108r33"><span class="cmtt-10">sample-font-abbr.tex</span></a>. </p> <div class="center" > -<!--l. 9122--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 9122--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> -<!--l. 9124--><p class="indent" > Some writers and publishing houses have started to drop full stops (periods) from upper +<!--l. 10007--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10007--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> +<!--l. 10009--><p class="indent" > Some writers and publishing houses have started to drop full stops (periods) from upper case initials but may still retain them for lower case abbreviations, while others may still use them for both upper and lower case. This can cause complications. Chapter 12 of <span @@ -18113,25 +20363,25 @@ class="cmtt-10">␣</span></span></span> (back slash space) in place of jus inter-word mid-sentence space and use <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\@</span></span></span> before the full stop to indicate the end of the sentence. -</p><!--l. 9139--><p class="indent" > For example: +</p><!--l. 10024--><p class="indent" > For example: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-285"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-341"> I was awarded a B.Sc. and a Ph.D. (From the same place.) </div> -<!--l. 9142--><p class="nopar" > is typeset as <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> +<!--l. 10027--><p class="nopar" > is typeset as <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> <br />I was awarded a B.Sc. and a Ph.D. (From the same place.) <br /><spacer type=vertical size=10></span> The spacing is more noticeable with the typewriter font: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-286"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-342"> \ttfamily  <br />I was awarded a B.Sc. and a Ph.D. (From the same place.) </div> -<!--l. 9151--><p class="nopar" > is typeset as <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> +<!--l. 10036--><p class="nopar" > is typeset as <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">I was awarded a B.Sc. and a Ph.D. (From the same place.)</span> <br /><spacer type=vertical size=10></span> @@ -18144,11 +20394,11 @@ These can be corrected: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-287"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-343"> I was awarded a B.Sc.\ and a Ph.D\@. (From the same place.) </div> -<!--l. 9163--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 9165--><p class="indent" > This situation is a bit problematic for <span +<!--l. 10048--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 10050--><p class="indent" > This situation is a bit problematic for <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>. The full stops can form part of the ⟨<span class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩ argument of <span @@ -18162,21 +20412,21 @@ two dots) which can make the source code look a little strange but you also need to adjust the space factor, which is usually done by inserting <span class="cmtt-10">\@ </span>before the full stop. -</p><!--l. 9175--><p class="indent" > The next example shows one way of achieving this. (Note that the supplemental +</p><!--l. 10060--><p class="indent" > The next example shows one way of achieving this. (Note that the supplemental <a href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> package provides a much simpler way of doing this, which you may prefer to use. See the <a href="http://www.dickimaw-books.com/gallery/sample-initialisms.shtml" >initialisms example</a>.) <a - id="x1-62077r24"></a> -</p><!--l. 9181--><p class="noindent" ><span -class="cmbx-12">Example 24</span><span + id="x1-72077r25"></a> +</p><!--l. 10066--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="cmbx-12">Example 25</span><span class="cmbx-12"> (Abbreviations with Full Stops (Periods))</span><a - id="x1-62078"></a> -</p><!--l. 9182--><p class="indent" > As from version 4.16, there’s now a hook (<span + id="x1-72078"></a> +</p><!--l. 10067--><p class="indent" > As from version 4.16, there’s now a hook (<span class="cmtt-10">\glspostlinkhook</span><a - id="dx1-62079"></a>) that’s called at the very + id="dx1-72079"></a>) that’s called at the very end of the <a href="#sec:gls-like"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like</a> and <a @@ -18184,68 +20434,68 @@ href="#sec:glstext-like"><span class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like</a> commands. This can be redefined to check if the following character is a full stop. The <span class="cmss-10">amsgen</span><a - id="dx1-62080"></a> package (which is automatically loaded by + id="dx1-72080"></a> package (which is automatically loaded by <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>) provides an internal command called <span class="cmtt-10">\new@ifnextchar </span>that can be used to determine if the given character appears next. (For more information see the <span class="cmss-10">amsgen</span><a - id="dx1-62081"></a> + id="dx1-72081"></a> documentation.) -</p><!--l. 9191--><p class="indent" > It’s possible that I may also want acronyms or contractions in my document, so I need +</p><!--l. 10076--><p class="indent" > It’s possible that I may also want acronyms or contractions in my document, so I need some way to differentiate between them. Here I’m going to use the same method as in example <a -href="#x1-33002r4">4<!--tex4ht:ref: ex:addstoragekey --></a> where a new field is defined to indicate the type of abbreviation: +href="#x1-39002r4">4<!--tex4ht:ref: ex:addstoragekey --></a> where a new field is defined to indicate the type of abbreviation: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-288"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-344"> \glsaddstoragekey{abbrtype}{word}{\abbrtype}  <br />\newcommand*{\newabbr}[1][]{\newacronym[abbrtype=initials,#1]} </div> -<!--l. 9200--><p class="nopar" > Now I just use <span +<!--l. 10085--><p class="nopar" > Now I just use <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a - id="dx1-62082"></a> for the acronyms, for example, + id="dx1-72082"></a> for the acronyms, for example, </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-289"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-345"> \newacronym{laser}{laser}{light amplification by stimulated  <br />emission of radiation} </div> -<!--l. 9205--><p class="nopar" > and my new command <span +<!--l. 10090--><p class="nopar" > and my new command <span class="cmtt-10">\newabbr </span>for initials, for example, </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-290"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-346"> \newabbr{eg}{e.g.}{exempli gratia}  <br />\newabbr{ie}{i.e.}{id est}  <br />\newabbr{bsc}{B.Sc.}{Bachelor of Science}  <br />\newabbr{ba}{B.A.}{Bachelor of Arts}  <br />\newabbr{agm}{A.G.M.}{annual general meeting} </div> -<!--l. 9213--><p class="nopar" > Within <span +<!--l. 10098--><p class="nopar" > Within <span class="cmtt-10">\glspostlinkhook </span>the entry’s label can be accessed using <span class="cmtt-10">\glslabel</span><a - id="dx1-62083"></a> and + id="dx1-72083"></a> and <span class="cmtt-10">\ifglsfieldeq</span><a - id="dx1-62084"></a> can be used to determine if the current entry has the new <span + id="dx1-72084"></a> can be used to determine if the current entry has the new <span class="cmtt-10">abbrtype </span>field set to “initials”. If it doesn’t, then nothing needs to happen, but if it does, a check is performed to see if the next character is a full stop. If it is, this signals the end of a sentence otherwise it’s mid-sentence. -</p><!--l. 9222--><p class="indent" > Remember that internal commands within the document file (rather than in a class or +</p><!--l. 10107--><p class="indent" > Remember that internal commands within the document file (rather than in a class or package) need to be placed between <span class="cmtt-10">\makeatletter</span><a - id="dx1-62085"></a> and <span + id="dx1-72085"></a> and <span class="cmtt-10">\makeatother</span><a - id="dx1-62086"></a>: + id="dx1-72086"></a>: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-291"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-347"> \makeatletter  <br />\renewcommand{\glspostlinkhook}{%  <br /> \ifglsfieldeq{\glslabel}{abbrtype}{initials}% @@ -18254,7 +20504,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\makeatother</span><a  <br />}  <br />\makeatother </div> -<!--l. 9233--><p class="nopar" > In the event that a full stop is found <span +<!--l. 10118--><p class="nopar" > In the event that a full stop is found <span class="cmtt-10">\doendsentence </span>is performed but it will be followed by the full stop, which needs to be discarded. Otherwise <span class="cmtt-10">\doendword </span>will be done but it won’t be @@ -18263,11 +20513,11 @@ are: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-292"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-348"> \newcommand{\doendsentence}[1]{\spacefactor=10000{}}  <br />\newcommand{\doendword}{\spacefactor=1000{}} </div> -<!--l. 9242--><p class="nopar" > Now, I can just do <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 10127--><p class="nopar" > Now, I can just do <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls{bsc}</span></span></span> mid-sentence and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls{phd}.</span></span></span> at the end of the sentence. The terminating full stop will be discarded in the latter case, but it won’t be @@ -18275,7 +20525,7 @@ discarded in, say, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls{laser}.</span></span></span> as that doesn’t have the <span class="cmtt-10">abbrtype </span>field set to “initials”. -</p><!--l. 9249--><p class="indent" > This also works on first use when the style is set to one of the ⟨<span +</p><!--l. 10134--><p class="indent" > This also works on first use when the style is set to one of the ⟨<span class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩ (⟨<span class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩) styles but it will fail with the ⟨<span @@ -18283,38 +20533,38 @@ class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩ (⟨<span class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩) styles as in this case the terminating full stop shouldn’t be discarded. Since <span class="cmtt-10">\glspostlinkhook</span><a - id="dx1-62087"></a> is used after the <a + id="dx1-72087"></a> is used after the <a href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a> has been unset for the entry, this can’t be fixed by simply checking with <span class="cmtt-10">\ifglsused</span><a - id="dx1-62088"></a>. One possible solution to this is + id="dx1-72088"></a>. One possible solution to this is to redefine <span class="cmtt-10">\glslinkpostsetkeys</span><a - id="dx1-62089"></a> to check for the <a + id="dx1-72089"></a> to check for the <a href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a> and define a macro that can then be used in <span class="cmtt-10">\glspostlinkhook</span><a - id="dx1-62090"></a>. -</p><!--l. 9259--><p class="indent" > The other thing to consider is what to do with plurals. One possibility is to check for + id="dx1-72090"></a>. +</p><!--l. 10144--><p class="indent" > The other thing to consider is what to do with plurals. One possibility is to check for plural use within <span class="cmtt-10">\doendsentence </span>(using <span class="cmtt-10">\glsifplural</span><a - id="dx1-62091"></a>) and put the full stop back if the + id="dx1-72091"></a>) and put the full stop back if the plural has been used. -</p><!--l. 9264--><p class="indent" > The complete document is contained in the sample file <a -href="#x1-5032r13"><span +</p><!--l. 10149--><p class="indent" > The complete document is contained in the sample file <a +href="#x1-11031r13"><span class="cmtt-10">sample-dot-abbr.tex</span></a>. </p> <div class="center" > -<!--l. 9266--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 9266--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> -<!--l. 9268--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 10151--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10151--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> +<!--l. 10153--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 9268--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 10153--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">13.2 </span> <a id="sec:disploa"></a>Displaying the List of Acronyms</h3> -<!--l. 9271--><p class="noindent" >The list of acronyms is just like any other type of glossary and can be displayed on its own +<!--l. 10156--><p class="noindent" >The list of acronyms is just like any other type of glossary and can be displayed on its own using: </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description"> <a @@ -18327,9 +20577,9 @@ class="description"> <div class="obeylines-v"> <span class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary</span><a - id="dx1-63001"></a><span + id="dx1-73001"></a><span class="cmtt-10">[type=\acronymtype</span><a - id="dx1-63002"></a><span + id="dx1-73002"></a><span class="cmtt-10">]</span> </div> </div> @@ -18351,19 +20601,19 @@ class="description"> <div class="obeylines-v"> <span class="cmtt-10">\printglossary</span><a - id="dx1-63003"></a><span + id="dx1-73003"></a><span class="cmtt-10">[type=\acronymtype</span><a - id="dx1-63004"></a><span + id="dx1-73004"></a><span class="cmtt-10">]</span> </div> </div> - <!--l. 9284--><p class="noindent" >(If you use the <span + <!--l. 10169--><p class="noindent" >(If you use the <span class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a - id="dx1-63005"></a> package option you can also use </p><div class="alltt"> + id="dx1-73005"></a> package option you can also use </p><div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> <span class="cmtt-10">\printacronyms</span><a - id="dx1-63006"></a><span + id="dx1-73006"></a><span class="cmtt-10">[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]</span> @@ -18372,19 +20622,19 @@ class="cmtt-10">]</span> <div class="obeylines-v"> <span class="cmtt-10">\printglossary</span><a - id="dx1-63007"></a><span + id="dx1-73007"></a><span class="cmtt-10">[type=\acronymtype</span><a - id="dx1-63008"></a><span + id="dx1-73008"></a><span class="cmtt-10">,</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]</span> </div> </div> See <a href="#sec:pkgopts-acronym"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.5 </a><a +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>2.5 </a><a href="#sec:pkgopts-acronym">Acronym Options<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts-acronym --></a>.) </dd></dl> -<!--l. 9296--><p class="noindent" >Alternatively the list of acronyms can be displayed with all the other glossaries using: +<!--l. 10181--><p class="noindent" >Alternatively the list of acronyms can be displayed with all the other glossaries using: </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description"> <a href="#option1"><span @@ -18393,7 +20643,7 @@ class="cmbx-10"> 1</span></a><span class="cmbx-10">:</span> </dt><dd class="description"><span class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-63009"></a> + id="dx1-73009"></a> </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">Options</span><span @@ -18407,42 +20657,42 @@ class="cmbx-10">3</span></a><span class="cmbx-10">:</span> </dt><dd class="description"><span class="cmtt-10">\printglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-63010"></a></dd></dl> -<!--l. 9304--><p class="indent" > However, care must be taken to choose a glossary style that’s appropriate to your acronym + id="dx1-73010"></a></dd></dl> +<!--l. 10189--><p class="indent" > However, care must be taken to choose a glossary style that’s appropriate to your acronym style. Alternatively, you can define your own custom style (see <a href="#sec:newglossarystyle"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>15.2 </a><a +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>15.2 </a><a href="#sec:newglossarystyle">Defining your own glossary style<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:newglossarystyle --></a> for further details). -</p><!--l. 9309--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10194--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 9309--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 10194--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">13.3 </span> <a id="sec:oldacronym"></a>Upgrading From the glossary Package</h3> -<!--l. 9312--><p class="noindent" >Users of the obsolete <span +<!--l. 10197--><p class="noindent" >Users of the obsolete <span class="cmss-10">glossary</span><a - id="dx1-64001"></a> package may recall that the syntax used to define new + id="dx1-74001"></a> package may recall that the syntax used to define new acronyms has changed with the replacement <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package. In addition, the old <span class="cmss-10">glossary</span><a - id="dx1-64002"></a> package created the command <span + id="dx1-74002"></a> package created the command <span class="cmtt-10">\</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">acr-name</span>⟩ when defining the acronym ⟨<span class="cmti-10">acr-name</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 9318--><p class="indent" > In order to facilitate migrating from the old package to the new one, the <span +</p><!--l. 10203--><p class="indent" > In order to facilitate migrating from the old package to the new one, the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span> package<span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn1x13" id="fn1x13-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">13.1</sup></a></span><a - id="x1-64003f1"></a> + id="x1-74003f1"></a> provides the command: -</p><!--l. 9321--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 10206--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\oldacronym</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-64004"></a> <span + id="dx1-74004"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\oldacronym[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -18452,14 +20702,14 @@ class="cmitt-10">long</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">key-val list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9323--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10208--><p class="noindent" > This uses the same syntax as the <span class="cmss-10">glossary</span><a - id="dx1-64005"></a> package’s method of defining acronyms. It is + id="dx1-74005"></a> package’s method of defining acronyms. It is equivalent to: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> <br /><span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a - id="dx1-64006"></a><span + id="dx1-74006"></a><span class="cmtt-10">[</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">key-val list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -18472,11 +20722,11 @@ class="cmtt-10">}</span> <br /><spacer type=vertical size=10></span> In addition, <span class="cmtt-10">\oldacronym</span><a - id="dx1-64007"></a> also defines the commands <span + id="dx1-74007"></a> also defines the commands <span class="cmtt-10">\</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩, which is equivalent to <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a - id="dx1-64008"></a> + id="dx1-74008"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span @@ -18485,7 +20735,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">*</span>, which is equivalent to <span class="cmtt-10">\Gls</span><a - id="dx1-64009"></a><span + id="dx1-74009"></a><span class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span>. If ⟨<span @@ -18498,39 +20748,39 @@ class="cmtt-10">\</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ doesn’t allow you to use the first optional argument of <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a - id="dx1-64010"></a> or <span + id="dx1-74010"></a> or <span class="cmtt-10">\Gls</span><a - id="dx1-64011"></a> — you will need to explicitly use <span + id="dx1-74011"></a> — you will need to explicitly use <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a - id="dx1-64012"></a> or <span + id="dx1-74012"></a> or <span class="cmtt-10">\Gls</span><a - id="dx1-64013"></a> to change the + id="dx1-74013"></a> to change the settings. -</p><!--l. 9340--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Recall that, in general, <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span +</p><!--l. 10225--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Recall that, in general, <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span></span> ignores spaces following command names consisting of alphabetical characters. This is also true for <span class="cmtt-10">\</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ unless you additionally load the <span class="cmss-10">xspace</span><a - id="dx1-64014"></a> + id="dx1-74014"></a> package, but be aware that there are some issues with using <span class="cmss-10">xspace</span><a - id="dx1-64015"></a>.<span class="footnote-mark"><a + id="dx1-74015"></a>.<span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn2x13" id="fn2x13-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">13.2</sup></a></span></div> -</p><!--l. 9346--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10231--><p class="noindent" > <a - id="x1-64016f2"></a> -</p><!--l. 9350--><p class="indent" > The <span + id="x1-74016f2"></a> +</p><!--l. 10235--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package doesn’t load the <span class="cmss-10">xspace</span><a - id="dx1-64017"></a> package since there are both advantages + id="dx1-74017"></a> package since there are both advantages and disadvantages to using <span class="cmtt-10">\xspace</span><a - id="dx1-64018"></a> in <span + id="dx1-74018"></a> in <span class="cmtt-10">\</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩. If you don’t use the <span class="cmss-10">xspace</span><a - id="dx1-64019"></a> package + id="dx1-74019"></a> package you need to explicitly force a space using <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\␣</span></span></span> (backslash space) however you can follow <span @@ -18538,37 +20788,37 @@ class="cmtt-10">\</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ with additional text in square brackets (the final optional argument to <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a - id="dx1-64020"></a>). If you use the <span + id="dx1-74020"></a>). If you use the <span class="cmss-10">xspace</span><a - id="dx1-64021"></a> package you don’t need to escape the spaces but + id="dx1-74021"></a> package you don’t need to escape the spaces but you can’t use the optional argument to insert text (you will have to explicitly use <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a - id="dx1-64022"></a>). -</p><!--l. 9361--><p class="indent" > To illustrate this, suppose I define the acronym “abc” as follows: + id="dx1-74022"></a>). +</p><!--l. 10246--><p class="indent" > To illustrate this, suppose I define the acronym “abc” as follows: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-293"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-349"> \oldacronym{abc}{example acronym}{} </div> -<!--l. 9365--><p class="nopar" > This will create the command <span +<!--l. 10250--><p class="nopar" > This will create the command <span class="cmtt-10">\abc </span>and its starred version <span class="cmtt-10">\abc*</span>. <a href="#tab:xspace">Table 13.2</a> illustrates the effect of <span class="cmtt-10">\abc </span>(on subsequent use) according to whether or not the <span class="cmss-10">xspace</span><a - id="dx1-64023"></a> package has been + id="dx1-74023"></a> package has been loaded. As can be seen from the final row in the table, the <span class="cmss-10">xspace</span><a - id="dx1-64024"></a> package prevents the + id="dx1-74024"></a> package prevents the optional argument from being recognised. </p> <div class="table"> -<!--l. 9373--><p class="indent" > <a +<!--l. 10258--><p class="indent" > <a id="tab:xspace"></a></p><hr class="float" /><div class="float" > @@ -18577,7 +20827,7 @@ optional argument from being recognised. ><span class="id">Table 13.2: </span><span class="content">The effect of using <span class="cmss-10">xspace </span>with <span -class="cmtt-10">\oldacronym</span></span></div><!--tex4ht:label?: x1-640252 --> +class="cmtt-10">\oldacronym</span></span></div><!--tex4ht:label?: x1-740252 --> <div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-8" class="tabular" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" ><colgroup id="TBL-8-1g"><col @@ -18634,88 +20884,88 @@ class="td11"> abc’s xyz </td></tr></table> </div> -<!--l. 9391--><p class="indent" > </div> -</p><!--l. 9391--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 10276--><p class="indent" > </div> +</p><!--l. 10276--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">14. <a id="sec:glsunset"></a>Unsetting and Resetting Entry Flags</h2> -</p><!--l. 9394--><p class="indent" > When using the <a +</p><!--l. 10279--><p class="indent" > When using the <a href="#sec:gls-like"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like</a> commands it is possible that you may want to use the value given by the <span class="cmss-10">first</span><a - id="dx1-65001"></a> key, even though you have already <a + id="dx1-75001"></a> key, even though you have already <a href="#glo:firstuse">used</a> the glossary entry. Conversely, you may want to use the value given by the <span class="cmss-10">text</span><a - id="dx1-65002"></a> key, even though you + id="dx1-75002"></a> key, even though you haven’t used the glossary entry. The former can be achieved by one of the following commands: -</p><!--l. 9400--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 10285--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsreset</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-65003"></a> <span + id="dx1-75003"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsreset{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9402--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 9403--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 10287--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10288--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glslocalreset</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-65004"></a> <span + id="dx1-75004"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslocalreset{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9405--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10290--><p class="noindent" > while the latter can be achieved by one of the following commands: -</p><!--l. 9407--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 10292--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsunset</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-65005"></a> <span + id="dx1-75005"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsunset{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9409--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 9410--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 10294--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10295--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glslocalunset</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-65006"></a> <span + id="dx1-75006"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslocalunset{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9412--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10297--><p class="noindent" > You can also reset or unset all entries for a given glossary or list of glossaries using: -</p><!--l. 9415--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 10300--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsresetall</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-65007"></a> <span + id="dx1-75007"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsresetall[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9417--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 9418--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 10302--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10303--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glslocalresetall</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-65008"></a> <span + id="dx1-75008"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslocalresetall[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9420--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 9421--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 10305--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10306--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsunsetall</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-65009"></a> <span + id="dx1-75009"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsunsetall[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9423--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 9424--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 10308--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10309--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glslocalunsetall</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-65010"></a> <span + id="dx1-75010"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslocalunsetall[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9426--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10311--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">glossary list</span>⟩ is a comma-separated list of glossary labels. If omitted, all defined glossaries are assumed (except for the ignored ones). For example, to reset all entries in the @@ -18723,16 +20973,16 @@ main glossary and the list of acronyms: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-294"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-350"> \glsresetall[main,acronym] </div> -<!--l. 9434--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 9436--><p class="indent" > You can determine whether an entry’s <a +<!--l. 10319--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 10321--><p class="indent" > You can determine whether an entry’s <a href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a> is set using: -</p><!--l. 9437--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 10322--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\ifglsused</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-65011"></a> <span + id="dx1-75011"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\ifglsused{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -18740,32 +20990,32 @@ class="cmitt-10">true part</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false part</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9439--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10324--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is the label of the required entry. If the entry has been used, ⟨<span class="cmti-10">true part</span>⟩ will be done, otherwise ⟨<span class="cmti-10">false part</span>⟩ will be done. -</p><!--l. 9444--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Be careful when using <a +</p><!--l. 10329--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Be careful when using <a href="#sec:gls-like"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like</a> commands within an environment or command argument that gets processed multiple times as it can cause unwanted side-effects when the first use displayed text is different from subsequent use. </div> -</p><!--l. 9449--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 9451--><p class="indent" > For example, the <span +</p><!--l. 10334--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10336--><p class="indent" > For example, the <span class="cmss-10">frame</span><a - id="dx1-65012"></a><a - id="dx1-65013"></a> environment in <span + id="dx1-75012"></a><a + id="dx1-75013"></a> environment in <span class="cmss-10">beamer</span><a - id="dx1-65014"></a> processes its argument for each overlay. + id="dx1-75014"></a> processes its argument for each overlay. This means that the <a href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a> will be unset on the first overlay and subsequent overlays will use the non-first use form. -</p><!--l. 9456--><p class="indent" > Consider the following example: +</p><!--l. 10341--><p class="indent" > Consider the following example: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-295"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-351"> \documentclass{beamer}  <br />\usepackage{glossaries}  <br />\newacronym{svm}{SVM}{support vector machine} @@ -18779,22 +21029,22 @@ will use the non-first use form.  <br />\end{frame}  <br />\end{document} </div> -<!--l. 9476--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 9478--><p class="indent" > On the first overlay, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 10361--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 10363--><p class="indent" > On the first overlay, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls{svm}</span></span></span> produces “support vector machine (SVM)” and then unsets the <a href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a>. When the second overlay is processed, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls{svm}</span></span></span> now produces “SVM”, which is unlikely to be the desired effect. I don’t know anyway around this and I can only offer two suggestions. -</p><!--l. 9484--><p class="indent" > Firstly, unset all acronyms at the start of the document and explicitly use <span +</p><!--l. 10369--><p class="indent" > Firstly, unset all acronyms at the start of the document and explicitly use <span class="cmtt-10">\acrfull</span><a - id="dx1-65015"></a> when + id="dx1-75015"></a> when you want the full version to be displayed: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-296"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-352"> \documentclass{beamer}  <br />\usepackage{glossaries}  <br />\newacronym{svm}{SVM}{support vector machine} @@ -18809,12 +21059,12 @@ you want the full version to be displayed:  <br />\end{frame}  <br />\end{document} </div> -<!--l. 9506--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 9508--><p class="indent" > Secondly, explicitly reset each acronym on first use: +<!--l. 10391--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 10393--><p class="indent" > Secondly, explicitly reset each acronym on first use: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-297"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-353"> \begin{frame}  <br /> \frametitle{Frame 1}  <br /> \begin{itemize} @@ -18823,39 +21073,39 @@ you want the full version to be displayed:  <br /> \end{itemize}  <br />\end{frame} </div> -<!--l. 9518--><p class="nopar" > These are non-optimal, but the <span +<!--l. 10403--><p class="nopar" > These are non-optimal, but the <span class="cmss-10">beamer</span><a - id="dx1-65016"></a> class is too complex for me to provide + id="dx1-75016"></a> class is too complex for me to provide a programmatic solution. Other potentially problematic environments are some <span class="cmss-10">tabular</span><a - id="dx1-65017"></a><a - id="dx1-65018"></a>-like environments (but not <span + id="dx1-75017"></a><a + id="dx1-75018"></a>-like environments (but not <span class="cmss-10">tabular</span><a - id="dx1-65019"></a><a - id="dx1-65020"></a> itself) that process the contents in order + id="dx1-75019"></a><a + id="dx1-75020"></a> itself) that process the contents in order to work out the column widths and then reprocess the contents to do the actual typesetting. -</p><!--l. 9526--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 10411--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmss-10">amsmath</span><a - id="dx1-65021"></a> environments, such as <span + id="dx1-75021"></a> environments, such as <span class="cmss-10">align</span><a - id="dx1-65022"></a><a - id="dx1-65023"></a>, also process their contents multiple times, but + id="dx1-75022"></a><a + id="dx1-75023"></a>, also process their contents multiple times, but the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package now checks for this. For <span class="cmss-10">tabularx</span><a - id="dx1-65024"></a>, you need to explicitly patch it by + id="dx1-75024"></a>, you need to explicitly patch it by placing <span class="cmtt-10">\glspatchtabularx </span>in the preamble (or anywhere before the problematic use of <span class="cmss-10">tabularx</span>). </p> -<!--l. 9533--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 10418--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">14.1 </span> <a id="sec:enableentrycount"></a>Counting the Number of Times an Entry has been Used (First Use Flag Unset)</h3> -<!--l. 9536--><p class="noindent" >As from version 4.14, it’s now possible to keep track of how many times an entry is used. +<!--l. 10421--><p class="noindent" >As from version 4.14, it’s now possible to keep track of how many times an entry is used. That is, how many times the <a href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a> is unset. Note that the supplemental <a @@ -18863,26 +21113,26 @@ href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> package improves this function and also provides per-unit counting, which isn’t available with the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package. -</p><!--l. 9542--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> This function is disabled by default as it adds extra overhead to the document build time +</p><!--l. 10427--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> This function is disabled by default as it adds extra overhead to the document build time and also switches <span class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a - id="dx1-66001"></a> (and therefore <span + id="dx1-76001"></a> (and therefore <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a - id="dx1-66002"></a>) into a preamble-only + id="dx1-76002"></a>) into a preamble-only command. </div> -</p><!--l. 9547--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 9549--><p class="indent" > To enable this function, use -</p><!--l. 9550--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 10432--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10434--><p class="indent" > To enable this function, use +</p><!--l. 10435--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsenableentrycount</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-66003"></a> <span + id="dx1-76003"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsenableentrycount </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9552--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10437--><p class="noindent" > before defining your entries. This adds two extra (internal) fields to entries: <span class="cmtt-10">currcount </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">prevcount</span>. -</p><!--l. 9556--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 10441--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmtt-10">currcount </span>field keeps track of how many times <span class="cmtt-10">\glsunset </span>is used within the document. A local unset (using <span @@ -18897,47 +21147,47 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsreset </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">\glslocalreset </span>reset this field back to zero (where <span class="cmtt-10">\glslocalreset </span>performs a local change). -</p><!--l. 9564--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 10449--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmtt-10">prevcount </span>field stores the final value of the <span class="cmtt-10">currcount </span>field <span class="cmti-10">from the previous run</span>. This value is read from the <span class="cmtt-10">.aux </span>file at the beginning of the <span class="cmss-10">document</span><a - id="dx1-66004"></a><a - id="dx1-66005"></a> environment. + id="dx1-76004"></a><a + id="dx1-76005"></a> environment. -</p><!--l. 9569--><p class="indent" > You can access these fields using -</p><!--l. 9570--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 10454--><p class="indent" > You can access these fields using +</p><!--l. 10455--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsentrycurrcount</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-66006"></a> <span + id="dx1-76006"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentrycurrcount{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9572--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10457--><p class="noindent" > for the <span class="cmtt-10">currcount </span>field, and -</p><!--l. 9574--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 10459--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsentryprevcount</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-66007"></a> <span + id="dx1-76007"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryprevcount{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9576--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10461--><p class="noindent" > for the <span class="cmtt-10">prevcount </span>field. <span class="cmbx-10">These commands are only defined if you have used</span> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsenableentrycount</span><span class="cmbx-10">.</span> -</p><!--l. 9580--><p class="indent" > For example: +</p><!--l. 10465--><p class="indent" > For example: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-298"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-354"> \documentclass{article}  <br />\usepackage{glossaries}  <br />\makeglossaries @@ -18950,7 +21200,7 @@ class="cmbx-10">.</span>  <br />Number of times apple has been used: \glsentrycurrcount{apple}.  <br />\end{document} </div> -<!--l. 9598--><p class="nopar" > On the first <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span +<!--l. 10483--><p class="nopar" > On the first <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span></span> run, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryprevcount{apple}</span></span></span> produces 0. At the end of the document, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span @@ -18974,13 +21224,13 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsentryprevcount{apple}</span></span></span> now produces� class="cmtt-10">currcount </span>field for the <span class="cmtt-10">apple </span>entry at the end of the document on the previous run. -</p><!--l. 9611--><p class="indent" > When you enable the entry count using <span +</p><!--l. 10496--><p class="indent" > When you enable the entry count using <span class="cmtt-10">\glsenableentrycount</span>, you also enable the following commands: -</p><!--l. 9613--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 10498--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\cgls</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-66008"></a> <span + id="dx1-76008"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\cgls[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -18988,12 +21238,12 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9615--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10500--><p class="noindent" > (no case-change, singular) -</p><!--l. 9617--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 10502--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\cglspl</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-66009"></a> <span + id="dx1-76009"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\cglspl[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -19001,12 +21251,12 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9619--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10504--><p class="noindent" > (no case-change, plural) -</p><!--l. 9621--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 10506--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\cGls</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-66010"></a> <span + id="dx1-76010"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\cGls[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -19014,12 +21264,12 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9623--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10508--><p class="noindent" > (first letter uppercase, singular), and -</p><!--l. 9625--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 10510--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\cGlspl</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-66011"></a> <span + id="dx1-76011"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\cGlspl[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -19027,14 +21277,14 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9627--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10512--><p class="noindent" > (first letter uppercase, plural). These all have plus and starred variants like the analogous <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">\glspl</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">\Gls </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">\Glspl </span>commands. -</p><!--l. 9632--><p class="indent" > If you don’t use <span +</p><!--l. 10517--><p class="indent" > If you don’t use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsenableentrycount</span>, these commands behave like <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">\glspl</span>, <span @@ -19071,16 +21321,16 @@ class="cmtt-10">\cgls</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">\cglspl</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">\cGls </span>or <span class="cmtt-10">\cGlspl</span>. -<!--l. 9647--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +<!--l. 10532--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\cglsformat</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-66012"></a> <span + id="dx1-76012"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\cglsformat{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9649--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10534--><p class="noindent" > This command is used by <span class="cmtt-10">\cgls </span>and defaults to </p><div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> @@ -19100,16 +21350,16 @@ class="cmtt-10">}</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩ </div> </div> otherwise. -<!--l. 9661--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +<!--l. 10546--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\cglsplformat</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-66013"></a> <span + id="dx1-76013"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\cglsplformat{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9663--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10548--><p class="noindent" > This command is used by <span class="cmtt-10">\cglspl </span>and defaults to </p><div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> @@ -19129,16 +21379,16 @@ class="cmtt-10">}</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩ </div> </div> otherwise. -<!--l. 9675--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +<!--l. 10560--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\cGlsformat</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-66014"></a> <span + id="dx1-76014"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\cGlsformat{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9677--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10562--><p class="noindent" > This command is used by <span class="cmtt-10">\cGls </span>and defaults to </p><div class="alltt"> @@ -19160,16 +21410,16 @@ class="cmtt-10">}</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩ </div> </div> otherwise. -<!--l. 9688--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +<!--l. 10573--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\cGlsplformat</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-66015"></a> <span + id="dx1-76015"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\cGlsplformat{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9690--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10575--><p class="noindent" > This command is used by <span class="cmtt-10">\cGlspl </span>and defaults to </p><div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> @@ -19189,7 +21439,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">}</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩ </div> </div> otherwise. -<!--l. 9701--><p class="indent" > This means that if the previous count for the given entry was 1, the entry won’t be +<!--l. 10586--><p class="indent" > This means that if the previous count for the given entry was 1, the entry won’t be hyperlinked with the <span class="cmtt-10">\cgls</span>-like commands and they won’t add a line to the external glossary file. If you haven’t used any of the other commands that add information to glossary file (such @@ -19198,7 +21448,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsadd </span>or the <a href="#sec:glstext-like"><span class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like</a> commands) then the entry won’t appear in the glossary. -</p><!--l. 9708--><p class="indent" > Remember that since these commands use <span +</p><!--l. 10593--><p class="indent" > Remember that since these commands use <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryprevcount </span>you need to run <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span></span> twice to ensure they work correctly. The document build order is now (at least): @@ -19208,18 +21458,18 @@ class="cmtt-10">(pdf)latex</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">(pdf)latex</span>. <a - id="x1-66016r25"></a> -</p><!--l. 9713--><p class="noindent" ><span -class="cmbx-12">Example 25</span><span + id="x1-76016r26"></a> +</p><!--l. 10598--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="cmbx-12">Example 26</span><span class="cmbx-12"> (Don’t index entries that are only used once)</span><a - id="x1-66017"></a> -</p><!--l. 9714--><p class="indent" > In this example, the abbreviations that have only been used once (on the previous run) + id="x1-76017"></a> +</p><!--l. 10599--><p class="indent" > In this example, the abbreviations that have only been used once (on the previous run) only have their long form shown with <span class="cmtt-10">\cgls</span>. </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-299"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-355"> \documentclass{article}  <br />\usepackage[colorlinks]{hyperref}  <br />\usepackage[acronym]{glossaries} @@ -19240,7 +21490,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\cgls</span>.  <br />\printglossaries  <br />\end{document} </div> -<!--l. 9742--><p class="nopar" > After a complete document build (<span +<!--l. 10627--><p class="nopar" > After a complete document build (<span class="cmtt-10">latex</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">latex</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span>, <span @@ -19250,122 +21500,122 @@ RDBMS and XML only have their long forms displayed and don’t have a  </p> <div class="center" > -<!--l. 9748--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 9748--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> -<!--l. 9750--><p class="indent" > Remember that if you don’t like typing <span +<!--l. 10633--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10633--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> +<!--l. 10635--><p class="indent" > Remember that if you don’t like typing <span class="cmtt-10">\cgls </span>you can create a synonym. For example </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-300"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-356"> \let\ac\cgls </div> -<!--l. 9754--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 10639--><p class="nopar" > </p> -<!--l. 9756--><p class="indent" > </div> -</p><!--l. 9756--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 10641--><p class="indent" > </div> +</p><!--l. 10641--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">15. <a id="sec:styles"></a>Glossary Styles</h2> -</p><!--l. 9759--><p class="indent" > Glossaries vary from lists that simply contain a symbol with a terse description to lists of +</p><!--l. 10644--><p class="indent" > Glossaries vary from lists that simply contain a symbol with a terse description to lists of terms or phrases with lengthy descriptions. Some glossaries may have terms with associated symbols. Some may have hierarchical entries. There is therefore no single style that fits every type of glossary. The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package comes with a number of pre-defined glossary styles, described in <a href="#sec:predefinedstyles"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>15.1 </a><a +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>15.1 </a><a href="#sec:predefinedstyles">Predefined Styles<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:predefinedstyles --></a>. You can choose one of these that best suits your type of glossary or, if none of them suit your document, you can defined your own style (see <a href="#sec:newglossarystyle"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>15.2 +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>15.2 </a><a href="#sec:newglossarystyle">Defining your own glossary style<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:newglossarystyle --></a>). There are some examples of glossary styles available at <a href="http://www.dickimaw-books.com/gallery/#glossaries" class="url" ><span class="cmtt-10">http://www.dickimaw-books.com/gallery/#glossaries</span></a>. -</p><!--l. 9772--><p class="indent" > The glossary style can be set using the <span +</p><!--l. 10657--><p class="indent" > The glossary style can be set using the <span class="cmss-10">style</span><a - id="dx1-67001"></a> key in the optional argument to + id="dx1-77001"></a> key in the optional argument to <span class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary</span><a - id="dx1-67002"></a> (<a + id="dx1-77002"></a> (<a href="#option1">Option 1</a>) or <span class="cmtt-10">\printglossary</span><a - id="dx1-67003"></a> (Options <a + id="dx1-77003"></a> (Options <a href="#option2">2</a> and <a href="#option3">3</a>) or using the command: -</p><!--l. 9775--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 10660--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\setglossarystyle</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-67004"></a> <span + id="dx1-77004"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\setglossarystyle{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">style-name</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9777--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10662--><p class="noindent" > (before the glossary is displayed). -</p><!--l. 9780--><p class="indent" > Some of the predefined glossary styles may also be set using the <span +</p><!--l. 10665--><p class="indent" > Some of the predefined glossary styles may also be set using the <span class="cmss-10">style</span><a - id="dx1-67005"></a> package option, it + id="dx1-77005"></a> package option, it depends if the package in which they are defined is automatically loaded by the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span> package. -</p><!--l. 9784--><p class="indent" > You can use the lorum ipsum dummy entries provided in the accompanying +</p><!--l. 10669--><p class="indent" > You can use the lorum ipsum dummy entries provided in the accompanying <span class="cmtt-10">example-glossaries-*.tex </span>files (described in <a href="#sec:lipsum"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>1.2 </a><a +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>1.3 </a><a href="#sec:lipsum">Dummy Entries for Testing<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:lipsum --></a>) to test the different styles. </p> -<!--l. 9789--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 10674--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">15.1 </span> <a id="sec:predefinedstyles"></a>Predefined Styles</h3> -<!--l. 9792--><p class="noindent" >The predefined styles can accommodate numbered level 0 (main) and level 1 entries. See the +<!--l. 10677--><p class="noindent" >The predefined styles can accommodate numbered level 0 (main) and level 1 entries. See the package options <span class="cmss-10">entrycounter</span><a - id="dx1-68001"></a>, <span + id="dx1-78001"></a>, <span class="cmss-10">counterwithin</span><a - id="dx1-68002"></a> and <span + id="dx1-78002"></a> and <span class="cmss-10">subentrycounter</span><a - id="dx1-68003"></a> described in <a + id="dx1-78003"></a> described in <a href="#sec:pkgopts-printglos"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.3 </a><a +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>2.3 </a><a href="#sec:pkgopts-printglos">Glossary Appearance Options<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts-printglos --></a>. There is a summary of available styles in <a href="#tab:styles">table 15.1</a>. You can view samples of all the predefined styles at <a href="http://www.dickimaw-books.com/gallery/glossaries-styles/" class="url" ><span class="cmtt-10">http://www.dickimaw-books.com/gallery/glossaries-styles/</span></a>. -</p><!--l. 9801--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that the group styles (such as <span +</p><!--l. 10686--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that the group styles (such as <span class="cmss-10">listgroup</span><a - id="dx1-68004"></a>) will have unexpected results if used with + id="dx1-78004"></a>) will have unexpected results if used with the <span class="cmss-10">sort=def</span><a - id="dx1-68005"></a> or <span + id="dx1-78005"></a> or <span class="cmss-10">sort=use</span><a - id="dx1-68006"></a> options. If you don’t sort your entries alphabetically, it’s + id="dx1-78006"></a> options. If you don’t sort your entries alphabetically, it’s best to set the <span class="cmss-10">nogroupskip</span><a - id="dx1-68007"></a> package option to prevent odd vertical gaps appearing. + id="dx1-78007"></a> package option to prevent odd vertical gaps appearing. </div> -</p><!--l. 9807--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 9809--><p class="indent" > The group title is obtained using <span +</p><!--l. 10692--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10694--><p class="indent" > The group title is obtained using <span class="cmtt-10">\glsgetgrouptitle{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span>, which is described in <a href="#sec:newglossarystyle"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>15.2 +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>15.2 </a><a href="#sec:newglossarystyle">Defining your own glossary style<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:newglossarystyle --></a>. </p> <div class="table"> -<!--l. 9812--><p class="indent" > <a +<!--l. 10697--><p class="indent" > <a id="tab:styles"></a></p><hr class="float" /><div class="float" > @@ -19377,22 +21627,22 @@ matches that doesn’t match any previously listed style (e.g.
 class="cmtt-10">long3col* </span>matches <span class="cmss-10">long3col</span><a - id="dx1-68009"></a>, <span + id="dx1-78009"></a>, <span class="cmss-10">long3colheader</span><a - id="dx1-68010"></a>, <span + id="dx1-78010"></a>, <span class="cmss-10">long3colborder</span><a - id="dx1-68011"></a> and <span + id="dx1-78011"></a> and <span class="cmss-10">long3colheaderborder</span><a - id="dx1-68012"></a>). A maximum level of + id="dx1-78012"></a>). A maximum level of 0 indicates a flat glossary (sub-entries are displayed in the same way as main entries). Where the maximum level is given as — there is no limit, but note that <a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-68013"></a></a> + id="dx1-78013"></a></a> (<a href="#option2">Option 2</a>) imposes a limit of 2 sub-levels. If the homograph column is checked, then the name is not displayed for sub-entries. If the symbol column is checked, then the -symbol will be displayed.</span></div><!--tex4ht:label?: x1-680081 --> +symbol will be displayed.</span></div><!--tex4ht:label?: x1-780081 --> <div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-9" class="tabular" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" ><colgroup id="TBL-9-1g"><col @@ -19551,236 +21801,247 @@ class="td11"> </td></tr></table></div> </div><hr class="endfloat" /> </div> -<!--l. 9852--><p class="indent" > The tabular-like styles that allow multi-line descriptions and page lists use the length +<!--l. 10737--><p class="indent" > The tabular-like styles that allow multi-line descriptions and page lists use the length <span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsdescwidth</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-68014"></a><span + id="dx1-78014"></a><span class="cmtt-10">\glsdescwidth </span>to set the width of the description column and the length <span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glspagelistwidth</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-68015"></a><span + id="dx1-78015"></a><span class="cmtt-10">\glspagelistwidth </span>to set the width of the page list column.<span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn1x15" id="fn1x15-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">15.1</sup></a></span><a - id="x1-68016f1"></a> + id="x1-78016f1"></a> These will need to be changed using <span class="cmtt-10">\setlength </span>if the glossary is too wide. Note that the <span class="cmss-10">long4col</span><a - id="dx1-68020"></a> and <span + id="dx1-78020"></a> and <span class="cmss-10">super4col</span><a - id="dx1-68021"></a> styles (and their header and border variations) don’t use these lengths + id="dx1-78021"></a> styles (and their header and border variations) don’t use these lengths as they are designed for single line entries. Instead you should use the analogous <span class="cmss-10">altlong4col</span><a - id="dx1-68022"></a> and <span + id="dx1-78022"></a> and <span class="cmss-10">altsuper4col</span><a - id="dx1-68023"></a> styles. If you want to explicitly create a line-break within a + id="dx1-78023"></a> styles. If you want to explicitly create a line-break within a multi-line description in a tabular-like style it’s better to use <span class="cmtt-10">\newline</span><a - id="dx1-68024"></a> instead of + id="dx1-78024"></a> instead of <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\\</span></span></span>. -</p><!--l. 9870--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Remember that a cell within a tabular-like environment can’t be broken across a page, so +</p><!--l. 10755--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Remember that a cell within a tabular-like environment can’t be broken across a page, so even if a tabular-like style, such as <span class="cmss-10">long</span><a - id="dx1-68025"></a>, allows multilined descriptions, you’ll probably + id="dx1-78025"></a>, allows multilined descriptions, you’ll probably encounter page-breaking problems if you have entries with long descriptions. You may want to consider using the <span class="cmss-10">alttree</span><a - id="dx1-68026"></a> style instead. </div> -</p><!--l. 9876--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 9878--><p class="indent" > Note that if you use the <span + id="dx1-78026"></a> style instead. </div> +</p><!--l. 10761--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10763--><p class="indent" > Note that if you use the <span class="cmss-10">style</span><a - id="dx1-68027"></a> key in the optional argument to <span + id="dx1-78027"></a> key in the optional argument to <span class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary</span><a - id="dx1-68028"></a> + id="dx1-78028"></a> (<a href="#option1">Option 1</a>) or <span class="cmtt-10">\printglossary</span><a - id="dx1-68029"></a> (Options <a + id="dx1-78029"></a> (Options <a href="#option2">2</a> and <a href="#option3">3</a>), it will override any previous style settings for the given glossary, so if, for example, you do </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-301"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-357"> \renewcommand*{\glsgroupskip}{}  <br />\printglossary[style=long] </div> -<!--l. 9886--><p class="nopar" > then the new definition of <span +<!--l. 10771--><p class="nopar" > then the new definition of <span class="cmtt-10">\glsgroupskip</span><a - id="dx1-68030"></a> will not have an affect for this glossary, as + id="dx1-78030"></a> will not have an affect for this glossary, as <span class="cmtt-10">\glsgroupskip </span>is redefined by <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">style=long</span></span></span>. Likewise, <span class="cmtt-10">\setglossarystyle</span><a - id="dx1-68031"></a> will also override + id="dx1-78031"></a> will also override any previous style definitions, so, again </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-302"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-358"> \renewcommand*{\glsgroupskip}{}  <br />\setglossarystyle{long} </div> -<!--l. 9894--><p class="nopar" > will reset <span +<!--l. 10779--><p class="nopar" > will reset <span class="cmtt-10">\glsgroupskip </span>back to its default definition for the named glossary style (<span class="cmss-10">long</span><a - id="dx1-68032"></a> in this case). If you want to modify the styles, either use <span + id="dx1-78032"></a> in this case). If you want to modify the styles, either use <span class="cmtt-10">\newglossarystyle</span><a - id="dx1-68033"></a> + id="dx1-78033"></a> (described in the next section) or make the modifications after <span class="cmtt-10">\setglossarystyle</span><a - id="dx1-68034"></a>, + id="dx1-78034"></a>, e.g.: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-303"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-359"> \setglossarystyle{long}  <br />\renewcommand*{\glsgroupskip}{} </div> -<!--l. 9903--><p class="nopar" > As from version 3.03, you can now use the package option <span +<!--l. 10788--><p class="nopar" > As from version 3.03, you can now use the package option <span class="cmss-10">nogroupskip</span><a - id="dx1-68035"></a> to suppress the gap + id="dx1-78035"></a> to suppress the gap between groups for the default styles instead of redefining <span class="cmtt-10">\glsgroupskip</span>. -</p><!--l. 9908--><p class="indent" > All the styles except for the three- and four-column styles and the <span +</p><!--l. 10793--><p class="indent" > All the styles except for the three- and four-column styles and the <span class="cmss-10">listdotted</span><a - id="dx1-68036"></a> style use the + id="dx1-78036"></a> style use the command -</p><!--l. 9910--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 10795--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glspostdescription</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-68037"></a> <span + id="dx1-78037"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glspostdescription </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 9912--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 10797--><p class="noindent" > after the description. This simply displays a full stop by default. To eliminate this full stop (or replace it with something else, say, a comma) you will need to redefine <span class="cmtt-10">\glspostdescription </span>before the glossary is displayed. Alternatively, you can suppress it for a given entry by placing <span class="cmtt-10">\nopostdesc</span><a - id="dx1-68038"></a> in the entry’s description. -</p><!--l. 9919--><p class="indent" > As from version 3.03 you can now use the package option <span + id="dx1-78038"></a> in the entry’s description. +</p><!--l. 10804--><p class="indent" > As from version 3.03 you can now use the package option <span class="cmss-10">nopostdot</span><a - id="dx1-68039"></a> to suppress this full + id="dx1-78039"></a> to suppress this full stop. This is the better option if you want to use the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span><a - id="dx1-68040"></a> package. + id="dx1-78040"></a> package. The +<span +class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods</span><a + id="dx1-78041"></a> package provides some adjustments some of to the predefined styles +listed here, allowing for greater flexibility. See the <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span><a + id="dx1-78042"></a> documentation for further +details. </p> -<!--l. 9923--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 10812--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">15.1.1 </span> <a id="sec:liststyles"></a>List Styles</h4> -<!--l. 9926--><p class="noindent" >The styles described in this section are all defined in the package <span +<!--l. 10815--><p class="noindent" >The styles described in this section are all defined in the package <span class="cmss-10">glossary-list</span><a - id="dx1-69001"></a>. Since + id="dx1-79001"></a>. Since they all use the <span class="cmss-10">description</span><a - id="dx1-69002"></a><a - id="dx1-69003"></a> environment, they are governed by the same parameters + id="dx1-79002"></a><a + id="dx1-79003"></a> environment, they are governed by the same parameters as that environment. These styles all ignore the entry’s symbol. Note that these styles will automatically be available unless you use the <span class="cmss-10">nolist</span><a - id="dx1-69004"></a> or <span + id="dx1-79004"></a> or <span class="cmss-10">nostyles</span><a - id="dx1-69005"></a> package + id="dx1-79005"></a> package options. -</p><!--l. 9933--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that, except for the <span +</p><!--l. 10822--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that, except for the <span class="cmss-10">listdotted</span><a - id="dx1-69006"></a> style, these list styles are incompatible with + id="dx1-79006"></a> style, these list styles are incompatible with <span class="cmss-10">classicthesis</span><a - id="dx1-69007"></a>. </div> -</p><!--l. 9936--><p class="noindent" > + id="dx1-79007"></a>. They may also be incompatible with other classes or packages that modify the +<span +class="cmss-10">description</span><a + id="dx1-79008"></a><a + id="dx1-79009"></a> environment. </div> +</p><!--l. 10827--><p class="noindent" > </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">list</span> </dt><dd class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">list</span><a - id="dx1-69008"></a> style uses the <span + id="dx1-79010"></a> style uses the <span class="cmss-10">description</span><a - id="dx1-69009"></a><a - id="dx1-69010"></a> environment. The entry name is placed in the + id="dx1-79011"></a><a + id="dx1-79012"></a> environment. The entry name is placed in the optional argument of the <span class="cmtt-10">\item</span><a - id="dx1-69011"></a> command (so it will usually appear in bold by + id="dx1-79013"></a> command (so it will usually appear in bold by default). The description follows, and then the associated <a href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a - id="dx1-69012"></a></a> for that + id="dx1-79014"></a></a> for that entry. The symbol is ignored. If the entry has child entries, the description and number list follows (but not the name) for each child entry. Groups are separated using <span class="cmtt-10">\indexspace</span><a - id="dx1-69013"></a>. - <!--l. 9947--><p class="noindent" >The closest matching non-list style is the <span + id="dx1-79015"></a>. + <!--l. 10838--><p class="noindent" >The closest matching non-list style is the <span class="cmss-10">index</span><a - id="dx1-69014"></a> style. + id="dx1-79016"></a> style. + + </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">listgroup</span> </dt><dd class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">listgroup</span><a - id="dx1-69015"></a> style is like <span + id="dx1-79017"></a> style is like <span class="cmss-10">list</span><a - id="dx1-69016"></a> but the glossary groups have headings obtained + id="dx1-79018"></a> but the glossary groups have headings obtained using <span class="cmtt-10">\glsgetgrouptitle{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span>, which is described in <a href="#sec:newglossarystyle"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>15.2 </a><a +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>15.2 </a><a href="#sec:newglossarystyle">Defining your own glossary style<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:newglossarystyle --></a>. - - </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">listhypergroup</span> </dt><dd class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">listhypergroup</span><a - id="dx1-69017"></a> style is like <span + id="dx1-79019"></a> style is like <span class="cmss-10">listgroup</span><a - id="dx1-69018"></a> but has a navigation line + id="dx1-79020"></a> but has a navigation line at the start of the glossary with links to each group that is present in the glossary. This requires an additional run through <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span></span> to ensure the group information is up to date. In the navigation line, each group is separated by - <!--l. 9960--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + <!--l. 10851--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glshypernavsep</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-69019"></a> <span + id="dx1-79021"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glshypernavsep </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 9962--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 10853--><p class="noindent" > which defaults to a vertical bar with a space on either side. For example, to simply have a space separating each group, do: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-304"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-360"> \renewcommand*{\glshypernavsep}{\space} </div> - <!--l. 9967--><p class="nopar" > - </p><!--l. 9969--><p class="noindent" >Note that the hyper-navigation line is now (as from version 1.14) set inside the optional + <!--l. 10858--><p class="nopar" > + </p><!--l. 10860--><p class="noindent" >Note that the hyper-navigation line is now (as from version 1.14) set inside the optional argument to <span class="cmtt-10">\item</span><a - id="dx1-69020"></a> instead of after it to prevent a spurious space at the start. This can + id="dx1-79022"></a> instead of after it to prevent a spurious space at the start. This can cause a problem if the navigation line is too long. As from v4.22, if you need to adjust this, you can redefine - </p><!--l. 9974--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + </p><!--l. 10865--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glslistnavigationitem</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-69021"></a> <span + id="dx1-79023"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslistnavigationitem{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">navigation line</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 9976--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 10867--><p class="noindent" > The default definition is <span class="cmtt-10">\item[</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">navigation line</span>⟩<span @@ -19789,144 +22050,144 @@ class="cmtt-10">] </span>but may be redefined independently of </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-305"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-361"> \renewcommand*{\glslistnavigationitem}[1]{\item \textbf{#1}} </div> - <!--l. 9981--><p class="nopar" > - </p><!--l. 9983--><p class="noindent" >You may prefer to use the tree-like styles, such as <span + <!--l. 10872--><p class="nopar" > + </p><!--l. 10874--><p class="noindent" >You may prefer to use the tree-like styles, such as <span class="cmss-10">treehypergroup</span><a - id="dx1-69022"></a> instead. + id="dx1-79024"></a> instead. </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">altlist</span> </dt><dd class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">altlist</span><a - id="dx1-69023"></a> style is like <span + id="dx1-79025"></a> style is like <span class="cmss-10">list</span><a - id="dx1-69024"></a> but the description starts on the line following the name. + id="dx1-79026"></a> but the description starts on the line following the name. (As with the <span class="cmss-10">list</span><a - id="dx1-69025"></a> style, the symbol is ignored.) Each child entry starts a new + id="dx1-79027"></a> style, the symbol is ignored.) Each child entry starts a new line, but as with the <span class="cmss-10">list</span><a - id="dx1-69026"></a> style, the name associated with each child entry is + id="dx1-79028"></a> style, the name associated with each child entry is ignored. - <!--l. 9992--><p class="noindent" >The closest matching non-list style is the <span + <!--l. 10883--><p class="noindent" >The closest matching non-list style is the <span class="cmss-10">index</span><a - id="dx1-69027"></a> style with the following adjustment: + id="dx1-79029"></a> style with the following adjustment: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-306"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-362"> \renewcommand{\glstreepredesc}{%  <br /> \glstreeitem\parindent\hangindent} </div> - <!--l. 9997--><p class="nopar" > + <!--l. 10888--><p class="nopar" > </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">altlistgroup</span> </dt><dd class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">altlistgroup</span><a - id="dx1-69028"></a> style is like <span + id="dx1-79030"></a> style is like <span class="cmss-10">altlist</span><a - id="dx1-69029"></a> but the glossary groups have headings. + id="dx1-79031"></a> but the glossary groups have headings. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">altlisthypergroup</span> </dt><dd class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">altlisthypergroup</span><a - id="dx1-69030"></a> style is like <span + id="dx1-79032"></a> style is like <span class="cmss-10">altlistgroup</span><a - id="dx1-69031"></a> but has a set of links to the + id="dx1-79033"></a> but has a set of links to the glossary groups. The navigation line is the same as that for <span class="cmss-10">listhypergroup</span><a - id="dx1-69032"></a>, described + id="dx1-79034"></a>, described above. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">listdotted</span> </dt><dd class="description">This style uses the <span class="cmss-10">description</span><a - id="dx1-69033"></a><a - id="dx1-69034"></a> + id="dx1-79035"></a><a + id="dx1-79036"></a> environment.<span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn2x15" id="fn2x15-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">15.2</sup></a></span><a - id="x1-69035f2"></a> + id="x1-79037f2"></a> Each entry starts with <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\item[]</span></span></span>, followed by the name followed by a dotted line, followed by the description. Note that this style ignores both the <a href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a - id="dx1-69036"></a></a> and the + id="dx1-79038"></a></a> and the symbol. The length - <!--l. 10013--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + <!--l. 10904--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glslistdottedwidth</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-69037"></a> <span + id="dx1-79039"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glslistdottedwidth </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 10015--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 10906--><p class="noindent" > governs where the description should start. This is a flat style, so child entries are formatted in the same way as the parent entries. - </p><!--l. 10019--><p class="noindent" >A non-list alternative is to use the <span + </p><!--l. 10910--><p class="noindent" >A non-list alternative is to use the <span class="cmss-10">index</span><a - id="dx1-69038"></a> style with + id="dx1-79040"></a> style with </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-307"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-363"> \renewcommand{\glstreepredesc}{\dotfill}  <br />\renewcommand{\glstreechildpredesc}{\dotfill} </div> - <!--l. 10024--><p class="nopar" > Note that this doesn’t use <span + <!--l. 10915--><p class="nopar" > Note that this doesn’t use <span class="cmtt-10">\glslistdottedwidth </span>and causes the description to be flush-right and will display the symbol, if provided. (It also doesn’t suppress the number list<a - id="dx1-69039"></a>, but that can be achieved with the <span + id="dx1-79041"></a>, but that can be achieved with the <span class="cmss-10">nonumberlist</span><a - id="dx1-69040"></a> + id="dx1-79042"></a> option.) </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">sublistdotted</span> </dt><dd class="description">This is a variation on the <span class="cmss-10">listdotted</span><a - id="dx1-69041"></a> style designed for hierarchical glossaries. + id="dx1-79043"></a> style designed for hierarchical glossaries. The main entries have just the name displayed. The sub entries are displayed in the same manner as <span class="cmss-10">listdotted</span><a - id="dx1-69042"></a>. Unlike the <span + id="dx1-79044"></a>. Unlike the <span class="cmss-10">listdotted</span><a - id="dx1-69043"></a> style, this style is incompatible with + id="dx1-79045"></a> style, this style is incompatible with <span class="cmss-10">classicthesis</span><a - id="dx1-69044"></a>.</dd></dl> -<!--l. 10040--><p class="noindent" > + id="dx1-79046"></a>.</dd></dl> +<!--l. 10931--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 10040--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 10931--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">15.1.2 </span> <a id="sec:longstyles"></a>Longtable Styles</h4> -<!--l. 10043--><p class="noindent" >The styles described in this section are all defined in the package <span +<!--l. 10934--><p class="noindent" >The styles described in this section are all defined in the package <span class="cmss-10">glossary-long</span><a - id="dx1-70001"></a>. Since they all + id="dx1-80001"></a>. Since they all use the <span class="cmss-10">longtable</span><a - id="dx1-70002"></a><a - id="dx1-70003"></a> environment, they are governed by the same parameters as that + id="dx1-80002"></a><a + id="dx1-80003"></a> environment, they are governed by the same parameters as that environment. Note that these styles will automatically be available unless you use the <span class="cmss-10">nolong</span><a - id="dx1-70004"></a> or <span + id="dx1-80004"></a> or <span class="cmss-10">nostyles</span><a - id="dx1-70005"></a> package options. These styles fully justify the description and page + id="dx1-80005"></a> package options. These styles fully justify the description and page list columns. If you want ragged right formatting instead, use the analogous styles described in <a href="#sec:longraggedstyles"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>15.1.3 </a><a +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>15.1.3 </a><a href="#sec:longraggedstyles">Longtable Styles (Ragged Right)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:longraggedstyles --></a>. If you want to incorporate rules from the <span class="cmss-10">booktabs</span><a - id="dx1-70006"></a> package, try the styles described in <a + id="dx1-80006"></a> package, try the styles described in <a href="#sec:longbooktabsstyles"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>15.1.4 </a><a +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>15.1.4 </a><a href="#sec:longbooktabsstyles">Longtable Styles (<span class="cmss-10">booktabs</span>)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:longbooktabsstyles --></a>. @@ -19935,30 +22196,30 @@ class="cmss-10">booktabs</span>)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:longbooktabsstyles --></a>. class="cmbx-10">long</span> </dt><dd class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">long</span><a - id="dx1-70007"></a> style uses the <span + id="dx1-80007"></a> style uses the <span class="cmss-10">longtable</span><a - id="dx1-70008"></a><a - id="dx1-70009"></a> environment (defined by the <span + id="dx1-80008"></a><a + id="dx1-80009"></a> environment (defined by the <span class="cmss-10">longtable</span><a - id="dx1-70010"></a> package). + id="dx1-80010"></a> package). It has two columns: the first column contains the entry’s name and the second column contains the description followed by the <a href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a - id="dx1-70011"></a></a>. The entry’s symbol is + id="dx1-80011"></a></a>. The entry’s symbol is ignored. Sub groups are separated with a blank row. The width of the first column is governed by the widest entry in that column. The width of the second column is governed by the length <span class="cmtt-10">\glsdescwidth</span><a - id="dx1-70012"></a>. Child entries have a similar format to + id="dx1-80012"></a>. Child entries have a similar format to the parent entries except that their name is suppressed. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">longborder</span> </dt><dd class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">longborder</span><a - id="dx1-70013"></a> style is like <span + id="dx1-80013"></a> style is like <span class="cmss-10">long</span><a - id="dx1-70014"></a> but has horizontal and vertical lines around + id="dx1-80014"></a> but has horizontal and vertical lines around it. @@ -19967,117 +22228,117 @@ class="cmss-10">long</span><a class="cmbx-10">longheader</span> </dt><dd class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">longheader</span><a - id="dx1-70015"></a> style is like <span + id="dx1-80015"></a> style is like <span class="cmss-10">long</span><a - id="dx1-70016"></a> but has a header row. + id="dx1-80016"></a> but has a header row. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">longheaderborder</span> </dt><dd class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">longheaderborder</span><a - id="dx1-70017"></a> style is like <span + id="dx1-80017"></a> style is like <span class="cmss-10">longheader</span><a - id="dx1-70018"></a> but has horizontal + id="dx1-80018"></a> but has horizontal and vertical lines around it. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">long3col</span> </dt><dd class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">long3col</span><a - id="dx1-70019"></a> style is like <span + id="dx1-80019"></a> style is like <span class="cmss-10">long</span><a - id="dx1-70020"></a> but has three columns. The first column contains + id="dx1-80020"></a> but has three columns. The first column contains the entry’s name, the second column contains the description and the third column contains the <a href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a - id="dx1-70021"></a></a>. The entry’s symbol is ignored. The width of the first + id="dx1-80021"></a></a>. The entry’s symbol is ignored. The width of the first column is governed by the widest entry in that column, the width of the second column is governed by the length <span class="cmtt-10">\glsdescwidth</span><a - id="dx1-70022"></a>, and the width of the third + id="dx1-80022"></a>, and the width of the third column is governed by the length <span class="cmtt-10">\glspagelistwidth</span><a - id="dx1-70023"></a>. + id="dx1-80023"></a>. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">long3colborder</span> </dt><dd class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">long3colborder</span><a - id="dx1-70024"></a> style is like the <span + id="dx1-80024"></a> style is like the <span class="cmss-10">long3col</span><a - id="dx1-70025"></a> style but has horizontal + id="dx1-80025"></a> style but has horizontal and vertical lines around it. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">long3colheader</span> </dt><dd class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">long3colheader</span><a - id="dx1-70026"></a> style is like <span + id="dx1-80026"></a> style is like <span class="cmss-10">long3col</span><a - id="dx1-70027"></a> but has a header row. + id="dx1-80027"></a> but has a header row. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">long3colheaderborder</span> </dt><dd class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">long3colheaderborder</span><a - id="dx1-70028"></a> style is like <span + id="dx1-80028"></a> style is like <span class="cmss-10">long3colheader</span><a - id="dx1-70029"></a> but has + id="dx1-80029"></a> but has horizontal and vertical lines around it. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">long4col</span> </dt><dd class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">long4col</span><a - id="dx1-70030"></a> style is like <span + id="dx1-80030"></a> style is like <span class="cmss-10">long3col</span><a - id="dx1-70031"></a> but has an additional column in which + id="dx1-80031"></a> but has an additional column in which the entry’s associated symbol appears. This style is used for brief single line descriptions. The column widths are governed by the widest entry in the given column. Use <span class="cmss-10">altlong4col</span><a - id="dx1-70032"></a> for multi-line descriptions. + id="dx1-80032"></a> for multi-line descriptions. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">long4colborder</span> </dt><dd class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">long4colborder</span><a - id="dx1-70033"></a> style is like the <span + id="dx1-80033"></a> style is like the <span class="cmss-10">long4col</span><a - id="dx1-70034"></a> style but has horizontal + id="dx1-80034"></a> style but has horizontal and vertical lines around it. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">long4colheader</span> </dt><dd class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">long4colheader</span><a - id="dx1-70035"></a> style is like <span + id="dx1-80035"></a> style is like <span class="cmss-10">long4col</span><a - id="dx1-70036"></a> but has a header row. + id="dx1-80036"></a> but has a header row. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">long4colheaderborder</span> </dt><dd class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">long4colheaderborder</span><a - id="dx1-70037"></a> style is like <span + id="dx1-80037"></a> style is like <span class="cmss-10">long4colheader</span><a - id="dx1-70038"></a> but has + id="dx1-80038"></a> but has horizontal and vertical lines around it. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">altlong4col</span> </dt><dd class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">altlong4col</span><a - id="dx1-70039"></a> style is like <span + id="dx1-80039"></a> style is like <span class="cmss-10">long4col</span><a - id="dx1-70040"></a> but allows multi-line descriptions + id="dx1-80040"></a> but allows multi-line descriptions and page lists. The width of the description column is governed by the length <span class="cmtt-10">\glsdescwidth</span><a - id="dx1-70041"></a> and the width of the page list column is governed by the length + id="dx1-80041"></a> and the width of the page list column is governed by the length <span class="cmtt-10">\glspagelistwidth</span><a - id="dx1-70042"></a>. The widths of the name and symbol columns are governed + id="dx1-80042"></a>. The widths of the name and symbol columns are governed by the widest entry in the given column. @@ -20086,69 +22347,69 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glspagelistwidth</span><a class="cmbx-10">altlong4colborder</span> </dt><dd class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">altlong4colborder</span><a - id="dx1-70043"></a> style is like the <span + id="dx1-80043"></a> style is like the <span class="cmss-10">long4colborder</span><a - id="dx1-70044"></a> but allows + id="dx1-80044"></a> but allows multi-line descriptions and page lists. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">altlong4colheader</span> </dt><dd class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">altlong4colheader</span><a - id="dx1-70045"></a> style is like <span + id="dx1-80045"></a> style is like <span class="cmss-10">long4colheader</span><a - id="dx1-70046"></a> but allows + id="dx1-80046"></a> but allows multi-line descriptions and page lists. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">altlong4colheaderborder</span> </dt><dd class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">altlong4colheaderborder</span><a - id="dx1-70047"></a> style is like + id="dx1-80047"></a> style is like <span class="cmss-10">long4colheaderborder</span><a - id="dx1-70048"></a> but allows multi-line descriptions and page lists.</dd></dl> -<!--l. 10137--><p class="noindent" > + id="dx1-80048"></a> but allows multi-line descriptions and page lists.</dd></dl> +<!--l. 11028--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 10137--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 11028--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">15.1.3 </span> <a id="sec:longraggedstyles"></a>Longtable Styles (Ragged Right)</h4> -<!--l. 10140--><p class="noindent" >The styles described in this section are all defined in the package <span +<!--l. 11031--><p class="noindent" >The styles described in this section are all defined in the package <span class="cmss-10">glossary-longragged</span><a - id="dx1-71001"></a>. These + id="dx1-81001"></a>. These styles are analogous to those defined in <span class="cmss-10">glossary-long</span><a - id="dx1-71002"></a> but the multiline columns are left + id="dx1-81002"></a> but the multiline columns are left justified instead of fully justified. Since these styles all use the <span class="cmss-10">longtable</span><a - id="dx1-71003"></a><a - id="dx1-71004"></a> environment, they are + id="dx1-81003"></a><a + id="dx1-81004"></a> environment, they are governed by the same parameters as that environment. The <span class="cmss-10">glossary-longragged</span><a - id="dx1-71005"></a> package + id="dx1-81005"></a> package additionally requires the <span class="cmss-10">array</span><a - id="dx1-71006"></a> package. Note that these styles will only be available if you + id="dx1-81006"></a> package. Note that these styles will only be available if you explicitly load <span class="cmss-10">glossary-longragged</span><a - id="dx1-71007"></a>: + id="dx1-81007"></a>: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-308"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-364"> \usepackage{glossaries}  <br />\usepackage{glossary-longragged} </div> -<!--l. 10152--><p class="nopar" > Note that you can’t set these styles using the <span +<!--l. 11043--><p class="nopar" > Note that you can’t set these styles using the <span class="cmss-10">style</span><a - id="dx1-71008"></a> package option since the styles aren’t + id="dx1-81008"></a> package option since the styles aren’t defined until after the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package has been loaded. If you want to incorporate rules from the <span class="cmss-10">booktabs</span><a - id="dx1-71009"></a> package, try the styles described in <a + id="dx1-81009"></a> package, try the styles described in <a href="#sec:longbooktabsstyles"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>15.1.4 </a><a +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>15.1.4 </a><a href="#sec:longbooktabsstyles">Longtable Styles (<span class="cmss-10">booktabs</span>)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:longbooktabsstyles --></a>. @@ -20157,15 +22418,15 @@ class="cmss-10">booktabs</span>)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:longbooktabsstyles --></a>. class="cmbx-10">longragged</span> </dt><dd class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">longragged</span><a - id="dx1-71010"></a> style has two columns: the first column contains the entry’s + id="dx1-81010"></a> style has two columns: the first column contains the entry’s name and the second column contains the (left-justified) description followed by the <a href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a - id="dx1-71011"></a></a>. The entry’s symbol is ignored. Sub groups are separated with a + id="dx1-81011"></a></a>. The entry’s symbol is ignored. Sub groups are separated with a blank row. The width of the first column is governed by the widest entry in that column. The width of the second column is governed by the length <span class="cmtt-10">\glsdescwidth</span><a - id="dx1-71012"></a>. + id="dx1-81012"></a>. Child entries have a similar format to the parent entries except that their name is suppressed. </dd><dt class="description"> @@ -20173,64 +22434,64 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsdescwidth</span><a class="cmbx-10">longraggedborder</span> </dt><dd class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">longraggedborder</span><a - id="dx1-71013"></a> style is like <span + id="dx1-81013"></a> style is like <span class="cmss-10">longragged</span><a - id="dx1-71014"></a> but has horizontal + id="dx1-81014"></a> but has horizontal and vertical lines around it. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">longraggedheader</span> </dt><dd class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">longraggedheader</span><a - id="dx1-71015"></a> style is like <span + id="dx1-81015"></a> style is like <span class="cmss-10">longragged</span><a - id="dx1-71016"></a> but has a header row. + id="dx1-81016"></a> but has a header row. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">longraggedheaderborder</span> </dt><dd class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">longraggedheaderborder</span><a - id="dx1-71017"></a> style is like <span + id="dx1-81017"></a> style is like <span class="cmss-10">longraggedheader</span><a - id="dx1-71018"></a> + id="dx1-81018"></a> but has horizontal and vertical lines around it. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">longragged3col</span> </dt><dd class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">longragged3col</span><a - id="dx1-71019"></a> style is like <span + id="dx1-81019"></a> style is like <span class="cmss-10">longragged</span><a - id="dx1-71020"></a> but has three columns. + id="dx1-81020"></a> but has three columns. The first column contains the entry’s name, the second column contains the (left justified) description and the third column contains the (left justified) <a href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a - id="dx1-71021"></a></a>. The entry’s symbol is ignored. The width of the first column is governed by + id="dx1-81021"></a></a>. The entry’s symbol is ignored. The width of the first column is governed by the widest entry in that column, the width of the second column is governed by the length <span class="cmtt-10">\glsdescwidth</span><a - id="dx1-71022"></a>, and the width of the third column is governed by the + id="dx1-81022"></a>, and the width of the third column is governed by the length <span class="cmtt-10">\glspagelistwidth</span><a - id="dx1-71023"></a>. + id="dx1-81023"></a>. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">longragged3colborder</span> </dt><dd class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">longragged3colborder</span><a - id="dx1-71024"></a> style is like the <span + id="dx1-81024"></a> style is like the <span class="cmss-10">longragged3col</span><a - id="dx1-71025"></a> style + id="dx1-81025"></a> style but has horizontal and vertical lines around it. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">longragged3colheader</span> </dt><dd class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">longragged3colheader</span><a - id="dx1-71026"></a> style is like <span + id="dx1-81026"></a> style is like <span class="cmss-10">longragged3col</span><a - id="dx1-71027"></a> but has + id="dx1-81027"></a> but has a header row. @@ -20239,25 +22500,25 @@ class="cmss-10">longragged3col</span><a class="cmbx-10">longragged3colheaderborder</span> </dt><dd class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">longragged3colheaderborder</span><a - id="dx1-71028"></a> style is like + id="dx1-81028"></a> style is like <span class="cmss-10">longragged3colheader</span><a - id="dx1-71029"></a> but has horizontal and vertical lines around it. + id="dx1-81029"></a> but has horizontal and vertical lines around it. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">altlongragged4col</span> </dt><dd class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">altlongragged4col</span><a - id="dx1-71030"></a> style is like <span + id="dx1-81030"></a> style is like <span class="cmss-10">longragged3col</span><a - id="dx1-71031"></a> but has an + id="dx1-81031"></a> but has an additional column in which the entry’s associated symbol appears. The width of the description column is governed by the length <span class="cmtt-10">\glsdescwidth</span><a - id="dx1-71032"></a> and the width of + id="dx1-81032"></a> and the width of the page list column is governed by the length <span class="cmtt-10">\glspagelistwidth</span><a - id="dx1-71033"></a>. The widths + id="dx1-81033"></a>. The widths of the name and symbol columns are governed by the widest entry in the given column. </dd><dt class="description"> @@ -20265,121 +22526,121 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glspagelistwidth</span><a class="cmbx-10">altlongragged4colborder</span> </dt><dd class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">altlongragged4colborder</span><a - id="dx1-71034"></a> style is like the + id="dx1-81034"></a> style is like the <span class="cmss-10">altlongragged4col</span><a - id="dx1-71035"></a> but has horizontal and vertical lines around it. + id="dx1-81035"></a> but has horizontal and vertical lines around it. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">altlongragged4colheader</span> </dt><dd class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">altlongragged4colheader</span><a - id="dx1-71036"></a> style is like <span + id="dx1-81036"></a> style is like <span class="cmss-10">altlongragged4col</span><a - id="dx1-71037"></a> + id="dx1-81037"></a> but has a header row. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">altlongragged4colheaderborder</span> </dt><dd class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">altlongragged4colheaderborder</span><a - id="dx1-71038"></a> style is like + id="dx1-81038"></a> style is like <span class="cmss-10">altlongragged4colheader</span><a - id="dx1-71039"></a> but has horizontal and vertical lines around it. + id="dx1-81039"></a> but has horizontal and vertical lines around it. </dd></dl> -<!--l. 10225--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 11116--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 10225--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 11116--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">15.1.4 </span> <a id="sec:longbooktabsstyles"></a>Longtable Styles (<span class="cmss-10">booktabs</span>)</h4> -<!--l. 10228--><p class="noindent" >The styles described in this section are all defined in the package <span +<!--l. 11119--><p class="noindent" >The styles described in this section are all defined in the package <span class="cmss-10">glossary-longbooktabs</span><a - id="dx1-72001"></a>. -</p><!--l. 10231--><p class="indent" > Since these styles all use the <span + id="dx1-82001"></a>. +</p><!--l. 11122--><p class="indent" > Since these styles all use the <span class="cmss-10">longtable</span><a - id="dx1-72002"></a><a - id="dx1-72003"></a> environment, they are governed by the same + id="dx1-82002"></a><a + id="dx1-82003"></a> environment, they are governed by the same parameters as that environment. The <span class="cmss-10">glossary-longbooktabs</span><a - id="dx1-72004"></a> package automatically loads the + id="dx1-82004"></a> package automatically loads the <span class="cmss-10">glossary-long</span><a - id="dx1-72005"></a> (<a + id="dx1-82005"></a> (<a href="#sec:longstyles"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>15.1.2 </a><a +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>15.1.2 </a><a href="#sec:longstyles">Longtable Styles<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:longstyles --></a>) and <span class="cmss-10">glossary-longragged</span><a - id="dx1-72006"></a> (<a + id="dx1-82006"></a> (<a href="#sec:longraggedstyles"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>15.1.3 </a><a +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>15.1.3 </a><a href="#sec:longraggedstyles">Longtable Styles (Ragged Right)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:longraggedstyles --></a>) packages. Note that these styles will only be available if you explicitly load <span class="cmss-10">glossary-longbooktabs</span><a - id="dx1-72007"></a>: + id="dx1-82007"></a>: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-309"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-365"> \usepackage{glossaries}  <br />\usepackage{glossary-longbooktabs} </div> -<!--l. 10242--><p class="nopar" > Note that you can’t set these styles using the <span +<!--l. 11133--><p class="nopar" > Note that you can’t set these styles using the <span class="cmss-10">style</span><a - id="dx1-72008"></a> package option since the styles aren’t + id="dx1-82008"></a> package option since the styles aren’t defined until after the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package has been loaded. -</p><!--l. 10247--><p class="indent" > These styles are similar to the “header” styles in the <span +</p><!--l. 11138--><p class="indent" > These styles are similar to the “header” styles in the <span class="cmss-10">glossary-long</span><a - id="dx1-72009"></a> and <span + id="dx1-82009"></a> and <span class="cmss-10">glossary-ragged</span><a - id="dx1-72010"></a> + id="dx1-82010"></a> packages, but they add the rules provided by the <span class="cmss-10">booktabs</span><a - id="dx1-72011"></a> package, <span + id="dx1-82011"></a> package, <span class="cmtt-10">\toprule</span><a - id="dx1-72012"></a>, <span + id="dx1-82012"></a>, <span class="cmtt-10">\midrule</span><a - id="dx1-72013"></a> and + id="dx1-82013"></a> and <span class="cmtt-10">\bottomrule</span><a - id="dx1-72014"></a>. Additionally these styles patch the <span + id="dx1-82014"></a>. Additionally these styles patch the <span class="cmss-10">longtable</span><a - id="dx1-72015"></a><a - id="dx1-72016"></a> environment to check for instances + id="dx1-82015"></a><a + id="dx1-82016"></a> environment to check for instances of the group skip occurring at a page break. If you don’t want this patch to affect any other use of <span class="cmss-10">longtable</span><a - id="dx1-72017"></a><a - id="dx1-72018"></a> in your document, you can scope the effect by only setting the style through + id="dx1-82017"></a><a + id="dx1-82018"></a> in your document, you can scope the effect by only setting the style through the <span class="cmss-10">style</span><a - id="dx1-72019"></a> key in the optional argument of <span + id="dx1-82019"></a> key in the optional argument of <span class="cmtt-10">\printglossary</span>. (The <span class="cmss-10">nogroupskip</span><a - id="dx1-72020"></a> package option + id="dx1-82020"></a> package option is checked by these styles.) -</p><!--l. 10260--><p class="indent" > Alternatively, you can restore the original <span +</p><!--l. 11151--><p class="indent" > Alternatively, you can restore the original <span class="cmss-10">longtable</span><a - id="dx1-72021"></a><a - id="dx1-72022"></a> behaviour with: -</p><!--l. 10262--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + id="dx1-82021"></a><a + id="dx1-82022"></a> behaviour with: +</p><!--l. 11153--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsrestoreLToutput</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-72023"></a> <span + id="dx1-82023"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsrestoreLToutput </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10264--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 11155--><p class="noindent" > For more information about the patch, see the documented code (<span class="cmtt-10">glossaries-code.pdf</span>). </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">long-booktabs</span><a - id="dx1-72024"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-82024"></a> </dt><dd class="description">This style is similar to the <span class="cmss-10">longheader</span><a - id="dx1-72025"></a> style but adds rules above and + id="dx1-82025"></a> style but adds rules above and below the header (<span class="cmtt-10">\toprule </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">\midrule</span>) and inserts a rule at the bottom of @@ -20388,88 +22649,88 @@ class="cmtt-10">\bottomrule</span>). </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">long3col-booktabs</span><a - id="dx1-72026"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-82026"></a> </dt><dd class="description">This style is similar to the <span class="cmss-10">long3colheader</span><a - id="dx1-72027"></a> style but adds rules as + id="dx1-82027"></a> style but adds rules as per <span class="cmss-10">long-booktabs</span><a - id="dx1-72028"></a>. + id="dx1-82028"></a>. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">long4col-booktabs</span><a - id="dx1-72029"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-82029"></a> </dt><dd class="description">This style is similar to the <span class="cmss-10">long4colheader</span><a - id="dx1-72030"></a> style but adds rules as + id="dx1-82030"></a> style but adds rules as above. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">altlong4col-booktabs</span><a - id="dx1-72031"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-82031"></a> </dt><dd class="description">This style is similar to the <span class="cmss-10">altlong4colheader</span><a - id="dx1-72032"></a> style but adds rules + id="dx1-82032"></a> style but adds rules as above. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">longragged-booktabs</span><a - id="dx1-72033"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-82033"></a> </dt><dd class="description">This style is similar to the <span class="cmss-10">longraggedheader</span><a - id="dx1-72034"></a> style but adds rules + id="dx1-82034"></a> style but adds rules as above. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">longragged3col-booktabs</span><a - id="dx1-72035"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-82035"></a> </dt><dd class="description">This style is similar to the <span class="cmss-10">longragged3colheader</span><a - id="dx1-72036"></a> style but + id="dx1-82036"></a> style but adds rules as above. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">altlongragged4col-booktabs</span><a - id="dx1-72037"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-82037"></a> </dt><dd class="description">This style is similar to the <span class="cmss-10">altlongragged4colheader</span><a - id="dx1-72038"></a> style + id="dx1-82038"></a> style but adds rules as above. </dd></dl> -<!--l. 10295--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 11186--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 10295--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 11186--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">15.1.5 </span> <a id="sec:superstyles"></a>Supertabular Styles</h4> -<!--l. 10298--><p class="noindent" >The styles described in this section are all defined in the package <span +<!--l. 11189--><p class="noindent" >The styles described in this section are all defined in the package <span class="cmss-10">glossary-super</span><a - id="dx1-73001"></a>. + id="dx1-83001"></a>. Since they all use the <span class="cmss-10">supertabular</span><a - id="dx1-73002"></a><a - id="dx1-73003"></a> environment, they are governed by the same + id="dx1-83002"></a><a + id="dx1-83003"></a> environment, they are governed by the same parameters as that environment. Note that these styles will automatically be available unless you use the <span class="cmss-10">nosuper</span><a - id="dx1-73004"></a> or <span + id="dx1-83004"></a> or <span class="cmss-10">nostyles</span><a - id="dx1-73005"></a> package options. In general, the <span + id="dx1-83005"></a> package options. In general, the <span class="cmss-10">longtable</span><a - id="dx1-73006"></a><a - id="dx1-73007"></a> + id="dx1-83006"></a><a + id="dx1-83007"></a> environment is better, but there are some circumstances where it is better to use <span class="cmss-10">supertabular</span><a - id="dx1-73008"></a><a - id="dx1-73009"></a>.<span class="footnote-mark"><a + id="dx1-83008"></a><a + id="dx1-83009"></a>.<span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn3x15" id="fn3x15-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">15.3</sup></a></span><a - id="x1-73010f3"></a> + id="x1-83010f3"></a> These styles fully justify the description and page list columns. If you want ragged right formatting instead, use the analogous styles described in <a href="#sec:superraggedstyles"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>15.1.6 </a><a +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>15.1.6 </a><a href="#sec:superraggedstyles">Supertabular Styles (Ragged Right)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:superraggedstyles --></a>. </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description"> @@ -20477,67 +22738,67 @@ Right)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:superraggedstyles --></a>. class="cmbx-10">super</span> </dt><dd class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">super</span><a - id="dx1-73012"></a> style uses the <span + id="dx1-83012"></a> style uses the <span class="cmss-10">supertabular</span><a - id="dx1-73013"></a><a - id="dx1-73014"></a> environment (defined by the <span + id="dx1-83013"></a><a + id="dx1-83014"></a> environment (defined by the <span class="cmss-10">supertabular</span><a - id="dx1-73015"></a> + id="dx1-83015"></a> package). It has two columns: the first column contains the entry’s name and the second column contains the description followed by the <a href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a - id="dx1-73016"></a></a>. The entry’s + id="dx1-83016"></a></a>. The entry’s symbol is ignored. Sub groups are separated with a blank row. The width of the first column is governed by the widest entry in that column. The width of the second column is governed by the length <span class="cmtt-10">\glsdescwidth</span><a - id="dx1-73017"></a>. Child entries have a + id="dx1-83017"></a>. Child entries have a similar format to the parent entries except that their name is suppressed. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">superborder</span> </dt><dd class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">superborder</span><a - id="dx1-73018"></a> style is like <span + id="dx1-83018"></a> style is like <span class="cmss-10">super</span><a - id="dx1-73019"></a> but has horizontal and vertical lines + id="dx1-83019"></a> but has horizontal and vertical lines around it. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">superheader</span> </dt><dd class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">superheader</span><a - id="dx1-73020"></a> style is like <span + id="dx1-83020"></a> style is like <span class="cmss-10">super</span><a - id="dx1-73021"></a> but has a header row. + id="dx1-83021"></a> but has a header row. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">superheaderborder</span> </dt><dd class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">superheaderborder</span><a - id="dx1-73022"></a> style is like <span + id="dx1-83022"></a> style is like <span class="cmss-10">superheader</span><a - id="dx1-73023"></a> but has horizontal + id="dx1-83023"></a> but has horizontal and vertical lines around it. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">super3col</span> </dt><dd class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">super3col</span><a - id="dx1-73024"></a> style is like <span + id="dx1-83024"></a> style is like <span class="cmss-10">super</span><a - id="dx1-73025"></a> but has three columns. The first column + id="dx1-83025"></a> but has three columns. The first column contains the entry’s name, the second column contains the description and the third column contains the <a href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a - id="dx1-73026"></a></a>. The entry’s symbol is ignored. The width + id="dx1-83026"></a></a>. The entry’s symbol is ignored. The width of the first column is governed by the widest entry in that column. The width of the second column is governed by the length <span class="cmtt-10">\glsdescwidth</span><a - id="dx1-73027"></a>. The width of the + id="dx1-83027"></a>. The width of the third column is governed by the length <span class="cmtt-10">\glspagelistwidth</span><a - id="dx1-73028"></a>. + id="dx1-83028"></a>. </dd><dt class="description"> @@ -20545,145 +22806,145 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glspagelistwidth</span><a class="cmbx-10">super3colborder</span> </dt><dd class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">super3colborder</span><a - id="dx1-73029"></a> style is like the <span + id="dx1-83029"></a> style is like the <span class="cmss-10">super3col</span><a - id="dx1-73030"></a> style but has + id="dx1-83030"></a> style but has horizontal and vertical lines around it. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">super3colheader</span> </dt><dd class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">super3colheader</span><a - id="dx1-73031"></a> style is like <span + id="dx1-83031"></a> style is like <span class="cmss-10">super3col</span><a - id="dx1-73032"></a> but has a header row. + id="dx1-83032"></a> but has a header row. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">super3colheaderborder</span> </dt><dd class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">super3colheaderborder</span><a - id="dx1-73033"></a> style is like the <span + id="dx1-83033"></a> style is like the <span class="cmss-10">super3colheader</span><a - id="dx1-73034"></a> + id="dx1-83034"></a> style but has horizontal and vertical lines around it. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">super4col</span> </dt><dd class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">super4col</span><a - id="dx1-73035"></a> style is like <span + id="dx1-83035"></a> style is like <span class="cmss-10">super3col</span><a - id="dx1-73036"></a> but has an additional column in which + id="dx1-83036"></a> but has an additional column in which the entry’s associated symbol appears. This style is designed for entries with brief single line descriptions. The column widths are governed by the widest entry in the given column. Use <span class="cmss-10">altsuper4col</span><a - id="dx1-73037"></a> for multi-line descriptions. + id="dx1-83037"></a> for multi-line descriptions. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">super4colborder</span> </dt><dd class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">super4colborder</span><a - id="dx1-73038"></a> style is like the <span + id="dx1-83038"></a> style is like the <span class="cmss-10">super4col</span><a - id="dx1-73039"></a> style but has + id="dx1-83039"></a> style but has horizontal and vertical lines around it. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">super4colheader</span> </dt><dd class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">super4colheader</span><a - id="dx1-73040"></a> style is like <span + id="dx1-83040"></a> style is like <span class="cmss-10">super4col</span><a - id="dx1-73041"></a> but has a header row. + id="dx1-83041"></a> but has a header row. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">super4colheaderborder</span> </dt><dd class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">super4colheaderborder</span><a - id="dx1-73042"></a> style is like the <span + id="dx1-83042"></a> style is like the <span class="cmss-10">super4colheader</span><a - id="dx1-73043"></a> + id="dx1-83043"></a> style but has horizontal and vertical lines around it. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">altsuper4col</span> </dt><dd class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">altsuper4col</span><a - id="dx1-73044"></a> style is like <span + id="dx1-83044"></a> style is like <span class="cmss-10">super4col</span><a - id="dx1-73045"></a> but allows multi-line descriptions + id="dx1-83045"></a> but allows multi-line descriptions and page lists. The width of the description column is governed by the length <span class="cmtt-10">\glsdescwidth</span><a - id="dx1-73046"></a> and the width of the page list column is governed by the length + id="dx1-83046"></a> and the width of the page list column is governed by the length <span class="cmtt-10">\glspagelistwidth</span><a - id="dx1-73047"></a>. The width of the name and symbol columns is governed by + id="dx1-83047"></a>. The width of the name and symbol columns is governed by the widest entry in the given column. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">altsuper4colborder</span> </dt><dd class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">altsuper4colborder</span><a - id="dx1-73048"></a> style is like the <span + id="dx1-83048"></a> style is like the <span class="cmss-10">super4colborder</span><a - id="dx1-73049"></a> style but + id="dx1-83049"></a> style but allows multi-line descriptions and page lists. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">altsuper4colheader</span> </dt><dd class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">altsuper4colheader</span><a - id="dx1-73050"></a> style is like <span + id="dx1-83050"></a> style is like <span class="cmss-10">super4colheader</span><a - id="dx1-73051"></a> but allows + id="dx1-83051"></a> but allows multi-line descriptions and page lists. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">altsuper4colheaderborder</span> </dt><dd class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">altsuper4colheaderborder</span><a - id="dx1-73052"></a> style is like + id="dx1-83052"></a> style is like <span class="cmss-10">super4colheaderborder</span><a - id="dx1-73053"></a> but allows multi-line descriptions and page lists.</dd></dl> + id="dx1-83053"></a> but allows multi-line descriptions and page lists.</dd></dl> -<!--l. 10394--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 11285--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 10394--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 11285--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">15.1.6 </span> <a id="sec:superraggedstyles"></a>Supertabular Styles (Ragged Right)</h4> -<!--l. 10397--><p class="noindent" >The styles described in this section are all defined in the package <span +<!--l. 11288--><p class="noindent" >The styles described in this section are all defined in the package <span class="cmss-10">glossary-superragged</span><a - id="dx1-74001"></a>. These + id="dx1-84001"></a>. These styles are analogous to those defined in <span class="cmss-10">glossary-super</span><a - id="dx1-74002"></a> but the multiline columns are left + id="dx1-84002"></a> but the multiline columns are left justified instead of fully justified. Since these styles all use the <span class="cmss-10">supertabular</span><a - id="dx1-74003"></a><a - id="dx1-74004"></a> environment, they + id="dx1-84003"></a><a + id="dx1-84004"></a> environment, they are governed by the same parameters as that environment. The <span class="cmss-10">glossary-superragged</span><a - id="dx1-74005"></a> package + id="dx1-84005"></a> package additionally requires the <span class="cmss-10">array</span><a - id="dx1-74006"></a> package. Note that these styles will only be available if you + id="dx1-84006"></a> package. Note that these styles will only be available if you explicitly load <span class="cmss-10">glossary-superragged</span><a - id="dx1-74007"></a>: + id="dx1-84007"></a>: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-310"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-366"> \usepackage{glossaries}  <br />\usepackage{glossary-superragged} </div> -<!--l. 10409--><p class="nopar" > Note that you can’t set these styles using the <span +<!--l. 11300--><p class="nopar" > Note that you can’t set these styles using the <span class="cmss-10">style</span><a - id="dx1-74008"></a> package option since the styles aren’t + id="dx1-84008"></a> package option since the styles aren’t defined until after the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package has been loaded. </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description"> @@ -20691,21 +22952,21 @@ class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package has been loaded. class="cmbx-10">superragged</span> </dt><dd class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">superragged</span><a - id="dx1-74009"></a> style uses the <span + id="dx1-84009"></a> style uses the <span class="cmss-10">supertabular</span><a - id="dx1-74010"></a><a - id="dx1-74011"></a> environment (defined by the + id="dx1-84010"></a><a + id="dx1-84011"></a> environment (defined by the <span class="cmss-10">supertabular</span><a - id="dx1-74012"></a> package). It has two columns: the first column contains the entry’s + id="dx1-84012"></a> package). It has two columns: the first column contains the entry’s name and the second column contains the (left justified) description followed by the <a href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a - id="dx1-74013"></a></a>. The entry’s symbol is ignored. Sub groups are separated with a + id="dx1-84013"></a></a>. The entry’s symbol is ignored. Sub groups are separated with a blank row. The width of the first column is governed by the widest entry in that column. The width of the second column is governed by the length <span class="cmtt-10">\glsdescwidth</span><a - id="dx1-74014"></a>. + id="dx1-84014"></a>. Child entries have a similar format to the parent entries except that their name is suppressed. </dd><dt class="description"> @@ -20713,65 +22974,65 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsdescwidth</span><a class="cmbx-10">superraggedborder</span> </dt><dd class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">superraggedborder</span><a - id="dx1-74015"></a> style is like <span + id="dx1-84015"></a> style is like <span class="cmss-10">superragged</span><a - id="dx1-74016"></a> but has horizontal + id="dx1-84016"></a> but has horizontal and vertical lines around it. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">superraggedheader</span> </dt><dd class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">superraggedheader</span><a - id="dx1-74017"></a> style is like <span + id="dx1-84017"></a> style is like <span class="cmss-10">superragged</span><a - id="dx1-74018"></a> but has a header + id="dx1-84018"></a> but has a header row. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">superraggedheaderborder</span> </dt><dd class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">superraggedheaderborder</span><a - id="dx1-74019"></a> style is like + id="dx1-84019"></a> style is like <span class="cmss-10">superraggedheader</span><a - id="dx1-74020"></a> but has horizontal and vertical lines around it. + id="dx1-84020"></a> but has horizontal and vertical lines around it. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">superragged3col</span> </dt><dd class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">superragged3col</span><a - id="dx1-74021"></a> style is like <span + id="dx1-84021"></a> style is like <span class="cmss-10">superragged</span><a - id="dx1-74022"></a> but has three columns. + id="dx1-84022"></a> but has three columns. The first column contains the entry’s name, the second column contains the (left justified) description and the third column contains the (left justified) <a href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a - id="dx1-74023"></a></a>. + id="dx1-84023"></a></a>. The entry’s symbol is ignored. The width of the first column is governed by the widest entry in that column. The width of the second column is governed by the length <span class="cmtt-10">\glsdescwidth</span><a - id="dx1-74024"></a>. The width of the third column is governed by the length + id="dx1-84024"></a>. The width of the third column is governed by the length <span class="cmtt-10">\glspagelistwidth</span><a - id="dx1-74025"></a>. + id="dx1-84025"></a>. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">superragged3colborder</span> </dt><dd class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">superragged3colborder</span><a - id="dx1-74026"></a> style is like the <span + id="dx1-84026"></a> style is like the <span class="cmss-10">superragged3col</span><a - id="dx1-74027"></a> + id="dx1-84027"></a> style but has horizontal and vertical lines around it. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">superragged3colheader</span> </dt><dd class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">superragged3colheader</span><a - id="dx1-74028"></a> style is like <span + id="dx1-84028"></a> style is like <span class="cmss-10">superragged3col</span><a - id="dx1-74029"></a> but + id="dx1-84029"></a> but has a header row. @@ -20781,18 +23042,18 @@ class="cmbx-10">superragged3colheaderborder</span> </dt><dd class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">superragged3colheaderborder</span><a - id="dx1-74030"></a> style is like <span + id="dx1-84030"></a> style is like <span class="cmss-10">superragged3colheader</span><a - id="dx1-74031"></a> but has horizontal + id="dx1-84031"></a> but has horizontal and vertical lines around it. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">altsuperragged4col</span> </dt><dd class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">altsuperragged4col</span><a - id="dx1-74032"></a> style is like <span + id="dx1-84032"></a> style is like <span class="cmss-10">superragged3col</span><a - id="dx1-74033"></a> but has an + id="dx1-84033"></a> but has an additional column in which the entry’s associated symbol appears. The column widths for the name and symbol column are governed by the widest entry in the given column. @@ -20801,93 +23062,93 @@ class="cmss-10">superragged3col</span><a class="cmbx-10">altsuperragged4colborder</span> </dt><dd class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">altsuperragged4colborder</span><a - id="dx1-74034"></a> style is like the + id="dx1-84034"></a> style is like the <span class="cmss-10">altsuperragged4col</span><a - id="dx1-74035"></a> style but has horizontal and vertical lines around it. + id="dx1-84035"></a> style but has horizontal and vertical lines around it. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">altsuperragged4colheader</span> </dt><dd class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">altsuperragged4colheader</span><a - id="dx1-74036"></a> style is like + id="dx1-84036"></a> style is like <span class="cmss-10">altsuperragged4col</span><a - id="dx1-74037"></a> but has a header row. + id="dx1-84037"></a> but has a header row. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">altsuperragged4colheaderborder</span> </dt><dd class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">altsuperragged4colheaderborder</span><a - id="dx1-74038"></a> style is like + id="dx1-84038"></a> style is like <span class="cmss-10">altsuperragged4colheader</span><a - id="dx1-74039"></a> but has horizontal and vertical lines around it. + id="dx1-84039"></a> but has horizontal and vertical lines around it. </dd></dl> -<!--l. 10482--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 11373--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 10482--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 11373--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">15.1.7 </span> <a id="sec:treestyles"></a>Tree-Like Styles</h4> -<!--l. 10485--><p class="noindent" >The styles described in this section are all defined in the package <span +<!--l. 11376--><p class="noindent" >The styles described in this section are all defined in the package <span class="cmss-10">glossary-tree</span><a - id="dx1-75001"></a>. These styles + id="dx1-85001"></a>. These styles are designed for hierarchical glossaries but can also be used with glossaries that don’t have sub-entries. These styles will display the entry’s symbol if it exists. Note that these styles will automatically be available unless you use the <span class="cmss-10">notree</span><a - id="dx1-75002"></a> or <span + id="dx1-85002"></a> or <span class="cmss-10">nostyles</span><a - id="dx1-75003"></a> package + id="dx1-85003"></a> package options. -</p><!--l. 10493--><p class="indent" > These styles all format the entry name using: -</p><!--l. 10494--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 11384--><p class="indent" > These styles all format the entry name using: +</p><!--l. 11385--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glstreenamefmt</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-75004"></a> <span + id="dx1-85004"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glstreenamefmt{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">name</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10496--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 11387--><p class="noindent" > This defaults to <span class="cmtt-10">\textbf{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span>, but note that ⟨<span class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩ includes <span class="cmtt-10">\glsnamefont</span><a - id="dx1-75005"></a> so the + id="dx1-85005"></a> so the bold setting in <span class="cmtt-10">\glstreenamefont </span>may be counteracted by another font change in <span class="cmtt-10">\glsnamefont </span>(or in <span class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont</span>). The tree-like styles that also display the header use -</p><!--l. 10502--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 11393--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glstreegroupheaderfmt</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-75006"></a> <span + id="dx1-85006"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glstreegroupheaderfmt{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10504--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 11395--><p class="noindent" > to format the heading. This defaults to <span class="cmtt-10">\glstreenamefmt{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span>. The tree-like styles that display navigation links to the groups (such as <span class="cmss-10">indexhypergroup</span><a - id="dx1-75007"></a>), format the navigation line + id="dx1-85007"></a>), format the navigation line using -</p><!--l. 10509--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 11400--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glstreenavigationfmt</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-75008"></a> <span + id="dx1-85008"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glstreenavigationfmt{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10511--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 11402--><p class="noindent" > which defaults to <span class="cmtt-10">\glstreenamefmt{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩<span @@ -20895,116 +23156,116 @@ class="cmtt-10">}</span>. Note that this is different from <span class="cmtt-10">\glslistnavigationitem</span>, provided with the styles such as <span class="cmss-10">listhypergroup</span><a - id="dx1-75009"></a>, as that also + id="dx1-85009"></a>, as that also includes <span class="cmtt-10">\item</span>. -</p><!--l. 10516--><p class="indent" > With the exception of the <span +</p><!--l. 11407--><p class="indent" > With the exception of the <span class="cmss-10">alttree</span><a - id="dx1-75010"></a> style (and those derived from it), the space before the + id="dx1-85010"></a> style (and those derived from it), the space before the description for top-level entries is produced with -</p><!--l. 10519--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 11410--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glstreepredesc</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-75011"></a> <span + id="dx1-85011"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glstreepredesc </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10521--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 11412--><p class="noindent" > This defaults to <span class="cmtt-10">\space</span>. -</p><!--l. 10524--><p class="indent" > With the exception of the <span +</p><!--l. 11415--><p class="indent" > With the exception of the <span class="cmss-10">treenoname</span><a - id="dx1-75012"></a> and <span + id="dx1-85012"></a> and <span class="cmss-10">alttree</span><a - id="dx1-75013"></a> styles (and those derived from them), + id="dx1-85013"></a> styles (and those derived from them), the space before the description for child entries is produced with -</p><!--l. 10528--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 11419--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glstreechildpredesc</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-75014"></a> <span + id="dx1-85014"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glstreechildpredesc </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10530--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 11421--><p class="noindent" > This defaults to <span class="cmtt-10">\space</span>. -</p><!--l. 10533--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Most of these styles are not designed for multi-paragraph descriptions. (The <span +</p><!--l. 11424--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Most of these styles are not designed for multi-paragraph descriptions. (The <span class="cmss-10">tree</span><a - id="dx1-75015"></a> style + id="dx1-85015"></a> style isn’t too bad for multi-paragraph top-level entry descriptions, or you can use the <span class="cmss-10">index</span><a - id="dx1-75016"></a> style + id="dx1-85016"></a> style with the adjustment shown below.) </div> -</p><!--l. 10538--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 11429--><p class="noindent" > </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">index</span> </dt><dd class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">index</span><a - id="dx1-75017"></a> style is similar to the way indices are usually formatted in that it has + id="dx1-85017"></a> style is similar to the way indices are usually formatted in that it has a hierarchical structure up to three levels (the main level plus two sub-levels). The name is typeset in bold, and if the symbol is present it is set in parentheses after the name and before the description. Sub-entries are indented and also include the name, the symbol in brackets (if present) and the description. Groups are separated using <span class="cmtt-10">\indexspace</span><a - id="dx1-75018"></a>. - <!--l. 10550--><p class="noindent" >Each main level item is started with - </p><!--l. 10551--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + id="dx1-85018"></a>. + <!--l. 11441--><p class="noindent" >Each main level item is started with + </p><!--l. 11442--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glstreeitem</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-75019"></a> <span + id="dx1-85019"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glstreeitem </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 10553--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 11444--><p class="noindent" > The level 1 entries are started with - </p><!--l. 10555--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + </p><!--l. 11446--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glstreesubitem</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-75020"></a> <span + id="dx1-85020"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glstreesubitem </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 10557--><p class="noindent" > - </p><!--l. 10559--><p class="noindent" >The level 2 entries are started with - </p><!--l. 10560--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + </p><!--l. 11448--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 11450--><p class="noindent" >The level 2 entries are started with + </p><!--l. 11451--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glstreesubsubitem</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-75021"></a> <span + id="dx1-85021"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glstreesubsubitem </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 10562--><p class="noindent" > - </p><!--l. 10564--><p class="noindent" >Note that the <span + </p><!--l. 11453--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 11455--><p class="noindent" >Note that the <span class="cmss-10">index</span><a - id="dx1-75022"></a> style automatically sets + id="dx1-85022"></a> style automatically sets </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-311"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-367"> \let\item\glstreeitem  <br />\let\subitem\glstreesubitem  <br />\let\subsubitem\glstreesubsubitem </div> - <!--l. 10569--><p class="nopar" > at the start of the glossary for backward compatibility. - </p><!--l. 10572--><p class="noindent" >The <span + <!--l. 11460--><p class="nopar" > at the start of the glossary for backward compatibility. + </p><!--l. 11463--><p class="noindent" >The <span class="cmss-10">index</span><a - id="dx1-75023"></a> style isn’t suitable for multi-paragraph descriptions, but this limitation can be + id="dx1-85023"></a> style isn’t suitable for multi-paragraph descriptions, but this limitation can be overcome by redefining the above commands. For example: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-312"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-368"> \renewcommand{\glstreeitem}{%  <br /> \parindent0pt\par\hangindent40pt  <br /> \everypar{\parindent50pt\hangindent40pt}} </div> - <!--l. 10579--><p class="nopar" > + <!--l. 11470--><p class="nopar" > </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">indexgroup</span> </dt><dd class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">indexgroup</span><a - id="dx1-75024"></a> style is similar to the <span + id="dx1-85024"></a> style is similar to the <span class="cmss-10">index</span><a - id="dx1-75025"></a> style except that each group has a + id="dx1-85025"></a> style except that each group has a heading obtained using <span class="cmtt-10">\glsgetgrouptitle{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span>, which is described in <a href="#sec:newglossarystyle"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>15.2 </a><a +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>15.2 </a><a href="#sec:newglossarystyle">Defining your own glossary style<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:newglossarystyle --></a>. </dd><dt class="description"> @@ -21012,12 +23273,12 @@ href="#sec:newglossarystyle">Defining class="cmbx-10">indexhypergroup</span> </dt><dd class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">indexhypergroup</span><a - id="dx1-75026"></a> style is like <span + id="dx1-85026"></a> style is like <span class="cmss-10">indexgroup</span><a - id="dx1-75027"></a> but has a set of links to the + id="dx1-85027"></a> but has a set of links to the glossary groups. The navigation line is the same as that for <span class="cmss-10">listhypergroup</span><a - id="dx1-75028"></a>, described + id="dx1-85028"></a>, described above, but is formatted using <span class="cmtt-10">\glstreenavigationfmt</span>. </dd><dt class="description"> @@ -21025,46 +23286,46 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glstreenavigationfmt</span>. class="cmbx-10">tree</span> </dt><dd class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">tree</span><a - id="dx1-75029"></a> style is similar to the <span + id="dx1-85029"></a> style is similar to the <span class="cmss-10">index</span><a - id="dx1-75030"></a> style except that it can have arbitrary levels. (Note + id="dx1-85030"></a> style except that it can have arbitrary levels. (Note that <a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-75031"></a></a> is limited to three levels, so you will need to use <a + id="dx1-85031"></a></a> is limited to three levels, so you will need to use <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-75032"></a></a> if you want + id="dx1-85032"></a></a> if you want more than three levels.) Each sub-level is indented by <span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glstreeindent</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-75033"></a><span + id="dx1-85033"></a><span class="cmtt-10">\glstreeindent</span>. Note that the name, symbol (if present) and description are placed in the same paragraph block. If you want the name to be apart from the description, use the <span class="cmss-10">alttree</span><a - id="dx1-75034"></a> + id="dx1-85034"></a> style instead. (See below.) </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">treegroup</span> </dt><dd class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">treegroup</span><a - id="dx1-75035"></a> style is similar to the <span + id="dx1-85035"></a> style is similar to the <span class="cmss-10">tree</span><a - id="dx1-75036"></a> style except that each group has a + id="dx1-85036"></a> style except that each group has a heading. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">treehypergroup</span> </dt><dd class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">treehypergroup</span><a - id="dx1-75037"></a> style is like <span + id="dx1-85037"></a> style is like <span class="cmss-10">treegroup</span><a - id="dx1-75038"></a> but has a set of links to the + id="dx1-85038"></a> but has a set of links to the glossary groups. The navigation line is the same as that for <span class="cmss-10">listhypergroup</span><a - id="dx1-75039"></a>, described + id="dx1-85039"></a>, described above, but is formatted using <span class="cmtt-10">\glstreenavigationfmt</span>. </dd><dt class="description"> @@ -21072,31 +23333,31 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glstreenavigationfmt</span>. class="cmbx-10">treenoname</span> </dt><dd class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">treenoname</span><a - id="dx1-75040"></a> style is like the <span + id="dx1-85040"></a> style is like the <span class="cmss-10">tree</span><a - id="dx1-75041"></a> style except that the name for each + id="dx1-85041"></a> style except that the name for each sub-entry is ignored. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">treenonamegroup</span> </dt><dd class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">treenonamegroup</span><a - id="dx1-75042"></a> style is similar to the <span + id="dx1-85042"></a> style is similar to the <span class="cmss-10">treenoname</span><a - id="dx1-75043"></a> style except that + id="dx1-85043"></a> style except that each group has a heading. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">treenonamehypergroup</span> </dt><dd class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">treenonamehypergroup</span><a - id="dx1-75044"></a> style is like <span + id="dx1-85044"></a> style is like <span class="cmss-10">treenonamegroup</span><a - id="dx1-75045"></a> but has a + id="dx1-85045"></a> but has a set of links to the glossary groups. The navigation line is the same as that for <span class="cmss-10">listhypergroup</span><a - id="dx1-75046"></a>, described above, but is formatted using <span + id="dx1-85046"></a>, described above, but is formatted using <span class="cmtt-10">\glstreenavigationfmt</span>. @@ -21105,20 +23366,20 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glstreenavigationfmt</span>. class="cmbx-10">alttree</span> </dt><dd class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">alttree</span><a - id="dx1-75047"></a> style is similar to the <span + id="dx1-85047"></a> style is similar to the <span class="cmss-10">tree</span><a - id="dx1-75048"></a> style except that the indentation for each level + id="dx1-85048"></a> style except that the indentation for each level is determined by the width of the text specified by - <!--l. 10628--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + <!--l. 11519--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glssetwidest</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-75049"></a> <span + id="dx1-85049"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glssetwidest[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">level</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 10630--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 11521--><p class="noindent" > The optional argument ⟨<span class="cmti-10">level</span>⟩ indicates the level, where 0 indicates the top-most level, 1 indicates the first level sub-entries, etc. If <span @@ -21126,66 +23387,66 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glssetwidest </span>hasn’t been used for a given sub-level, the level 0 widest text is used instead. If ⟨<span class="cmti-10">level</span>⟩ is omitted, 0 is assumed. - </p><!--l. 10637--><p class="noindent" >As from v4.22, the <span + </p><!--l. 11528--><p class="noindent" >As from v4.22, the <span class="cmss-10">glossary-tree</span><a - id="dx1-75050"></a> package also provides - </p><!--l. 10638--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + id="dx1-85050"></a> package also provides + </p><!--l. 11529--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsfindwidesttoplevelname</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-75051"></a> <span + id="dx1-85051"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfindwidesttoplevelname[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]</span> </div><hr> - </p><!--l. 10640--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 11531--><p class="noindent" > This iterates over all parentless entries in the given glossary lists and determines the widest entry. If the optional argument is omitted, all glossaries are assumed (as per <span class="cmtt-10">\forallglossaries</span>). - </p><!--l. 10645--><p class="noindent" >For example, to have the same name width for all glossaries: + </p><!--l. 11536--><p class="noindent" >For example, to have the same name width for all glossaries: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-313"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-369"> \glsfindwidesttoplevelname  <br />\setglossarystyle{alttree}  <br />\printglossaries </div> - <!--l. 10650--><p class="nopar" > Alternatively, to compute the widest entry for each glossary before it’s displayed: + <!--l. 11541--><p class="nopar" > Alternatively, to compute the widest entry for each glossary before it’s displayed: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-314"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-370"> \renewcommand{\glossarypreamble}{%  <br />  \glsfindwidesttoplevelname[\currentglossary]}  <br />\setglossarystyle{alttree}  <br />\printglossaries </div> - <!--l. 10658--><p class="nopar" > - </p><!--l. 10660--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> These commands only affects the <span + <!--l. 11549--><p class="nopar" > + </p><!--l. 11551--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> These commands only affects the <span class="cmss-10">alttree</span><a - id="dx1-75052"></a> styles, including those listed below and the + id="dx1-85052"></a> styles, including those listed below and the ones in the <span class="cmss-10">glossary-mcols</span><a - id="dx1-75053"></a> package. If you forget to set the widest entry name, the + id="dx1-85053"></a> package. If you forget to set the widest entry name, the description will overwrite the name. </div> - </p><!--l. 10665--><p class="noindent" > - </p><!--l. 10667--><p class="noindent" >For each level, the name is placed to the left of the paragraph block containing the + </p><!--l. 11556--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 11558--><p class="noindent" >For each level, the name is placed to the left of the paragraph block containing the symbol (optional) and the description. If the symbol is present, it is placed in parentheses before the description. - </p><!--l. 10672--><p class="noindent" >The name is placed inside a left-aligned <span + </p><!--l. 11563--><p class="noindent" >The name is placed inside a left-aligned <span class="cmtt-10">\makebox</span>. As from v4.19, this can now be adjusted by redefining - </p><!--l. 10674--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + </p><!--l. 11565--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glstreenamebox</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-75054"></a> <span + id="dx1-85054"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glstreenamebox{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">width</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 10676--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 11567--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">width</span>⟩ is the width of the box and ⟨<span class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩ is the contents of the box. For example, to @@ -21193,69 +23454,69 @@ class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩ is the contents of the box. For example, to </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-315"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-371"> \renewcommand*{\glstreenamebox}[2]{%  <br />  \makebox[#1][r]{#2}%  <br />} </div> - <!--l. 10683--><p class="nopar" > + <!--l. 11574--><p class="nopar" > </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">alttreegroup</span> </dt><dd class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">alttreegroup</span><a - id="dx1-75055"></a> is like the <span + id="dx1-85055"></a> is like the <span class="cmss-10">alttree</span><a - id="dx1-75056"></a> style except that each group has a + id="dx1-85056"></a> style except that each group has a heading. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmbx-10">alttreehypergroup</span> </dt><dd class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">alttreehypergroup</span><a - id="dx1-75057"></a> style is like <span + id="dx1-85057"></a> style is like <span class="cmss-10">alttreegroup</span><a - id="dx1-75058"></a> but has a set of links to + id="dx1-85058"></a> but has a set of links to the glossary groups. The navigation line is the same as that for <span class="cmss-10">listhypergroup</span><a - id="dx1-75059"></a>, described + id="dx1-85059"></a>, described above. </dd></dl> -<!--l. 10695--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 11586--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 10695--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 11586--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">15.1.8 </span> <a id="sec:mcolstyles"></a>Multicols Style</h4> -<!--l. 10698--><p class="noindent" >The <span +<!--l. 11589--><p class="noindent" >The <span class="cmss-10">glossary-mcols</span><a - id="dx1-76001"></a> package provides tree-like styles that are in the <span + id="dx1-86001"></a> package provides tree-like styles that are in the <span class="cmss-10">multicols</span><a - id="dx1-76002"></a><a - id="dx1-76003"></a> environment + id="dx1-86002"></a><a + id="dx1-86003"></a> environment (defined by the <span class="cmss-10">multicol</span><a - id="dx1-76004"></a> package). The style names are as their analogous tree styles (as + id="dx1-86004"></a> package). The style names are as their analogous tree styles (as defined in <a href="#sec:treestyles"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>15.1.7 </a><a +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>15.1.7 </a><a href="#sec:treestyles">Tree-Like Styles<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:treestyles --></a>) but are prefixed with “mcol”. For example, the <span class="cmss-10">mcolindex</span><a - id="dx1-76005"></a> + id="dx1-86005"></a> style is essentially the <span class="cmss-10">index</span><a - id="dx1-76006"></a> style but put in a <span + id="dx1-86006"></a> style but put in a <span class="cmss-10">multicols</span><a - id="dx1-76007"></a><a - id="dx1-76008"></a> environment. For the complete list, see + id="dx1-86007"></a><a + id="dx1-86008"></a> environment. For the complete list, see <a href="#tab:mcols">table 15.2</a>. The <span class="cmss-10">glossary-tree</span><a - id="dx1-76009"></a> package is automatically loaded by <span + id="dx1-86009"></a> package is automatically loaded by <span class="cmss-10">glossary-mcols</span><a - id="dx1-76010"></a> (even if the + id="dx1-86010"></a> (even if the <span class="cmss-10">notree</span><a - id="dx1-76011"></a> package option is used when loading <span + id="dx1-86011"></a> package option is used when loading <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>). The formatting commands <span class="cmtt-10">\glstreenamefmt</span>, <span @@ -21263,46 +23524,46 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glstreegroupheaderfmt </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">\glstreenavigationfmt </span>are all used by the corresponding <span class="cmss-10">glossary-mcols</span><a - id="dx1-76012"></a> styles. -</p><!--l. 10713--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span + id="dx1-86012"></a> styles. +</p><!--l. 11604--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span class="cmss-10">glossary-mcols</span><a - id="dx1-76013"></a> is not loaded by <span + id="dx1-86013"></a> is not loaded by <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>. If you want to use any of the multicol styles in that package you need to load it explicitly with <span class="cmtt-10">\usepackage </span>and set the required glossary style using <span class="cmtt-10">\setglossarystyle</span><a - id="dx1-76014"></a>. </div> -</p><!--l. 10718--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 10720--><p class="indent" > The default number of columns is 2, but can be changed by redefining -</p><!--l. 10721--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + id="dx1-86014"></a>. </div> +</p><!--l. 11609--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 11611--><p class="indent" > The default number of columns is 2, but can be changed by redefining +</p><!--l. 11612--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsmcols</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-76015"></a> <span + id="dx1-86015"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsmcols </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10723--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 11614--><p class="noindent" > to the required number. For example, for a three column glossary: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-316"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-372"> \usepackage{glossary-mcols}  <br />\renewcommand*{\glsmcols}{3}  <br />\setglossarystyle{mcolindex} </div> -<!--l. 10729--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 11620--><p class="nopar" > </p> <div class="table"> -<!--l. 10731--><p class="indent" > <a +<!--l. 11622--><p class="indent" > <a id="tab:mcols"></a></p><hr class="float" /><div class="float" > <div class="caption" ><span class="id">Table 15.2: </span><span -class="content">Multicolumn Styles</span></div><!--tex4ht:label?: x1-760162 --> +class="content">Multicolumn Styles</span></div><!--tex4ht:label?: x1-860162 --> <div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-10" class="tabular" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" ><colgroup id="TBL-10-1g"><col @@ -21311,7 +23572,7 @@ id="TBL-10-2" /></colgroup><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-10-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-1-1" class="td11"> <span class="cmssbx-10">glossary-mcols</span><a - id="dx1-76017"></a> <span + id="dx1-86017"></a> <span class="cmbx-10">Style </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-1-2" class="td11"> <span class="cmbx-10">Analogous Tree Style </span></td> @@ -21319,212 +23580,212 @@ class="cmbx-10">Analogous Tree Style </span></td> style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-10-2-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-2-1" class="td11"> <span class="cmss-10">mcolindex</span><a - id="dx1-76018"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-2-2" + id="dx1-86018"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-2-2" class="td11"> <span class="cmss-10">index</span><a - id="dx1-76019"></a> </td></tr><tr + id="dx1-86019"></a> </td></tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-10-3-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-3-1" class="td11"> <span class="cmss-10">mcolindexgroup</span><a - id="dx1-76020"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-3-2" + id="dx1-86020"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-3-2" class="td11"> <span class="cmss-10">indexgroup</span><a - id="dx1-76021"></a></td> + id="dx1-86021"></a></td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-10-4-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-4-1" class="td11"> <span class="cmss-10">mcolindexhypergroup</span><a - id="dx1-76022"></a> or <span + id="dx1-86022"></a> or <span class="cmss-10">mcolindexspannav</span><a - id="dx1-76023"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-4-2" + id="dx1-86023"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-4-2" class="td11"> <span class="cmss-10">indexhypergroup</span><a - id="dx1-76024"></a> </td> + id="dx1-86024"></a> </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-10-5-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-5-1" class="td11"> <span class="cmss-10">mcoltree</span><a - id="dx1-76025"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-5-2" + id="dx1-86025"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-5-2" class="td11"> <span class="cmss-10">tree</span><a - id="dx1-76026"></a> </td></tr><tr + id="dx1-86026"></a> </td></tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-10-6-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-6-1" class="td11"> <span class="cmss-10">mcoltreegroup</span><a - id="dx1-76027"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-6-2" + id="dx1-86027"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-6-2" class="td11"> <span class="cmss-10">treegroup</span><a - id="dx1-76028"></a></td> + id="dx1-86028"></a></td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-10-7-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-7-1" class="td11"> <span class="cmss-10">mcoltreehypergroup</span><a - id="dx1-76029"></a> or <span + id="dx1-86029"></a> or <span class="cmss-10">mcoltreespannav</span><a - id="dx1-76030"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-7-2" + id="dx1-86030"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-7-2" class="td11"> <span class="cmss-10">treehypergroup</span><a - id="dx1-76031"></a> </td> + id="dx1-86031"></a> </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-10-8-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-8-1" class="td11"> <span class="cmss-10">mcoltreenoname</span><a - id="dx1-76032"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-8-2" + id="dx1-86032"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-8-2" class="td11"> <span class="cmss-10">treenoname</span><a - id="dx1-76033"></a> </td> + id="dx1-86033"></a> </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-10-9-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-9-1" class="td11"> <span class="cmss-10">mcoltreenonamegroup</span><a - id="dx1-76034"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-9-2" + id="dx1-86034"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-9-2" class="td11"> <span class="cmss-10">treenonamegroup</span><a - id="dx1-76035"></a> </td> + id="dx1-86035"></a> </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-10-10-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-10-1" class="td11"> <span class="cmss-10">mcoltreenonamehypergroup</span><a - id="dx1-76036"></a> or <span + id="dx1-86036"></a> or <span class="cmss-10">mcoltreenonamespannav</span><a - id="dx1-76037"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-10-2" + id="dx1-86037"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-10-2" class="td11"> <span class="cmss-10">treenonamehypergroup</span><a - id="dx1-76038"></a> </td> + id="dx1-86038"></a> </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-10-11-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-11-1" class="td11"> <span class="cmss-10">mcolalttree</span><a - id="dx1-76039"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-11-2" + id="dx1-86039"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-11-2" class="td11"> <span class="cmss-10">alttree</span><a - id="dx1-76040"></a> </td> + id="dx1-86040"></a> </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-10-12-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-12-1" class="td11"> <span class="cmss-10">mcolalttreegroup</span><a - id="dx1-76041"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-12-2" + id="dx1-86041"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-12-2" class="td11"> <span class="cmss-10">alttreegroup</span><a - id="dx1-76042"></a> </td> + id="dx1-86042"></a> </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-10-13-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-13-1" class="td11"> <span class="cmss-10">mcolalttreehypergroup</span><a - id="dx1-76043"></a> or <span + id="dx1-86043"></a> or <span class="cmss-10">mcolalttreespannav</span><a - id="dx1-76044"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-13-2" + id="dx1-86044"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-13-2" class="td11"> <span class="cmss-10">alttreehypergroup</span><a - id="dx1-76045"></a> </td></tr></table></div> + id="dx1-86045"></a> </td></tr></table></div> </div><hr class="endfloat" /> </div> -<!--l. 10756--><p class="indent" > The styles with a navigation line, such as <span +<!--l. 11647--><p class="indent" > The styles with a navigation line, such as <span class="cmss-10">mcoltreehypergroup</span><a - id="dx1-76046"></a>, now have a variant (as from + id="dx1-86046"></a>, now have a variant (as from v4.22) with “hypergroup” replaced with “spannav” in the style name. The original “hypergroup” styles place the navigation line at the start of the first column. The newer “spannav” styles put the navigation line in the optional argument of the <span class="cmss-10">multicols</span><a - id="dx1-76047"></a><a - id="dx1-76048"></a> + id="dx1-86047"></a><a + id="dx1-86048"></a> environment so that it spans across all the columns. </p> -<!--l. 10764--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 11655--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">15.1.9 </span> <a id="sec:inline"></a>In-Line Style</h4> -<!--l. 10767--><p class="noindent" >This section covers the <span +<!--l. 11658--><p class="noindent" >This section covers the <span class="cmss-10">glossary-inline</span><a - id="dx1-77001"></a> package that supplies the <span + id="dx1-87001"></a> package that supplies the <span class="cmss-10">inline</span><a - id="dx1-77002"></a> style. This is a style that + id="dx1-87002"></a> style. This is a style that is designed for in-line use (as opposed to block styles, such as lists or tables). This style doesn’t display the <a href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a - id="dx1-77003"></a></a>. -</p><!--l. 10772--><p class="indent" > You will most likely need to redefine <span + id="dx1-87003"></a></a>. +</p><!--l. 11663--><p class="indent" > You will most likely need to redefine <span class="cmtt-10">\glossarysection</span><a - id="dx1-77004"></a> with this style. For example, + id="dx1-87004"></a> with this style. For example, suppose you are required to have your glossaries and list of acronyms in a footnote, you can do: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-317"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-373">  \usepackage{glossary-inline}  <br /> \renewcommand*{\glossarysection}[2][]{\textbf{#1}: }  <br /> \setglossarystyle{inline} </div> -<!--l. 10780--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 10782--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that you need to include <span +<!--l. 11671--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 11673--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that you need to include <span class="cmss-10">glossary-inline</span><a - id="dx1-77005"></a> with <span + id="dx1-87005"></a> with <span class="cmtt-10">\usepackage </span>as it’s not automatically included by the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package and then set the style using <span class="cmtt-10">\setglossarystyle</span><a - id="dx1-77006"></a>. + id="dx1-87006"></a>. </div> -</p><!--l. 10787--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 10789--><p class="indent" > Where you need to include your glossaries as a footnote you can do: +</p><!--l. 11678--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 11680--><p class="indent" > Where you need to include your glossaries as a footnote you can do: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-318"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-374"> \footnote{\printglossaries} </div> -<!--l. 10792--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 10794--><p class="indent" > The <span +<!--l. 11683--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 11685--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmss-10">inline</span><a - id="dx1-77007"></a> style is governed by the following: -</p><!--l. 10795--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + id="dx1-87007"></a> style is governed by the following: +</p><!--l. 11686--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsinlineseparator</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-77008"></a> <span + id="dx1-87008"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsinlineseparator</span><a - id="dx1-77009"></a> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10797--><p class="noindent" > + id="dx1-87009"></a> </div><hr> +</p><!--l. 11688--><p class="noindent" > This defaults to “<span class="cmtt-10">; </span>” and is used between main (i.e. level 0) entries. -</p><!--l. 10800--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 11691--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsinlinesubseparator</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-77010"></a> <span + id="dx1-87010"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsinlinesubseparator</span><a - id="dx1-77011"></a> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10802--><p class="noindent" > + id="dx1-87011"></a> </div><hr> +</p><!--l. 11693--><p class="noindent" > This defaults to “<span class="cmtt-10">, </span>” and is used between sub-entries. -</p><!--l. 10805--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 11696--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsinlineparentchildseparator</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-77012"></a> <span + id="dx1-87012"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsinlineparentchildseparator</span><a - id="dx1-77013"></a> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10807--><p class="noindent" > + id="dx1-87013"></a> </div><hr> +</p><!--l. 11698--><p class="noindent" > This defaults to “<span class="cmtt-10">: </span>” and is used between a parent main entry and its first sub-entry. -</p><!--l. 10810--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 11701--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glspostinline</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-77014"></a> <span + id="dx1-87014"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glspostinline</span><a - id="dx1-77015"></a> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10812--><p class="noindent" > + id="dx1-87015"></a> </div><hr> +</p><!--l. 11703--><p class="noindent" > This defaults to “<span class="cmtt-10">; </span>” and is used at the end of the glossary. -</p><!--l. 10815--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 11706--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsinlinenameformat</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-77016"></a> <span + id="dx1-87016"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsinlinenameformat{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">name</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10817--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 11708--><p class="noindent" > This is used to format the entry name and defaults to <span class="cmtt-10">\glstarget{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span @@ -21541,45 +23802,45 @@ example, if you want the name to appear in smallcaps: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-319"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-375"> \renewcommand*{\glsinlinenameformat}[2]{\glstarget{#1}{\textsc{#2}}} </div> -<!--l. 10825--><p class="nopar" > Sub-entry names are formatted according to -</p><!--l. 10827--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +<!--l. 11716--><p class="nopar" > Sub-entry names are formatted according to +</p><!--l. 11718--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsinlinesubnameformat</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-77017"></a> <span + id="dx1-87017"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsinlinesubnameformat{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">name</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10829--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 11720--><p class="noindent" > This defaults to <span class="cmtt-10">\glstarget{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">{}</span></span></span> so the sub-entry name is ignored. -</p><!--l. 10833--><p class="indent" > If the description has been suppressed (according to <span +</p><!--l. 11724--><p class="indent" > If the description has been suppressed (according to <span class="cmtt-10">\ifglsdescsuppressed</span>) then -</p><!--l. 10835--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 11726--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsinlineemptydescformat</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-77018"></a> <span + id="dx1-87018"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsinlineemptydescformat{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">symbol</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">number list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10837--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 11728--><p class="noindent" > (which defaults to nothing) is used, otherwise the description is formatted according to -</p><!--l. 10840--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 11731--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsinlinedescformat</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-77019"></a> <span + id="dx1-87019"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsinlinedescformat{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">description</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -21588,7 +23849,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">number list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10843--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 11734--><p class="noindent" > This defaults to just <span class="cmtt-10">\space</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">description</span>⟩ so the symbol and location list are ignored. If the @@ -21596,19 +23857,19 @@ description is missing (according to <span class="cmtt-10">\ifglshasdesc</span>), then <span class="cmtt-10">\glsinlineemptydescformat </span>is used instead. -</p><!--l. 10849--><p class="indent" > For example, if you want a colon between the name and the description: +</p><!--l. 11740--><p class="indent" > For example, if you want a colon between the name and the description: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-320"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-376"> \renewcommand*{\glsinlinedescformat}[3]{: #1} </div> -<!--l. 10853--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 10855--><p class="indent" > The sub-entry description is formatted according to: -</p><!--l. 10856--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +<!--l. 11744--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 11746--><p class="indent" > The sub-entry description is formatted according to: +</p><!--l. 11747--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsinlinesubdescformat</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-77020"></a> <span + id="dx1-87020"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsinlinesubdescformat{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">description</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -21618,120 +23879,120 @@ class="cmitt-10">number</span> <span class="cmitt-10">list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10859--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 11750--><p class="noindent" > This defaults to just ⟨<span class="cmti-10">description</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 10862--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 11753--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 10862--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 11753--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">15.2 </span> <a id="sec:newglossarystyle"></a>Defining your own glossary style</h3> -<!--l. 10865--><p class="noindent" >If the predefined styles don’t fit your requirements, you can define your own style +<!--l. 11756--><p class="noindent" >If the predefined styles don’t fit your requirements, you can define your own style using: -</p><!--l. 10867--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 11758--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\newglossarystyle</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-78001"></a> <span + id="dx1-88001"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\newglossarystyle{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">name</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">definitions</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10869--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 11760--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩ is the name of the new glossary style (to be used in <span class="cmtt-10">\setglossarystyle</span>). The second argument ⟨<span class="cmti-10">definitions</span>⟩ needs to redefine all of the following: -</p><!--l. 10874--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 11765--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">theglossary</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-78002"></a><a - id="dx1-78003"></a> <span + id="dx1-88002"></a><a + id="dx1-88003"></a> <span class="cmss-10">theglossary</span><a - id="dx1-78004"></a><a - id="dx1-78005"></a> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10876--><p class="noindent" > + id="dx1-88004"></a><a + id="dx1-88005"></a> </div><hr> +</p><!--l. 11767--><p class="noindent" > This environment defines how the main body of the glossary should be typeset. Note that this does not include the section heading, the glossary preamble (defined by <span class="cmtt-10">\glossarypreamble</span><a - id="dx1-78006"></a>) + id="dx1-88006"></a>) or the glossary postamble (defined by <span class="cmtt-10">\glossarypostamble</span><a - id="dx1-78007"></a>). For example, the <span + id="dx1-88007"></a>). For example, the <span class="cmss-10">list</span><a - id="dx1-78008"></a> style uses + id="dx1-88008"></a> style uses the <span class="cmss-10">description</span><a - id="dx1-78009"></a><a - id="dx1-78010"></a> environment, so the <span + id="dx1-88009"></a><a + id="dx1-88010"></a> environment, so the <span class="cmss-10">theglossary</span><a - id="dx1-78011"></a><a - id="dx1-78012"></a> environment is simply redefined to begin and + id="dx1-88011"></a><a + id="dx1-88012"></a> environment is simply redefined to begin and end the <span class="cmss-10">description</span><a - id="dx1-78013"></a><a - id="dx1-78014"></a> environment. -</p><!--l. 10885--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + id="dx1-88013"></a><a + id="dx1-88014"></a> environment. +</p><!--l. 11776--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glossaryheader</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-78015"></a> <span + id="dx1-88015"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glossaryheader </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10887--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 11778--><p class="noindent" > This macro indicates what to do at the start of the main body of the glossary. Note that this is not the same as <span class="cmtt-10">\glossarypreamble</span><a - id="dx1-78016"></a>, which should not be affected by changes in the + id="dx1-88016"></a>, which should not be affected by changes in the glossary style. The <span class="cmss-10">list</span><a - id="dx1-78017"></a> glossary style redefines <span + id="dx1-88017"></a> glossary style redefines <span class="cmtt-10">\glossaryheader</span><a - id="dx1-78018"></a> to do nothing, + id="dx1-88018"></a> to do nothing, whereas the <span class="cmss-10">longheader</span><a - id="dx1-78019"></a> glossary style redefines <span + id="dx1-88019"></a> glossary style redefines <span class="cmtt-10">\glossaryheader </span>to do a header row. -</p><!--l. 10895--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 11786--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsgroupheading</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-78020"></a> <span + id="dx1-88020"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsgroupheading{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10897--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 11788--><p class="noindent" > This macro indicates what to do at the start of each logical block within the main body of the glossary. If you use <a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-78021"></a></a> the glossary is sub-divided into a maximum of + id="dx1-88021"></a></a> the glossary is sub-divided into a maximum of twenty-eight logical blocks that are determined by the first character of the <span class="cmss-10">sort</span><a - id="dx1-78022"></a> key (or + id="dx1-88022"></a> key (or <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-78023"></a> key if the <span + id="dx1-88023"></a> key if the <span class="cmss-10">sort</span><a - id="dx1-78024"></a> key is omitted). The sub-divisions are in the following order: + id="dx1-88024"></a> key is omitted). The sub-divisions are in the following order: symbols, numbers, A, …, Z. If you use <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-78025"></a></a>, the sub-divisions depend on the language + id="dx1-88025"></a></a>, the sub-divisions depend on the language settings. -</p><!--l. 10908--><p class="indent" > Note that the argument to <span +</p><!--l. 11799--><p class="indent" > Note that the argument to <span class="cmtt-10">\glsgroupheading </span>is a label <span class="cmti-10">not </span>the group title. The group title can be obtained via -</p><!--l. 10911--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 11802--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsgetgrouptitle</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-78026"></a> <span + id="dx1-88026"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsgetgrouptitle{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10913--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 11804--><p class="noindent" > This obtains the title as follows: if ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ consists of a single non-active character or ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is @@ -21746,200 +24007,200 @@ class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩. (The “symbols” group has the l class="cmtt-10">glssymbols</span>, so the command <span class="cmtt-10">\glssymbolsgroupname</span><a - id="dx1-78027"></a> is used, and the “numbers” group has the label + id="dx1-88027"></a> is used, and the “numbers” group has the label <span class="cmtt-10">glsnumbers</span>, so the command <span class="cmtt-10">\glsnumbersgrouptitle</span><a - id="dx1-78028"></a> is used.) If you are using <a + id="dx1-88028"></a> is used.) If you are using <a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-78029"></a></a>, + id="dx1-88029"></a></a>, ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ may be an active character (for example ø), in which case the title will be set to just ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩. You can redefine <span class="cmtt-10">\glsgetgrouptitle </span>if this is unsuitable for your document. -</p><!--l. 10927--><p class="indent" > A navigation hypertarget can be created using -</p><!--l. 10928--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 11818--><p class="indent" > A navigation hypertarget can be created using +</p><!--l. 11819--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsnavhypertarget</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-78030"></a> <span + id="dx1-88030"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsnavhypertarget{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10930--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 11821--><p class="noindent" > This typically requires <span class="cmtt-10">\glossaryheader </span>to be redefined to use -</p><!--l. 10932--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 11823--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsnavigation</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-78031"></a> <span + id="dx1-88031"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsnavigation </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10934--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 11825--><p class="noindent" > which displays the navigation line. -</p><!--l. 10937--><p class="indent" > For further details about <span +</p><!--l. 11828--><p class="indent" > For further details about <span class="cmtt-10">\glsnavhypertarget</span>, see the documented code (<span class="cmtt-10">glossaries-code.pdf</span>). -</p><!--l. 10941--><p class="indent" > Most of the predefined glossary styles redefine <span +</p><!--l. 11832--><p class="indent" > Most of the predefined glossary styles redefine <span class="cmtt-10">\glsgroupheading </span>to simply ignore its argument. The <span class="cmss-10">listhypergroup</span><a - id="dx1-78032"></a> style redefines <span + id="dx1-88032"></a> style redefines <span class="cmtt-10">\glsgroupheading </span>as follows: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-321"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-377"> \renewcommand*{\glsgroupheading}[1]{%  <br />\item[\glsnavhypertarget{##1}{\glsgetgrouptitle{##1}}]} </div> -<!--l. 10947--><p class="nopar" > See also <span +<!--l. 11838--><p class="nopar" > See also <span class="cmtt-10">\glsgroupskip </span>below. (Note that command definitions within <span class="cmtt-10">\newglossarystyle</span><a - id="dx1-78033"></a> + id="dx1-88033"></a> must use <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">##1</span></span></span> instead of <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">#1</span></span></span> etc.) -</p><!--l. 10951--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 11842--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsgroupskip</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-78034"></a> <span + id="dx1-88034"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsgroupskip </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10953--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 11844--><p class="noindent" > This macro determines what to do after one logical group but before the header for the next logical group. The <span class="cmss-10">list</span><a - id="dx1-78035"></a> glossary style simply redefines <span + id="dx1-88035"></a> glossary style simply redefines <span class="cmtt-10">\glsgroupskip </span>to be <span class="cmtt-10">\indexspace</span><a - id="dx1-78036"></a>, whereas the tabular-like styles redefine <span + id="dx1-88036"></a>, whereas the tabular-like styles redefine <span class="cmtt-10">\glsgroupskip </span>to produce a blank row. -</p><!--l. 10960--><p class="indent" > As from version 3.03, the package option <span +</p><!--l. 11851--><p class="indent" > As from version 3.03, the package option <span class="cmss-10">nogroupskip</span><a - id="dx1-78037"></a> can be used to suppress this default + id="dx1-88037"></a> can be used to suppress this default gap for the predefined styles. -</p><!--l. 10963--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 11854--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glossentry</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-78038"></a> <span + id="dx1-88038"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glossentry{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">number list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10965--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 11856--><p class="noindent" > This macro indicates what to do for each top-level (level 0) glossary entry. The entry label is given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ and the associated <a href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a - id="dx1-78039"></a></a> is given by ⟨<span + id="dx1-88039"></a></a> is given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">number list</span>⟩. You can redefine <span class="cmtt-10">\glossentry</span><a - id="dx1-78040"></a> to use commands like <span + id="dx1-88040"></a> to use commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\glossentryname</span><a - id="dx1-78041"></a><span + id="dx1-88041"></a><span class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">\glossentrydesc</span><a - id="dx1-78042"></a><span + id="dx1-88042"></a><span class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">\glossentrysymbol</span><a - id="dx1-78043"></a><span + id="dx1-88043"></a><span class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span>to display the name, description and symbol fields, or to access other fields, use commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryuseri</span><a - id="dx1-78044"></a><span + id="dx1-88044"></a><span class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span>. (See <a href="#sec:glsnolink"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>9 </a><a +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>9 </a><a href="#sec:glsnolink">Using Glossary Terms Without Links<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsnolink --></a> for further details.) You can also use the following commands: -</p><!--l. 10976--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 11867--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsentryitem</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-78045"></a> <span + id="dx1-88045"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryitem{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10978--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 11869--><p class="noindent" > This macro will increment and display the associated counter for the main (level 0) entries if the <span class="cmss-10">entrycounter</span><a - id="dx1-78046"></a> or <span + id="dx1-88046"></a> or <span class="cmss-10">counterwithin</span><a - id="dx1-78047"></a> package options have been used. This macro is typically + id="dx1-88047"></a> package options have been used. This macro is typically called by <span class="cmtt-10">\glossentry </span>before <span class="cmtt-10">\glstarget</span>. The format of the counter is controlled by the macro -</p><!--l. 10984--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 11875--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsentrycounterlabel</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-78048"></a> <span + id="dx1-88048"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentrycounterlabel </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10986--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 10988--><p class="indent" > Each time you use a glossary entry it creates a hyperlink (if hyperlinks are enabled) to the +</p><!--l. 11877--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 11879--><p class="indent" > Each time you use a glossary entry it creates a hyperlink (if hyperlinks are enabled) to the relevant line in the glossary. Your new glossary style must therefore redefine <span class="cmtt-10">\glossentry </span>to set the appropriate target. This is done using -</p><!--l. 10993--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 11884--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glstarget</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-78049"></a> <span + id="dx1-88049"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glstarget{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 10995--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 11886--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is the entry’s label. Note that you don’t need to worry about whether the <span class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a - id="dx1-78050"></a> + id="dx1-88050"></a> package has been loaded, as <span class="cmtt-10">\glstarget </span>won’t create a target if <span class="cmtt-10">\hypertarget </span>hasn’t been defined. -</p><!--l. 11001--><p class="indent" > For example, the <span +</p><!--l. 11892--><p class="indent" > For example, the <span class="cmss-10">list</span><a - id="dx1-78051"></a> style defines <span + id="dx1-88051"></a> style defines <span class="cmtt-10">\glossentry </span>as follows: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-322"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-378">   \renewcommand*{\glossentry}[2]{%  <br />    \item[\glsentryitem{##1}%  <br />          \glstarget{##1}{\glossentryname{##1}}]  <br />       \glossentrydesc{##1}\glspostdescription\space ##2} </div> -<!--l. 11007--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 11009--><p class="indent" > Note also that ⟨<span +<!--l. 11898--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 11900--><p class="indent" > Note also that ⟨<span class="cmti-10">number list</span>⟩ will always be of the form -</p><!--l. 11011--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span +</p><!--l. 11902--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="cmtt-10">\glossaryentrynumbers</span><a - id="dx1-78052"></a><span + id="dx1-88052"></a><span class="cmsy-10">{</span><span class="cmtt-10">\relax</span><br class="newline" /><span class="cmtt-10">\setentrycounter</span><a - id="dx1-78053"></a><span + id="dx1-88053"></a><span class="cmtt-10">[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">Hprefix</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -21950,16 +24211,16 @@ class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">number(s)</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span><span class="cmsy-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11013--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 11904--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">number(s)</span>⟩ may contain <span class="cmtt-10">\delimN</span><a - id="dx1-78054"></a> (to delimit individual numbers) and/or <span + id="dx1-88054"></a> (to delimit individual numbers) and/or <span class="cmtt-10">\delimR</span><a - id="dx1-78055"></a> (to + id="dx1-88055"></a> (to indicate a range of numbers). There may be multiple occurrences of <span class="cmtt-10">\setentrycounter</span><a - id="dx1-78056"></a> + id="dx1-88056"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">[</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">Hprefix</span>⟩<span @@ -21972,25 +24233,25 @@ class="cmti-10">number(s)</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span>, but note that the entire number list is enclosed within the argument of <span class="cmtt-10">\glossaryentrynumbers</span><a - id="dx1-78057"></a>. The user can redefine this to + id="dx1-88057"></a>. The user can redefine this to change the way the entire number list is formatted, regardless of the glossary style. However the most common use of <span class="cmtt-10">\glossaryentrynumbers</span><a - id="dx1-78058"></a> is to provide a means of + id="dx1-88058"></a> is to provide a means of suppressing the number list altogether. (In fact, the <span class="cmss-10">nonumberlist</span><a - id="dx1-78059"></a> option redefines + id="dx1-88059"></a> option redefines <span class="cmtt-10">\glossaryentrynumbers</span><a - id="dx1-78060"></a> to ignore its argument.) Therefore, when you define a new glossary + id="dx1-88060"></a> to ignore its argument.) Therefore, when you define a new glossary style, you don’t need to worry about whether the user has specified the <span class="cmss-10">nonumberlist</span><a - id="dx1-78061"></a> package + id="dx1-88061"></a> package option. -</p><!--l. 11030--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 11921--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\subglossentry</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-78062"></a> <span + id="dx1-88062"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\subglossentry{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">level</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -21998,92 +24259,92 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">number list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11032--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 11923--><p class="noindent" > This is used to display sub-entries. The first argument, ⟨<span class="cmti-10">level</span>⟩, indicates the sub-entry level. This must be an integer from 1 (first sub-level) onwards. The remaining arguments are analogous to those for <span class="cmtt-10">\glossentry</span><a - id="dx1-78063"></a> described above. -</p><!--l. 11039--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + id="dx1-88063"></a> described above. +</p><!--l. 11930--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glssubentryitem</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-78064"></a> <span + id="dx1-88064"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glssubentryitem{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11041--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 11932--><p class="noindent" > This macro will increment and display the associated counter for the level 1 entries if the <span class="cmss-10">subentrycounter</span><a - id="dx1-78065"></a> package option has been used. This macro is typically called by + id="dx1-88065"></a> package option has been used. This macro is typically called by <span class="cmtt-10">\subglossentry </span>before <span class="cmtt-10">\glstarget</span><a - id="dx1-78066"></a>. The format of the counter is controlled by the + id="dx1-88066"></a>. The format of the counter is controlled by the macro -</p><!--l. 11047--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 11938--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glssubentrycounterlabel</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-78067"></a> <span + id="dx1-88067"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glssubentrycounterlabel </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11049--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 11051--><p class="indent" > Note that <span +</p><!--l. 11940--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 11942--><p class="indent" > Note that <span class="cmtt-10">\printglossary</span><a - id="dx1-78068"></a> (which <span + id="dx1-88068"></a> (which <span class="cmtt-10">\printglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-78069"></a> calls) sets -</p><!--l. 11053--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + id="dx1-88069"></a> calls) sets +</p><!--l. 11944--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\currentglossary</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-78070"></a> <span + id="dx1-88070"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\currentglossary </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11055--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 11946--><p class="noindent" > to the current glossary label, so it’s possible to create a glossary style that varies according to the glossary type. -</p><!--l. 11059--><p class="indent" > For further details of these commands, see “Displaying the glossary” in the documented +</p><!--l. 11950--><p class="indent" > For further details of these commands, see “Displaying the glossary” in the documented code (<span class="cmtt-10">glossaries-code.pdf</span>). <a - id="x1-78071r26"></a> + id="x1-88071r27"></a> -</p><!--l. 11063--><p class="noindent" ><span -class="cmbx-12">Example 26</span><span +</p><!--l. 11954--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="cmbx-12">Example 27</span><span class="cmbx-12"> (Creating a completely new style)</span><a - id="x1-78072"></a> -</p><!--l. 11065--><p class="indent" > If you want a completely new style, you will need to redefine all of the commands and the + id="x1-88072"></a> +</p><!--l. 11956--><p class="indent" > If you want a completely new style, you will need to redefine all of the commands and the environment listed above. -</p><!--l. 11068--><p class="indent" > For example, suppose you want each entry to start with a bullet point. This +</p><!--l. 11959--><p class="indent" > For example, suppose you want each entry to start with a bullet point. This means that the glossary should be placed in the <span class="cmss-10">itemize</span><a - id="dx1-78073"></a><a - id="dx1-78074"></a> environment, so <span + id="dx1-88073"></a><a + id="dx1-88074"></a> environment, so <span class="cmss-10">theglossary</span><a - id="dx1-78075"></a><a - id="dx1-78076"></a> + id="dx1-88075"></a><a + id="dx1-88076"></a> should start and end that environment. Let’s also suppose that you don’t want anything between the glossary groups (so <span class="cmtt-10">\glsgroupheading</span><a - id="dx1-78077"></a> and <span + id="dx1-88077"></a> and <span class="cmtt-10">\glsgroupskip</span><a - id="dx1-78078"></a> + id="dx1-88078"></a> should do nothing) and suppose you don’t want anything to appear immediately after <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\begin{theglossary}</span></span></span> (so <span class="cmtt-10">\glossaryheader</span><a - id="dx1-78079"></a> should do nothing). In addition, + id="dx1-88079"></a> should do nothing). In addition, let’s suppose the symbol should appear in brackets after the name, followed by the description and last of all the <a href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a - id="dx1-78080"></a></a> should appear within square brackets + id="dx1-88080"></a></a> should appear within square brackets at the end. Then you can create this new glossary style, called, say, <span class="cmtt-10">mylist</span>, as follows: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-323"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-379">  \newglossarystyle{mylist}{%  <br /> % put the glossary in the itemize environment:  <br /> \renewenvironment{theglossary}% @@ -22106,40 +24367,40 @@ follows:  <br />   \glossentry{##2}{##3}}%  <br /> } </div> -<!--l. 11102--><p class="nopar" > Note that this style creates a flat glossary, where sub-entries are displayed in exactly the +<!--l. 11993--><p class="nopar" > Note that this style creates a flat glossary, where sub-entries are displayed in exactly the same way as the top level entries. It also hasn’t used <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryitem</span><a - id="dx1-78081"></a> or <span + id="dx1-88081"></a> or <span class="cmtt-10">\glssubentryitem</span><a - id="dx1-78082"></a> so + id="dx1-88082"></a> so it won’t be affected by the <span class="cmss-10">entrycounter</span><a - id="dx1-78083"></a>, <span + id="dx1-88083"></a>, <span class="cmss-10">counterwithin</span><a - id="dx1-78084"></a> or <span + id="dx1-88084"></a> or <span class="cmss-10">subentrycounter</span><a - id="dx1-78085"></a> package + id="dx1-88085"></a> package options. -</p><!--l. 11109--><p class="indent" > Variations: </p> +</p><!--l. 12000--><p class="indent" > Variations: </p> <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize">You might want the entry name to be capitalised, in which case use <span class="cmtt-10">\Glossentryname</span><a - id="dx1-78086"></a> instead of <span + id="dx1-88086"></a> instead of <span class="cmtt-10">\glossentryname</span><a - id="dx1-78087"></a>. + id="dx1-88087"></a>. </li> <li class="itemize">You might want to check if the symbol hasn’t been set and omit the parentheses if the symbol is absent. In this case you can use <span class="cmtt-10">\ifglshassymbol</span><a - id="dx1-78088"></a> (see <a + id="dx1-88088"></a> (see <a href="#sec:utilities"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>16 +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>16 </a><a href="#sec:utilities">Utilities<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:utilities --></a>): - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-324"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-380">  \renewcommand*{\glossentry}[2]{%  <br /> \item % bullet point  <br /> \glstarget{##1}{\glossentryname{##1}}% the entry name @@ -22152,82 +24413,82 @@ href="#sec:utilities">Utilities<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:utilities --></a>):  <br /> \space [##2]% the number list in square brackets  <br /> }% </div> - <!--l. 11129--><p class="nopar" ></p></li></ul> + <!--l. 12020--><p class="nopar" ></p></li></ul> <div class="center" > -<!--l. 11131--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 11131--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> +<!--l. 12022--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12022--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> <a - id="x1-78089r27"></a> -<!--l. 11134--><p class="noindent" ><span -class="cmbx-12">Example 27</span><span + id="x1-88089r28"></a> +<!--l. 12025--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="cmbx-12">Example 28</span><span class="cmbx-12"> (Creating a new glossary style based on an existing</span> <span class="cmbx-12">style)</span><a - id="x1-78090"></a> -</p><!--l. 11136--><p class="indent" > If you want to define a new style that is a slightly modified version of an existing style, + id="x1-88090"></a> +</p><!--l. 12027--><p class="indent" > If you want to define a new style that is a slightly modified version of an existing style, you can use <span class="cmtt-10">\setglossarystyle</span><a - id="dx1-78091"></a> within the second argument of <span + id="dx1-88091"></a> within the second argument of <span class="cmtt-10">\newglossarystyle</span><a - id="dx1-78092"></a> followed + id="dx1-88092"></a> followed by whatever alterations you require. For example, suppose you want a style like the <span class="cmss-10">list</span><a - id="dx1-78093"></a> style but you don’t want the extra vertical space created by <span + id="dx1-88093"></a> style but you don’t want the extra vertical space created by <span class="cmtt-10">\indexspace</span><a - id="dx1-78094"></a> + id="dx1-88094"></a> between groups, then you can create a new glossary style called, say, <span class="cmtt-10">mylist </span>as follows: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-325"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-381"> \newglossarystyle{mylist}{%  <br />\setglossarystyle{list}% base this style on the list style  <br />\renewcommand{\glsgroupskip}{}% make nothing happen  <br />                              % between groups  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 11150--><p class="nopar" > (In this case, you can actually achieve the same effect using the <span +<!--l. 12041--><p class="nopar" > (In this case, you can actually achieve the same effect using the <span class="cmss-10">list</span><a - id="dx1-78095"></a> style in combination with + id="dx1-88095"></a> style in combination with the package option <span class="cmss-10">nogroupskip</span><a - id="dx1-78096"></a>.) </p> + id="dx1-88096"></a>.) </p> <div class="center" > -<!--l. 11154--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 11154--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> +<!--l. 12045--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12045--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> <a - id="x1-78097r28"></a> -<!--l. 11158--><p class="noindent" ><span -class="cmbx-12">Example 28</span><span + id="x1-88097r29"></a> +<!--l. 12049--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="cmbx-12">Example 29</span><span class="cmbx-12"> (Example: creating a glossary style that uses the </span><span class="cmssbx-10x-x-120">user1</span><a - id="dx1-78098"></a><span + id="dx1-88098"></a><span class="cmbx-12">,</span> <span class="cmbx-12">…, </span><span class="cmssbx-10x-x-120">user6</span><a - id="dx1-78099"></a> <span + id="dx1-88099"></a> <span class="cmbx-12">keys)</span><a - id="x1-78100"></a> -</p><!--l. 11160--><p class="indent" > Suppose each entry not only has an associated symbol, but also units (stored in <span + id="x1-88100"></a> +</p><!--l. 12051--><p class="indent" > Suppose each entry not only has an associated symbol, but also units (stored in <span class="cmss-10">user1</span><a - id="dx1-78101"></a>) and + id="dx1-88101"></a>) and dimension (stored in <span class="cmss-10">user2</span><a - id="dx1-78102"></a>). Then you can define a glossary style that displays each entry in a + id="dx1-88102"></a>). Then you can define a glossary style that displays each entry in a <span class="cmss-10">longtable</span><a - id="dx1-78103"></a><a - id="dx1-78104"></a> as follows: + id="dx1-88103"></a><a + id="dx1-88104"></a> as follows: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-326"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-382"> \newglossarystyle{long6col}{%  <br /> % put the glossary in a longtable environment:  <br /> \renewenvironment{theglossary}% @@ -22266,37 +24527,37 @@ class="cmss-10">longtable</span><a  <br /> \renewcommand*{\glsgroupskip}{}%  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 11202--><p class="nopar" > </p> +<!--l. 12093--><p class="nopar" > </p> <div class="center" > -<!--l. 11203--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 11203--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> +<!--l. 12094--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12094--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> -<!--l. 11205--><p class="indent" > </div> -</p><!--l. 11205--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 12096--><p class="indent" > </div> +</p><!--l. 12096--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">16. <a id="sec:utilities"></a>Utilities</h2> -</p><!--l. 11208--><p class="indent" > This section describes some utility commands. Additional commands can be found in the +</p><!--l. 12099--><p class="indent" > This section describes some utility commands. Additional commands can be found in the documented code (glossaries-code.pdf). </p> -<!--l. 11211--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 12102--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">16.1 </span> <a id="sec:loops"></a>Loops</h3> -<!--l. 11214--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Some of the commands described here take a comma-separated list as an argument. As with +<!--l. 12105--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Some of the commands described here take a comma-separated list as an argument. As with <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span></span>’s <span class="cmtt-10">\@for </span>command, make sure your list doesn’t have any unwanted spaces in it as they don’t get stripped. (Discussed in more detail in <a href="http://www.dickimaw-books.com/latex/admin/html/docsvlist.shtml#spacesinlists" ><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.7.2 of “<span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>2.7.2 of “<span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span></span> for Administrative Work”</a>.) </div> -</p><!--l. 11221--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 11223--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 12112--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12114--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\forallglossaries</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-80001"></a> <span + id="dx1-90001"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\forallglossaries[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -22304,7 +24565,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">cs</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">body</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11225--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12116--><p class="noindent" > This iterates through ⟨<span class="cmti-10">glossary list</span>⟩, a comma-separated list of glossary labels (as supplied when the glossary was defined). At each iteration ⟨<span @@ -22314,30 +24575,30 @@ class="cmti-10">body</span>⟩ is performed. If ⟨<span class="cmti-10">glossary list</span>⟩ is omitted, the default is to iterate over all glossaries (except the ignored ones). -</p><!--l. 11233--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 12124--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\forallacronyms</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-80002"></a> <span + id="dx1-90002"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\forallacronyms{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">cs</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">body</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11235--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12126--><p class="noindent" > This is like <span class="cmtt-10">\forallglossaries </span>but only iterates over the lists of acronyms (that have previously been declared using <span class="cmtt-10">\DeclareAcronymList</span><a - id="dx1-80003"></a> or the <span + id="dx1-90003"></a> or the <span class="cmss-10">acronymlists</span><a - id="dx1-80004"></a> package option). + id="dx1-90004"></a> package option). This command doesn’t have an optional argument. If you want to explicitly say which lists to iterate over, just use the optional argument of <span class="cmtt-10">\forallglossaries</span>. -</p><!--l. 11243--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 12134--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\forglsentries</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-80005"></a> <span + id="dx1-90005"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\forglsentries[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">glossary label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -22345,7 +24606,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">cs</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">body</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11245--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12136--><p class="noindent" > This iterates through all entries in the glossary given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">glossary label</span>⟩. At each iteration ⟨<span class="cmti-10">cs</span>⟩ @@ -22354,12 +24615,12 @@ class="cmti-10">body</span>⟩ is performed. If ⟨<span class="cmti-10">glossary label</span>⟩ is omitted, <span class="cmtt-10">\glsdefaulttype</span><a - id="dx1-80006"></a> (usually the main glossary) is + id="dx1-90006"></a> (usually the main glossary) is used. -</p><!--l. 11252--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 12143--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\forallglsentries</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-80007"></a> <span + id="dx1-90007"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\forallglsentries[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -22367,7 +24628,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">cs</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">body</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11254--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12145--><p class="noindent" > This is like <span class="cmtt-10">\forglsentries </span>but for each glossary in ⟨<span class="cmti-10">glossary list</span>⟩ (a comma-separated list of @@ -22382,36 +24643,36 @@ class="cmti-10">cs</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span>within ⟨<span class="cmti-10">body</span>⟩.) -</p><!--l. 11263--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12154--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 11263--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 12154--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">16.2 </span> <a id="sec:conditionals"></a>Conditionals</h3> -<!--l. 11266--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +<!--l. 12157--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\ifglossaryexists</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-81001"></a> <span + id="dx1-91001"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\ifglossaryexists</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩⟨<span class="cmitt-10">true part</span>⟩⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false part</span>⟩ </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11269--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12160--><p class="noindent" > This checks if the glossary given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ exists. If it does ⟨<span class="cmti-10">true part</span>⟩ is performed, otherwise ⟨<span class="cmti-10">false part</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 11273--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 12164--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\ifglsentryexists</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-81002"></a> <span + id="dx1-91002"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\ifglsentryexists</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩⟨<span class="cmitt-10">true part</span>⟩⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false part</span>⟩ </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11276--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12167--><p class="noindent" > This checks if the glossary entry given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ exists. If it does ⟨<span class="cmti-10">true part</span>⟩ is performed, @@ -22420,60 +24681,60 @@ class="cmti-10">false part</span>⟩. (Note that <span class="cmtt-10">\ifglsentryexists </span>will always be true after the containing glossary has been displayed via <span class="cmtt-10">\printglossary</span><a - id="dx1-81003"></a> or <span + id="dx1-91003"></a> or <span class="cmtt-10">\printglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-81004"></a> even if the entry is + id="dx1-91004"></a> even if the entry is explicitly defined later in the document. This is because the entry has to be defined before it can be displayed in the glossary, see <a href="#sec:techissues"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>4.8.1 </a><a +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>4.8.1 </a><a href="#sec:techissues">Technical Issues<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:techissues --></a> for further details.) -</p><!--l. 11286--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 12177--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsdoifexists</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-81005"></a> <span + id="dx1-91005"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsdoifexists{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">code</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11288--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12179--><p class="noindent" > Does ⟨<span class="cmti-10">code</span>⟩ if the entry given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ exists. If it doesn’t exist, an error is generated. (This command uses <span class="cmtt-10">\ifglsentryexists</span>.) -</p><!--l. 11293--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 12184--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsdoifnoexists</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-81006"></a> <span + id="dx1-91006"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsdoifnoexists{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">code</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11295--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12186--><p class="noindent" > Does the reverse of <span class="cmtt-10">\glsdoifexists</span>. (This command uses <span class="cmtt-10">\ifglsentryexists</span>.) -</p><!--l. 11299--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 12190--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsdoifexistsorwarn</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-81007"></a> <span + id="dx1-91007"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsdoifexistsorwarn{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">code</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11301--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12192--><p class="noindent" > As <span class="cmtt-10">\glsdoifexists </span>but issues a warning rather than an error if the entry doesn’t exist. -</p><!--l. 11305--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 12196--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsdoifexistsordo</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-81008"></a> <span + id="dx1-91008"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsdoifexistsordo{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -22481,17 +24742,17 @@ class="cmitt-10">code</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">else code</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11307--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12198--><p class="noindent" > Does ⟨<span class="cmti-10">code</span>⟩ if the entry given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ exists otherwise generate an error and do ⟨<span class="cmti-10">else</span> <span class="cmti-10">code</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 11311--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 12202--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsdoifnoexistsordo</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-81009"></a> <span + id="dx1-91009"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsdoifnoexistsordo{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -22499,58 +24760,58 @@ class="cmitt-10">code</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">else code</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11313--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12204--><p class="noindent" > Does ⟨<span class="cmti-10">code</span>⟩ if the entry given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ doesn’t exist otherwise generate an error and do ⟨<span class="cmti-10">else</span> <span class="cmti-10">code</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 11317--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 12208--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\ifglsused</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-81010"></a> <span + id="dx1-91010"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\ifglsused</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩⟨<span class="cmitt-10">true part</span>⟩⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false part</span>⟩ </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11320--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12211--><p class="noindent" > See <a href="#sec:glsunset"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>14 </a><a +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>14 </a><a href="#sec:glsunset">Unsetting and Resetting Entry Flags<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsunset --></a>. -</p><!--l. 11323--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 12214--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\ifglshaschildren</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-81011"></a> <span + id="dx1-91011"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\ifglshaschildren</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩⟨<span class="cmitt-10">true part</span>⟩⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false part</span>⟩ </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11326--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12217--><p class="noindent" > This checks if the glossary entry given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ has any sub-entries. If it does, ⟨<span class="cmti-10">true part</span>⟩ is performed, otherwise ⟨<span class="cmti-10">false part</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 11331--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 12222--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\ifglshasparent</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-81012"></a> <span + id="dx1-91012"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\ifglshasparent</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩⟨<span class="cmitt-10">true part</span>⟩⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false part</span>⟩ </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11334--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12225--><p class="noindent" > This checks if the glossary entry given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ has a parent entry. If it does, ⟨<span class="cmti-10">true part</span>⟩ is performed, otherwise ⟨<span class="cmti-10">false part</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 11339--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 12230--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\ifglshassymbol</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-81013"></a> <span + id="dx1-91013"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\ifglshassymbol{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -22558,18 +24819,18 @@ class="cmitt-10">true part</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false part</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11341--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12232--><p class="noindent" > This checks if the glossary entry given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ has had the <span class="cmss-10">symbol</span><a - id="dx1-81014"></a> field set. If it has, ⟨<span + id="dx1-91014"></a> field set. If it has, ⟨<span class="cmti-10">true part</span>⟩ is performed, otherwise ⟨<span class="cmti-10">false part</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 11346--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 12237--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\ifglshaslong</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-81015"></a> <span + id="dx1-91015"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\ifglshaslong{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -22579,22 +24840,22 @@ class="cmitt-10">false part</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11348--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12239--><p class="noindent" > This checks if the glossary entry given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ has had the <span class="cmss-10">long</span><a - id="dx1-81016"></a> field set. If it has, ⟨<span + id="dx1-91016"></a> field set. If it has, ⟨<span class="cmti-10">true part</span>⟩ is performed, otherwise ⟨<span class="cmti-10">false part</span>⟩. This should be true for any entry that has been defined via <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a - id="dx1-81017"></a>. There is no check for the existence of ⟨<span + id="dx1-91017"></a>. There is no check for the existence of ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 11355--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 12246--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\ifglshasshort</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-81018"></a> <span + id="dx1-91018"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\ifglshasshort{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -22602,22 +24863,22 @@ class="cmitt-10">true part</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false part</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11357--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12248--><p class="noindent" > This checks if the glossary entry given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ has had the <span class="cmss-10">short</span><a - id="dx1-81019"></a> field set. If it has, ⟨<span + id="dx1-91019"></a> field set. If it has, ⟨<span class="cmti-10">true part</span>⟩ is performed, otherwise ⟨<span class="cmti-10">false part</span>⟩. This should be true for any entry that has been defined via <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a - id="dx1-81020"></a>. There is no check for the existence of ⟨<span + id="dx1-91020"></a>. There is no check for the existence of ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 11364--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 12255--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\ifglshasdesc</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-81021"></a> <span + id="dx1-91021"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\ifglshasdesc{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -22625,18 +24886,18 @@ class="cmitt-10">true part</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false part</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11366--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12257--><p class="noindent" > This checks if the <span class="cmss-10">description</span><a - id="dx1-81022"></a> field is non-empty for the entry given by ⟨<span + id="dx1-91022"></a> field is non-empty for the entry given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩. If it has, ⟨<span class="cmti-10">true part</span>⟩ is performed, otherwise ⟨<span class="cmti-10">false part</span>⟩. Compare with: -</p><!--l. 11370--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 12261--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\ifglsdescsuppressed</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-81023"></a> <span + id="dx1-91023"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\ifglsdescsuppressed{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -22645,23 +24906,23 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false part</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11372--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12263--><p class="noindent" > This checks if the <span class="cmss-10">description</span><a - id="dx1-81024"></a> field has been set to just <span + id="dx1-91024"></a> field has been set to just <span class="cmtt-10">\nopostdesc</span><a - id="dx1-81025"></a> for the entry given by + id="dx1-91025"></a> for the entry given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩. If it has, ⟨<span class="cmti-10">true part</span>⟩ is performed, otherwise ⟨<span class="cmti-10">false part</span>⟩. There is no check for the existence of ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 11378--><p class="noindent" >For all other fields you can use: -</p><!--l. 11379--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 12269--><p class="noindent" >For all other fields you can use: +</p><!--l. 12270--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\ifglshasfield</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-81026"></a> <span + id="dx1-91026"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\ifglshasfield{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -22672,7 +24933,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false part</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11382--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12273--><p class="noindent" > This tests the value of the field given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">field</span>⟩ for the entry identified by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩. If the value is @@ -22685,14 +24946,14 @@ class="cmti-10">false part</span>⟩ is performed and a warning is issued. Unlike the above commands, such as <span class="cmtt-10">\ifglshasshort</span>, an error occurs if the entry is undefined. -</p><!--l. 11391--><p class="indent" > As from version 4.23, within ⟨<span +</p><!--l. 12282--><p class="indent" > As from version 4.23, within ⟨<span class="cmti-10">true part</span>⟩ you can use -</p><!--l. 11392--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 12283--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glscurrentfieldvalue</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-81027"></a> <span + id="dx1-91027"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glscurrentfieldvalue </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11394--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12285--><p class="noindent" > to access the field value. This command is initially defined to nothing but has no relevance outside ⟨<span class="cmti-10">true part</span>⟩. This saves re-accessing the field if the test is true. For @@ -22700,19 +24961,19 @@ example: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-327"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-383"> \ifglshasfield{useri}{sample}{, \glscurrentfieldvalue}{} </div> -<!--l. 11401--><p class="nopar" > will insert a comma, space and the field value if the <span +<!--l. 12292--><p class="nopar" > will insert a comma, space and the field value if the <span class="cmss-10">user1</span><a - id="dx1-81028"></a> key has been set for the entry + id="dx1-91028"></a> key has been set for the entry whose label is <span class="cmtt-10">sample</span>. -</p><!--l. 11406--><p class="indent" > You can test if the value of the field is equal to a given string using: -</p><!--l. 11408--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 12297--><p class="indent" > You can test if the value of the field is equal to a given string using: +</p><!--l. 12299--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\ifglsfieldeq</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-81029"></a> <span + id="dx1-91029"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\ifglsfieldeq{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -22725,24 +24986,24 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11410--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12301--><p class="noindent" > In this case the ⟨<span class="cmti-10">field</span>⟩ must be the field name not the key (see <a href="#tab:fieldmap">table 4.1</a>). If the field isn’t recognised, an error will occur. This command internally uses <span class="cmss-10">etoolbox</span><a - id="dx1-81030"></a>’s + id="dx1-91030"></a>’s <span class="cmtt-10">\ifcsstring </span>to perform the comparison. <span class="cmti-10">The string is not expanded during the</span> <span class="cmti-10">test.</span> -</p><!--l. 11417--><p class="indent" > The result may vary depending on whether or not expansion is on for the given field +</p><!--l. 12308--><p class="indent" > The result may vary depending on whether or not expansion is on for the given field (when the entry was defined). For example: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-328"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-384"> \documentclass{article}  <br />\usepackage{glossaries}  <br />\newcommand*{\foo}{FOO} @@ -22755,25 +25016,25 @@ class="cmti-10">test.</span>  <br />\ifglsfieldeq{sample2}{useri}{FOO}{TRUE}{FALSE}.  <br />\end{document} </div> -<!--l. 11436--><p class="nopar" > This will produce “TRUE” in both cases since expansion is on, so <span +<!--l. 12327--><p class="nopar" > This will produce “TRUE” in both cases since expansion is on, so <span class="cmtt-10">\foo </span>was expanded to “FOO” when <span class="cmtt-10">sample2 </span>was defined. If the tests are changed to: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-329"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-385"> \ifglsfieldeq{sample1}{useri}{\foo}{TRUE}{FALSE}.  <br />\ifglsfieldeq{sample2}{useri}{\foo}{TRUE}{FALSE}. </div> -<!--l. 11444--><p class="nopar" > then this will produce “FALSE” in both cases. Now suppose expansion is switched off for the +<!--l. 12335--><p class="nopar" > then this will produce “FALSE” in both cases. Now suppose expansion is switched off for the <span class="cmss-10">user1</span><a - id="dx1-81031"></a> key: + id="dx1-91031"></a> key: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-330"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-386"> \documentclass{article}  <br />\usepackage{glossaries}  <br />\newcommand*{\foo}{FOO} @@ -22787,14 +25048,14 @@ class="cmss-10">user1</span><a  <br />\ifglsfieldeq{sample2}{useri}{FOO}{TRUE}{FALSE}.  <br />\end{document} </div> -<!--l. 11466--><p class="nopar" > This now produces “TRUE” for the first case (comparing “FOO” with “FOO”) and +<!--l. 12357--><p class="nopar" > This now produces “TRUE” for the first case (comparing “FOO” with “FOO”) and “FALSE” for the second case (comparing “<span class="cmtt-10">\foo</span>” with “FOO”). -</p><!--l. 11471--><p class="indent" > The reverse happens in the following: +</p><!--l. 12362--><p class="indent" > The reverse happens in the following: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-331"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-387"> \documentclass{article}  <br />\usepackage{glossaries}  <br />\newcommand*{\foo}{FOO} @@ -22808,17 +25069,17 @@ class="cmtt-10">\foo</span>” with “FOO”).  <br />\ifglsfieldeq{sample2}{useri}{\foo}{TRUE}{FALSE}.  <br />\end{document} </div> -<!--l. 11491--><p class="nopar" > This now produces “FALSE” for the first case (comparing “FOO” with “<span +<!--l. 12382--><p class="nopar" > This now produces “FALSE” for the first case (comparing “FOO” with “<span class="cmtt-10">\foo</span>”) and “TRUE” for the second case (comparing “<span class="cmtt-10">\foo</span>” with “<span class="cmtt-10">\foo</span>”). -</p><!--l. 11496--><p class="indent" > You can test if the value of a field is equal to the replacement text of a command +</p><!--l. 12387--><p class="indent" > You can test if the value of a field is equal to the replacement text of a command using: -</p><!--l. 11498--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 12389--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\ifglsfielddefeq</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-81032"></a> <span + id="dx1-91032"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\ifglsfielddefeq{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -22831,18 +25092,18 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11500--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12391--><p class="noindent" > This internally uses <span class="cmss-10">etoolbox</span><a - id="dx1-81033"></a>’s <span + id="dx1-91033"></a>’s <span class="cmtt-10">\ifdefstrequal </span>command to perform the comparison. The argument ⟨<span class="cmti-10">command</span>⟩ must be a macro. -</p><!--l. 11504--><p class="indent" > For example: +</p><!--l. 12395--><p class="indent" > For example: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-332"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-388"> \documentclass{article}  <br />\usepackage{glossaries}  <br />\newcommand*{\foo}{FOO} @@ -22856,14 +25117,14 @@ class="cmti-10">command</span>⟩ must be a macro.  <br />\ifglsfielddefeq{sample2}{useri}{\foo}{TRUE}{FALSE}.  <br />\end{document} </div> -<!--l. 11524--><p class="nopar" > Here, the first case produces “TRUE” since the value of the <span +<!--l. 12415--><p class="nopar" > Here, the first case produces “TRUE” since the value of the <span class="cmtt-10">useri </span>field (“FOO”) is the same as the replacement text (definition) of <span class="cmtt-10">\foo </span>(“FOO”). We have the result “<span class="cmtt-10">FOO</span>” is equal to “<span class="cmtt-10">FOO</span>”. -</p><!--l. 11530--><p class="indent" > The second case produces “FALSE” since the value of the <span +</p><!--l. 12421--><p class="indent" > The second case produces “FALSE” since the value of the <span class="cmtt-10">useri </span>field (“<span class="cmtt-10">\foo</span>”) is not the same as the replacement text (definition) of <span @@ -22873,15 +25134,15 @@ class="cmtt-10">useri </span>field. We have the result “<span class="cmtt-10">\foo</span>” is not equal to “<span class="cmtt-10">FOO</span>”. -</p><!--l. 11536--><p class="indent" > If we add: +</p><!--l. 12427--><p class="indent" > If we add: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-333"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-389"> \newcommand{\FOO}{\foo}  <br />\ifglsfielddefeq{sample2}{useri}{\FOO}{TRUE}{FALSE}. </div> -<!--l. 11540--><p class="nopar" > we now get “TRUE” since the value of the <span +<!--l. 12431--><p class="nopar" > we now get “TRUE” since the value of the <span class="cmtt-10">useri </span>field (“<span class="cmtt-10">\foo</span>”) is the same as the replacement text (definition) of <span @@ -22890,12 +25151,12 @@ class="cmtt-10">\foo</span>”). We have the result “<span class="cmtt-10">\foo</span>” is equal to “<span class="cmtt-10">\foo</span>”. -</p><!--l. 11546--><p class="indent" > There is a similar command that requires the control sequence name (without the leading +</p><!--l. 12437--><p class="indent" > There is a similar command that requires the control sequence name (without the leading backslash) instead of the actual control sequence: -</p><!--l. 11548--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 12439--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\ifglsfieldcseq</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-81034"></a> <span + id="dx1-91034"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\ifglsfieldcseq{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -22908,22 +25169,22 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11550--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12441--><p class="noindent" > This internally uses <span class="cmss-10">etoolbox</span><a - id="dx1-81035"></a>’s <span + id="dx1-91035"></a>’s <span class="cmtt-10">\ifcsstrequal </span>command instead of <span class="cmtt-10">\ifdefstrequal</span>. -</p><!--l. 11554--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12445--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 11554--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 12445--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">16.3 </span> <a id="sec:fetchset"></a>Fetching and Updating the Value of a Field</h3> -<!--l. 11557--><p class="noindent" >You can fetch the value of a given field and store it in a control sequence using: -</p><!--l. 11559--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +<!--l. 12448--><p class="noindent" >You can fetch the value of a given field and store it in a control sequence using: +</p><!--l. 12450--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsfieldfetch</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-82001"></a> <span + id="dx1-92001"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfieldfetch{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -22931,7 +25192,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">cs</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11561--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12452--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is the label identifying the glossary entry, ⟨<span class="cmti-10">field</span>⟩ is the field label (see @@ -22944,27 +25205,27 @@ that field in the argument of <span class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>(or the optional argument of <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span>). -</p><!--l. 11570--><p class="indent" > You can change the value of a given field using one of the following commands. Note that +</p><!--l. 12461--><p class="indent" > You can change the value of a given field using one of the following commands. Note that these commands only change the value of the given field. They have no affect on any related field. For example, if you change the value of the <span class="cmss-10">text</span><a - id="dx1-82002"></a> field, it won’t modify the value given by + id="dx1-92002"></a> field, it won’t modify the value given by the <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-82003"></a>, <span + id="dx1-92003"></a>, <span class="cmss-10">plural</span><a - id="dx1-82004"></a>, <span + id="dx1-92004"></a>, <span class="cmss-10">first</span><a - id="dx1-82005"></a> or any other related key. -</p><!--l. 11576--><p class="indent" > In all the four related commands below, ⟨<span + id="dx1-92005"></a> or any other related key. +</p><!--l. 12467--><p class="indent" > In all the four related commands below, ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ and ⟨<span class="cmti-10">field</span>⟩ are as above and ⟨<span class="cmti-10">definition</span>⟩ is the new value of the field. -</p><!--l. 11580--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 12471--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsfielddef</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-82006"></a> <span + id="dx1-92006"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfielddef{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -22972,13 +25233,13 @@ class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">definition</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11582--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12473--><p class="noindent" > This uses <span class="cmtt-10">\def </span>to change the value of the field (so it will be localised by any grouping). -</p><!--l. 11586--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 12477--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsfieldedef</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-82007"></a> <span + id="dx1-92007"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfieldedef{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -22986,15 +25247,15 @@ class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">definition</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11588--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12479--><p class="noindent" > This uses <span class="cmtt-10">\edef </span>to change the value of the field (so it will be localised by any grouping). Any fragile commands contained in the ⟨<span class="cmti-10">definition</span>⟩ must be protected. -</p><!--l. 11593--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 12484--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsfieldgdef</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-82008"></a> <span + id="dx1-92008"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfieldgdef{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -23002,15 +25263,15 @@ class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">definition</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11595--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12486--><p class="noindent" > This uses <span class="cmtt-10">\gdef </span>to change the value of the field. -</p><!--l. 11598--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 12489--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsfieldxdef</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-82009"></a> <span + id="dx1-92009"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsfieldxdef{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -23018,7 +25279,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">definition</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11600--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12491--><p class="noindent" > This uses <span class="cmtt-10">\xdef </span>to change the value of the field. Any fragile commands contained in the ⟨<span @@ -23026,100 +25287,100 @@ class="cmti-10">definition</span>⟩ must be protected. </p> -<!--l. 11605--><p class="indent" > </div> -</p><!--l. 11605--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 12496--><p class="indent" > </div> +</p><!--l. 12496--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">17. <a id="sec:prefix"></a>Prefixes or Determiners</h2> -</p><!--l. 11607--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 12498--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-prefix</span><a - id="dx1-83001"></a> package that comes with the <span + id="dx1-93001"></a> package that comes with the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package provides additional keys that can be used as prefixes. For example, if you want to specify determiners (such as “a”, “an” or “the”). The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-prefix </span>package automatically loads the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package and has the same package options. -</p><!--l. 11615--><p class="indent" > The extra keys for <span +</p><!--l. 12506--><p class="indent" > The extra keys for <span class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a - id="dx1-83002"></a> are as follows: + id="dx1-93002"></a> are as follows: </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">prefix</span><a - id="dx1-83003"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-93003"></a> </dt><dd class="description">The prefix associated with the <span class="cmss-10">text</span><a - id="dx1-83004"></a> key. This defaults to nothing. + id="dx1-93004"></a> key. This defaults to nothing. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">prefixplural</span><a - id="dx1-83005"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-93005"></a> </dt><dd class="description">The prefix associated with the <span class="cmss-10">plural</span><a - id="dx1-83006"></a> key. This defaults to nothing. + id="dx1-93006"></a> key. This defaults to nothing. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">prefixfirst</span><a - id="dx1-83007"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-93007"></a> </dt><dd class="description">The prefix associated with the <span class="cmss-10">first</span><a - id="dx1-83008"></a> key. If omitted, this defaults to the value + id="dx1-93008"></a> key. If omitted, this defaults to the value of the <span class="cmss-10">prefix</span><a - id="dx1-83009"></a> key. + id="dx1-93009"></a> key. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">prefixfirstplural</span><a - id="dx1-83010"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-93010"></a> </dt><dd class="description">The prefix associated with the <span class="cmss-10">firstplural</span><a - id="dx1-83011"></a> key. If omitted, this defaults + id="dx1-93011"></a> key. If omitted, this defaults to the value of the <span class="cmss-10">prefixplural</span><a - id="dx1-83012"></a> key.</dd></dl> + id="dx1-93012"></a> key.</dd></dl> <a - id="x1-83013r29"></a> -<!--l. 11632--><p class="noindent" ><span -class="cmbx-12">Example 29</span><span + id="x1-93013r30"></a> +<!--l. 12523--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="cmbx-12">Example 30</span><span class="cmbx-12"> (Defining Determiners)</span><a - id="x1-83014"></a> -</p><!--l. 11633--><p class="indent" > Here’s the start of my example document: + id="x1-93014"></a> +</p><!--l. 12524--><p class="indent" > Here’s the start of my example document: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-334"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-390"> documentclass{article}  <br />\usepackage[colorlinks]{hyperref}  <br />\usepackage[toc,acronym]{glossaries-prefix} </div> -<!--l. 11639--><p class="nopar" > Note that I’ve simply replaced <span +<!--l. 12530--><p class="nopar" > Note that I’ve simply replaced <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>from previous sample documents with <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-prefix</span>. Now for a sample definition<span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn1x17" id="fn1x17-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">17.1</sup></a></span><a - id="x1-83015f1"></a>: + id="x1-93015f1"></a>: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-335"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-391"> \newglossaryentry{sample}{name={sample},%  <br />  description={an example},%  <br />  prefix={a~},%  <br />  prefixplural={the\space}%  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 11651--><p class="nopar" > Note that I’ve had to explicitly insert a space after the prefix. This allows for the possibility +<!--l. 12542--><p class="nopar" > Note that I’ve had to explicitly insert a space after the prefix. This allows for the possibility of prefixes that shouldn’t have a space, such as: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-336"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-392"> \newglossaryentry{oeil}{name={oeil},  <br />  plural={yeux},  <br />  description={eye},  <br />  prefix={l'},  <br />  prefixplural={les\space}} </div> -<!--l. 11661--><p class="nopar" > Where a space is required at the end of the prefix, you must use a spacing command, such as +<!--l. 12552--><p class="nopar" > Where a space is required at the end of the prefix, you must use a spacing command, such as <span class="cmtt-10">\space</span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\␣</span></span></span> (backslash space) or <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span @@ -23127,41 +25388,41 @@ class="cmtt-10">~</span></span></span> due to the automatic spacing trimming per ⟨<span class="cmti-10">key</span>⟩=⟨<span class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩ options. -</p><!--l. 11667--><p class="indent" > The prefixes can also be used with acronyms. For example: +</p><!--l. 12558--><p class="indent" > The prefixes can also be used with acronyms. For example: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-337"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-393"> \newacronym  <br /> [%  <br />   prefix={an\space},prefixfirst={a~}%  <br /> ]{svm}{SVM}{support vector machine} </div> -<!--l. 11673--><p class="nopar" > </p> +<!--l. 12564--><p class="nopar" > </p> <div class="center" > -<!--l. 11674--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 11674--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> -<!--l. 11676--><p class="indent" > The <span +<!--l. 12565--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12565--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> +<!--l. 12567--><p class="indent" > The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-prefix</span><a - id="dx1-83017"></a> package provides convenient commands to use these prefixes with + id="dx1-93017"></a> package provides convenient commands to use these prefixes with commands such as <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a - id="dx1-83018"></a>. Note that the prefix is not considered part of the <a + id="dx1-93018"></a>. Note that the prefix is not considered part of the <a href="#glo:linktext">link text<a - id="dx1-83019"></a></a>, so it’s + id="dx1-93019"></a></a>, so it’s not included in the hyperlink (where hyperlinks are enabled). The options and any star or plus modifier are passed on to the <a href="#sec:gls-like"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like</a> command. (See <a href="#sec:glslink"><span -class="cmsy-10">§</span>6 </a><a +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>6 </a><a href="#sec:glslink">Links to Glossary Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glslink --></a> for further details.) -</p><!--l. 11683--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 12574--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\pgls</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-83020"></a> <span + id="dx1-93020"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\pgls[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -23169,12 +25430,12 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11685--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12576--><p class="noindent" > This is inserts the value of the <span class="cmss-10">prefix</span><a - id="dx1-83021"></a> key (or <span + id="dx1-93021"></a> key (or <span class="cmss-10">prefixfirst</span><a - id="dx1-83022"></a> key, on <a + id="dx1-93022"></a> key, on <a href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>) in front of <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span> <span @@ -23185,10 +25446,10 @@ class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]</span>. -</p><!--l. 11690--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 12581--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Pgls</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-83023"></a> <span + id="dx1-93023"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Pgls[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -23196,12 +25457,12 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11692--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12583--><p class="noindent" > If the <span class="cmss-10">prefix</span><a - id="dx1-83024"></a> key (or <span + id="dx1-93024"></a> key (or <span class="cmss-10">prefixfirst</span><a - id="dx1-83025"></a>, on first use) has been set, this displays the value of that + id="dx1-93025"></a>, on first use) has been set, this displays the value of that key with the first letter converted to upper case followed by <span class="cmtt-10">\gls[</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">options</span>⟩<span @@ -23213,7 +25474,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">[</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]</span>. If that key hasn’t been set, this is equivalent to <span class="cmtt-10">\Gls</span><a - id="dx1-83026"></a><span + id="dx1-93026"></a><span class="cmtt-10">[</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -23223,10 +25484,10 @@ class="cmtt-10">}</span> class="cmtt-10">[</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]</span>. -</p><!--l. 11700--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 12591--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\PGLS</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-83027"></a> <span + id="dx1-93027"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\PGLS[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -23234,16 +25495,16 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11702--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12593--><p class="noindent" > As <span class="cmtt-10">\pgls </span>but converts the prefix to upper case and uses <span class="cmtt-10">\GLS</span><a - id="dx1-83028"></a> instead of <span + id="dx1-93028"></a> instead of <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>. -</p><!--l. 11706--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 12597--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\pglspl</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-83029"></a> <span + id="dx1-93029"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\pglspl[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -23251,12 +25512,12 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11708--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12599--><p class="noindent" > This is inserts the value of the <span class="cmss-10">prefixplural</span><a - id="dx1-83030"></a> key (or <span + id="dx1-93030"></a> key (or <span class="cmss-10">prefixfirstplural</span><a - id="dx1-83031"></a> key, on <a + id="dx1-93031"></a> key, on <a href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>) in front of <span class="cmtt-10">\glspl[</span>⟨<span @@ -23266,10 +25527,10 @@ class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]</span>. -</p><!--l. 11713--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 12604--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Pglspl</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-83032"></a> <span + id="dx1-93032"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Pglspl[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -23277,12 +25538,12 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11715--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12606--><p class="noindent" > If the <span class="cmss-10">prefixplural</span><a - id="dx1-83033"></a> key (or <span + id="dx1-93033"></a> key (or <span class="cmss-10">prefixfirstplural</span><a - id="dx1-83034"></a>, on first use) has been set, this displays the value of + id="dx1-93034"></a>, on first use) has been set, this displays the value of that key with the first letter converted to upper case followed by <span class="cmtt-10">\glspl[</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">options</span>⟩<span @@ -23294,7 +25555,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">[</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]</span>. If that key hasn’t been set, this is equivalent to <span class="cmtt-10">\Glspl</span><a - id="dx1-83035"></a><span + id="dx1-93035"></a><span class="cmtt-10">[</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -23304,10 +25565,10 @@ class="cmtt-10">}</span> class="cmtt-10">[</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]</span>. -</p><!--l. 11723--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 12614--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\PGLSpl</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-83036"></a> <span + id="dx1-93036"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\PGLSpl[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -23315,48 +25576,48 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11725--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12616--><p class="noindent" > As <span class="cmtt-10">\pglspl </span>but converts the prefix to upper case and uses <span class="cmtt-10">\GLSpl</span><a - id="dx1-83037"></a> instead of <span + id="dx1-93037"></a> instead of <span class="cmtt-10">\glspl</span>. <a - id="x1-83038r30"></a> -</p><!--l. 11729--><p class="noindent" ><span -class="cmbx-12">Example 30</span><span + id="x1-93038r31"></a> +</p><!--l. 12620--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="cmbx-12">Example 31</span><span class="cmbx-12"> (Using Prefixes)</span><a - id="x1-83039"></a> -</p><!--l. 11730--><p class="indent" > Continuing from Example <a -href="#x1-83013r29">29<!--tex4ht:ref: ex:determiners --></a>, now that I’ve defined my entries, I can use them in the text + id="x1-93039"></a> +</p><!--l. 12621--><p class="indent" > Continuing from Example <a +href="#x1-93013r30">30<!--tex4ht:ref: ex:determiners --></a>, now that I’ve defined my entries, I can use them in the text via the above commands: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-338"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-394"> First use: \pgls{svm}. Next use: \pgls{svm}.  <br />Singular: \pgls{sample}, \pgls{oeil}.  <br />Plural: \pglspl{sample}, \pglspl{oeil}. </div> -<!--l. 11736--><p class="nopar" > which produces: +<!--l. 12627--><p class="nopar" > which produces: </p><div class="quote"> - <!--l. 11739--><p class="noindent" >First use: a support vector machine (SVM). Next use: an SVM. Singular: + <!--l. 12630--><p class="noindent" >First use: a support vector machine (SVM). Next use: an SVM. Singular: a sample, l’oeil. Plural: the samples, les yeux.</p></div> -<!--l. 11743--><p class="noindent" >For a complete document, see <a -href="#x1-5106r38"><span +<!--l. 12634--><p class="noindent" >For a complete document, see <a +href="#x1-11116r39"><span class="cmtt-10">sample-prefix.tex</span></a>. </p> <div class="center" > -<!--l. 11744--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 11744--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> -<!--l. 11746--><p class="indent" > This package also provides the commands described below, none of which perform any +<!--l. 12635--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12635--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> +<!--l. 12637--><p class="indent" > This package also provides the commands described below, none of which perform any check to determine the entry’s existence. -</p><!--l. 11749--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 12640--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\ifglshasprefix</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-83040"></a> <span + id="dx1-93040"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\ifglshasprefix{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -23364,18 +25625,18 @@ class="cmitt-10">true part</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false part</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11751--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12642--><p class="noindent" > Does ⟨<span class="cmti-10">true part</span>⟩ if the entry identified by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ has a non-empty value for the <span class="cmss-10">prefix</span><a - id="dx1-83041"></a> + id="dx1-93041"></a> key. -</p><!--l. 11755--><p class="indent" > This package also provides the following commands: -</p><!--l. 11756--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 12646--><p class="indent" > This package also provides the following commands: +</p><!--l. 12647--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\ifglshasprefixplural</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-83042"></a> <span + id="dx1-93042"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\ifglshasprefixplural{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -23384,17 +25645,17 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false part</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11758--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12649--><p class="noindent" > Does ⟨<span class="cmti-10">true part</span>⟩ if the entry identified by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ has a non-empty value for the <span class="cmss-10">prefixplural</span><a - id="dx1-83043"></a> + id="dx1-93043"></a> key. -</p><!--l. 11762--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 12653--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\ifglshasprefixfirst</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-83044"></a> <span + id="dx1-93044"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\ifglshasprefixfirst{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span @@ -23403,142 +25664,141 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false part</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11764--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12655--><p class="noindent" > Does ⟨<span class="cmti-10">true part</span>⟩ if the entry identified by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ has a non-empty value for the <span class="cmss-10">prefixfirst</span><a - id="dx1-83045"></a> + id="dx1-93045"></a> key. -</p><!--l. 11768--><p class="indent" > <span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 12659--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\ifglshasprefixfirstplural</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-83046"></a> -</p><!--l. 11770--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span + id="dx1-93046"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\ifglshasprefixfirstplural{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">true part</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span +class="cmtt-10">}</span> +<span +class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">false part</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11771--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12661--><p class="noindent" > Does ⟨<span class="cmti-10">true part</span>⟩ if the entry identified by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ has a non-empty value for the <span class="cmss-10">prefixfirstplural</span><a - id="dx1-83047"></a> + id="dx1-93047"></a> key. -</p><!--l. 11775--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 12665--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsentryprefix</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-83048"></a> <span + id="dx1-93048"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryprefix{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11777--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12667--><p class="noindent" > Displays the value of the <span class="cmss-10">prefix</span><a - id="dx1-83049"></a> key for the entry given by ⟨<span + id="dx1-93049"></a> key for the entry given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 11781--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 12671--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsentryprefixfirst</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-83050"></a> <span + id="dx1-93050"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryprefixfirst{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11783--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12673--><p class="noindent" > Displays the value of the <span class="cmss-10">prefixfirst</span><a - id="dx1-83051"></a> key for the entry given by ⟨<span + id="dx1-93051"></a> key for the entry given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩. -</p><!--l. 11787--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 12677--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsentryprefixplural</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-83052"></a> <span + id="dx1-93052"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryprefixplural{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11789--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12679--><p class="noindent" > Displays the value of the <span class="cmss-10">prefixplural</span><a - id="dx1-83053"></a> key for the entry given by ⟨<span + id="dx1-93053"></a> key for the entry given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩. (No check is performed to determine if the entry exists.) -</p><!--l. 11794--><p class="indent" > <span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 12684--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\glsentryprefixfirstplural</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-83054"></a> -</p><!--l. 11796--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span + id="dx1-93054"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryprefixfirstplural{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11797--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12686--><p class="noindent" > Displays the value of the <span class="cmss-10">prefixfirstplural</span><a - id="dx1-83055"></a> key for the entry given by ⟨<span + id="dx1-93055"></a> key for the entry given by ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩. (No check is performed to determine if the entry exists.) -</p><!--l. 11802--><p class="indent" > There are also variants that convert the first letter to upper +</p><!--l. 12691--><p class="indent" > There are also variants that convert the first letter to upper case<span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn2x17" id="fn2x17-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">17.2</sup></a></span><a - id="x1-83056f2"></a>: -</p><!--l. 11805--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + id="x1-93056f2"></a>: +</p><!--l. 12694--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsentryprefix</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-83057"></a> <span + id="dx1-93057"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryprefix{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11807--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 11808--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 12696--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12697--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsentryprefixfirst</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-83058"></a> <span + id="dx1-93058"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryprefixfirst{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11810--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 11811--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 12699--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12700--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsentryprefixplural</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-83059"></a> <span + id="dx1-93059"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryprefixplural{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11813--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 11815--><p class="indent" > <span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 12702--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12704--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="cmtt-9">\Glsentryprefixfirstplural</span><span class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a - id="dx1-83060"></a> -</p><!--l. 11817--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span + id="dx1-93060"></a> <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryprefixfirstplural{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 11818--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 11820--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> As with analogous commands such as <span +</p><!--l. 12706--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12708--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> As with analogous commands such as <span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrytext</span><a - id="dx1-83061"></a>, these commands aren’t + id="dx1-93061"></a>, these commands aren’t expandable so can’t be used in PDF bookmarks. </div> -</p><!--l. 11823--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12711--><p class="noindent" > <a - id="x1-83062r31"></a> -</p><!--l. 11825--><p class="noindent" ><span -class="cmbx-12">Example 31</span><span + id="x1-93062r32"></a> +</p><!--l. 12713--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="cmbx-12">Example 32</span><span class="cmbx-12"> (Adding Determiner to Glossary Style)</span><a - id="x1-83063"></a> -</p><!--l. 11826--><p class="indent" > You can use the above commands to define a new glossary style that uses the determiner. + id="x1-93063"></a> +</p><!--l. 12714--><p class="indent" > You can use the above commands to define a new glossary style that uses the determiner. For example, the following style is a slight modification of the <span class="cmss-10">list</span><a - id="dx1-83064"></a> style that inserts the prefix + id="dx1-93064"></a> style that inserts the prefix before the name: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-339"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-395"> \newglossarystyle{plist}{%  <br />  \setglossarystyle{list}%  <br />  \renewcommand*{\glossentry}[2]{% @@ -23548,182 +25808,189 @@ before the name:  <br />       \glossentrydesc{##1}\glspostdescription\space ##2}%  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 11839--><p class="nopar" > </p> +<!--l. 12727--><p class="nopar" > </p> <div class="center" > -<!--l. 11840--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 11840--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> +<!--l. 12728--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 12728--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> -<!--l. 11842--><p class="indent" > </div> -</p><!--l. 11842--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 12730--><p class="indent" > </div> +</p><!--l. 12730--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">18. <a id="sec:accsupp"></a>Accessibility Support</h2> -</p><!--l. 11844--><p class="indent" > Limited accessibility support is provided by the accompanying <span +</p><!--l. 12732--><p class="indent" > Limited accessibility support is provided by the accompanying <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a - id="dx1-84001"></a> package, + id="dx1-94001"></a> package, but note that this package is experimental and it requires the <span class="cmss-10">accsupp</span><a - id="dx1-84002"></a> package which is also + id="dx1-94002"></a> package which is also listed as experimental. This package defines additional keys that may be used when defining glossary entries. The keys are as follows: </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">access</span><a - id="dx1-84003"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-94003"></a> </dt><dd class="description">The replacement text corresponding to the <span class="cmss-10">name</span><a - id="dx1-84004"></a> key. + id="dx1-94004"></a> key. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">textaccess</span><a - id="dx1-84005"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-94005"></a> </dt><dd class="description">The replacement text corresponding to the <span class="cmss-10">text</span><a - id="dx1-84006"></a> key. + id="dx1-94006"></a> key. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">firstaccess</span><a - id="dx1-84007"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-94007"></a> </dt><dd class="description">The replacement text corresponding to the <span class="cmss-10">first</span><a - id="dx1-84008"></a> key. + id="dx1-94008"></a> key. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">pluralaccess</span><a - id="dx1-84009"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-94009"></a> </dt><dd class="description">The replacement text corresponding to the <span class="cmss-10">plural</span><a - id="dx1-84010"></a> key. + id="dx1-94010"></a> key. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">firstpluralaccess</span><a - id="dx1-84011"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-94011"></a> </dt><dd class="description">The replacement text corresponding to the <span class="cmss-10">firstplural</span><a - id="dx1-84012"></a> key. + id="dx1-94012"></a> key. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">symbolaccess</span><a - id="dx1-84013"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-94013"></a> </dt><dd class="description">The replacement text corresponding to the <span class="cmss-10">symbol</span><a - id="dx1-84014"></a> key. + id="dx1-94014"></a> key. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">symbolpluralaccess</span><a - id="dx1-84015"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-94015"></a> </dt><dd class="description">The replacement text corresponding to the <span class="cmss-10">symbolplural</span><a - id="dx1-84016"></a> key. + id="dx1-94016"></a> key. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">descriptionaccess</span><a - id="dx1-84017"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-94017"></a> </dt><dd class="description">The replacement text corresponding to the <span class="cmss-10">description</span><a - id="dx1-84018"></a> key. + id="dx1-94018"></a> key. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">descriptionpluralaccess</span><a - id="dx1-84019"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-94019"></a> </dt><dd class="description">The replacement text corresponding to the <span class="cmss-10">descriptionplural</span><a - id="dx1-84020"></a> + id="dx1-94020"></a> key. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">longaccess</span><a - id="dx1-84021"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-94021"></a> </dt><dd class="description">The replacement text corresponding to the <span class="cmss-10">long</span><a - id="dx1-84022"></a> key (used by <span + id="dx1-94022"></a> key (used by <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a - id="dx1-84023"></a>). + id="dx1-94023"></a>). </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">shortaccess</span><a - id="dx1-84024"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-94024"></a> </dt><dd class="description">The replacement text corresponding to the <span class="cmss-10">short</span><a - id="dx1-84025"></a> key (used by + id="dx1-94025"></a> key (used by <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a - id="dx1-84026"></a>). + id="dx1-94026"></a>). </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">longpluralaccess</span><a - id="dx1-84027"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-94027"></a> </dt><dd class="description">The replacement text corresponding to the <span class="cmss-10">longplural</span><a - id="dx1-84028"></a> key (used by + id="dx1-94028"></a> key (used by <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a - id="dx1-84029"></a>). + id="dx1-94029"></a>). </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="cmssbx-10">shortpluralaccess</span><a - id="dx1-84030"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-94030"></a> </dt><dd class="description">The replacement text corresponding to the <span class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a - id="dx1-84031"></a> key (used by + id="dx1-94031"></a> key (used by <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a - id="dx1-84032"></a>). + id="dx1-94032"></a>). </dd></dl> -<!--l. 11891--><p class="noindent" >For example: +<!--l. 12779--><p class="noindent" >For example: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-340"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-396"> \newglossaryentry{tex}{name={\TeX},description={Document  <br />preparation language},access={TeX}} </div> -<!--l. 11895--><p class="nopar" > Now <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 12783--><p class="nopar" > Now <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls{tex}</span></span></span> will be equivalent to </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-341"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-397"> \BeginAccSupp{ActualText=TeX}\TeX\EndAccSupp{} </div> -<!--l. 11899--><p class="nopar" > The sample file <a -href="#x1-5108r39"><span +<!--l. 12787--><p class="nopar" > The sample file <a +href="#x1-11118r40"><span class="cmtt-10">sampleaccsupp.tex</span></a> illustrates the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a - id="dx1-84033"></a> package. -</p><!--l. 11903--><p class="indent" > See the documented code (<span + id="dx1-94033"></a> package. +</p><!--l. 12791--><p class="indent" > See the documented code (<span class="cmtt-10">glossaries-code.pdf</span>) for further details. I recommend that you also read the <span class="cmss-10">accsupp</span><a - id="dx1-84034"></a> documentation. + id="dx1-94034"></a> documentation. </p> -<!--l. 11907--><p class="indent" > </div> -</p><!--l. 11907--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 12795--><p class="indent" > </div> +</p><!--l. 12795--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">19. <a id="sec:trouble"></a>Troubleshooting</h2> -</p><!--l. 11910--><p class="indent" > The <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package comes with some minimal example files, <span -class="cmtt-10">minimalgls.tex</span>, -<span +</p><!--l. 12798--><p class="indent" > In addition to the sample files listed in <a +href="#sec:samples"><span +class="tcrm-1000">§</span>1.2 </a><a +href="#sec:samples">Sample Documents<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:samples --></a>, the <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package +comes with some minimal example files, <span +class="cmtt-10">minimalgls.tex</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">mwe-gls.tex</span>, <span -class="cmtt-10">mwe-acr.tex </span>and <span -class="cmtt-10">mwe-acr-desc.tex</span>, which can be used for testing. -These should be located in the <span -class="cmtt-10">samples </span>subdirectory (folder) of the <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries</span> -documentation directory. The location varies according to your operating system -and <span class="TEX">T<span -class="E">E</span>X</span> installation. For example, on my Linux partition it can be found in -<span -class="cmtt-10">/usr/local/texlive/2014/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/</span>. Further information on -debugging <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span +class="cmtt-10">mwe-acr.tex </span>and +<span +class="cmtt-10">mwe-acr-desc.tex</span>, which can be used for testing. These should be located in the <span +class="cmtt-10">samples</span> +subdirectory (folder) of the <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>documentation directory. The location varies according to +your operating system and <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> installation. For example, on my Linux partition it can be found +in <span +class="cmtt-10">/usr/local/texlive/2014/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/</span>. The <a +href="#glo:makeglossariesgui"><span +class="cmtt-10">makeglossariesgui</span><a + id="dx1-95001"></a></a> +application can also be used to test for various problems. Further information on debugging +<span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span></span> code is available at <a href="http://www.dickimaw-books.com/latex/minexample/" class="url" ><span class="cmtt-10">http://www.dickimaw-books.com/latex/minexample/</span></a>. -</p><!--l. 11922--><p class="indent" > If you have any problems, please first consult the <a +</p><!--l. 12813--><p class="indent" > If you have any problems, please first consult the <a href="http://www.dickimaw-books.com/faqs/glossariesfaq.html" ><span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>FAQ</a>. If that doesn’t help, try posting your query to somewhere like the <span @@ -23741,4170 +26008,4329 @@ href="http://www.dickimaw-books.com/bug-report.html" >my package bug report form <!--l. 2--><p class="indent" > </div> </p><!--l. 2--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a></p><h2 class="likechapterHead"><a - id="x1-8600019"></a>Index</h2> + id="x1-9600019"></a>Index</h2> <span class="cmbx-10">Symbols</span> <div class="theindex"><span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\@gls@codepage</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-15012" ><span +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-21012" ><span class="cmti-10">1</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\@glsorder</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-15009" ><span +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-21009" ><span class="cmti-10">2</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\@istfilename</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-15004" ><span +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-21004" ><span class="cmti-10">3</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\@newglossary</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-15003" ><span +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-21003" ><span class="cmti-10">4</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\@xdylanguage</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-15011" ><span +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-21011" ><span class="cmti-10">5</span></a> <br /></span> <p class="theindex"> <span class="cmbx-10">A</span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">accsupp </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-84002" >6</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-84034" >7</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-94002" >6</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-94034" >7</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\ACRfull</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59073" ><span +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69073" ><span class="cmti-10">8</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Acrfull</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59072" ><span +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69072" ><span class="cmti-10">9</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\acrfull</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59069" ><span +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69069" ><span class="cmti-10">10</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\acrfullfmt</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59070" ><span +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69070" ><span class="cmti-10">11</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\acrfullformat</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59071" ><span +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69071" ><span class="cmti-10">12</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\ACRfullpl</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59076" ><span +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69076" ><span class="cmti-10">13</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Acrfullpl</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59075" ><span +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69075" ><span class="cmti-10">14</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\acrfullpl</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59074" ><span +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69074" ><span class="cmti-10">15</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\ACRlong</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59062" ><span +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69062" ><span class="cmti-10">16</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Acrlong</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59061" ><span +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69061" ><span class="cmti-10">17</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\acrlong</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59057" ><span +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69057" ><span class="cmti-10">18</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\ACRlongpl</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59065" ><span +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69065" ><span class="cmti-10">19</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Acrlongpl</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59064" ><span +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69064" ><span class="cmti-10">20</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\acrlongpl</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59063" ><span +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69063" ><span class="cmti-10">21</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item">acronym styles:<br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">dua</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61018" >22</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61052" >23</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61056" >24</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62021" >25</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71018" >22</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71052" >23</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71056" >24</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-72021" >25</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">dua-desc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61053" >26</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61059" >27</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71053" >26</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71059" >27</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">footnote</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61019" >28</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61063" >29</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62020" >30</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71019" >28</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71063" >29</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-72020" >30</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">footnote-desc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61073" >31</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71073" >31</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">footnote-sc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61064" >32</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71064" >32</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">footnote-sc-desc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5028" >33</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61074" >34</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61083" >35</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61086" >36</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11027" >33</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71074" >34</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71083" >35</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71086" >36</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">footnote-sm</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61065" >37</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71065" >37</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">footnote-sm-desc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61075" >38</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71075" >38</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">long-sc-short</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61007" >39</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61021" >40</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61040" >41</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62033" >42</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71007" >39</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71021" >40</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71040" >41</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-72033" >42</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">long-sc-short-desc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61036" >43</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71036" >43</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">long-short</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47069" >44</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61020" >45</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61039" >46</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62011" >47</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62028" >48</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62034" >49</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-57069" >44</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71020" >45</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71039" >46</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-72011" >47</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-72028" >48</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-72034" >49</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">long-short-desc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61035" >50</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61051" >51</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62030" >52</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71035" >50</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71051" >51</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-72030" >52</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">long-sm-short</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61011" >53</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61022" >54</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61041" >55</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71011" >53</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71022" >54</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71041" >55</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">long-sm-short-desc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61037" >56</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71037" >56</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">long-sp-short</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61023" >57</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61027" >58</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61042" >59</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71023" >57</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71027" >58</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71042" >59</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">long-sp-short-desc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61038" >60</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71038" >60</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">sc-short-long</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61030" >61</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71030" >61</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">sc-short-long-desc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61049" >62</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71049" >62</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">short-long</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61029" >63</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71029" >63</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">short-long-desc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61048" >64</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71048" >64</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">sm-short-long</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61031" >65</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71031" >65</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">sm-short-long-desc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61050" >66</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71050" >66</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\acronymentry</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-60010" ><span +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-70010" ><span class="cmti-10">67</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61002" ><span +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71002" ><span class="cmti-10">68</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\acronymsort</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-60012" ><span +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-70012" ><span class="cmti-10">69</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\acronymtype</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-58016" ><span +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-68016" ><span class="cmti-10">70</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\ACRshort</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59051" ><span +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69051" ><span class="cmti-10">71</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Acrshort</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59050" ><span +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69050" ><span class="cmti-10">72</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\acrshort</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59045" ><span +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69045" ><span class="cmti-10">73</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\ACRshortpl</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59054" ><span +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69054" ><span class="cmti-10">74</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Acrshortpl</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59053" ><span +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69053" ><span class="cmti-10">75</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\acrshortpl</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59052" ><span +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69052" ><span class="cmti-10">76</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\altnewglossary</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-58008" ><span +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-68008" ><span class="cmti-10">77</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">amsgen </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10" >78</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62080" >79</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62081" >80</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14" >78</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-72080" >79</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-72081" >80</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">amsmath </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-45006" >81</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-65021" >82</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-55006" >81</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75021" >82</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmtt-10">arara</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10015" >83</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4008" >83</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7028" >84</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-16021" >85</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-16022" >86</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">array </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71006" >84</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-74006" >85</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-81006" >87</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-84006" >88</a> <br /></span> </p><p class="theindex"> <span class="cmbx-10">B</span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">babel </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4025" >86</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7019" >87</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7031" >88</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7035" >89</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8001" >90</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8003" >91</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8005" >92</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8007" >93</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8016" >94</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8018" >95</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8019" >96</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8022" >97</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8034" >98</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8037" >99</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8041" >100</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8047" >101</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17049" >102</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17054" >103</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17059" >104</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17061" >105</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17063" >106</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17068" >107</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17074" >108</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28008" >109</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-38011" >110</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-41007" >111</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-58023" >112</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7016" >89</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13033" >90</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13045" >91</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13049" >92</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14001" >93</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14003" >94</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14005" >95</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14007" >96</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14016" >97</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14018" >98</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14019" >99</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14022" >100</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14034" >101</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14037" >102</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14040" >103</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14047" >104</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23053" >105</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23058" >106</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23063" >107</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23065" >108</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23067" >109</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23072" >110</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23078" >111</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34009" >112</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44012" >113</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47007" >114</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-68023" >115</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">beamer </span>class  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-45004" >113</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-45010" >114</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-65014" >115</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-65016" >116</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-55004" >116</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-55010" >117</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75014" >118</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75016" >119</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">beamer </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8046" >117</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14046" >120</a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span +class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>  <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-2" >121</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3001" ><span +class="cmbx-10">122</span></a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-9001" >123</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-9002" >124</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-9008" >125</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-9009" >126</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10003" >127</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13004" >128</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13009" >129</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13012" >130</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13022" >131</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13026" >132</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14051" >133</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14055" >134</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-16011" >135</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-16013" >136</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-16015" >137</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-16018" >138</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-31001" >139</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44009" >140</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-49013" >141</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-49015" >142</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-50008" >143</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-50009" >144</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-50018" >145</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-50019" >146</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52016" >147</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52017" >148</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">booktabs </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-70006" >118</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71009" >119</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-72011" >120</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-80006" >149</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-81009" >150</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-82011" >151</a> <br /></span> </p><p class="theindex"> <span class="cmbx-10">C</span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\cGls</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-66010" ><span -class="cmti-10">121</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-76010" ><span +class="cmti-10">152</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\cgls</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-66008" ><span -class="cmti-10">122</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-76008" ><span +class="cmti-10">153</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\cGlsformat</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-66014" ><span -class="cmti-10">123</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-76014" ><span +class="cmti-10">154</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\cglsformat</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-66012" ><span -class="cmti-10">124</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-76012" ><span +class="cmti-10">155</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\cGlspl</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-66011" ><span -class="cmti-10">125</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-76011" ><span +class="cmti-10">156</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\cglspl</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-66009" ><span -class="cmti-10">126</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-76009" ><span +class="cmti-10">157</span></a> <br /></span> + + <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\cGlsplformat</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-66015" ><span -class="cmti-10">127</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-76015" ><span +class="cmti-10">158</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\cglsplformat</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-66013" ><span -class="cmti-10">128</span></a> <br /></span> - - +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-76013" ><span +class="cmti-10">159</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">classicthesis </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19026" >129</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19044" >130</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19049" >131</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69007" >132</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69044" >133</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-25026" >160</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-25044" >161</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-25049" >162</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-79007" >163</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-79046" >164</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\currentglossary</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-78070" ><span -class="cmti-10">134</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-88070" ><span +class="cmti-10">165</span></a> <br /></span> </p><p class="theindex"> <span class="cmbx-10">D</span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">datatool </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-9" >135</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53042" >136</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53045" >137</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53047" >138</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53049" >139</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13" >166</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-63042" >167</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-63045" >168</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-63047" >169</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-63049" >170</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">datatool-base </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8" >140</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-12" >171</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13019" >172</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\DeclareAcronymList</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-21022" ><span -class="cmti-10">141</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-27022" ><span +class="cmti-10">173</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\defglsentryfmt</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47007" ><span -class="cmti-10">142</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-57007" ><span +class="cmti-10">174</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\DefineAcronymSynonyms</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-21027" ><span -class="cmti-10">143</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-27027" ><span +class="cmti-10">175</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">doc </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14" >144</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-15" >145</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19" >146</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18" >176</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19" >177</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23" >178</a> <br /></span> </p><p class="theindex"> <span class="cmbx-10">E</span> <span class="index-item">encap  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-43006" >147</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-50002" >179</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item">entry location  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3001" ><span -class="cmbx-10">148</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3002" ><span +class="cmbx-10">180</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item">environments:<br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">theglossary</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-78003" ><span -class="cmti-10">149</span></a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span -class="cmss-10">etex </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17039" >150</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-88003" ><span +class="cmti-10">181</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">etoolbox </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4" >151</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20043" >152</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47018" >153</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-81030" >154</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-81033" >155</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-81035" >156</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8" >182</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-26043" >183</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-57018" >184</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-91030" >185</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-91033" >186</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-91035" >187</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item">Extended Latin Alphabet  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3002" ><span -class="cmbx-10">157</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3003" ><span +class="cmbx-10">188</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item">extended Latin character  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3004" >158</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3005" ><span -class="cmbx-10">159</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3029" >160</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3044" >161</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3051" >162</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5089" >163</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28006" >164</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3005" >189</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3006" ><span +class="cmbx-10">190</span></a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3030" >191</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3045" >192</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3052" >193</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11099" >194</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34007" >195</a> <br /></span> </p><p class="theindex"> <span class="cmbx-10">F</span> <span class="index-item">file types<br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">.alg</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10069" >165</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-16079" >196</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">.aux</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11002" >166</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11020" >167</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-55004" >168</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13024" >197</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17002" >198</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17018" >199</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-54008" >200</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-65004" >201</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">.glg</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10068" >169</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13017" >170</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14013" >171</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-16078" >202</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19016" >203</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20013" >204</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">.glg2</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18" >172</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-22" >205</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">.glo</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11021" >173</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13019" >174</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14015" >175</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17019" >206</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19018" >207</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20015" >208</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">.gls</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13018" >176</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14014" >177</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19017" >209</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20014" >210</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">.glsdefs</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-41013" >178</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-41017" >179</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47013" >211</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47017" >212</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47018" >213</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">.ist</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14005" >180</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14007" >181</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-15006" >182</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20061" >183</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-27003" >184</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-27012" >185</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20005" >214</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20007" >215</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-21006" >216</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-26061" >217</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-33003" >218</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-33012" >219</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">.tex</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13011" >186</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14004" >187</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13014" >220</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13023" >221</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19010" >222</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20004" >223</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">.xdy</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13013" >188</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13014" >189</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-15008" >190</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20070" >191</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-27005" >192</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-27009" >193</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-27014" >194</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-54005" >195</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19012" >224</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19013" >225</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-21008" >226</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-26070" >227</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-33005" >228</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-33009" >229</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-33014" >230</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-64005" >231</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">glo2</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17" >196</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-21" >232</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">gls2</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-16" >197</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20" >233</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item">first use  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3009" >198</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3010" >234</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    flag  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3017" >199</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3018" >235</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    text  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3018" >200</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3019" >236</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\firstacronymfont</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61001" ><span -class="cmti-10">201</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71001" ><span +class="cmti-10">237</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">flowfram </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-73011" >202</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83011" >238</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">fmtcount </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56036" >203</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11090" >239</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11091" >240</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-66047" >241</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-66049" >242</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">fontspec </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28139" >204</a> <br /></span> -<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\forallacronyms</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-80002" ><span -class="cmti-10">205</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34141" >243</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-67006" >244</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\forallacronyms</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-90002" ><span +class="cmti-10">245</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\forallglossaries</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-80001" ><span -class="cmti-10">206</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-90001" ><span +class="cmti-10">246</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\forallglsentries</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-80007" ><span -class="cmti-10">207</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-90007" ><span +class="cmti-10">247</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\forglsentries</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-80005" ><span -class="cmti-10">208</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-90005" ><span +class="cmti-10">248</span></a> <br /></span> </p><p class="theindex"> <span class="cmbx-10">G</span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Genacrfullformat</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47065" ><span -class="cmti-10">209</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-57065" ><span +class="cmti-10">249</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\genacrfullformat</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47059" ><span -class="cmti-10">210</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-57059" ><span +class="cmti-10">250</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GenericAcronymFields</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62022" ><span -class="cmti-10">211</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-72022" ><span +class="cmti-10">251</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Genplacrfullformat</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47066" ><span -class="cmti-10">212</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-57066" ><span +class="cmti-10">252</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\genplacrfullformat</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47061" ><span -class="cmti-10">213</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-57061" ><span +class="cmti-10">253</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-6001" >214</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8008" >215</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-38010" >216</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44020" >217</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44039" >218</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3" >254</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-12001" >255</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14008" >256</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44011" >257</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-51007" >258</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-51014" >259</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-54021" >260</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-54040" >261</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5109" >219</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28104" >220</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28128" >221</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-84001" >222</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-84033" >223</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11119" >262</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34015" >263</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-94001" >264</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-94033" >265</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">glossaries-babel </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17055" >224</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17066" >225</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23059" >266</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23070" >267</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4064" >226</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4065" >227</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20021" >228</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52006" >229</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53076" >230</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59001" >231</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59006" >232</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59040" >233</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-68040" >234</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5008" >268</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7009" >269</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7010" >270</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7023" >271</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7039" >272</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8011" >273</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8012" >274</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8020" >275</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-9003" >276</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10004" >277</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-12015" >278</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13011" >279</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-16010" >280</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-16012" >281</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-26021" >282</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34002" >283</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62006" >284</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-63076" >285</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69001" >286</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69006" >287</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69040" >288</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-78040" >289</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-78042" >290</a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span +class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods </span>package  <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-78041" >291</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">glossaries-polyglossia </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17057" >235</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23061" >292</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">glossaries-prefix </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5107" >236</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28103" >237</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28127" >238</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83001" >239</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83017" >240</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11117" >293</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34014" >294</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-93001" >295</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-93017" >296</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item">glossary counters:<br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">glossaryentry</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19004" ><span -class="cmti-10">241</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-25004" ><span +class="cmti-10">297</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">glossarysubentry</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19021" ><span -class="cmti-10">242</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-25021" ><span +class="cmti-10">298</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">glossary </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11" >243</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4005" >244</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-64001" >245</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-64002" >246</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-64005" >247</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-15" >299</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4005" >300</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-74001" >301</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-74002" >302</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-74005" >303</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item">glossary styles:<br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">altlist</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61047" >248</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61080" >249</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62068" >250</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69023" >251</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69029" >252</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71047" >304</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71080" >305</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-72068" >306</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-79025" >307</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-79031" >308</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">altlistgroup</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69028" >253</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69031" >254</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-79030" >309</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-79033" >310</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">altlisthypergroup</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69030" >255</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-79032" >311</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">altlong4col</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-68022" >256</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-70032" >257</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-70039" >258</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-78022" >312</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-80032" >313</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-80039" >314</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">altlong4col-booktabs</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-72031" >259</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-82031" >315</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">altlong4colborder</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-70043" >260</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-80043" >316</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">altlong4colheader</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-70045" >261</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-72032" >262</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-80045" >317</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-82032" >318</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">altlong4colheaderborder</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-70047" >263</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-80047" >319</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">altlongragged4col</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71030" >264</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71035" >265</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71037" >266</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-81030" >320</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-81035" >321</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-81037" >322</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">altlongragged4col-booktabs</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-72037" >267</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-82037" >323</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">altlongragged4colborder</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71034" >268</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-81034" >324</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">altlongragged4colheader</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71036" >269</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71039" >270</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-72038" >271</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-81036" >325</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-81039" >326</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-82038" >327</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">altlongragged4colheaderborder</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71038" >272</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-81038" >328</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">altsuper4col</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-68023" >273</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-73037" >274</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-73044" >275</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-78023" >329</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83037" >330</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83044" >331</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">altsuper4colborder</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-73048" >276</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83048" >332</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">altsuper4colheader</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-73050" >277</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83050" >333</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">altsuper4colheaderborder</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-73052" >278</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83052" >334</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">altsuperragged4col</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-74032" >279</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-74035" >280</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-74037" >281</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-84032" >335</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-84035" >336</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-84037" >337</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">altsuperragged4colborder</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-74034" >282</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-84034" >338</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">altsuperragged4colheader</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-74036" >283</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-74039" >284</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-84036" >339</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-84039" >340</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">altsuperragged4colheaderborder</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-74038" >285</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-84038" >341</a> <br /></span> + + <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">alttree</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-68026" >286</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75010" >287</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75013" >288</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75034" >289</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75047" >290</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75052" >291</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75056" >292</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-76040" >293</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-78026" >342</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-85010" >343</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-85013" >344</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-85034" >345</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-85047" >346</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-85052" >347</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-85056" >348</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-86040" >349</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">alttreegroup</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75055" >294</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75058" >295</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-76042" >296</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-85055" >350</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-85058" >351</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-86042" >352</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">alttreehypergroup</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75057" >297</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-76045" >298</a> <br /></span> - - +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-85057" >353</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-86045" >354</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">index</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19050" >299</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69014" >300</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69027" >301</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69038" >302</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75016" >303</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75017" >304</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75022" >305</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75023" >306</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75025" >307</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75030" >308</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-76006" >309</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-76019" >310</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-25050" >355</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-79016" >356</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-79029" >357</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-79040" >358</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-85016" >359</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-85017" >360</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-85022" >361</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-85023" >362</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-85025" >363</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-85030" >364</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-86006" >365</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-86019" >366</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">indexgroup</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75024" >311</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75027" >312</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-76021" >313</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-85024" >367</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-85027" >368</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-86021" >369</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">indexhypergroup</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75007" >314</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75026" >315</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-76024" >316</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-85007" >370</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-85026" >371</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-86024" >372</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">inline</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5063" >317</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-77002" >318</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-77007" >319</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11067" >373</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-87002" >374</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-87007" >375</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">list</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19043" >320</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69008" >321</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69016" >322</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69024" >323</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69025" >324</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69026" >325</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-78008" >326</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-78017" >327</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-78035" >328</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-78051" >329</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-78093" >330</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-78095" >331</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83064" >332</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-25043" >376</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-79010" >377</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-79018" >378</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-79026" >379</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-79027" >380</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-79028" >381</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-88008" >382</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-88017" >383</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-88035" >384</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-88051" >385</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-88093" >386</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-88095" >387</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-93064" >388</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">listdotted</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-68036" >333</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69006" >334</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69041" >335</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69042" >336</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69043" >337</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-78036" >389</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-79006" >390</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-79043" >391</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-79044" >392</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-79045" >393</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">listgroup</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20022" >338</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-68004" >339</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69015" >340</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69018" >341</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-26022" >394</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-78004" >395</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-79017" >396</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-79020" >397</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">listhypergroup</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69017" >342</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69032" >343</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75009" >344</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75028" >345</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75039" >346</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75046" >347</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75059" >348</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-78032" >349</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-79019" >398</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-79034" >399</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-85009" >400</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-85028" >401</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-85039" >402</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-85046" >403</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-85059" >404</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-88032" >405</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">long</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-68025" >350</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-68032" >351</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-70007" >352</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-70014" >353</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-70016" >354</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-70020" >355</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-78025" >406</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-78032" >407</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-80007" >408</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-80014" >409</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-80016" >410</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-80020" >411</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">long-booktabs</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-72024" >356</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-72028" >357</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-82024" >412</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-82028" >413</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">long3col</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-68009" >358</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-70019" >359</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-70025" >360</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-70027" >361</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-70031" >362</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-78009" >414</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-80019" >415</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-80025" >416</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-80027" >417</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-80031" >418</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">long3col-booktabs</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-72026" >363</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-82026" >419</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">long3colborder</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-68011" >364</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-70024" >365</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-78011" >420</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-80024" >421</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">long3colheader</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-68010" >366</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-70026" >367</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-70029" >368</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-72027" >369</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-78010" >422</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-80026" >423</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-80029" >424</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-82027" >425</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">long3colheaderborder</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-68012" >370</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-70028" >371</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-78012" >426</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-80028" >427</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">long4col</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-68020" >372</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-70030" >373</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-70034" >374</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-70036" >375</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-70040" >376</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-78020" >428</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-80030" >429</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-80034" >430</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-80036" >431</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-80040" >432</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">long4col-booktabs</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-72029" >377</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-82029" >433</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">long4colborder</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-70033" >378</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-70044" >379</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-80033" >434</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-80044" >435</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">long4colheader</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-70035" >380</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-70038" >381</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-70046" >382</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-72030" >383</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-80035" >436</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-80038" >437</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-80046" >438</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-82030" >439</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">long4colheaderborder</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-70037" >384</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-70048" >385</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-80037" >440</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-80048" >441</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">longborder</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-70013" >386</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-80013" >442</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">longheader</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-70015" >387</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-70018" >388</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-72025" >389</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-78019" >390</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-80015" >443</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-80018" >444</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-82025" >445</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-88019" >446</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">longheaderborder</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-70017" >391</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53068" >392</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-80017" >447</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-63068" >448</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">longragged</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71010" >393</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71014" >394</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71016" >395</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71020" >396</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-81010" >449</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-81014" >450</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-81016" >451</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-81020" >452</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">longragged-booktabs</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-72033" >397</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-82033" >453</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">longragged3col</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71019" >398</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71025" >399</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71027" >400</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71031" >401</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-81019" >454</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-81025" >455</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-81027" >456</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-81031" >457</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">longragged3col-booktabs</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-72035" >402</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-82035" >458</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">longragged3colborder</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71024" >403</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-81024" >459</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">longragged3colheader</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71026" >404</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71029" >405</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-72036" >406</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-81026" >460</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-81029" >461</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-82036" >462</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">longragged3colheaderborder</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71028" >407</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-81028" >463</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">longraggedborder</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71013" >408</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-81013" >464</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">longraggedheader</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71015" >409</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71018" >410</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-72034" >411</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-81015" >465</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-81018" >466</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-82034" >467</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">longraggedheaderborder</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71017" >412</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-81017" >468</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">mcolalttree</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-76039" >413</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-86039" >469</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">mcolalttreegroup</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-76041" >414</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-86041" >470</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">mcolalttreehypergroup</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-76043" >415</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-86043" >471</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">mcolalttreespannav</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-76044" >416</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-86044" >472</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">mcolindex</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-76005" >417</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-76018" >418</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-86005" >473</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-86018" >474</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">mcolindexgroup</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-76020" >419</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-86020" >475</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">mcolindexhypergroup</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-76022" >420</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-86022" >476</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">mcolindexspannav</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-76023" >421</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-86023" >477</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">mcoltree</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-76025" >422</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-86025" >478</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">mcoltreegroup</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-76027" >423</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-86027" >479</a> <br /></span> + + <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">mcoltreehypergroup</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-76029" >424</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-76046" >425</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-86029" >480</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-86046" >481</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">mcoltreenoname</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-76032" >426</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-86032" >482</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">mcoltreenonamegroup</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-76034" >427</a> <br /></span> - - +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-86034" >483</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">mcoltreenonamehypergroup</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-76036" >428</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-86036" >484</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">mcoltreenonamespannav</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-76037" >429</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-86037" >485</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">mcoltreespannav</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-76030" >430</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-86030" >486</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">super</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-73012" >431</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-73019" >432</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-73021" >433</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-73025" >434</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83012" >487</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83019" >488</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83021" >489</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83025" >490</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">super3col</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-73024" >435</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-73030" >436</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-73032" >437</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-73036" >438</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83024" >491</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83030" >492</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83032" >493</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83036" >494</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">super3colborder</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-73029" >439</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83029" >495</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">super3colheader</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-73031" >440</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-73034" >441</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83031" >496</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83034" >497</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">super3colheaderborder</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-73033" >442</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83033" >498</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">super4col</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-68021" >443</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-73035" >444</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-73039" >445</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-73041" >446</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-73045" >447</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-78021" >499</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83035" >500</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83039" >501</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83041" >502</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83045" >503</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">super4colborder</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-73038" >448</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-73049" >449</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83038" >504</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83049" >505</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">super4colheader</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-73040" >450</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-73043" >451</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-73051" >452</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83040" >506</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83043" >507</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83051" >508</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">super4colheaderborder</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-73042" >453</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-73053" >454</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83042" >509</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83053" >510</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">superborder</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-73018" >455</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83018" >511</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">superheader</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-73020" >456</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-73023" >457</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83020" >512</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83023" >513</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">superheaderborder</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53066" >458</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-73022" >459</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-63066" >514</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83022" >515</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">superragged</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-74009" >460</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-74016" >461</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-74018" >462</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-74022" >463</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-84009" >516</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-84016" >517</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-84018" >518</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-84022" >519</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">superragged3col</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-74021" >464</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-74027" >465</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-74029" >466</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-74033" >467</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-84021" >520</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-84027" >521</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-84029" >522</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-84033" >523</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">superragged3colborder</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-74026" >468</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-84026" >524</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">superragged3colheader</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-74028" >469</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-74031" >470</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-84028" >525</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-84031" >526</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">superragged3colheaderborder</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-74030" >471</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-84030" >527</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">superraggedborder</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-74015" >472</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-84015" >528</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">superraggedheader</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-74017" >473</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-74020" >474</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-84017" >529</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-84020" >530</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">superraggedheaderborder</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-74019" >475</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-84019" >531</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">tree</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62066" >476</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75015" >477</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75029" >478</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75036" >479</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75041" >480</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75048" >481</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-76026" >482</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-72066" >532</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-85015" >533</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-85029" >534</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-85036" >535</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-85041" >536</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-85048" >537</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-86026" >538</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">treegroup</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75035" >483</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75038" >484</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-76028" >485</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-85035" >539</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-85038" >540</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-86028" >541</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">treehypergroup</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69022" >486</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75037" >487</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-76031" >488</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-79024" >542</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-85037" >543</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-86031" >544</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">treenoname</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75012" >489</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75040" >490</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75043" >491</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-76033" >492</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-85012" >545</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-85040" >546</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-85043" >547</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-86033" >548</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">treenonamegroup</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75042" >493</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75045" >494</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-76035" >495</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-85042" >549</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-85045" >550</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-86035" >551</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">treenonamehypergroup</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75044" >496</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-76038" >497</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-85044" >552</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-86038" >553</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">glossary-inline </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-77001" >498</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-77005" >499</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-87001" >554</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-87005" >555</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">glossary-list </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19028" >500</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19041" >501</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19042" >502</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53072" >503</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69001" >504</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-25028" >556</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-25041" >557</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-25042" >558</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-63072" >559</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-79001" >560</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">glossary-long </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19029" >505</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19033" >506</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19035" >507</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53073" >508</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-70001" >509</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71002" >510</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-72005" >511</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-72009" >512</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-25029" >561</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-25033" >562</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-25035" >563</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-63073" >564</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-80001" >565</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-81002" >566</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-82005" >567</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-82009" >568</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">glossary-longbooktabs </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-72001" >513</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-72004" >514</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-72007" >515</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-82001" >569</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-82004" >570</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-82007" >571</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">glossary-longragged </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71001" >516</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71005" >517</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71007" >518</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-72006" >519</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-81001" >572</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-81005" >573</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-81007" >574</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-82006" >575</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">glossary-mcols </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19053" >520</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75053" >521</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-76001" >522</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-76010" >523</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-76012" >524</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-76013" >525</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-76017" >526</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-25053" >576</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-85053" >577</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-86001" >578</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-86010" >579</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-86012" >580</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-86013" >581</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-86017" >582</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">glossary-ragged </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-72010" >527</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-82010" >583</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">glossary-super </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19030" >528</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19037" >529</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19039" >530</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53074" >531</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-73001" >532</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-74002" >533</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-25030" >584</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-25037" >585</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-25039" >586</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-63074" >587</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83001" >588</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-84002" >589</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">glossary-superragged </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-74001" >534</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-74005" >535</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-74007" >536</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-84001" >590</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-84005" >591</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-84007" >592</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">glossary-tree </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19031" >537</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19047" >538</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19048" >539</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19051" >540</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53075" >541</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75001" >542</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75050" >543</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-76009" >544</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-25031" >593</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-25047" >594</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-25048" >595</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-25051" >596</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-63075" >597</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-85001" >598</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-85050" >599</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-86009" >600</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmtt-10">glossaryentry </span>(counter)  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19003" ><span -class="cmti-10">545</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19011" >546</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19012" >547</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19016" >548</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-25003" ><span +class="cmti-10">601</span></a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-25011" >602</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-25012" >603</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-25016" >604</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glossaryheader</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-78015" ><span -class="cmti-10">549</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-88015" ><span +class="cmti-10">605</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glossarypostamble</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53063" ><span -class="cmti-10">550</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-63063" ><span +class="cmti-10">606</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glossarypreamble</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53061" ><span -class="cmti-10">551</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-63061" ><span +class="cmti-10">607</span></a> <br /></span> + + <span class="index-item"><span class="cmtt-10">glossarysubentry </span>(counter)  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19020" ><span -class="cmti-10">552</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-25020" ><span +class="cmti-10">608</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glossentry</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-78038" ><span -class="cmti-10">553</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-88038" ><span +class="cmti-10">609</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glossentrydesc</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52029" ><span -class="cmti-10">554</span></a> <br /></span> - - +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62029" ><span +class="cmti-10">610</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glossentrydesc</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52028" ><span -class="cmti-10">555</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62028" ><span +class="cmti-10">611</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glossentryname</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52013" ><span -class="cmti-10">556</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62013" ><span +class="cmti-10">612</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glossentryname</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52012" ><span -class="cmti-10">557</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62012" ><span +class="cmti-10">613</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glossentrysymbol</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52036" ><span -class="cmti-10">558</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62036" ><span +class="cmti-10">614</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glossentrysymbol</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52035" ><span -class="cmti-10">559</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62035" ><span +class="cmti-10">615</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GLS</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-45022" ><span -class="cmti-10">560</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-55022" ><span +class="cmti-10">616</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Gls</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-45021" ><span -class="cmti-10">561</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-55021" ><span +class="cmti-10">617</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-45011" ><span -class="cmti-10">562</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-55011" ><span +class="cmti-10">618</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsacspace</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61028" ><span -class="cmti-10">563</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71028" ><span +class="cmti-10">619</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsadd</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-49001" ><span -class="cmti-10">564</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59001" ><span +class="cmti-10">620</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsaddall</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-49003" ><span -class="cmti-10">565</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59003" ><span +class="cmti-10">621</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsaddall </span>options<br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">types</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-49004" >566</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59004" >622</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsaddallunused</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-49008" ><span -class="cmti-10">567</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59008" ><span +class="cmti-10">623</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsaddkey</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-32001" ><span -class="cmti-10">568</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-38001" ><span +class="cmti-10">624</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsaddprotectedpagefmt</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-43027" ><span -class="cmti-10">569</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-51015" ><span +class="cmti-10">625</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsaddstoragekey</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-33001" ><span -class="cmti-10">570</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-39001" ><span +class="cmti-10">626</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsAddXdyAttribute</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56014" ><span -class="cmti-10">571</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-66014" ><span +class="cmti-10">627</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsAddXdyCounters</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56009" ><span -class="cmti-10">572</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-66009" ><span +class="cmti-10">628</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsAddXdyLocation</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56024" ><span -class="cmti-10">573</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-66024" ><span +class="cmti-10">629</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsautoprefix</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18041" ><span -class="cmti-10">574</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-24041" ><span +class="cmti-10">630</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsbackslash</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-54012" ><span -class="cmti-10">575</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-64012" ><span +class="cmti-10">631</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glscapscase</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47021" ><span -class="cmti-10">576</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-57021" ><span +class="cmti-10">632</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsclearpage</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18018" ><span -class="cmti-10">577</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-24018" ><span +class="cmti-10">633</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsclosebrace</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-54008" ><span -class="cmti-10">578</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-64008" ><span +class="cmti-10">634</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glscurrentfieldvalue</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-81027" ><span -class="cmti-10">579</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-91027" ><span +class="cmti-10">635</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glscustomtext</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47015" ><span -class="cmti-10">580</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-57015" ><span +class="cmti-10">636</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GLSdesc</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46054" ><span -class="cmti-10">581</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56054" ><span +class="cmti-10">637</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsdesc</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46053" ><span -class="cmti-10">582</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56053" ><span +class="cmti-10">638</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsdesc</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46050" ><span -class="cmti-10">583</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56050" ><span +class="cmti-10">639</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsdescwidth</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-68014" ><span -class="cmti-10">584</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-78014" ><span +class="cmti-10">640</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsdisablehyper</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-48005" ><span -class="cmti-10">585</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-58005" ><span +class="cmti-10">641</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsdisp</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-45056" ><span -class="cmti-10">586</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-55056" ><span +class="cmti-10">642</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsdisplaynumberlist</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52061" ><span -class="cmti-10">587</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62061" ><span +class="cmti-10">643</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsdoifexists</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-81005" ><span -class="cmti-10">588</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-91005" ><span +class="cmti-10">644</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsdoifexistsordo</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-81008" ><span -class="cmti-10">589</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-91008" ><span +class="cmti-10">645</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsdoifexistsorwarn</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-81007" ><span -class="cmti-10">590</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-91007" ><span +class="cmti-10">646</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsdoifnoexists</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-81006" ><span -class="cmti-10">591</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-91006" ><span +class="cmti-10">647</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsdoifnoexistsordo</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-81009" ><span -class="cmti-10">592</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-91009" ><span +class="cmti-10">648</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsdosanitizesort</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20031" ><span -class="cmti-10">593</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-26031" ><span +class="cmti-10">649</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsenableentrycount</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-66003" ><span -class="cmti-10">594</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-76003" ><span +class="cmti-10">650</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsenablehyper</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-48006" ><span -class="cmti-10">595</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-58006" ><span +class="cmti-10">651</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsentrycounterlabel</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-78048" ><span -class="cmti-10">596</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-88048" ><span +class="cmti-10">652</span></a> <br /></span> + + <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsentrycurrcount</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-66006" ><span -class="cmti-10">597</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-76006" ><span +class="cmti-10">653</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrydesc</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52027" ><span -class="cmti-10">598</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62027" ><span +class="cmti-10">654</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsentrydesc</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52026" ><span -class="cmti-10">599</span></a> <br /></span> - - +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62026" ><span +class="cmti-10">655</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrydescplural</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52031" ><span -class="cmti-10">600</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62031" ><span +class="cmti-10">656</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsentrydescplural</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52030" ><span -class="cmti-10">601</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62030" ><span +class="cmti-10">657</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryfirst</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52021" ><span -class="cmti-10">602</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62021" ><span +class="cmti-10">658</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfirst</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52020" ><span -class="cmti-10">603</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62020" ><span +class="cmti-10">659</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryfirstplural</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52024" ><span -class="cmti-10">604</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62024" ><span +class="cmti-10">660</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfirstplural</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52023" ><span -class="cmti-10">605</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62023" ><span +class="cmti-10">661</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47006" ><span -class="cmti-10">606</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-57006" ><span +class="cmti-10">662</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryfull</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59122" ><span -class="cmti-10">607</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69122" ><span +class="cmti-10">663</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfull</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59121" ><span -class="cmti-10">608</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69121" ><span +class="cmti-10">664</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryfullpl</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59124" ><span -class="cmti-10">609</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69124" ><span +class="cmti-10">665</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfullpl</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59123" ><span -class="cmti-10">610</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69123" ><span +class="cmti-10">666</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryitem</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-78045" ><span -class="cmti-10">611</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-88045" ><span +class="cmti-10">667</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrylong</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59114" ><span -class="cmti-10">612</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69114" ><span +class="cmti-10">668</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsentrylong</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59113" ><span -class="cmti-10">613</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69113" ><span +class="cmti-10">669</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrylongpl</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59116" ><span -class="cmti-10">614</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69116" ><span +class="cmti-10">670</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsentrylongpl</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59115" ><span -class="cmti-10">615</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69115" ><span +class="cmti-10">671</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryname</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52008" ><span -class="cmti-10">616</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62008" ><span +class="cmti-10">672</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryname</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52007" ><span -class="cmti-10">617</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62007" ><span +class="cmti-10">673</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsentrynumberlist</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52060" ><span -class="cmti-10">618</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62060" ><span +class="cmti-10">674</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryplural</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52018" ><span -class="cmti-10">619</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62018" ><span +class="cmti-10">675</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryplural</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52017" ><span -class="cmti-10">620</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62017" ><span +class="cmti-10">676</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryprefix</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83057" ><span -class="cmti-10">621</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-93057" ><span +class="cmti-10">677</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryprefix</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83048" ><span -class="cmti-10">622</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-93048" ><span +class="cmti-10">678</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryprefixfirst</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83058" ><span -class="cmti-10">623</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-93058" ><span +class="cmti-10">679</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryprefixfirst</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83050" ><span -class="cmti-10">624</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-93050" ><span +class="cmti-10">680</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryprefixfirstplural</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83060" ><span -class="cmti-10">625</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-93060" ><span +class="cmti-10">681</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryprefixfirstplural</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83054" ><span -class="cmti-10">626</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-93054" ><span +class="cmti-10">682</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryprefixplural</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83059" ><span -class="cmti-10">627</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-93059" ><span +class="cmti-10">683</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryprefixplural</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83052" ><span -class="cmti-10">628</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-93052" ><span +class="cmti-10">684</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryprevcount</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-66007" ><span -class="cmti-10">629</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-76007" ><span +class="cmti-10">685</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryshort</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59118" ><span -class="cmti-10">630</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69118" ><span +class="cmti-10">686</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryshort</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59117" ><span -class="cmti-10">631</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69117" ><span +class="cmti-10">687</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryshortpl</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59120" ><span -class="cmti-10">632</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69120" ><span +class="cmti-10">688</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryshortpl</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59119" ><span -class="cmti-10">633</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69119" ><span +class="cmti-10">689</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrysymbol</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52033" ><span -class="cmti-10">634</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62033" ><span +class="cmti-10">690</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsentrysymbol</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52032" ><span -class="cmti-10">635</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62032" ><span +class="cmti-10">691</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrysymbolplural</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52038" ><span -class="cmti-10">636</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62038" ><span +class="cmti-10">692</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsentrysymbolplural</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52037" ><span -class="cmti-10">637</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62037" ><span +class="cmti-10">693</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrytext</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52015" ><span -class="cmti-10">638</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62015" ><span +class="cmti-10">694</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsentrytext</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52014" ><span -class="cmti-10">639</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62014" ><span +class="cmti-10">695</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsentrytitlecase</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52005" ><span -class="cmti-10">640</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62005" ><span +class="cmti-10">696</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryuseri</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52040" ><span -class="cmti-10">641</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62040" ><span +class="cmti-10">697</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryuseri</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52039" ><span -class="cmti-10">642</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62039" ><span +class="cmti-10">698</span></a> <br /></span> + + <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryuserii</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52042" ><span -class="cmti-10">643</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62042" ><span +class="cmti-10">699</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryuserii</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52041" ><span -class="cmti-10">644</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62041" ><span +class="cmti-10">700</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryuseriii</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52044" ><span -class="cmti-10">645</span></a> <br /></span> - - +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62044" ><span +class="cmti-10">701</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryuseriii</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52043" ><span -class="cmti-10">646</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62043" ><span +class="cmti-10">702</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryuseriv</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52046" ><span -class="cmti-10">647</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62046" ><span +class="cmti-10">703</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryuseriv</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52045" ><span -class="cmti-10">648</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62045" ><span +class="cmti-10">704</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryuserv</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52048" ><span -class="cmti-10">649</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62048" ><span +class="cmti-10">705</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryuserv</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52047" ><span -class="cmti-10">650</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62047" ><span +class="cmti-10">706</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryuservi</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52050" ><span -class="cmti-10">651</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62050" ><span +class="cmti-10">707</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsentryuservi</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52049" ><span -class="cmti-10">652</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62049" ><span +class="cmti-10">708</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsexpandfields</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34022" ><span -class="cmti-10">653</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-40022" ><span +class="cmti-10">709</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsfielddef</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-82006" ><span -class="cmti-10">654</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-92006" ><span +class="cmti-10">710</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsfieldedef</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-82007" ><span -class="cmti-10">655</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-92007" ><span +class="cmti-10">711</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsfieldfetch</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-82001" ><span -class="cmti-10">656</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-92001" ><span +class="cmti-10">712</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsfieldgdef</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-82008" ><span -class="cmti-10">657</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-92008" ><span +class="cmti-10">713</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsfieldxdef</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-82009" ><span -class="cmti-10">658</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-92009" ><span +class="cmti-10">714</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsfindwidesttoplevelname</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75051" ><span -class="cmti-10">659</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-85051" ><span +class="cmti-10">715</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GLSfirst</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46017" ><span -class="cmti-10">660</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56017" ><span +class="cmti-10">716</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsfirst</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46016" ><span -class="cmti-10">661</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56016" ><span +class="cmti-10">717</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirst</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46013" ><span -class="cmti-10">662</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56013" ><span +class="cmti-10">718</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GLSfirstplural</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46037" ><span -class="cmti-10">663</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56037" ><span +class="cmti-10">719</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsfirstplural</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46036" ><span -class="cmti-10">664</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56036" ><span +class="cmti-10">720</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstplural</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46033" ><span -class="cmti-10">665</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56033" ><span +class="cmti-10">721</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsgenacfmt</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47050" ><span -class="cmti-10">666</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-57050" ><span +class="cmti-10">722</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsgenentryfmt</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47044" ><span -class="cmti-10">667</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-57044" ><span +class="cmti-10">723</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsgetgrouptitle</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-78026" ><span -class="cmti-10">668</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-88026" ><span +class="cmti-10">724</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsglossarymark</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18013" ><span -class="cmti-10">669</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53058" ><span -class="cmti-10">670</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-24013" ><span +class="cmti-10">725</span></a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-63058" ><span +class="cmti-10">726</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsgroupheading</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-78020" ><span -class="cmti-10">671</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-88020" ><span +class="cmti-10">727</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsgroupskip</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-78034" ><span -class="cmti-10">672</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-88034" ><span +class="cmti-10">728</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glshyperlink</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52051" ><span -class="cmti-10">673</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62051" ><span +class="cmti-10">729</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glshypernavsep</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69019" ><span -class="cmti-10">674</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-79021" ><span +class="cmti-10">730</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsifhyperon</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47022" ><span -class="cmti-10">675</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-57022" ><span +class="cmti-10">731</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsIfListOfAcronyms</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-21025" ><span -class="cmti-10">676</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-27025" ><span +class="cmti-10">732</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsifplural</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47020" ><span -class="cmti-10">677</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-57020" ><span +class="cmti-10">733</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsinlinedescformat</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-77019" ><span -class="cmti-10">678</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-87019" ><span +class="cmti-10">734</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsinlineemptydescformat</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-77018" ><span -class="cmti-10">679</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-87018" ><span +class="cmti-10">735</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsinlinenameformat</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-77016" ><span -class="cmti-10">680</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-87016" ><span +class="cmti-10">736</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsinlineparentchildseparator</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-77012" ><span -class="cmti-10">681</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-87012" ><span +class="cmti-10">737</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsinlineseparator</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-77008" ><span -class="cmti-10">682</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-87008" ><span +class="cmti-10">738</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsinlinesubdescformat</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-77020" ><span -class="cmti-10">683</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-87020" ><span +class="cmti-10">739</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsinlinesubnameformat</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-77017" ><span -class="cmti-10">684</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-87017" ><span +class="cmti-10">740</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsinlinesubseparator</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-77010" ><span -class="cmti-10">685</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-87010" ><span +class="cmti-10">741</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsinsert</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47019" ><span -class="cmti-10">686</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-57019" ><span +class="cmti-10">742</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslabel</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47012" ><span -class="cmti-10">687</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-57012" ><span +class="cmti-10">743</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslabeltok</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62024" ><span -class="cmti-10">688</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-72024" ><span +class="cmti-10">744</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsletentryfield</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52034" ><span -class="cmti-10">689</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62034" ><span +class="cmti-10">745</span></a> <br /></span> + + <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslink</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46004" ><span -class="cmti-10">690</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56004" ><span +class="cmti-10">746</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslink </span>options<br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">counter</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44069" >691</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56006" >692</a> <br /></span> - - +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-54071" >747</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-66006" >748</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">format</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-43008" >693</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44040" >694</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44049" >695</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52068" >696</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56010" >697</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56015" >698</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56016" >699</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-50004" >749</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-50011" >750</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-54041" >751</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-54050" >752</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62068" >753</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-66010" >754</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-66015" >755</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-66016" >756</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">hyper</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17097" >700</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44029" >701</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44035" >702</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47023" >703</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47029" >704</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-48003" >705</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-49002" >706</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23101" >757</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-54030" >758</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-54036" >759</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-57023" >760</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-57029" >761</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-58003" >762</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59002" >763</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">local</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44070" >707</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-54072" >764</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslinkcheckfirsthyperhook</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17099" ><span -class="cmti-10">708</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23103" ><span +class="cmti-10">765</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslinkpostsetkeys</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47073" ><span -class="cmti-10">709</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-57073" ><span +class="cmti-10">766</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslinkvar</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47028" ><span -class="cmti-10">710</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-57028" ><span +class="cmti-10">767</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslistdottedwidth</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69037" ><span -class="cmti-10">711</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-79039" ><span +class="cmti-10">768</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslistnavigationitem</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69021" ><span -class="cmti-10">712</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-79023" ><span +class="cmti-10">769</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslocalreset</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-65004" ><span -class="cmti-10">713</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75004" ><span +class="cmti-10">770</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslocalresetall</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-65008" ><span -class="cmti-10">714</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75008" ><span +class="cmti-10">771</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslocalunset</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-65006" ><span -class="cmti-10">715</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75006" ><span +class="cmti-10">772</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslocalunsetall</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-65010" ><span -class="cmti-10">716</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75010" ><span +class="cmti-10">773</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glslongtok</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62025" ><span -class="cmti-10">717</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-72025" ><span +class="cmti-10">774</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsmcols</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-76015" ><span -class="cmti-10">718</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-86015" ><span +class="cmti-10">775</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsmoveentry</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-39001" ><span -class="cmti-10">719</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-45001" ><span +class="cmti-10">776</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GLSname</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46044" ><span -class="cmti-10">720</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56044" ><span +class="cmti-10">777</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsname</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46043" ><span -class="cmti-10">721</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56043" ><span +class="cmti-10">778</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsname</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46038" ><span -class="cmti-10">722</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56038" ><span +class="cmti-10">779</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsnamefont</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53071" ><span -class="cmti-10">723</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-63071" ><span +class="cmti-10">780</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsnavhypertarget</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-78030" ><span -class="cmti-10">724</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-88030" ><span +class="cmti-10">781</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsnavigation</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-78031" ><span -class="cmti-10">725</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-88031" ><span +class="cmti-10">782</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsnoexpandfields</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34023" ><span -class="cmti-10">726</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-40023" ><span +class="cmti-10">783</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsnoidxdisplayloc</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-43057" ><span -class="cmti-10">727</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52022" ><span +class="cmti-10">784</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsnumberlistloop</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-43054" ><span -class="cmti-10">728</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52019" ><span +class="cmti-10">785</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsnumlistlastsep</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52067" ><span -class="cmti-10">729</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62067" ><span +class="cmti-10">786</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsnumlistsep</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52066" ><span -class="cmti-10">730</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62066" ><span +class="cmti-10">787</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsopenbrace</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-54007" ><span -class="cmti-10">731</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-64007" ><span +class="cmti-10">788</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glspagelistwidth</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-68015" ><span -class="cmti-10">732</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-78015" ><span +class="cmti-10">789</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glspar</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28019" ><span -class="cmti-10">733</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34022" ><span +class="cmti-10">790</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glspatchtabularx</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-45008" ><span -class="cmti-10">734</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-55008" ><span +class="cmti-10">791</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glspercentchar</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-54009" ><span -class="cmti-10">735</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-64009" ><span +class="cmti-10">792</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GLSpl</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-45049" ><span -class="cmti-10">736</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-55049" ><span +class="cmti-10">793</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glspl</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-45048" ><span -class="cmti-10">737</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-55048" ><span +class="cmti-10">794</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glspl</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-45047" ><span -class="cmti-10">738</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-55047" ><span +class="cmti-10">795</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GLSplural</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46032" ><span -class="cmti-10">739</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56032" ><span +class="cmti-10">796</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsplural</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46031" ><span -class="cmti-10">740</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56031" ><span +class="cmti-10">797</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsplural</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46028" ><span -class="cmti-10">741</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56028" ><span +class="cmti-10">798</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glspluralsuffix</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-29001" ><span -class="cmti-10">742</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-35001" ><span +class="cmti-10">799</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glspostdescription</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-68037" ><span -class="cmti-10">743</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-78037" ><span +class="cmti-10">800</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glspostinline</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-77014" ><span -class="cmti-10">744</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-87014" ><span +class="cmti-10">801</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glspostlinkhook</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47074" ><span -class="cmti-10">745</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-57074" ><span +class="cmti-10">802</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsprestandardsort</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20026" ><span -class="cmti-10">746</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-26026" ><span +class="cmti-10">803</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsquote</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-54014" ><span -class="cmti-10">747</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-64014" ><span +class="cmti-10">804</span></a> <br /></span> + + <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsrefentry</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19005" ><span -class="cmti-10">748</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-25005" ><span +class="cmti-10">805</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsreset</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-65003" ><span -class="cmti-10">749</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75003" ><span +class="cmti-10">806</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsresetall</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-65007" ><span -class="cmti-10">750</span></a> <br /></span> - - +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75007" ><span +class="cmti-10">807</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsresetentrycounter</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19015" ><span -class="cmti-10">751</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-25015" ><span +class="cmti-10">808</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsrestoreLToutput</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-72023" ><span -class="cmti-10">752</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-82023" ><span +class="cmti-10">809</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glssee</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-50017" ><span -class="cmti-10">753</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-60017" ><span +class="cmti-10">810</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsseeformat</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-51002" ><span -class="cmti-10">754</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61002" ><span +class="cmti-10">811</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsseeitemformat</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-51011" ><span -class="cmti-10">755</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61011" ><span +class="cmti-10">812</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsseelastsep</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-51009" ><span -class="cmti-10">756</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61009" ><span +class="cmti-10">813</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsseesep</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-51008" ><span -class="cmti-10">757</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61008" ><span +class="cmti-10">814</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsSetAlphaCompositor</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-27019" ><span -class="cmti-10">758</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-33019" ><span +class="cmti-10">815</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsSetCompositor</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-27018" ><span -class="cmti-10">759</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-33018" ><span +class="cmti-10">816</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glssetexpandfield</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34007" ><span -class="cmti-10">760</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-40007" ><span +class="cmti-10">817</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glssetnoexpandfield</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34008" ><span -class="cmti-10">761</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-40008" ><span +class="cmti-10">818</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetQuote</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7024" ><span -class="cmti-10">762</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13038" ><span +class="cmti-10">819</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsSetSuffixF</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-43046" ><span -class="cmti-10">763</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52009" ><span +class="cmti-10">820</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsSetSuffixFF</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-43047" ><span -class="cmti-10">764</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52010" ><span +class="cmti-10">821</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glssetwidest</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75049" ><span -class="cmti-10">765</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-85049" ><span +class="cmti-10">822</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetWriteIstHook</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-43059" ><span -class="cmti-10">766</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53002" ><span +class="cmti-10">823</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyCodePage</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-55010" ><span -class="cmti-10">767</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-65010" ><span +class="cmti-10">824</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyFirstLetterAfterDigits</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-57002" ><span -class="cmti-10">768</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-67004" ><span +class="cmti-10">825</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyLanguage</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-55007" ><span -class="cmti-10">769</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-65007" ><span +class="cmti-10">826</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyLocationClassOrder</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56052" ><span -class="cmti-10">770</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-66057" ><span +class="cmti-10">827</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyMinRangeLength</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56057" ><span -class="cmti-10">771</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-66062" ><span +class="cmti-10">828</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyNumberGroupOrder</span></span></span>  <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-67007" ><span +class="cmti-10">829</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsshorttok</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62026" ><span -class="cmti-10">772</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-72026" ><span +class="cmti-10">830</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsshowtarget</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17013" ><span -class="cmti-10">773</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23015" ><span +class="cmti-10">831</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glssortnumberfmt</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20017" ><span -class="cmti-10">774</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-26017" ><span +class="cmti-10">832</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glssubentrycounterlabel</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-78067" ><span -class="cmti-10">775</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-88067" ><span +class="cmti-10">833</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glssubentryitem</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-78064" ><span -class="cmti-10">776</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-88064" ><span +class="cmti-10">834</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GLSsymbol</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46049" ><span -class="cmti-10">777</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56049" ><span +class="cmti-10">835</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glssymbol</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46048" ><span -class="cmti-10">778</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56048" ><span +class="cmti-10">836</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glssymbol</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46045" ><span -class="cmti-10">779</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56045" ><span +class="cmti-10">837</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glstarget</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-78049" ><span -class="cmti-10">780</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-88049" ><span +class="cmti-10">838</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GLStext</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46011" ><span -class="cmti-10">781</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56011" ><span +class="cmti-10">839</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glstext</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46010" ><span -class="cmti-10">782</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56010" ><span +class="cmti-10">840</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46007" ><span -class="cmti-10">783</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56007" ><span +class="cmti-10">841</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glstextformat</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44024" ><span -class="cmti-10">784</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-54025" ><span +class="cmti-10">842</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glstextup</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62035" ><span -class="cmti-10">785</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-72035" ><span +class="cmti-10">843</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glstildechar</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-54010" ><span -class="cmti-10">786</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-64010" ><span +class="cmti-10">844</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glstocfalse</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18003" ><span -class="cmti-10">787</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-24003" ><span +class="cmti-10">845</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glstoctrue</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18002" ><span -class="cmti-10">788</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-24002" ><span +class="cmti-10">846</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glstreechildpredesc</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75014" ><span -class="cmti-10">789</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-85014" ><span +class="cmti-10">847</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glstreegroupheaderfmt</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75006" ><span -class="cmti-10">790</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-85006" ><span +class="cmti-10">848</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glstreeindent</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75033" ><span -class="cmti-10">791</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-85033" ><span +class="cmti-10">849</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glstreeitem</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75019" ><span -class="cmti-10">792</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-85019" ><span +class="cmti-10">850</span></a> <br /></span> + + <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glstreenamebox</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75054" ><span -class="cmti-10">793</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-85054" ><span +class="cmti-10">851</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glstreenamefmt</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75004" ><span -class="cmti-10">794</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-85004" ><span +class="cmti-10">852</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glstreenavigationfmt</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75008" ><span -class="cmti-10">795</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-85008" ><span +class="cmti-10">853</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glstreepredesc</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75011" ><span -class="cmti-10">796</span></a> <br /></span> - - +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-85011" ><span +class="cmti-10">854</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glstreesubitem</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75020" ><span -class="cmti-10">797</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-85020" ><span +class="cmti-10">855</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glstreesubsubitem</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75021" ><span -class="cmti-10">798</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-85021" ><span +class="cmti-10">856</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glstype</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47013" ><span -class="cmti-10">799</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-57013" ><span +class="cmti-10">857</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsunset</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-65005" ><span -class="cmti-10">800</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75005" ><span +class="cmti-10">858</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsunsetall</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-65009" ><span -class="cmti-10">801</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75009" ><span +class="cmti-10">859</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsUseAcrEntryDispStyle</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62031" ><span -class="cmti-10">802</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-72031" ><span +class="cmti-10">860</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GlsUseAcrStyleDefs</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62032" ><span -class="cmti-10">803</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-72032" ><span +class="cmti-10">861</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GLSuseri</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46059" ><span -class="cmti-10">804</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56059" ><span +class="cmti-10">862</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsuseri</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46058" ><span -class="cmti-10">805</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56058" ><span +class="cmti-10">863</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsuseri</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46055" ><span -class="cmti-10">806</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56055" ><span +class="cmti-10">864</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GLSuserii</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46064" ><span -class="cmti-10">807</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56064" ><span +class="cmti-10">865</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsuserii</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46063" ><span -class="cmti-10">808</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56063" ><span +class="cmti-10">866</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsuserii</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46060" ><span -class="cmti-10">809</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56060" ><span +class="cmti-10">867</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GLSuseriii</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46069" ><span -class="cmti-10">810</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56069" ><span +class="cmti-10">868</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsuseriii</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46068" ><span -class="cmti-10">811</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56068" ><span +class="cmti-10">869</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsuseriii</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46065" ><span -class="cmti-10">812</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56065" ><span +class="cmti-10">870</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GLSuseriv</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46074" ><span -class="cmti-10">813</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56074" ><span +class="cmti-10">871</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsuseriv</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46073" ><span -class="cmti-10">814</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56073" ><span +class="cmti-10">872</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsuseriv</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46070" ><span -class="cmti-10">815</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56070" ><span +class="cmti-10">873</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GLSuserv</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46079" ><span -class="cmti-10">816</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56079" ><span +class="cmti-10">874</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsuserv</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46078" ><span -class="cmti-10">817</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56078" ><span +class="cmti-10">875</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsuserv</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46075" ><span -class="cmti-10">818</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56075" ><span +class="cmti-10">876</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\GLSuservi</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46084" ><span -class="cmti-10">819</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56084" ><span +class="cmti-10">877</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glsuservi</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46083" ><span -class="cmti-10">820</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56083" ><span +class="cmti-10">878</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsuservi</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46080" ><span -class="cmti-10">821</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56080" ><span +class="cmti-10">879</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glswrallowprimitivemodsfalse</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-43037" ><span -class="cmti-10">822</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-51026" ><span +class="cmti-10">880</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glswrite</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-43060" ><span -class="cmti-10">823</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53003" ><span +class="cmti-10">881</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glswriteentry</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17112" ><span -class="cmti-10">824</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23116" ><span +class="cmti-10">882</span></a> <br /></span> </p><p class="theindex"> <span class="cmbx-10">H</span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">html </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-48002" >825</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-58002" >883</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">hyperref </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-12" >826</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13" >827</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20" >828</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-43049" >829</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-43055" >830</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44009" >831</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44012" >832</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44015" >833</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44017" >834</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44038" >835</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44053" >836</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-45055" >837</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47024" >838</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-48001" >839</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-48009" >840</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52003" >841</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52004" >842</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52058" >843</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52069" >844</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52070" >845</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56032" >846</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56042" >847</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-78050" >848</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-16" >884</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17" >885</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-24" >886</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52012" >887</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52020" >888</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-54010" >889</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-54013" >890</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-54016" >891</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-54018" >892</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-54039" >893</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-54054" >894</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-55055" >895</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-57024" >896</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-58001" >897</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-58009" >898</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62003" >899</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62004" >900</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62058" >901</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62069" >902</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62070" >903</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-66031" >904</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-66041" >905</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-88050" >906</a> <br /></span> </p><p class="theindex"> <span class="cmbx-10">I</span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\ifglossaryexists</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-81001" ><span -class="cmti-10">849</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-91001" ><span +class="cmti-10">907</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\ifglsdescsuppressed</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-81023" ><span -class="cmti-10">850</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-91023" ><span +class="cmti-10">908</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\ifglsentryexists</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-81002" ><span -class="cmti-10">851</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-91002" ><span +class="cmti-10">909</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\ifglsfieldcseq</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-81034" ><span -class="cmti-10">852</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-91034" ><span +class="cmti-10">910</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\ifglsfielddefeq</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-81032" ><span -class="cmti-10">853</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-91032" ><span +class="cmti-10">911</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\ifglsfieldeq</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-81029" ><span -class="cmti-10">854</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-91029" ><span +class="cmti-10">912</span></a> <br /></span> + + <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\ifglshaschildren</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-81011" ><span -class="cmti-10">855</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-91011" ><span +class="cmti-10">913</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\ifglshasdesc</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-81021" ><span -class="cmti-10">856</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-91021" ><span +class="cmti-10">914</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\ifglshasfield</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-81026" ><span -class="cmti-10">857</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-91026" ><span +class="cmti-10">915</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\ifglshaslong</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-81015" ><span -class="cmti-10">858</span></a> <br /></span> - - +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-91015" ><span +class="cmti-10">916</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\ifglshasparent</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-81012" ><span -class="cmti-10">859</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-91012" ><span +class="cmti-10">917</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\ifglshasprefix</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83040" ><span -class="cmti-10">860</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-93040" ><span +class="cmti-10">918</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\ifglshasprefixfirst</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83044" ><span -class="cmti-10">861</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-93044" ><span +class="cmti-10">919</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\ifglshasprefixfirstplural</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83046" ><span -class="cmti-10">862</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-93046" ><span +class="cmti-10">920</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\ifglshasprefixplural</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83042" ><span -class="cmti-10">863</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-93042" ><span +class="cmti-10">921</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\ifglshasshort</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-81018" ><span -class="cmti-10">864</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-91018" ><span +class="cmti-10">922</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\ifglshassymbol</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-81013" ><span -class="cmti-10">865</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-91013" ><span +class="cmti-10">923</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\ifglsucmark</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18030" ><span -class="cmti-10">866</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-24030" ><span +class="cmti-10">924</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\ifglsused</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-65011" ><span -class="cmti-10">867</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-81010" ><span -class="cmti-10">868</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75011" ><span +class="cmti-10">925</span></a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-91010" ><span +class="cmti-10">926</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\ifignoredglossary</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-58012" ><span -class="cmti-10">869</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-68012" ><span +class="cmti-10">927</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">imakeidx </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23022" >870</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-29022" >928</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">index </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23021" >871</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-29021" >929</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">inputenc </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5016" >872</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5070" >873</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7012" >874</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28079" >875</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28138" >876</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-55008" >877</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11016" >930</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11074" >931</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13015" >932</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34082" >933</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34140" >934</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-65008" >935</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-67005" >936</a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item">internal fields:<br /></span> +<span class="index-subitem">    <span +class="cmss-10">location</span>  <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5010" >937</a> <br /></span> </p><p class="theindex"> <span class="cmbx-10">L</span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmtt-10">latex</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-22" >878</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44019" >879</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-26" >938</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-54020" >939</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmtt-10">latexmk</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10014" >880</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-16020" >940</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-16023" >941</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-16029" >942</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item">Latin alphabet  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3026" ><span -class="cmbx-10">881</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4017" >882</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7005" >883</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3027" ><span +class="cmbx-10">943</span></a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7002" >944</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13006" >945</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item">Latin character  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3003" >884</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3006" >885</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3007" >886</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3027" >887</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3028" ><span -class="cmbx-10">888</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3045" >889</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-58006" >890</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3004" >946</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3007" >947</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3008" >948</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3028" >949</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3029" ><span +class="cmbx-10">950</span></a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3046" >951</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-68006" >952</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item">link text  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3030" ><span -class="cmbx-10">891</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44003" >892</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44014" >893</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44016" >894</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44022" >895</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44023" >896</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44025" >897</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44071" >898</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44072" >899</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-45012" >900</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-45018" >901</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-45024" >902</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-45025" >903</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-45027" >904</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-45028" >905</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-45032" >906</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-45033" >907</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-45035" >908</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-45036" >909</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-45037" >910</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-45038" >911</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-45039" >912</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-45040" >913</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-45044" >914</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-45045" >915</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46005" >916</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46006" >917</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46009" >918</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46015" >919</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46022" >920</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46027" >921</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46030" >922</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46035" >923</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46040" >924</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46047" >925</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46052" >926</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46057" >927</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46062" >928</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46067" >929</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46072" >930</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46077" >931</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46082" >932</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47001" >933</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47081" >934</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59043" >935</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59046" >936</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59058" >937</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59068" >938</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83019" >939</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3031" ><span +class="cmbx-10">953</span></a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-54003" >954</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-54015" >955</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-54017" >956</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-54023" >957</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-54024" >958</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-54026" >959</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-54073" >960</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-54074" >961</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-55012" >962</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-55018" >963</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-55024" >964</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-55025" >965</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-55027" >966</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-55028" >967</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-55032" >968</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-55033" >969</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-55035" >970</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-55036" >971</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-55037" >972</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-55038" >973</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-55039" >974</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-55040" >975</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-55044" >976</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-55045" >977</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56005" >978</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56006" >979</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56009" >980</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56015" >981</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56022" >982</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56027" >983</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56030" >984</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56035" >985</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56040" >986</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56047" >987</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56052" >988</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56057" >989</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56062" >990</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56067" >991</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56072" >992</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56077" >993</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56082" >994</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-57001" >995</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-57081" >996</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69043" >997</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69046" >998</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69058" >999</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69068" >1000</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-93019" >1001</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\loadglsentries</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-38001" ><span -class="cmti-10">940</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44001" ><span +class="cmti-10">1002</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item">location list  <span class="cmti-10">see </span><a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-43004" >number list</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-49004" >number list</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\longnewglossaryentry</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28003" ><span -class="cmti-10">942</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34004" ><span +class="cmti-10">1004</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\longprovideglossaryentry</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28005" ><span -class="cmti-10">943</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34006" ><span +class="cmti-10">1005</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">longtable </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19034" >944</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-70010" >945</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-25034" >1006</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-80010" >1007</a> <br /></span> </p><p class="theindex"> <span class="cmbx-10">M</span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3032" ><span -class="cmbx-10">946</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3036" >947</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4068" >948</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5008" >949</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5019" >950</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5037" >951</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5050" >952</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5059" >953</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5071" >954</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5073" >955</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5074" >956</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5077" >957</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5080" >958</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5087" >959</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5090" >960</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5093" >961</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7013" >962</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7015" >963</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7028" >964</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10003" >965</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10016" >966</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10020" >967</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10021" >968</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10024" >969</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10027" >970</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10033" >971</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10037" >972</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10041" >973</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10043" >974</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10046" >975</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10048" >976</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10052" >977</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10055" >978</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10060" >979</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10063" >980</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10065" >981</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11001" >982</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11005" >983</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11006" >984</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11007" >985</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11008" >986</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11009" >987</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11010" >988</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11011" >989</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11014" >990</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11015" >991</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11018" >992</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11022" >993</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11029" >994</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11033" >995</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11036" >996</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11037" >997</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11039" >998</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-12001" >999</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-12003" >1000</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-12006" >1001</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-12007" >1002</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13005" >1003</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13022" >1004</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13024" >1005</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13026" >1006</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14018" >1007</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14020" >1008</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14022" >1009</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17029" >1010</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19006" >1011</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20051" >1012</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20056" >1013</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20058" >1014</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20065" >1015</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20067" >1016</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20089" >1017</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-43014" >1018</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-43019" >1019</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-43022" >1020</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-50006" >1021</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52063" >1022</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53005" >1023</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-55003" >1024</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-55005" >1025</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-55013" >1026</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-55015" >1027</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-58005" >1028</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10035" >1029</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-43017" >1030</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3033" ><span +class="cmbx-10">1008</span></a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3037" >1009</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7032" >1010</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8026" >1011</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8029" >1012</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8030" >1013</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8033" >1014</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8035" >1015</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11008" >1016</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11040" >1017</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11051" >1018</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11062" >1019</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11075" >1020</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11077" >1021</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11079" >1022</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11081" >1023</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11084" >1024</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11102" >1025</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13025" >1026</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13028" >1027</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13042" >1028</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-16003" >1029</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-16024" >1030</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-16030" >1031</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-16032" >1032</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-16035" >1033</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-16038" >1034</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-16044" >1035</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-16047" >1036</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-16051" >1037</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-16053" >1038</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-16056" >1039</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-16058" >1040</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-16062" >1041</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-16065" >1042</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-16070" >1043</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-16073" >1044</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-16075" >1045</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17001" >1046</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17005" >1047</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17006" >1048</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17007" >1049</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17009" >1050</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17012" >1051</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17013" >1052</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17016" >1053</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17020" >1054</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17027" >1055</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17031" >1056</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17034" >1057</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17035" >1058</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17037" >1059</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18001" >1060</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18003" >1061</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18006" >1062</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18007" >1063</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19005" >1064</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19021" >1065</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19023" >1066</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19025" >1067</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20018" >1068</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20020" >1069</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20022" >1070</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23033" >1071</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-25006" >1072</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-26051" >1073</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-26056" >1074</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-26058" >1075</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-26065" >1076</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-26067" >1077</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-26089" >1078</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-50016" >1079</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-60006" >1080</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62063" >1081</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-63005" >1082</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-65003" >1083</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-65005" >1084</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-65013" >1085</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-65015" >1086</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-68005" >1087</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-16046" >1088</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">-d</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-12004" >1031</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18004" >1089</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">-k</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11017" >1032</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17015" >1090</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">-m</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11025" >1033</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17023" >1091</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">-Q</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11016" >1034</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17014" >1092</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">-q</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11019" >1035</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17017" >1093</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">-x</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11027" >1036</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17025" >1094</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-27001" ><span -class="cmti-10">1037</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-33001" ><span +class="cmti-10">1095</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span -class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite.lua</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3037" ><span -class="cmbx-10">1038</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10040" >1039</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10042" >1040</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10047" >1041</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10049" >1042</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-12002" >1043</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-12005" >1044</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-12008" >1045</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53006" >1046</a> <br /></span> +class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite</span>  <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3038" ><span +class="cmbx-10">1096</span></a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7033" >1097</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11020" >1098</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11041" >1099</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11052" >1100</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11063" >1101</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11078" >1102</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11085" >1103</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11103" >1104</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-16050" >1105</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-16052" >1106</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-16057" >1107</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-16059" >1108</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18002" >1109</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18005" >1110</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18008" >1111</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-63006" >1112</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmtt-10">makeglossariesgui</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3035" ><span -class="cmbx-10">1047</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10045" >1048</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13006" >1049</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3036" ><span +class="cmbx-10">1113</span></a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-16055" >1114</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-95001" >1115</a> <br /></span> + + <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">makeidx </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23020" >1050</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-29020" >1116</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3024" >1051</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3034" >1052</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3039" >1053</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3040" ><span -class="cmbx-10">1054</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4016" >1055</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4018" >1056</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4019" >1057</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4022" >1058</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4034" >1059</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4035" >1060</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4037" >1061</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4038" >1062</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4066" >1063</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4069" >1064</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5009" >1065</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5010" >1066</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5011" >1067</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5018" >1068</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5036" >1069</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5049" >1070</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5060" >1071</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5069" >1072</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5083" >1073</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5091" >1074</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7002" >1075</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7004" >1076</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7021" >1077</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7023" >1078</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7026" >1079</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7030" >1080</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7032" >1081</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7037" >1082</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8051" >1083</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10004" >1084</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10007" >1085</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10009" >1086</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10011" >1087</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10017" >1088</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10022" >1089</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10025" >1090</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10028" >1091</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10030" >1092</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10032" >1093</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10038" >1094</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10044" >1095</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10050" >1096</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10053" >1097</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10056" >1098</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10061" >1099</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10067" >1100</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10072" >1101</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10073" >1102</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11004" >1103</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11012" >1104</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11023" >1105</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11026" >1106</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11030" >1107</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11031" >1108</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11032" >1109</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#x1-140001.4.4" >1110</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14001" >1111</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14003" >1112</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14006" >1113</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14010" >1114</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14012" >1115</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14019" >1116</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14021" >1117</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-15002" >1118</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-15005" >1119</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-15013" >1120</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17042" >1121</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17045" >1122</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19007" >1123</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20029" >1124</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20055" >1125</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20057" >1126</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20059" >1127</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20069" >1128</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20078" >1129</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20081" >1130</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20084" >1131</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-27002" >1132</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-27007" >1133</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-35003" >1134</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-43009" >1135</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-43012" >1136</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-43015" >1137</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-43021" >1138</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-43025" >1139</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-43028" >1140</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-43029" >1141</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-43032" >1142</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-43038" >1143</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-43044" >1144</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-43061" >1145</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-43063" >1146</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44005" >1147</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44041" >1148</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44048" >1149</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52064" >1150</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53007" >1151</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53009" >1152</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-58003" >1153</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-68013" >1154</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75031" >1155</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-78021" >1156</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-51004" >1157</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3025" >1117</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3035" >1118</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3040" >1119</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3041" ><span +class="cmbx-10">1120</span></a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7001" >1121</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7003" >1122</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7004" >1123</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7005" >1124</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7008" >1125</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7013" >1126</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7026" >1127</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7027" >1128</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7030" >1129</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7031" >1130</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11009" >1131</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11010" >1132</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11011" >1133</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11035" >1134</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11042" >1135</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11050" >1136</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11053" >1137</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11064" >1138</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11073" >1139</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11094" >1140</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11100" >1141</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13002" >1142</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13005" >1143</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13035" >1144</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13037" >1145</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13040" >1146</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13044" >1147</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13046" >1148</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13051" >1149</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14052" >1150</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-16004" >1151</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-16007" >1152</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-16009" >1153</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-16016" >1154</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-16025" >1155</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-16033" >1156</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-16036" >1157</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-16039" >1158</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-16041" >1159</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-16043" >1160</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-16048" >1161</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-16054" >1162</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-16060" >1163</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-16063" >1164</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-16066" >1165</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-16071" >1166</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-16077" >1167</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-16082" >1168</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-16083" >1169</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17004" >1170</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17010" >1171</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17021" >1172</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17024" >1173</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17028" >1174</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17029" >1175</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17030" >1176</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#x1-200001.5.4" >1177</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20001" >1178</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20003" >1179</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20006" >1180</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20010" >1181</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20012" >1182</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20019" >1183</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20021" >1184</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-21002" >1185</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-21005" >1186</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-21013" >1187</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23046" >1188</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23049" >1189</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-25007" >1190</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-25060" >1191</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-25062" >1192</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-25067" >1193</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-25070" >1194</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-26029" >1195</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-26055" >1196</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-26057" >1197</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-26059" >1198</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-26069" >1199</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-26078" >1200</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-26081" >1201</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-26084" >1202</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-33002" >1203</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-33007" >1204</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-41003" >1205</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-49006" >1206</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-50014" >1207</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-50017" >1208</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-51002" >1209</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-51004" >1210</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-51005" >1211</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-51016" >1212</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-51018" >1213</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-51021" >1214</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52001" >1215</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52007" >1216</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53004" >1217</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53006" >1218</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-54005" >1219</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-54042" >1220</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-54049" >1221</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62064" >1222</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-63007" >1223</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-63009" >1224</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-68003" >1225</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-78013" >1226</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-85031" >1227</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-88021" >1228</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61004" >1229</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">-g</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4023" >1158</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7022" >1159</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7029" >1160</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7014" >1230</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13036" >1231</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13043" >1232</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">-l</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4036" >1161</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5061" >1162</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10076" >1163</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14009" >1164</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7029" >1233</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7035" >1234</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11065" >1235</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-16086" >1236</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20009" >1237</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\makenoidxglossaries</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-26001" ><span -class="cmti-10">1165</span></a> <br /></span> - - +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-32001" ><span +class="cmti-10">1238</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">memoir </span>class  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18021" >1166</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18031" >1167</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18033" >1168</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18015" >1169</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-24021" >1239</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-24031" >1240</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-24033" >1241</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-24015" >1242</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">mfirstuc </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3" >1170</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7011" >1171</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28140" >1172</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-45029" >1173</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-45031" >1174</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-45034" >1175</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-45046" >1176</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7" >1243</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13018" >1244</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13020" >1245</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34142" >1246</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-55029" >1247</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-55031" >1248</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-55034" >1249</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-55046" >1250</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">multicol </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-76004" >1177</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-86004" >1251</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">mwe </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-6006" >1178</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-12008" >1252</a> <br /></span> </p><p class="theindex"> <span class="cmbx-10">N</span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">nameref </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18049" >1179</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-24049" >1253</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59007" ><span -class="cmti-10">1180</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69007" ><span +class="cmti-10">1254</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\newacronymstyle</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62001" ><span -class="cmti-10">1181</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-72001" ><span +class="cmti-10">1255</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\newglossary</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-58001" ><span -class="cmti-10">1182</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-68001" ><span +class="cmti-10">1256</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\newglossary*</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-58007" ><span -class="cmti-10">1183</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-68007" ><span +class="cmti-10">1257</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28002" ><span -class="cmti-10">1184</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34003" ><span +class="cmti-10">1258</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>options<br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">access</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-84003" >1185</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-94003" >1259</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">description</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-6007" >1186</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28009" >1187</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28012" >1188</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28017" >1189</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28023" >1190</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28134" >1191</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-33009" >1192</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34002" >1193</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34012" >1194</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46051" >1195</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59022" >1196</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61026" >1197</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61043" >1198</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61071" >1199</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62029" >1200</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-81022" >1201</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-81024" >1202</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-84018" >1203</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-12009" >1260</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34010" >1261</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34013" >1262</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34020" >1263</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34026" >1264</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34136" >1265</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-39008" >1266</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-40002" >1267</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-40012" >1268</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56051" >1269</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69022" >1270</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71026" >1271</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71043" >1272</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71071" >1273</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-72029" >1274</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-91022" >1275</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-91024" >1276</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-94018" >1277</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">descriptionaccess</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-84017" >1204</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-94017" >1278</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">descriptionplural</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28022" >1205</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34003" >1206</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34013" >1207</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-84020" >1208</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34025" >1279</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-40003" >1280</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-40013" >1281</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-94020" >1282</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">descriptionpluralaccess</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-84019" >1209</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-94019" >1283</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">entrycounter</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53035" >1210</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53037" >1211</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-63035" >1284</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-63037" >1285</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">first</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3019" >1212</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28027" >1213</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28045" >1214</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28047" >1215</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28048" >1216</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28056" >1217</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28059" >1218</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28130" >1219</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44031" >1220</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-45014" >1221</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46014" >1222</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46018" >1223</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46042" >1224</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47040" >1225</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47045" >1226</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47057" >1227</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47060" >1228</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52011" >1229</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52022" >1230</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59037" >1231</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-60002" >1232</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-65001" >1233</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-82005" >1234</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83008" >1235</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-84008" >1236</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3020" >1286</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34030" >1287</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34048" >1288</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34050" >1289</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34051" >1290</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34059" >1291</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34062" >1292</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34132" >1293</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-54032" >1294</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-55014" >1295</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56014" >1296</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56018" >1297</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56042" >1298</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-57040" >1299</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-57045" >1300</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-57057" >1301</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-57060" >1302</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62011" >1303</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62022" >1304</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69037" >1305</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-70002" >1306</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75001" >1307</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-92005" >1308</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-93008" >1309</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-94008" >1310</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">firstaccess</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-84007" >1237</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-94007" >1311</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">firstplural</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3020" >1238</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28035" >1239</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28042" >1240</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28053" >1241</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28055" >1242</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28058" >1243</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-29005" >1244</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34011" >1245</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-45051" >1246</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46019" >1247</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46034" >1248</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47048" >1249</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47058" >1250</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47062" >1251</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52025" >1252</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83011" >1253</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-84012" >1254</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3021" >1312</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34038" >1313</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34045" >1314</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34056" >1315</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34058" >1316</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34061" >1317</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-35005" >1318</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-40011" >1319</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-55051" >1320</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56019" >1321</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56034" >1322</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-57048" >1323</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-57058" >1324</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-57062" >1325</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62025" >1326</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-93011" >1327</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-94012" >1328</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">firstpluralaccess</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-84011" >1255</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-94011" >1329</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">format</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44067" >1256</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-54068" >1330</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">long</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17104" >1257</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28123" >1258</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28132" >1259</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-33006" >1260</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44033" >1261</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-45019" >1262</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47042" >1263</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47051" >1264</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59011" >1265</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59059" >1266</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-60005" >1267</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-81016" >1268</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-84022" >1269</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23108" >1331</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34127" >1332</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34134" >1333</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-39005" >1334</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-54034" >1335</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-55019" >1336</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-57042" >1337</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-57051" >1338</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69011" >1339</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69059" >1340</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-70005" >1341</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-91016" >1342</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-94022" >1343</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">longaccess</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-84021" >1270</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-94021" >1344</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">longplural</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28124" >1271</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34020" >1272</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-45053" >1273</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47053" >1274</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59012" >1275</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59024" >1276</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59025" >1277</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59066" >1278</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-84028" >1279</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34128" >1345</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-40020" >1346</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-55053" >1347</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-57053" >1348</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69012" >1349</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69024" >1350</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69025" >1351</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69066" >1352</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-94028" >1353</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">longpluralaccess</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-84027" >1280</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-94027" >1354</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">name</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-6009" >1281</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-6010" >1282</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10002" >1283</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20009" >1284</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20028" >1285</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20046" >1286</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28010" >1287</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28013" >1288</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28015" >1289</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28026" >1290</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28069" >1291</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28073" >1292</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28076" >1293</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28082" >1294</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28084" >1295</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28090" >1296</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34001" >1297</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-37001" >1298</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-45042" >1299</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-45043" >1300</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46039" >1301</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52009" >1302</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-60009" >1303</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61057" >1304</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61060" >1305</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61070" >1306</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61077" >1307</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61079" >1308</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61084" >1309</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62065" >1310</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-78023" >1311</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-82003" >1312</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-84004" >1313</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-51014" >1314</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52055" >1315</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-12006" >1355</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-12011" >1356</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-12012" >1357</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-16002" >1358</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-26009" >1359</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-26028" >1360</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-26046" >1361</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34011" >1362</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34016" >1363</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34018" >1364</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34029" >1365</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34072" >1366</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34076" >1367</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34079" >1368</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34085" >1369</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34087" >1370</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34093" >1371</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-40001" >1372</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-43001" >1373</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-55042" >1374</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-55043" >1375</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56039" >1376</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62009" >1377</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-70009" >1378</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71057" >1379</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71060" >1380</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71070" >1381</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71077" >1382</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71079" >1383</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71084" >1384</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-72065" >1385</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-88023" >1386</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-92003" >1387</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-94004" >1388</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61014" >1389</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62055" >1390</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">nonumberlist</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28105" >1316</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34106" >1391</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">parent</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28011" >1317</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28014" >1318</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28021" >1319</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-36001" >1320</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34012" >1392</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34017" >1393</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34024" >1394</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-42001" >1395</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">plural</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28037" >1321</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28044" >1322</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28057" >1323</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-29002" >1324</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-29004" >1325</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-37008" >1326</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-45050" >1327</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46026" >1328</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46029" >1329</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47047" >1330</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47056" >1331</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52019" >1332</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-82004" >1333</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83006" >1334</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-84010" >1335</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34040" >1396</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34047" >1397</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34060" >1398</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-35002" >1399</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-35004" >1400</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-43008" >1401</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-55050" >1402</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56026" >1403</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56029" >1404</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-57047" >1405</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-57056" >1406</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62019" >1407</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-92004" >1408</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-93006" >1409</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-94010" >1410</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">pluralaccess</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-84009" >1336</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-94009" >1411</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">prefix</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83003" >1337</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83009" >1338</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83021" >1339</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83024" >1340</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83041" >1341</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83049" >1342</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83016" >1343</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-93003" >1412</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-93009" >1413</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-93021" >1414</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-93024" >1415</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-93041" >1416</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-93049" >1417</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-93016" >1418</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">prefixfirst</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83007" >1344</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83022" >1345</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83025" >1346</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83045" >1347</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83051" >1348</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-93007" >1419</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-93022" >1420</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-93025" >1421</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-93045" >1422</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-93051" >1423</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">prefixfirstplural</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83010" >1349</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83031" >1350</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83034" >1351</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83047" >1352</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83055" >1353</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-93010" >1424</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-93031" >1425</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-93034" >1426</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-93047" >1427</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-93055" >1428</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">prefixplural</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83005" >1354</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83012" >1355</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83030" >1356</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83033" >1357</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83043" >1358</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83053" >1359</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-93005" >1429</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-93012" >1430</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-93030" >1431</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-93033" >1432</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-93043" >1433</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-93053" >1434</a> <br /></span> + + <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">see</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17018" >1360</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17019" >1361</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19063" >1362</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19067" >1363</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28110" >1364</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28111" >1365</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28118" >1366</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28121" >1367</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-41016" >1368</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-50009" >1369</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-50010" >1370</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-50012" >1371</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-50023" >1372</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-51001" >1373</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4003" >1374</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-51007" >1375</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23018" >1435</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23022" >1436</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23023" >1437</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-25077" >1438</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-25081" >1439</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34111" >1440</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34112" >1441</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34119" >1442</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34123" >1443</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34124" >1444</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34125" >1445</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47016" >1446</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-60009" >1447</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-60010" >1448</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-60012" >1449</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-60023" >1450</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61001" >1451</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4003" >1452</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61007" >1453</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">short</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28125" >1376</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28131" >1377</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44032" >1378</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-45020" >1379</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47043" >1380</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47052" >1381</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59013" >1382</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59048" >1383</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-60006" >1384</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-81019" >1385</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-84025" >1386</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34129" >1454</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34133" >1455</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-54033" >1456</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-55020" >1457</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-57043" >1458</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-57052" >1459</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69013" >1460</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69048" >1461</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-70006" >1462</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-91019" >1463</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-94025" >1464</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">shortaccess</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-84024" >1387</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-94024" >1465</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">shortplural</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28126" >1388</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34021" >1389</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-45054" >1390</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47054" >1391</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59014" >1392</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59023" >1393</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59026" >1394</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59055" >1395</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-84031" >1396</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34130" >1466</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-40021" >1467</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-55054" >1468</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-57054" >1469</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69014" >1470</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69023" >1471</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69026" >1472</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69055" >1473</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-94031" >1474</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">shortpluralaccess</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-84030" >1397</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-94030" >1475</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">sort</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3049" >1398</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7034" >1399</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10001" >1400</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20007" >1401</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20010" >1402</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20012" >1403</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20014" >1404</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20027" >1405</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28016" >1406</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28068" >1407</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28072" >1408</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28074" >1409</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28077" >1410</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28081" >1411</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28087" >1412</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28089" >1413</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28091" >1414</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28141" >1415</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34006" >1416</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34010" >1417</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-37004" >1418</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-41010" >1419</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-45030" >1420</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53051" >1421</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-60011" >1422</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61058" >1423</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61061" >1424</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61069" >1425</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61078" >1426</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61085" >1427</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-78022" >1428</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-78024" >1429</a> <br /></span> - - +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3050" >1476</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-6007" >1477</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8010" >1478</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13048" >1479</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-16001" >1480</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-26007" >1481</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-26010" >1482</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-26012" >1483</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-26014" >1484</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-26027" >1485</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34019" >1486</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34071" >1487</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34075" >1488</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34077" >1489</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34080" >1490</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34084" >1491</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34090" >1492</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34092" >1493</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34094" >1494</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34143" >1495</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-40006" >1496</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-40010" >1497</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-43004" >1498</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47010" >1499</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-55030" >1500</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-63051" >1501</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-70011" >1502</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71058" >1503</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71061" >1504</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71069" >1505</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71078" >1506</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71085" >1507</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-88022" >1508</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-88024" >1509</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">subentrycounter</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53036" >1430</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-63036" >1510</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">symbol</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-6004" >1431</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28060" >1432</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28067" >1433</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28133" >1434</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34004" >1435</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44034" >1436</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46046" >1437</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47077" >1438</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47086" >1439</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62064" >1440</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-81014" >1441</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-84014" >1442</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-12004" >1511</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-12005" >1512</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34063" >1513</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34070" >1514</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34135" >1515</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-40004" >1516</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-54035" >1517</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56046" >1518</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-57077" >1519</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-57086" >1520</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-72064" >1521</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-91014" >1522</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-94014" >1523</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">symbolaccess</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-84013" >1443</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-94013" >1524</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">symbolplural</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28061" >1444</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34005" >1445</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-84016" >1446</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34064" >1525</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-40005" >1526</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-94016" >1527</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">symbolpluralaccess</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-84015" >1447</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-94015" >1528</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">text</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28024" >1448</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28029" >1449</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28040" >1450</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28129" >1451</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44030" >1452</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-45013" >1453</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-45041" >1454</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46008" >1455</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46025" >1456</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46041" >1457</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47041" >1458</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47046" >1459</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47055" >1460</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52010" >1461</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52016" >1462</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59036" >1463</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-60003" >1464</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-65002" >1465</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-82002" >1466</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83004" >1467</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-84006" >1468</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34027" >1529</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34032" >1530</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34043" >1531</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34131" >1532</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-54031" >1533</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-55013" >1534</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-55041" >1535</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56008" >1536</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56025" >1537</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56041" >1538</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-57041" >1539</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-57046" >1540</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-57055" >1541</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62010" >1542</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62016" >1543</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69036" >1544</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-70003" >1545</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75002" >1546</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-92002" >1547</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-93004" >1548</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-94006" >1549</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">textaccess</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-84005" >1469</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-94005" >1550</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">type</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28093" >1470</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-38004" >1471</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59010" >1472</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34096" >1551</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44004" >1552</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69010" >1553</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">user1</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-6005" >1473</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-6008" >1474</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-6011" >1475</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-6012" >1476</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28095" >1477</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34014" >1478</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46056" >1479</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-78098" >1480</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-78101" >1481</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-81028" >1482</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-81031" >1483</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-12007" >1554</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-12010" >1555</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-12013" >1556</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-12014" >1557</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34098" >1558</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-40014" >1559</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56056" >1560</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-88098" >1561</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-88101" >1562</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-91028" >1563</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-91031" >1564</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">user2</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28097" >1484</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34015" >1485</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46061" >1486</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-78102" >1487</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34100" >1565</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-40015" >1566</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56061" >1567</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-88102" >1568</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">user3</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28098" >1488</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34016" >1489</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46066" >1490</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34101" >1569</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-40016" >1570</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56066" >1571</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">user4</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28099" >1491</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34017" >1492</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46071" >1493</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34102" >1572</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-40017" >1573</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56071" >1574</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">user5</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28100" >1494</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34018" >1495</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46076" >1496</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34103" >1575</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-40018" >1576</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56076" >1577</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">user6</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28096" >1497</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34019" >1498</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-46081" >1499</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-78099" >1500</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34099" >1578</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-40019" >1579</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56081" >1580</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-88099" >1581</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\newglossarystyle</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-78001" ><span -class="cmti-10">1501</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-88001" ><span +class="cmti-10">1582</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\newignoredglossary</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-58010" ><span -class="cmti-10">1502</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-68010" ><span +class="cmti-10">1583</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\newterm</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23012" ><span -class="cmti-10">1503</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-29012" ><span +class="cmti-10">1584</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">ngerman </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7018" >1504</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7027" >1505</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7036" >1506</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8040" >1507</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-54013" >1508</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13031" >1585</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13041" >1586</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13050" >1587</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-64013" >1588</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\noist</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-27008" ><span -class="cmti-10">1509</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-33008" ><span +class="cmti-10">1589</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item">Non-Latin Alphabet  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3041" ><span -class="cmbx-10">1510</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3042" ><span +class="cmbx-10">1590</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item">non-Latin character  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3008" >1511</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3042" >1512</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3043" ><span -class="cmbx-10">1513</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5085" >1514</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7008" >1515</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7009" >1516</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8053" >1517</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-9006" >1518</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28007" >1519</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28135" >1520</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28143" >1521</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3009" >1591</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3043" >1592</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3044" ><span +class="cmbx-10">1593</span></a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11096" >1594</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13013" >1595</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13016" >1596</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14053" >1597</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-15006" >1598</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34008" >1599</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34137" >1600</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34145" >1601</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\nopostdesc</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28018" ><span -class="cmti-10">1522</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34021" ><span +class="cmti-10">1602</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item">number list  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3046" ><span -class="cmbx-10">1523</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5034" >1524</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5046" >1525</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5100" >1526</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10006" >1527</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10064" >1528</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17115" >1529</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19059" >1530</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19061" >1531</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19071" >1532</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-27016" >1533</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-27020" >1534</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-27021" >1535</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28106" >1536</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28108" >1537</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28112" >1538</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28113" >1539</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-35002" >1540</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-37003" >1541</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-43001" >1542</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-43005" >1543</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-43013" >1544</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-43053" >1545</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-43056" >1546</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44004" >1547</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44008" >1548</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-49006" >1549</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-50019" >1550</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-50020" >1551</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-50021" >1552</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-50025" >1553</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52062" >1554</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53011" >1555</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56002" >1556</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56046" >1557</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56056" >1558</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-58002" >1559</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69012" >1560</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69036" >1561</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69039" >1562</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-70011" >1563</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-70021" >1564</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71011" >1565</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71021" >1566</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-73016" >1567</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-73026" >1568</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-74013" >1569</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-74023" >1570</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-77003" >1571</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-78039" >1572</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-78080" >1573</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3047" ><span +class="cmbx-10">1603</span></a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-6010" >1604</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7007" >1605</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-9007" >1606</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10002" >1607</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11033" >1608</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11047" >1609</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11110" >1610</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-16006" >1611</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-16074" >1612</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23043" >1613</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23119" >1614</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-25066" >1615</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-25069" >1616</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-25072" >1617</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-25073" >1618</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-25075" >1619</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-25085" >1620</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-33016" >1621</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-33020" >1622</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-33021" >1623</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34107" >1624</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34109" >1625</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34113" >1626</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34114" >1627</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-41002" >1628</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-43003" >1629</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-49001" >1630</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-49005" >1631</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-49011" >1632</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-49012" >1633</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-49014" >1634</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-50001" >1635</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-50006" >1636</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-50007" >1637</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-50010" >1638</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-50015" >1639</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-51017" >1640</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52018" >1641</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52021" >1642</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-54004" >1643</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-54009" >1644</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59006" >1645</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-60019" >1646</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-60020" >1647</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-60021" >1648</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-60025" >1649</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62062" >1650</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-63011" >1651</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-66002" >1652</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-66050" >1653</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-66061" >1654</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-68002" >1655</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-79014" >1656</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-79038" >1657</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-79041" >1658</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-80011" >1659</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-80021" >1660</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-81011" >1661</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-81021" >1662</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83016" >1663</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83026" >1664</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-84013" >1665</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-84023" >1666</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-87003" >1667</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-88039" >1668</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-88080" >1669</a> <br /></span> </p><p class="theindex"> <span class="cmbx-10">O</span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\oldacronym</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-64004" ><span -class="cmti-10">1574</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-74004" ><span +class="cmti-10">1670</span></a> <br /></span> </p><p class="theindex"> <span class="cmbx-10">P</span> <span class="index-item">package options:<br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">acronym</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8026" >1575</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13016" >1576</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13020" >1577</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14011" >1578</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14016" >1579</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-16001" >1580</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-16003" >1581</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17023" >1582</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18043" >1583</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18044" >1584</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-21001" >1585</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-21006" >1586</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-21021" >1587</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-24015" >1588</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-38017" >1589</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-38018" >1590</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-38023" >1591</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-49011" >1592</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-58014" >1593</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-58015" >1594</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-58017" >1595</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-63005" >1596</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-21011" >1597</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-38022" >1598</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14026" >1671</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19015" >1672</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19019" >1673</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20011" >1674</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20016" >1675</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-22001" >1676</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-22003" >1677</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23027" >1678</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-24043" >1679</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-24044" >1680</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-27001" >1681</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-27006" >1682</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-27021" >1683</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-30015" >1684</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44018" >1685</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44019" >1686</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44024" >1687</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59011" >1688</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-68014" >1689</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-68015" >1690</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-68017" >1691</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-73005" >1692</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-27011" >1693</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44023" >1694</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">true</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-16002" >1599</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-21018" >1600</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-22002" >1695</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-27018" >1696</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">acronymlists</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-21019" >1601</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-21020" >1602</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-21023" >1603</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47010" >1604</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-58018" >1605</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59016" >1606</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-80004" >1607</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-27019" >1697</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-27020" >1698</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-27023" >1699</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-57010" >1700</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-68018" >1701</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69016" >1702</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-90004" >1703</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">acronyms</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17024" >1608</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-21017" >1609</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23028" >1704</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-27017" >1705</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">automake</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10005" >1610</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20077" >1611</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20083" >1612</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7006" >1706</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-16005" >1707</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-26077" >1708</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-26083" >1709</a> <br /></span> + + <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">false</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20090" >1613</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-26090" >1710</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">compatible-2.07</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23027" >1614</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-24012" >1615</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-27010" >1616</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-29027" >1711</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-30012" >1712</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-33010" >1713</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">compatible-3.07</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-21004" >1617</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23028" >1618</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47005" >1619</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-27004" >1714</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-29028" >1715</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-57005" >1716</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">counter</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19069" >1620</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-27017" >1621</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-43003" >1622</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56004" >1623</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56039" >1624</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-25083" >1717</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-33017" >1718</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-49003" >1719</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-66004" >1720</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-66038" >1721</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">page</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19070" >1625</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-25084" >1722</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">counterwithin</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19009" >1626</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19013" >1627</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-68002" >1628</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-78047" >1629</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-78084" >1630</a> <br /></span> - - +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-25009" >1723</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-25013" >1724</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-78002" >1725</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-88047" >1726</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-88084" >1727</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">debug</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17007" >1631</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17015" >1632</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17016" >1633</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23008" >1728</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23019" >1729</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23020" >1730</a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-subsubitem">        <span +class="cmss-10">false</span>  <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23009" >1731</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">showtargets</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17004" >1634</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17010" >1635</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17012" >1636</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23004" >1732</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23012" >1733</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23014" >1734</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">true</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17003" >1637</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17008" >1638</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17009" >1639</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23003" >1735</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23010" >1736</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23011" >1737</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">description</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-22002" >1640</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-22014" >1641</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-22015" >1642</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-22022" >1643</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-22023" >1644</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-22029" >1645</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-22031" >1646</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-22033" >1647</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-22036" >1648</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28002" >1738</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28014" >1739</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28015" >1740</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28022" >1741</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28023" >1742</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28029" >1743</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28031" >1744</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28033" >1745</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28036" >1746</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">dua</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-22011" >1649</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-22034" >1650</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28011" >1747</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28034" >1748</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">entrycounter</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19001" >1651</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19022" >1652</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-68001" >1653</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-78046" >1654</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-78083" >1655</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-25001" >1749</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-25022" >1750</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-78001" >1751</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-88046" >1752</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-88083" >1753</a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-subsubitem">        <span +class="cmss-10">false</span>  <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-25002" >1754</a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-subsubitem">        <span +class="cmss-10">true</span>  <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-25010" >1755</a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-subitem">    <span +class="cmss-10">esclocations</span>  <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-25058" >1756</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">false</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19002" >1656</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-25064" >1757</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-51001" >1758</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">true</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19010" >1657</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-25059" >1759</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">footnote</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-22006" >1658</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-22007" >1659</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-22009" >1660</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-22016" >1661</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-22024" >1662</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-22025" >1663</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28006" >1760</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28007" >1761</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28009" >1762</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28016" >1763</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28024" >1764</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28025" >1765</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">hyperfirst</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17084" >1664</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17094" >1665</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-48015" >1666</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-48017" >1667</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23088" >1766</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23098" >1767</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-58015" >1768</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-58017" >1769</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">false</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17098" >1668</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44036" >1669</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-48010" >1670</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-48013" >1671</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61072" >1672</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23102" >1770</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-54037" >1771</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-58010" >1772</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-58013" >1773</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71072" >1774</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">true</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17085" >1673</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17089" >1674</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23089" >1775</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23093" >1776</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">index</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17027" >1675</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23011" >1676</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23023" >1677</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23026" >1678</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-58021" >1679</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23031" >1777</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-29011" >1778</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-29023" >1779</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-29026" >1780</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-68021" >1781</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">indexonlyfirst</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17108" >1680</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17113" >1681</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23112" >1782</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23117" >1783</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-49009" >1784</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">false</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17109" >1682</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23113" >1785</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">makeindex</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-16004" >1683</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20054" >1684</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-24005" >1685</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-22004" >1786</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-26054" >1787</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-30005" >1788</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">ngerman</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7020" >1686</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13034" >1789</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">nogroupskip</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5020" >1687</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19074" >1688</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53041" >1689</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-68007" >1690</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-68035" >1691</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-72020" >1692</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-78037" >1693</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-78096" >1694</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11018" >1790</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-25088" >1791</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-63041" >1792</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-78007" >1793</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-78035" >1794</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-82020" >1795</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-88037" >1796</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-88096" >1797</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">false</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19075" >1695</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-25089" >1798</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">nohypertypes</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17080" >1696</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17087" >1697</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17088" >1698</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17095" >1699</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44021" >1700</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44028" >1701</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47026" >1702</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-48004" >1703</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-58011" >1704</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23084" >1799</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23091" >1800</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23092" >1801</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23099" >1802</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-54022" >1803</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-54029" >1804</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-57026" >1805</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-58004" >1806</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-68011" >1807</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">index</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23024" >1705</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-29024" >1808</a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-subitem">    <span +class="cmss-10">nolangwarn</span>  <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4" >1809</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23005" >1810</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">nolist</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19040" >1706</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-24008" >1707</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69004" >1708</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-25040" >1811</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-30008" >1812</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-79004" >1813</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">nolong</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19032" >1709</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-24006" >1710</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-70004" >1711</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-68017" >1712</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-25032" >1814</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-30006" >1815</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-80004" >1816</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-78017" >1817</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">nomain</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17022" >1713</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-21016" >1714</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23005" >1715</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23010" >1716</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23018" >1717</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-24011" >1718</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-58013" >1719</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-21013" >1720</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23026" >1818</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-27016" >1819</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-29005" >1820</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-29010" >1821</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-29018" >1822</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-30011" >1823</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-68013" >1824</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-27013" >1825</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">nonumberlist</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3047" >1721</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19058" >1722</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19062" >1723</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28107" >1724</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-43002" >1725</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-49007" >1726</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69040" >1727</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-78059" >1728</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-78061" >1729</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3048" >1826</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-25065" >1827</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-25076" >1828</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34108" >1829</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-49002" >1830</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-49008" >1831</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59007" >1832</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-79042" >1833</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-88059" >1834</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-88061" >1835</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">nopostdot</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19072" >1730</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-68039" >1731</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-25086" >1836</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-78039" >1837</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">false</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19073" >1732</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-25087" >1838</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">noredefwarn</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17005" >1733</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23006" >1839</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">nostyles</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19052" >1734</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-24010" >1735</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69005" >1736</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-70005" >1737</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-73005" >1738</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75003" >1739</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-68019" >1740</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-25052" >1840</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-30010" >1841</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-79005" >1842</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-80005" >1843</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83005" >1844</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-85003" >1845</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-78019" >1846</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">nosuper</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19036" >1741</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-24007" >1742</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-73004" >1743</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-68018" >1744</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-25036" >1847</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-30007" >1848</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83004" >1849</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-78018" >1850</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">notranslate</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8010" >1745</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17078" >1746</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-24014" >1747</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14010" >1851</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23082" >1852</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-30014" >1853</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">notree</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19046" >1748</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-24009" >1749</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75002" >1750</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-76011" >1751</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-25046" >1854</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-30009" >1855</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-85002" >1856</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-86011" >1857</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">nowarn</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17001" >1752</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17006" >1753</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17011" >1754</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23001" >1858</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23007" >1859</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23013" >1860</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">numberedsection</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18035" >1755</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18036" >1756</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53027" >1757</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53028" >1758</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53057" >1759</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-24035" >1861</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-24036" >1862</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-63027" >1863</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-63028" >1864</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-63057" >1865</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">autolabel</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18039" >1760</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18046" >1761</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-24039" >1866</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-24046" >1867</a> <br /></span> + + <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">false</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18037" >1762</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-24037" >1868</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">nameref</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18045" >1763</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-24045" >1869</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">nolabel</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18038" >1764</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-24038" >1870</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">numberline</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18004" >1765</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18010" >1766</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-24004" >1871</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-24010" >1872</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">numbers</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17026" >1767</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23006" >1768</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-58020" >1769</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23030" >1873</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-29006" >1874</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-68020" >1875</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">order</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20047" >1770</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20050" >1771</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53040" >1772</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-26047" >1876</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-26050" >1877</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-63040" >1878</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">letter</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4059" >1773</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5058" >1774</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10075" >1775</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20049" >1776</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7034" >1879</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8034" >1880</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11061" >1881</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-16085" >1882</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-26049" >1883</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">word</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5057" >1777</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10078" >1778</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20048" >1779</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11060" >1884</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-16088" >1885</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-26048" >1886</a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-subitem">    <span +class="cmss-10">record</span>  <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13010" >1887</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">sanitizesort</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4077" >1780</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17031" >1781</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20033" >1782</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5006" >1888</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23035" >1889</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-26033" >1890</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">false</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4006" >1783</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4007" >1784</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17033" >1785</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17035" >1786</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20034" >1787</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28085" >1788</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-6001" >1891</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-6002" >1892</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23037" >1893</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23039" >1894</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-26034" >1895</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34088" >1896</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">true</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4008" >1789</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17034" >1790</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28078" >1791</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28080" >1792</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28083" >1793</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28092" >1794</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28145" >1795</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53050" >1796</a> <br /></span> - - +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-6003" >1897</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-6004" >1898</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23038" >1899</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34081" >1900</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34083" >1901</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34086" >1902</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34095" >1903</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34147" >1904</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-63050" >1905</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">savenumberlist</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17114" >1797</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52059" >1798</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23118" >1906</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62059" >1907</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">false</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17116" >1799</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23120" >1908</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">savewrites</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17036" >1800</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17038" >1801</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17044" >1802</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23040" >1909</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23042" >1910</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23048" >1911</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">false</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17037" >1803</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23041" >1912</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">section</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18011" >1804</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53055" >1805</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-24011" >1913</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-63055" >1914</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">seeautonumberlist</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19060" >1806</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19066" >1807</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28115" >1808</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-50026" >1809</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-25074" >1915</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-25080" >1916</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34116" >1917</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-60026" >1918</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">seenoindex</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17017" >1810</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23021" >1919</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34122" >1920</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">ignore</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17021" >1811</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23025" >1921</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">warn</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17020" >1812</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23024" >1922</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-21026" >1813</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59077" >1814</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-27026" >1923</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69077" >1924</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">smallcaps</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-22004" >1815</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-22008" >1816</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-22012" >1817</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-22027" >1818</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-22030" >1819</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-24018" >1820</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28004" >1925</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28008" >1926</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28012" >1927</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28027" >1928</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28030" >1929</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-30018" >1930</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">smaller</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-22005" >1821</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-22010" >1822</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-22017" >1823</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-22028" >1824</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-22032" >1825</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28005" >1931</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28010" >1932</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28017" >1933</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28028" >1934</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28032" >1935</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">sort</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20001" >1826</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-26001" >1936</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">def</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4009" >1827</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20004" >1828</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20011" >1829</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20015" >1830</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20018" >1831</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20024" >1832</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20036" >1833</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28070" >1834</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-37006" >1835</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-68005" >1836</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-6006" >1937</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-6008" >1938</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-26004" >1939</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-26011" >1940</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-26015" >1941</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-26018" >1942</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-26024" >1943</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-26036" >1944</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34073" >1945</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-43006" >1946</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-78005" >1947</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">none</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20020" >1837</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5009" >1948</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5011" >1949</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10001" >1950</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-26020" >1951</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">standard</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20006" >1838</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20025" >1839</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20042" >1840</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-26006" >1952</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-26025" >1953</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-26042" >1954</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">use</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20005" >1841</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20013" >1842</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20016" >1843</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20019" >1844</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20023" >1845</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20037" >1846</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28071" >1847</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-37005" >1848</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-68006" >1849</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-6005" >1955</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-6009" >1956</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-26005" >1957</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-26013" >1958</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-26016" >1959</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-26019" >1960</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-26023" >1961</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-26037" >1962</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34074" >1963</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-43005" >1964</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-78006" >1965</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">style</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19024" >1850</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19045" >1851</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19054" >1852</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53024" >1853</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-67005" >1854</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71008" >1855</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-72008" >1856</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-74008" >1857</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-25024" >1966</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-25045" >1967</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-25054" >1968</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-63024" >1969</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-77005" >1970</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-81008" >1971</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-82008" >1972</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-84008" >1973</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">index</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19027" >1858</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-25027" >1974</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">list</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19025" >1859</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-25025" >1975</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">subentrycounter</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19018" >1860</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-35001" >1861</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-37007" >1862</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-68003" >1863</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-78065" >1864</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-78085" >1865</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-25018" >1976</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-41001" >1977</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-43007" >1978</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-78003" >1979</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-88065" >1980</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-88085" >1981</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">false</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19019" >1866</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-25019" >1982</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">symbols</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17025" >1867</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23001" >1868</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-58019" >1869</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23029" >1983</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-29001" >1984</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-68019" >1985</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">toc</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18001" >1870</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18005" >1871</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18008" >1872</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18009" >1873</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53021" >1874</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7038" >1986</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-24001" >1987</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-24005" >1988</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-24008" >1989</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-24009" >1990</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-63021" >1991</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">translate</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17047" >1875</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17070" >1876</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17072" >1877</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-24013" >1878</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23051" >1992</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23074" >1993</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23076" >1994</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-30013" >1995</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">babel</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8012" >1879</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8017" >1880</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8042" >1881</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8049" >1882</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17064" >1883</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17067" >1884</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14012" >1996</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14017" >1997</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14041" >1998</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14049" >1999</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23068" >2000</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23071" >2001</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">false</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8011" >1885</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17058" >1886</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17077" >1887</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17079" >1888</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14011" >2002</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23062" >2003</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23081" >2004</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23083" >2005</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">true</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17048" >1889</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17069" >1890</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17071" >1891</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17073" >1892</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23052" >2006</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23073" >2007</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23075" >2008</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23077" >2009</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">ucfirst</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18032" >1893</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-24032" >2010</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">ucmark</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18017" >1894</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18019" >1895</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-24017" >2011</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-24019" >2012</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">false</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18020" >1896</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-24020" >2013</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="cmss-10">true</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18022" >1897</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-24022" >2014</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">xindy</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4048" >1898</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5088" >1899</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7007" >1900</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10079" >1901</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13003" >1902</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14002" >1903</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20062" >1904</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20063" >1905</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20073" >1906</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-24002" >1907</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-24016" >1908</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-54002" >1909</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56001" >1910</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-57001" >1911</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8015" >2015</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11098" >2016</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13008" >2017</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-16089" >2018</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19003" >2019</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20002" >2020</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-26062" >2021</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-26063" >2022</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-26073" >2023</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-30002" >2024</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-30016" >2025</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-64002" >2026</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-66001" >2027</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-67001" >2028</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">xindygloss</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20072" >1912</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-24003" >1913</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-26072" >2029</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-30003" >2030</a> <br /></span> + + <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">xindynoglsnumbers</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20076" >1914</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-24004" >1915</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-26076" >2031</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-30004" >2032</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmtt-10">page </span>(counter)  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56043" >1916</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-66036" >2033</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-66042" >2034</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item">page type precedence  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-43062" >1917</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53005" >2035</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmtt-10">pdflatex</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-21" >1918</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44018" >1919</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-25" >2036</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-54019" >2037</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\PGLS</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83027" ><span -class="cmti-10">1920</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-93027" ><span +class="cmti-10">2038</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Pgls</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83023" ><span -class="cmti-10">1921</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-93023" ><span +class="cmti-10">2039</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\pgls</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83020" ><span -class="cmti-10">1922</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-93020" ><span +class="cmti-10">2040</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\PGLSpl</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83036" ><span -class="cmti-10">1923</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-93036" ><span +class="cmti-10">2041</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\Pglspl</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83032" ><span -class="cmti-10">1924</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-93032" ><span +class="cmti-10">2042</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\pglspl</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83029" ><span -class="cmti-10">1925</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-93029" ><span +class="cmti-10">2043</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmtt-10">pod2man</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11038" >1926</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17036" >2044</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">polyglossia </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8002" >1927</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8004" >1928</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8006" >1929</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8039" >1930</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17056" >1931</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17060" >1932</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17075" >1933</a> <br /></span> - - +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14002" >2045</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14004" >2046</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14006" >2047</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14039" >2048</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23060" >2049</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23064" >2050</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23079" >2051</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\printacronyms</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-21002" ><span -class="cmti-10">1934</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-27002" ><span +class="cmti-10">2052</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\printglossaries</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53003" ><span -class="cmti-10">1935</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-63003" ><span +class="cmti-10">2053</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\printglossary</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53014" ><span -class="cmti-10">1936</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-63014" ><span +class="cmti-10">2054</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmtt-10">\printglossary </span>options<br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">entrycounter</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53032" >1937</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-63032" >2055</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">nogroupskip</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53030" >1938</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-63030" >2056</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">nonumberlist</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53029" >1939</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-63029" >2057</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">nopostdot</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53031" >1940</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-63031" >2058</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">numberedsection</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53026" >1941</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-63026" >2059</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">style</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19056" >1942</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53023" >1943</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-67001" >1944</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-68027" >1945</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-72019" >1946</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-25056" >2060</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-63023" >2061</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-77001" >2062</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-78027" >2063</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-82019" >2064</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">subentrycounter</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53034" >1947</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-63034" >2065</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">title</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53019" >1948</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53022" >1949</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59003" >1950</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5" >2066</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14043" >2067</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-63019" >2068</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-63022" >2069</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69003" >2070</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">toctitle</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53020" >1951</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-63020" >2071</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">type</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53016" >1952</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53017" >1953</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-63016" >2072</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-63017" >2073</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\printindex</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23015" ><span -class="cmti-10">1954</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-29015" ><span +class="cmti-10">2074</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossaries</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53001" ><span -class="cmti-10">1955</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-63001" ><span +class="cmti-10">2075</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53012" ><span -class="cmti-10">1956</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-63012" ><span +class="cmti-10">2076</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary </span>options<br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmss-10">sort</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20002" >1957</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20040" >1958</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20052" >1959</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53039" >1960</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-26002" >2077</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-26040" >2078</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-26052" >2079</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-63039" >2080</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\printnumbers</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23007" ><span -class="cmti-10">1961</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-29007" ><span +class="cmti-10">2081</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\printsymbols</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23002" ><span -class="cmti-10">1962</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-29002" ><span +class="cmti-10">2082</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\provideglossaryentry</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28004" ><span -class="cmti-10">1963</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34005" ><span +class="cmti-10">2083</span></a> <br /></span> </p><p class="theindex"> <span class="cmbx-10">R</span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">relsize </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-22019" >1964</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61015" >1965</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28019" >2084</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-71015" >2085</a> <br /></span> </p><p class="theindex"> <span class="cmbx-10">S</span> <span class="index-item">sanitize  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3048" ><span -class="cmbx-10">1966</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17032" >1967</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20032" >1968</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-51015" >1969</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52056" >1970</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3049" ><span +class="cmbx-10">2086</span></a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23036" >2087</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-26032" >2088</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61015" >2089</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62056" >2090</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">scrwfile </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17040" >1971</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23044" >2091</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\SetAcronymLists</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-21024" ><span -class="cmti-10">1972</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-27024" ><span +class="cmti-10">2092</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\setacronymstyle</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-60001" ><span -class="cmti-10">1973</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-70001" ><span +class="cmti-10">2093</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\setglossarypreamble</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53062" ><span -class="cmti-10">1974</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-63062" ><span +class="cmti-10">2094</span></a> <br /></span> + + <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\setglossarysection</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18012" ><span -class="cmti-10">1975</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-24012" ><span +class="cmti-10">2095</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\setglossarystyle</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-67004" ><span -class="cmti-10">1976</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-77004" ><span +class="cmti-10">2096</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\setStyleFile</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-27015" ><span -class="cmti-10">1977</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-33015" ><span +class="cmti-10">2097</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\setupglossaries</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-24001" ><span -class="cmti-10">1978</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-30001" ><span +class="cmti-10">2098</span></a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span +class="cmss-10">stix </span>package  <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-66035" >2099</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\subglossentry</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-78062" ><span -class="cmti-10">1979</span></a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-88062" ><span +class="cmti-10">2100</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">supertabular </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19038" >1980</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-73015" >1981</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-74012" >1982</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-25038" >2101</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83015" >2102</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-84012" >2103</a> <br /></span> </p><p class="theindex"> <span class="cmbx-10">T</span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">tabularx </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-45005" >1983</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-45007" >1984</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-45009" >1985</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-65024" >1986</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-55005" >2104</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-55007" >2105</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-55009" >2106</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75024" >2107</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">textcase </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-6" >1987</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18027" >1988</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18029" >1989</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10" >2108</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-24027" >2109</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-24029" >2110</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmtt-10">theglossary </span>(environment)  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-78002" ><span -class="cmti-10">1990</span></a> <br /></span> - - +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-88002" ><span +class="cmti-10">2111</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">tracklang </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-2" >1991</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-9001" >1992</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-9002" >1993</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-6" >2112</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-15001" >2113</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-15002" >2114</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">translator </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8009" >1994</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8013" >1995</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8014" >1996</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8015" >1997</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8020" >1998</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8021" >1999</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8033" >2000</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8035" >2001</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8036" >2002</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8038" >2003</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8043" >2004</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8044" >2005</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8045" >2006</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8048" >2007</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-9003" >2008</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-9004" >2009</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-9005" >2010</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-9007" >2011</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17050" >2012</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17051" >2013</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17052" >2014</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17053" >2015</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17065" >2016</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17076" >2017</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-58024" >2018</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14009" >2115</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14013" >2116</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14014" >2117</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14015" >2118</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14020" >2119</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14021" >2120</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14033" >2121</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14035" >2122</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14036" >2123</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14038" >2124</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14042" >2125</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14044" >2126</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14045" >2127</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14048" >2128</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-15003" >2129</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-15004" >2130</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-15005" >2131</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-15007" >2132</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23054" >2133</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23055" >2134</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23056" >2135</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23057" >2136</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23069" >2137</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23080" >2138</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-68024" >2139</a> <br /></span> </p><p class="theindex"> <span class="cmbx-10">X</span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">xfor </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7" >2019</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11" >2140</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmtt-10">xindy</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3025" >2020</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3033" >2021</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3038" >2022</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3052" ><span -class="cmbx-10">2023</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4041" >2024</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4042" >2025</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4043" >2026</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4044" >2027</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4045" >2028</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4055" >2029</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4058" >2030</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4060" >2031</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4061" >2032</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4067" >2033</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4070" >2034</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4071" >2035</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4072" >2036</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4073" >2037</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4079" >2038</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4080" >2039</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5068" >2040</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5072" >2041</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5076" >2042</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5079" >2043</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5082" >2044</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5084" >2045</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5086" >2046</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7001" >2047</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7003" >2048</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7006" >2049</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7014" >2050</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7017" >2051</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7033" >2052</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8050" >2053</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8052" >2054</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10008" >2055</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10010" >2056</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10012" >2057</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10013" >2058</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10018" >2059</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10023" >2060</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10026" >2061</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10029" >2062</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10031" >2063</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10036" >2064</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10039" >2065</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10051" >2066</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10054" >2067</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10057" >2068</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10062" >2069</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10066" >2070</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10071" >2071</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10074" >2072</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11003" >2073</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11013" >2074</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11024" >2075</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11028" >2076</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11034" >2077</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11035" >2078</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#x1-130001.4.3" >2079</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13001" >2080</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13002" >2081</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13004" >2082</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13007" >2083</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13010" >2084</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13012" >2085</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13023" >2086</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13025" >2087</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-15001" >2088</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-15007" >2089</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-15010" >2090</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17043" >2091</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17046" >2092</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19008" >2093</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20030" >2094</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20060" >2095</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20064" >2096</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20066" >2097</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20068" >2098</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20071" >2099</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20079" >2100</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20082" >2101</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20085" >2102</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20086" >2103</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20087" >2104</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-27004" >2105</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-27006" >2106</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28086" >2107</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28088" >2108</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28142" >2109</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-43010" >2110</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-43011" >2111</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-43018" >2112</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-43020" >2113</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-43023" >2114</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-43024" >2115</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-43026" >2116</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-43030" >2117</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-43031" >2118</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-43033" >2119</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-43039" >2120</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-43040" >2121</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-43045" >2122</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-43048" >2123</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-43064" >2124</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44006" >2125</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44047" >2126</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44051" >2127</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44068" >2128</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52065" >2129</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53008" >2130</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53010" >2131</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-54001" >2132</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-54003" >2133</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-54004" >2134</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-54006" >2135</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-54011" >2136</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-54015" >2137</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-54016" >2138</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-54018" >2139</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-54019" >2140</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-54020" >2141</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-54021" >2142</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-55001" >2143</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-55002" >2144</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-55006" >2145</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-55011" >2146</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-55014" >2147</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56003" >2148</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56013" >2149</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56019" >2150</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56025" >2151</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56038" >2152</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56045" >2153</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56058" >2154</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-58004" >2155</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75032" >2156</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-78025" >2157</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-78029" >2158</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3026" >2141</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3034" >2142</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3039" >2143</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3053" ><span +class="cmbx-10">2144</span></a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4006" >2145</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4007" >2146</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8001" >2147</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8002" >2148</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8003" >2149</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8004" >2150</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8005" >2151</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8006" >2152</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8007" >2153</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8008" >2154</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8009" >2155</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8023" >2156</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8027" >2157</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8028" >2158</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8031" >2159</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8032" >2160</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8036" >2161</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8037" >2162</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8038" >2163</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-9004" >2164</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11072" >2165</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11076" >2166</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11082" >2167</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11083" >2168</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11087" >2169</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11088" >2170</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11093" >2171</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11095" >2172</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11097" >2173</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13001" >2174</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13003" >2175</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13007" >2176</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13021" >2177</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13027" >2178</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13030" >2179</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13047" >2180</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14050" >2181</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14054" >2182</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-16008" >2183</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-16014" >2184</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-16017" >2185</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-16019" >2186</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-16026" >2187</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-16028" >2188</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-16031" >2189</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-16034" >2190</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-16037" >2191</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-16040" >2192</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-16042" >2193</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-16049" >2194</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-16061" >2195</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-16064" >2196</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-16067" >2197</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-16072" >2198</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-16076" >2199</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-16081" >2200</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-16084" >2201</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17003" >2202</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17011" >2203</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17022" >2204</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17026" >2205</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17032" >2206</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17033" >2207</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#x1-190001.5.3" >2208</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19001" >2209</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19002" >2210</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19004" >2211</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19006" >2212</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19009" >2213</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19011" >2214</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19022" >2215</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19024" >2216</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-21001" >2217</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-21007" >2218</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-21010" >2219</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23047" >2220</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23050" >2221</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-25008" >2222</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-25061" >2223</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-25063" >2224</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-25068" >2225</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-25071" >2226</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-26030" >2227</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-26060" >2228</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-26064" >2229</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-26066" >2230</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-26068" >2231</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-26071" >2232</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-26079" >2233</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-26082" >2234</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-26085" >2235</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-26086" >2236</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-26087" >2237</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-33004" >2238</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-33006" >2239</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34089" >2240</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34091" >2241</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34144" >2242</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-49007" >2243</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-50012" >2244</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-50013" >2245</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-51003" >2246</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-51006" >2247</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-51012" >2248</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-51013" >2249</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-51019" >2250</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-51020" >2251</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-51022" >2252</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52002" >2253</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52003" >2254</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52008" >2255</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52011" >2256</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53007" >2257</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-54006" >2258</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-54048" >2259</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-54052" >2260</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-54070" >2261</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62065" >2262</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-63008" >2263</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-63010" >2264</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-64001" >2265</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-64003" >2266</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-64004" >2267</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-64006" >2268</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-64011" >2269</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-64015" >2270</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-64016" >2271</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-64018" >2272</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-64019" >2273</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-64020" >2274</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-64021" >2275</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-65001" >2276</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-65002" >2277</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-65006" >2278</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-65011" >2279</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-65014" >2280</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-66003" >2281</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-66013" >2282</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-66019" >2283</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-66025" >2284</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-66037" >2285</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-66044" >2286</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-66063" >2287</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-67002" >2288</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-67003" >2289</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-68004" >2290</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-85032" >2291</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-88025" >2292</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-88029" >2293</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-9006" >2294</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">-C</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4057" >2159</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7016" >2160</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10081" >2161</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10085" >2162</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-55017" >2163</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8025" >2295</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13029" >2296</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-16091" >2297</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-16095" >2298</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-65017" >2299</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">-I</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13008" >2164</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13009" >2165</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19007" >2300</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19008" >2301</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">-L</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4056" >2166</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10080" >2167</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10083" >2168</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-55016" >2169</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8024" >2302</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-16090" >2303</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-16093" >2304</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-65016" >2305</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="cmtt-10">-M</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10077" >2170</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-16087" >2306</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">xkeyval </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5" >2171</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5005" >2172</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-48030" >2173</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-9" >2307</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11005" >2308</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-58030" >2309</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="cmss-10">xspace </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-64014" >2174</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-64015" >2175</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-64017" >2176</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-64019" >2177</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-64021" >2178</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-64023" >2179</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-64024" >2180</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-74014" >2310</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-74015" >2311</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-74017" >2312</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-74019" >2313</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-74021" >2314</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-74023" >2315</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-74024" >2316</a> <br /></span> </p></div> - <div class="footnotes"><!--l. 556--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a + <div class="footnotes"><!--l. 614--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn1x1-bk" id="fn1x1"><sup class="textsuperscript">1.1</sup></a></span><span class="cmr-8">That is, if the term has been referenced using any of the commands described in </span><a href="#sec:glslink"><span -class="cmsy-8">§</span><span +class="tcrm-0800">§</span><span class="cmr-8">6 </span></a><a href="#sec:glslink"><span class="cmr-8">Links to Glossary</span> @@ -27912,7 +30338,7 @@ class="cmr-8">Links to Glossary</span> class="cmr-8">Entries</span><!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glslink --></a> <span class="cmr-8">and </span><a href="#sec:glsadd"><span -class="cmsy-8">§</span><span +class="tcrm-0800">§</span><span class="cmr-8">7 </span></a><a href="#sec:glsadd"><span class="cmr-8">Adding an Entry to the Glossary Without Generating Text</span><!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsadd --></a> <span @@ -27928,8 +30354,15 @@ class="cmr-8">commands such as </span><span class="cmtt-8">\acrshort</span><a id="dx1-4004"></a><span class="cmr-8">.</span></p> -<!--l. 902--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a +<!--l. 1183--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn2x1-bk" id="fn2x1"><sup class="textsuperscript">1.2</sup></a></span><span +class="cmr-8">Except for Klingon, which is supported by </span><a +href="#glo:xindy"><span +class="cmtt-8">xindy</span><a + id="dx1-9006"></a></a><span +class="cmr-8">, but not by the CLDR.</span></p> +<!--l. 1292--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a +href="#fn3x1-bk" id="fn3x1"><sup class="textsuperscript">1.3</sup></a></span><span class="cmr-8">Note that although I’ve written </span><span class="cmtt-8">latex </span><span class="cmr-8">in this section, it’s better to use </span><span @@ -27940,38 +30373,57 @@ class="cmr-8">the reasons given </span><a href="#pdflatexnote"><span class="cmr-8">earlier</span></a><span class="cmr-8">.</span></p> -<!--l. 2053--><p class="noindent" ><span class="footnote-mark"><a -href="#fn3x1-bk" id="fn3x1"><sup class="textsuperscript">1.3</sup></a></span><span +<!--l. 2007--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a +href="#fn4x1-bk" id="fn4x1"><sup class="textsuperscript">1.4</sup></a></span><span +class="cmr-8">deprecated, use </span><span +class="cmss-8">babel </span><span +class="cmr-8">instead</span></p> +<!--l. 2559--><p class="noindent" ><span class="footnote-mark"><a +href="#fn5x1-bk" id="fn5x1"><sup class="textsuperscript">1.5</sup></a></span><span class="cmr-8">Added to version </span><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="cmtt-8">makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-10035"></a></a> <span + id="dx1-16046"></a></a> <span class="cmr-8">2.18.</span></p> -<!--l. 2098--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a -href="#fn4x1-bk" id="fn4x1"><sup class="textsuperscript">1.4</sup></a></span><span +<!--l. 2603--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a +href="#fn6x1-bk" id="fn6x1"><sup class="textsuperscript">1.6</sup></a></span><span class="cmr-8">As from v3.01 </span><span class="cmtt-8">\gls</span><a - id="dx1-10059"></a> <span + id="dx1-16069"></a> <span class="cmr-8">is no longer fragile and doesn’t need protecting.</span></p> -<!--l. 2829--><p class="noindent" ><span class="footnote-mark"><a +<!--l. 2715--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a +href="#fn7x1-bk" id="fn7x1"><sup class="textsuperscript">1.7</sup></a></span><span +class="cmr-8">The batch file </span><span +class="cmtt-8">makeglossaries.bat </span><span +class="cmr-8">has been removed since the </span><span class="TEX"><span +class="cmr-8">T</span><span +class="E"><span +class="cmr-8">E</span></span><span +class="cmr-8">X</span></span><span +class="cmr-8"> distributions for Windows</span> +<span +class="cmr-8">provide </span><span +class="cmtt-8">makeglossaries.exe</span><span +class="cmr-8">.</span></p> +<!--l. 3357--><p class="noindent" ><span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn1x2-bk" id="fn1x2"><sup class="textsuperscript">2.1</sup></a></span><span class="cmr-8">bug fix in v4.16 has corrected the code to ensure this.</span></p> -<!--l. 2925--><p class="noindent" ><span class="footnote-mark"><a +<!--l. 3453--><p class="noindent" ><span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn2x2-bk" id="fn2x2"><sup class="textsuperscript">2.2</sup></a></span><span class="cmr-8">unless </span><span class="cmss-8">memoir</span><a - id="dx1-18015"></a> <span + id="dx1-24015"></a> <span class="cmr-8">is loaded, which case it uses </span><span class="cmtt-8">\markboth</span><a - id="dx1-18016"></a></p> -<!--l. 2955--><p class="noindent" ><span class="footnote-mark"><a + id="dx1-24016"></a></p> +<!--l. 3483--><p class="noindent" ><span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn3x2-bk" id="fn3x2"><sup class="textsuperscript">2.3</sup></a></span><span class="cmr-8">Actually it uses </span><span class="cmtt-8">\mfirstucMakeUppercase</span><a - id="dx1-18026"></a> <span + id="dx1-24026"></a> <span class="cmr-8">which is set to </span><span class="cmss-8">textcase</span><a - id="dx1-18027"></a><span + id="dx1-24027"></a><span class="cmr-8">’s </span><span class="cmtt-8">\MakeTextUppercase </span><span class="cmr-8">by the </span><span @@ -27979,100 +30431,93 @@ class="cmss-8">glossaries</span> <span class="cmr-8">package. This makes it consistent with </span><span class="cmtt-8">\makefirstuc</span><a - id="dx1-18028"></a><span + id="dx1-24028"></a><span class="cmr-8">. (The </span><span class="cmss-8">textcase</span><a - id="dx1-18029"></a> <span + id="dx1-24029"></a> <span class="cmr-8">package is automatically loaded by</span> <span class="cmss-8">glossaries</span><span class="cmr-8">.)</span></p> -<!--l. 3522--><p class="noindent" ><span class="footnote-mark"><a +<!--l. 4075--><p class="noindent" ><span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn4x2-bk" id="fn4x2"><sup class="textsuperscript">2.4</sup></a></span><span class="cmr-8">Actually it sets </span><span class="cmtt-8">\acronymtype</span><a - id="dx1-21009"></a> <span + id="dx1-27009"></a> <span class="cmr-8">to </span><span class="cmtt-8">\glsdefaulttype</span><a - id="dx1-21010"></a> <span + id="dx1-27010"></a> <span class="cmr-8">if the </span><span class="cmss-8">acronym</span><a - id="dx1-21011"></a> <span + id="dx1-27011"></a> <span class="cmr-8">package option is not used, but</span> <span class="cmtt-8">\glsdefaulttype</span><a - id="dx1-21012"></a> <span + id="dx1-27012"></a> <span class="cmr-8">usually has the value </span><span class="cmtt-8">main </span><span class="cmr-8">unless the </span><span class="cmss-8">nomain</span><a - id="dx1-21013"></a> <span + id="dx1-27013"></a> <span class="cmr-8">option has been used.</span></p> -<!--l. 4514--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a +<!--l. 5584--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn1x4-bk" id="fn1x4"><sup class="textsuperscript">4.1</sup></a></span><span -class="cmr-8">The </span><a -href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span -class="cmss-8">glossaries-extra</span></a> <span -class="cmr-8">package provides a simpler way of achieving this.</span></p> -<!--l. 5014--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a -href="#fn2x4-bk" id="fn2x4"><sup class="textsuperscript">4.2</sup></a></span><span class="cmr-8">This is because </span><span class="cmtt-8">\acronymtype</span><a - id="dx1-38020"></a> <span + id="dx1-44021"></a> <span class="cmr-8">is set to </span><span class="cmtt-8">\glsdefaulttype</span><a - id="dx1-38021"></a> <span + id="dx1-44022"></a> <span class="cmr-8">if the </span><span class="cmss-8">acronym</span><a - id="dx1-38022"></a> <span + id="dx1-44023"></a> <span class="cmr-8">package option is not</span> <span -class="cmr-8">used.</span></p><!--l. 5213--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a -href="#fn1x5-bk" id="fn1x5"><sup class="textsuperscript">5.1</sup></a></span><span -class="cmr-8">This feature was introduced in </span><a -href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span -class="cmtt-8">makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-43017"></a></a> <span -class="cmr-8">version 2.18.</span></p> -<!--l. 5815--><p class="noindent" ><span class="footnote-mark"><a +class="cmr-8">used.</span></p> +<!--l. 6459--><p class="noindent" ><span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn1x6-bk" id="fn1x6"><sup class="textsuperscript">6.1</sup></a></span><span +class="cmr-8">See also “Displaying the glossary” in the documented code, </span><span +class="cmtt-8">glossaries-code.pdf</span><span +class="cmr-8">.</span></p> +<!--l. 6571--><p class="noindent" ><span class="footnote-mark"><a +href="#fn2x6-bk" id="fn2x6"><sup class="textsuperscript">6.2</sup></a></span><span class="cmr-8">I’ve used </span><span class="cmtt-8">\MakeUppercase </span><span class="cmr-8">in all the examples for clarity, but it will actually use </span><span class="cmtt-8">\mfirstucMakeUppercase</span><span class="cmr-8">.</span></p> -<!--l. 6258--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a -href="#fn2x6-bk" id="fn2x6"><sup class="textsuperscript">6.2</sup></a></span><span +<!--l. 7014--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a +href="#fn3x6-bk" id="fn3x6"><sup class="textsuperscript">6.3</sup></a></span><span class="cmtt-8">\glsdisplayfirst</span><a - id="dx1-47003"></a> <span + id="dx1-57003"></a> <span class="cmr-8">and </span><span class="cmtt-8">\glsdisplay</span><a - id="dx1-47004"></a> <span + id="dx1-57004"></a> <span class="cmr-8">are now deprecated. Backwards compatibility should be preserved</span> <span class="cmr-8">but you may need to use the </span><span class="cmss-8">compatible-3.07</span><a - id="dx1-47005"></a> <span + id="dx1-57005"></a> <span class="cmr-8">option</span></p> -<!--l. 6892--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a +<!--l. 7649--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn1x8-bk" id="fn1x8"><sup class="textsuperscript">8.1</sup></a></span><a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="cmtt-8">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-51004"></a></a> <span + id="dx1-61004"></a></a> <span class="cmr-8">will always assign a location number, even if it’s not needed, so it needs to be</span> <span -class="cmr-8">discarded.</span></p><!--l. 6897--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a +class="cmr-8">discarded.</span></p><!--l. 7654--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn2x8-bk" id="fn2x8"><sup class="textsuperscript">8.2</sup></a></span><span class="cmr-8">If you redefine </span><span class="cmtt-8">\glsseeformat</span><span class="cmr-8">, keep the default value of the optional argument as </span><span class="cmtt-8">\seename</span><a - id="dx1-51006"></a> <span + id="dx1-61006"></a> <span class="cmr-8">as</span> <span class="cmr-8">both </span><span class="cmss-8">see</span><a - id="dx1-51007"></a> <span + id="dx1-61007"></a> <span class="cmr-8">and </span><span class="cmtt-8">\glssee </span><span class="cmr-8">explicitly write </span><span @@ -28080,106 +30525,113 @@ class="cmtt-8">[\seename] </span><span class="cmr-8">in the output file if no optional argument is</span> <span class="cmr-8">given.</span></p> -<!--l. 6922--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a +<!--l. 7679--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn3x8-bk" id="fn3x8"><sup class="textsuperscript">8.3</sup></a></span><span class="cmr-8">In versions before 3.0, </span><span class="cmtt-8">\glsentryname </span><span class="cmr-8">was used, but this could cause problems when the </span><span class="cmss-8">name</span><a - id="dx1-51014"></a> <span + id="dx1-61014"></a> <span class="cmr-8">key was</span> <a href="#glo:sanitize"><span class="cmr-8">sanitized</span><a - id="dx1-51015"></a></a><span -class="cmr-8">.</span></p><!--l. 7214--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a + id="dx1-61015"></a></a><span +class="cmr-8">.</span></p><!--l. 7971--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn1x9-bk" id="fn1x9"><sup class="textsuperscript">9.1</sup></a></span><span class="cmr-8">versions before 3.0 used </span><span class="cmtt-8">\glsentryname</span><a - id="dx1-52054"></a> <span + id="dx1-62054"></a> <span class="cmr-8">as the default, but this could cause problems when </span><span class="cmss-8">name</span><a - id="dx1-52055"></a> <span + id="dx1-62055"></a> <span class="cmr-8">had</span> <span class="cmr-8">been </span><a href="#glo:sanitize"><span class="cmr-8">sanitized</span><a - id="dx1-52056"></a></a><span -class="cmr-8">.</span></p><!--l. 7457--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a + id="dx1-62056"></a></a><span +class="cmr-8">.</span></p><!--l. 8216--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn1x10-bk" id="fn1x10"><sup class="textsuperscript">10.1</sup></a></span><span class="cmr-8">you can’t use the </span><span class="cmss-8">longheaderborder</span><a - id="dx1-53068"></a> <span + id="dx1-63068"></a> <span class="cmr-8">style for this example as you can’t use the </span><span class="cmss-8">longtable</span><a - id="dx1-53069"></a><a - id="dx1-53070"></a> <span + id="dx1-63069"></a><a + id="dx1-63070"></a> <span class="cmr-8">environment in</span> <span -class="cmr-8">two column mode.</span></p><!--l. 7812--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a +class="cmr-8">two column mode.</span></p><!--l. 8669--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn1x11-bk" id="fn1x11"><sup class="textsuperscript">11.1</sup></a></span><span class="cmr-8">see </span><span -class="cmtt-8">\setCompositor</span><a - id="dx1-56048"></a> <span +class="cmtt-8">\glsSetCompositor</span><a + id="dx1-66052"></a> <span class="cmr-8">described in </span><a href="#sec:setup"><span -class="cmsy-8">§</span><span +class="tcrm-0800">§</span><span class="cmr-8">3 </span></a><a href="#sec:setup"><span class="cmr-8">Setting Up</span><!--tex4ht:ref: sec:setup --></a></p> -<!--l. 7818--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a +<!--l. 8674--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn2x11-bk" id="fn2x11"><sup class="textsuperscript">11.2</sup></a></span><span class="cmr-8">see </span><span -class="cmtt-8">\setAlphaCompositor</span><a - id="dx1-56050"></a> <span +class="cmtt-8">\glsSetAlphaCompositor</span><a + id="dx1-66054"></a> <span class="cmr-8">described in </span><a href="#sec:setup"><span -class="cmsy-8">§</span><span +class="tcrm-0800">§</span><span class="cmr-8">3 </span></a><a href="#sec:setup"><span class="cmr-8">Setting Up</span><!--tex4ht:ref: sec:setup --></a></p> -<!--l. 9319--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a +<!--l. 8678--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a +href="#fn3x11-bk" id="fn3x11"><sup class="textsuperscript">11.3</sup></a></span><span +class="cmr-8">With </span><a +href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span +class="cmss-8">glossaries-extra</span></a> <span +class="cmtt-8">seealso </span><span +class="cmr-8">is appended to the end of the list.</span></p> +<!--l. 10204--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn1x13-bk" id="fn1x13"><sup class="textsuperscript">13.1</sup></a></span><span -class="cmr-8">as from version 1.18</span></p><!--l. 9348--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a +class="cmr-8">as from version 1.18</span></p><!--l. 10233--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn2x13-bk" id="fn2x13"><sup class="textsuperscript">13.2</sup></a></span><span class="cmr-8">See David Carlisle’sexplanation in </span><a href="http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/86565/drawbacks-of-xspace" class="url" ><span class="cmtt-8">http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/86565/drawbacks-of-xspace</span></a></p> -<!--l. 9859--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a +<!--l. 10744--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn1x15-bk" id="fn1x15"><sup class="textsuperscript">15.1</sup></a></span><span class="cmr-8">These lengths will not be available if you use both the </span><span class="cmss-8">nolong</span><a - id="dx1-68017"></a> <span + id="dx1-78017"></a> <span class="cmr-8">and </span><span class="cmss-8">nosuper</span><a - id="dx1-68018"></a> <span + id="dx1-78018"></a> <span class="cmr-8">package options or if you</span> <span class="cmr-8">use the </span><span class="cmss-8">nostyles</span><a - id="dx1-68019"></a> <span + id="dx1-78019"></a> <span class="cmr-8">package option unless you explicitly load the relevant package.</span></p> -<!--l. 10009--><p class="noindent" ><span class="footnote-mark"><a +<!--l. 10900--><p class="noindent" ><span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn2x15-bk" id="fn2x15"><sup class="textsuperscript">15.2</sup></a></span><span class="cmr-8">This style was supplied by Axel</span><span class="cmr-8"> Menzel.</span></p> -<!--l. 10306--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a +<!--l. 11197--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn3x15-bk" id="fn3x15"><sup class="textsuperscript">15.3</sup></a></span><span class="cmr-8">e.g.</span><span class="cmr-8"> with the </span><span class="cmss-8">flowfram</span><a - id="dx1-73011"></a> <span + id="dx1-83011"></a> <span class="cmr-8">package.</span></p> -<!--l. 11644--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a +<!--l. 12535--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn1x17-bk" id="fn1x17"><sup class="textsuperscript">17.1</sup></a></span><span class="cmr-8">Single letter words, such as “a” and “I” should typically not appear at the end of a line, hence the</span> <span class="cmr-8">non-breakable space after “a” in the </span><span class="cmss-8">prefix</span><a - id="dx1-83016"></a> <span + id="dx1-93016"></a> <span class="cmr-8">field.</span></p> -<!--l. 11804--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a +<!--l. 12693--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn2x17-bk" id="fn2x17"><sup class="textsuperscript">17.2</sup></a></span><span class="cmr-8">The earlier caveats about initial non-Latin characters apply.</span></p> </div> diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-user.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-user.pdf Binary files differindex a579066cfb0..5cdfa0b4384 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-user.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-user.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-user.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-user.tex index d2680063891..33663add251 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-user.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-user.tex @@ -5,6 +5,8 @@ \usepackage{array} \usepackage{alltt} \usepackage{pifont} +\usepackage{textcomp} +\usepackage{amssymb} \ifpdf \usepackage{lmodern} \usepackage{mathpazo} @@ -18,6 +20,7 @@ \fi \usepackage[colorlinks, bookmarks, + linkcolor=blue, hyperindex=false, pdfauthor={Nicola L.C. Talbot}, pdftitle={User Manual for glossaries.sty}, @@ -122,7 +125,20 @@ name={\appfmt{makeindex}\index{makeindex=\appfmt{makeindex}|htextbf}},% sort={makeindex},% text={\appfmt{makeindex}\iapp{makeindex}},% -description={An \gls{indexingapp}.}, +description={An \gls{indexingapp}.} +} + +\newglossaryentry{bib2gls}{% +name={\appfmt{bib2gls}\index{bib2gls=\appfmt{bib2gls}|htextbf}},% +sort={bib2gls},% +text={\appfmt{bib2gls}\iapp{bib2gls}},% +description={An \gls{indexingapp} that combines two functions in +one: (1) fetches entry definition from a \texttt{.bib} file +based on information provided in the \texttt{.aux} file (similar +to \appfmt{bibtex}); (2) hierarchically sorts and collates location +lists (similar to \appfmt{makeindex} and \appfmt{xindy}). +This application is designed for use with \styfmt{glossaries-extra} +and can't be used with just the base \styfmt{glossaries} package.} } \newglossaryentry{makeglossaries}{% @@ -131,18 +147,22 @@ sort={makeglossaries},% text={\appfmt{makeglossaries}\iapp{makeglossaries}},% description={A custom designed Perl script interface to \gls{xindy} and \gls{makeindex} provided with the \styfmt{glossaries} -package.} +package. \TeX\ distributions on Windows convert the original +\texttt{makeglossaries} script into an executable +\texttt{makeglossaries.exe} for convenience.} } \newglossaryentry{makeglossaries-lite.lua}{% -name={\appfmt{makeglossaries-lite.lua}\index{makeglossaries-lite.lua=\appfmt{makeglossaries-lite.lua}|htextbf}},% -sort={makeglossaries-lite.lua},% -text={\appfmt{makeglossaries-lite.lua}\iapp{makeglossaries-lite.lua}},% +name={\appfmt{makeglossaries-lite}\index{makeglossaries-lite=\appfmt{makeglossaries-lite}|htextbf}},% +sort={makeglossaries-lite},% +text={\appfmt{makeglossaries-lite}\iapp{makeglossaries-lite}},% description={A custom designed Lua script interface to \gls{xindy} and \gls{makeindex} provided with the \styfmt{glossaries} package. This is a cut-down alternative to the Perl \appfmt{makeglossaries} script. If you have Perl installed, use the -Perl script instead. Note that \TeX~Live creates a symbolic link +Perl script instead. This script is actually distributed with the +file name \texttt{makeglossaries-lite.lua}, but \TeX~Live +(on Unix-like systems) creates a symbolic link called \texttt{makeglossaries-lite} (without the \texttt{.lua} extension) to the actual \texttt{makeglossaries-lite.lua} script.} } @@ -338,11 +358,38 @@ user2={sanitization\protect\iterm{sanitize}}% \newcommand*{\yes}{\ding{52}} \newcommand*{\no}{\ding{56}} +\newcommand*{\proyes}{\textcolor{green}{\yes}} +\newcommand*{\prono}{\textcolor{red}{\no}} + +\newcommand*{\conyes}{\textcolor{red}{\yes}} +\newcommand*{\conno}{\textcolor{green}{\no}} + \makeatletter +\newcommand{\fnsymmark}[1]{#1} +\newcommand*{\fnsym}[1]{\textsuperscript{\fnsymmark{% + \ifcase#1\or \textasteriskcentered \or \textdagger + \or \textdaggerdbl \or \textsection + \or $\lozenge$ \or \textparagraph + \or \#\or {\fontfamily{cmr}\selectfont\textreferencemark}% + \or \shortstack{*\\[-1.5ex]*}% + \or $\star$ + \or \ding{94}% + \else + \number#1 + \fi +}}}% \newcommand*{\optionlabel}[1]{% - \@glstarget{option#1}{}\textbf{Option~#1}} + \@glstarget{option#1}{Option~#1}} \makeatother +\newcounter{option} +\newcommand{\optionsec}[2][\opttitle]{% + \def\opttitle{\appfmt{#2}}% + \refstepcounter{option}% + \pdfbookmark[2]{Option~\theoption\space (#2)}{option\theoption}% + \subsection*{\protect\optionlabel{\theoption} (#1)}% +} + \newcommand*{\opt}[1]{\hyperlink{option#1}{Option~#1}} \newcommand*{\optsor}[2]{Options~\hyperlink{option#1}{#1} or~\hyperlink{option#2}{#2}} @@ -371,6 +418,8 @@ and~\hyperlink{option#2}{#2}} \newcommand*{\igloskey}[2][newglossaryentry]{\icsopt{#1}{#2}} \newcommand*{\gloskey}[2][newglossaryentry]{\csopt{#1}{#2}} +\newcommand*{\optfmt}[1]{\textsf{#1}} +\newcommand*{\field}[1]{\optfmt{#1}\index{internal fields:>#1=\protect\optfmt{#1}|main}} \newcommand*{\glostyle}[1]{\textsf{#1}\index{glossary styles:>#1={\protect\ttfamily#1}|main}} @@ -398,11 +447,11 @@ and~\hyperlink{option#2}{#2}} \MakeShortVerb{"} \DeleteShortVerb{\|} - \title{User Manual for glossaries.sty v4.32} + \title{User Manual for glossaries.sty v4.33} \author{Nicola L.C. Talbot\\% \url{http://www.dickimaw-books.com/}} - \date{2017-08-24} + \date{2017-09-20} \maketitle \begin{abstract} @@ -415,17 +464,24 @@ Additional features not provided here may be available through the supplemental package \gls{glossaries-extra} which, if required, needs to be installed separately. New features will be added to \gls*{glossaries-extra}. Versions of the \styfmt{glossaries} -package after v4.21 will mostly be just bug fixes. +package after v4.21 will mostly be just bug fixes. Note that +\gls{glossaries-extra} provides an extra indexing option +(\gls{bib2gls}) which isn't available with just the base +\sty{glossaries} package. \end{abstract} If you require multilingual support you must also separately install -the relevant language module. Each language module is called -\texttt{glossaries-}\meta{language}, where \meta{language} is the +the relevant language module. Each language module is distributed +under the name \texttt{glossaries-}\meta{language}, where \meta{language} is the root language name. For example, \texttt{glossaries-french} or \texttt{glossaries-german}. If a language module is required, the \styfmt{glossaries} package will automatically try to load it and will give a warning if the module isn't found. See \sectionref{sec:languages} for further details. +If there isn't any support available for your language, use +the \pkgopt{nolangwarn} package option to suppress the warning +and provide your own translations. (For example, use +the \gloskey[printglossary]{title} key in \cs{printglossary}.) The \styfmt{glossaries} package requires a number of other packages including, but not limited to, \sty{tracklang}, \sty{mfirstuc}, @@ -480,7 +536,7 @@ package. \item[\url{glossaries-code.pdf}] Advanced users wishing to know more about the inner workings of all the packages provided in the \styfmt{glossaries} bundle should read -\qt{Documented Code for glossaries v4.32}. +\qt{Documented Code for glossaries v4.33}. \item[INSTALL] Installation instructions. @@ -506,6 +562,8 @@ Nomenclature, Lists of Symbols and Acronyms} \item The \href{http://ctan.org/pkg/glossaries-extra}{\styfmt{glossaries-extra} package} + +\item \href{http://ctan.org/pkg/bib2gls}{\appfmt{bib2gls}} \end{itemize} \begin{important} @@ -549,7 +607,7 @@ user to customize the format of the glossary and define multiple glossaries. It also supports glossary styles that include symbols (in addition to a name and description) for glossary entries. There is provision for loading a database of glossary -terms. Only those terms used\footnote{That is, if the term has been +terms. Only those terms indexed\footnote{That is, if the term has been referenced using any of the commands described in \sectionref{sec:glslink} and \sectionref{sec:glsadd} or via \ics{glssee} (or the \gloskey{see} key) or commands such as @@ -573,69 +631,254 @@ a~requirement but it does increase the available options, particularly if you use an \gls{exlatinalph} or a~\gls{nonlatinalph}. \end{important} +This document uses the \styfmt{glossaries} package. For example, +when viewing the PDF version of this document in a +hyperlinked-enabled PDF viewer (such as Adobe Reader or Okular) if +you click on the word \qt{\gls{xindy}} you'll be taken to the entry +in the glossary where there's a brief description of +the term \qt{\gls*{xindy}}. This is the way the \styfmt{glossaries} +mechanism works. An \gls{indexingapp} is used to generated the +sorted list of terms. The \glspl{indexingapp} are \gls{cli} tools, +which means they can be run directly from a command prompt or terminal, or can +be integrated into some text editors, or you can use a build tool +such as \app{arara} to run them. + +The remainder of this introductory section covers the following: +\begin{itemize} +\item \sectionref{sec:indexingoptions} lists the available indexing +options. + +\item \sectionref{sec:samples} lists the sample documents provided +with this package. + +\item \sectionref{sec:lipsum} lists the dummy glossary files that +may be used for testing. + +\item \sectionref{sec:languages} provides information for users who +wish to write in a language other than English. + +\item \sectionref{sec:makeglossaries} describes how to use an +\gls{indexingapp} to create the sorted glossaries for your document +(\optsor23). + +\end{itemize} + +\section{Indexing Options} +\label{sec:indexingoptions} + The basic idea behind the \styfmt{glossaries} package is that you first define your entries (terms, symbols or abbreviations). Then you can reference these within your document (like \cs{cite} or \cs{ref}). You can also, optionally, display a~list of the entries you have referenced in your document (the glossary). This last part, displaying the glossary, is the part that most new users find -difficult. There are three options: +difficult. There are three options available with the base +\styfmt{glossaries} package and two further options with the +extension package \gls{glossaries-extra}. +An overview of these options is given in +\tableref{tab:options}. -\begin{description} -\item[]\optionlabel1: - - This is the simplest option but it's slow and if - you want a sorted list, it doesn't work well for \glspl{exlatinalph} or - \glspl{nonlatinalph}. However, if you use the - \pkgopt[false]{sanitizesort} package option (the default for - Option~1) then the \glslink{latexexlatinchar}{standard \LaTeX\ accent commands} will be - ignored, so if an entry's name is set to \verb|{\'e}lite| then the - sort will default to \texttt{elite} if - \pkgopt[false]{sanitizesort} is used - and will default to \verb|\'elite| if \pkgopt[true]{sanitizesort} - is used. - - This option works best with the \pkgopt[def]{sort} setting. For any - other setting, be prepared for a long document build time, - especially if you have a lot of entries defined. \textbf{This -option is intended as a last resort for alphabetical sorting.} -This option is not suitable for hierarchical glossaries. +If you are developing a class or package that loads +\styfmt{glossaries}, I recommend that you don't force the user into +a particular indexing method by adding an unconditional \cs{makeglossaries} +into your class or package code. Aside from forcing the user into a +particular indexing method, it means that they're unable to use any +commands that must come before \cs{makeglossaries} (such as +\cs{newglossary}) and they can't switch off the indexing whilst +working on a draft document. - \begin{enumerate} - \item Add \cs{makenoidxglossaries} to your preamble (before you - start defining your entries, as described in - \sectionref{sec:newglosentry}). +\begin{table}[htbp] + \caption{Glossary Options: Pros and Cons} + \label{tab:options} + {% + \renewcommand{\fnsymmark}[1]{\rlap{#1}}% + \setlength{\tabcolsep}{3pt}% + \centering + \begin{tabular}{@{}>{\raggedright\small}p{0.35\textwidth}ccccc@{}} + & \bfseries \opt1 & \bfseries \opt2 & \bfseries \opt3 + & \bfseries \opt4 & \bfseries \opt5\\ + Requires \gls{glossaries-extra}? & + \conno & \conno & \conno & \conyes & \conyes\\ + Requires an external application? & + \conno & \conyes & \conyes & \conyes & \conno\\ + Requires Perl? & + \conno & \conno & \conyes & \conno & \conno\\ + Requires Java? & + \conno & \conno & \conno & \conyes & \conno\\ + Can sort \glspl{exlatinalph} + or \glspl{nonlatinalph}? & + \prono\fnsym{1} & \prono & \proyes & \proyes & N/A\\ + Efficient sort algorithm? & + \prono & \proyes & \proyes & \proyes & N/A\\ + Can use a different sort method for each glossary? & + \proyes + & \prono\fnsym{2} + & \prono\fnsym{2} & \proyes & N/A\\ + Any problematic sort values? & + \conyes & \conyes & \conyes & \conno & \conno\fnsym{3}\\ + Are entries with identical sort values treated as separate unique + entries? & + \proyes & \proyes & \prono\fnsym{4} & \proyes & \proyes\\ + Can automatically form ranges in the location lists? & + \prono & \proyes & \proyes & \proyes & \prono\\ + Can have non-standard locations in the location lists? & + \proyes & \prono + & \proyes\fnsym{5} + & \proyes + & \proyes\fnsym{6}\\ + Maximum hierarchical depth (style-dependent) & + $\infty$\fnsym{7} & 3 & $\infty$ & $\infty$ & $\infty$\\ + \ics{glsdisplaynumberlist} reliable? & + \proyes & \prono & \prono & \proyes & \prono\\ + \ics{newglossaryentry} allowed in \env{document} environment? + (Not recommended.) & + \no & \yes & \yes & \no\fnsym{8} & \yes\fnsym{9}\\ + Requires additional write registers? & + \conno & \conyes & \conyes & \conno & \conno\fnsym{10}\\ + Default value of \pkgopt{sanitizesort} package option & + \texttt{false} & \texttt{true} & \texttt{true} + & \texttt{true}\fnsym{11} + & \texttt{true}\fnsym{11} + \end{tabular} + \par + }\par + \smallskip + \hrulefill\par + \smallskip\footnotesize + \fnsym{1} Strips standard \LaTeX\ accents +(that is, accents generated by core \LaTeX\ commands) so, +for example, \ics{AA} is treated the same as A.\par + \fnsym{2} Only with the hybrid method provided with \sty{glossaries-extra}.\par + \fnsym{3} Provided \pkgopt[none]{sort} is used.\par + \fnsym{4} Entries with the same sort value are merged.\par + \fnsym{5} Requires some setting up.\par + \fnsym{6} The locations must be set explicitly +through the custom \field{location} field provided by +\styfmt{glossaries-extra}.\par + \fnsym{7} Unlimited but unreliable.\par + \fnsym{8} Entries are defined in \texttt{.bib} +format. \cs{newglossaryentry} should not be used explicitly.\par + \fnsym{9} Provided \pkgoptfmt{docdefs=true} or +\pkgoptfmt{docdefs=restricted} but not recommended.\par + \fnsym{10} Provided \pkgoptfmt{docdefs=false} or +\pkgoptfmt{docdefs=restricted}.\par + \fnsym{11} Irrelevant with \pkgopt[none]{sort}. (The \optfmt{record=only} + option automatically switches this on.) +\par +\end{table} - \item Put -\begin{definition} -\cs{printnoidxglossary} -\end{definition} - where you want your list of entries to appear (described in - \sectionref{sec:printglossary}). - \item Run \LaTeX\ twice on your document. (As you would do to - make a~table of contents appear.) For example, click twice on - the \qt{typeset} or \qt{build} or \qt{PDF\LaTeX} button in your editor. - \end{enumerate} +\optionsec[\TeX]{TeX} + +This option doesn't require an external \gls{indexingapp} but, with +the default alphabetic sorting, it's very slow with severe limitations. +If you want a sorted list, it doesn't work well for +\glspl{exlatinalph} or \glspl{nonlatinalph}. However, if you use +the \pkgopt[false]{sanitizesort} package option (the default for +Option~1) then the \glslink{latexexlatinchar}{standard \LaTeX\ +accent commands} will be ignored, so if an entry's name is set to +\verb|{\'e}lite| then the sort will default to \texttt{elite} if +\pkgopt[false]{sanitizesort} is used and will default to +\verb|\'elite| if \pkgopt[true]{sanitizesort} is used. If you have +any other kinds of commands that don't expand to ASCII characters, +such as \cs{alpha} or \cs{si}, then you must use +\pkgopt[true]{sanitizesort} or change the sort method +(\pkgopt[use]{sort} or \pkgopt[def]{sort}) in the package options +or explicitly set the \gloskey{sort} key when you define the +relevant entries. For example: +\begin{verbatim} +\newglossaryentry{alpha}{name={\ensuremath{\alpha}}, + sort={alpha},description={...}} +\end{verbatim} + +This option works best with the \pkgopt[def]{sort} or +\pkgopt[use]{sort} setting. For any +other setting, be prepared for a long document build time, +especially if you have a lot of entries defined. \textbf{This +option is intended as a last resort for alphabetical sorting.} +This option allows a mixture of sort methods. (For example, +sorting by word order for one glossary and order of use for another.) +This option is not suitable for hierarchical glossaries and does +not form ranges in the \glspl{numberlist}. If you really can't use an +\gls{indexingapp} consider using \opt{5} instead. -\item\optionlabel2: + \begin{enumerate} + \item Add +\begin{verbatim} +\makenoidxglossaries +\end{verbatim} + to your preamble (before you start defining your entries, as described in + \sectionref{sec:newglosentry}). - This option uses a~\gls{cli} application called \gls{makeindex} to sort - the entries. This application comes with all modern \TeX\ distributions, - but it's hard-coded for the non-extended \gls{latinalph}, so - it doesn't work well for \glspl{exlatinalph} or - \glspl{nonlatinalph}. This process involves making \LaTeX\ write the - glossary information to a temporary file which \gls{makeindex} reads. - Then \gls{makeindex} writes a~new file containing the code to typeset - the glossary. \LaTeX\ then reads this file in on the next run. + \item Put +\begin{verbatim} +\printnoidxglossary +\end{verbatim} + where you want your list of entries to appear (described in + \sectionref{sec:printglossary}). Alternatively, to display all + glossaries use the iterative command: +\begin{verbatim} +\printnoidxglossaries +\end{verbatim} - This option works best if you want to sort entries according to the - English alphabet and you don't want to install Perl. + \item Run \LaTeX\ twice on your document. (As you would do to + make a~table of contents appear.) For example, click twice on + the \qt{typeset} or \qt{build} or \qt{PDF\LaTeX} button in your editor. + \end{enumerate} + +Complete example: +\begin{verbatim} +\documentclass{article} +\usepackage{glossaries} +\makenoidxglossaries % use TeX to sort +\newglossaryentry{sample}{name={sample}, + description={an example}} +\begin{document} +\gls{sample}. +\printnoidxglossary +\end{document} +\end{verbatim} + +\optionsec{makeindex} + +This option uses a~\gls{cli} application called \gls{makeindex} to sort +the entries. This application comes with all modern \TeX\ distributions, +but it's hard-coded for the non-extended \gls{latinalph}. It can't +correctly sort accent commands (such as \cs{'} or \cs{c}) and fails +with UTF-8 characters, especially for any sort values that start +with a UTF-8 character (as it separates the octets resulting in an +invalid file encoding). This process involves making \LaTeX\ write +the glossary information to a temporary file which \gls{makeindex} +reads. Then \gls{makeindex} writes a~new file containing the code +to typeset the glossary. Then \cs{printglossary} reads this file in +on the next run. + +This option works best if you want to sort entries according to the +English alphabet and you don't want to install Perl (or Java or +you don't want to use \gls{glossaries-extra}). This method can +also work with the restricted shell escape since \gls{makeindex} +is considered a trusted application. (So you should be able to +use the \pkgopt{automake} package option provided the shell +escape hasn't been completely disabled.) + +This method can form ranges in the \gls{numberlist} but only +accepts limited number formats: \cs{arabic}, \cs{roman}, +\cs{Roman}, \cs{alph} and \cs{Alph}. + +This option does not allow a mixture of sort methods. +All glossaries must be sorted according to the same method: +word\slash letter ordering or order of use or order of definition. +If you need word ordering for one glossary and letter ordering +for another you'll have to explicitly call \gls{makeindex} for +each glossary type. +(The \sty{glossaries-extra} package allows a hybrid mix of +\optsand12 to provide word\slash letter ordering with \opt2 and order +of use\slash definition with \opt1. See the \sty{glossaries-extra} +documentation for further details.) \begin{enumerate} \item If you want to use \gls{makeindex}['s] \mkidxopt{g} option - you must change the quote character using \ics{GlsSetQuote}. For -example: + you must change the quote character using \ics{GlsSetQuote}. For example: \begin{verbatim} \GlsSetQuote{+} \end{verbatim} @@ -644,23 +887,33 @@ example: enabled until the start of the document, so you won't be able to use the shorthands in definitions made in the preamble. - \item Add \cs{makeglossaries} to your preamble (before you start + \item Add +\begin{verbatim} +\makeglossaries +\end{verbatim} +to your preamble (before you start defining your entries, as described in \sectionref{sec:newglosentry}). \item Put -\begin{definition} -\cs{printglossary} -\end{definition} +\begin{verbatim} +\printglossary +\end{verbatim} where you want your list of entries to appear (described in - \sectionref{sec:printglossary}). + \sectionref{sec:printglossary}). Alternatively, to display all + glossaries use the iterative command: +\begin{verbatim} +\printglossaries +\end{verbatim} \item Run \LaTeX\ on your document. This creates files with the extensions \texttt{.glo} and \texttt{.ist} (for example, if your \LaTeX\ document is called \texttt{myDoc.tex}, then you'll have two extra files called \texttt{myDoc.glo} and \texttt{myDoc.ist}). If you look at your document at this point, you won't see the - glossary as it hasn't been created yet. + glossary as it hasn't been created yet. (If you use + \sty{glossaries-extra} you'll see the section heading and some + boilerplate text.) \item Run \gls{makeindex} with the \texttt{.glo} file as the input file and the \texttt{.ist} file as the style so that @@ -672,53 +925,113 @@ example: makeindex -s myDoc.ist -o myDoc.gls myDoc.glo \end{verbatim} (Replace \texttt{myDoc} with the base name of your \LaTeX\ - document file. Avoid spaces in the file name.) If you don't know + document file. Avoid spaces in the file name if possible.) If you don't know how to use the command prompt, then you can probably access \gls{makeindex} via your text editor, but each editor has a different method of doing this, so I~can't give a~general - description. You will have to check your editor's manual. + description. You will have to check your editor's manual. The + simplest approach is to use \app{arara} and add the following + comment lines to the start of your document: +\begin{alltt} +\% arara:\ pdflatex +\% arara:\ makeglossaries +\% arara:\ pdflatex +\end{alltt} + (Replace \texttt{makeglossaries} with + \texttt{makeglossaries-lite} if you don't have Perl installed.) - The default sort is word order (\qt{sea lion} comes before -\qt{seal}). + The default sort is word order (\qt{sea lion} comes before \qt{seal}). If you want letter ordering you need to add the \mkidxopt{l} switch: \begin{verbatim} makeindex -l -s myDoc.ist -o myDoc.gls myDoc.glo \end{verbatim} (See \sectionref{sec:makeindexapp} for further details on using - \gls*{makeindex} explicitly.) + \gls*{makeindex} explicitly.) If you use \gls{makeglossaries} + or \gls{makeglossaries-lite.lua} then use the \pkgopt[letter]{order} + package option and the \mkidxopt{l} option will be added + automatically. \item Once you have successfully completed the previous step, - you can now run \LaTeX\ on your document again. + you can now run \LaTeX\ on your document again. You'll need to + repeat the process if you have used the \pkgopt{toc} option + (unless you're using \sty{glossaries-extra}) to ensure the + section heading is added to the table of contents. You'll also + need to repeat the process if you have any cross-references + which can't be indexed until the glossary file has been created. \end{enumerate} - This is the default option (although you still need to use - \cs{makeglossaries} to ensure the glossary files are created). +Complete example: +\begin{verbatim} +\documentclass{article} +\usepackage{glossaries} +\makeglossaries % open glossary files +\newglossaryentry{sample}{name={sample}, + description={an example}} +\begin{document} +\gls{sample}. +\printglossary +\end{document} +\end{verbatim} -\item\optionlabel3: +\optionsec{xindy} - This option uses a~\gls{cli} application called - \gls{xindy} to sort the entries. This application is more flexible than - \texttt{makeindex} and is able to sort \glspl{exlatinalph} or - \glspl{nonlatinalph}. The \gls{xindy} application comes with \TeX~Live - and now also with MiK\TeX. Since \gls{xindy} is a Perl script, you - will also need to install Perl, if you don't already have it. - In a~similar way to \opt2, this - option involves making \LaTeX\ write the glossary information to - a~temporary file which \gls{xindy} reads. Then \gls{xindy} - writes a~new file containing the code to typeset the glossary. - \LaTeX\ then reads this file in on the next run. +This option uses a~\gls{cli} application called +\gls{xindy} to sort the entries. This application is more flexible than +\texttt{makeindex} and is able to sort \glspl{exlatinalph} or +\glspl{nonlatinalph}, however it does still have some limitations. - This is the best option if you want to sort according to a - language other than English or if you want non-standard location - lists. +The \gls{xindy} application comes with both \TeX~Live and +MiK\TeX, but since \gls{xindy} is a Perl script, you will also need +to install Perl, if you don't already have it. In a~similar way to +\opt2, this option involves making \LaTeX\ write the glossary +information to a~temporary file which \gls{xindy} reads. Then +\gls{xindy} writes a~new file containing the code to typeset the +glossary. Then \cs{printglossary} reads this file in on the next run. - \begin{enumerate} +This is the best option with just the base \styfmt{glossaries} +package if you want to sort according to a~language other than +English or if you want non-standard location lists, but it can +require some setting up (see \sectionref{sec:xindy}). There are +some problems with certain sort values: +\begin{itemize} + \item entries with the same sort value are merged by \gls*{xindy} + into a single glossary line so you must make sure that each entry + has a unique sort value; + \item \gls*{xindy} forbids empty sort values; + \item \gls*{xindy} automatically strips control sequences, the math-shift + character \verb|$| and braces \verb|{}| from the sort value, + which is usually desired but this can cause the sort value to + collapse to an empty string which \gls*{xindy} forbids. +\end{itemize} +In these problematic cases, you must set the \gloskey{sort} field +explicitly. For example: +\begin{verbatim} +\newglossaryentry{alpha}{name={\ensuremath{\alpha}}, + sort={alpha},description={...}} +\end{verbatim} + +All glossaries must be sorted according to the same method +(word/letter ordering, order of use, or order of definition). +(The \sty{glossaries-extra} package allows a hybrid mix of +\optsand13 to provide word\slash letter ordering with \opt3 and order +of use\slash definition with \opt1. See the \sty{glossaries-extra} +documentation for further details.) + +\begin{enumerate} \item Add the \pkgopt{xindy} option to the \styfmt{glossaries} package option list: \begin{verbatim} \usepackage[xindy]{glossaries} \end{verbatim} + If you are using a non-Latin script you'll also need to either + switch off the creation of the number group: +\begin{verbatim} +\usepackage[xindy={glsnumbers=false}]{glossaries} +\end{verbatim} + or use either \cs{GlsSetXdyFirstLetterAfterDigits}\marg{letter} or + \cs{GlsSetXdyNumberGroupOrder}\marg{spec} to indicate where the number + group should be placed (see \sectionref{sec:xindy}). \item Add \cs{makeglossaries} to your preamble (before you start defining your entries, as described in \sectionref{sec:newglosentry}). @@ -728,7 +1041,9 @@ package option list: \LaTeX\ document is called \texttt{myDoc.tex}, then you'll have two extra files called \texttt{myDoc.glo} and \texttt{myDoc.xdy}). If you look at your document at this point, you won't see the - glossary as it hasn't been created yet. + glossary as it hasn't been created yet. (If you're using the + extension package \sty{glossaries-extra}, you'll see the section + header and some boilerplate text.) \item Run \gls{xindy} with the \texttt{.glo} file as the input file and the \texttt{.xdy} file as a~module so that @@ -746,135 +1061,209 @@ xindy -L english -C utf8 -I xindy -M myDoc document file. Avoid spaces in the file name. If necessary, also replace \texttt{english} with the name of your language and \texttt{utf8} with your input encoding, for example, - \xdyopt{L}\texttt{ german }\xdyopt{C}\texttt{ din5007-utf8}.) If you don't know - how to use the command prompt, then you can probably access - \gls{xindy} via your text editor, but each editor has a - different method of doing this, so I~can't give a~general - description. You will have to check your editor's manual. + \xdyopt{L}\texttt{ german }\xdyopt{C}\texttt{ din5007-utf8}.) + Note that it's much simpler to use \gls{makeglossaries} instead: +\begin{verbatim} +makeglossaries myDoc +\end{verbatim} + (Remember that \gls{xindy} is a Perl script so if you can use + \gls{xindy} then you can also use \gls{makeglossaries}, and if + you don't want to use \gls{makeglossaries} because you don't + want to install Perl, then you can't use \gls{xindy} either.) + + If you don't know how to use the command prompt, then you can + probably access \gls{xindy} or \gls{makeglossaries} via your text editor, + but each editor has a different method of doing this, so I~can't give + a~general description. You will have to check your editor's manual. Again, + a convenient method is to use \appfmt{arara} and add the follow comment + lines to the start of your document: +\begin{alltt} +\% arara:\ pdflatex +\% arara:\ makeglossaries +\% arara:\ pdflatex +\end{alltt} - The default sort is word order (\qt{sea lion} comes before -\qt{seal}). + The default sort is word order (\qt{sea lion} comes before \qt{seal}). If you want letter ordering you need to add the \pkgopt[letter]{order} package option: \begin{verbatim} \usepackage[xindy,order=letter]{glossaries} \end{verbatim} - (and return to the previous step.) + (and return to the previous step). This option is picked up + by \gls{makeglossaries}. If you are explicitly using \gls{xindy} + then you'll need to add \texttt{-M ord/letorder} to the options list. See \sectionref{sec:xindyapp} for further details on using \gls*{xindy} explicitly. \item Once you have successfully completed the previous step, - you can now run \LaTeX\ on your document again. + you can now run \LaTeX\ on your document again. As with the + previous option, you may need to repeat the process to ensure + the table of contents and cross-references are resolved. - \end{enumerate} +\end{enumerate} -\end{description} +Complete example: +\begin{verbatim} +\documentclass{article} +\usepackage[xindy]{glossaries} +\makeglossaries % open glossary files +\newglossaryentry{sample}{name={sample}, + description={an example}} +\begin{document} +\gls{sample}. +\printglossary +\end{document} +\end{verbatim} -There is a fourth option available if you use the extension package -\sty{glossaries-extra} (as from v1.08). See the \pkgoptfmt{record} -package option in the \sty{glossaries-extra} user manual for -further details. +\optionsec{bib2gls} -For \optsand23, it can be difficult to remember all the -parameters required for \gls{makeindex} or \gls{xindy}, so the -\styfmt{glossaries} package provides a~Perl script called -\gls{makeglossaries} that reads the \texttt{.aux} file to -determine what settings you have used and will then run -\gls{makeindex} or \gls{xindy}. Again, this is a~command line -application and can be run in a~terminal or command prompt. For -example, if your \LaTeX\ document is in the file \texttt{myDoc.tex}, -then run: +This option is only available with the extension package +\gls{glossaries-extra}. This method uses \gls{bib2gls} to both +fetch entry definitions from \texttt{.bib} files and to +hierarchically sort and collate. + +All entries must be provided in one or more \texttt{.bib} files. +(See the \gls{bib2gls} user manual for the required format.) The +\sty{glossaries-extra} package needs to be loaded with the +\pkgoptfmt{record} package option \begin{verbatim} -makeglossaries myDoc +\usepackage[record]{glossaries-extra} +\end{verbatim} +or (equivalently) +\begin{verbatim} +\usepackage[record=only]{glossaries-extra} \end{verbatim} -(Replace \texttt{myDoc} with the base name of your \LaTeX\ document -file. Avoid spaces in the file name.) This is described in more -detail in \sectionref{sec:makeglossaries}. +(It's possible to use a hybrid of this method and \optsor23 with +\pkgoptfmt{record=alsoindex} but in general there is little need +for this and it complicates the build process.) -If you don't have Perl installed you can use the Lua script instead: +Each resource set is loaded with \cs{GlsXtrLoadResources}\oarg{options}. +For example: \begin{verbatim} -makeglossaries-lite.lua myDoc +\GlsXtrLoadResources +[% definitions in entries1.bib and entries2.bib: + src={entries1,entries2}, + sort={de-CH-1996}% sort according to this locale +] \end{verbatim} -This script doesn't have the full functionality of the Perl script, -but since modern \TeX\ distributions come with Lua, you shouldn't -need to install anything extra to make it run. Remember that since -\gls{xindy} is also a~Perl script, if you want to use \gls{xindy} -you'll need Perl installed anyway, so there's no point using this -Lua script if you're using \gls{xindy}. Note that \TeX~Live creates a -symbolic link called \texttt{makeglossaries-lite} (without the -\texttt{.lua} extension) to the actual -\texttt{makeglossaries-lite.lua} script, so you may not need to -supply the extension. +You can have multiple resource commands. -\begin{important} -The \texttt{.gls} and \texttt{.glo} are temporary files -created to help build your document. You should not edit or explicitly input -them. However, you may need to delete them if something goes wrong -and you need to do a fresh build. -\end{important} +The glossary is displayed using +\begin{verbatim} +\printunsrtglossary +\end{verbatim} +Alternatively all glossaries can be displayed using the iterative +command: +\begin{verbatim} +\printunsrtglossaries +\end{verbatim} +The document is build using: +\begin{verbatim} +pdflatex myDoc +bib2gls myDoc +pdflatex myDoc +\end{verbatim} +If letter groups are required, you need the \verb|--group| switch: +\begin{verbatim} +bib2gls --group myDoc +\end{verbatim} +Unlike \optsand23, this method doesn't create a file containing +the typeset glossary but simply determines which entries are +needed for the document, their associated locations and (if +required) their associated letter group. This option allows +a mixture of sort methods. (For example, sorting by word order +for one glossary and order of use for another or even sorting +one block of the glossary differently to another block in the +same glossary.) -An overview of these three options is given in -\tableref{tab:options}. +This method supports Unicode and (with at least Java~8) uses +the Common Locale Data Repository, which provides more extensive +language support than \gls{xindy}.\footnote{Except for Klingon, +which is supported by \gls{xindy}, but not by the +CLDR.}\ The locations in the +\gls{numberlist} may be in any format. If \gls{bib2gls} can +deduce a numerical value it will attempt to form ranges otherwise +it will simply list the locations. -\begin{table}[htbp] - \caption{Glossary Options: Pros and Cons} - \label{tab:options} - {% - \centering - \begin{tabular}{>{\raggedright}p{0.35\textwidth}ccc} - & \bfseries \opt1 & \bfseries \opt2 & \bfseries \opt3\\ - Requires an external application? & - \no & \yes & \yes\\ - Requires Perl? & - \no & \no & \yes\\ - Can sort \glspl{exlatinalph} - or \glspl{nonlatinalph}? & - \no\textsuperscript{\textdagger} & \no & \yes\\ - Efficient sort algorithm? & - \no & \yes & \yes\\ - Can use a different sort method for each glossary? & - \yes & \no & \no\\ - Can form ranges in the location lists? & - \no & \yes & \yes\\ - Can have non-standard locations in the location lists? & - \yes & \no & \yes\\ - Maximum hierarchical depth & - Unlimited but unreliable & 3 & Unlimited\\ - \ics{glsdisplaynumberlist} reliable? & - \yes & \no & \no\\ - \ics{newglossaryentry} restricted to preamble? & - \yes & \no & \no\\ - Requires additional write registers? & - \no & \yes & \yes\\ - Default value of \pkgopt{sanitizesort} package option & - \texttt{false} & \texttt{true} & \texttt{true} - \end{tabular} - \par - }\textsuperscript{\textdagger} Strips standard \LaTeX\ accents -(that is, accents generated by core \LaTeX\ commands) so, -for example, \ics{AA} is treated the same as A. -\end{table} +Complete example: +\begin{verbatim} +\documentclass{article} +\usepackage[record]{glossaries-extra} +\GlsXtrLoadResources[src={entries}] +\begin{document} +\gls{sample}. +\printunsrtglossary +\end{document} +\end{verbatim} +where \texttt{entries.bib} contains +\begin{verbatim} +@entry{sample, + name={sample}, + description={an example} +} +\end{verbatim} +See the \gls{bib2gls} user manual for further details. -This document uses the \styfmt{glossaries} package. For example, -when viewing the PDF version of this document in a -hyperlinked-enabled PDF viewer (such as Adobe Reader or Okular) if -you click on the word \qt{\gls{xindy}} you'll be taken to the entry -in the glossary where there's a brief description of -the term \qt{\gls*{xindy}}. +\optionsec[no sorting]{no sorting} -The remainder of this introductory section covers the following: -\begin{itemize} -\item \sectionref{sec:samples} lists the sample documents provided -with this package. +This option is only available with the extension package +\gls{glossaries-extra}. No \gls{indexingapp} is required. This +method is best used with the package option \pkgopt[none]{sort}. +\begin{verbatim} +\usepackage[sort=none]{glossaries-extra} +\end{verbatim} +There's no \qt{activation} command (such as \cs{makeglossaries} +for \optsand23). -\item \sectionref{sec:languages} provides information for users who -wish to write in a language other than English. +All entries must be defined before the glossary is displayed +(preferably in the preamble) in the required order, and child +entries must be defined immediately after their parent entry +if they must be kept together in the glossary -\item \sectionref{sec:makeglossaries} describes how to use an -\gls{indexingapp} to create the sorted glossaries for your document -(\optsor23). +The glossary is displayed using +\begin{verbatim} +\printunsrtglossary +\end{verbatim} +Alternatively all glossaries can be displayed using the iterative +command: +\begin{verbatim} +\printunsrtglossaries +\end{verbatim} +This will display \emph{all} defined entries, regardless of +whether or not they have been used in the document. The +\glspl{numberlist} have to be set explicitly otherwise they won't +appear. Note that this uses the same command for displaying the +glossary as \opt4. This is because \gls{bib2gls} takes advantage +of this method by defining the wanted entries in the required order and +setting the locations (and letter group information, if required). -\end{itemize} +This just requires a single \LaTeX\ call +\begin{verbatim} +pdflatex myDoc +\end{verbatim} +unless the glossary needs to appear in the table of contents, in which case +a second run is required. +\begin{verbatim} +pdflatex myDoc +pdflatex myDoc +\end{verbatim} +(Naturally if the document also contains citations, and so on, +then additional steps are required. Similarly for all the other +options above.) + +Complete example: +\begin{verbatim} +\documentclass{article} +\usepackage[sort=none]{glossaries-extra} +\newglossaryentry{sample}{name={sample}, + description={an example}} +\begin{document} +\gls{sample}. +\printunsrtglossary +\end{document} +\end{verbatim} +See the \sty{glossaries-extra} documentation for +further details. \section{Sample Documents} \label{sec:samples} @@ -891,15 +1280,22 @@ For example, in a texdoc -l glossaries \end{prompt} This should display a list of all the files in the glossaries -documentation directory with their full pathnames. +documentation directory with their full pathnames. (The GUI version +of \texttt{texdoc} may also provide you with the information.) If you can't find the sample files on your computer, they are also available from your nearest CTAN mirror at \url{http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/}. -The sample documents are as follows\footnote{Note that although I've written +The sample documents are listed below\footnote{Note that although I've written \texttt{latex} in this section, it's better to use \texttt{pdflatex}, where -possible, for the reasons given \hyperlink{pdflatexnote}{earlier}.}: +possible, for the reasons given \hyperlink{pdflatexnote}{earlier}.} +If you prefer to use UTF-8 aware engines (\texttt{xelatex} or +\texttt{lualatex}) remember that you'll need to switch from +\styfmt{fontenc} \& \styfmt{inputenc} to \styfmt{fontspec} where +appropriate. The \gls{glossaries-extra} package provides some +additional sample files. + \begin{samplelist} \exitem[minimal]{gls} This document is a minimal working example. You can test your installation using this @@ -929,18 +1325,16 @@ replaced by a fixed one If this is the case, you will need to update the \styfmt{xkeyval} package. - \item Run \gls{makeglossaries} on the document (\sectionref{sec:makeglossaries}). This can - be done on a terminal either by typing + \item If you have Perl installed, run \gls{makeglossaries} on the document (\sectionref{sec:makeglossaries}). This can + be done on a terminal by typing \begin{prompt} makeglossaries minimalgls \end{prompt} - or by typing + otherwise do \begin{prompt} -perl makeglossaries minimalgls +makeglossaries-lite minimalgls \end{prompt} - If your system doesn't recognise the command \texttt{perl} then - it's likely you don't have Perl installed. In which case you - will need to use \gls{makeindex} directly. You can do this + If for some reason you want to call \gls{makeindex} explicitly, you can do this in a terminal by typing (all on one line): \begin{prompt} makeindex -s minimalgls.ist -t minimalgls.glg -o minimalgls.gls minimalgls.glo @@ -948,9 +1342,8 @@ makeindex -s minimalgls.ist -t minimalgls.glg -o minimalgls.gls minimalgls.glo (See \sectionref{sec:makeindexapp} for further details on using \gls*{makeindex} explicitly.) - Note that if you need to specify the full path and the path - contains spaces, you will need to delimit the file names with - the double-quote character. + Note that if the file name contains spaces, you will need to use + the double-quote character to delimit the name. \item Run \texttt{minimalgls.tex} through \LaTeX\ again (as step~1) \end{enumerate} @@ -988,14 +1381,18 @@ latex sample4col makeglossaries sample4col latex sample4col \end{prompt} -As before, if you don't have Perl installed, you will need to use -\gls{makeindex} directly instead of using -\gls{makeglossaries}. The vertical gap between entries is the +or +\begin{prompt} +latex sample4col +makeglossaries-lite sample4col +latex sample4col +\end{prompt} +The vertical gap between entries is the gap created at the start of each group. This can be suppressed using the \pkgopt{nogroupskip} package option. \exitem{Acr} This document has some -sample acronyms. It also adds the glossary to the table of contents, +sample abbreviations. It also adds the glossary to the table of contents, so an extra run through \LaTeX\ is required to ensure the document is up to date: \begin{prompt} @@ -1004,9 +1401,10 @@ makeglossaries sampleAcr latex sampleAcr latex sampleAcr \end{prompt} +(or use \gls{makeglossaries-lite.lua}). \exitem{AcrDesc} This is similar to -the previous example, except that the acronyms have an associated +the previous example, except that the abbreviations have an associated description. As with the previous example, the glossary is added to the table of contents, so an extra run through \LaTeX\ is required: \begin{prompt} @@ -1017,7 +1415,7 @@ latex sampleAcrDesc \end{prompt} \exitem{Desc} This is similar to the -previous example, except that it defines the acronyms using +previous example, except that it defines the abbreviations using \ics{newglossaryentry} instead of \ics{newacronym}. As with the previous example, the glossary is added to the table of contents, so an extra run through \LaTeX\ is required: @@ -1028,7 +1426,7 @@ latex sampleDesc latex sampleDesc \end{prompt} -\exitem{CustomAcr} This document has some sample acronyms with a +\exitem{CustomAcr} This document has some sample abbreviations with a custom acronym style. It also adds the glossary to the table of contents, so an extra run through \LaTeX\ is required: \begin{prompt} @@ -1095,19 +1493,29 @@ latex sampleDB makeglossaries sampleDB latex sampleDB \end{prompt} +or +\begin{prompt} +latex sampleDB +makeglossaries-lite sampleDB +latex sampleDB +\end{prompt} The glossary definitions are stored in the accompanying files -\texttt{database1.tex} and \texttt{database2.tex}. Note that if you -don't have Perl installed, you will need to use \gls{makeindex} -twice instead of a single call to \gls{makeglossaries}: +\texttt{database1.tex} and \texttt{database2.tex}. If for some +reason you want to call \gls{makeindex} explicitly you must +have a separate call for each glossary: \begin{enumerate} \item Create the main glossary (all on one line): -\begin{prompt} +\begin{prompt}\raggedright makeindex -s sampleDB.ist -t sampleDB.glg -o sampleDB.gls sampleDB.glo \end{prompt} \item Create the secondary glossary (all on one line): -\begin{prompt} +\begin{prompt}\raggedright makeindex -s sampleDB.ist -t sampleDB.nlg -o sampleDB.not sampleDB.ntn \end{prompt} +Note that both \gls{makeglossaries} and \gls{makeglossaries-lite.lua} do +this all in one call, so they not only make it easier because you +don't need to supply all the switches and remember all the +extensions but they also call \gls{makeindex} the appropriate number of times. \end{enumerate} \exitem{Eq} This document illustrates how @@ -1155,16 +1563,16 @@ makeglossaries sampleNtn latex sampleNtn latex sampleNtn \end{prompt} -Note that if you don't have Perl installed, you will need to use -\gls{makeindex} twice instead of a single call to -\gls{makeglossaries}: +Note that if you want to call \gls{makeindex} explicitly instead of +using \gls{makeglossaries} or \gls{makeglossaries-lite.lua} then you +need to call \gls{makeindex} twice: \begin{enumerate} \item Create the main glossary (all on one line): -\begin{prompt} +\begin{prompt}\raggedright makeindex -s sampleNtn.ist -t sampleNtn.glg -o sampleNtn.gls sampleNtn.glo \end{prompt} \item Create the secondary glossary (all on one line): -\begin{prompt} +\begin{prompt}\raggedright makeindex -s sampleNtn.ist -t sampleNtn.nlg -o sampleNtn.not sampleNtn.ntn \end{prompt} \end{enumerate} @@ -1183,9 +1591,9 @@ latex sample You can see the difference between word and letter ordering if you substitute \pkgopt[word]{order} with \pkgopt[letter]{order}. (Note that this will only have an effect if you use -\gls{makeglossaries}. If you use \gls{makeindex} explicitly, -you will need to use the \mkidxopt{l} switch to indicate letter -ordering.) +\gls{makeglossaries} or \gls{makeglossaries-lite.lua}. +If you use \gls{makeindex} explicitly, you will need to use the +\mkidxopt{l} switch to indicate letter ordering.) \exitem{-inline} This document is like \texttt{sample.tex}, above, but uses the \glostyle{inline} @@ -1234,7 +1642,8 @@ uncomment the lines \end{verbatim} it will set the style file to \texttt{samplexdy-mc.xdy} instead. This provides an additional letter group for entries starting with -\qt{Mc} or \qt{Mac}. If you use \gls{makeglossaries}, you don't +\qt{Mc} or \qt{Mac}. If you use \gls{makeglossaries} or +\gls{makeglossaries-lite.lua}, you don't need to supply any additional information. If you don't use \gls*{makeglossaries}, you will need to specify the required information. Note that if you set the style file to @@ -1249,18 +1658,23 @@ latex samplexdy makeglossaries samplexdy latex samplexdy \end{prompt} -If you don't have Perl installed, you will have to call -\gls{xindy} explicitly instead of using \gls{makeglossaries}. -If you are using the default style file \texttt{samplexdy.xdy}, then +If you don't have Perl installed then you can't use +\gls{makeglossaries}, but you also can't use \gls{xindy}! +However, if for some reason you want to call +\gls{xindy} explicitly instead of using \gls{makeglossaries} (or +\gls{makeglossaries-lite.lua}): +\begin{itemize} +\item if you are using the default style file \texttt{samplexdy.xdy}, then do (no line breaks): -\begin{prompt} +\begin{prompt}\raggedright xindy -L english -C utf8 -I xindy -M samplexdy -t samplexdy.glg -o samplexdy.gls samplexdy.glo \end{prompt} -otherwise, if you are using \texttt{samplexdy-mc.xdy}, then do +\item if you are using \texttt{samplexdy-mc.xdy}, then do (no line breaks): -\begin{prompt} +\begin{prompt}\raggedright xindy -I xindy -M samplexdy-mc -t samplexdy.glg -o samplexdy.gls samplexdy.glo \end{prompt} +\end{itemize} \exitem{xdy2} This document illustrates how to use the \styfmt{glossaries} package where the location @@ -1271,13 +1685,17 @@ pdflatex samplexdy2 makeglossaries samplexdy2 pdflatex samplexdy2 \end{prompt} -If you can't use \gls{makeglossaries} then you need to do (all on -one line): -\begin{prompt} +The explicit \gls{xindy} call is: +\begin{prompt}\raggedright xindy -L english -C utf8 -I xindy -M samplexdy2 -t samplexdy2.glg -o samplexdy2.gls samplexdy2.glo \end{prompt} See \sectionref{sec:xindyloc} for further details. +\exitem{xdy3} This document is like \samplefile{xdy} but uses the +command \cs{Numberstring} from the \sty{fmtcount} package to +format the page numbers. This requires at least version 3.03 of +\sty{fmtcount} to work correctly. + \exitem{utf8} This is another example that uses \gls{xindy}. Unlike \gls{makeindex}, \gls{xindy} can cope with \glspl{nonlatinchar}. This @@ -1287,10 +1705,9 @@ latex sampleutf8 makeglossaries sampleutf8 latex sampleutf8 \end{prompt} -If you don't have Perl installed, you will have to call -\gls{xindy} explicitly instead of using \gls{makeglossaries} +The explicit \gls{xindy} call is (no line breaks): -\begin{prompt} +\begin{prompt}\raggedright xindy -L english -C utf8 -I xindy -M sampleutf8 -t sampleutf8.glg -o sampleutf8.gls sampleutf8.glo \end{prompt} @@ -1301,18 +1718,24 @@ latex sampleutf8 makeglossaries sampleutf8 latex sampleutf8 \end{prompt} +or +\begin{prompt} +latex sampleutf8 +makeglossaries-lite sampleutf8 +latex sampleutf8 +\end{prompt} you will see that the entries that start with an \gls{exlatinchar} now appear in the symbols group, and the word \qt{man\oe uvre} is now -after \qt{manor} instead of before it. If you are unable to use -\gls{makeglossaries}, the call to \gls{makeindex} is as -follows (no line breaks): -\begin{prompt} +after \qt{manor} instead of before it. If you want to explicitly +call \gls{makeindex} (no line breaks): +\begin{prompt}\raggedright makeindex -s sampleutf8.ist -t sampleutf8.glg -o sampleutf8.gls sampleutf8.glo \end{prompt} \exitem{-index} This document uses the \styfmt{glossaries} package to create both a glossary and an -index. This requires two \gls{makeglossaries} calls to ensure the +index. This requires two \gls{makeglossaries} (or +\gls{makeglossaries-lite.lua}) calls to ensure the document is up to date: \begin{prompt} latex sample-index @@ -1412,65 +1835,132 @@ for testing purposes and are on \TeX's path (in via \ics{input} or \ics{loadglsentries}. The files are as follows: \begin{description} \item[example-glossaries-brief.tex] These entries all have brief -descriptions. +descriptions. For example: +\begin{verbatim} +\newglossaryentry{lorem}{name={lorem},description={ipsum}} +\end{verbatim} \item[example-glossaries-long.tex] These entries all have long -descriptions. +descriptions. For example: +\begin{verbatim} +\newglossaryentry{loremipsum}{name={lorem ipsum}, +description={dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing +elit. Ut purus elit, vestibulum ut, placerat ac, +adipiscing vitae, felis. Curabitur dictum gravida +mauris.}} +\end{verbatim} \item[example-glossaries-multipar.tex] These entries all have multi-paragraph descriptions. \item[example-glossaries-symbols.tex] These entries all use the -\gloskey{symbol} key. +\gloskey{symbol} key. For example: +\begin{verbatim} +\newglossaryentry{alpha}{name={alpha}, +symbol={\ensuremath{\alpha}}, +description={Quisque ullamcorper placerat ipsum.}} +\end{verbatim} + +\item[example-glossaries-symbolnames.tex] Similar to the previous +file but the \gloskey{symbol} key isn't used. Instead the symbol +is stored in the \gloskey{name} key. For example: +\begin{verbatim} +\newglossaryentry{sym.alpha}{sort={alpha}, +name={\ensuremath{\alpha}}, +description={Quisque ullamcorper placerat ipsum.}} +\end{verbatim} \item[example-glossaries-images.tex] These entries use the \gloskey{user1} key to store the name of an image file. (The images are provided by the \sty{mwe} package and should be on \TeX's path.) One entry doesn't have an associated image to help test for a~missing key. -\item[example-glossaries-acronym.tex] These entries are all acronyms. +\item[example-glossaries-acronym.tex] These entries are all +abbreviations. For example: +\begin{verbatim} +\newacronym[type=\glsdefaulttype]{lid}{LID}{lorem ipsum +dolor} +\end{verbatim} \item[example-glossaries-acronym-desc.tex] These entries are all -acronyms that use the \gloskey{description} key. +abbreviations that use the \gloskey{description} key. +For example: +\begin{verbatim} +\newacronym[type=\glsdefaulttype, + description={fringilla a, euismod sodales, + sollicitudin vel, wisi}]{ndl}{NDL}{nam dui ligula} +\end{verbatim} \item[example-glossaries-acronyms-lang.tex] These entries are all -acronyms, where some of them have a~translation supplied in the +abbreviations, where some of them have a~translation supplied in the \gloskey{user1} key. +For example: +\begin{verbatim} +\newacronym[type=\glsdefaulttype,user1={love itself}] + {li}{LI}{lorem ipsum} +\end{verbatim} \item[example-glossaries-parent.tex] These are hierarchical entries where the child entries use the \gloskey{name} key. +For example: +\begin{verbatim} +\newglossaryentry{sedmattis}{name={sed mattis}, +description={erat sit amet} + +\newglossaryentry{gravida}{parent={sedmattis}, + name={gravida},description={malesuada}} +\end{verbatim} \item[example-glossaries-childnoname.tex] These are hierarchical entries where the child entries don't use the \gloskey{name} key. +For example: +\begin{verbatim} +\newglossaryentry{scelerisque}{name={scelerisque}, + description={at}} +\end{verbatim} \item[example-glossaries-cite.tex] These entries use the \gloskey{user1} key to store a citation key (or comma-separated list of citation keys). The citations are defined in \texttt{xampl.bib}, which should be available on all modern \TeX\ distributions. One entry doesn't have an associated citation to help test for a~missing -key. +key. +For example: +\begin{verbatim} +\newglossaryentry{fusce}{name={fusce}, +description={suscipit cursus sem},user1={article-minimal}} +\end{verbatim} \item[example-glossaries-url.tex] These entries use the \gloskey{user1} key to store an URL associated with the entry. +For example: +\begin{verbatim} +\newglossaryentry{aenean-url}{name={aenean}, + description={adipiscing auctor est}, + user1={http://uk.tug.org/}} +\end{verbatim} \end{description} The sample file \texttt{glossary-lipsum-examples.tex} in the \texttt{doc\slash latex\slash glossaries\slash samples} directory uses all these files. See also \url{http://www.dickimaw-books.com/gallery/#glossaries}. +The \sty{glossaries-extra} package provides additional test files. \section{Multi-Lingual Support} \label{sec:languages} -As from version 1.17, the \styfmt{glossaries} package can now be +As from version 1.17, the \styfmt{glossaries} package can be used with \gls{xindy} as well as \gls{makeindex}. If you are writing in a language that uses an \gls{exlatinalph} or -\gls{nonlatinalph} it is recommended that you use \gls*{xindy} -as \gls*{makeindex} is hard-coded for the non-extended -\gls{latinalph}. This -means that you are not restricted to the A, \ldots, Z letter groups. -If you want to use \gls*{xindy}, remember to use the -\pkgopt{xindy} package option. For example: +\gls{nonlatinalph} it's best to use \opt3 (\gls*{xindy}) +or \opt4 (\gls{bib2gls}) +as \gls*{makeindex} (\opt2) is hard-coded for the non-extended +\gls{latinalph} and \opt1 can performed limited ASCII comparisons. + +This means that with \optsor34 you are not restricted to the A, +\ldots, Z letter groups. If you want to use \gls*{xindy}, remember +to use the \pkgopt{xindy} package option. For example: \begin{verbatim} \documentclass[frenchb]{article} \usepackage[utf8]{inputenc} @@ -1478,34 +1968,43 @@ If you want to use \gls*{xindy}, remember to use the \usepackage{babel} \usepackage[xindy]{glossaries} \end{verbatim} +If you want to use \gls*{bib2gls}, you need to use the +\pkgopt{record} option with \sty{glossaries-extra} and supply the +definitions in \texttt{.bib} files. (See the \gls{bib2gls} user +manual for further details.) \begin{important} Note that although a~\gls{nonlatinchar}, such as \'e, looks like a plain -character in your tex file, with standard \LaTeX\ it's actually a~macro and can therefore +character in your \filetype{.tex} file, with standard \LaTeX\ it's actually a~macro and can therefore cause expansion problems. You may need to switch off the field expansions with \cs{glsnoexpandfields}. This issue doesn't occur -with \XeLaTeX. +with \XeLaTeX\ or Lua\LaTeX. +\end{important} -If you use a~\gls{nonlatinchar} (or other expandable) character at the start of -an entry name, you must place it in a group, or it will cause -a problem for commands that convert the first letter to upper case -(e.g.\ \ics{Gls}). For example: +With \sty{inputenc}, if you use a~\gls{nonlatinchar} (or other expandable) +character at the start of an entry name, you must place it in a group, +or it will cause a problem for commands that convert the first letter +to upper case (e.g.\ \ics{Gls}). For example: \begin{alltt} \verb|\newglossaryentry}{elite}{name={{|\'e\verb|}lite},| description=\verb|{select group or class}}| \end{alltt} -\end{important} -(For further details, see the section -\qt{UTF-8} section in the \sty{mfirstuc} user manual.) - -If you use the \sty{inputenc} package, \gls{makeglossaries} -will pick up the encoding from the auxiliary file. If you use +(With newer versions of \sty{mfirstuc} and \sty{datatool-base} you +may be able to omit this grouping.) +For further details, see the \qt{UTF-8} section in the +\sty{mfirstuc} user manual. + +If you are using \gls{xindy} or \gls{bib2gls}, the application needs +to know the encoding of the \filetype{.tex} file. This information +is added to the \filetype{.aux} file and can be picked up by +\gls{makeglossaries} and \gls{bib2gls}. If you use \gls{xindy} explicitly instead of via \gls*{makeglossaries}, you may need to specify the encoding using the \xdyopt{C} -option. Read the \gls*{xindy} manual for further details. +option. Read the \gls*{xindy} manual for further details of this +option. As from v4.24, if you are writing in German (for example, using the \sty{ngerman} -package or \sty{babel} with the \pkgopt{ngerman} package option), +package\footnote{deprecated, use \styfmt{babel} instead} or \sty{babel} with the \pkgopt{ngerman} package option), and you want to use \gls{makeindex}['s] \mkidxopt{g} option, you'll need to change \gls{makeindex}['s] quote character using: \begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\GlsSetQuote] @@ -1681,13 +2180,6 @@ Examples of use: \usepackage{glossaries} \end{verbatim} -\item Using \sty{ngerman}: -\begin{verbatim} -\documentclass{article} -\usepackage{ngerman} -\usepackage{glossaries} -\end{verbatim} - \end{itemize} Due to the varied nature of glossaries, it's likely that the @@ -1697,7 +2189,10 @@ predefined translations may not be appropriate. If you are using the the words babel uses}. If you are using the \sty{translator} package, then you can provide your own dictionary with the necessary modifications (using \cs{deftranslation}) and load it using -\cs{usedictionary}. +\cs{usedictionary}. If you simply want to change the title of a +glossary, you can use the \gloskey[printglossary]{title} key in +commands like \cs{printglossary} (but not the iterative commands +like \cs{printglossaries}). \begin{important} Note that the \sty{translator} dictionaries are loaded at the beginning of the @@ -1746,11 +2241,12 @@ option \pkgopt[babel]{translate}. For example: } \end{verbatim} -Note that \gls{xindy} provides much better multi-lingual support -than \gls{makeindex}, so I~recommend that you use \gls*{xindy} +Note that \gls{xindy} and \gls{bib2gls} provide much better multi-lingual support +than \gls{makeindex}, so I~recommend that you use \optsor34 if you have glossary entries that contain \glspl{nonlatinchar}. See \sectionref{sec:xindy} for further -details. +details on \gls{xindy}, and see the \gls{bib2gls} user manual for +further details of that application. \subsubsection{Creating a New Language Module} \label{sec:newlang} @@ -1982,13 +2478,13 @@ the appropriate UTF-8 characters. \begin{important} This section is only applicable if you have chosen \optsor23. You can -ignore this section if you have chosen \opt1. If you want to +ignore this section if you have chosen any of the other options. If you want to alphabetically sort your entries always remember to use the \gloskey{sort} key if the \gloskey{name} contains any \LaTeX\ commands. \end{important} If this section seriously confuses you, and you can't work out how -to run \gls{makeglossaries} or \gls{makeindex}, you can try using +to run external tools like \gls{makeglossaries} or \gls{makeindex}, you can try using the \pkgopt{automake} package option, described in \sectionref{sec:pkgopts-sort}, but you will need \TeX's shell escape enabled. @@ -1996,25 +2492,34 @@ enabled. In order to generate a sorted glossary with compact \glspl{numberlist}, it is necessary to use an external \gls{indexingapp} as an intermediate step (unless you have chosen -\opt1, which uses \TeX\ to do the sorting). It is this application -that creates the file containing the code that typesets the +\opt1, which uses \TeX\ to do the sorting or \opt5, which doesn't +perform any sorting). It is this application +that creates the file containing the code required to typeset the glossary. \textbf{If this step is omitted, the glossaries will not appear in your document.} The two \glspl*{indexingapp} that are most commonly used with \LaTeX\ are \gls{makeindex} and \gls{xindy}. As from version 1.17, the \styfmt{glossaries} package can be used with either of these applications. Previous versions were designed to be -used with \gls*{makeindex} only. Note that \gls*{xindy} has much +used with \gls*{makeindex} only. With the \sty{glossaries-extra} package, you +can also use \gls{bib2gls} as the indexing application. (See +the \sty{glossaries-extra} and \gls{bib2gls} user manuals for +further details.) Note that \gls*{xindy} and \gls*{bib2gls} have much better multi-lingual support than \gls*{makeindex}, so \gls*{xindy} -is recommended if you're not writing in English. Commands that only -have an effect when \gls*{xindy} is used are described in -\sectionref{sec:xindy}. +or \gls*{bib2gls} are recommended if you're not writing in English. +Commands that only have an effect when \gls*{xindy} is used are +described in \sectionref{sec:xindy}. \begin{important} This is a multi-stage process, but there are methods of automating document compilation using applications such as \app{latexmk} and -\app{arara}. See -\url{http://www.dickimaw-books.com/latex/thesis/html/build.html} for -more information. +\app{arara}. With \app{arara} you can just add special comments to +your document source: +\begin{alltt} +\% arara: pdflatex +\% arara: makeglossaries +\% arara: pdflatex +\end{alltt} +With \app{latexmk} you need to set up the required dependencies. \end{important} The \styfmt{glossaries} package comes with the Perl script @@ -2023,11 +2528,12 @@ on all the glossary files using a customized style file (which is created by \ics{makeglossaries}). See \sectionref{sec:makeglossariesapp} for further details. Perl is stable, cross-platform, open source software that -is used by a number of \TeX-related applications. Most Unix-like +is used by a number of \TeX-related applications (including +\gls*{xindy} and \app{latexmk}). Most Unix-like operating systems come with a~Perl interpreter. \TeX~Live also comes with a~Perl interpreter. MiK\TeX\ doesn't come with a~Perl interpreter so if you are a~Windows MiK\TeX\ user you will need to -install Perl if you want to use \gls{makeglossaries}. +install Perl if you want to use \gls{makeglossaries} or \gls{xindy}. Further information is available at \url{http://www.perl.org/about.html} and \href{http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/158796/miktex-and-perl-scripts-and-one-python-script}{MiKTeX and Perl scripts (and one Python script)}. @@ -2050,12 +2556,11 @@ file and see if you can work it out from the \gls*{makeindex} or \item If \gls{makeindex} warns about multiple encap values, \gls{makeglossaries} will detect this and attempt to correct the -problem.\footnote{Added to version \gls{makeglossaries} 2.18.} Since -\gls{xindy} doesn't warn about this, this correction is only -provided by \gls{makeglossaries} when \gls{makeindex} is used. -(\gls{xindy} uses the order of the attributes list to determine -which format should take precedence. See \cs{GlsAddXdyAttribute} in -\sectionref{sec:xindyloc}.) +problem.\footnote{Added to version \gls{makeglossaries} 2.18.} This +correction is only provided by \gls{makeglossaries} when +\gls{makeindex} is used since \gls{xindy} uses the order of the +attributes list to determine which format should take precedence. +(See \cs{GlsAddXdyAttribute} in \sectionref{sec:xindyloc}.) \end{itemize} @@ -2205,20 +2710,11 @@ wrapper for the \gls{makeglossaries} Perl script. MiKTeX also provides a~wrapper \texttt{makeglossaries.exe} but doesn't provide a~Perl interpreter, which is still required even if you run MiKTeX's \texttt{makeglossaries.exe}, so with MiKTeX you'll need to install -Perl. There's more information about this at +Perl.\footnote{The batch file \texttt{makeglossaries.bat} has been +removed since the \TeX\ distributions for Windows provide +\texttt{makeglossaries.exe}.} There's more information about this at \url{http://tex.stackexchange.com/q/158796/19862} on the TeX.SX -site. Alternatively, there is a batch file called -\texttt{makeglossaries.bat} that should be located in the same -folder as the \gls{makeglossaries} Perl script. This just explicitly -loads the script into Perl. If you've installed Perl but for some -reason your operating system can't find \texttt{perl.exe}, you can -edit the \texttt{makeglossaries.bat} file to include the full path -to \texttt{perl.exe} (but take care as this file will be overwritten -next time you update the \styfmt{glossaries} package). If you move -the \texttt{.bat} file to a new location, you will also need to -supply the full path to the \gls{makeglossaries} Perl script. (Don't -also move the Perl script as well or you may miss out on updates to -\gls{makeglossaries}.) +site. The \gls{makeglossaries} script attempts to fork the \gls{makeindex}\slash\gls{xindy} process using \texttt{open()} on the @@ -2280,10 +2776,10 @@ resulting file onto the man path. Alternatively do \begin{important} When upgrading the \styfmt{glossaries} package, make sure you also upgrade your version of \gls{makeglossaries}. The current version is -2.21. +4.33. \end{important} -\subsection{Using the makeglossaries-lite.lua Lua Script} +\subsection{Using the makeglossaries-lite Lua Script} \label{sec:makeglossarieslua} The Lua alternative to the \gls{makeglossaries} Perl script requires @@ -2341,7 +2837,7 @@ files, you must make sure you have used the \end{verbatim} This is required regardless of whether you use \gls{xindy} explicitly or whether it's called implicitly via applications such -as \gls{makeglossaries} or \gls{makeglossariesgui}. This causes the glossary +as \gls{makeglossaries}. This causes the glossary entries to be written in raw \gls*{xindy} format, so you need to use \xdyopt{I}\texttt{ xindy} \emph{not} \xdyopt{I}\texttt{ tex}. @@ -2502,7 +2998,11 @@ If \opt1 has been used, the \texttt{.aux} file will contain \begin{definition} \cs{@gls@reference}\marg{type}\marg{label}\marg{location} \end{definition} -for every time an entry has been referenced. +for every time an entry has been referenced. If \opt4 has been +used, the \texttt{.aux} file will contain one or more instances of +\begin{definition} +\cs{glsxtr@resource}\marg{options}\marg{basename} +\end{definition} \chapter{Package Options} \label{sec:pkgopts} @@ -2510,6 +3010,8 @@ for every time an entry has been referenced. This section describes the available \styfmt{glossaries} package options. You may omit the \texttt{=true} for boolean options. (For example, \pkgopt{acronym} is equivalent to \pkgopt[true]{acronym}). +The \gls{glossaries-extra} package has additional options described +in the \gls*{glossaries-extra} manual. \begin{important} Note that \meta{key}=\meta{value} package options can't be passed via the @@ -2530,6 +3032,9 @@ the \styfmt{glossaries} package. Don't use this option if you're new to using common mistakes (such as forgetting to use \ics{makeglossaries}). Note that the \pkgopt[true]{debug} and \pkgopt[showtargets]{debug} will override this option. +\item[\pkgopt{nolangwarn}] This suppresses the warning generated by +a missing language module. + \item[\pkgopt{noredefwarn}] If you load \styfmt{glossaries} with a~class or another package that already defines glossary related commands, by default \styfmt{glossaries} will warn you that it's @@ -2540,8 +3045,10 @@ warnings. Other warnings will still be issued unless you use the \pkgopt{nowarn} option described above. \item[\pkgopt{debug}] Introduced in version 4.24. -This was a boolean option but as from v4.32 it's now a choice -option. If no value is given, \pkgopt[true]{debug} is assumed. +The default setting is \pkgopt[false]{debug}. +This was a boolean option but as from v4.32 it now accepts the +values: \pkgoptfmt{false}, \pkgoptfmt{true} and +\pkgoptfmt{showtargets}. If no value is given, \pkgopt[true]{debug} is assumed. Both \pkgopt[true]{debug} and \pkgopt[showtargets]{debug} switch on the debug mode (and will automatically cancel the \pkgopt{nowarn} option). The \pkgopt[showtargets]{debug} @@ -2549,16 +3056,25 @@ option will additionally use \begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsshowtarget] \cs{glsshowtarget}\marg{target name} \end{definition} -to show the hypertarget\slash hyperlink name in the margin when +to show the hypertarget or hyperlink name in the margin when \cs{glsdohypertarget} is used by commands like \cs{glstarget} and when \cs{glsdohyperlink} is used by commands like \cs{gls}. +This puts the information in the margin using \ics{marginpar}. +If this causes a problem, you'll need to redefine +\cs{glsshowtarget}. For example: +\begin{verbatim} +\renewcommand*{\glsshowtarget}[1]{\texttt{\small [#1]}} +\end{verbatim} -Consider the following example document: +The purpose of the debug mode can be demonstrated with +the following example document: \begin{verbatim} \documentclass{article} \usepackage{glossaries} -\newglossaryentry{sample1}{name={sample1},description={example}} -\newglossaryentry{sample2}{name={sample2},description={example}} +\newglossaryentry{sample1}{name={sample1}, + description={example}} +\newglossaryentry{sample2}{name={sample2}, + description={example}} \glsadd{sample2} \makeglossaries \begin{document} @@ -2566,31 +3082,39 @@ Consider the following example document: \printglossaries \end{document} \end{verbatim} -Here, only the \texttt{sample1} entry has been indexed, even +In this case, only the \texttt{sample1} entry has been indexed, even though \verb|\glsadd{sample2}| appears in the source code. -This is because the associated file is opened by -\ics{makeglossaries}, but \verb|\glsadd{sample2}| has been used -before this command. Since the file isn't open yet, the -information can't be written to it, which is why the -\texttt{sample2} entry doesn't appear in the glossary. +This is because \verb|\glsadd{sample2}| has been used before the +associated file is opened by \ics{makeglossaries}. Since the file +isn't open yet, the information can't be written to it, which is why +the \texttt{sample2} entry doesn't appear in the glossary. This situation doesn't cause any errors or warnings as it's perfectly legitimate for a user to want to use \styfmt{glossaries} to format the entries (e.g.\ abbreviation expansion) but not display any lists of terms, abbreviations, symbols etc. -Without \cs{makeglossaries} (or \cs{makenoidxglossaries}) -the indexing is suppressed but, other than that, commands -like \cs{gls} behave as usual. +Without \cs{makeglossaries} the indexing is suppressed but, other +than that, commands like \cs{gls} behave as usual. It's also +possible that the user may want to temporarily comment out +\cs{makeglossaries} in order to suppress the indexing while working +on a draft version to speed compilation. Therefore +\cs{makeglossaries} can't be used to enable \cs{newglossaryentry} +and \cs{glsadd}. They must be enabled by default. (It does, however, +enable the \gloskey{see} key as that's a more common problem. See +below.) The debug mode, enabled with the \pkgopt{debug} option, +\begin{verbatim} +\usepackage[debug]{glossaries} +\end{verbatim} will write information to the log file when the indexing can't occur because the associated file isn't open. The message is written in the form \begin{quote} -Package glossaries Info: wrglossary(\meta{type})(\meta{line}) on +Package glossaries Info: wrglossary(\meta{type})(\meta{text}) on input line \meta{line number}. \end{quote} -where \meta{type} is the glossary label and \meta{line} is the line +where \meta{type} is the glossary label and \meta{text} is the line of text that would've been written to the associated file if it had been open. So if any entries haven't appeared in the glossary but you're sure you used commands like \cs{glsadd} @@ -2607,7 +3131,9 @@ Since this is easy to miss, the \styfmt{glossaries} package by default issues an error message if the \gloskey{see} key is used before \cs{makeglossaries}. This option allows you to change the error into just a warning (\pkgopt[warn]{seenoindex}) or -ignore it (\pkgopt[ignore]{seenoindex}). +ignore it (\pkgopt[ignore]{seenoindex}) if, for example, you want +to temporarily comment out \cs{makeglossaries} to speed up the +compilation of a draft document by omitting the indexing. \item[\pkgopt{nomain}] This suppresses the creation of the main glossary and associated \texttt{.glo} file, if unrequired. Note that @@ -2621,7 +3147,8 @@ put all your entries (either via the \pkgopt{acronym} (or \begin{important} If you don't use the main glossary and you don't use this option, -\gls{makeglossaries} will produce the following warning: +\gls{makeglossaries} will produce a warning. +\end{important} \begin{alltt} Warning: File '\emph{filename}.glo' is empty. Have you used any entries defined in glossary @@ -2632,7 +3159,6 @@ you don't want to use the main glossary. If you did actually want to use the main glossary and you see this warning, check that you have referenced the entries in that glossary via commands such as \ics{gls}. -\end{important} \item[\pkgopt{sanitizesort}] This is a boolean option that determines whether or not to \gls{sanitize} the sort value when @@ -2669,17 +3195,18 @@ glossaries or if you are using a class or other packages that create a lot of external files, you may exceed the maximum number of available registers. If \pkgopt{savewrites} is set, the glossary information will be stored in token registers until the end of the -document when they will be written to the external files. If you run -out of token registers, you can use \sty{etex}. +document when they will be written to the external files. \begin{important} -This option can significantly slow document compilation. As an -alternative, you can use the \sty{scrwfile} package (part of the -KOMA-Script bundle) and not use this option. +This option can significantly slow document compilation and may +cause the indexing to fail. Page numbers in the \gls{numberlist} +will be incorrect on page boundaries due to \TeX's asynchronous +output routine. As an alternative, you can use the \sty{scrwfile} +package (part of the KOMA-Script bundle) and not use this option. \end{important} You can also reduce the number of write registers by using -\opt1 or by ensuring you define all your glossary entries in the +\optsor14 or by ensuring you define all your glossary entries in the preamble. \begin{important} @@ -2696,6 +3223,7 @@ document to avoid rewriting the files. For example: \let\glswritefiles\relax \end{verbatim} \end{important} +In general, this package option is best avoided. \item[\pkgopt{translate}] This can take the following values: @@ -3178,9 +3706,32 @@ Instead you must either use \ics{setglossarystyle}\marg{style} or the \setglossarystyle{mcoltree} \end{verbatim} +\item[\pkgopt{esclocations}] This is a boolean option. (The default +is \pkgopt[true]{esclocations}.) Both \gls{makeindex} and \gls{xindy} +are fussy about the location formats (\gls{makeindex} more so than +\gls{xindy}) so the \styfmt{glossaries} package tries to ensure that +special characters are escaped and allows for the location to be +substituted for a format that's more acceptable to the indexing +application. This requires a bit of trickery to circumvent the +problem posed by \TeX's asynchronous output routine, which can go +wrong and also adds to the complexity of the document build. + +If you're sure that your locations will always expand to an +acceptable format (or you're prepared to post-process the glossary +file before passing it to the relevant indexing application) then +use \pkgopt[false]{esclocations} to avoid the complex escaping +of location values. + \item[\pkgopt{nonumberlist}] This option will suppress the associated \glspl{numberlist} in the glossaries (see also -\sectionref{sec:numberlists}). +\sectionref{sec:numberlists}). Note that if you use \optsor23 +(\gls{makeindex} or \gls{xindy}) then the locations must still be +valid. This package option merely prevents the \gls{numberlist} +from being displayed, but both \gls{makeindex} and \gls{xindy} +still require a location or cross-reference for each term that's +indexed. Remember that \gls{numberlist} includes any +cross-references, so suppressing the \gls{numberlist} will also hide +the cross-references (see below). \item[\pkgopt{seeautonumberlist}] If you suppress the \glspl{numberlist} with \pkgopt{nonumberlist}, described above, this @@ -3250,14 +3801,16 @@ redefined, if required, before the entries are defined (in the case of \pkgopt[def]{sort}) or before the entries are used (in the case of \pkgopt[use]{sort}). -\item \pkgoptval{none}{sort} : this option is new to version 4.30 -and is only for documents that don't use \cs{makeglossaries} -or \cs{makenoidxglossaries}. It omits the code used to sanitize -or escape the sort value, since it's not required. This option +\item \pkgoptval{none}{sort} : this setting is new to version 4.30 +and is only for documents that don't use \cs{makeglossaries} (\optsor23) +or \cs{makenoidxglossaries} (\opt1). It omits the code used to sanitize +or escape the sort value, since it's not required. This can help to +improve the document build speed, especially if there are a large +number of entries. This option can't be used with \cs{printglossary} or \cs{printnoidxglossary} (or the iterative versions \cs{printglossaries} or \cs{printnoidxglossaries}). It may be used with -\sty{glossaries-extra}'s \cs{printunsrtglossary}. +\sty{glossaries-extra}'s \cs{printunsrtglossary} (\opt5). \end{itemize} Note that the group styles (such as \glostyle{listgroup}) are incompatible with the \pkgopt[use]{sort} and \pkgopt[def]{sort} @@ -3842,7 +4395,9 @@ started to define entries, you may get unexpected results. In the preamble you need to indicate whether you want to use \opt1, \opt2 or \opt3. It's not possible to mix these options within -a~document. +a~document, although some combinations are possible with +\gls*{glossaries-extra}. (For \optsand45 see the \gls{bib2gls} and +\gls{glossaries-extra} manuals.) \section[Option 1]{\ifpdf\opt1\else Option 1\fi} \label{sec:setupopt1} @@ -3942,13 +4497,19 @@ better to define them in the preamble to ensure this. In fact, some commands such as \cs{longnewglossaryentry} may only be used in the preamble. See \sectionref{sec:docdefs} for a discussion of the problems with defining entries within the -document instead of in the preamble. +document instead of in the preamble. (The \gls{glossaries-extra} +package has an option that provides a restricted form of document +definitions that avoids some of the issues discussed in +\sectionref{sec:docdefs}.) \begin{important} \opt1 enforces the preamble-only restriction on -\ics{newglossaryentry}. +\ics{newglossaryentry}. \opt4 requires that definitions are provided +in \texttt{.bib} format. \opt5 requires either preamble-only +definitions or the use of the \sty{glossaries-extra} package option +\optfmt{docdef=restricted}. \end{important} -Only those entries that are referenced in the document +Only those entries that are indexed in the document (using any of the commands described in \sectionref{sec:glslink}, \sectionref{sec:glsadd} or \sectionref{sec:crossref}) will appear in the glossary. See @@ -3978,9 +4539,8 @@ hasn't already been defined: \begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\provideglossaryentry] \cs{provideglossaryentry}\marg{label}\marg{key=value list} \end{definition} -and\par -\DescribeMacro\longprovideglossaryentry -\begin{definition} +and +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\longprovideglossaryentry] \cs{longprovideglossaryentry}\marg{label}\marg{key=value list}\marg{long description} \end{definition} @@ -4012,8 +4572,13 @@ The description is set in the third argument of \cs{longnewglossaryentry} and \cs{longprovideglossaryentry}. With the other commands it's set via the \gloskey{description} key. As is typical with \meta{key}=\meta{value} lists, values that contain -a comma or equal sign must be enclosed in -braces. Available fields are listed below: +a comma or equal sign must be enclosed in braces. Available fields +are listed below. Additional fields are provided by the +supplementary packages \sty{glossaries-prefix} +(\sectionref{sec:prefix}) and \sty{glossaries-accsupp} +(\sectionref{sec:accsupp}) and also by \gls{glossaries-extra}. +You can also define your own custom keys (see +\sectionref{sec:addkey}). \begin{description} \item[{\gloskey{name}}] The name of the entry (as it will appear in @@ -4190,9 +4755,6 @@ Six keys provided for any additional information the user may want to specify. (For example, an associated dimension or an alternative plural or some other grammatical construct.) Alternatively, you can add new keys using \ics{glsaddkey} or \ics{glsaddstoragekey} (see \sectionref{sec:addkey}). -Other keys are also provided by the \sty{glossaries-prefix} -(\sectionref{sec:prefix}) and \sty{glossaries-accsupp} -(\sectionref{sec:accsupp}) packages. \item[{\gloskey{nonumberlist}}] A boolean key. If the value is missing or is \texttt{true}, this will suppress the \gls{numberlist} just for @@ -4202,8 +4764,8 @@ for this entry with \gloskey{nonumberlist=false}. (See \sectionref{sec:numberlists}.) \item[{\gloskey{see}}] Cross-reference another entry. Using the -\gloskey{see} key will automatically add this entry to the -glossary, but will not automatically add the cross-referenced entry. +\gloskey{see} key will \emph{automatically add this entry to the +glossary}, but will not automatically add the cross-referenced entry. The referenced entry should be supplied as the value to this key. If you want to override the \qt{see} tag, you can supply the new tag in square brackets before the label. For example @@ -4224,21 +4786,24 @@ after the entry has been defined. \begin{important} For \optsand23, \ics{makeglossaries} must be used before any occurrence of \ics{newglossaryentry} that contains the \gloskey{see} key. This key -has no effect for entries defined in the \env{document} environment. +should not be used with entries defined in the \env{document} environment. \end{important} +Since it's useful to suppress the indexing while working on a draft +document, consider using the \pkgopt{seenoindex} package option to +warn or ignore the \gloskey{see} key while \cs{makeglossaries} is +commented out. If you use the \gloskey{see} key, you may want to consider using the -supplementary \gls{glossaries-extra} package. +\gls{glossaries-extra} package which additionally +provides a \texttt{seealso} and \texttt{alias} key. If you want to +avoid the automatic indexing triggered by the \gloskey{see} key, +consider using \opt4. \end{description} The following keys are reserved for \ics{newacronym} (see \sectionref{sec:acronyms}): \gloskey{long}, \gloskey{longplural}, -\gloskey{short} and \gloskey{shortplural}. Additional keys are -provided by the \sty{glossaries-prefix} (\sectionref{sec:prefix}) -and the \sty{glossaries-accsupp} (\sectionref{sec:accsupp}) packages. -You can also define your own custom keys (see -\sectionref{sec:addkey}). +\gloskey{short} and \gloskey{shortplural}. \begin{important} Avoid using any of the \glslike\ or \glstextlike\ commands within @@ -4510,8 +5075,8 @@ Suppose I want to define acronyms and other forms of abbreviations, such as initialisms, but I want them all in the same glossary and I want the acronyms on first use to be displayed with the short form followed by the long form in parentheses, but the opposite way round for other -forms of abbreviations.\footnote{The \gls{glossaries-extra} package -provides a simpler way of achieving this.} +forms of abbreviations. (The \gls{glossaries-extra} package +provides a simpler way of achieving this.) Here I can define a new key that determines whether the term is actually an acronym rather than some other form of abbreviation. I'm @@ -4533,7 +5098,8 @@ determine how to display the full form: \ifglshaslong{\glslabel}{\glsgenacfmt}{\glsgenentryfmt}% } {% Put the long form in the description - \renewcommand*{\GenericAcronymFields}{description={\the\glslongtok}}% + \renewcommand*{\GenericAcronymFields}{% + description={\the\glslongtok}}% % For the full format, test the value of the "abbrtype" key. % If it's set to "word" put the short form first with % the long form in brackets. @@ -4585,7 +5151,8 @@ determine how to display the full form: }% }% % Just use the short form as the name part in the glossary: - \renewcommand*{\acronymentry}[1]{\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{##1}}}% + \renewcommand*{\acronymentry}[1]{% + \acronymfont{\glsentryshort{##1}}}% % Sort by the short form: \renewcommand*{\acronymsort}[2]{##1}% % Just use the surrounding font for the short form: @@ -4655,7 +5222,8 @@ to determine whether or not to reference the value of this new The new acronym style has a~minor modification that forces the user to specify a description. In the previous example, the line: \begin{verbatim} - \renewcommand*{\GenericAcronymFields}{description={\the\glslongtok}}% + \renewcommand*{\GenericAcronymFields}{% + description={\the\glslongtok}}% \end{verbatim} needs to be changed to: \begin{verbatim} @@ -4754,8 +5322,7 @@ below the deck. \end{description} (for contractions). -For a complete document, see the sample file -\samplefile{-storage-abbr-desc}. +For a complete document, see \samplefile{-storage-abbr-desc}. \end{example} \section{Expansion} @@ -4957,7 +5524,10 @@ type has been specified by \ics{glsdefaulttype}, which is what \ics{newglossaryentry} uses by default). This is a~preamble-only command. You may also use \ics{input} to load -the file but don't use \ics{include}. +the file but don't use \ics{include}. If you find that your file is +becoming unmanageably large, you may want to consider switching to +\gls{bib2gls} and use an application such as JabRef to manage the +entry definitions. \begin{important} If you want to use \ics{AtBeginDocument} to \cs{input} all your entries @@ -5152,6 +5722,14 @@ occur; the \gloskey{see} key isn't stored, which means it can't be added to the \filetype{.glsdefs} file when it's created at the end of the document (and therefore won't be present on subsequent runs). +The \gls{glossaries-extra} package provides a setting (but only for +\optsand23) that allows \cs{newglossaryentry} to occur in the +document environment but doesn't create the \filetype{.glsdefs} +file. This circumvents some problems but it means that you can't +display any of the glossaries before all the entries have been +defined (so it's all right if all the glossaries are at the end of +the document but not if any occur in the front matter). + \subsection{Good Practice Issues} \label{sec:goodpractice} @@ -5182,66 +5760,218 @@ definition. Each entry in the glossary has an associated \gls{numberlist}. By default, these numbers refer to the pages on which that entry has -been used (using any of the commands described in +been indexed (using any of the commands described in \sectionref{sec:glslink} and \sectionref{sec:glsadd}). The number list can be suppressed using the \pkgopt{nonumberlist} package option, or an alternative counter can be set as the default using the \pkgopt{counter} package option. The number list is also referred to as the location list\index{location list|see{number list}}. +\Glspl{numberlist} are more common with indexes rather than +glossaries (although you can use the \styfmt{glossaries} package for +indexes as well). However, the \styfmt{glossaries} package makes use +of \gls{makeindex} or \gls{xindy} to hierarchically sort and collate the +entries since they are readily available with most modern \TeX\ +distributions. Since these are both designed as \glspl{indexingapp} +they both require that terms either have a valid location or a +cross-reference. Even if you use \pkgopt{nonumberlist}, the +locations must still be provided and acceptable to the +\gls{indexingapp} or they will cause an error during the indexing +stage, which will interrupt the document build. However, if you're +not interested in the locations, each entry only needs to be indexed +once, so consider using \pkgopt{indexonlyfirst}, which can improve the +document build time by only indexing the \gls{firstuse} of each term. + +The \ics{glsaddall} command (see \sectionref{sec:glsadd}), which is used to +automatically index all entries, iterates over all defined entries +and does \cs{glsadd}\marg{label} for each entry (where \meta{label} +is that entry's label). This means that \cs{glsaddall} automatically +adds the same location to every entry's \gls{numberlist}, which +looks weird if the \gls*{numberlist} hasn't been suppressed. + +With \opt4, the indexing is performed by \gls{bib2gls}, which was +specifically designed for the \gls{glossaries-extra} package. So it +will allow any location format, and its \texttt{selection=all} +option will select all entries without adding an unwanted location to the +\gls{numberlist}. If \gls{bib2gls} can deduce a numerical value for +a location, it will attempt to form a range over consecutive +locations, otherwise it won't try to form a range and the +location will just form an individual item in the list. +\opt1 also allows any location but it doesn't form ranges. + +\section{Encap Values} +\label{sec:encap} + Each location in the \gls{numberlist} is encapsulated with a -command. (The \termdef{encap} value.) By default this is the -\ics{glsnumberformat} command, but may be overridden using the -\gloskey[glslink]{format} key in the optional argument to commands -like \cs{gls}. (See \sectionref{sec:glslink}.) For example, you may -want the location to appear in bold to indicate the principle use of -a term or symbol. Complications can arise if you use different encap -values for the same location. For example, suppose on page~10 you -have both the default \cs{glsnumberformat} and \cs{textbf} encaps. -While it may seem apparent that \cs{textbf} should override -\cs{glsnumberformat} in this situation, neither \gls{makeindex} nor -\gls{xindy} know this. In the case of \gls{xindy}, it only accepts -one encap and discards the other for identical locations. The encap -it chooses to keep may not necessarily be the one you want. In the -case of \gls{makeindex}, it accepts different encaps for the same -location, but warns about it. This leads to a \gls{numberlist} with -the same location repeated in different fonts. - -This is something you need to be careful about, but if you use the -\gls{makeglossaries} Perl script it will detect \gls{makeindex}'s -warning and attempt to fix the problem.\footnote{This feature was -introduced in \gls{makeglossaries} version 2.18.} Since \gls{xindy} -doesn't generate a warning, \gls{makeglossaries} won't do anything -about it if you are using \gls{xindy}. With \gls{makeindex}, -\gls{makeglossaries} will let the encaps override each other, -similar to \gls{xindy}, except that the \cs{glsnumberformat} encap -will always have the least precedence. Other conflicting encaps will -have the last one override earlier ones for the same location. - -Due to the asynchronous nature of \TeX's output routine (see, -for example, +command formed from the \termdef{encap} value. By +default this is the \ics{glsnumberformat} command, which corresponds +to the encap \texttt{glsnumberformat}, but this may be +overridden using the \gloskey[glslink]{format} key in the optional +argument to commands like \cs{gls}. (See \sectionref{sec:glslink}.) +For example, you may want the location to appear in bold to indicate +the principle use of a term or symbol. If the encap starts with an +open parenthesis~\verb|(| this signifies the start of a range and if +the encap starts with close parenthesis~\verb|)| this signifies the +end of a range. These must always occur in matching pairs. + +The \styfmt{glossaries} package provides the command \ics{glsignore} +which ignores its argument. This is the format used by +\cs{glsaddallunused} to suppress the location, which works fine as +long as no other locations are added to the \gls{numberlist}. For +example, if you use \verb|\gls{sample}| on page~2 then reset the +\gls{firstuseflag} and then use \cs{glsaddallunused} on page~10, the +\gls{numberlist} for \texttt{sample} will be \verb|2, \glsignore{10}| +which will result in \qt{2,~} which has a spurious comma. + +This isn't a problem with \gls{bib2gls} because you'd use +\texttt{selection=all} instead of \cs{glsaddallunused}, but even if +you explicitly had, for example, +\cs{gls}\texttt{[format=glsignore]}\marg{label} +for some reason, \gls{bib2gls} will recognise \texttt{glsignore} as +a special encap indicating an ignored location, so it will select +the entry but not add that location to the \gls{numberlist}. It's a +problem for all the other options (except \opt5, which doesn't +perform any indexing). + +Complications can arise if you use different encap values for the +same location. For example, suppose on page~10 you have both the +default \texttt{glsnumberformat} and \texttt{textbf} encaps. While it may +seem apparent that \texttt{textbf} should override \texttt{glsnumberformat} +in this situation, the \gls{indexingapp} may not know it. +This is therefore something you need to be careful about if you use the +\gloskey[glslink]{format} key or if you use a command that +implicitly sets it. + +In the case of \gls{xindy}, it only accepts one encap (according to +the order of precedence given in the \gls{xindy} module) and discards the +others for identical locations (for the same entry). This can cause +a problem if a discarded location forms the start or end of a range. + +In the case of \gls{makeindex}, it accepts different encaps for the +same location, but warns about it. This leads to a \gls{numberlist} +with the same location repeated in different formats. If you use +the \gls{makeglossaries} Perl script with \opt2 it will detect +\gls{makeindex}'s warning and attempt to fix the problem, ensuring +that the \texttt{glsnumberformat} encap always has the least precedence +unless it includes a range identifier. Other conflicting encaps will +have the last one override earlier ones for the same location with +range identifiers taking priority. + +No discard occurs with \opt1 so again you get the same location +repeated in different formats. With \opt4, \gls{bib2gls} will discard +according to order of precedence, giving priority to start and end +range encaps. (See the \gls{bib2gls} manual for further details.) + +\section{Locations} +\label{sec:locationsyntax} + +Neither \opt1 nor \opt4 care about the location syntax as long as +it's valid \LaTeX\ code (and doesn't contain fragile commands). In +both cases, the indexing is performed by writing a line to the +\texttt{.aux} file. The write operation is deferred to avoid the +problems associated with \TeX's asynchronous output routine. +(See, for example, \href{http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=oddpage}{Finding -if you're on an odd or an even page}) the \texttt{page} counter -(represented internally as \cs{c@page}) can be unreliable. -This can cause problems when glossary entries are referenced in a -paragraph that spans a page break. The standard \cs{label} mechanism -deals with this by deferring the write until the end of the -paragraph, but the \styfmt{glossaries} indexing mechanism -needs to take into account the possibility that the location might -contain any of \gls{xindy}['s] special characters which will need to -be escaped before the write can be performed. (This isn't a problem -with \gls{makeindex} as that places restrictions on the location -format which prevent this from happening, but these very -restrictions can make \gls*{xindy} preferable.) - -To compensate, the -\styfmt{glossaries} package has to make some adjustments to ensure -the location number is correct for this situation. By default, -the adjustments only affect the counter styles: \texttt{roman}, -\texttt{Roman}, \texttt{alph}, \texttt{Alph} and \texttt{arabic}. -If you have a different numbering system where +if you're on an odd or an even page} for more details on this issue.) +Unfortunately \optsand23 are far more problematic and need some +complex code to deal with awkward locations. + +If you know that your locations will always expand to a format +acceptable to your chosen \gls{indexingapp} then use the package +option \pkgopt[false]{esclocations} to bypass this operation. This setting +only affects \optsand23 as the problem doesn't arise with the other +indexing options. + +Both \gls{makeindex} and \gls{xindy} are fussy about the syntax of +the locations. In the case of \gls{makeindex}, only the numbering +system obtained with \cs{arabic}, \cs{roman}, \cs{Roman}, \cs{alph} +and \cs{Alph} or composites formed from them with the same separator +(set with \cs{glsSetCompositor}\marg{char}) are accepted. +(\gls{makeindex} won't accept an empty location.) In the case of +\gls{xindy}, you can define your own location classes, but if the +location contains a robust command then the leading backslash must +be escaped. The \sty{glossaries} package tries to do this, but it's +caught between two conflicting requirements: +\begin{enumerate} +\item The location must be fully expanded before \verb|\| can be +converted to \verb|\\| (there's no point converting \verb|\thepage| +to \verb|\\thepage|); +\item The page number can't be expanded until the deferred write +operation (so \verb|\c@page| mustn't expand in the previous step +but \verb|\the\c@page| mustn't be converted to \verb|\\the\\c@page| +and \verb|\number\c@page| mustn't be converted to +\verb|\\number\\c@page| etc). +\end{enumerate} +There's a certain amount of trickery needed to deal with this +conflict and the code requires the location to be in a form that +doesn't embed the counter's internal register in commands like +\cs{value}. For example, suppose you have a robust command called +\cs{tallynum} that takes a number as the argument and an expandable +command called \cs{tally} that converts a counter name into the +associated register or number to pass to \cs{tallynum}. Let's +suppose that this command is used to represent the page number: +\begin{verbatim} +\renewcommand{\thepage}{\tally{page}} +\end{verbatim} +Now let's suppose that a term is indexed at the beginning of page~2 +at the end of a paragraph that started on page~1. With \gls{xindy}, +the location \verb|\tally{page}| needs to be written to the file +as \verb|\\tallynum{2}|. If it's written as \verb|\tallynum{2}| then +\gls{xindy} will interpret \verb|\t| as the character \qt{t} +(which means the location would appear as \qt{tallynum2}). So +\sty{glossaries} tries to expand \cs{thepage} without expanding +\cs{c@page} and then escapes all the backslashes, except for the +page counter's internal command. The following definitions of +\cs{tally} will work: +\begin{itemize} +\item In the following, \cs{arabic} works as its internal command \cs{c@arabic} is +temporarily redefined to check for \cs{c@page}: +\begin{verbatim} +\newcommand{\tally}[1]{\tallynum{\arabic{#1}}} +\end{verbatim} + +\item The form \verb|\expandafter\the\csname c@|\meta{counter}\verb|\endcsname| +also works (provided \cs{the} is allowed to be temporarily redefined, +see below): +\begin{verbatim} +\newcommand{\tally}[1]{% + \tallynum{\expandafter\the\csname c@#1\endcsname}} +\end{verbatim} + +\item \verb|\expandafter\the\value|\marg{counter} now also works +(with the same condition as above): +\begin{verbatim} +\newcommand{\tally}[1]{\tallynum{\expandafter\the\value{#1}}} +\end{verbatim} + +\item Another variation that will work: +\begin{verbatim} +\newcommand{\tally}[1]{% + \expandafter\tallynum\expandafter{\the\csname c@#1\endcsname}} +\end{verbatim} + +\item and also: +\begin{verbatim} +\newcommand{\tally}[1]{\tallynum{\the\csname c@#1\endcsname}} +\end{verbatim} +\end{itemize} +The following \emph{don't work}: +\begin{itemize} +\item This definition leads to the premature expansion of \cs{c@page} +to \qt{1} when, in this case, it should be \qt{2}: +\begin{verbatim} +\newcommand{\tally}[1]{\tallynum{\the\value{#1}}} +\end{verbatim} +\item This definition leads to \verb|\\c@page| in the glossary file: +\begin{verbatim} +\newcommand{\tally}[1]{\tallynum{\csname c@#1\endcsname}} +\end{verbatim} +\end{itemize} +If you have a numbering system where \verb|\|\meta{cs name}\verb|{page}| expands to -\verb|\|\meta{internal cs name}\cs{c@page} you need to use: +\verb|\|\meta{internal cs name}\cs{c@page} (for example, if +\verb|\tally{page}| expands to \verb|\tallynum\c@page|) then you +need to use: \begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsaddprotectedpagefmt] \cs{glsaddprotectedpagefmt}\marg{internal cs name} \end{definition} @@ -5265,13 +5995,14 @@ page-spanning paragraphs, you need to do: \end{verbatim} (If you are using a different counter for the location, such as \texttt{section} or \texttt{equation}, you don't need to worry about -this.) +this provided the inner command is expandable.) If the inner macro (as given by \verb|\|\meta{internal cs name}) contains non-expandable commands then you may need to redefine \cs{gls}\meta{internal cs name}\texttt{page} after using \cs{glsaddprotectedpagefmt}\marg{internal cs name}. This command doesn't take any arguments -as the location is assumed to be given by \cs{c@page}. For example, +as \emph{the location is assumed to be given by \cs{c@page}} because +that's the only occasion this command should be used. For example, suppose now my page counter format uses small caps Roman numerals: \begin{verbatim} \newcommand*{\samplenum}[1]{% @@ -5292,7 +6023,7 @@ format that's acceptable to the \gls*{indexingapp}. For example: \begin{verbatim} \renewcommand*{\gls@samplenumpage}{\romannumeral\c@page} \end{verbatim} -While this modification means that the location list in the glossary +While this modification means that the \gls{numberlist} in the glossary won't exactly match the format of the page numbers (displaying lower case Roman numbers instead of small cap Roman numerals) this method will at least work correctly for both \gls{makeindex} @@ -5307,18 +6038,22 @@ combined with \GlsAddXdyLocation{romansc}{:sep "\string\textsc\glsopenbrace" "roman-numbers-lowercase" :sep "\glsclosebrace"} \end{verbatim} -will now have lowercase Roman numerals in the location list. -(This option may cause problems if your locations should be -hyperlinks.) +will now have lowercase Roman numerals in the location list +(see \sectionref{sec:xindyloc} for further details on that command). +Take care of the backslashes. The location (which ends up in +the ":locref" attribute) needs \verb|\\| but the location class +(identified with \cs{GlsAddXdyLocation}) just has a single +backslash. Note that this example will cause problems if your +locations should be hyperlinks. -Another possibility that will work with both \gls{makeindex} and +Another possibility that may work with both \gls{makeindex} and \gls{xindy} is to redefine \cs{gls}\meta{internal cs name}\texttt{page} (\cs{gls@samplenumpage} in this example) -to just expand to the decimal page number and redefine +to just expand to the decimal page number (\verb|\number\c@page|) and redefine \ics{glsnumberformat} to change the displayed format: \begin{verbatim} - \renewcommand*{\gls@samplenumpage}{\number\c@page} - \renewcommand*{\glsnumberformat}[1]{\textsc{\romannumeral#1}} +\renewcommand*{\gls@samplenumpage}{\number\c@page} +\renewcommand*{\glsnumberformat}[1]{\textsc{\romannumeral#1}} \end{verbatim} \begin{important} @@ -5334,13 +6069,19 @@ causes a problem you can disallow it using \begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glswrallowprimitivemodsfalse] \cs{glswrallowprimitivemodsfalse} \end{definition} +but you will need to find some other way to ensure the location expands +correctly. + +\section{Range Formations} +\label{sec:ranges} Both \gls{makeindex} and \gls{xindy} (\optsand23) concatenate a sequence of~3 or more consecutive pages into~a range. With \gls*{xindy} (\opt3) you can vary the minimum sequence length using \ics{GlsSetXdyMinRangeLength}\marg{n} where \meta{n} is either an integer or the keyword \texttt{none} which indicates that there -should be no range formation. +should be no range formation (see \sectionref{sec:xindyloc} for +further details). \begin{important} Note that \cs{GlsSetXdyMinRangeLength} must be used before @@ -5382,6 +6123,12 @@ before \ics{makeglossaries} and have no effect if \ics{noist} is used. \end{important} +It's also possible to concatenate a sequence of consecutive +locations into a range or have suffixes with \opt4, but with +\gls{bib2gls} these implicit ranges can't be merged with explicit +ranges (created with the \verb|(| and \verb|)| encaps). See +the \gls{bib2gls} manual for further details. + \opt1 doesn't form ranges. However, with this option you can iterate over an entry's \gls{numberlist} using: \begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsnumberlistloop] @@ -5439,6 +6186,9 @@ which is described in \sectionref{sec:customxr}. \cs{glsnumberlistloop} is not available for \optsand23. \end{important} +\section{Style Hook} +\label{sec:isthook} + As from version 4.24, there's a hook that's used near the end of \ics{writeist} before the file is closed. You can set the code to be performed then using: @@ -5468,21 +6218,22 @@ valid code. \label{sec:glslink} Once you have defined a glossary entry using \ics{newglossaryentry} -or \ics{newacronym} (see \sectionref{sec:acronyms}), -you can refer to that entry in the document using one of the -commands listed in \sectionref{sec:gls-like} or -\sectionref{sec:glstext-like}. The text which appears at that -point in the document when using one of these commands is referred -to as the \gls{linktext} (even if there are no hyperlinks). These -commands also add a line to an external file that is -used to generate the relevant entry in the glossary. This +(\sectionref{sec:newglosentry}) or \ics{newacronym} (see +\sectionref{sec:acronyms}), you can refer to that entry in the +document using one of the commands listed in +\sectionref{sec:gls-like} or \sectionref{sec:glstext-like}. The text +which appears at that point in the document when using one of these +commands is referred to as the \gls{linktext} (even if there are no +hyperlinks). These commands also add a line to an external file that +is used to generate the relevant entry in the glossary. This information includes an associated location that is added to the \gls{numberlist} for that entry. By default, the location refers to the page number. For further information on number lists, see \sectionref{sec:numberlists}. These external files need to be post-processed by \gls{makeindex} or \gls{xindy} unless you have -chosen \opt1. If you don't use \ics{makeglossaries} these external -files won't be created. +chosen \optsor14. If you don't use \ics{makeglossaries} these external +files won't be created. (\optsand14 write the information to the +\filetype{.aux} file.) Note that repeated use of these commands for the same entry can cause the \gls{numberlist} to become quite long, which may not be @@ -5609,7 +6360,9 @@ other key that you plan to access through these commands. \cs{glssymbol}.) \end{important} -The following keys are available for the optional argument: +The keys listed below are available for the optional argument. +The \gls{glossaries-extra} package provides additional keys. +(See the \gls*{glossaries-extra} manual for further details.) \begin{description} \item[{\gloskey[glslink]{hyper}}] This is a boolean key which can be used to enable\slash disable the hyperlink to the relevant entry @@ -5628,22 +6381,28 @@ value is equivalent to the \gls{makeindex} encap value, and (as with \ics{index}) the value needs to be the name of a command \emph{without} the initial backslash. As with \ics{index}, the characters \verb"(" and \verb")" can also be used to specify the -beginning and ending of a number range. Again as with \ics{index}, -the command should be the name of a command which takes an argument -(which will be the associated location). Be careful not to use a -declaration (such as \texttt{bfseries}) instead of a text block command -(such as \texttt{textbf}) as the effect is not guaranteed to be -localised. If you want to apply more than one style to a given entry -(e.g.\ \textbf{bold} and \emph{italic}) you will need to create a -command that applies both formats, e.g.\ +beginning and ending of a number range and they must be in matching +pairs. (For example, \verb|\gls[format={(}]{sample}| on one page +to start the range and later \verb|\gls[format={)}]{sample}| to close +the range.) Again as with \ics{index}, the command should be the +name of a command which takes an argument (which will be the +associated location). Be careful not to use a declaration (such as +\texttt{bfseries}) instead of a text block command (such as +\texttt{textbf}) as the effect is not guaranteed to be localised. If +you want to apply more than one style to a given entry (e.g.\ +\textbf{bold} and \emph{italic}) you will need to create a command +that applies both formats, e.g.\ \begin{verbatim} \newcommand*{\textbfem}[1]{\textbf{\emph{#1}}} \end{verbatim} and use that command. -In this document, the standard formats refer to the standard text -block commands such as \ics{textbf} or \ics{emph} or any of the -commands listed in \tableref{tab:hyperxx}. +In this document, the standard formats refer to the standard text +block commands such as \ics{textbf} or \ics{emph} or any of the +commands listed in \tableref{tab:hyperxx}. You can combine a range +and format using \verb|(|\meta{format} to start the range and +\verb|)|\meta{format} to end the range. The \meta{format} part must +match. For example, \verb|format={(emph}| and \verb|format={)emph}|. \begin{important} If you use \gls{xindy} instead of \gls{makeindex}, you @@ -5695,9 +6454,9 @@ sans-serif font, you can define a command called, say, \newcommand{\hyperbsf}[1]{\textbf{\hypersf{#1}}} \end{verbatim} and then use \texttt{hyperbsf} as the value for the \gloskey{format} -key. (See also \ifpdf section~\ref*{sec:code:printglos} \fi +key.\footnote{See also \ifpdf section~\ref*{sec:code:printglos} \fi \qt{Displaying the glossary} in the documented code, -\texttt{glossaries-code.pdf}.) Remember that if you use \gls{xindy}, you +\texttt{glossaries-code.pdf}.} Remember that if you use \gls{xindy}, you will need to add this to the list of location attributes: \begin{verbatim} \GlsAddXdyAttribute{hyperbsf} @@ -5714,9 +6473,6 @@ the \gls*{firstuseflag} will be localised to the current scope. The default is \texttt{local=false}. \end{description} -The \gls{glossaries-extra} package provides an additional key. -Please see the \gls{glossaries-extra} user manual for further -details. \begin{important} The \gls{linktext} isn't scoped by default. Any unscoped @@ -6772,7 +7528,8 @@ You must use \ics{makeglossaries} (\optsor23) or terms that cross-reference entries. If any of the terms that you have cross-referenced don't appear in the glossary, check that you have put \cs{makeglossaries}\slash\cs{makenoidxglossaries} before all -entry definitions. +entry definitions. The \gls{glossaries-extra} package provides +better cross-reference handling. \end{important} There are several ways of cross-referencing entries in the @@ -7289,7 +8046,9 @@ have directly used \gls{makeindex} or \gls{xindy} (as described in \sectionref{sec:makeglossaries}). (While the external files are missing, these commands will just do \cs{null} for each missing glossary to assist dictionary style documents that just use -\cs{glsaddall} without inserting any text.) +\cs{glsaddall} without inserting any text. If you use +\gls{glossaries-extra}, it will insert a heading and boilerplate text when the +external files are missing.) If the glossary still does not appear after you re-\LaTeX\ your document, check the \gls*{makeindex}\slash\gls*{xindy} log files to @@ -7511,9 +8270,11 @@ This ensures that the glossary information is written in \gls*{xindy} syntax. \sectionref{sec:makeglossaries} covers how to use the external -\gls{indexingapp}. This section covers the commands provided -by the \styfmt{glossaries} package that allow you to adjust the -\gls{xindy} style file (\filetype{.xdy}) and parameters. +\gls{indexingapp}, and \sectionref{sec:locationsyntax} covers the +issues involved in the location syntax. This section covers the +commands provided by the \styfmt{glossaries} package that allow you +to adjust the \gls{xindy} style file (\filetype{.xdy}) and +parameters. To assist writing information to the \gls{xindy} style file, the \styfmt{glossaries} package provides the following @@ -7701,8 +8462,8 @@ where \meta{name} is the name of the format and \meta{definition} is the \gls{xindy} definition. The optional argument \meta{prefix-location} is needed if \cs{theH}\meta{counter} either isn't defined or is different from \cs{the}\meta{counter}. -(See also \ics{glsaddprotectedpagefmt} described in -\sectionref{sec:numberlists}.) +Be sure to also read \sectionref{sec:locationsyntax} for some issues +that you may encounter. \begin{important} Note that \cs{GlsAddXdyLocation} has no effect if \ics{noist} is @@ -7752,24 +8513,48 @@ This example is illustrated in the sample file \samplefile{xdy2}. \end{example} -\begin{example}{Locations as Words not Digits}{ex:fmtcount} -Suppose I want the page numbers written as words -rather than digits and I~use the \sty{fmtcount} package to -do this. I~can redefine \ics{thepage} as follows: +\begin{example}{Locations as Dice}{ex:dice} +Suppose I want a rather eccentric page numbering system that's +represented by the number of dots on dice. The \sty{stix} package +provides \cs{dicei}, \ldots, \cs{dicevi} that represent the six +sides of a die. I can define a command that takes a number as its +argument. If the number is less than seven, the appropriate +\cs{dice}\meta{n} command is used otherwise it does \cs{dicevi} the +required number of times with the leftover in a final +\cs{dice}\meta{n}. For example, the number 16 is represented by +\verb|\dicevi\dicevi\diceiv| ($6+6+4=16$). I've called this command +\cs{tallynum} to match the example given earlier in +\sectionref{sec:locationsyntax}: +\begin{verbatim} +\newrobustcmd{\tallynum}[1]{% + \ifnum\number#1<7 + $\csname dice\romannumeral#1\endcsname$% + \else + $\dicevi$% + \expandafter\tallynum\expandafter{\numexpr#1-6}% + \fi +} +\end{verbatim} +Here's the counter command: \begin{verbatim} -\renewcommand*{\thepage}{\Numberstring{page}} +newcommand{\tally}[1]{\tallynum{\arabic{#1}}} \end{verbatim} -This gets expanded to \verb|\protect \Numberstringnum |\marg{n} -where \meta{n} is the Arabic page number. This means that I~need to -define a new location that has that form: +The \ctr{page} counter representation (\cs{thepage}) needs to be +changed to use this command: \begin{verbatim} -\GlsAddXdyLocation{Numberstring}{:sep "\string\protect\space - \string\Numberstringnum\space\glsopenbrace" - "arabic-numbers" :sep "\glsclosebrace"} +\renewcommand*{\thepage}{\tally{page}} \end{verbatim} -Note that it's necessary to use \cs{space} to indicate that -spaces also appear in the format, since, unlike \TeX, -\gls{xindy} doesn't ignore spaces after control sequences. +The \cs{tally} command expands to \cs{tallynum} \marg{number} so +this needs a location class that matches this format: +\begin{verbatim} +\GlsAddXdyLocation{tally}{% + :sep "\string\tallynum\space\glsopenbrace" + "arabic-numbers" + :sep "\glsclosebrace" +} +\end{verbatim} +The space between \cs{tallynum} and \marg{number} is +significant to \gls{xindy} so \cs{space} is required. Note that \cs{GlsAddXdyLocation}\marg{name}\marg{definition} will define commands in the form: @@ -7779,16 +8564,16 @@ commands in the form: for each counter that has been identified either by the \pkgopt{counter} package option, the \meta{counter} option for \ics{newglossary} or in the argument of \ics{GlsAddXdyCounters}. - The first argument \meta{Hprefix} is only relevant when used with -the \sty{hyperref} package and indicates that \cs{the}\meta{Hcounter} -is given by \cs{Hprefix}"."\cs{the}\meta{counter}. The sample -file \samplefile{xdy}, which comes with the \styfmt{glossaries} +the \sty{hyperref} package and indicates that \cs{theH}\meta{counter} +is given by \cs{Hprefix}"."\cs{the}\meta{counter}. + +The sample file \samplefile{xdy}, which comes with the \styfmt{glossaries} package, uses the default \ctr{page} counter for locations, and it uses the default \ics{glsnumberformat} and a custom \cs{hyperbfit} -format. A new \gls{xindy} location called \texttt{Numberstring}, as +format. A new \gls{xindy} location called \texttt{tallynum}, as illustrated above, is defined to make the page numbers appear as -\qt{One}, \qt{Two}, etc. In order for the location numbers to +dice. In order for the location numbers to hyperlink to the relevant pages, I~need to redefine the necessary \cs{glsX}\meta{counter}"X"\meta{format} commands: \begin{verbatim} @@ -7800,28 +8585,99 @@ hyperlink to the relevant pages, I~need to redefine the necessary \textbf{\em\linkpagenumber#2}% } +\newcommand{\linkpagenumber}[2]{\hyperlink{page.#2}{#1{#2}}} +\end{verbatim} +Note that the second argument of \cs{glsXpageXglsnumberformat} is +in the format \cs{tallynum}\marg{n} so the line +\begin{verbatim} + \linkpagenumber#2% +\end{verbatim} +does +\begin{alltt} + \cs{linkpagenumber}\cs{tallynum}\marg{number} +\end{alltt} +so \cs{tallynum} is the first argument of \cs{linkpagenumber} +and \meta{number} is the second argument. +\end{example} + +\begin{important} +This method is very sensitive to the internal definition of the +location command. +\end{important} + +\begin{example}{Locations as Words not Digits}{ex:fmtcount} +Suppose I want the page numbers written as words +rather than digits and I~use the \sty{fmtcount} package to +do this. I~can redefine \ics{thepage} as follows: +\begin{verbatim} +\renewcommand*{\thepage}{\Numberstring{page}} +\end{verbatim} +This \emph{used} to get expanded to \verb|\protect \Numberstringnum |\marg{n} +where \meta{n} is the Arabic page number. This means that I~needed to +define a new location with the form: +\begin{verbatim} +\GlsAddXdyLocation{Numberstring}{:sep "\string\protect\space + \string\Numberstringnum\space\glsopenbrace" + "arabic-numbers" :sep "\glsclosebrace"} +\end{verbatim} +and if I'd used the \cs{linkpagenumber} command from the previous +example, it would need \emph{three} arguments (the first being +\cs{protect}): +\begin{verbatim} \newcommand{\linkpagenumber}[3]{\hyperlink{page.#3}{#1#2{#3}}} \end{verbatim} + +The internal definition of \cs{Numberstring} has since changed +so that it now expands to \verb|\Numberstringnum |\marg{n} +(no \cs{protect}). This means that the location class definition +must be changed to: +\begin{verbatim} +\GlsAddXdyLocation{Numberstring}{% no \protect now! + :sep "\string\Numberstringnum\space\glsopenbrace" + "arabic-numbers" :sep "\glsclosebrace"} +\end{verbatim} +and \cs{linkpagenumber} goes back to only two arguments: +\begin{verbatim} +\newcommand{\linkpagenumber}[2]{\hyperlink{page.#2}{#1{#2}}} +\end{verbatim} +The other change is that \cs{Numberstring} uses +\begin{alltt} +\cs{the}\cs{value}\marg{counter} +\end{alltt} +instead of +\begin{alltt} +\cs{expandafter}\cs{the}\cs{csname} c@\meta{counter}\cs{endcsname} +\end{alltt} +so it hides \cs{c@page} from the location escaping mechanism +(see \sectionref{sec:locationsyntax}). This means that the page +number may be incorrect if the indexing occurs during the output +routine. + +A more recent change to \sty{fmtcount} (v3.03) now puts three +instances of \cs{expandafter} before \verb|\the\value| which +no longer hides \cs{c@page} from the location escaping mechanism, so +the page numbers should once more be correct. The sample file +\samplefile{xdy3} illustrates this. \end{example} -In the \gls{numberlist}, the locations are sorted according to -type. The default ordering is: \texttt{roman-page-numbers} (e.g.\ -i), \texttt{arabic-page-numbers} (e.g.\ 1), -\texttt{arabic-section-numbers} (e.g.\ 1.1 if the compositor is a -full stop or 1-1 if the compositor is a hyphen\footnote{see -\ics{setCompositor} described in \sectionref{sec:setup}}), -\texttt{alpha-page-numbers} (e.g.\ a), \texttt{Roman-page-numbers} -(e.g.\ I), \texttt{Alpha-page-numbers} (e.g.\ A), -\texttt{Appendix-page-numbers} (e.g.\ A.1 if the Alpha compositor is -a full stop or A-1 if the Alpha compositor is a hyphen\footnote{see -\ics{setAlphaCompositor} described in -\sectionref{sec:setup}}), user defined location names (as -specified by \ics{GlsAddXdyLocation} in the order in which they were -defined), \texttt{see} (cross-referenced entries). This ordering can -be changed using: - -\DescribeMacro{\GlsSetXdyLocationClassOrder} -\begin{definition} +In the \gls{numberlist}, the locations are sorted according to the list +of provided location classes. The default ordering is: +\texttt{roman-page-numbers} (i, ii, \ldots), \texttt{arabic-page-numbers} +(1, 2, \ldots), \texttt{arabic-section-numbers} (for example, 1.1 if the +compositor is a full stop or 1-1 if the compositor is a +hyphen\footnote{see \ics{glsSetCompositor} described in +\sectionref{sec:setup}}), \texttt{alpha-page-numbers} (a, b, \ldots), +\texttt{Roman-page-numbers} (I, II, \ldots), \texttt{Alpha-page-numbers} +(A, B, \ldots), \texttt{Appendix-page-numbers} (for example, A.1 if the Alpha +compositor is a full stop or A-1 if the Alpha compositor is a +hyphen\footnote{see \ics{glsSetAlphaCompositor} described in +\sectionref{sec:setup}}), user defined location names (as specified +by \ics{GlsAddXdyLocation} in the order in which they were defined), +and finally \texttt{see} (cross-referenced entries).\footnote{With +\gls{glossaries-extra} \texttt{seealso} is appended to the end of +the list.} This ordering can be changed using: + +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\GlsSetXdyLocationClassOrder] \cs{GlsSetXdyLocationClassOrder}\marg{location names} \end{definition} where each location name is delimited by double quote marks and @@ -7838,6 +8694,8 @@ separated by white space. For example: "see" } \end{verbatim} +(Remember to add \verb|"seealso"| if you're using +\gls{glossaries-extra}.) \begin{important} Note that \cs{GlsSetXdyLocationClassOrder} has no effect if @@ -7849,10 +8707,9 @@ Note that \cs{GlsSetXdyLocationClassOrder} has no effect if If a \gls{numberlist} consists of a sequence of consecutive numbers, the range will be concatenated. The number of consecutive locations that causes a range formation -defaults to 2, but can be changed using:\newpage +defaults to 2, but can be changed using: -\DescribeMacro{\GlsSetXdyMinRangeLength} -\begin{definition} +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\GlsSetXdyMinRangeLength] \cs{GlsSetXdyMinRangeLength}\marg{n} \end{definition} For example: @@ -7869,8 +8726,7 @@ is used or if \ics{makeglossaries} is omitted. \cs{GlsSetXdyMinRangeLength} must be used before \ics{makeglossaries}. \end{important} - -See \sectionref{sec:numberlists} for further details. +See also \sectionref{sec:ranges}. \section{Glossary Groups} \label{sec:groups} @@ -7883,24 +8739,55 @@ a number group by default, unless you suppress it in the \usepackage[xindy={glsnumbers=false}]{glossaries} \end{verbatim} Any entry that doesn't go in one of the letter groups or the -number group is placed in the default group. +number group is placed in the default group. If you want \gls{xindy} +to sort the number group numerically (rather than by a string sort) +then you need to use \gls{xindy}['s] \texttt{numeric-sort} module: +\begin{verbatim} +\GlsAddXdyStyle{numeric-sort} +\end{verbatim} -If you have a number group, the default behaviour is to locate -it before the \qt{A} letter group. If you are not using a -Roman alphabet, you can change this using: +If you don't use \texttt{glsnumbers=false}, the default behaviour is to locate +the number group before the \qt{A} letter group. If you are not using a +Roman alphabet, you need to change this using: -\DescribeMacro{\GlsSetXdyFirstLetterAfterDigits} -\begin{definition} + +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\GlsSetXdyFirstLetterAfterDigits] \cs{GlsSetXdyFirstLetterAfterDigits}\marg{letter} \end{definition} +where \meta{letter} is the first letter of your alphabet. Take care +if you're using \sty{inputenc} as non-ASCII characters are actually +active characters that expand. (This isn't a problem with the native +UTF-8 engines and \sty{fontspec}.) The starred form will sanitize +the argument to prevent expansion. +Alternatively you can use: + + +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\GlsSetXdyNumberGroupOrder] +\cs{GlsSetXdyNumberGroupOrder}\marg{relative location} +\end{definition} +to change the default +\begin{alltt} +:before \cs{string}"\meta{letter}\cs{string}" +\end{alltt} +to \meta{relative location}. For example: +\begin{verbatim} +\GlsSetXdyNumberGroupOrder{:after \string"Z\string"} +\end{verbatim} +will put the number group after the \qt{Z} letter group. +Again take care of active characters. There's a starred version +that sanitizes the argument (so don't use \cs{string} in it). +\begin{alltt} +\cs{GlsSetXdyNumberGroupOrder}*\{:after "\"O"\} +\end{alltt} \begin{important} -Note that \cs{GlsSetXdyFirstLetterAfterDigits} has no effect if +Note that these commands have no effect if \ics{noist} is used or if \ics{makeglossaries} is omitted. \cs{GlsSetXdyFirstLetterAfterDigits} must be used before \ics{makeglossaries}.\par \end{important} + \chapter{Defining New Glossaries} \label{sec:newglossary} @@ -8700,9 +9587,7 @@ since the description needs to be specified by the user. It may be that you want to define a new acronym style that's based on an existing style. Within \meta{display} you can use -\par -\DescribeMacro{\GlsUseAcrEntryDispStyle} -\begin{definition} +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\GlsUseAcrEntryDispStyle] \cs{GlsUseAcrEntryDispStyle}\marg{style name} \end{definition} to use the \meta{display} definition from the style given by @@ -9919,6 +10804,10 @@ given entry by placing \ics{nopostdesc} in the entry's description. As from version 3.03 you can now use the package option \pkgopt{nopostdot} to suppress this full stop. This is the better option if you want to use the \sty{glossaries-extra} package. +The \sty{glossaries-extra-stylemods} package provides some +adjustments some of to the predefined styles listed here, allowing +for greater flexibility. See the \sty{glossaries-extra} +documentation for further details. \subsection{List Styles} \label{sec:liststyles} @@ -9932,7 +10821,9 @@ these styles will automatically be available unless you use the \begin{important} Note that, except for the \glostyle{listdotted} style, these -list styles are incompatible with \sty{classicthesis}. +list styles are incompatible with \sty{classicthesis}. They +may also be incompatible with other classes or packages that +modify the \env{description} environment. \end{important} \begin{description} @@ -11765,8 +12656,7 @@ non-empty value for the \gloskey{prefixplural} key. Does \meta{true part} if the entry identified by \meta{label} has a non-empty value for the \gloskey{prefixfirst} key. -\DescribeMacro\ifglshasprefixfirstplural -\begin{definition} +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\ifglshasprefixfirstplural] \cs{ifglshasprefixfirstplural}\marg{label}\marg{true part}\marg{false part} \end{definition} Does \meta{true part} if the entry identified by \meta{label} has a @@ -11791,8 +12681,7 @@ Displays the value of the \gloskey{prefixplural} key for the entry given by \meta{label}. (No check is performed to determine if the entry exists.) -\DescribeMacro\glsentryprefixfirstplural -\begin{definition} +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsentryprefixfirstplural] \cs{glsentryprefixfirstplural}\marg{label} \end{definition} Displays the value of the \gloskey{prefixfirstplural} key for the entry given @@ -11812,8 +12701,7 @@ apply.}: \cs{Glsentryprefixplural}\marg{label} \end{definition} -\DescribeMacro\Glsentryprefixfirstplural -\begin{definition} +\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\Glsentryprefixfirstplural] \cs{Glsentryprefixfirstplural}\marg{label} \end{definition} @@ -11907,7 +12795,8 @@ that you also read the \sty{accsupp} documentation. \chapter{Troubleshooting} \label{sec:trouble} -The \styfmt{glossaries} package comes with some minimal example +In addition to the sample files listed in \sectionref{sec:samples}, +the \styfmt{glossaries} package comes with some minimal example files, \texttt{minimalgls.tex}, \texttt{mwe-gls.tex}, \texttt{mwe-acr.tex} and \texttt{mwe-acr-desc.tex}, which can be used for testing. These should be located in the \texttt{samples} @@ -11916,6 +12805,8 @@ directory. The location varies according to your operating system and \TeX\ installation. For example, on my Linux partition it can be found in \texttt{/usr\slash local\slash texlive\slash 2014\slash texmf-dist\slash doc\slash latex\slash glossaries/}. +The \gls{makeglossariesgui} application can also be used to test for +various problems. Further information on debugging \LaTeX\ code is available at \url{http://www.dickimaw-books.com/latex/minexample/}. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossariesbegin.html b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossariesbegin.html index 66d476fd9d1..ea4a11c301a 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossariesbegin.html +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossariesbegin.html @@ -17,6 +17,7 @@ /* start css.sty */ .cmr-17{font-size:170%;} .cmr-12{font-size:120%;} +.cmr-8{font-size:80%;} .cmtt-12{font-size:120%;font-family: monospace;} .cmtt-12{font-family: monospace;} .cmtt-12{font-family: monospace;} @@ -26,12 +27,14 @@ .cmbx-9{ font-weight: bold;} .cmss-9{font-size:90%; font-family: sans-serif;} .cmss-9{ font-family: sans-serif;} +.cmss-9{ font-family: sans-serif;} .cmtt-10{font-family: monospace;} .cmtt-10{font-family: monospace;} .cmtt-10{font-family: monospace;} .cmtt-10{font-family: monospace;} .cmss-10{ font-family: sans-serif;} .cmss-10{ font-family: sans-serif;} +.cmss-10{ font-family: sans-serif;} .cmti-10{ font-style: italic;} .cmtt-9{font-size:90%;font-family: monospace;} .cmtt-9{font-family: monospace;} @@ -41,6 +44,10 @@ .cmbx-10{ font-weight: bold;} .cmbx-10{ font-weight: bold;} .cmsy-9{font-size:90%;} +.cmss-8{font-size:80%; font-family: sans-serif;} +.cmss-8{ font-family: sans-serif;} +.cmss-8{ font-family: sans-serif;} +.small-caps{font-variant: small-caps; } p.noindent { text-indent: 0em } td p.noindent { text-indent: 0em; margin-top:0em; } p.nopar { text-indent: 0em; } @@ -172,7 +179,7 @@ div.array {text-align:center;} .equation-star td{text-align:center; } table.equation-star { width:100%; } table.equation { width:100%; } -table.align, table.alignat, table.xalignat, table.xxalignat, table.flalign {width:100%; margin-left:5%; white-space: nowrap;} +table.align, table.alignat, table.xalignat, table.xxalignat, table.flalign {width:95%; margin-left:5%; white-space: nowrap;} table.align-star, table.alignat-star, table.xalignat-star, table.flalign-star {margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; white-space: nowrap;} td.align-label { width:5%; text-align:center; } td.align-odd { text-align:right; padding-right:0.3em;} @@ -186,6 +193,46 @@ div.longtable{text-align:center;} .supertabular {text-align:center} div.important { border : solid red; } div.verbatim { font-family: monospace; white-space: nowrap; text-align:left; clear:both; padding-top: 2ex; padding-bottom: 2ex;} +span#textcolor1{color:#00FF00} +span#textcolor2{color:#00FF00} +span#textcolor3{color:#00FF00} +span#textcolor4{color:#FF0000} +span#textcolor5{color:#00FF00} +span#textcolor6{color:#FF0000} +span#textcolor7{color:#FF0000} +span#textcolor8{color:#FF0000} +span#textcolor9{color:#00FF00} +span#textcolor10{color:#00FF00} +span#textcolor11{color:#FF0000} +span#textcolor12{color:#00FF00} +span#textcolor13{color:#00FF00} +span#textcolor14{color:#00FF00} +span#textcolor15{color:#00FF00} +span#textcolor16{color:#FF0000} +span#textcolor17{color:#FF0000} +span#textcolor18{color:#FF0000} +span#textcolor19{color:#00FF00} +span#textcolor20{color:#00FF00} +span#textcolor21{color:#FF0000} +span#textcolor22{color:#00FF00} +span#textcolor23{color:#00FF00} +span#textcolor24{color:#00FF00} +span#textcolor25{color:#00FF00} +span#textcolor26{color:#FF0000} +span#textcolor27{color:#FF0000} +span#textcolor28{color:#00FF00} +span#textcolor29{color:#FF0000} +span#textcolor30{color:#FF0000} +span#textcolor31{color:#FF0000} +span#textcolor32{color:#00FF00} +span#textcolor33{color:#FF0000} +span#textcolor34{color:#00FF00} +span#textcolor35{color:#00FF00} +span#textcolor36{color:#00FF00} +span#textcolor37{color:#00FF00} +span#textcolor38{color:#FF0000} +span#textcolor39{color:#00FF00} +span#textcolor40{color:#00FF00} /* end css.sty */ @@ -193,22 +240,22 @@ div.verbatim { font-family: monospace; white-space: nowrap; text-align:left; cle </style> </head><body > -<!--l. 44--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 55--><p class="noindent" ><a id="top"></a> -</p><!--l. 44--><p class="indent" > +</p><!--l. 55--><p class="indent" > -</p><!--l. 44--><p class="indent" > +</p><!--l. 55--><p class="indent" > </p> <div class="center" > -<!--l. 44--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 44--><p class="noindent" ><span -class="cmr-17">The glossaries package v4.32: a guide for</span> +<!--l. 55--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 55--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="cmr-17">The glossaries package v4.33: a guide for</span> <span class="cmr-17">beginners</span> </p> @@ -220,36 +267,36 @@ id="TBL-1-1" /></colgroup><tr class="td11"> <span class="cmr-12">Nicola L.C. Talbot </span></td></tr></table> </div> -<!--l. 44--><p class="noindent" ><span -class="cmr-12">2017-08-24</span></p></div> +<!--l. 55--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="cmr-12">2017-09-20</span></p></div> <div class="abstract" > <div class="center" > -<!--l. 46--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 46--><p class="noindent" ><span +<!--l. 57--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 57--><p class="noindent" ><span class="cmbx-9">Abstract</span></p></div> - <!--l. 47--><p class="indent" > <span + <!--l. 58--><p class="indent" > <span class="cmr-9">The </span><span class="cmss-9">glossaries </span><span class="cmr-9">package is very flexible, but this means that it has a</span><span class="cmr-9"> lot</span> <span -class="cmr-9">options, and since a user guide is supposed to provide a complete list of all</span> +class="cmr-9">of options, and since a user guide is supposed to provide a complete list</span> <span -class="cmr-9">the high-level user commands, the main user manual is quite big. This can</span> +class="cmr-9">of all the high-level user commands, the main user manual is quite big.</span> <span -class="cmr-9">be rather daunting for beginners, so this document is a brief introduction</span> +class="cmr-9">This can be rather daunting for beginners, so this document is a brief</span> <span -class="cmr-9">just to help get you started. If you find yourself saying, “Yeah, but how</span> +class="cmr-9">introduction just to help get you started. If you find yourself saying, “Yeah,</span> <span -class="cmr-9">can I do</span><span +class="cmr-9">but how can I do</span><span class="cmr-9">…?” then it’s time to move on to the </span><a href="glossaries-user.html" ><span class="cmr-9">main user manual</span></a><span class="cmr-9">.</span> - </p><!--l. 56--><p class="indent" > <span + </p><!--l. 67--><p class="indent" > <span class="cmr-9">I’ve made some statements in this document that don’t actually tell</span> <span class="cmr-9">you the full truth, but it would clutter the document and cause confusion</span> @@ -287,12 +334,12 @@ href="#sec:xr" id="QQ2-1-10">Cross-References</a></span> <br /> <span class="sectionToc" >9 <a href="#sec:moreinfo" id="QQ2-1-11">Further Information</a></span> </div> -<!--l. 66--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 77--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 66--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 77--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h2 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">1 </span> <a id="sec:start"></a>Getting Started</h3> -<!--l. 69--><p class="noindent" >As with all packages, you need to load <span +<!--l. 80--><p class="noindent" >As with all packages, you need to load <span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>with <span class="cmtt-10">\usepackage</span>, but there are certain packages that must be loaded before <span @@ -312,7 +359,7 @@ class="cmss-10">fontenc</span><a to load these packages, but if you want them, you must load them before <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>.) -</p><!--l. 76--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you require multilingual support you must also install the relevant +</p><!--l. 87--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you require multilingual support you must also install the relevant language module. Each language module is called <span class="cmtt-10">glossaries-</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">language</span>⟩, where @@ -324,8 +371,8 @@ class="cmtt-10">glossaries-german</span>. If a language module is required, the class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package will automatically try to load it and will give a warning if the module isn’t found. </div> -</p><!--l. 84--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 86--><p class="indent" > Once you have loaded <span +</p><!--l. 95--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 97--><p class="indent" > Once you have loaded <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>, you need to define your terms in the preamble and then you can use them throughout the document. Here’s a simple example: @@ -334,34 +381,34 @@ example: </p> <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-1"> -\documentclass{article} - <br />\usepackage{glossaries} - <br />\newglossaryentry{ex}{name={sample},description={an example}} - <br />\begin{document} - <br />Here's my \gls{ex} term. - <br />\end{document} + \documentclass{article} + <br /> \usepackage{glossaries} + <br /> \newglossaryentry{ex}{name={sample},description={an example}} + <br /> \begin{document} + <br /> Here's my \gls{ex} term. + <br /> \end{document} </div> -<!--l. 99--><p class="nopar" > This produces: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> - <br />Here’s my sample term. - <br /><spacer type=vertical size=10></span> -Here’s another example: +<!--l. 110--><p class="nopar" > This produces: + </p><div class="quote"> + <!--l. 113--><p class="noindent" >Here’s my sample term.</p></div> +<!--l. 115--><p class="noindent" >Here’s another example: </p> <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-2"> -\documentclass{article} - <br />\usepackage{glossaries} - <br />\setacronymstyle{long-short} - <br />\newacronym{svm}{SVM}{support vector machine} - <br />\begin{document} - <br />First use: \gls{svm}. Second use: \gls{svm}. - <br />\end{document} -</div> -<!--l. 117--><p class="nopar" > This produces: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> - <br />First use: support vector machine (SVM). Second use: SVM. - <br /><spacer type=vertical size=10></span> -In this case, the text produced by <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + \documentclass{article} + <br /> \usepackage{glossaries} + <br /> \setacronymstyle{long-short} + <br /> \newacronym{svm}{SVM}{support vector machine} + <br /> \begin{document} + <br /> First use: \gls{svm}. Second use: \gls{svm}. + <br /> \end{document} +</div> +<!--l. 128--><p class="nopar" > This produces: + </p><div class="quote"> + <!--l. 131--><p class="noindent" >First use: support vector machine (SVM). Second use: SVM.</p></div> +<!--l. 133--><p class="noindent" >In this case, the text produced by <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls{svm}</span></span></span> changed after the first use. The first use produced the long form followed by the short form in parentheses because I set the acronym style to <span @@ -375,7 +422,48 @@ class="cmtt-10">.log </span>file and search for the line that starts with <span class="cmtt-10">Package: glossaries </span>followed by a date and version.) -</p><!--l. 133--><p class="indent" > If you like, you can put all your definitions in another file (for example, +</p><!--l. 144--><p class="indent" > Abbreviations are slightly different if you use the extension package <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span><a + id="dx1-2006"></a> +(which needs to be installed separately): + + + +</p> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-3"> + \documentclass{article} + <br /> \usepackage{glossaries-extra} + <br /> \setabbreviationstyle{long-short}% glossaries-extra.sty + <br /> \newabbreviation{svm}{SVM}{support vector machine}% glossaries-extra.sty + <br /> \begin{document} + <br /> First use: \gls{svm}. Second use: \gls{svm}. + <br /> \end{document} +</div> +<!--l. 158--><p class="nopar" > If you still want to use <span +class="cmtt-10">\newacronym </span>(rather than <span +class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span>) then you need +the optional argument of <span +class="cmtt-10">\setabbreviationstyle</span>: + + + +</p> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-4"> + \documentclass{article} + <br /> \usepackage{glossaries-extra} + <br /> \setabbreviationstyle[acronym]{long-short}% glossaries-extra.sty only + <br /> \newacronym{svm}{SVM}{support vector machine} + <br /> \begin{document} + <br /> First use: \gls{svm}. Second use: \gls{svm}. + <br /> \end{document} +</div> +<!--l. 174--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 175--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> You can’t use <span +class="cmtt-10">\setacronymstyle </span>with <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span><a + id="dx1-2007"></a>. </div> +</p><!--l. 177--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 179--><p class="indent" > If you like, you can put all your definitions in another file (for example, <span class="cmtt-10">defns.tex</span>) and load that file in the preamble using <span class="cmtt-10">\loadglsentries </span>with the @@ -384,177 +472,394 @@ filename as the argument. For example: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-3"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-5"> \loadglsentries{defns} </div> -<!--l. 138--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 140--><p class="indent" > Don’t try inserting formatting commands into the definitions as they can -interfere with the underlying mechanism. Instead, the formatting should -be done by the style. For example, suppose I want to replace <span -class="cmtt-10">SVM </span>in the -above to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\textsc{svm}</span></span></span>, then I need to select a style that uses <span -class="cmtt-10">\textsc</span>, like -this: +<!--l. 184--><p class="nopar" > If you find you have a really large number of definitions that are hard to manage in a +<span +class="cmtt-10">.tex </span>file, you might want to have a look at <span +class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a + id="dx1-2008"></a> (installed separately) which +requires a <span +class="cmtt-10">.bib </span>format instead that can be managed by an application such as +JabRef. +</p><!--l. 191--><p class="indent" > Don’t try inserting formatting commands into the definitions as they can interfere +with the underlying mechanism. Instead, the formatting should be done by the +style. For example, suppose I want to replace <span +class="cmtt-10">SVM </span>with <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\textsc{svm}</span></span></span>, then +I need to select a style that uses <span +class="cmtt-10">\textsc</span>, like this (for the base <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries</span> +style): </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-4"> -\documentclass{article} - <br />\usepackage{glossaries} - <br />\setacronymstyle{long-sc-short} - <br />\newacronym{svm}{svm}{support vector machine} - <br />\begin{document} - <br />First use: \gls{svm}. Second use: \gls{svm}. - <br />\end{document} + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-6"> + \documentclass{article} + <br /> \usepackage{glossaries} + <br /> \setacronymstyle{long-sc-short} + <br /> \newacronym{svm}{svm}{support vector machine} + <br /> \begin{document} + <br /> First use: \gls{svm}. Second use: \gls{svm}. + <br /> \end{document} +</div> +<!--l. 209--><p class="nopar" > The abbreviation styles have a different naming scheme with <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span><a + id="dx1-2009"></a>: + + + +</p> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-7"> + \documentclass{article} + <br /> \usepackage{glossaries-extra} + <br /> \setabbreviationstyle{long-short-sc}% glossaries-extra.sty + <br /> \newabbreviation{svm}{svm}{support vector machine}% glossaries-extra.sty + <br /> \begin{document} + <br /> First use: \gls{svm}. Second use: \gls{svm}. + <br /> \end{document} </div> -<!--l. 157--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 159--><p class="indent" > As you can hopefully see from the above examples, there are two main ways of -defining a term. In both cases, the term is given a label. In the first case the label -was <span -class="cmtt-10">ex </span>and in the second case the label was <span -class="cmtt-10">svm</span>. The label is just a way of -identifying the term (like the standard <span +<!--l. 224--><p class="nopar" > With <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span><a + id="dx1-2010"></a> you can have multiple abbreviation styles for different +categories. Many of these styles have their own associated formatting commands that +can be redefined for minor adjustments. For example: + + + +</p> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-8"> + \documentclass{article} + <br /> \usepackage{glossaries-extra} + <br /> \setabbreviationstyle[statistical]{long-short-sc} + <br /> \setabbreviationstyle[bacteria]{long-only-short-only} + <br /> % Formatting commands used by 'long-only-short-only' style: + <br /> \renewcommand*{\glsabbrvonlyfont}[1]{\emph{#1}} + <br /> \renewcommand*{\glslongonlyfont}[1]{\emph{#1}} + <br /> % Formatting command used by 'long-short-sc' style: + <br /> % (make sure abbreviation is converted to lower case) + <br /> \renewcommand*{\glsabbrvscfont}[1]{\textsc{\MakeLowercase{#1}}} + <br /> \newabbreviation + <br />  [ + <br />    category={statistical}% glossaries-extra.sty key + <br />  ] + <br />  {svm}{SVM}{support vector machine} + <br /> \newabbreviation + <br />  [ + <br />    category={bacteria}% glossaries-extra.sty key + <br />  ] + <br />  {cbot}{C.~botulinum}{Clostridium botulinum} + <br /> \begin{document} + <br /> First use: \gls{svm}, \gls{cbot}. + <br /> Next use: \gls{svm}, \gls{cbot}. + <br /> \end{document} +</div> +<!--l. 262--><p class="nopar" > This produces: + </p><div class="quote"> + <!--l. 265--><p class="noindent" >First use: support vector machine (<span +class="cmcsc-10"><span +class="small-caps">s</span><span +class="small-caps">v</span><span +class="small-caps">m</span></span>), <span +class="cmti-10">Clostridium botulinum</span>. + </p><!--l. 268--><p class="noindent" >Next use: <span +class="cmcsc-10"><span +class="small-caps">s</span><span +class="small-caps">v</span><span +class="small-caps">m</span></span>, <span +class="cmti-10">C.</span><span +class="cmti-10"> botulinum</span>.</p></div> +<!--l. 271--><p class="indent" > As you can hopefully see from the above examples, there are two main ways of +defining a term: as a general entry (<span +class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span>) or as an abbreviation +(<span +class="cmtt-10">\newacronym </span>or, with <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span><a + id="dx1-2011"></a>, <span +class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span>). +</p><!--l. 276--><p class="indent" > Regardless of the method of defining a term, the term is always given a label. In + + + +the first example, the label was <span +class="cmtt-10">ex </span>and in the other examples the label was <span +class="cmtt-10">svm </span>(and +<span +class="cmtt-10">cbot </span>in the last example). The label is used to uniquely identify the term (like the +standard <span class="cmtt-10">\label</span>/<span -class="cmtt-10">\ref </span>mechanism). It’s best to just use -the following alphanumerics in the labels: <span +class="cmtt-10">\ref </span>or <span +class="cmtt-10">\cite </span>mechanism). It’s best to just use the following +alphanumerics in the labels: <span class="cmtt-10">a</span>, …, <span class="cmtt-10">z</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">A</span>, …, <span class="cmtt-10">Z</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">0</span>, …, <span -class="cmtt-10">9</span>. Sometimes you can -also use punctuation characters but not if another package (such as <span +class="cmtt-10">9</span>. Sometimes you can also use +punctuation characters but not if another package (such as <span class="cmss-10">babel</span><a - id="dx1-2006"></a>) -meddles with them. Don’t try using any characters outside of the basic Latin -set (for example, é or ß) or things will go horribly wrong. This warning + id="dx1-2012"></a>) meddles with +them. Don’t try using any characters outside of the basic Latin set with +<span +class="cmss-10">inputenc</span><a + id="dx1-2013"></a> (for example, é or ß) or things will go horribly wrong. This warning only applies to the label. It doesn’t apply to the text that appears in the document. -</p><!--l. 173--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Don’t use <span -class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>in chapter or section headings as it can have some -unpleasant side-effects. Instead use <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsentrytext </span>for regular entries and -one of <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsentryshort</span>, <span +</p><!--l. 291--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Don’t use <span +class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>in chapter or section headings as it can have some unpleasant +side-effects. Instead use <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsentrytext </span>for regular entries and one of <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsentryshort</span>, +<span class="cmtt-10">\glsentrylong </span>or <span -class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfull </span>for acronyms. -</div> -</p><!--l. 178--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 180--><p class="indent" > The above examples are reasonably straightforward. The difficulty comes -if you want to display a sorted list of all the entries you have used in the -document. The <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package provides three options: use <span class="TEX">T<span -class="E">E</span>X</span> to perform the -sorting; use <span -class="cmtt-10">makeindex </span>to perform the sorting; use <span -class="cmtt-10">xindy </span>to perform the -sorting. -</p><!--l. 187--><p class="indent" > The first option (using <span class="TEX">T<span -class="E">E</span>X</span>) is the simplest and easiest method, but -it’s inefficient and the sorting is done according to the English alphabet. -To use this method, add <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfull </span>for acronyms. Alternatively use <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span><a + id="dx1-2014"></a> +which provides special commands for use in section headings, such as <span +class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtshort</span> +<span +class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span +class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}</span>. </div> +</p><!--l. 298--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 300--><p class="indent" > The above examples are reasonably straightforward. The difficulty comes if you +want to display a <span +class="cmti-10">sorted </span>list of all the entries you have used in the document. The +<span +class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span><a + id="dx1-2015"></a> package provides a really easy way of listing all the defined +entries: + + + +</p> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-9"> + \documentclass{article} + <br /> \usepackage[sort=none]{glossaries-extra} + <br /> \newglossaryentry{potato}{name={potato},plural={potatoes}, + <br />  description={starchy tuber}} + <br /> \newglossaryentry{cabbage}{name={cabbage}, + <br />  description={vegetable with thick green or purple leaves}} + <br /> \newglossaryentry{turnip}{name={turnip}, + <br />  description={round pale root vegetable}} + <br /> \newglossaryentry{carrot}{name={carrot}, + <br />  description={orange root}} + <br /> \begin{document} + <br /> Chop the \gls{cabbage}, \glspl{potato} and \glspl{carrot}. + <br /> \printunsrtglossaries % list all entries + <br /> \end{document} +</div> +<!--l. 326--><p class="nopar" > However this method doesn’t sort the entries (they’re listed in order of definition) +and it will display all the defined entries, regardless of whether or not you’ve used +them all in the document, so “turnip” appears in the glossary even though there’s no +<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\gls{turnip}</span></span></span> (or similar) in the document. +</p><!--l. 333--><p class="indent" > The <span +class="cmss-10">sort=none</span><a + id="dx1-2016"></a> option isn’t essential in this case (there’s no other sort option +available for this document), but it prevents the automatic construction of the sort +value and so slightly improves the document build time. +</p><!--l. 338--><p class="indent" > Note that this example document uses the same command (<span +class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaries</span>) +that’s used with <span +class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a + id="dx1-2017"></a> (<a +href="#option4">Option 4</a>) but with <span +class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a + id="dx1-2018"></a> you instead need to use the +<span +class="cmss-10">record</span><a + id="dx1-2019"></a> package option and one or more instances of <span +class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLoadResources </span>in the +preamble (see below). +</p><!--l. 344--><p class="indent" > Most users prefer to have an automatically sorted list that only contains entries +that have been used in the document. The <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package provides three options: +use <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> to perform the sorting (<a +href="#option1">Option 1</a>); use <span +class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a + id="dx1-2020"></a> to perform +the sorting (<a +href="#option2">Option 2</a>); use <span +class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a + id="dx1-2021"></a> to perform the sorting (<a +href="#option3">Option 3</a>). The +extension package <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span><a + id="dx1-2022"></a> provides a fourth method: use <span +class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a + id="dx1-2023"></a> +(<a +href="#option4">Option 4</a>). +</p><!--l. 352--><p class="indent" > The first option (using <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span>) is the simplest method, as it doesn’t require an +external tool, but it’s very inefficient and the sorting is done according to the English +alphabet. To use this method, add <span class="cmtt-10">\makenoidxglossaries </span>to the preamble and put <span class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossaries </span>at the place where you want your glossary. For + + + example: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-5"> -\documentclass{article} - <br />\usepackage{glossaries} - <br />\makenoidxglossaries - <br />\newglossaryentry{potato}{name={potato},plural={potatoes}, - <br /> description={starchy tuber}} - <br />\newglossaryentry{cabbage}{name={cabbage}, - <br /> description={vegetable with thick green or purple leaves}} - <br />\newglossaryentry{carrot}{name={carrot}, - <br /> description={orange root}} - <br />\begin{document} - <br />Chop the \gls{cabbage}, \glspl{potato} and \glspl{carrot}. - <br />\printnoidxglossaries - <br />\end{document} -</div> -<!--l. 213--><p class="nopar" > Try this out and run <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-10"> + \documentclass{article} + <br /> \usepackage{glossaries} + <br /> \makenoidxglossaries % use TeX to sort + <br /> \newglossaryentry{potato}{name={potato},plural={potatoes}, + <br />  description={starchy tuber}} + <br /> \newglossaryentry{cabbage}{name={cabbage}, + <br />  description={vegetable with thick green or purple leaves}} + <br /> \newglossaryentry{turnip}{name={turnip}, + <br />  description={round pale root vegetable}} + <br /> \newglossaryentry{carrot}{name={carrot}, + <br />  description={orange root}} + <br /> \begin{document} + <br /> Chop the \gls{cabbage}, \glspl{potato} and \glspl{carrot}. + <br /> \printnoidxglossaries + <br /> \end{document} +</div> +<!--l. 382--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 384--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The <span +class="cmtt-10">\makenoidxglossaries </span>method is very slow, uses an ASCII comparator and +often breaks if there are commands in the <span +class="cmtt-10">name </span>key. </div> +</p><!--l. 388--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 390--><p class="indent" > Try this out and run <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span></span> (or pdf<span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span></span>) <span -class="cmti-10">twice</span>. The first run won’t -show the glossary. It will only appear on the second run. The glossary has -a vertical gap between the “carrot” term and the “potato” term. This is -because the entries in the glossaries are grouped according to their first -letter. If you don’t want this gap, just add <span -class="cmtt-10">nogroupskip </span>to the package +class="cmti-10">twice</span>. The first run won’t show the +glossary. It will only appear on the second run. This doesn’t include “turnip” in the +glossary because that term hasn’t been used (with commands like <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\gls{turnip}</span></span></span>) in +the document. +</p><!--l. 395--><p class="indent" > The glossary has a vertical gap between the “carrot” term and the “potato” term. +This is because the entries in the glossaries are grouped according to their +first letter. If you don’t want this gap, just add <span +class="cmss-10">nogroupskip</span><a + id="dx1-2024"></a> to the package options: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-6"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-11"> \usepackage[nogroupskip]{glossaries} </div> -<!--l. 222--><p class="nopar" > If you try out this example you may also notice that the description is followed -by a full stop (period) and a number. The number is the location in the -document where the entry was used, so you can lookup the term in the glossary +<!--l. 401--><p class="nopar" > or you may want to try out a style that shows the group headings: + + + +</p> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-12"> +\usepackage[style=indexgroup]{glossaries} +</div> +<!--l. 405--><p class="nopar" > If you try out this example you may also notice that the description is followed by a +full stop (period) and a number. The number is the location in the document where +the entry was used (page 1 in this case), so you can lookup the term in the glossary and be directed to the relevant pages. It may be that you don’t want this back-reference, in which case you can suppress it using the <span -class="cmtt-10">nonumberlist </span>package +class="cmss-10">nonumberlist</span><a + id="dx1-2025"></a> package option: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-7"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-13"> \usepackage[nonumberlist]{glossaries} </div> -<!--l. 231--><p class="nopar" > If you don’t like the terminating full stop, you can suppress that with the <span -class="cmtt-10">nopostdot</span> +<!--l. 415--><p class="nopar" > If you don’t like the terminating full stop, you can suppress that with the <span +class="cmss-10">nopostdot</span><a + id="dx1-2026"></a> package option: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-8"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-14"> \usepackage[nopostdot]{glossaries} </div> -<!--l. 236--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 238--><p class="indent" > You may have noticed that I’ve used another command in the above example: +<!--l. 420--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 422--><p class="indent" > If you tried out the previous example with <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span><a + id="dx1-2027"></a> and <span +class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaries</span> +the terminating full stop is missing and there are no number lists. You can add the +full stop back with + + + +</p> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-15"> +\usepackage[nopostdot=false]{glossaries-extra} +</div> +<!--l. 427--><p class="nopar" > or + + + +</p> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-16"> +\usepackage[postdot]{glossaries-extra} +</div> +<!--l. 431--><p class="nopar" > If you want the number lists then you need to use an indexing option. +</p><!--l. 435--><p class="indent" > You may have noticed that I’ve used another command in the above example: <span class="cmtt-10">\glspl</span>. This displays the plural form. By default, this is just the singular form with the letter “s” appended, but in the case of “potato” I had to specify the correct plural using the <span class="cmtt-10">plural </span>key. -</p><!--l. 244--><p class="indent" > As I mentioned earlier, using <span class="TEX">T<span +</p><!--l. 441--><p class="indent" > As I mentioned earlier, using <span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span> to sort the entries is the simplest but least efficient method. If you have a large glossary or if your terms contain non-Latin or extended Latin characters, then you will have a much faster build time if you use <span -class="cmtt-10">makeindex </span>or <span -class="cmtt-10">xindy</span>. If you are using extended Latin or non-Latin characters, then -<span -class="cmtt-10">xindy </span>is the recommended method. These two methods are described in more detail -in <a +class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a + id="dx1-2028"></a> (<a +href="#option2">Option 2</a>) or <span +class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a + id="dx1-2029"></a> (<a +href="#option3">Option 3</a>) or <span +class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a + id="dx1-2030"></a> (<a +href="#option4">Option 4</a>). If you are using +extended Latin or non-Latin characters, then <span +class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a + id="dx1-2031"></a> or <span +class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a + id="dx1-2032"></a> are the +recommended methods. These methods are described in more detail in <a href="#sec:printglossaries"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>4 </a><a -href="#sec:printglossaries">Displaying a List of Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:printglossaries --></a>. -</p><!--l. 253--><p class="indent" > The rest of this document briefly describes the main commands provided by the +href="#sec:printglossaries">Displaying +a List of Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:printglossaries --></a>. +</p><!--l. 451--><p class="indent" > The rest of this document briefly describes the main commands provided by the <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package. -</p><!--l. 256--><p class="noindent" > +class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package. (Most of these are also available with <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span><a + id="dx1-2033"></a> but may +behave slightly differently.) +</p><!--l. 456--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 256--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 456--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h2 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2 </span> <a id="sec:defterm"></a>Defining Terms</h3> -<!--l. 259--><p class="noindent" >When you use the <span +<!--l. 459--><p class="noindent" >When you use the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a id="dx1-3001"></a> package, you need to define glossary entries in the -document preamble. These entries could be a word, phrase, acronym or symbol. +document preamble. These entries could be a word, phrase, abbreviation or symbol. They’re usually accompanied by a description, which could be a short sentence or an in-depth explanation that spans multiple paragraphs. The simplest method of defining an entry is to use: -</p><!--l. 266--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"></p><div class="alltt"> +</p><!--l. 466--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"></p><div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> <span class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry{</span>⟨<span @@ -581,23 +886,23 @@ class="cmitt-10"> options</span>⟩ class="cmtt-10">}</span></span> </div> </div> </div><hr> -<!--l. 274--><p class="noindent" > + + + +<!--l. 474--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is a unique label that identifies this entry. (Don’t include the angle brackets ⟨ ⟩. They just indicate the parts of the code you need to change when you use this command in your document.) The ⟨<span class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩ is the word, phrase or symbol - - - you are defining, and ⟨<span class="cmti-10">description</span>⟩ is the description to be displayed in the glossary. -</p><!--l. 282--><p class="indent" > This command is a “short” command, which means that ⟨<span +</p><!--l. 482--><p class="indent" > This command is a “short” command, which means that ⟨<span class="cmti-10">description</span>⟩ can’t contain a paragraph break. If you have a long description, you can instead use: -</p><!--l. 286--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"></p><div class="alltt"> +</p><!--l. 486--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"></p><div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> <span class="cmtt-10">\longnewglossaryentry{</span>⟨<span @@ -623,8 +928,8 @@ class="cmitt-10">description</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div> </div> </div><hr> -<!--l. 294--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 296--><p class="indent" > Examples: +<!--l. 494--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 496--><p class="indent" > Examples: </p><ol class="enumerate1" > <li class="enumerate" id="x1-3003x1">Define the term “set” with the label <span @@ -632,14 +937,14 @@ class="cmtt-10">set</span>: - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-9"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-17"> \newglossaryentry{set}  <br />{  <br />  name={set},  <br />  description={a collection of objects}  <br />} </div> - <!--l. 305--><p class="nopar" > + <!--l. 505--><p class="nopar" > </p></li> <li class="enumerate" id="x1-3005x2">Define the symbol <span @@ -648,14 +953,17 @@ class="cmtt-10">emptyset</span>: - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-10"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-18"> \newglossaryentry{emptyset}  <br />{  <br />  name={\ensuremath{\emptyset}},  <br />  description={the empty set}  <br />} </div> - <!--l. 315--><p class="nopar" > + <!--l. 515--><p class="nopar" > (This will also need a <span +class="cmtt-10">sort </span>key if you use Options <a +href="#option1">1</a> or <a +href="#option3">3</a>, see below.) </p></li> <li class="enumerate" id="x1-3007x3">Define the phrase “Fish Age” with the label <span @@ -663,7 +971,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">fishage</span>: - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-11"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-19"> \longnewglossaryentry{fishage}  <br />{name={Fish Age}}  <br />{% @@ -674,7 +982,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">fishage</span>:  <br />  fish species.  <br />} </div> - <!--l. 330--><p class="nopar" > (The percent character discards the end of line character that would otherwise + <!--l. 532--><p class="nopar" > (The percent character discards the end of line character that would otherwise cause an unwanted space to appear at the start of the description.) </p></li> <li @@ -688,14 +996,14 @@ class="cmtt-10">é</span>). This first letter must be placed in a g - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-12"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-20"> \newglossaryentry{elite}  <br />{  <br />  name={{\'e}lite},  <br />  description={select group or class}  <br />} </div> - <!--l. 346--><p class="nopar" > or </p><div class="alltt"> + <!--l. 548--><p class="nopar" > or </p><div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> <span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry{elite}</span></span> @@ -719,62 +1027,307 @@ class="cmtt-10"> class}</span></span> class="cmtt-10">}</span></span> </div> </div></li></ol> -<!--l. 356--><p class="noindent" >(For further details, see the section <a -href="mfirstuc-manual.html" >“UTF-8”</a> in the <span -class="cmss-10">mfirstuc</span><a - id="dx1-3011"></a> user manual.) -</p><!--l. 360--><p class="indent" > Acronyms (or other abbreviations) can be defined using -</p><!--l. 362--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span -class="cmtt-10">\newacronym{</span>⟨<span +<!--l. 558--><p class="noindent" >(For further details, see the section “UTF-8” of the <a +href="https://ctan.org/pkg/mfirstuc" ><span +class="cmss-10">mfirstuc</span></a> user manual.) +</p><!--l. 561--><p class="indent" > If you use <span +class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a + id="dx1-3011"></a> with <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span><a + id="dx1-3012"></a> then the terms must be defined in a <span +class="cmtt-10">.bib</span> +file. For example: </p><div class="alltt"> +<div class="obeylines-v"> +<span +class="cmtt-10">%</span><span +class="cmtt-10"> Encoding:</span><span +class="cmtt-10"> UTF-8</span> +<br /> +<br /><span +class="cmtt-10">@entry</span><span +class="cmsy-10">{</span><span +class="cmtt-10">set,</span> +<br /><span +class="cmtt-10"> </span><span +class="cmtt-10"> name=</span><span +class="cmsy-10">{</span><span +class="cmtt-10">set</span><span +class="cmsy-10">}</span><span +class="cmtt-10">,</span> +<br /><span +class="cmtt-10"> </span><span +class="cmtt-10"> description=</span><span +class="cmsy-10">{</span><span +class="cmtt-10">a</span><span +class="cmtt-10"> collection</span><span +class="cmtt-10"> of</span><span +class="cmtt-10"> objects</span><span +class="cmsy-10">}</span> +<br /><span +class="cmsy-10">}</span> +<br /> +<br /><span +class="cmtt-10">@entry</span><span +class="cmsy-10">{</span><span +class="cmtt-10">emptyset,</span> +<br /><span +class="cmtt-10"> </span><span +class="cmtt-10"> name=</span><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">{\ensuremath{\emptyset}}</span></span><span +class="cmtt-10">,</span> +<br /><span +class="cmtt-10"> </span><span +class="cmtt-10"> description=</span><span +class="cmsy-10">{</span><span +class="cmtt-10">the</span><span +class="cmtt-10"> empty</span><span +class="cmtt-10"> set</span><span +class="cmsy-10">}</span> +<br /><span +class="cmsy-10">}</span> +<br /> +<br /><span +class="cmtt-10">@entry</span><span +class="cmsy-10">{</span><span +class="cmtt-10">fishage,</span> +<br /><span +class="cmtt-10"> </span><span +class="cmtt-10"> name=</span><span +class="cmsy-10">{</span><span +class="cmtt-10">Fish</span><span +class="cmtt-10"> Age</span><span +class="cmsy-10">}</span><span +class="cmtt-10">,</span> +<br /><span +class="cmtt-10"> </span><span +class="cmtt-10"> description=</span><span +class="cmsy-10">{</span><span +class="cmtt-10">A</span><span +class="cmtt-10"> common</span><span +class="cmtt-10"> name</span><span +class="cmtt-10"> for</span><span +class="cmtt-10"> the</span><span +class="cmtt-10"> Devonian</span><span +class="cmtt-10"> geologic</span><span +class="cmtt-10"> period</span> +<br /><span +class="cmtt-10"> </span><span +class="cmtt-10"> spanning</span><span +class="cmtt-10"> from</span><span +class="cmtt-10"> the</span><span +class="cmtt-10"> end</span><span +class="cmtt-10"> of</span><span +class="cmtt-10"> the</span><span +class="cmtt-10"> Silurian</span><span +class="cmtt-10"> Period</span><span +class="cmtt-10"> to</span> +<br /><span +class="cmtt-10"> </span><span +class="cmtt-10"> the</span><span +class="cmtt-10"> beginning</span><span +class="cmtt-10"> of</span><span +class="cmtt-10"> the</span><span +class="cmtt-10"> Carboniferous</span><span +class="cmtt-10"> Period.</span> + + + +<br /> +<br /><span +class="cmtt-10"> </span><span +class="cmtt-10"> This</span><span +class="cmtt-10"> age</span><span +class="cmtt-10"> was</span><span +class="cmtt-10"> known</span><span +class="cmtt-10"> for</span><span +class="cmtt-10"> its</span><span +class="cmtt-10"> remarkable</span><span +class="cmtt-10"> variety</span><span +class="cmtt-10"> of</span> +<br /><span +class="cmtt-10"> </span><span +class="cmtt-10"> fish</span><span +class="cmtt-10"> species.</span><span +class="cmsy-10">}</span> +<br /><span +class="cmsy-10">}</span> +<br /> +<br /><span +class="cmtt-10">@entry</span><span +class="cmsy-10">{</span><span +class="cmtt-10">elite,</span> +<br /><span +class="cmtt-10"> </span><span +class="cmtt-10"> name=</span><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">{{</span></span><span +class="cmtt-10">é</span><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">}lite}</span></span><span +class="cmtt-10">,</span> +<br /><span +class="cmtt-10"> </span><span +class="cmtt-10"> description=</span><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">{select</span><span +class="cmtt-10"> group</span><span +class="cmtt-10"> or</span><span +class="cmtt-10"> class}</span></span> +<br /><span +class="cmsy-10">}</span> +</div> +</div> (The <span +class="cmtt-10">.bib </span>format doesn’t allow spaces in labels so you can’t have <span +class="cmtt-10">fish age </span>as the +label, but you can have <span +class="cmtt-10">fish-age</span>.) This method requires the <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span><a + id="dx1-3013"></a>’s <span +class="cmss-10">record</span><a + id="dx1-3014"></a> +package option: + + + + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-21"> +\usepackage[record]{glossaries-extra} +</div> +<!--l. 598--><p class="nopar" > and the <span +class="cmtt-10">.bib </span>file is specified in the resource command. For example, if the +<span +class="cmtt-10">.bib </span>file is called <span +class="cmtt-10">entries.bib </span>then put the following line in the document +preamble: + + + +</p> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-22"> +\GlsXtrLoadResources[src={entries}] +</div> +<!--l. 604--><p class="nopar" > You can have a comma-separated list. For example, if you also have entries defined +in the file <span +class="cmtt-10">entries2.bib</span>: + + + +</p> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-23"> +\GlsXtrLoadResources[src={entries,entries2.bib}] +</div> +<!--l. 609--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 611--><p class="indent" > There are other keys you can use when you define an entry. For example, the <span +class="cmtt-10">name</span> +key indicates how the term should appear in the list of entries (glossary), but if the +term should appear differently when you reference it with <span +class="cmtt-10">\gls{</span>⟨<span +class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span>in the +document, you need to use the <span +class="cmtt-10">text </span>key as well. +</p><!--l. 617--><p class="indent" > For example: + + + +</p> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-24"> +\newglossaryentry{latinalph} + <br />{ + <br />  name={Latin Alphabet}, + <br />  text={Latin alphabet}, + <br />  description={alphabet consisting of the letters + <br />  a, \ldots, z, A, \ldots, Z} + <br />} +</div> +<!--l. 626--><p class="nopar" > This will appear in the text as “Latin alphabet” but will be listed in the glossary +as “Latin Alphabet”. With <span +class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a + id="dx1-3015"></a> this entry is defined in the <span +class="cmtt-10">.bib </span>file +as: + + + +</p> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-25"> +@entry{latinalph, + <br />  name={Latin Alphabet}, + <br />  text={Latin alphabet}, + <br />  description={alphabet consisting of the letters + <br />  a, \ldots, z, A, \ldots, Z} + <br />} +</div> +<!--l. 638--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 640--><p class="indent" > Another commonly used key is <span +class="cmtt-10">plural </span>for specifying the plural of the term. This +defaults to the value of the <span +class="cmtt-10">text </span>key with an “s” appended, but if this is incorrect, +just use the <span +class="cmtt-10">plural </span>key to override it: + + + +</p> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-26"> +\newglossaryentry{oesophagus} + <br />{ + <br />  name={{\oe}sophagus}, + <br />  plural={{\oe}sophagi}, + <br />  description={canal from mouth to stomach} + <br />} +</div> +<!--l. 651--><p class="nopar" > (Remember from earlier that the initial ligature <span +class="cmtt-10">\oe </span>needs to be grouped.) +</p><!--l. 655--><p class="indent" > Abbreviations can be defined using +</p><!--l. 657--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span +class="cmtt-10">\newacronym[</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">short</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">long</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 363--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 658--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is the label (as with the <span -class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>and the <span -class="cmtt-10">\longnewglossaryentry</span> -commands), ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩ is the short form and ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩ is the long form. For example, the -following defines an abbreviation: +class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is the label (as per <span +class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span>), ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩ is the short form and +⟨<span +class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩ is the long form. For example, the following defines an abbreviation: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-13"> -\newacronym{svm}{svm}{support vector machine} -</div> -<!--l. 370--><p class="nopar" > This defines a glossary entry with the label <span -class="cmtt-10">svm</span>. By default, the ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩ is set -to ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩ (“svm” in the above example) and the ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">description</span>⟩ is set to ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩ -(“support vector machine” in the above example). If, instead, you want to -be able to specify your own description you can do this using the optional -argument: + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-27"> +\newacronym{svm}{SVM}{support vector machine} +</div> +<!--l. 665--><p class="nopar" > This internally uses <span +class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>to define an entry with the label <span +class="cmtt-10">svm</span>. By +default, the <span +class="cmtt-10">name </span>key is set to ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩ (“SVM” in the above example) and the +<span +class="cmtt-10">description </span>key is set to ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩ (“support vector machine” in the above example). If, +instead, you want to be able to specify your own description you can do this using +the optional argument: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-14"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-28"> \newacronym  <br /> [description={statistical pattern recognition technique}] - <br /> {svm}{svm}{support vector machine} + <br /> {svm}{SVM}{support vector machine} </div> -<!--l. 381--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 383--><p class="indent" > Before you define your acronyms (or other types of abbreviations), you need to +<!--l. 677--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 679--><p class="indent" > Before you define your acronyms (or other types of abbreviations), you need to specify which style to use with -</p><!--l. 386--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span +</p><!--l. 682--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="cmtt-10">\setacronymstyle{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">style name</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 387--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 683--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">style name</span>⟩ is the name of the style. There are a number of predefined styles, such as: <span @@ -791,49 +1344,81 @@ description). There are some other styles as well that use <span class="cmtt-10">\textsc </span>to typeset the acronym or that use a footnote on first use. See the main user guide for further details. -</p><!--l. 399--><p class="indent" > There are other keys you can use when you define an entry. For example, the <span -class="cmtt-10">name</span> -key used above indicates how the term should appear in the list of entries (glossary). -If the term should appear differently when you reference it in the document, you need -to use the <span -class="cmtt-10">text </span>key as well. -</p><!--l. 405--><p class="indent" > For example: - - - -</p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-15"> -\newglossaryentry{latinalph} - <br />{ - <br />  name={Latin Alphabet}, - <br />  text={Latin alphabet}, - <br />  description={alphabet consisting of the letters - <br />  a, \ldots, z, A, \ldots, Z} - <br />} +</p><!--l. 695--><p class="indent" > The <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span><a + id="dx1-3016"></a> package provides improved abbreviation handling with <a +href="http://www.dickimaw-books.com/gallery/sample-abbr-styles.shtml" >a lot +more predefined styles</a>. With this extension package, abbreviations are defined +using: +</p><!--l. 699--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span +class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation[</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">short</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">long</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 700--><p class="noindent" > +You can still use <span +class="cmtt-10">\newacronym </span>but it’s redefined to use the new abbreviation +interface. The style must now be set using: +</p><!--l. 704--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span +class="cmtt-10">\setabbreviationstyle[</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">category</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">style name</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 705--><p class="noindent" > +The default ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">category</span>⟩ is <span +class="cmtt-10">abbreviation</span>. If you use <span +class="cmtt-10">\newacronym </span>the category is +<span +class="cmtt-10">acronym</span>, which is why you need to use the optional argument if you define +abbreviations with <span +class="cmtt-10">\newacronym </span>when <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span><a + id="dx1-3017"></a> has been loaded: </p><div class="alltt"> +<div class="obeylines-v"> +<span +class="cmtt-10">\setabbreviationstyle[acronym]{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">style</span><span +class="cmitt-10"> name</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}</span> </div> -<!--l. 414--><p class="nopar" > This will appear in the text as “Latin alphabet” but will be listed in the glossary as -“Latin Alphabet”. -</p><!--l. 418--><p class="indent" > Another commonly used key is <span -class="cmtt-10">plural </span>for specifying the plural of the term. This -defaults to the value of the <span -class="cmtt-10">text </span>key with an “s” appended, but if this is incorrect, -just use the <span -class="cmtt-10">plural </span>key to override it: +</div> If you use <span +class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a + id="dx1-3018"></a> then abbreviations are defined in the <span +class="cmtt-10">.bib </span>file in the format: +<div class="alltt"> +<div class="obeylines-v"> +<span +class="cmtt-10">@abbreviation</span><span +class="cmsy-10">{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">,</span> +<br /><span +class="cmtt-10"> </span><span +class="cmtt-10"> long={</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">long</span><span +class="cmitt-10"> form</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">},</span> -</p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-16"> -\newglossaryentry{oesophagus} - <br />{ - <br />  name={{\oe}sophagus}, - <br />  plural={{\oe}sophagi}, - <br />  description={canal from mouth to stomach} - <br />} +<br /><span +class="cmtt-10"> </span><span +class="cmtt-10"> short={</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">short</span><span +class="cmitt-10"> form</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}</span> +<br /><span +class="cmsy-10">}</span> </div> -<!--l. 429--><p class="nopar" > (Remember from earlier that the initial ligature <span -class="cmtt-10">\oe </span>needs to be grouped.) -</p><!--l. 433--><p class="indent" > The plural forms for acronyms can be specified using the <span +</div> +<!--l. 722--><p class="indent" > The plural forms for abbreviations can be specified using the <span class="cmtt-10">longplural </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">shortplural </span>keys. For example: @@ -841,14 +1426,41 @@ class="cmtt-10">shortplural </span>keys. For example: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-17"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-29"> \newacronym  <br /> [longplural={diagonal matrices}]  <br /> {dm}{DM}{diagonal matrix} </div> -<!--l. 439--><p class="nopar" > If omitted, the defaults are again obtained by appending an “s” to the singular -versions. -</p><!--l. 443--><p class="indent" > It’s also possible to have both a name and a corresponding symbol. +<!--l. 728--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span><a + id="dx1-3019"></a>): + + + +</p> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-30"> +\newabbreviation % glossaries-extra.sty + <br /> [longplural={diagonal matrices}] + <br /> {dm}{DM}{diagonal matrix} +</div> +<!--l. 734--><p class="nopar" > If omitted, the defaults are again obtained by appending an “s” to the singular +versions. With <span +class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a + id="dx1-3020"></a>, the definition in the <span +class="cmtt-10">.bib </span>file is: + + + +</p> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-31"> +@abbreviation{dm, + <br />  short={DM}, + <br />  long={diagonal matrix}, + <br />  longplural={diagonal matrices} + <br />} +</div> +<!--l. 744--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 746--><p class="indent" > It’s also possible to have both a name and a corresponding symbol. Just use the <span class="cmtt-10">name </span>key for the name and the <span class="cmtt-10">symbol </span>key for the symbol. For @@ -857,7 +1469,7 @@ example: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-18"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-32"> \newglossaryentry{emptyset}  <br />{  <br />  name={empty set}, @@ -865,28 +1477,169 @@ example:  <br />  description={the set containing no elements}  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 453--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 455--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 756--><p class="nopar" > or with <span +class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a + id="dx1-3021"></a> the definition in the <span +class="cmtt-10">.bib </span>file is: + + + +</p> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-33"> +@entry{emptyset, + <br />  name={empty set}, + <br />  symbol={\ensuremath{\emptyset}}, + <br />  description={the set containing no elements} + <br />} +</div> +<!--l. 764--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 766--><p class="indent" > If you want the symbol in the <span +class="cmtt-10">name </span>field then you must supply a <span +class="cmtt-10">sort </span>value with +Options <a +href="#option1">1</a> and <a +href="#option3">3</a> otherwise you’ll end up with errors from <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> or <span +class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a + id="dx1-3022"></a>. With +<a +href="#option2">Option 2</a> (<span +class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a + id="dx1-3023"></a>) it’s not quite so important but you may find the resulting +order is a little odd. For example: + + + +</p> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-34"> +\newglossaryentry{emptyset} + <br />{ + <br />  name={\ensuremath{\emptyset}}, + <br />  sort={empty set}, + <br />  description={the set containing no elements} + <br />} +</div> +<!--l. 778--><p class="nopar" > This displays the symbol as <span +class="cmsy-10">∅ </span>but sorts according to “empty set”. You +may want to consider using <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span><a + id="dx1-3024"></a>’s <span +class="cmss-10">symbols</span><a + id="dx1-3025"></a> package option which +provides +</p><!--l. 784--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span +class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnewsymbol[</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">symbol</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 785--><p class="noindent" > +This internally uses <span +class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>but automatically sets the <span +class="cmtt-10">sort </span>key to the +⟨<span +class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩. For example: + + + +</p> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-35"> +\documentclass{article} + <br />\usepackage[symbols]{glossaries-extra} + <br />\makeglossaries + <br />\glsxtrnewsymbol % requires glossaries-extra.sty 'symbols' option + <br /> [description={the set containing no elements}] + <br /> {emptyset}% label (and sort value) + <br /> {\ensuremath{\emptyset}}% symbol + <br />\begin{document} + <br />\gls{emptyset} + <br />\printglossaries + <br />\end{document} +</div> +<!--l. 805--><p class="nopar" > Now the sort value is “emptyset” rather than the previous “empty set”. +</p><!--l. 809--><p class="indent" > With <span +class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a + id="dx1-3026"></a> you can define this in the <span +class="cmtt-10">.bib </span>file as + + + </p> -<!--l. 455--><p class="noindent" ><a + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-36"> +@entry{emptyset, + <br />  name={\ensuremath{\emptyset}}, + <br />  description={the set containing no elements} + <br />} +</div> +<!--l. 816--><p class="nopar" > in which case <span +class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a + id="dx1-3027"></a> will try to interpret the <span +class="cmtt-10">name </span>field to determine the sort +value. Alternatively you can use: + + + +</p> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-37"> +@symbol{emptyset, + <br />  name={\ensuremath{\emptyset}}, + <br />  description={the set containing no elements} + <br />} +</div> +<!--l. 824--><p class="nopar" > which will use the label (<span +class="cmtt-10">emptyset</span>) as the sort value. (You don’t need the <span +class="cmss-10">symbols</span><a + id="dx1-3028"></a> +package option in this case, unless you want a separate symbols list.) The +corresponding document (where the definition is in the file <span +class="cmtt-10">entries.bib</span>) is +now: + + + +</p> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-38"> +\documentclass{article} + <br />\usepackage[record]{glossaries-extra} + <br />\GlsXtrLoadResources[src=entries] + <br />\begin{document} + <br />\gls{emptyset} + <br />\printunsrtglossaries + <br />\end{document} +</div> +<!--l. 841--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 843--><p class="noindent" > +</p> +<!--l. 843--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h2 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">3 </span> <a id="sec:useterm"></a>Using Entries</h3> -<!--l. 458--><p class="noindent" >Once you have defined your entries, as described above, you can reference them in +<!--l. 846--><p class="noindent" >Once you have defined your entries, as described above, you can reference them in your document. There are a number of commands to do this, but the most common one is: -</p><!--l. 462--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span +</p><!--l. 850--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 463--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 851--><p class="noindent" > where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is the label you assigned to the entry when you defined it. For example, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls{fishage}</span></span></span> will display “Fish Age” in the text (given the definition from the -previous section). -</p><!--l. 468--><p class="indent" > If you are using the <span +previous section). If you are using <span +class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a + id="dx1-4001"></a> then this will display ?? (like +<span +class="cmtt-10">\ref </span>and <span +class="cmtt-10">\cite</span>) until <span +class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a + id="dx1-4002"></a> has created the relevant files and <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span></span> is +rerun. +</p><!--l. 859--><p class="indent" > If you are using the <span class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a - id="dx1-4001"></a> package (remember to load it before <span + id="dx1-4003"></a> package (remember to load it before <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>) <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span> will create a hyperlink to the corresponding entry in the glossary. If you want to @@ -895,84 +1648,306 @@ class="cmtt-10">\gls* </span>for example, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\gls*{fishage}</span></span></span>. The other commands described in this section all have a similar starred form. -</p><!--l. 475--><p class="indent" > If the entry was defined as an acronym (using <span -class="cmtt-10">\newacronym </span>described above), +</p><!--l. 866--><p class="indent" > If the entry was defined as an acronym (using <span +class="cmtt-10">\newacronym </span>with <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries</span> +described above) or an abbreviation (using <span +class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>with <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span><a + id="dx1-4004"></a>), then <span class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>will display the full form the first time it’s used and just the -short form on subsequent use. For example, if the acronym style is set to -<span -class="cmtt-10">long-short</span>, then <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\gls{svm}</span></span></span> will display “support vector machine (svm)” the -first time it’s used, but the next occurrence of <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\gls{svm}</span></span></span> will just display -“svm”. -</p><!--l. 483--><p class="indent" > If you want the plural form, you can use: -</p><!--l. 485--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span +short form on subsequent use. For example, if the style is set to <span +class="cmtt-10">long-short</span>, +then <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\gls{svm}</span></span></span> will display “support vector machine (SVM)” the first time +it’s used, but the next occurrence of <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\gls{svm}</span></span></span> will just display “SVM”. +(If you use <span +class="cmtt-10">\newacronym </span>with <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span><a + id="dx1-4005"></a> the default doesn’t show the +long form on first use. You’ll need to change the style first, as described +earlier.) + + + +</p><!--l. 878--><p class="indent" > If you want the plural form, you can use: +</p><!--l. 880--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="cmtt-10">\glspl{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 486--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 881--><p class="noindent" > instead of <span class="cmtt-10">\gls{</span>⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}</span>. For example, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\glspl{set}</span></span></span> displays “sets”. -</p><!--l. 490--><p class="indent" > If the term appears at the start of a sentence, you can convert the first letter to +</p><!--l. 885--><p class="indent" > If the term appears at the start of a sentence, you can convert the first letter to upper case using: -</p><!--l. 493--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span +</p><!--l. 888--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="cmtt-10">\Gls{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 494--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 889--><p class="noindent" > for the singular form or - - - -</p><!--l. 497--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span +</p><!--l. 892--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="cmtt-10">\Glspl{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 498--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 893--><p class="noindent" > for the plural form. For example: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-19"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-39"> \Glspl{set} are collections. </div> -<!--l. 502--><p class="nopar" > produces “Sets are collections”. -</p><!--l. 505--><p class="indent" > If you’ve specified a symbol using the <span +<!--l. 897--><p class="nopar" > produces “Sets are collections”. +</p><!--l. 900--><p class="indent" > If you’ve specified a symbol using the <span class="cmtt-10">symbol </span>key, you can display it using: -</p><!--l. 508--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span +</p><!--l. 903--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="cmtt-10">\glssymbol{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 509--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 511--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 904--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 906--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 511--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 906--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h2 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4 </span> <a id="sec:printglossaries"></a>Displaying a List of Entries</h3> -<!--l. 514--><p class="noindent" >In <a +<!--l. 909--><p class="noindent" >In <a href="#sec:start"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>1 </a><a -href="#sec:start">Getting Started<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:start --></a> I mentioned that there are three options you can choose from -to create your glossary. Here they are again in a little more detail: -</p><!--l. 518--><p class="indent" > - </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description"> +href="#sec:start">Getting Started<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:start --></a>, I mentioned that there are three options you can choose from +to create an automatically sorted glossary with the base <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package. These are +also available with the extension package <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>along with a fourth option. +These four options are listed below in a little more detail. <a +href="#x1-50011">Table 1</a> summarises the +main advantages and disadvantages. (There’s a more detailed summary in the main +<span +class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>user manual.) +</p> + <div class="table"> + + + +<!--l. 918--><p class="indent" > <a + id="x1-50011"></a></p><hr class="float" /><div class="float" +> + + + + <div class="caption" +><span class="id">Table 1: </span><span +class="content">Comparison of Glossary Options</span></div><!--tex4ht:label?: x1-50011 --> +<div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-2" class="tabular" +cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" +><colgroup id="TBL-2-1g"><col +id="TBL-2-1" /><col +id="TBL-2-2" /><col +id="TBL-2-3" /><col +id="TBL-2-4" /><col +id="TBL-2-5" /></colgroup><tr + style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-1-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-1-1" +class="td11"> <!--l. 924--><p class="noindent" > </p></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-1-2" +class="td11"> <a +href="#option1"><span +class="cmbx-10">Option</span><span +class="cmbx-10"> 1</span></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-1-3" +class="td11"> <a +href="#option2"><span +class="cmbx-10">Option</span><span +class="cmbx-10"> 2</span></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-1-4" +class="td11"> <a +href="#option3"><span +class="cmbx-10">Option</span><span +class="cmbx-10"> 3</span></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-1-5" +class="td11"> <a +href="#option4"><span +class="cmbx-10">Option</span><span +class="cmbx-10"> 4</span></a> </td> +</tr><tr + style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-2-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-2-1" +class="td11"> <!--l. 926--><p class="noindent" >Requires + <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span><a + id="dx1-5002"></a>? </p></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-2-2" +class="td11"> <span id="textcolor1"><span +class="pzdr-">✘</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-2-3" +class="td11"> <span id="textcolor2"><span +class="pzdr-">✘</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-2-4" +class="td11"> <span id="textcolor3"><span +class="pzdr-">✘</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-2-5" +class="td11"> <span id="textcolor4"><span +class="pzdr-">✔</span></span> </td> +</tr><tr + style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-3-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-3-1" +class="td11"> <!--l. 928--><p class="noindent" >Requires + an + external + application? </p></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-3-2" +class="td11"> <span id="textcolor5"><span +class="pzdr-">✘</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-3-3" +class="td11"> <span id="textcolor6"><span +class="pzdr-">✔</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-3-4" +class="td11"> <span id="textcolor7"><span +class="pzdr-">✔</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-3-5" +class="td11"> <span id="textcolor8"><span +class="pzdr-">✔</span></span> </td> +</tr><tr + style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-4-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-4-1" +class="td11"> <!--l. 930--><p class="noindent" >Requires + Perl? </p></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-4-2" +class="td11"> <span id="textcolor9"><span +class="pzdr-">✘</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-4-3" +class="td11"> <span id="textcolor10"><span +class="pzdr-">✘</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-4-4" +class="td11"> <span id="textcolor11"><span +class="pzdr-">✔</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-4-5" +class="td11"> <span id="textcolor12"><span +class="pzdr-">✘</span></span> </td> +</tr><tr + style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-5-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-5-1" +class="td11"> <!--l. 932--><p class="noindent" >Requires + Java? </p></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-5-2" +class="td11"> <span id="textcolor13"><span +class="pzdr-">✘</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-5-3" +class="td11"> <span id="textcolor14"><span +class="pzdr-">✘</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-5-4" +class="td11"> <span id="textcolor15"><span +class="pzdr-">✘</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-5-5" +class="td11"> <span id="textcolor16"><span +class="pzdr-">✔</span></span> </td> +</tr><tr + style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-6-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-6-1" +class="td11"> <!--l. 934--><p class="noindent" >Can + sort + extended + Latin + or + non-Latin + alphabets? </p></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-6-2" +class="td11"> <span id="textcolor17"><span +class="pzdr-">✘</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-6-3" +class="td11"> <span id="textcolor18"><span +class="pzdr-">✘</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-6-4" +class="td11"> <span id="textcolor19"><span +class="pzdr-">✔</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-6-5" +class="td11"> <span id="textcolor20"><span +class="pzdr-">✔</span></span> </td> +</tr><tr + style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-7-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-7-1" +class="td11"> <!--l. 937--><p class="noindent" >Efficient + sort + algorithm? </p></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-7-2" +class="td11"> <span id="textcolor21"><span +class="pzdr-">✘</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-7-3" +class="td11"> <span id="textcolor22"><span +class="pzdr-">✔</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-7-4" +class="td11"> <span id="textcolor23"><span +class="pzdr-">✔</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-7-5" +class="td11"> <span id="textcolor24"><span +class="pzdr-">✔</span></span> </td> +</tr><tr + style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-8-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-8-1" +class="td11"> <!--l. 939--><p class="noindent" >Can + use + different + sort + methods + for + each + glossary? </p></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-8-2" +class="td11"> <span id="textcolor25"><span +class="pzdr-">✔</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-8-3" +class="td11"> <span id="textcolor26"><span +class="pzdr-">✘</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-8-4" +class="td11"> <span id="textcolor27"><span +class="pzdr-">✘</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-8-5" +class="td11"> <span id="textcolor28"><span +class="pzdr-">✔</span></span> </td> +</tr><tr + style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-9-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-9-1" +class="td11"> <!--l. 941--><p class="noindent" >Any + problematic + sort + values? </p></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-9-2" +class="td11"> <span id="textcolor29"><span +class="pzdr-">✔</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-9-3" +class="td11"> <span id="textcolor30"><span +class="pzdr-">✔</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-9-4" +class="td11"> <span id="textcolor31"><span +class="pzdr-">✔</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-9-5" +class="td11"> <span id="textcolor32"><span +class="pzdr-">✘</span></span> </td> +</tr><tr + style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-10-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-10-1" +class="td11"> <!--l. 943--><p class="noindent" >Can + form + ranges + in + the + location + lists? </p></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-10-2" +class="td11"> <span id="textcolor33"><span +class="pzdr-">✘</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-10-3" +class="td11"> <span id="textcolor34"><span +class="pzdr-">✔</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-10-4" +class="td11"> <span id="textcolor35"><span +class="pzdr-">✔</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-10-5" +class="td11"> <span id="textcolor36"><span +class="pzdr-">✔</span></span> </td> +</tr><tr + style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-11-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-11-1" +class="td11"> <!--l. 945--><p class="noindent" >Can + have + non-standard + locations? </p></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-11-2" +class="td11"> <span id="textcolor37"><span +class="pzdr-">✔</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-11-3" +class="td11"> <span id="textcolor38"><span +class="pzdr-">✘</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-11-4" +class="td11"> <span id="textcolor39"><span +class="pzdr-">✔</span></span><sup class="textsuperscript"><span +class="cmsy-9">†</span></sup> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-11-5" +class="td11"> <span id="textcolor40"><span +class="pzdr-">✔</span></span> </td> +</tr></table></div> +<!--l. 948--><p class="noindent" ><sup class="textsuperscript"><span +class="cmsy-9">†</span></sup> <span +class="cmr-8">Requires some setting up.</span> + + + +</p> + </div><hr class="endfloat" /> + </div> + <dl class="description"><dt class="description"> </dt><dd class="description"><a id="option1"></a><span class="cmbx-10">Option</span><span class="cmbx-10"> 1</span>: - <!--l. 521--><p class="noindent" >This is the simplest option but it’s slow and if you want a sorted list, it - doesn’t work for non-Latin alphabets. - </p><!--l. 524--><p class="noindent" > + <!--l. 955--><p class="noindent" >This is the simplest option but it’s slow and if you want a sorted + list, it doesn’t work for non-Latin alphabets. The <span +class="cmtt-10">name </span>mustn’t contain + commands (or, if it does, the <span +class="cmtt-10">sort </span>value must be supplied) unless you + have the package option <span +class="cmss-10">sanitizesort</span><a + id="dx1-5003"></a> or <span +class="cmss-10">sort=def</span><a + id="dx1-5004"></a> or <span +class="cmss-10">sort=use</span><a + id="dx1-5005"></a>. </p><ol class="enumerate1" > <li - class="enumerate" id="x1-5002x1">Add <span + class="enumerate" id="x1-5007x1">Add <span class="cmtt-10">\makenoidxglossaries </span>to your preamble (before you start defining your entries, as described in <a href="#sec:defterm"><span @@ -980,14 +1955,14 @@ class="cmsy-10">§</span>2 </a><a href="#sec:defterm">Defining Terms<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:defterm --></a>). </li> <li - class="enumerate" id="x1-5004x2">Put - <!--l. 531--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span + class="enumerate" id="x1-5009x2">Put + <!--l. 969--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary[sort=</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">order</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">,</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">other options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 532--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 970--><p class="noindent" > where you want your list of entries to appear. The sort ⟨<span class="cmti-10">order</span>⟩ may be one of: <span @@ -998,84 +1973,140 @@ class="cmtt-10">case </span>(case-sensitive class="cmtt-10">def </span>(in order of definition) or <span class="cmtt-10">use </span>(in order of use). Alternatively, use - </p><!--l. 539--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span + </p><!--l. 977--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossaries </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 540--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 978--><p class="noindent" > to display all your glossaries (if you have more than one). This command doesn’t have any arguments. + </p><!--l. 982--><p class="noindent" >This option allows you to have different sort methods. For example: +</p> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-40"> + \printnoidxglossary[sort=word]% main glossary +  <br />\printnoidxglossary[type=symbols,sort=use]% symbols glossary +</div> + <!--l. 987--><p class="nopar" > </p></li> <li - class="enumerate" id="x1-5006x3">Run <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span + class="enumerate" id="x1-5011x3">Run <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span></span> twice on your document. (As you would do to make a table of contents appear.) For example, click twice on the “typeset” or “build” or “PDF<span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span></span>” button in your editor.</li></ol> - </dd><dt class="description"> + <!--l. 993--><p class="noindent" >Here’s a complete document (<span +class="cmtt-10">myDoc.tex</span>): + + + +</p> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-41"> + \documentclass{article} +  <br />\usepackage{glossaries} +  <br />\makenoidxglossaries % use TeX to sort +  <br />\newglossaryentry{sample}{name={sample}, +  <br />  description={an example}} +  <br />\begin{document} +  <br />A \gls{sample}. +  <br />\printnoidxglossaries % iterate over all indexed entries +  <br />\end{document} +</div> + <!--l. 1009--><p class="nopar" > Document build: + + + +</p> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-42"> + pdflatex myDoc +  <br />pdflatex myDoc +</div> + <!--l. 1014--><p class="nopar" > + </p></dd><dt class="description"> </dt><dd class="description"><a id="option2"></a><span class="cmbx-10">Option</span><span class="cmbx-10"> 2</span>: - <!--l. 551--><p class="noindent" >This option uses an application called <span -class="cmtt-10">makeindex </span>to sort the entries. - This application comes with all modern <span class="TEX">T<span -class="E">E</span>X</span> distributions, but it’s - hard-coded for the non-extended Latin alphabet. This process involves - making <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span -class="E">E</span>X</span></span> write the glossary information to a temporary file which - <span -class="cmtt-10">makeindex </span>reads. Then <span -class="cmtt-10">makeindex </span>writes a new file containing the - code to typeset the glossary. <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span -class="E">E</span>X</span></span> then reads this file on the next - run. - </p><!--l. 559--><p class="noindent" > + <!--l. 1018--><p class="noindent" >This option uses an application called <span +class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a + id="dx1-5012"></a> to sort the entries. This + application comes with all modern <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> distributions, but it’s hard-coded for + the non-extended Latin alphabet. This process involves making <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span></span> write + the glossary information to a temporary file which <span +class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a + id="dx1-5013"></a> reads. + Then <span +class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a + id="dx1-5014"></a> writes a new file containing the code to typeset the + glossary. <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span></span> then reads this file on the next run. The <span +class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a + id="dx1-5015"></a> + application is automatically invoked by the helper <span +class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a + id="dx1-5016"></a> + script, which works out all the appropriate settings from the <span +class="cmtt-10">.aux</span> + file. </p><ol class="enumerate1" > <li - class="enumerate" id="x1-5008x1">If you are using <span + class="enumerate" id="x1-5018x1">If you are using <span class="cmss-10">ngerman</span><a - id="dx1-5009"></a> or some other package that makes the - double-quote character <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">"</span></span></span> a shorthand, then use <span -class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetQuote </span>to change - this to some other character. For example: + id="dx1-5019"></a><span class="footnote-mark"><a +href="#fn1x0" id="fn1x0-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">1</sup></a></span><a + id="x1-5020f1"></a> + or some other package that makes the double-quote character <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">"</span></span></span> a + shorthand, then use <span +class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetQuote </span>to change this to some other character. + For example: - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-20"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-43"> \GlsSetQuote{+} </div> - <!--l. 566--><p class="nopar" > Use this as soon as possible after you’ve loaded the <span + <!--l. 1037--><p class="nopar" > Use this as soon as possible after you’ve loaded the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span> package. </p></li> <li - class="enumerate" id="x1-5011x2">Add <span + class="enumerate" id="x1-5023x2">Add <span class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>to your preamble (before you start defining your entries). </li> <li - class="enumerate" id="x1-5013x3">Put - <!--l. 575--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span + class="enumerate" id="x1-5025x3">Put + <!--l. 1046--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="cmtt-10">\printglossary[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 576--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 1047--><p class="noindent" > where you want your list of entries (glossary) to appear. (The <span class="cmtt-10">sort </span>key isn’t available in ⟨<span class="cmti-10">options</span>⟩.) Alternatively, use - </p><!--l. 581--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span + </p><!--l. 1052--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="cmtt-10">\printglossaries </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 582--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 1053--><p class="noindent" > which will display all glossaries (if you have more than one). This command doesn’t have any arguments. + </p><!--l. 1057--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> All glossaries are sorted using the same method which may be identified + with one of the package options: <span +class="cmss-10">sort=standard</span><a + id="dx1-5026"></a> (default), <span +class="cmss-10">sort=use</span><a + id="dx1-5027"></a> or + <span +class="cmss-10">sort=def</span><a + id="dx1-5028"></a>. </div> + </p><!--l. 1062--><p class="noindent" > </p></li> <li - class="enumerate" id="x1-5015x4">Run <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span + class="enumerate" id="x1-5030x4">Run <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span></span> on your document. This creates files with the extensions <span class="cmtt-10">.glo </span>and <span @@ -1089,111 +2120,206 @@ class="cmtt-10">myDoc.ist</span>). If you look at your document at this point, y glossary as it hasn’t been created yet. </li> <li - class="enumerate" id="x1-5017x5">Run <span -class="cmtt-10">makeindex </span>with the <span -class="cmtt-10">.glo </span>file as the input file and the <span -class="cmtt-10">.ist </span>file - as the style so that it creates an output file with the extension + class="enumerate" id="x1-5032x5">Run <span +class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a + id="dx1-5033"></a> with the base name of your document (without the <span -class="cmtt-10">.gls</span>. If you have access to a terminal or a command prompt (for - example, the MSDOS command prompt for Windows users or +class="cmtt-10">.tex</span>) extension. If you have access to a terminal or a command prompt + (for example, the MSDOS command prompt for Windows users or the bash console for Unix-like users) then you need to run the command: - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-21"> - makeindex -s myDoc.ist -o myDoc.gls myDoc.glo + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-44"> + makeglossaries myDoc </div> - <!--l. 601--><p class="nopar" > (Replace <span + <!--l. 1078--><p class="nopar" > (Replace <span class="cmtt-10">myDoc </span>with the base name of your <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span -class="E">E</span>X</span></span> document file. Avoid - spaces in the file name.) If you don’t know how to use the command - prompt, then you can probably access <span -class="cmtt-10">makeindex </span>via your text editor, - but each editor has a different method of doing this, so I can’t - give a general description. You will have to check your editor’s - manual. - </p><!--l. 609--><p class="noindent" >The default sort is word order (“sea lion” comes before “seal”). If you +class="E">E</span>X</span></span> document file + without the <span +class="cmtt-10">.tex </span>extension. Avoid spaces in the file name.) If you don’t + have Perl installed use <span +class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite</span><a + id="dx1-5034"></a> instead: + + + +</p> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-45"> + makeglossaries-lite myDoc +</div> + <!--l. 1085--><p class="nopar" > + </p><!--l. 1087--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Some beginners get confused by <span +class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a + id="dx1-5035"></a> the application (run as + a system command) and <span +class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>the <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span></span> command + which should be typed in the document preamble. These are two + different concepts that happen to have similar looking names. + </div> + </p><!--l. 1093--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 1095--><p class="noindent" >If you don’t know how to use the command prompt, then you can + probably configure your text editor to add <span +class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a + id="dx1-5036"></a> (or + <span +class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite</span><a + id="dx1-5037"></a>) as a build tool, but each editor has a different + method of doing this, so I can’t give a general description. You will have + to check your editor’s manual. If you still have problems, try adding the + <span +class="cmss-10">automake</span><a + id="dx1-5038"></a> package option: + + + +</p> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-46"> + \usepackage[automake]{glossaries} +</div> + <!--l. 1105--><p class="nopar" > + </p><!--l. 1107--><p class="noindent" >The default sort is word order (“sea lion” comes before “seal”). If you want letter ordering you need to add the <span -class="cmtt-10">-l </span>switch: +class="cmss-10">order=letter</span><a + id="dx1-5039"></a> package + option </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-22"> - makeindex -l -s myDoc.ist -o myDoc.gls myDoc.glo + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-47"> + \usepackage[order=letter]{glossaries} </div> - <!--l. 615--><p class="nopar" > + <!--l. 1112--><p class="nopar" > </p></li> <li - class="enumerate" id="x1-5019x6">Once you have successfully completed the previous step, you can now run + class="enumerate" id="x1-5041x6">Once you have successfully completed the previous step, you can now run <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span></span> on your document again.</li></ol> - </dd><dt class="description"> + <!--l. 1117--><p class="noindent" >Here’s a complete document (<span +class="cmtt-10">myDoc.tex</span>): + + + +</p> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-48"> + \documentclass{article} +  <br />\usepackage{glossaries} +  <br />\makeglossaries % create makeindex files +  <br />\newglossaryentry{sample}{name={sample}, +  <br />  description={an example}} +  <br />\begin{document} +  <br />A \gls{sample}. +  <br />\printglossaries % input files created by makeindex +  <br />\end{document} +</div> + <!--l. 1133--><p class="nopar" > Document build: + + + +</p> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-49"> + pdflatex myDoc +  <br />makeglossaries myDoc +  <br />pdflatex myDoc +</div> + <!--l. 1139--><p class="nopar" > or + + + +</p> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-50"> + pdflatex myDoc +  <br />makeglossaries-lite myDoc +  <br />pdflatex myDoc +</div> + <!--l. 1145--><p class="nopar" > + </p></dd><dt class="description"> </dt><dd class="description"><a id="option3"></a><span class="cmbx-10">Option</span><span class="cmbx-10"> 3</span>: - <!--l. 623--><p class="noindent" >This option uses an application called <span -class="cmtt-10">xindy </span>to sort the entries. This + <!--l. 1150--><p class="noindent" >This option uses an application called <span +class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a + id="dx1-5042"></a> to sort the entries. This application is more flexible than <span -class="cmtt-10">makeindex </span>and is able to sort extended Latin - or non-Latin alphabets. It comes with <span class="TEX">T<span -class="E">E</span>X</span> Live but not with MiK<span class="TEX">T<span -class="E">E</span>X</span>. Since - <span -class="cmtt-10">xindy </span>is a Perl script, if you are using MiK<span class="TEX">T<span -class="E">E</span>X</span> you will not only need to - install <span -class="cmtt-10">xindy</span>, you will also need to install Perl. In a similar way to <a -href="#option2">Option 2</a>, - this option involves making <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span -class="E">E</span>X</span></span> write the glossary information to - a temporary file which <span -class="cmtt-10">xindy </span>reads. Then <span -class="cmtt-10">xindy </span>writes a new file containing - the code to typeset the glossary. <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span -class="E">E</span>X</span></span> then reads this file on the next - run. - </p><!--l. 635--><p class="noindent" > +class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a + id="dx1-5043"></a> and is able to sort extended Latin + or non-Latin alphabets. It comes with both <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> Live and MiK<span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span>. + Since <span +class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a + id="dx1-5044"></a> is a Perl script, you will also need to ensure that Perl is + installed. In a similar way to <a +href="#option2">Option 2</a>, this option involves making + <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span></span> write the glossary information to a temporary file which <span +class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a + id="dx1-5045"></a> + reads. Then <span +class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a + id="dx1-5046"></a> writes a new file containing the code to typeset + the glossary. <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span></span> then reads this file on the next run. The <span +class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a + id="dx1-5047"></a> + application is automatically invoked by the helper <span +class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a + id="dx1-5048"></a> + script, which works out all the appropriate settings from the <span +class="cmtt-10">.aux</span> + file. </p><ol class="enumerate1" > <li - class="enumerate" id="x1-5021x1">Add the <span -class="cmtt-10">xindy </span>option to the <span + class="enumerate" id="x1-5050x1">Add the <span +class="cmss-10">xindy</span><a + id="dx1-5051"></a> option to the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a - id="dx1-5022"></a> package option list: + id="dx1-5052"></a> package option list: - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-23"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-51"> \usepackage[xindy]{glossaries} </div> - <!--l. 640--><p class="nopar" > + <!--l. 1169--><p class="nopar" > </p></li> <li - class="enumerate" id="x1-5024x2">Add <span + class="enumerate" id="x1-5054x2">Add <span class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>to your preamble (before you start defining your entries). </li> <li - class="enumerate" id="x1-5026x3">Put - <!--l. 647--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span + class="enumerate" id="x1-5056x3">Put + <!--l. 1176--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="cmtt-10">\printglossary[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 648--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 1177--><p class="noindent" > where you want your list of entries (glossary) to appear. (The <span class="cmtt-10">sort </span>key isn’t available in ⟨<span class="cmti-10">options</span>⟩.) Alternatively, use - </p><!--l. 653--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span + </p><!--l. 1182--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="cmtt-10">\printglossaries </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 654--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 1183--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 1185--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> All glossaries are sorted using the same method which may be identified + with one of the package options: <span +class="cmss-10">sort=standard</span><a + id="dx1-5057"></a> (default), <span +class="cmss-10">sort=use</span><a + id="dx1-5058"></a> or + <span +class="cmss-10">sort=def</span><a + id="dx1-5059"></a>. </div> + </p><!--l. 1190--><p class="noindent" > </p></li> <li - class="enumerate" id="x1-5028x4">Run <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span + class="enumerate" id="x1-5061x4">Run <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span></span> on your document. This creates files with the extensions <span class="cmtt-10">.glo </span>and <span @@ -1207,37 +2333,31 @@ class="cmtt-10">myDoc.xdy</span>). If you look at your document at this point, y glossary as it hasn’t been created yet. </li> <li - class="enumerate" id="x1-5030x5">Run <span -class="cmtt-10">xindy </span>with the <span -class="cmtt-10">.glo </span>file as the input file and the <span -class="cmtt-10">.xdy </span>file as - a module so that it creates an output file with the extension <span -class="cmtt-10">.gls</span>. You - also need to set the language name and input encoding. If you have - access to a terminal or a command prompt (for example, the - MSDOS command prompt for Windows users or the bash console for - Unix-like users) then you need to run the command (all on one - line): + class="enumerate" id="x1-5063x5">Run <span +class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a + id="dx1-5064"></a> with the base name of the document (omitting the + <span +class="cmtt-10">.tex </span>extension). If you have access to a terminal or a command prompt + (for example, the MSDOS command prompt for Windows users or + the bash console for Unix-like users) then you need to run the + command: - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-24"> - xindy  -L english -C utf8 -I xindy -M myDoc -  <br />-t myDoc.glg -o myDoc.gls myDoc.glo + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-52"> + makeglossaries myDoc </div> - <!--l. 674--><p class="nopar" > (Replace <span + <!--l. 1206--><p class="nopar" > (Replace <span class="cmtt-10">myDoc </span>with the base name of your <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span -class="E">E</span>X</span></span> document file. Avoid - spaces in the file name. If necessary, also replace <span -class="cmtt-10">english </span>with the name - of your language and <span -class="cmtt-10">utf8 </span>with your input encoding.) If you don’t know - how to use the command prompt, then you can probably access <span -class="cmtt-10">xindy </span>via - your text editor, but each editor has a different method of doing this, so - I can’t give a general description. You will have to check your editor’s - manual. - </p><!--l. 684--><p class="noindent" >The default sort is word order (“sea lion” comes before “seal”). If you +class="E">E</span>X</span></span> document file + without the <span +class="cmtt-10">.tex </span>extension. Avoid spaces in the file name. If you don’t + know how to use the command prompt, then as mentioned above, you may + be able to configure your text editor to add <span +class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a + id="dx1-5065"></a> as a build + tool. + </p><!--l. 1214--><p class="noindent" >The default sort is word order (“sea lion” comes before “seal”). If you want letter ordering you need to add the <span class="cmtt-10">order=letter </span>package option: @@ -1245,114 +2365,304 @@ class="cmtt-10">order=letter </span>package </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-25"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-53"> \usepackage[xindy,order=letter]{glossaries} </div> - <!--l. 690--><p class="nopar" > + <!--l. 1220--><p class="nopar" > </p></li> <li - class="enumerate" id="x1-5032x6">Once you have successfully completed the previous step, you can now run + class="enumerate" id="x1-5067x6">Once you have successfully completed the previous step, you can now run <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span></span> on your document again. </li></ol> - </dd></dl> -<!--l. 699--><p class="indent" > For Options <a + <!--l. 1226--><p class="noindent" >Here’s a complete document (<span +class="cmtt-10">myDoc.tex</span>): + + + +</p> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-54"> + \documentclass{article} +  <br />\usepackage[xindy]{glossaries} +  <br />\makeglossaries % create xindy files +  <br />\newglossaryentry{sample}{name={sample}, +  <br />  description={an example}} +  <br />\begin{document} +  <br />A \gls{sample}. +  <br />\printglossaries % input files created by xindy +  <br />\end{document} +</div> + <!--l. 1242--><p class="nopar" > Document build: + + + +</p> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-55"> + pdflatex myDoc +  <br />makeglossaries myDoc +  <br />pdflatex myDoc +</div> + <!--l. 1248--><p class="nopar" > + </p></dd><dt class="description"> + </dt><dd +class="description"><a + id="option4"></a><span +class="cmbx-10">Option</span><span +class="cmbx-10"> 4</span>: + <!--l. 1252--><p class="noindent" >This requires the extension package <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span><a + id="dx1-5068"></a> and an application called + <span +class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a + id="dx1-5069"></a>. This application is able to sort extended Latin or non-Latin + alphabets. It comes with both <span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> Live and MiK<span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span> but requires at least + Java 7. This method works differently to Options <a href="#option2">2</a> and <a -href="#option3">3</a>, it can be difficult to remember all the parameters required -for <span -class="cmtt-10">makeindex </span>or <span -class="cmtt-10">xindy</span>, so the <span -class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a - id="dx1-5033"></a> package provides a script called -<span -class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries </span>that reads the <span -class="cmtt-10">.aux </span>file to determine what settings you have used -and will then run <span -class="cmtt-10">makeindex </span>or <span -class="cmtt-10">xindy</span>. Again, this is a command line application -and can be run in a terminal or command prompt. For example, if your -<span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span -class="E">E</span>X</span></span> document is in the file <span -class="cmtt-10">myDoc.tex</span>, then run: +href="#option3">3</a>. Instead of + creating a file containing the code to typeset the glossary it creates a + <span +class="cmtt-10">.glstex </span>file containing the entry definitions fetched from the <span +class="cmtt-10">.bib </span>file (or + files), but only those entries that are required in the document are + defined and they are defined in the order obtained from the chosen sort + method. This means that you can just use <span +class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary </span>to + display each glossary (or <span +class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaries </span>to display them + all). + </p><ol class="enumerate1" > + <li + class="enumerate" id="x1-5071x1">Add the <span +class="cmss-10">record</span><a + id="dx1-5072"></a> option to the <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span><a + id="dx1-5073"></a> package option list: + + + + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-56"> + \usepackage[record]{glossaries-extra} +</div> + <!--l. 1271--><p class="nopar" > + </p></li> + <li + class="enumerate" id="x1-5075x2">Add one or more + <!--l. 1275--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span +class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLoadResources[src={</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">bib list</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">},</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> + </p><!--l. 1276--><p class="noindent" > + to your preamble where ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">bib list</span>⟩ is the list of <span +class="cmtt-10">.bib </span>files containing the + entries. You may use different sort methods for each resource set. For + example: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-26"> -makeglossaries myDoc + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-57"> + \usepackage[record,% using bib2gls +  <br /> abbreviations, +  <br /> symbols, +  <br /> numbers +  <br />]{glossaries-extra} +  <br />\GlsXtrLoadResources[ +  <br />  src={terms},% entries in terms.bib +  <br />  type=main,% put these entries in the 'main' (default) list +  <br />  sort={de-CH-1996}% sort according to this locale +  <br />] +  <br />\GlsXtrLoadResources[ +  <br />  src={abbrvs},% entries in abbrvs.bib +  <br />  type=abbreviations,% put these entries in the 'abbreviations' list +  <br />  sort={letter-case}% case-sensitive letter (non-locale) sort +  <br />] +  <br />\GlsXtrLoadResources[ +  <br />  src={syms},% entries in syms.bib +  <br />  type=symbols,% put these entries in the 'symbols' list +  <br />  sort={use}% sort according to first use in the document +  <br />] +  <br />\GlsXtrLoadResources[ +  <br />  src={constants},% entries in constants.bib +  <br />  type=numbers,% put these entries in the 'numbers' list +  <br />  sort-field={user1},% sort according to this field +  <br />  sort={double}% double-precision sort +  <br />] +</div> + <!--l. 1308--><p class="nopar" > The last resource set assumes that the entries defined in the file + <span +class="cmtt-10">constants.bib </span>have a number stored in the <span +class="cmtt-10">user1 </span>field. For + example: + + + +</p> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-58"> + @number{pi, +  <br />  name={\ensuremath{\pi}}, +  <br />  description={pi}, +  <br />  user1={3.141592654} +  <br />} +</div> + <!--l. 1318--><p class="nopar" > + </p></li> + <li + class="enumerate" id="x1-5077x3">Put + <!--l. 1322--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span +class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary[type={</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">type</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">},</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> + </p><!--l. 1323--><p class="noindent" > + where you want your list of entries (glossary) to appear. (The <span +class="cmtt-10">sort </span>key + isn’t available in ⟨<span +class="cmti-10">options</span>⟩. It needs to be used in <span +class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLoadResources</span> + instead.) Alternatively, use + </p><!--l. 1329--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span +class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaries </span></div><hr> + </p><!--l. 1330--><p class="noindent" > + </p></li> + <li + class="enumerate" id="x1-5079x4">Run <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span></span> on your document. The <span +class="cmss-10">record</span><a + id="dx1-5080"></a> option adds information to + the <span +class="cmtt-10">.aux </span>file that provides <span +class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a + id="dx1-5081"></a> with all required details for each + resource set. For example, if the file is called <span +class="cmtt-10">myDoc.tex</span>: + + + + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-59"> + pdflatex myDoc </div> -<!--l. 710--><p class="nopar" > (Replace <span -class="cmtt-10">myDoc </span>with the base name of your <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span -class="E">E</span>X</span></span> document file. Avoid -spaces in the file name.) If you don’t know how to use the command prompt, -you can probably access <span -class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries </span>via your text editor. Check your -editor’s manual for advice. If you are using <span -class="cmtt-10">arara </span>then you can just use the -directives: + <!--l. 1338--><p class="nopar" > + </p></li> + <li + class="enumerate" id="x1-5083x5">Run <span +class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a + id="dx1-5084"></a> + + + + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-60"> + bib2gls myDoc +</div> + <!--l. 1343--><p class="nopar" > or (if you need letter groups) </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-27"> - arara: pdflatex - <br /> arara: makeglossaries - <br /> arara: pdflatex -</div> -<!--l. 720--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 722--><p class="indent" > The <span -class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries </span>script is written in Perl, so you need a Perl interpreter -installed. If you are using a Unix-like operating system then you most likely have one -installed. If you are using Windows with the <span class="TEX">T<span -class="E">E</span>X</span> Live distribution, then you can -use the Perl interpreter that comes with <span class="TEX">T<span -class="E">E</span>X</span> Live. If you are using Windows and -MiK<span class="TEX">T<span -class="E">E</span>X</span> then you need to install a Perl distribution for Windows. If you are using -<a -href="#option3">Option 3</a>, then you need to do this anyway as <span -class="cmtt-10">xindy </span>is also written in Perl. -If you are using <a -href="#option2">Option 2</a> and can’t work out how to install Perl (or for -some reason don’t want to install it) then just use <span -class="cmtt-10">makeindex </span>directly, as -described above, or you can use a Lua alternative to <span -class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries </span>called -<span -class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite.lua</span>: + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-61"> + bib2gls --group myDoc +</div> + <!--l. 1347--><p class="nopar" > + </p></li> + <li + class="enumerate" id="x1-5086x6">Run <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span></span> again.</li></ol> + <!--l. 1351--><p class="noindent" >Here’s a complete document (<span +class="cmtt-10">myDoc.tex</span>): </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-28"> -makeglossaries-lite.lua myDoc + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-62"> + \documentclass{article} +  <br />\usepackage[record]{glossaries-extra} +  <br />\GlsXtrLoadResources % input file created by bib2gls +  <br /> [% instructions to bib2gls: +  <br />   src={entries}, % terms defined in entries.bib +  <br />   sort={en-GB}% sort according to this locale +  <br /> ] +  <br />\newglossaryentry{sample}{name={sample}, +  <br />  description={an example}} +  <br />\begin{document} +  <br />A \gls{sample}. +  <br />\printunsrtglossaries % iterate over all defined entries +  <br />\end{document} +</div> + <!--l. 1371--><p class="nopar" > The accompanying <span +class="cmtt-10">entries.bib </span>file: + + + +</p> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-63"> + @entry{sample, +  <br />  name = {sample}, +  <br />  description = {an example} +  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 736--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 738--><p class="indent" > As a last resort you can try the package option <span -class="cmtt-10">automake</span>: + <!--l. 1378--><p class="nopar" > Document build: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-29"> -\usepackage[automake]{glossaries} -</div> -<!--l. 741--><p class="nopar" > This will attempt to use <span class="TEX">T<span -class="E">E</span>X</span>’s <span -class="cmtt-10">\write18 </span>mechanism to run <span -class="cmtt-10">makeindex </span>or <span -class="cmtt-10">xindy</span>. It -probably won’t work for <span -class="cmtt-10">xindy </span>and won’t work at all if the shell escape has been -disabled in your <span class="TEX">T<span -class="E">E</span>X</span> distribution. Most <span class="TEX">T<span -class="E">E</span>X</span> distributions will allow a restricted -shell escape, which will only allow trusted applications to be run. If the <span -class="cmtt-10">automake</span> -option is successful, you will still need to run <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span -class="E">E</span>X</span></span> twice for the glossaries to be -displayed. -</p><!--l. 751--><p class="indent" > When sorting the entries, the string comparisons are made according to each + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-64"> + pdflatex myDoc +  <br />bib2gls myDoc +  <br />pdflatex myDoc +</div> + <!--l. 1384--><p class="nopar" > +</p> + </dd></dl> +<!--l. 1388--><p class="indent" > If you are having difficulty integrating <span +class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a + id="dx1-5087"></a> into your document build +process, you may want to consider using <span +class="cmtt-10">arara</span><a + id="dx1-5088"></a>, which is a Java application that +searches the document for special comment lines that tell <span +class="cmtt-10">arara</span><a + id="dx1-5089"></a> which applications +to run. For example, the file <span +class="cmtt-10">myDoc.tex </span>might start with: + + + +</p> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-65"> + % arara: pdflatex + <br /> % arara: makeglossaries + <br /> % arara: pdflatex + <br /> \documentclass{article} + <br /> \usepackage{glossaries} + <br /> \makeglossaries +</div> +<!--l. 1401--><p class="nopar" > then to build the document you just need the single system call: + + + +</p> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-66"> + arara myDoc +</div> +<!--l. 1405--><p class="nopar" > (The currently pending version 4.0 of <span +class="cmtt-10">arara</span><a + id="dx1-5090"></a> has directives for <span +class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite</span><a + id="dx1-5091"></a> +and <span +class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a + id="dx1-5092"></a>. These aren’t available in earlier versions, but you could try copying +and adapting the <span +class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries.yaml </span>file and replace <span +class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a + id="dx1-5093"></a> as +appropriate.) +</p><!--l. 1412--><p class="indent" > When sorting the entries, the string comparisons are made according to each entry’s <span class="cmtt-10">sort </span>key. If this is omitted, the <span class="cmtt-10">name </span>key is used. For example, recall the @@ -1361,14 +2671,14 @@ earlier definition: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-30"> -\newglossaryentry{elite} - <br />{ - <br />  name={{\'e}lite}, - <br />  description={select group or class} - <br />} -</div> -<!--l. 761--><p class="nopar" > No <span + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-67"> + \newglossaryentry{elite} + <br /> { + <br />   name={{\'e}lite}, + <br />   description={select group or class} + <br /> } +</div> +<!--l. 1422--><p class="nopar" > No <span class="cmtt-10">sort </span>key was used, so it’s set to the same as the <span class="cmtt-10">name </span>key: <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">{\’e}lite</span></span></span>. How this @@ -1384,12 +2694,15 @@ class="description">By default, the accent command will be stripped so the sort class="cmtt-10">elite</span>. This will put the entry in the “E” letter group. However if you use the <span class="cmss-10">sanitizesort=true</span><a - id="dx1-5034"></a> package option, the sort value will be + id="dx1-5094"></a> package option, the sort value will be interpreted as the sequence of characters: <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">{</span></span></span> <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\</span></span></span> <span -class="cmtt-10">’ e l i t </span>and <span -class="cmtt-10">e</span>. This will place - this entry before the “A” letter group since it starts with a symbol. +class="cmtt-10">’ e </span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">}</span></span></span> <span +class="cmtt-10">l i t </span>and <span +class="cmtt-10">e</span>. This will + place this entry in the “symbols” group since it starts with a symbol. </dd><dt class="description"> <a href="#option2"><span @@ -1406,7 +2719,8 @@ class="cmtt-10">}</span></span></span><span class="cmtt-10">lit </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">e</span>. The first character is an opening curly brace <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">{</span></span></span> so <span -class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span> +class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a + id="dx1-5095"></a> will put this entry in the “symbols” group. </dd><dt class="description"> <a @@ -1415,32 +2729,100 @@ class="cmbx-10">Option</span><span class="cmbx-10"> 3</span></a><span class="cmbx-10">:</span> </dt><dd class="description"><span -class="cmtt-10">xindy </span>disregards <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span +class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a + id="dx1-5096"></a> disregards <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span></span> commands so it sorts on <span -class="cmtt-10">elite</span>, which - puts this entry in the “E” group.</dd></dl> -<!--l. 786--><p class="indent" > If the <span +class="cmtt-10">elite</span>, which puts + this entry in the “E” group. If stripping all commands leads to an empty string + (such as <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\ensuremath{\emptyset}</span></span></span>) then <span +class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a + id="dx1-5097"></a> will fail, so in these + situations you need to provide an appropriate <span +class="cmtt-10">sort </span>value that <span +class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a + id="dx1-5098"></a> will + accept. + <!--l. 1448--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> <span +class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a + id="dx1-5099"></a> merges entries with duplicate sort values. <span +class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a + id="dx1-5100"></a> forbids empty sort + values. A sort value may degrade into an empty or duplicate value once <span +class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a + id="dx1-5101"></a> + has stripped all commands and braces. </div> + </p><!--l. 1453--><p class="noindent" > + </p></dd><dt class="description"> +<a +href="#option4"><span +class="cmbx-10">Option</span><span +class="cmbx-10"> 4</span></a><span +class="cmbx-10">:</span> </dt><dd +class="description"><span +class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a + id="dx1-5102"></a> has a primitive <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span></span> parser that recognises a limited set of + commands, which includes the standard accent commands and some maths + commands, so it can convert <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">{\’e}lite</span></span></span> to <span +class="cmtt-10">é</span><span +class="cmtt-10">lite</span>. It disregards unknown + commands. This may lead to an empty sort value, but <span +class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a + id="dx1-5103"></a> doesn’t mind + that. + <!--l. 1462--><p class="noindent" >Note that even if the name is given as <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">{\’e}lite</span></span></span>, the letter group heading + (if the <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">--group</span></span></span> switch is used) may end up with the character É + depending on the locale used by the sort comparator. In this case you + + + + will need to ensure the document can support this character either + with <span +class="cmss-10">inputenc</span><a + id="dx1-5104"></a> or by switching to a <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span +class="E">E</span>X</span></span> engine with native UTF-8 + support. +</p> + </dd></dl> +<!--l. 1472--><p class="indent" > If the <span class="cmss-10">inputenc</span><a - id="dx1-5035"></a> package is used and the entry is defined as: </p><div class="alltt"> + id="dx1-5105"></a> package is used: + + + +</p> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-68"> + \usepackage[utf8]{inputenc} +</div> +<!--l. 1475--><p class="nopar" > and the entry is defined as: </p><div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> -<span class="verb"><span +<span +class="cmtt-10"> </span><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry{elite}</span></span> -<br /><span class="verb"><span +<br /><span +class="cmtt-10"> </span><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">{</span></span> <br /><span class="cmtt-10"> </span><span +class="cmtt-10"> </span><span class="cmtt-10"> name=</span><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">{{</span></span><span class="cmtt-10">é</span><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">}lite},</span></span> <br /><span class="cmtt-10"> </span><span +class="cmtt-10"> </span><span class="cmtt-10"> description=</span><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">{select</span><span class="cmtt-10"> group</span><span class="cmtt-10"> or</span><span class="cmtt-10"> class}</span></span> -<br /><span class="verb"><span +<br /><span +class="cmtt-10"> </span><span class="verb"><span class="cmtt-10">}</span></span> </div> </div> then: @@ -1454,15 +2836,13 @@ class="description">By default the sort value will be interpreted as <span class="cmtt-10">elite </span>so the entry will be put in the “E” letter group. If you use the <span class="cmss-10">sanitizesort=true</span><a - id="dx1-5036"></a> package + id="dx1-5106"></a> package option, the sort value will be interpreted as <span class="cmtt-10">é</span><span class="cmtt-10">lite </span>where é has been - sanitized (so it’s no longer an active character) which will put this entry - before the “A” letter group. - - - + sanitized (so it’s no longer an active character and is in fact seen as two + octets 0xC3 0xA9) which will put this entry before the “A” letter group. + (The group is determined by the first octet 0xC3.) </dd><dt class="description"> <a href="#option2"><span @@ -1470,9 +2850,13 @@ class="cmbx-10">Option</span><span class="cmbx-10"> 2</span></a><span class="cmbx-10">:</span> </dt><dd class="description"><span -class="cmtt-10">makeindex </span>doesn’t recognise <span -class="cmtt-10">é</span> as a letter so it will be put in the - symbols group. +class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a + id="dx1-5107"></a> sees <span +class="cmtt-10">é</span> as two octets (0xC3 0xA9) rather than a single + character so it tries to put <span +class="cmtt-10">é</span><span +class="cmtt-10">lite </span>in the 0xC3 (“Ô) letter group (which, + in this case, comes after “Z”). </dd><dt class="description"> <a href="#option3"><span @@ -1480,26 +2864,79 @@ class="cmbx-10">Option</span><span class="cmbx-10"> 3</span></a><span class="cmbx-10">:</span> </dt><dd class="description"><span -class="cmtt-10">xindy </span>will correctly recognise the sort value <span +class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a + id="dx1-5108"></a> will correctly recognise the sort value <span class="cmtt-10">é</span><span class="cmtt-10">lite </span>and will place it in whatever letter group is appropriate for the given language setting. - (In English, this would just be the “E” letter group.)</dd></dl> -<!--l. 812--><p class="indent" > Therefore if you have extended Latin or non-Latin characters, your best option is -to use <span -class="cmtt-10">xindy </span>(<a -href="#option3">Option 3</a>) with the <span + (In English, this would just be the “E” letter group, but another language + might put it in the “É” letter group.) + </dd><dt class="description"> +<a +href="#option4"><span +class="cmbx-10">Option</span><span +class="cmbx-10"> 4</span></a><span +class="cmbx-10">:</span> </dt><dd +class="description">The <span class="cmss-10">inputenc</span><a - id="dx1-5037"></a> package. If you use <span -class="cmtt-10">makeindex </span>(<a -href="#option2">Option 2</a>) -you need to specify the <span -class="cmtt-10">sort </span>key like this: + id="dx1-5109"></a> package doesn’t affect the encoding used with <span +class="cmtt-10">.bib </span>entry + definitions, since these are dependent on the encoding used to save the <span +class="cmtt-10">.bib </span>file + (although the labels must still be ASCII). You can help <span +class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a + id="dx1-5110"></a> (and + JabRef) by putting an encoding comment at the start of the <span +class="cmtt-10">.bib </span>file: + <div class="alltt"> + <div class="obeylines-v"> + <span +class="cmtt-10">%</span><span +class="cmtt-10"> Encoding:</span><span +class="cmtt-10"> UTF-8</span> +</div> + </div> + <!--l. 1515--><p class="noindent" >With the correct encoding set up, <span +class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a + id="dx1-5111"></a> will determine that the sort value is + <span +class="cmtt-10">é</span><span +class="cmtt-10">lite </span>and will place it in whatever letter group is appropriate for the given + sort rule. For example, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">sort=en-GB</span></span></span> (or just <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">sort=en</span></span></span>) will put <span +class="cmtt-10">é</span><span +class="cmtt-10">lite </span>in the + “E” letter group, but another language might put it in the “É” letter + group. </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-31"> + </dd></dl> +<!--l. 1524--><p class="indent" > Therefore if you have extended Latin or non-Latin characters, your best option is +to use either <span +class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a + id="dx1-5112"></a> (<a +href="#option3">Option 3</a>) or <span +class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a + id="dx1-5113"></a> (<a +href="#option4">Option 4</a>) with the <span +class="cmss-10">inputenc</span><a + id="dx1-5114"></a> or <span +class="cmss-10">fontspec</span><a + id="dx1-5115"></a> +package. If you use <span +class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a + id="dx1-5116"></a> (<a +href="#option2">Option 2</a>) you need to specify the <span +class="cmtt-10">sort </span>key like +this: + + + +</p> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-69"> \newglossaryentry{elite}  <br />{  <br />  name={{\'e}lite}, @@ -1507,160 +2944,75 @@ class="cmtt-10">sort </span>key like this:  <br />  description={select group or class}  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 823--><p class="nopar" > If you use <a +<!--l. 1536--><p class="nopar" > or </p><div class="alltt"> +<div class="obeylines-v"> +<span +class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><span +class="cmsy-10">{</span><span +class="cmtt-10">elite</span><span +class="cmsy-10">}</span> +<br /><span +class="cmsy-10">{</span> +<br /><span +class="cmtt-10"> </span><span +class="cmtt-10"> name=</span><span +class="cmsy-10">{{</span><span +class="cmtt-10">é</span><span +class="cmsy-10">}</span><span +class="cmtt-10">lite</span><span +class="cmsy-10">}</span><span +class="cmtt-10">,</span> +<br /><span +class="cmtt-10"> </span><span +class="cmtt-10"> sort=</span><span +class="cmsy-10">{</span><span +class="cmtt-10">elite</span><span +class="cmsy-10">}</span><span +class="cmtt-10">,</span> +<br /><span +class="cmtt-10"> </span><span +class="cmtt-10"> description=</span><span +class="cmsy-10">{</span><span +class="cmtt-10">select</span><span +class="cmtt-10"> group</span><span +class="cmtt-10"> or</span><span +class="cmtt-10"> class</span><span +class="cmsy-10">}</span> +<br /><span +class="cmsy-10">}</span> +</div> +</div> If you use <a href="#option1">Option 1</a>, you may or may not need to use the <span class="cmtt-10">sort </span>key, but you will need to be careful about fragile commands in the <span class="cmtt-10">name </span>key if you don’t set the <span class="cmtt-10">sort</span> key. -</p><!--l. 828--><p class="indent" > If you use <a +<!--l. 1550--><p class="indent" > If you use <a href="#option3">Option 3</a> and the <span -class="cmtt-10">name </span>only contains a command (such as <span -class="cmtt-10">\P</span>) you -must add the <span -class="cmtt-10">sort </span>key. This is also advisable for the other options, but is essential -for <a -href="#option3">Option 3</a>. For example: +class="cmtt-10">name </span>only contains a command or commands (such +as <span +class="cmtt-10">\P </span>or <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">\ensuremath{\pi}</span></span></span>) you must add the <span +class="cmtt-10">sort </span>key. This is also advisable +for the other options (except <a +href="#option4">Option 4</a>), but is essential for <a +href="#option3">Option 3</a>. For +example: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-32"> -\newglossaryentry{P}{name={\P},sort={P}, - <br /> description={paragraph symbol}} + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-70"> + \newglossaryentry{P}{name={\P},sort={P}, + <br />  description={paragraph symbol}} </div> -<!--l. 835--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 837--><p class="indent" > <a -href="#x1-50381">Table 1</a> summarises the main pros and cons of three options described -above. -</p> - <div class="table"> - - - -<!--l. 840--><p class="indent" > <a - id="x1-50381"></a></p><hr class="float" /><div class="float" -> - - - - <div class="caption" -><span class="id">Table 1: </span><span -class="content">Glossary Options: Pros and Cons</span></div><!--tex4ht:label?: x1-50381 --> -<div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-2" class="tabular" -cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" -><colgroup id="TBL-2-1g"><col -id="TBL-2-1" /><col -id="TBL-2-2" /><col -id="TBL-2-3" /><col -id="TBL-2-4" /></colgroup><tr - style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-1-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-1-1" -class="td11"> <!--l. 846--><p class="noindent" > </p></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-1-2" -class="td11"> <a -href="#option1"><span -class="cmbx-10">Option</span><span -class="cmbx-10"> 1</span></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-1-3" -class="td11"> <a -href="#option2"><span -class="cmbx-10">Option</span><span -class="cmbx-10"> 2</span></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-1-4" -class="td11"> <a -href="#option3"><span -class="cmbx-10">Option</span><span -class="cmbx-10"> 3</span></a> </td> -</tr><tr - style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-2-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-2-1" -class="td11"> <!--l. 847--><p class="noindent" >Requires - an - external - application? </p></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-2-2" -class="td11"> <span -class="pzdr-">✘ </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-2-3" -class="td11"> <span -class="pzdr-">✔ </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-2-4" -class="td11"> <span -class="pzdr-">✔ </span></td> -</tr><tr - style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-3-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-3-1" -class="td11"> <!--l. 849--><p class="noindent" >Requires - Perl? </p></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-3-2" -class="td11"> <span -class="pzdr-">✘ </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-3-3" -class="td11"> <span -class="pzdr-">✘ </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-3-4" -class="td11"> <span -class="pzdr-">✔ </span></td> -</tr><tr - style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-4-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-4-1" -class="td11"> <!--l. 851--><p class="noindent" >Can - sort - extended - Latin - or - non-Latin - alphabets? </p></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-4-2" -class="td11"> <span -class="pzdr-">✘</span><sup class="textsuperscript"><span -class="cmsy-9">†</span></sup> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-4-3" -class="td11"> <span -class="pzdr-">✘ </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-4-4" -class="td11"> <span -class="pzdr-">✔ </span></td> -</tr><tr - style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-5-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-5-1" -class="td11"> <!--l. 854--><p class="noindent" >Efficient - sort - algorithm? </p></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-5-2" -class="td11"> <span -class="pzdr-">✘ </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-5-3" -class="td11"> <span -class="pzdr-">✔ </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-5-4" -class="td11"> <span -class="pzdr-">✔ </span></td> -</tr><tr - style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-6-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-6-1" -class="td11"> <!--l. 856--><p class="noindent" >Can - form - ranges - in - the - location - lists? </p></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-6-2" -class="td11"> <span -class="pzdr-">✘ </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-6-3" -class="td11"> <span -class="pzdr-">✔ </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-6-4" -class="td11"> <span -class="pzdr-">✔ </span></td> -</tr><tr - style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-7-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-7-1" -class="td11"> <!--l. 858--><p class="noindent" >Can - have - non-standard - locations? </p></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-7-2" -class="td11"> <span -class="pzdr-">✔ </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-7-3" -class="td11"> <span -class="pzdr-">✘ </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-7-4" -class="td11"> <span -class="pzdr-">✔ </span></td> -</tr></table></div> -<!--l. 862--><p class="noindent" ><sup class="textsuperscript"><span -class="cmsy-9">†</span></sup> Strips standard <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span -class="E">E</span>X</span></span> accents so, for example, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="cmtt-10">\AA</span></span></span> is treated the same as -A. - - - +<!--l. 1557--><p class="nopar" > </p> - </div><hr class="endfloat" /> - </div> -<!--l. 866--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 1559--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h2 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5 </span> <a id="sec:glosstyle"></a>Customising the Glossary</h3> -<!--l. 869--><p class="noindent" >The default glossary style uses the <span +<!--l. 1562--><p class="noindent" >The default glossary style uses the <span class="cmss-10">description</span><a id="dx1-6001"></a><a id="dx1-6002"></a> environment to display the entry list. @@ -1673,159 +3025,245 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsnamefont</span>: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-33"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-71"> \renewcommand*{\glsnamefont}[1]{\textmd{#1}} </div> -<!--l. 876--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 878--><p class="indent" > By default, a full stop is appended to the description. To prevent this from -happening use the <span -class="cmtt-10">nopostdot </span>package option: +<!--l. 1569--><p class="nopar" > Some classes and packages redefine the <span +class="cmss-10">description</span><a + id="dx1-6003"></a><a + id="dx1-6004"></a> environment in such as way that’s +incompatible with the <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package. In which case you’ll need to select a +different glossary style (see below). +</p><!--l. 1575--><p class="indent" > By default, a full stop is appended to the description (unless you use +<span +class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span><a + id="dx1-6005"></a>). To prevent this from happening use the <span +class="cmss-10">nopostdot</span><a + id="dx1-6006"></a> package +option: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-34"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-72"> \usepackage[nopostdot]{glossaries} </div> -<!--l. 882--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 884--><p class="indent" > By default, a location list is displayed for each entry. This refers to the -document locations (for example, the page number) where the entry has been -referenced. If you use Options <a +<!--l. 1580--><p class="nopar" > or to add it with <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>: + + + +</p> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-73"> +\usepackage[postdot]{glossaries-extra} +</div> +<!--l. 1584--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 1586--><p class="indent" > By default, a location list is displayed for each entry (unless you use +<span +class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary </span>without <span +class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a + id="dx1-6007"></a>). This refers to the document locations (for +example, the page number) where the entry has been referenced. If you use +Options <a href="#option2">2</a> or <a href="#option3">3</a> described in <a href="#sec:printglossaries"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>4 </a><a -href="#sec:printglossaries">Displaying a List of -Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:printglossaries --></a> location ranges will be compressed. For example, if an entry was -used on pages 1, 2 and 3, with Options <a +href="#sec:printglossaries">Displaying a List of Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:printglossaries --></a> or <a +href="#option4">Option 4</a> (with +<span +class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a + id="dx1-6008"></a> and <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span><a + id="dx1-6009"></a>) then location ranges will be compressed. For example, if +an entry was used on pages 1, 2 and 3, with Options <a href="#option2">2</a> or <a -href="#option3">3</a> the location list will appear -as 1–3, but with <a -href="#option1">Option 1</a> it will appear as 1, 2, 3. If you don’t want the -locations displayed you can hide them using the <span -class="cmtt-10">nonumberlist </span>package +href="#option3">3</a> or <a +href="#option4">Option 4</a> the +location list will appear as 1–3, but with <a +href="#option1">Option 1</a> it will appear as 1, 2, 3. If you +don’t want the locations displayed you can hide them using the <span +class="cmss-10">nonumberlist</span><a + id="dx1-6010"></a> package option: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-35"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-74"> \usepackage[nonumberlist]{glossaries} </div> -<!--l. 894--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 896--><p class="indent" > Entries are grouped according to the first letter of each entry’s <span +<!--l. 1598--><p class="nopar" > or with <span +class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a + id="dx1-6011"></a> use <span +class="cmtt-10">save-locations=false </span>in the optional argument of the +appropriate <span +class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLoadResources </span>(it’s possible to have some resource sets with +locations and some without). +</p><!--l. 1604--><p class="indent" > Entries are grouped according to the first letter of each entry’s <span class="cmtt-10">sort </span>key. By default a vertical gap is placed between letter groups. You can suppress this with the <span -class="cmtt-10">nogroupskip </span>package option: +class="cmss-10">nogroupskip</span><a + id="dx1-6012"></a> package option: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-36"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-75"> \usepackage[nogroupskip]{glossaries} </div> -<!--l. 902--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 904--><p class="indent" > If the default style doesn’t suit your document, you can change the style +<!--l. 1610--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 1612--><p class="indent" > If the default style doesn’t suit your document, you can change the style using: -</p><!--l. 907--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span +</p><!--l. 1615--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="cmtt-10">\setglossarystyle{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">style name</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 908--><p class="noindent" > -There are a number of predefined styles. Glossaries can vary from a list of symbols +</p><!--l. 1616--><p class="noindent" > +<a +href="http://www.dickimaw-books.com/gallery/glossaries-styles/" >There are a number of predefined styles.</a> Glossaries can vary from a list of symbols with a terse description to a list of words or phrases with descriptions that span multiple paragraphs, so there’s no “one style fits all” solution. You need to choose -a style that suits your document. -</p><!--l. 915--><p class="indent" > Examples: +a style that suits your document. For example: + + + +</p> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-76"> +\setglossarystyle{index} +</div> +<!--l. 1624--><p class="nopar" > You can also use the <span +class="cmss-10">style</span><a + id="dx1-6013"></a> package option for the preloaded styles. For example: + + + +</p> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-77"> +\usepackage[style=index]{glossaries} +</div> +<!--l. 1629--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 1631--><p class="indent" > Examples: </p><ol class="enumerate1" > <li - class="enumerate" id="x1-6004x1">You have entries where the name is a symbol and the description is a brief + class="enumerate" id="x1-6015x1">You have entries where the name is a symbol and the description is a brief phrase or short sentence. Try one of the “mcol” styles defined in the <span class="cmss-10">glossary-mcols</span><a - id="dx1-6005"></a> package. For example: + id="dx1-6016"></a> package. For example: - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-37"> - \usepackage[nogroupskip,nopostdot]{glossaries} + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-78"> + \usepackage[nopostdot]{glossaries}  <br />\usepackage{glossary-mcols}  <br />\setglossarystyle{mcolindex} </div> - <!--l. 924--><p class="nopar" > + <!--l. 1640--><p class="nopar" > or + + + +</p> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-79"> + \usepackage[stylemods={mcols},style=mcolindex]{glossaries-extra} +</div> + <!--l. 1644--><p class="nopar" > </p></li> <li - class="enumerate" id="x1-6007x2">You have entries where the name is a word or phrase and the description spans + class="enumerate" id="x1-6018x2">You have entries where the name is a word or phrase and the description spans multiple paragraphs. Try one of the “altlist” styles. For example: - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-38"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-80"> \usepackage[nopostdot]{glossaries}  <br />\setglossarystyle{altlist} </div> - <!--l. 932--><p class="nopar" > + <!--l. 1652--><p class="nopar" > or + + + +</p> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-81"> + \usepackage[stylemods,style=altlist]{glossaries-extra} +</div> + <!--l. 1656--><p class="nopar" > </p></li> <li - class="enumerate" id="x1-6009x3">You have entries where the name is a single word, the description is + class="enumerate" id="x1-6020x3">You have entries where the name is a single word, the description is brief, and an associated symbol has been set. Use one of the styles that display the symbol (not all of them do). For example, one of the tabular styles: - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-39"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-82"> \usepackage[nopostdot,nonumberlist]{glossaries}  <br />\setglossarystyle{long4col} </div> - <!--l. 941--><p class="nopar" > or one of the “tree” styles: + <!--l. 1665--><p class="nopar" > or one of the “tree” styles: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-40"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-83"> \usepackage[nopostdot,nonumberlist]{glossaries}  <br />\setglossarystyle{tree} </div> - <!--l. 946--><p class="nopar" ></p></li></ol> -<!--l. 949--><p class="indent" > If your glossary consists of a list of acronyms and you also want to specify -a description as well as the long form, then you need to use an acronym style that -will suit the glossary style. For example, use the <span + <!--l. 1670--><p class="nopar" ></p></li></ol> +<!--l. 1673--><p class="indent" > If your glossary consists of a list of abbreviations and you also want to specify +a description as well as the long form, then you need to use an abbreviation style +that will suit the glossary style. For example, use the <span class="cmtt-10">long-short-desc </span>acronym style: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-41"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-84"> \setacronymstyle{long-short-desc} </div> -<!--l. 955--><p class="nopar" > Define the acronyms with a description: +<!--l. 1679--><p class="nopar" > Define the acronyms with a description: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-42"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-85"> \newacronym  <br /> [description={statistical pattern recognition technique}] - <br /> {svm}{svm}{support vector machine} + <br /> {svm}{SVM}{support vector machine} </div> -<!--l. 961--><p class="nopar" > Choose a glossary style that suits wide entry names: +<!--l. 1685--><p class="nopar" > Alternatively with <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span><a + id="dx1-6021"></a>: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-43"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-86"> +\setabbreviationstyle{long-short-desc} + <br />\newabbreviation + <br /> [description={statistical pattern recognition technique}] + <br /> {svm}{SVM}{support vector machine} +</div> +<!--l. 1693--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 1695--><p class="indent" > Choose a glossary style that suits wide entry names. For example: + + + +</p> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-87"> \setglossarystyle{altlist} </div> -<!--l. 965--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 967--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 1698--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 1700--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 967--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 1700--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h2 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">6 </span> <a id="sec:multigloss"></a>Multiple Glossaries</h3> -<!--l. 970--><p class="noindent" >The <span +<!--l. 1703--><p class="noindent" >The <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a id="dx1-7001"></a> package predefines a default <span class="cmtt-10">main </span>glossary. When you define an entry @@ -1837,7 +3275,7 @@ automatically assigned to the default glossary, unless you indicate otherwise us <span class="cmtt-10">type </span>key. However you first need to make sure the desired glossary has been defined. This is done using: -</p><!--l. 977--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span +</p><!--l. 1710--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="cmtt-10">\newglossary[</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">glg</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span @@ -1849,7 +3287,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">glo</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">title</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 978--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1711--><p class="noindent" > The ⟨<span class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is a label that uniquely identifies this new glossary. As with other types of identifying labels, be careful not to use active characters in ⟨<span @@ -1860,58 +3298,93 @@ class="cmtt-10">\printglossary </span>or <span class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary</span>. The other arguments indicate the file extensions used by <span -class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span>/<span -class="cmtt-10">xindy </span>(described in <a +class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a + id="dx1-7002"></a>/<span +class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a + id="dx1-7003"></a> (described in <a href="#sec:printglossaries"><span class="cmsy-10">§</span>4 </a><a -href="#sec:printglossaries">Displaying a List of Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:printglossaries --></a>). If you use -<a -href="#option1">Option 1</a> described above, the ⟨<span +href="#sec:printglossaries">Displaying a List of Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:printglossaries --></a>). If you use <a +href="#option1">Option 1</a> +described above (or <span +class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a + id="dx1-7004"></a> and <span +class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaries</span>), then the ⟨<span class="cmti-10">glg</span>⟩, ⟨<span class="cmti-10">gls</span>⟩ and ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">glo</span>⟩ arguments are ignored, in which -case you may prefer to use the starred version where you don’t specify the -extensions: -</p><!--l. 991--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span +class="cmti-10">glo</span>⟩ +arguments are ignored, in which case you may prefer to use the starred version where +you don’t specify the extensions: +</p><!--l. 1725--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="cmtt-10">\newglossary*{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">title</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 992--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 994--><p class="indent" > In the case of Options <a +</p><!--l. 1726--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1728--><p class="indent" > In the case of Options <a href="#option2">2</a> or <a href="#option3">3</a>, all glossary definitions must come before <span -class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span>. -</p><!--l. 997--><p class="indent" > Since it’s quite common for documents to have both a list of terms and a list of -acronyms, the <span +class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span>. (Entries definitions should come after <span +class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span>.) In the case +of <a +href="#option4">Option 4</a>, all glossary definitions must come before any <span +class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLoadResources</span> +that requires them. +</p><!--l. 1733--><p class="indent" > Since it’s quite common for documents to have both a list of terms and a list of +abbreviations, the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a - id="dx1-7002"></a> package provides the package option <span -class="cmtt-10">acronym </span>(or <span -class="cmtt-10">acronyms</span>), -which is a convenient shortcut for + id="dx1-7005"></a> package provides the package option <span +class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a + id="dx1-7006"></a> (or +<span +class="cmss-10">acronyms</span><a + id="dx1-7007"></a>), which is a convenient shortcut for </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-44"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-88"> \newglossary[alg]{acronym}{acr}{acn}{\acronymname} </div> -<!--l. 1003--><p class="nopar" > The option also changes the behaviour of <span +<!--l. 1739--><p class="nopar" > The option also changes the behaviour of <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym </span>so that acronyms are -automatically put in the list of acronyms instead of the main glossary. -</p><!--l. 1008--><p class="indent" > For example, suppose you want a main glossary for terms, a list of acronyms and +automatically put in the list of acronyms instead of the main glossary. The +<span +class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span><a + id="dx1-7008"></a> package also provides this option for abbreviations defined using +<span +class="cmtt-10">\newacronym </span>but additionally has the package option <span +class="cmss-10">abbreviations</span><a + id="dx1-7009"></a> to create a list of +abbreviations for <span +class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span>. +</p><!--l. 1747--><p class="indent" > There are some other package options for creating commonly used lists: <span +class="cmss-10">symbols</span><a + id="dx1-7010"></a> +(lists of symbols), <span +class="cmss-10">numbers</span><a + id="dx1-7011"></a> (lists of numbers), <span +class="cmss-10">index</span><a + id="dx1-7012"></a> (index of terms without +descriptions defined with <span +class="cmtt-10">\newterm[</span>⟨<span +class="cmti-10">options</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span +class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}</span>). +</p><!--l. 1752--><p class="indent" > For example, suppose you want a main glossary for terms, a list of acronyms and a list of notation: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-45"> -\usepackage[acronyms]{glossaries} - <br />\newglossary[nlg]{notation}{not}{ntn}{Notation} + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-89"> + \usepackage[acronyms]{glossaries} + <br /> \newglossary[nlg]{notation}{not}{ntn}{Notation} </div> -<!--l. 1013--><p class="nopar" > After <span +<!--l. 1757--><p class="nopar" > After <span class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>(or <span class="cmtt-10">\makenoidxglossaries</span>) you can define the entries in the preamble. For example: @@ -1919,95 +3392,152 @@ the preamble. For example: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-46"> -\newglossaryentry{gls:set} - <br />{% This entry goes in the `main' glossary - <br />  name=set, - <br />  description={A collection of distinct objects} - <br />} - <br /> This entry goes in the `acronym' glossary: - <br />\newacronym{svm}{svm}{support vector machine} - <br />\newglossaryentry{not:set} - <br />{% This entry goes in the `notation' glossary: - <br />  type=notation, - <br />  name={\ensuremath{\mathcal{S}}}, - <br />  description={A set}, - <br />  sort={S}} -</div> -<!--l. 1032--><p class="nopar" > or if you don’t like using <span + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-90"> + \newglossaryentry{gls:set} + <br /> {% This entry goes in the `main' glossary + <br />   name=set, + <br />   description={A collection of distinct objects} + <br /> } + <br /> % This entry goes in the `acronym' glossary: + <br /> \newacronym{svm}{svm}{support vector machine} + <br /> \newglossaryentry{not:set} + <br /> {% This entry goes in the `notation' glossary: + <br />   type=notation, + <br />   name={\ensuremath{\mathcal{S}}}, + <br />   description={A set}, + <br />   sort={S}} +</div> +<!--l. 1776--><p class="nopar" > or if you don’t like using <span class="cmtt-10">\ensuremath</span>: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-47"> -\newglossaryentry{not:set} - <br />{% This entry goes in the `notation' glossary: - <br />  type=notation, - <br />  name={$\mathcal{S}$}, - <br />  text={\mathcal{S}}, - <br />  description={A set}, - <br />  sort={S}} -</div> -<!--l. 1042--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 1044--><p class="indent" > Each glossary is displayed using: -</p><!--l. 1046--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-91"> + \newglossaryentry{not:set} + <br /> {% This entry goes in the `notation' glossary: + <br />   type=notation, + <br />   name={$\mathcal{S}$}, + <br />   text={\mathcal{S}}, + <br />   description={A set}, + <br />   sort={S}} +</div> +<!--l. 1786--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 1788--><p class="indent" > Each glossary is displayed using: +</p><!--l. 1790--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary[type=</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">type</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1047--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1791--><p class="noindent" > (<a href="#option1">Option 1</a>) or -</p><!--l. 1050--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span +</p><!--l. 1794--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="cmtt-10">\printglossary[type=</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">type</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1051--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1795--><p class="noindent" > (Options <a href="#option2">2</a> and <a href="#option3">3</a>). Where ⟨<span class="cmti-10">type</span>⟩ is the glossary label. If the type is omitted the default <span class="cmtt-10">main </span>glossary is assumed. -</p><!--l. 1055--><p class="indent" > There’s a convenient shortcut that will display all the defined glossaries: -</p><!--l. 1058--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span +</p><!--l. 1799--><p class="indent" > If you’re using <span +class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a + id="dx1-7013"></a> then each glossary is displayed using: +</p><!--l. 1802--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span +class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary[type=</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">type</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 1803--><p class="noindent" > +With this method you don’t use <span +class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>or <span +class="cmtt-10">\makenoidxglossaries</span>. +Instead you can assign the entry type with the resource command. For example: + + + +</p> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-92"> + \usepackage[record,abbreviations,symbols]{glossaries-extra} + <br /> \GlsXtrLoadResources[ + <br />  src={terms}, % entries defined in terms.bib + <br />  type={main}% put in main glossary + <br /> ] + <br /> \GlsXtrLoadResources[ + <br />  src={abbrvs}, % entries defined in abbrvs.bib + <br />  type={abbreviations}% put in abbreviations glossary + <br /> ] + <br /> \GlsXtrLoadResources[ + <br />  src={syms}, % entries defined in syms.bib + <br />  type={symbols}% put in symbols glossary + <br /> ] +</div> +<!--l. 1822--><p class="nopar" > Later in the document: + + + +</p> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-93"> + \printunsrtglossary % main + <br /> \printunsrtglossary[type=abbreviations] + <br /> \printunsrtglossary[type=symbols] +</div> +<!--l. 1828--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 1830--><p class="indent" > There’s a convenient shortcut that will display all the defined glossaries +depending on the indexing method: +</p><!--l. 1833--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossaries </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1059--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1834--><p class="noindent" > (<a href="#option1">Option 1</a>) or -</p><!--l. 1062--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span +</p><!--l. 1837--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="cmtt-10">\printglossaries </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1063--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1838--><p class="noindent" > (Options <a href="#option2">2</a> and <a -href="#option3">3</a>). -</p><!--l. 1066--><p class="indent" > If you use <a +href="#option3">3</a>) or (<span +class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span><a + id="dx1-7014"></a> only) +</p><!--l. 1841--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span +class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaries </span></div><hr> +</p><!--l. 1842--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1844--><p class="indent" > If you use <a href="#option1">Option 1</a>, you don’t need to do anything else. If you use Options <a href="#option2">2</a> or <a href="#option3">3</a> with the <span -class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries </span>Perl script, you similarly don’t need to do anything -else. If you use Options <a +class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a + id="dx1-7015"></a> Perl script or the <span +class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite</span><a + id="dx1-7016"></a> Lua script, +you similarly don’t need to do anything else. If you use Options <a href="#option2">2</a> or <a -href="#option3">3</a> without the <span -class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries </span>Perl script then you -need to make sure you run <span -class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span>/<span -class="cmtt-10">xindy </span><span +href="#option3">3</a> without the +<span +class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a + id="dx1-7017"></a> Perl script then you need to make sure you run <span +class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a + id="dx1-7018"></a>/<span +class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a + id="dx1-7019"></a> +<span class="cmti-10">for each defined glossary</span>. The ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">gls</span>⟩ and -⟨<span +class="cmti-10">gls</span>⟩ and ⟨<span class="cmti-10">glo</span>⟩ arguments of <span -class="cmtt-10">\newglossary </span>specify the file extensions to use instead of <span -class="cmtt-10">.gls </span>and -<span +class="cmtt-10">\newglossary </span>specify the file +extensions to use instead of <span +class="cmtt-10">.gls </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">.glo</span>. The optional argument ⟨<span -class="cmti-10">glg</span>⟩ is the file extension for the transcript file. This -should be different for each glossary in case you need to check for <span -class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span>/<span -class="cmtt-10">xindy</span> -errors or warnings if things go wrong. -</p><!--l. 1079--><p class="indent" > For example, suppose you have three glossaries in your document (<span +class="cmti-10">glg</span>⟩ is the file +extension for the transcript file. This should be different for each glossary in +case you need to check for <span +class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a + id="dx1-7020"></a>/<span +class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a + id="dx1-7021"></a> errors or warnings if things go +wrong. +</p><!--l. 1858--><p class="indent" > For example, suppose you have three glossaries in your document (<span class="cmtt-10">main</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">acronym</span> and <span @@ -2016,42 +3546,70 @@ class="cmtt-10">notation</span>), specified using: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-48"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-94"> \usepackage[acronyms]{glossaries}  <br />\newglossary[nlg]{notation}{not}{ntn}{Notation} </div> -<!--l. 1085--><p class="nopar" > Then (assuming your <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span +<!--l. 1864--><p class="nopar" > Then (assuming your <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span></span> document is in a file called <span class="cmtt-10">myDoc.tex</span>): -</p><!--l. 1089--><p class="indent" > +</p><!--l. 1868--><p class="indent" > </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description"> </dt><dd class="description"><a -href="#option2">Option 2</a>: - <!--l. 1092--><p class="noindent" >You need to run <span -class="cmtt-10">makeindex </span>three times: +href="#option2">Option 2</a> Either use one <span +class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a + id="dx1-7022"></a> or <span +class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite</span><a + id="dx1-7023"></a> call: + + + + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-95"> + makeglossaries myDoc +</div> + <!--l. 1874--><p class="nopar" > or </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-49"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-96"> + makeglossaries-lite myDoc +</div> + <!--l. 1878--><p class="nopar" > Or you need to run <span +class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a + id="dx1-7024"></a> three times: + + + +</p> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-97"> makeindex -t myDoc.glg -s myDoc.ist -o myDoc.gls myDoc.glo  <br />makeindex -t myDoc.alg -s myDoc.ist -o myDoc.acr myDoc.acn  <br />makeindex -t myDoc.nlg -s myDoc.ist -o myDoc.not myDoc.ntn </div> - <!--l. 1097--><p class="nopar" > + <!--l. 1884--><p class="nopar" > </p></dd><dt class="description"> </dt><dd class="description"><a -href="#option3">Option 3</a>: - <!--l. 1101--><p class="noindent" >You need to run <span -class="cmtt-10">xindy </span>three times (be careful not to insert line breaks where - the line has wrapped.) +href="#option3">Option 3</a> Either use one <span +class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a + id="dx1-7025"></a> call: + + + + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-98"> + makeglossaries myDoc +</div> + <!--l. 1890--><p class="nopar" > Or you need to run <span +class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a + id="dx1-7026"></a> three times (be careful not to insert line breaks + where the line has wrapped.) </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-50"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-99"> xindy  -L english -C utf8 -I xindy -M myDoc -t myDoc.glg  <br />-o myDoc.gls myDoc.glo  <br />xindy  -L english -C utf8 -I xindy -M myDoc -t myDoc.alg @@ -2059,59 +3617,78 @@ class="cmtt-10">xindy </span>three times (be careful not to insert line breaks w  <br />xindy  -L english -C utf8 -I xindy -M myDoc -t myDoc.nlg  <br />-o myDoc.not myDoc.ntn </div> - <!--l. 1110--><p class="nopar" ></p></dd></dl> -<!--l. 1113--><p class="noindent" > + <!--l. 1900--><p class="nopar" > + </p></dd><dt class="description"> + </dt><dd +class="description"><a +href="#option4">Option 4</a> With <span +class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a + id="dx1-7027"></a> only one call is required: + + + + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-100"> + pdflatex myDoc +  <br />bib2gls --group myDoc +  <br />pdflatex myDoc +</div> + <!--l. 1908--><p class="nopar" > (Omit <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="cmtt-10">--group</span></span></span> if you don’t need letter groups.)</p></dd></dl> +<!--l. 1913--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 1113--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 1913--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h2 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7 </span> <a id="sec:hyperref"></a><span class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>and <span class="cmss-10">hyperref</span></h3> -<!--l. 1116--><p class="noindent" >Take care if you use the <span +<!--l. 1916--><p class="noindent" >Take care if you use the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a id="dx1-8001"></a> package with <span class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a - id="dx1-8002"></a>. Contrary to the usual -advice that <span + id="dx1-8002"></a>. Contrary to the usual advice +that <span class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a id="dx1-8003"></a> should be loaded last, <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a - id="dx1-8004"></a> must be loaded <span -class="cmti-10">after</span> + id="dx1-8004"></a> (and <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span><a + id="dx1-8005"></a>) must be loaded <span +class="cmti-10">after </span><span class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a - id="dx1-8005"></a>: + id="dx1-8006"></a>: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-51"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-101"> \usepackage[colorlinks]{hyperref}  <br />\usepackage{glossaries} </div> -<!--l. 1123--><p class="nopar" > If you use <span +<!--l. 1923--><p class="nopar" > If you use <span class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a - id="dx1-8006"></a> make sure you use PDF<span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span + id="dx1-8007"></a> make sure you use PDF<span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span></span> rather than the <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span></span> to DVI engine. The DVI format can’t break hyperlinks across a line so long glossary entries (such as the full form of acronyms) won’t line wrap with the DVI engine. Also, hyperlinks in sub- or superscripts aren’t correctly sized with the DVI format. -</p><!--l. 1130--><p class="indent" > By default, if the <span +</p><!--l. 1930--><p class="indent" > By default, if the <span class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a - id="dx1-8007"></a> package has been loaded, commands like <span + id="dx1-8008"></a> package has been loaded, commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>will form a hyperlink to the relevant entry in the glossary. If you to disable this for <span class="cmti-10">all </span>your glossaries, then use -</p><!--l. 1135--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span +</p><!--l. 1935--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsdisablehyper </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1136--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1936--><p class="noindent" > If you want hyperlinks suppressed for entries in specific glossaries, then use the <span -class="cmtt-10">nohypertypes </span>package option. For example, if you don’t want hyperlinks for entries -in the <span +class="cmss-10">nohypertypes</span><a + id="dx1-8009"></a> package option. For example, if you don’t want hyperlinks for entries in +the <span class="cmtt-10">acronym </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">notation </span>glossaries but you do want them for entries in the <span class="cmtt-10">main</span> @@ -2120,29 +3697,30 @@ glossary, then do: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-52"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-102"> \usepackage[colorlinks]{hyperref}  <br />\usepackage[acronym,nohypertypes={acronym,notation}]{glossaries}  <br />\newglossary[nlg]{notation}{not}{ntn}{Notation} </div> -<!--l. 1146--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 1148--><p class="indent" > If you want the hyperlinks suppressed the first time an entry is used, but you +<!--l. 1946--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 1948--><p class="indent" > If you want the hyperlinks suppressed the first time an entry is used, but you want hyperlinks for subsequence references then use the <span -class="cmtt-10">hyperfirst=false </span>package +class="cmss-10">hyperfirst=false</span><a + id="dx1-8010"></a> package option: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-53"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-103"> \usepackage[colorlinks]{hyperref}  <br />\usepackage[hyperfirst=false]{glossaries} </div> -<!--l. 1154--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 1156--><p class="indent" > Take care not to use non-expandable commands in PDF bookmarks. This isn’t +<!--l. 1954--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 1956--><p class="indent" > Take care not to use non-expandable commands in PDF bookmarks. This isn’t specific to the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a - id="dx1-8008"></a> package but is a limitation of PDF bookmarks. + id="dx1-8011"></a> package but is a limitation of PDF bookmarks. Non-expandable commands include commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>, <span class="cmtt-10">\glspl</span>, <span @@ -2150,25 +3728,25 @@ class="cmtt-10">\Gls </span>and <span class="cmtt-10">\Glspl</span>. The <span class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a - id="dx1-8009"></a> package provides a way of specifying alternative text for the PDF + id="dx1-8012"></a> package provides a way of specifying alternative text for the PDF bookmarks via <span class="cmtt-10">\texorpdfstring</span>. For example: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-54"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-104"> \section{The \texorpdfstring{\gls{fishage}}{Fish Age}} </div> -<!--l. 1164--><p class="nopar" > However, it’s not a good idea to use commands like <span +<!--l. 1964--><p class="nopar" > However, it’s not a good idea to use commands like <span class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>in a section heading as you’ll end up with the table of contents in your location list. Instead you can use -</p><!--l. 1169--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span +</p><!--l. 1969--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="cmtt-10">\glsentrytext{</span>⟨<span class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1170--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1970--><p class="noindent" > This is expandable provided that the <span class="cmtt-10">text </span>key doesn’t contain non-expandable code. For example, the following works: @@ -2176,28 +3754,39 @@ For example, the following works: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-55"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-105"> \section{The \glsentrytext{fishage}} </div> -<!--l. 1175--><p class="nopar" > and it doesn’t put the table of contents in the location list. -</p><!--l. 1178--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 1975--><p class="nopar" > and it doesn’t put the table of contents in the location list. +</p><!--l. 1978--><p class="indent" > If you use <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span><a + id="dx1-8013"></a> then use the commands that are provided specifically for +use in section headers. For example: + + + +</p> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-106"> +\section{The \glsfmttext{fishage}} +</div> +<!--l. 1982--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 1984--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 1178--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 1984--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h2 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">8 </span> <a id="sec:xr"></a>Cross-References</h3> -<!--l. 1181--><p class="noindent" >You can add a reference to another entry in a location list using the <span -class="cmtt-10">see=</span> -<span -class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span -class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span -class="cmtt-10">} </span>key when you define an entry. The referenced entry must also be +<!--l. 1987--><p class="noindent" >You can add a reference to another entry in a location list using the <span +class="cmtt-10">see={</span>⟨<span +class="cmti-10">label list</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}</span> +key when you define an entry. The referenced entry (or entries) must also be defined. -</p><!--l. 1185--><p class="indent" > For example: +</p><!--l. 1991--><p class="indent" > For example: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-56"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-107"> \longnewglossaryentry{devonian}{name={Devonian}}%  <br />{%  <br />  The geologic period spanning from the end of the @@ -2212,7 +3801,7 @@ defined.  <br />  see={devonian}  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 1202--><p class="nopar" > The cross-reference will appear as “<span +<!--l. 2008--><p class="nopar" > The cross-reference will appear as “<span class="cmti-10">see </span>Devonian”. You can change the “see” tag using the format <span class="cmtt-10">see=[</span>⟨<span @@ -2223,7 +3812,7 @@ class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩. For example: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-57"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-108"> \newglossaryentry{latinalph}  <br />{  <br />  name={Latin alphabet}, @@ -2238,7 +3827,7 @@ class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩. For example:  <br />   other letters such as ligatures or diacritics.}  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 1220--><p class="nopar" > If you use the <span +<!--l. 2026--><p class="nopar" > If you use the <span class="cmtt-10">see </span>key in the optional argument of <span class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span>, make sure you enclose the value in braces. For example: @@ -2246,37 +3835,104 @@ enclose the value in braces. For example: </p> - <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-58"> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-109"> \newacronym{ksvm}{ksvm}{kernel support vector machine}  <br />\newacronym  <br /> [see={[see also]{ksvm}}]  <br /> {svm}{svm}{support vector machine} </div> -<!--l. 1229--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 1231--><p class="indent" > Since the cross-reference appears in the location list, if you suppress the location -list using the <span -class="cmtt-10">nonumberlist </span>package option, then the cross-reference will also be -suppressed. -</p><!--l. 1235--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2035--><p class="nopar" > The <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span><a + id="dx1-9001"></a> package provides a <span +class="cmtt-10">seealso </span>key. This doesn’t allow a tag but +behaves much like <span +class="cmtt-10">see=</span><span +class="cmsy-10">{</span><span +class="cmtt-10">[\seealsoname]{</span>⟨<span +class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span +class="cmtt-10">}</span><span +class="cmsy-10">}</span>. For example: + + + +</p> + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-110"> +\newabbreviation{ksvm}{ksvm}{kernel support vector machine} + <br />\newabbreviation + <br /> [seealso={ksvm}] + <br /> {svm}{svm}{support vector machine} +</div> +<!--l. 2044--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 2046--><p class="indent" > Since the cross-reference appears in the location list, if you suppress the +location list using the <span +class="cmss-10">nonumberlist</span><a + id="dx1-9002"></a> package option, then the cross-reference +will also be suppressed. With <span +class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a + id="dx1-9003"></a>, don’t use the <span +class="cmss-10">nonumberlist</span><a + id="dx1-9004"></a> package +option. Instead use the <span +class="cmtt-10">save-locations=false </span>in the resource options. For +example: + + + </p> -<!--l. 1235--><p class="noindent" ><a + <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-111"> +\usepackage[record,abbreviations,symbols]{glossaries-extra} + <br />\GlsXtrLoadResources[ + <br /> src={terms}, % entries defined in terms.bib + <br /> type={main}% put in main glossary + <br />] + <br />\GlsXtrLoadResources[ + <br /> src={abbrvs}, % entries defined in abbrvs.bib + <br /> type={abbreviations},% put in abbreviations glossary + <br /> save-locations=false% no number list for these entries + <br />] + <br />\GlsXtrLoadResources[ + <br /> src={syms}, % entries defined in syms.bib + <br /> type={symbols}% put in symbols glossary + <br />] +</div> +<!--l. 2068--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 2070--><p class="noindent" > +</p> +<!--l. 2070--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a><h2 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9 </span> <a id="sec:moreinfo"></a>Further Information</h3> -<!--l. 1238--><p class="noindent" >Further information can be found in the main <span +<!--l. 2073--><p class="noindent" >Further information can be found in the main <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a id="dx1-10001"></a> <a href="glossaries-user.html" >user manual</a> or in the <a -href="http://www.dickimaw-books.com/faqs/glossariesfaq.html" >glossaries FAQ</a>. There is also an <a -href="http://www.latex-community.org/index.php?option=com_content&view=article&id=263:glossaries-nomenclature-lists-of-symbols-and-acronyms&catid=55:latex-general&Itemid=114" >article on the glossaries and glossaries-extra packages</a> -on the <a +href="http://www.dickimaw-books.com/faqs/glossariesfaq.html" >glossaries FAQ</a>. See also the <span +class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span><a + id="dx1-10002"></a> package and the <span +class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a + id="dx1-10003"></a> document, both +of which can be found on CTAN (<a +href="http://ctan.org/pkg/glossaries-extra" class="url" ><span +class="cmtt-10">http://ctan.org/pkg/glossaries-extra</span></a> and +<a +href="http://ctan.org/pkg/bib2gls" class="url" ><span +class="cmtt-10">http://ctan.org/pkg/bib2gls</span></a>). There is also an <a +href="http://www.latex-community.org/index.php?option=com_content&view=article&id=263:glossaries-nomenclature-lists-of-symbols-and-acronyms&catid=55:latex-general&Itemid=114" >article on the glossaries and +glossaries-extra packages</a> on the <a href="http://www.latex-community.org/" ><span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span -class="E">E</span>X</span></span> Community’s</a> Know How section and a chapter on the <span +class="E">E</span>X</span></span> Community’s</a> Know How section and +a chapter on the <span class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a - id="dx1-10002"></a> -package in <a + id="dx1-10004"></a> package in <a href="http://www.dickimaw-books.com/latex/thesis/" >Using <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span -class="E">E</span>X</span></span> to Write a PhD Thesis</a>. </p> +class="E">E</span>X</span></span> to Write a PhD Thesis</a>. +</p><div class="footnotes"><!--l. 1031--><p class="noindent" ><span class="footnote-mark"><a +href="#fn1x0-bk" id="fn1x0"><sup class="textsuperscript">1</sup></a></span><span +class="cmr-8">deprecated, use </span><span +class="cmss-8">babel</span><a + id="dx1-5021"></a> <span +class="cmr-8">instead</span></p> </div> + </body></html> diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossariesbegin.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossariesbegin.pdf Binary files differindex 434793e7b74..cc51404258e 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossariesbegin.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossariesbegin.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossariesbegin.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossariesbegin.tex index 71273695d4b..8c662fcba08 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossariesbegin.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossariesbegin.tex @@ -12,18 +12,29 @@ \usepackage{alltt} \usepackage{pifont} \usepackage{array} +\usepackage{color} -\usepackage[colorlinks,pdfauthor={Nicola L.C. Talbot}, +\usepackage[colorlinks,linkcolor=blue,pdfauthor={Nicola L.C. Talbot}, pdftitle={The glossaries package: a guide for beginners}]{hyperref} \usepackage[nomain]{glossaries} \newcommand*{\yes}{\ding{52}} \newcommand*{\no}{\ding{56}} -\title{The glossaries package v4.32: +\newcommand*{\proyes}{\textcolor{green}{\yes}} +\newcommand*{\prono}{\textcolor{red}{\no}} + +\newcommand*{\conyes}{\textcolor{red}{\yes}} +\newcommand*{\conno}{\textcolor{green}{\no}} + +\newcommand*{\code}[1]{% + \texorpdfstring{{\frenchspacing\obeyspaces\ttfamily#1}}{#1}} +\newcommand*{\file}[1]{\texorpdfstring{\texttt{#1}}{#1}} + +\title{The glossaries package v4.33: a guide for beginners} \author{Nicola L.C. Talbot} -\date{2017-08-24} +\date{2017-09-20} \ifpdf \externaldocument{glossaries-user} @@ -45,7 +56,7 @@ and~\hyperlink{option#2}{#2}} \begin{abstract} The \styfmt{glossaries} package is very flexible, but this means -that it has a~lot options, and since a user guide is supposed to +that it has a~lot of options, and since a user guide is supposed to provide a complete list of all the high-level user commands, the main user manual is quite big. This can be rather daunting for beginners, so this document is a brief introduction @@ -76,9 +87,9 @@ must load them before \styfmt{glossaries}.) \begin{important} If you require multilingual support you must also install the relevant language module. Each language module is called -\texttt{glossaries-}\meta{language}, where \meta{language} is the -root language name. For example, \texttt{glossaries-french} -or \texttt{glossaries-german}. If a language module is required, +\file{glossaries-}\meta{language}, where \meta{language} is the +root language name. For example, \file{glossaries-french} +or \file{glossaries-german}. If a language module is required, the \styfmt{glossaries} package will automatically try to load it and will give a warning if the module isn't found. \end{important} @@ -87,178 +98,367 @@ Once you have loaded \styfmt{glossaries}, you need to define your terms in the preamble and then you can use them throughout the document. Here's a simple example: \begin{verbatim} -\documentclass{article} + \documentclass{article} -\usepackage{glossaries} + \usepackage{glossaries} -\newglossaryentry{ex}{name={sample},description={an example}} + \newglossaryentry{ex}{name={sample},description={an example}} -\begin{document} -Here's my \gls{ex} term. -\end{document} + \begin{document} + Here's my \gls{ex} term. + \end{document} \end{verbatim} This produces: -\begin{display} +\begin{quote} Here's my sample term. -\end{display} +\end{quote} Here's another example: \begin{verbatim} -\documentclass{article} + \documentclass{article} -\usepackage{glossaries} + \usepackage{glossaries} -\setacronymstyle{long-short} + \setacronymstyle{long-short} -\newacronym{svm}{SVM}{support vector machine} + \newacronym{svm}{SVM}{support vector machine} -\begin{document} -First use: \gls{svm}. Second use: \gls{svm}. -\end{document} + \begin{document} + First use: \gls{svm}. Second use: \gls{svm}. + \end{document} \end{verbatim} This produces: -\begin{display} +\begin{quote} First use: support vector machine (SVM). Second use: SVM. -\end{display} +\end{quote} In this case, the text produced by \verb|\gls{svm}| changed after the first use. The first use produced the long form followed by the short form in parentheses because I set the acronym style to -\texttt{long-short}. I suggest you try the above two examples to +\code{long-short}. I suggest you try the above two examples to make sure you have the package correctly installed. -If you get an \texttt{undefined control sequence} error, check that +If you get an \code{undefined control sequence} error, check that the version number at the top of this document matches the version -you have installed. (Open the \texttt{.log} file and search for the -line that starts with \texttt{Package: glossaries} followed by a +you have installed. (Open the \file{.log} file and search for the +line that starts with \code{Package: glossaries} followed by a date and version.) +Abbreviations are slightly different if you use the extension package +\sty{glossaries-extra} (which needs to be installed separately): +\begin{verbatim} + \documentclass{article} + + \usepackage{glossaries-extra} + + \setabbreviationstyle{long-short}% glossaries-extra.sty + + \newabbreviation{svm}{SVM}{support vector machine}% glossaries-extra.sty + + \begin{document} + First use: \gls{svm}. Second use: \gls{svm}. + \end{document} +\end{verbatim} +If you still want to use \cs{newacronym} (rather than +\cs{newabbreviation}) then you need the optional +argument of \cs{setabbreviationstyle}: +\begin{verbatim} + \documentclass{article} + + \usepackage{glossaries-extra} + + \setabbreviationstyle[acronym]{long-short}% glossaries-extra.sty only + + \newacronym{svm}{SVM}{support vector machine} + + \begin{document} + First use: \gls{svm}. Second use: \gls{svm}. + \end{document} +\end{verbatim} +\begin{important} +You can't use \cs{setacronymstyle} with \sty{glossaries-extra}. +\end{important} + If you like, you can put all your definitions in another file (for -example, \texttt{defns.tex}) and load that file in the preamble using +example, \file{defns.tex}) and load that file in the preamble using \cs{loadglsentries} with the filename as the argument. For example: \begin{verbatim} \loadglsentries{defns} \end{verbatim} +If you find you have a really large number of definitions that are +hard to manage in a \file{.tex} file, you might want to have a +look at \app{bib2gls} (installed separately) which requires +a \file{.bib} format instead that can be managed by an application +such as JabRef. Don't try inserting formatting commands into the definitions as they can interfere with the underlying mechanism. Instead, the formatting should be done by the style. For example, suppose I~want -to replace \texttt{SVM} in the above to \verb|\textsc{svm}|, then -I~need to select a style that uses \cs{textsc}, like this: +to replace \code{SVM} with \verb|\textsc{svm}|, then +I~need to select a style that uses \cs{textsc}, like this (for the +base \styfmt{glossaries} style): \begin{verbatim} -\documentclass{article} + \documentclass{article} -\usepackage{glossaries} + \usepackage{glossaries} -\setacronymstyle{long-sc-short} + \setacronymstyle{long-sc-short} -\newacronym{svm}{svm}{support vector machine} + \newacronym{svm}{svm}{support vector machine} -\begin{document} -First use: \gls{svm}. Second use: \gls{svm}. -\end{document} + \begin{document} + First use: \gls{svm}. Second use: \gls{svm}. + \end{document} +\end{verbatim} +The abbreviation styles have a different naming scheme with +\sty{glossaries-extra}: +\begin{verbatim} + \documentclass{article} + + \usepackage{glossaries-extra} + + \setabbreviationstyle{long-short-sc}% glossaries-extra.sty + + \newabbreviation{svm}{svm}{support vector machine}% glossaries-extra.sty + + \begin{document} + First use: \gls{svm}. Second use: \gls{svm}. + \end{document} \end{verbatim} +With \sty{glossaries-extra} you can have multiple abbreviation +styles for different categories. Many of these styles have their +own associated formatting commands that can be redefined +for minor adjustments. For example: +\begin{verbatim} + \documentclass{article} + + \usepackage{glossaries-extra} + + \setabbreviationstyle[statistical]{long-short-sc} + \setabbreviationstyle[bacteria]{long-only-short-only} + + % Formatting commands used by 'long-only-short-only' style: + \renewcommand*{\glsabbrvonlyfont}[1]{\emph{#1}} + \renewcommand*{\glslongonlyfont}[1]{\emph{#1}} + + % Formatting command used by 'long-short-sc' style: + % (make sure abbreviation is converted to lower case) + \renewcommand*{\glsabbrvscfont}[1]{\textsc{\MakeLowercase{#1}}} + + \newabbreviation + [ + category={statistical}% glossaries-extra.sty key + ] + {svm}{SVM}{support vector machine} + + \newabbreviation + [ + category={bacteria}% glossaries-extra.sty key + ] + {cbot}{C.~botulinum}{Clostridium botulinum} + + \begin{document} + First use: \gls{svm}, \gls{cbot}. + + Next use: \gls{svm}, \gls{cbot}. + \end{document} +\end{verbatim} +This produces: +\begin{quote} +First use: support vector machine (\textsc{svm}), \emph{Clostridium +botulinum}. + +Next use: \textsc{svm}, \emph{C.~botulinum}. +\end{quote} As you can hopefully see from the above examples, there are two main ways of -defining a term. In both cases, the term is given -a label. In the first case the label was \texttt{ex} and in the -second case the label was \texttt{svm}. The label is just a way of -identifying the term (like the standard \cs{label}\slash\cs{ref} -mechanism). It's best to just use the following alphanumerics in the -labels: \texttt{a}, \ldots, \texttt{z}, \texttt{A}, \ldots, -\texttt{Z}, \texttt{0}, \ldots, \texttt{9}. Sometimes you can also -use punctuation characters but not if another package (such as -\sty{babel}) meddles with them. Don't try using any characters -outside of the basic Latin set (for example, \'e or \ss) or things -will go horribly wrong. This warning only applies to the label. It -doesn't apply to the text that appears in the document. +defining a term: as a general entry (\cs{newglossaryentry}) or as an +abbreviation (\cs{newacronym} or, with \sty{glossaries-extra}, +\cs{newabbreviation}). + +Regardless of the method of defining a term, the term is always +given a label. In the first example, the label was +\code{ex} and in the other examples the label was \code{svm} +(and \code{cbot} in the last example). The +label is used to uniquely identify the term (like the standard +\cs{label}\slash\cs{ref} or \cs{cite} mechanism). It's best to just use the +following alphanumerics in the labels: \code{a}, \ldots, +\code{z}, \code{A}, \ldots, \code{Z}, \code{0}, \ldots, +\code{9}. Sometimes you can also use punctuation characters but +not if another package (such as \sty{babel}) meddles with them. +Don't try using any characters outside of the basic Latin set with +\sty{inputenc} (for example, \'e or \ss) or things will go horribly +wrong. This warning only applies to the label. It doesn't apply to +the text that appears in the document. \begin{important} Don't use \cs{gls} in chapter or section headings as it can have some unpleasant side-effects. Instead use \cs{glsentrytext} for regular entries and one of \cs{glsentryshort}, \cs{glsentrylong} -or \cs{glsentryfull} for acronyms. +or \cs{glsentryfull} for acronyms. Alternatively use +\sty{glossaries-extra} which provides special commands for use in +section headings, such as \cs{glsfmtshort}\marg{label}. \end{important} The above examples are reasonably straightforward. The difficulty -comes if you want to display a sorted list of all the entries you -have used in the document. The \styfmt{glossaries} package provides -three options: use \TeX\ to perform the sorting; use -\texttt{makeindex} to perform the sorting; use \texttt{xindy} to -perform the sorting. - -The first option (using \TeX) is the simplest and easiest method, -but it's inefficient and the sorting is done according to the English -alphabet. To use this method, add \cs{makenoidxglossaries} -to the preamble and put \cs{printnoidxglossaries} at the place where -you want your glossary. For example: +comes if you want to display a \emph{sorted} list of all the entries you +have used in the document. The \sty{glossaries-extra} package +provides a really easy way of listing all the defined entries: \begin{verbatim} -\documentclass{article} + \documentclass{article} -\usepackage{glossaries} + \usepackage[sort=none]{glossaries-extra} -\makenoidxglossaries + \newglossaryentry{potato}{name={potato},plural={potatoes}, + description={starchy tuber}} -\newglossaryentry{potato}{name={potato},plural={potatoes}, - description={starchy tuber}} + \newglossaryentry{cabbage}{name={cabbage}, + description={vegetable with thick green or purple leaves}} + + \newglossaryentry{turnip}{name={turnip}, + description={round pale root vegetable}} -\newglossaryentry{cabbage}{name={cabbage}, - description={vegetable with thick green or purple leaves}} + \newglossaryentry{carrot}{name={carrot}, + description={orange root}} -\newglossaryentry{carrot}{name={carrot}, - description={orange root}} + \begin{document} + Chop the \gls{cabbage}, \glspl{potato} and \glspl{carrot}. -\begin{document} -Chop the \gls{cabbage}, \glspl{potato} and \glspl{carrot}. + \printunsrtglossaries % list all entries + \end{document} +\end{verbatim} +However this method doesn't sort the entries (they're listed in +order of definition) and it will display all the defined entries, +regardless of whether or not you've used them all in the document, +so \qt{turnip} appears in the glossary even though there's +no \verb|\gls{turnip}| (or similar) in the document. + +The \pkgopt[none]{sort} option isn't essential in this case (there's +no other sort option available for this document), but it prevents +the automatic construction of the sort value and so slightly +improves the document build time. + +Note that this example document uses the same command +(\cs{printunsrtglossaries}) that's used with \app{bib2gls} (\opt4) +but with \app{bib2gls} you instead need to use the +\pkgopt{record} package option and one or more instances of +\cs{GlsXtrLoadResources} in the preamble (see below). + +Most users prefer to have an automatically sorted list that only +contains entries that have been used in the document. +The \styfmt{glossaries} package provides +three options: use \TeX\ to perform the sorting (\opt1); use +\app{makeindex} to perform the sorting (\opt2); use \app{xindy} to +perform the sorting (\opt3). The extension package \sty{glossaries-extra} +provides a fourth method: use \app{bib2gls} (\opt4). + +The first option (using \TeX) is the simplest method, as it doesn't +require an external tool, but it's very inefficient and the sorting +is done according to the English alphabet. To use this method, add +\cs{makenoidxglossaries} to the preamble and put +\cs{printnoidxglossaries} at the place where you want your glossary. +For example: +\begin{verbatim} + \documentclass{article} -\printnoidxglossaries -\end{document} + \usepackage{glossaries} + + \makenoidxglossaries % use TeX to sort + + \newglossaryentry{potato}{name={potato},plural={potatoes}, + description={starchy tuber}} + + \newglossaryentry{cabbage}{name={cabbage}, + description={vegetable with thick green or purple leaves}} + + \newglossaryentry{turnip}{name={turnip}, + description={round pale root vegetable}} + + \newglossaryentry{carrot}{name={carrot}, + description={orange root}} + + \begin{document} + Chop the \gls{cabbage}, \glspl{potato} and \glspl{carrot}. + + \printnoidxglossaries + \end{document} \end{verbatim} + +\begin{important} +The \cs{makenoidxglossaries} method is very slow, uses an ASCII +comparator and often breaks if there are commands in the +\code{name} key. +\end{important} + Try this out and run \LaTeX\ (or pdf\LaTeX) \emph{twice}. The first run won't show the glossary. It will only appear on the second run. +This doesn't include \qt{turnip} in the glossary because that term +hasn't been used (with commands like \verb|\gls{turnip}|) in the document. + The glossary has a vertical gap between the \qt{carrot} term and the \qt{potato} term. This is because the entries in the glossaries are grouped according to their first letter. If you don't want this gap, -just add \texttt{nogroupskip} to the package options: +just add \pkgopt{nogroupskip} to the package options: \begin{verbatim} \usepackage[nogroupskip]{glossaries} \end{verbatim} +or you may want to try out a style that shows the group headings: +\begin{verbatim} +\usepackage[style=indexgroup]{glossaries} +\end{verbatim} If you try out this example you may also notice that the description is followed by a full stop (period) and a number. The number is the -location in the document where the entry was used, so you can lookup -the term in the glossary and be directed to the relevant pages. It -may be that you don't want this back-reference, in which case you -can suppress it using the \texttt{nonumberlist} package option: +location in the document where the entry was used (page~1 in this +case), so you can lookup the term in the glossary and be directed to +the relevant pages. It may be that you don't want this +back-reference, in which case you can suppress it using the +\pkgopt{nonumberlist} package option: \begin{verbatim} \usepackage[nonumberlist]{glossaries} \end{verbatim} If you don't like the terminating full stop, you can suppress that -with the \texttt{nopostdot} package option: +with the \pkgopt{nopostdot} package option: \begin{verbatim} \usepackage[nopostdot]{glossaries} \end{verbatim} +If you tried out the previous example with \sty{glossaries-extra} +and \cs{printunsrtglossaries} the terminating full stop is missing +and there are no number lists. You can add the full stop back with +\begin{verbatim} +\usepackage[nopostdot=false]{glossaries-extra} +\end{verbatim} +or +\begin{verbatim} +\usepackage[postdot]{glossaries-extra} +\end{verbatim} +If you want the number lists then you need to use an indexing option. + + You may have noticed that I've used another command in the above example: \cs{glspl}. This displays the plural form. By default, this is just the singular form with the letter \qt{s} appended, but in the case of \qt{potato} I had to specify the correct plural using the -\texttt{plural} key. +\code{plural} key. As I mentioned earlier, using \TeX\ to sort the entries is the simplest but least efficient method. If you have a large glossary or if your terms contain non-Latin or extended Latin characters, then -you will have a much faster build time if you use \texttt{makeindex} -or \texttt{xindy}. If you are using extended Latin or non-Latin -characters, then \texttt{xindy} is the recommended method. These two -methods are described in more detail in +you will have a much faster build time if you use \app{makeindex} +(\opt2) or \app{xindy} (\opt3) or \app{bib2gls} (\opt4). If +you are using extended Latin or non-Latin characters, then +\app{xindy} or \app{bib2gls} are the recommended methods. +These methods are described in more detail in \sectionref{sec:printglossaries}. The rest of this document briefly describes the main commands -provided by the \styfmt{glossaries} package. +provided by the \styfmt{glossaries} package. (Most of these are also +available with \sty{glossaries-extra} but may behave slightly +differently.) \section{Defining Terms} \label{sec:defterm} When you use the \sty{glossaries} package, you need to define glossary entries in the document preamble. These entries could be -a~word, phrase, acronym or symbol. They're usually accompanied by +a~word, phrase, abbreviation or symbol. They're usually accompanied by a~description, which could be a short sentence or an in-depth explanation that spans multiple paragraphs. The simplest method of defining an entry is to use: @@ -295,7 +495,7 @@ a~long description, you can instead use: Examples: \begin{enumerate} -\item Define the term \qt{set} with the label \texttt{set}: +\item Define the term \qt{set} with the label \code{set}: \begin{verbatim} \newglossaryentry{set} { @@ -305,7 +505,7 @@ Examples: \end{verbatim} \item Define the symbol $\emptyset$ with the label -\texttt{emptyset}: +\code{emptyset}: \begin{verbatim} \newglossaryentry{emptyset} { @@ -313,9 +513,11 @@ Examples: description={the empty set} } \end{verbatim} +(This will also need a \code{sort} key if you use \optsor13, see +below.) \item Define the phrase \qt{Fish Age} with the label -\texttt{fishage}: +\code{fishage}: \begin{verbatim} \longnewglossaryentry{fishage} {name={Fish Age}} @@ -335,7 +537,7 @@ description.) \item Take care if the first letter is an extended Latin or non-Latin character (either specified via a~command such as \verb|\'e| or explicitly via the \sty{inputenc} package such -as \texttt{\'e}). This first letter must be placed in a~group: +as \code{\'e}). This first letter must be placed in a~group: \begin{verbatim} \newglossaryentry{elite} @@ -353,54 +555,64 @@ or \verb|}| \end{alltt} \end{enumerate} -(For further details, see the section -\qtdocref{UTF-8}{mfirstuc-manual} in the -\sty{mfirstuc} user manual.) +(For further details, see the section \qt{UTF-8} of the +\href{https://ctan.org/pkg/mfirstuc}{\styfmt{mfirstuc}} user manual.) -Acronyms (or other abbreviations) can be defined using -\begin{definition} -\cs{newacronym}\marg{label}\marg{short}\marg{long} -\end{definition} -where \meta{label} is the label (as with the \cs{newglossaryentry} -and the \cs{longnewglossaryentry} commands), \meta{short} is the -short form and \meta{long} is the long form. For example, the -following defines an abbreviation: +If you use \app{bib2gls} with \sty{glossaries-extra} then the +terms must be defined in a \file{.bib} file. For example: +\begin{alltt} +\% Encoding: UTF-8 + +@entry\{set, + name=\{set\}, + description=\{a collection of objects\} +\} + +@entry\{emptyset, + name=\verb|{\ensuremath{\emptyset}}|, + description=\{the empty set\} +\} + +@entry\{fishage, + name=\{Fish Age\}, + description=\{A common name for the Devonian geologic period + spanning from the end of the Silurian Period to + the beginning of the Carboniferous Period. + + This age was known for its remarkable variety of + fish species.\} +\} + +@entry\{elite, + name=\verb|{{|\'e\verb|}lite}|, + description=\verb|{select group or class}| +\} +\end{alltt} +(The \file{.bib} format doesn't allow spaces in labels so you can't +have \code{fish age} as the label, but you can have +\code{fish-age}.) +This method requires the \sty{glossaries-extra}'s \pkgopt{record} +package option: \begin{verbatim} -\newacronym{svm}{svm}{support vector machine} +\usepackage[record]{glossaries-extra} \end{verbatim} -This defines a glossary entry with the label \texttt{svm}. By -default, the \meta{name} is set to \meta{short} (\qt{svm} in the -above example) and the \meta{description} is set to \meta{long} -(\qt{support vector machine} in the above example). If, instead, you -want to be able to specify your own description you can do this -using the optional argument: +and the \file{.bib} file is specified in the resource command. For +example, if the \file{.bib} file is called \file{entries.bib} +then put the following line in the document preamble: \begin{verbatim} -\newacronym - [description={statistical pattern recognition technique}] - {svm}{svm}{support vector machine} +\GlsXtrLoadResources[src={entries}] +\end{verbatim} +You can have a comma-separated list. For example, if you also +have entries defined in the file \file{entries2.bib}: +\begin{verbatim} +\GlsXtrLoadResources[src={entries,entries2.bib}] \end{verbatim} - -Before you define your acronyms (or other types of abbreviations), you -need to specify which style to use with -\begin{definition} -\cs{setacronymstyle}\marg{style name} -\end{definition} -where \meta{style name} is the name of the style. There are a number -of predefined styles, such as: \texttt{long-short} (on first use -display the long form with the short form in parentheses); -\texttt{short-long} (on first use display the short form with the -long form in parentheses); \texttt{long-short-desc} (like -\texttt{long-short} but you need to specify the description); or -\texttt{short-long-desc} (like \texttt{short-long} but you need to -specify the description). There are some other styles as well that -use \cs{textsc} to typeset the acronym or that use a footnote on -first use. See the main user guide for further details. There are other keys you can use when you define an entry. For -example, the \texttt{name} key used above indicates how the term -should appear in the list of entries (glossary). If the term should -appear differently when you reference it in the document, you need -to use the \texttt{text} key as well. +example, the \code{name} key indicates how the term +should appear in the list of entries (glossary), but if the term should +appear differently when you reference it with \cs{gls}\marg{label} in +the document, you need to use the \code{text} key as well. For example: \begin{verbatim} @@ -414,11 +626,21 @@ For example: \end{verbatim} This will appear in the text as \qt{Latin alphabet} but will be listed in the glossary as \qt{Latin Alphabet}. +With \app{bib2gls} this entry is defined in the \file{.bib} +file as: +\begin{verbatim} +@entry{latinalph, + name={Latin Alphabet}, + text={Latin alphabet}, + description={alphabet consisting of the letters + a, \ldots, z, A, \ldots, Z} +} +\end{verbatim} -Another commonly used key is \texttt{plural} for specifying the -plural of the term. This defaults to the value of the \texttt{text} +Another commonly used key is \code{plural} for specifying the +plural of the term. This defaults to the value of the \code{text} key with an \qt{s} appended, but if this is incorrect, just use the -\texttt{plural} key to override it: +\code{plural} key to override it: \begin{verbatim} \newglossaryentry{oesophagus} { @@ -430,18 +652,99 @@ key with an \qt{s} appended, but if this is incorrect, just use the (Remember from earlier that the initial ligature \cs{oe} needs to be grouped.) -The plural forms for acronyms can be specified using the -\texttt{longplural} and \texttt{shortplural} keys. For example: +Abbreviations can be defined using +\begin{definition} +\cs{newacronym}\oarg{options}\marg{label}\marg{short}\marg{long} +\end{definition} +where \meta{label} is the label (as per \cs{newglossaryentry}), +\meta{short} is the short form and \meta{long} is the long form. +For example, the +following defines an abbreviation: +\begin{verbatim} +\newacronym{svm}{SVM}{support vector machine} +\end{verbatim} +This internally uses \cs{newglossaryentry} to define an entry with +the label \code{svm}. By default, the \code{name} key is set to +\meta{short} (\qt{SVM} in the above example) and the +\code{description} key is set to \meta{long} (\qt{support vector +machine} in the above example). If, instead, you want to be able to +specify your own description you can do this using the optional +argument: \begin{verbatim} \newacronym + [description={statistical pattern recognition technique}] + {svm}{SVM}{support vector machine} +\end{verbatim} + +Before you define your acronyms (or other types of abbreviations), you +need to specify which style to use with +\begin{definition} +\cs{setacronymstyle}\marg{style name} +\end{definition} +where \meta{style name} is the name of the style. There are a number +of predefined styles, such as: \code{long-short} (on first use +display the long form with the short form in parentheses); +\code{short-long} (on first use display the short form with the +long form in parentheses); \code{long-short-desc} (like +\code{long-short} but you need to specify the description); or +\code{short-long-desc} (like \code{short-long} but you need to +specify the description). There are some other styles as well that +use \cs{textsc} to typeset the acronym or that use a footnote on +first use. See the main user guide for further details. + +The \sty{glossaries-extra} package provides improved abbreviation +handling with \href{http://www.dickimaw-books.com/gallery/sample-abbr-styles.shtml}{a lot more predefined styles}. +With this extension package, abbreviations are defined using: +\begin{definition} +\cs{newabbreviation}\oarg{options}\marg{label}\marg{short}\marg{long} +\end{definition} +You can still use \cs{newacronym} but it's redefined to +use the new abbreviation interface. The style must now be set using: +\begin{definition} +\cs{setabbreviationstyle}\oarg{category}\marg{style name} +\end{definition} +The default \meta{category} is \code{abbreviation}. If you use +\cs{newacronym} the category is \code{acronym}, which is why you +need to use the optional argument if you define abbreviations with +\cs{newacronym} when \sty{glossaries-extra} has been loaded: +\begin{alltt} +\cs{setabbreviationstyle}[acronym]\marg{style name} +\end{alltt} +If you use \app{bib2gls} then abbreviations are defined in the +\file{.bib} file in the format: +\begin{alltt} +@abbreviation\{\meta{label}, + long=\marg{long form}, + short=\marg{short form} +\} +\end{alltt} + +The plural forms for abbreviations can be specified using the +\code{longplural} and \code{shortplural} keys. For example: +\begin{verbatim} +\newacronym + [longplural={diagonal matrices}] + {dm}{DM}{diagonal matrix} +\end{verbatim} +or (with \sty{glossaries-extra}): +\begin{verbatim} +\newabbreviation % glossaries-extra.sty [longplural={diagonal matrices}] {dm}{DM}{diagonal matrix} \end{verbatim} If omitted, the defaults are again obtained by appending an \qt{s} to -the singular versions. +the singular versions. With \app{bib2gls}, the definition in the +\file{.bib} file is: +\begin{verbatim} +@abbreviation{dm, + short={DM}, + long={diagonal matrix}, + longplural={diagonal matrices} +} +\end{verbatim} It's also possible to have both a~name and a~corresponding symbol. -Just use the \texttt{name} key for the name and the \texttt{symbol} key +Just use the \code{name} key for the name and the \code{symbol} key for the symbol. For example: \begin{verbatim} \newglossaryentry{emptyset} @@ -451,6 +754,91 @@ for the symbol. For example: description={the set containing no elements} } \end{verbatim} +or with \app{bib2gls} the definition in the \file{.bib} file is: +\begin{verbatim} +@entry{emptyset, + name={empty set}, + symbol={\ensuremath{\emptyset}}, + description={the set containing no elements} +} +\end{verbatim} + +If you want the symbol in the \code{name} field then you must +supply a \code{sort} value with \optsand13 otherwise you'll end up +with errors from \TeX\ or \app{xindy}. With \opt2 +(\app{makeindex}) it's not quite so important but you may find +the resulting order is a little odd. For example: +\begin{verbatim} +\newglossaryentry{emptyset} +{ + name={\ensuremath{\emptyset}}, + sort={empty set}, + description={the set containing no elements} +} +\end{verbatim} +This displays the symbol as $\emptyset$ but sorts according to +\qt{empty set}. You may want to consider using +\sty{glossaries-extra}'s \pkgopt{symbols} package option which +provides +\begin{definition} +\cs{glsxtrnewsymbol}\oarg{options}\marg{label}\marg{symbol} +\end{definition} +This internally uses \cs{newglossaryentry} but automatically sets +the \code{sort} key to the \meta{label}. For example: +\begin{verbatim} +\documentclass{article} + +\usepackage[symbols]{glossaries-extra} + +\makeglossaries + +\glsxtrnewsymbol % requires glossaries-extra.sty 'symbols' option + [description={the set containing no elements}] + {emptyset}% label (and sort value) + {\ensuremath{\emptyset}}% symbol + +\begin{document} +\gls{emptyset} + +\printglossaries +\end{document} +\end{verbatim} +Now the sort value is \qt{emptyset} rather than the previous +\qt{empty set}. + +With \app{bib2gls} you can define this in the \file{.bib} file +as +\begin{verbatim} +@entry{emptyset, + name={\ensuremath{\emptyset}}, + description={the set containing no elements} +} +\end{verbatim} +in which case \app{bib2gls} will try to interpret the \code{name} +field to determine the sort value. Alternatively you can use: +\begin{verbatim} +@symbol{emptyset, + name={\ensuremath{\emptyset}}, + description={the set containing no elements} +} +\end{verbatim} +which will use the label (\code{emptyset}) as the sort value. +(You don't need the \pkgopt{symbols} package option in this case, +unless you want a separate symbols list.) The corresponding document +(where the definition is in the file \file{entries.bib}) is now: +\begin{verbatim} +\documentclass{article} + +\usepackage[record]{glossaries-extra} + +\GlsXtrLoadResources[src=entries] + +\begin{document} +\gls{emptyset} + +\printunsrtglossaries +\end{document} +\end{verbatim} \section{Using Entries} \label{sec:useterm} @@ -464,6 +852,9 @@ do this, but the most common one is: where \meta{label} is the label you assigned to the entry when you defined it. For example, \verb|\gls{fishage}| will display \qt{Fish Age} in the text (given the definition from the previous section). +If you are using \app{bib2gls} then this will display ?? (like +\cs{ref} and \cs{cite}) until \app{bib2gls} has created the +relevant files and \LaTeX\ is rerun. If you are using the \sty{hyperref} package (remember to load it before \styfmt{glossaries}) \cs{gls} will create a hyperlink to the @@ -472,13 +863,17 @@ hyperlink for a particular instance, use the starred form \cs{gls*} for example, \verb|\gls*{fishage}|. The other commands described in this section all have a similar starred form. -If the entry was defined as an acronym (using \cs{newacronym} -described above), then \cs{gls} will display the full form the first -time it's used and just the short form on -subsequent use. For example, if the acronym style is set to -\texttt{long-short}, then \verb|\gls{svm}| will display \qt{support vector -machine (svm)} the first time it's used, but the next occurrence of -\verb|\gls{svm}| will just display \qt{svm}. +If the entry was defined as an acronym (using \cs{newacronym} with +\styfmt{glossaries} described above) or an abbreviation (using +\cs{newabbreviation} with \sty{glossaries-extra}), then \cs{gls} +will display the full form the first time it's used and just the +short form on subsequent use. For example, if the style is +set to \code{long-short}, then \verb|\gls{svm}| will display +\qt{support vector machine (SVM)} the first time it's used, but the +next occurrence of \verb|\gls{svm}| will just display \qt{SVM}. +(If you use \cs{newacronym} with \sty{glossaries-extra} the default +doesn't show the long form on first use. You'll need to change the +style first, as described earlier.) If you want the plural form, you can use: \begin{definition} @@ -502,7 +897,7 @@ for the plural form. For example: \end{verbatim} produces \qt{Sets are collections}. -If you've specified a symbol using the \texttt{symbol} key, you can +If you've specified a symbol using the \code{symbol} key, you can display it using: \begin{definition} \cs{glssymbol}\marg{label} @@ -511,15 +906,58 @@ display it using: \section{Displaying a List of Entries} \label{sec:printglossaries} -In \sectionref{sec:start} I mentioned that there are three options -you can choose from to create your glossary. Here they are again in -a little more detail: +In \sectionref{sec:start}, I mentioned that there are three options +you can choose from to create an automatically sorted glossary with the base +\styfmt{glossaries} package. These are also available with the +extension package \styfmt{glossaries-extra} along with a fourth +option. These four options are listed below in a little more detail. +\Tableref{tab:optionsp+c} summarises the main advantages and +disadvantages. (There's a more detailed summary in the main +\styfmt{glossaries} user manual.) + +\begin{table}[htbp] + \caption{Comparison of Glossary Options} + \label{tab:optionsp+c} + {% + \centering + \begin{tabular}{>{\raggedright}p{0.3\textwidth}cccc} + & \bfseries \opt1 & \bfseries \opt2 & \bfseries \opt3 & \bfseries +\opt4\\ + Requires \sty{glossaries-extra}? & + \conno & \conno & \conno & \conyes\\ + Requires an external application? & + \conno & \conyes & \conyes & \conyes\\ + Requires Perl? & + \conno & \conno & \conyes & \conno\\ + Requires Java? & + \conno & \conno & \conno & \conyes\\ + Can sort extended Latin + or non-Latin alphabets? & + \prono & \prono & \proyes & \proyes\\ + Efficient sort algorithm? & + \prono & \proyes & \proyes & \proyes\\ + Can use different sort methods for each glossary? & + \proyes & \prono & \prono & \proyes\\ + Any problematic sort values? & + \conyes & \conyes & \conyes & \conno\\ + Can form ranges in the location lists? & + \prono & \proyes & \proyes & \proyes\\ + Can have non-standard locations? & + \proyes & \prono & \proyes\textsuperscript{\textdagger} & \proyes + \end{tabular} + \par}\medskip\footnotesize\textsuperscript{\textdagger} Requires some setting up. +\end{table} + \begin{description} \item[]\optionlabel1: This is the simplest option but it's slow and if you want a sorted list, it doesn't work for non-Latin alphabets. + The \code{name} mustn't contain commands (or, if it does, the + \code{sort} value must be supplied) unless you + have the package option \pkgopt{sanitizesort} or \pkgopt[def]{sort} + or \pkgopt[use]{sort}. \begin{enumerate} \item Add \cs{makenoidxglossaries} to your preamble (before you @@ -531,33 +969,66 @@ a little more detail: \cs{printnoidxglossary}[sort=\meta{order},\meta{other options}] \end{definition} where you want your list of entries to appear. The sort - \meta{order} may be one of: \texttt{word} (word ordering), - \texttt{letter} (letter ordering), \texttt{case} (case-sensitive - letter ordering), \texttt{def} (in order of definition) or - \texttt{use} (in order of use). Alternatively, use + \meta{order} may be one of: \code{word} (word ordering), + \code{letter} (letter ordering), \code{case} (case-sensitive + letter ordering), \code{def} (in order of definition) or + \code{use} (in order of use). Alternatively, use \begin{definition} \cs{printnoidxglossaries} \end{definition} to display all your glossaries (if you have more than one). This command doesn't have any arguments. + This option allows you to have different sort methods. For + example: +\begin{verbatim} +\printnoidxglossary[sort=word]% main glossary +\printnoidxglossary[type=symbols,sort=use]% symbols glossary +\end{verbatim} + \item Run \LaTeX\ twice on your document. (As you would do to make a~table of contents appear.) For example, click twice on the \qt{typeset} or \qt{build} or \qt{PDF\LaTeX} button in your editor. \end{enumerate} +Here's a complete document (\file{myDoc.tex}): +\begin{verbatim} +\documentclass{article} + +\usepackage{glossaries} + +\makenoidxglossaries % use TeX to sort + +\newglossaryentry{sample}{name={sample}, + description={an example}} + +\begin{document} +A \gls{sample}. + +\printnoidxglossaries % iterate over all indexed entries +\end{document} +\end{verbatim} +Document build: +\begin{verbatim} +pdflatex myDoc +pdflatex myDoc +\end{verbatim} \item[]\optionlabel2: - This option uses an application called \texttt{makeindex} to sort + This option uses an application called \app{makeindex} to sort the entries. This application comes with all modern \TeX\ distributions, but it's hard-coded for the non-extended Latin alphabet. This process involves making \LaTeX\ write the glossary information to a temporary - file which \texttt{makeindex} reads. Then \texttt{makeindex} writes + file which \app{makeindex} reads. Then \app{makeindex} writes a~new file containing the code to typeset the glossary. \LaTeX\ then - reads this file on the next run. + reads this file on the next run. The \app{makeindex} + application is automatically invoked by the helper + \app{makeglossaries} script, which works out all the + appropriate settings from the \file{.aux} file. \begin{enumerate} - \item If you are using \sty{ngerman} or some other package that + \item If you are using \sty{ngerman}\footnote{deprecated, use +\sty{babel} instead} or some other package that makes the double-quote character \verb|"| a shorthand, then use \cs{GlsSetQuote} to change this to some other character. For example: @@ -575,7 +1046,7 @@ example: \cs{printglossary}\oarg{options} \end{definition} where you want your list of entries (glossary) to appear. (The - \texttt{sort} key isn't available in \meta{options}.) + \code{sort} key isn't available in \meta{options}.) Alternatively, use \begin{definition} \cs{printglossaries} @@ -583,57 +1054,115 @@ example: which will display all glossaries (if you have more than one). This command doesn't have any arguments. +\begin{important} +All glossaries are sorted using the same method +which may be identified with one of the package options: +\pkgopt[standard]{sort} (default), \pkgopt[use]{sort} +or \pkgopt[def]{sort}. +\end{important} + \item Run \LaTeX\ on your document. This creates files with the - extensions \texttt{.glo} and \texttt{.ist} (for example, if your - \LaTeX\ document is called \texttt{myDoc.tex}, then you'll have - two extra files called \texttt{myDoc.glo} and \texttt{myDoc.ist}). + extensions \file{.glo} and \file{.ist} (for example, if your + \LaTeX\ document is called \file{myDoc.tex}, then you'll have + two extra files called \file{myDoc.glo} and \file{myDoc.ist}). If you look at your document at this point, you won't see the glossary as it hasn't been created yet. - \item Run \texttt{makeindex} with the \texttt{.glo} file as the - input file and the \texttt{.ist} file as the style so that - it creates an output file with the extension \texttt{.gls}. If + \item Run \app{makeglossaries} with the base name of your + document (without the \file{.tex}) extension. If you have access to a terminal or a command prompt (for example, the MSDOS command prompt for Windows users or the bash console for Unix-like users) then you need to run the command: \begin{verbatim} -makeindex -s myDoc.ist -o myDoc.gls myDoc.glo +makeglossaries myDoc \end{verbatim} - (Replace \texttt{myDoc} with the base name of your \LaTeX\ - document file. Avoid spaces in the file name.) If you don't know - how to use the command prompt, then you can probably access - \texttt{makeindex} via your text editor, but each editor has a + (Replace \file{myDoc} with the base name of your \LaTeX\ + document file without the \file{.tex} extension. + Avoid spaces in the file name.) If you don't have Perl installed + use \app{makeglossaries-lite} instead: +\begin{verbatim} +makeglossaries-lite myDoc +\end{verbatim} + +\begin{important} +Some beginners get confused by \app{makeglossaries} the +application (run as a system command) and \cs{makeglossaries} +the \LaTeX\ command which should be typed in the document +preamble. These are two different concepts that happen to have +similar looking names. +\end{important} + + If you don't know how to use the command prompt, then you can + probably configure your text editor to add + \app{makeglossaries} (or \app{makeglossaries-lite}) + as a build tool, but each editor has a different method of doing this, so I~can't give a~general description. You will have to check your editor's manual. + If you still have problems, try adding the \pkgopt{automake} + package option: +\begin{verbatim} +\usepackage[automake]{glossaries} +\end{verbatim} - The default sort is word order (\qt{sea lion} comes before -\qt{seal}). - If you want letter ordering you need to add the \texttt{-l} - switch: + The default sort is word order (\qt{sea lion} comes before \qt{seal}). + If you want letter ordering you need to add the + \pkgopt[letter]{order} package option \begin{verbatim} -makeindex -l -s myDoc.ist -o myDoc.gls myDoc.glo +\usepackage[order=letter]{glossaries} \end{verbatim} \item Once you have successfully completed the previous step, you can now run \LaTeX\ on your document again. \end{enumerate} +Here's a complete document (\file{myDoc.tex}): +\begin{verbatim} +\documentclass{article} + +\usepackage{glossaries} + +\makeglossaries % create makeindex files + +\newglossaryentry{sample}{name={sample}, + description={an example}} + +\begin{document} +A \gls{sample}. + +\printglossaries % input files created by makeindex +\end{document} +\end{verbatim} +Document build: +\begin{verbatim} +pdflatex myDoc +makeglossaries myDoc +pdflatex myDoc +\end{verbatim} +or +\begin{verbatim} +pdflatex myDoc +makeglossaries-lite myDoc +pdflatex myDoc +\end{verbatim} + \item[]\optionlabel3: This option uses an application called - \texttt{xindy} to sort the entries. This application is more - flexible than \texttt{makeindex} and is able to sort extended - Latin or non-Latin alphabets. It comes with \TeX~Live but not - with MiK\TeX. Since \texttt{xindy} is a Perl script, if you are - using MiK\TeX\ you will not only need to install \texttt{xindy}, you - will also need to install Perl. In a~similar way to \opt2, this + \app{xindy} to sort the entries. This application is more + flexible than \app{makeindex} and is able to sort extended + Latin or non-Latin alphabets. It comes with both \TeX~Live and + MiK\TeX. Since \app{xindy} is a Perl script, you will also + need to ensure that Perl is installed. In a~similar way to \opt2, this option involves making \LaTeX\ write the glossary information to - a~temporary file which \texttt{xindy} reads. Then \texttt{xindy} + a~temporary file which \app{xindy} reads. Then \app{xindy} writes a~new file containing the code to typeset the glossary. - \LaTeX\ then reads this file on the next run. + \LaTeX\ then reads this file on the next run. The \app{xindy} + application is automatically invoked by the helper + \app{makeglossaries} script, which works out all the + appropriate settings from the \file{.aux} file. \begin{enumerate} - \item Add the \texttt{xindy} option to the \sty{glossaries} + \item Add the \pkgopt{xindy} option to the \sty{glossaries} package option list: \begin{verbatim} \usepackage[xindy]{glossaries} @@ -647,44 +1176,45 @@ package option list: \cs{printglossary}\oarg{options} \end{definition} where you want your list of entries (glossary) to appear. (The - \texttt{sort} key isn't available in \meta{options}.) + \code{sort} key isn't available in \meta{options}.) Alternatively, use \begin{definition} \cs{printglossaries} \end{definition} +\begin{important} +All glossaries are sorted using the same method +which may be identified with one of the package options: +\pkgopt[standard]{sort} (default), \pkgopt[use]{sort} +or \pkgopt[def]{sort}. +\end{important} + \item Run \LaTeX\ on your document. This creates files with the - extensions \texttt{.glo} and \texttt{.xdy} (for example, if your - \LaTeX\ document is called \texttt{myDoc.tex}, then you'll have - two extra files called \texttt{myDoc.glo} and \texttt{myDoc.xdy}). + extensions \file{.glo} and \file{.xdy} (for example, if your + \LaTeX\ document is called \file{myDoc.tex}, then you'll have + two extra files called \file{myDoc.glo} and \file{myDoc.xdy}). If you look at your document at this point, you won't see the glossary as it hasn't been created yet. - \item Run \texttt{xindy} with the \texttt{.glo} file as the - input file and the \texttt{.xdy} file as a~module so that - it creates an output file with the extension \texttt{.gls}. You - also need to set the language name and input encoding. If - you have access to a terminal or a command prompt (for example, the + \item Run \app{makeglossaries} with the base name of the + document (omitting the \file{.tex} extension). + If you have access to a terminal or a command prompt (for example, the MSDOS command prompt for Windows users or the bash console for - Unix-like users) then you need to run the command (all on one - line): -\begin{verbatim} -xindy -L english -C utf8 -I xindy -M myDoc --t myDoc.glg -o myDoc.gls myDoc.glo -\end{verbatim} - (Replace \texttt{myDoc} with the base name of your \LaTeX\ - document file. Avoid spaces in the file name. If necessary, also replace - \texttt{english} with the name of your language and \texttt{utf8} - with your input encoding.) If you don't know - how to use the command prompt, then you can probably access - \texttt{xindy} via your text editor, but each editor has a - different method of doing this, so I~can't give a~general - description. You will have to check your editor's manual. + Unix-like users) then you need to run the command: +\begin{verbatim} +makeglossaries myDoc +\end{verbatim} + (Replace \file{myDoc} with the base name of your \LaTeX\ + document file without the \file{.tex} extension. + Avoid spaces in the file name. If you don't know + how to use the command prompt, then as mentioned above, you may + be able to configure your text editor to add + \app{makeglossaries} as a build tool. The default sort is word order (\qt{sea lion} comes before \qt{seal}). If you want letter ordering you need to add the - \texttt{order=letter} package option: + \code{order=letter} package option: \begin{verbatim} \usepackage[xindy,order=letter]{glossaries} \end{verbatim} @@ -693,126 +1223,309 @@ xindy -L english -C utf8 -I xindy -M myDoc you can now run \LaTeX\ on your document again. \end{enumerate} +Here's a complete document (\file{myDoc.tex}): +\begin{verbatim} +\documentclass{article} -\end{description} +\usepackage[xindy]{glossaries} -For \optsand23, it can be difficult to remember all the -parameters required for \texttt{makeindex} or \texttt{xindy}, so the -\sty{glossaries} package provides a~script called -\texttt{makeglossaries} that reads the \texttt{.aux} file to -determine what settings you have used and will then run -\texttt{makeindex} or \texttt{xindy}. Again, this is a~command line -application and can be run in a~terminal or command prompt. For -example, if your \LaTeX\ document is in the file \texttt{myDoc.tex}, -then run: +\makeglossaries % create xindy files + +\newglossaryentry{sample}{name={sample}, + description={an example}} + +\begin{document} +A \gls{sample}. + +\printglossaries % input files created by xindy +\end{document} +\end{verbatim} +Document build: \begin{verbatim} +pdflatex myDoc makeglossaries myDoc +pdflatex myDoc \end{verbatim} -(Replace \texttt{myDoc} with the base name of your \LaTeX\ document -file. Avoid spaces in the file name.) If you don't know how to use -the command prompt, you can probably access \texttt{makeglossaries} -via your text editor. Check your editor's manual for advice. If you -are using \texttt{arara} then you can just use the directives: + +\item[]\optionlabel4: + + This requires the extension package \sty{glossaries-extra} and + an application called \app{bib2gls}. This application is able + to sort extended Latin or non-Latin alphabets. It comes with both + \TeX~Live and MiK\TeX\ but requires at least Java~7. This method + works differently to \optsand23. Instead of creating a file + containing the code to typeset the glossary it creates a + \file{.glstex} file containing the entry definitions fetched + from the \file{.bib} file (or files), but only those entries + that are required in the document are defined and they are + defined in the order obtained from the chosen sort method. + This means that you can just use + \cs{printunsrtglossary} to display each glossary (or + \cs{printunsrtglossaries} to display them all). + + \begin{enumerate} + \item Add the \pkgopt{record} option to the \sty{glossaries-extra} + package option list: \begin{verbatim} -% arara: pdflatex -% arara: makeglossaries -% arara: pdflatex +\usepackage[record]{glossaries-extra} \end{verbatim} -The \texttt{makeglossaries} script is written in Perl, so you need -a~Perl interpreter installed. If you are using a~Unix-like operating -system then you most likely have one installed. If you are using -Windows with the \TeX~Live distribution, then you can use the Perl -interpreter that comes with \TeX~Live. If you are using Windows and -MiK\TeX\ then you need to install a~Perl distribution for Windows. -If you are using \opt3, then you need to do this anyway as -\texttt{xindy} is also written in Perl. If you are using \opt2 -and can't work out how to install Perl (or for some reason don't -want to install it) then just use \texttt{makeindex} directly, as -described above, or you can use a~Lua alternative to -\texttt{makeglossaries} called \texttt{makeglossaries-lite.lua}: + \item Add one or more +\begin{definition} +\cs{GlsXtrLoadResources}[src=\marg{bib list},\meta{options}] +\end{definition} + to your preamble where \meta{bib list} is the + list of \file{.bib} files containing the entries. You may + use different sort methods for each resource set. For example: +\begin{verbatim} +\usepackage[record,% using bib2gls + abbreviations, + symbols, + numbers +]{glossaries-extra} + +\GlsXtrLoadResources[ + src={terms},% entries in terms.bib + type=main,% put these entries in the 'main' (default) list + sort={de-CH-1996}% sort according to this locale +] +\GlsXtrLoadResources[ + src={abbrvs},% entries in abbrvs.bib + type=abbreviations,% put these entries in the 'abbreviations' list + sort={letter-case}% case-sensitive letter (non-locale) sort +] +\GlsXtrLoadResources[ + src={syms},% entries in syms.bib + type=symbols,% put these entries in the 'symbols' list + sort={use}% sort according to first use in the document +] +\GlsXtrLoadResources[ + src={constants},% entries in constants.bib + type=numbers,% put these entries in the 'numbers' list + sort-field={user1},% sort according to this field + sort={double}% double-precision sort +] +\end{verbatim} +The last resource set assumes that the entries defined in the +file \file{constants.bib} have a number stored in the \code{user1} +field. For example: \begin{verbatim} -makeglossaries-lite.lua myDoc +@number{pi, + name={\ensuremath{\pi}}, + description={pi}, + user1={3.141592654} +} \end{verbatim} -As a last resort you can try the package option \texttt{automake}: + \item Put +\begin{definition} +\cs{printunsrtglossary}[type=\marg{type},\meta{options}] +\end{definition} + where you want your list of entries (glossary) to appear. (The + \code{sort} key isn't available in \meta{options}. It needs to be + used in \cs{GlsXtrLoadResources} instead.) + Alternatively, use +\begin{definition} +\cs{printunsrtglossaries} +\end{definition} + + \item Run \LaTeX\ on your document. The \pkgopt{record} option + adds information to the \file{.aux} file that provides + \app{bib2gls} with all required details for each resource set. + For example, if the file is called \file{myDoc.tex}: \begin{verbatim} -\usepackage[automake]{glossaries} +pdflatex myDoc \end{verbatim} -This will attempt to use \TeX's \cs{write18} mechanism to run -\texttt{makeindex} or \texttt{xindy}. It probably won't work for -\texttt{xindy} and won't work at all if the shell escape has been -disabled in your \TeX\ distribution. Most \TeX\ distributions will -allow a restricted shell escape, which will only allow trusted -applications to be run. If the \texttt{automake} option is -successful, you will still need to run \LaTeX\ twice for the -glossaries to be displayed. + + \item Run \app{bib2gls} +\begin{verbatim} +bib2gls myDoc +\end{verbatim} +or (if you need letter groups) +\begin{verbatim} +bib2gls --group myDoc +\end{verbatim} + + \item Run \LaTeX\ again. + \end{enumerate} +Here's a complete document (\file{myDoc.tex}): +\begin{verbatim} +\documentclass{article} + +\usepackage[record]{glossaries-extra} + +\GlsXtrLoadResources % input file created by bib2gls + [% instructions to bib2gls: + src={entries}, % terms defined in entries.bib + sort={en-GB}% sort according to this locale + ] + +\newglossaryentry{sample}{name={sample}, + description={an example}} + +\begin{document} +A \gls{sample}. + +\printunsrtglossaries % iterate over all defined entries +\end{document} +\end{verbatim} +The accompanying \file{entries.bib} file: +\begin{verbatim} +@entry{sample, + name = {sample}, + description = {an example} +} +\end{verbatim} +Document build: +\begin{verbatim} +pdflatex myDoc +bib2gls myDoc +pdflatex myDoc +\end{verbatim} + +\end{description} + +If you are having difficulty integrating \app{makeglossaries} +into your document build process, you may want to consider using +\app{arara}, which is a Java application that searches the +document for special comment lines that tell \app{arara} which +applications to run. For example, the file \file{myDoc.tex} might +start with: +\begin{verbatim} + % arara: pdflatex + % arara: makeglossaries + % arara: pdflatex + \documentclass{article} + \usepackage{glossaries} + \makeglossaries +\end{verbatim} +then to build the document you just need the single system call: +\begin{verbatim} + arara myDoc +\end{verbatim} +(The currently pending version 4.0 of \app{arara} has +directives for \app{makeglossaries-lite} and \app{bib2gls}. +These aren't available in earlier versions, but you could try +copying and adapting the \file{makeglossaries.yaml} file and +replace \app{makeglossaries} as appropriate.) When sorting the entries, the string comparisons are made according -to each entry's \texttt{sort} key. If this is omitted, the -\texttt{name} key is used. For example, recall the earlier +to each entry's \code{sort} key. If this is omitted, the +\code{name} key is used. For example, recall the earlier definition: \begin{verbatim} -\newglossaryentry{elite} -{ - name={{\'e}lite}, - description={select group or class} -} + \newglossaryentry{elite} + { + name={{\'e}lite}, + description={select group or class} + } \end{verbatim} -No \texttt{sort} key was used, so it's set to the same as the -\texttt{name} key: \verb|{\'e}lite|. How this is interpreted depends +No \code{sort} key was used, so it's set to the same as the +\code{name} key: \verb|{\'e}lite|. How this is interpreted depends on which option you have used: \begin{description} \item[\opt1:] By default, the accent command will be stripped so the -sort value will be \texttt{elite}. This will put the entry in the +sort value will be \code{elite}. This will put the entry in the \qt{E} letter group. However if you use the \pkgopt[true]{sanitizesort} package option, the sort value will be -interpreted as the sequence of characters: \verb|\| \texttt{'} \texttt{e} -\texttt{l} \texttt{i} \texttt{t} and \texttt{e}. This will place -this entry before the \qt{A} letter group since it starts with a symbol. +interpreted as the sequence of characters: \verb|{| \verb|\| \code{'} \code{e} +\verb|}| \code{l} \code{i} \code{t} and \code{e}. This will place +this entry in the \qt{symbols} group since it starts with a symbol. \item[\opt2:] The sort key will be interpreted the sequence of characters: -\verb|{| \verb|\| \verb|'| \texttt{e} \verb|}| \texttt{l} \texttt{i} \texttt{t} -and \texttt{e}. The first character is an opening curly brace -\verb|{| so \texttt{makeindex} will put this entry in the +\verb|{| \verb|\| \verb|'| \code{e} \verb|}| \code{l} \code{i} \code{t} +and \code{e}. The first character is an opening curly brace +\verb|{| so \app{makeindex} will put this entry in the \qt{symbols} group. \item[\opt3:] -\texttt{xindy} disregards \LaTeX\ commands so it sorts on -\texttt{elite}, which puts this entry in the \qt{E} group. +\app{xindy} disregards \LaTeX\ commands so it sorts on +\code{elite}, which puts this entry in the \qt{E} group. +If stripping all commands leads to an empty string (such as +\verb|\ensuremath{\emptyset}|) then \app{xindy} will fail, so in +these situations you need to provide an appropriate \code{sort} +value that \app{xindy} will accept. +\begin{important} +\app{xindy} merges entries with duplicate sort values. +\app{xindy} forbids empty sort values. +A sort value may degrade into an empty or duplicate value once +\app{xindy} has stripped all commands and braces. +\end{important} + +\item[\opt4:] +\app{bib2gls} has a primitive \LaTeX\ parser that recognises a +limited set of commands, which includes the standard accent commands +and some maths commands, so it can convert \verb|{\'e}lite| to +\code{\'elite}. It disregards unknown commands. This may lead to +an empty sort value, but \app{bib2gls} doesn't mind that. + +Note that even if the name is given as \verb|{\'e}lite|, the letter +group heading (if the \verb|--group| switch is used) may end up with +the character \'E depending on the locale used by the sort +comparator. In this case you will need to ensure the document can +support this character either with \sty{inputenc} or by switching to +a \LaTeX\ engine with native UTF-8 support. + \end{description} -If the \sty{inputenc} package is used and the entry is defined as: +If the \sty{inputenc} package is used: +\begin{verbatim} + \usepackage[utf8]{inputenc} +\end{verbatim} +and the entry is defined as: \begin{alltt} -\verb|\newglossaryentry{elite}| -\verb|{| - name=\verb|{{|\'e\verb|}lite},| - description=\verb|{select group or class}| -\verb|}| + \verb|\newglossaryentry{elite}| + \verb|{| + name=\verb|{{|\'e\verb|}lite},| + description=\verb|{select group or class}| + \verb|}| \end{alltt} then: \begin{description} \item[\opt1:] By default the sort value will be interpreted as -\texttt{elite} so the entry will be put in the \qt{E} letter group. +\code{elite} so the entry will be put in the \qt{E} letter group. If you use the \pkgopt[true]{sanitizesort} package option, the -sort value will be interpreted as \texttt{\'elite} where \'e has -been sanitized (so it's no longer an active character) which will -put this entry before the \qt{A} letter group. +sort value will be interpreted as \code{\'elite} where \'e has +been sanitized (so it's no longer an active character and is in fact +seen as two octets 0xC3 0xA9) which will +put this entry before the \qt{A} letter group. (The group is +determined by the first octet 0xC3.) + +\item[\opt2:] \app{makeindex} sees \code{\'e} as two octets +(0xC3 0xA9) rather than a single character so it tries to put +\code{\'elite} in the 0xC3 (\qt{\~A}) letter group (which, in this +case, comes after \qt{Z}). + +\item[\opt3:] \app{xindy} will correctly recognise the sort value +\code{\'elite} and will place it in whatever letter group is +appropriate for the given language setting. (In English, this would +just be the \qt{E} letter group, but another language +might put it in the \qt{\'E} letter group.) + +\item[\opt4:] The \sty{inputenc} package doesn't affect the +encoding used with \file{.bib} entry definitions, since these are dependent +on the encoding used to save the \file{.bib} file (although the +labels must still be ASCII). You can help \app{bib2gls} (and +JabRef) by putting an encoding comment at the start of the \file{.bib} file: +\begin{alltt} +\% Encoding: UTF-8 +\end{alltt} -\item[\opt2:] \texttt{makeindex} doesn't recognise \texttt{\'e} as -a~letter so it will be put in the symbols group. +With the correct encoding set up, \app{bib2gls} will determine +that the sort value is \code{\'elite} and will place it in +whatever letter group is appropriate for the given sort rule. +For example, \verb|sort=en-GB| (or just \verb|sort=en|) will put +\code{\'elite} in the \qt{E} letter group, but another language +might put it in the \qt{\'E} letter group. -\item[\opt3:] \texttt{xindy} will correctly recognise the sort value -\texttt{\'elite} and will place it in whatever letter group is -appropriate for the given language setting. (In English, this would -just be the \qt{E} letter group.) \end{description} Therefore if you have extended Latin or non-Latin characters, your -best option is to use \texttt{xindy} (\opt3) with the \sty{inputenc} -package. If you use \texttt{makeindex} (\opt2) you need to specify the -\texttt{sort} key like this: +best option is to use either \app{xindy} (\opt3) or +\app{bib2gls} (\opt4) with the \sty{inputenc} or \sty{fontspec} package. +If you use \app{makeindex} (\opt2) you need to specify the +\code{sort} key like this: \begin{verbatim} \newglossaryentry{elite} { @@ -821,48 +1534,28 @@ package. If you use \texttt{makeindex} (\opt2) you need to specify the description={select group or class} } \end{verbatim} -If you use \opt1, you may or may not need to use the \texttt{sort} +or +\begin{alltt} +\cs{newglossaryentry}\{elite\} +\{ + name=\{\{\'e\}lite\}, + sort=\{elite\}, + description=\{select group or class\} +\} +\end{alltt} +If you use \opt1, you may or may not need to use the \code{sort} key, but you will need to be careful about fragile commands in the -\texttt{name} key if you don't set the \texttt{sort} key. +\code{name} key if you don't set the \code{sort} key. -If you use \opt3 and the \texttt{name} only contains a command -(such as \cs{P}) you must add the \texttt{sort} key. This -is also advisable for the other options, but is essential for -\opt3. For example: +If you use \opt3 and the \code{name} only contains a command or +commands (such as \cs{P} or \verb|\ensuremath{\pi}|) you must add the +\code{sort} key. This is also advisable for the other options +(except \opt4), but is essential for \opt3. For example: \begin{verbatim} -\newglossaryentry{P}{name={\P},sort={P}, - description={paragraph symbol}} + \newglossaryentry{P}{name={\P},sort={P}, + description={paragraph symbol}} \end{verbatim} -\Tableref{tab:optionsp+c} summarises the main pros and cons of three -options described above. - -\begin{table}[htbp] - \caption{Glossary Options: Pros and Cons} - \label{tab:optionsp+c} - {% - \centering - \begin{tabular}{>{\raggedright}p{0.3\textwidth}ccc} - & \bfseries \opt1 & \bfseries \opt2 & \bfseries \opt3\\ - Requires an external application? & - \no & \yes & \yes\\ - Requires Perl? & - \no & \no & \yes\\ - Can sort extended Latin - or non-Latin alphabets? & - \no\textsuperscript{\textdagger} & \no & \yes\\ - Efficient sort algorithm? & - \no & \yes & \yes\\ - Can form ranges in the location lists? & - \no & \yes & \yes\\ - Can have non-standard locations? & - \yes & \no & \yes - \end{tabular} - \par - }\textsuperscript{\textdagger} Strips standard \LaTeX\ accents so, -for example, \verb|\AA| is treated the same as A. -\end{table} - \section{Customising the Glossary} \label{sec:glosstyle} @@ -874,29 +1567,44 @@ displayed in bold. You can switch to medium weight by redefining \begin{verbatim} \renewcommand*{\glsnamefont}[1]{\textmd{#1}} \end{verbatim} - -By default, a~full stop is appended to the description. To prevent -this from happening use the \texttt{nopostdot} package option: +Some classes and packages redefine the \env{description} environment +in such as way that's incompatible with the \styfmt{glossaries} +package. In which case you'll need to select a different glossary +style (see below). + +By default, a~full stop is appended to the description (unless you +use \sty{glossaries-extra}). To prevent +this from happening use the \pkgopt{nopostdot} package option: \begin{verbatim} \usepackage[nopostdot]{glossaries} \end{verbatim} +or to add it with \styfmt{glossaries-extra}: +\begin{verbatim} +\usepackage[postdot]{glossaries-extra} +\end{verbatim} -By default, a~location list is displayed for each entry. This refers +By default, a~location list is displayed for each entry (unless you +use \cs{printunsrtglossary} without \app{bib2gls}). This refers to the document locations (for example, the page number) where the -entry has been referenced. If you use \optsor23 described -in \sectionref{sec:printglossaries} location ranges will be compressed. For -example, if an entry was used on pages~1, 2 and~3, with -\optsor23 the location list will appear as 1--3, but with \opt1 it +entry has been referenced. If you use \optsor23 described in +\sectionref{sec:printglossaries} or \opt4 (with \app{bib2gls} and +\sty{glossaries-extra}) then location ranges will be compressed. +For example, if an entry was used on pages~1, 2 and~3, with +\optsor23 or \opt4 the location list will appear as 1--3, but with \opt1 it will appear as 1, 2, 3. If you don't want the locations displayed -you can hide them using the \texttt{nonumberlist} package option: +you can hide them using the \pkgopt{nonumberlist} package option: \begin{verbatim} \usepackage[nonumberlist]{glossaries} \end{verbatim} +or with \app{bib2gls} use \code{save-locations=false} in the +optional argument of the appropriate \cs{GlsXtrLoadResources} +(it's possible to have some resource sets with locations and some +without). Entries are grouped according to the first letter of -each entry's \texttt{sort} key. By default a~vertical gap is placed +each entry's \code{sort} key. By default a~vertical gap is placed between letter groups. You can suppress this with the -\texttt{nogroupskip} package option: +\pkgopt{nogroupskip} package option: \begin{verbatim} \usepackage[nogroupskip]{glossaries} \end{verbatim} @@ -906,11 +1614,19 @@ style using: \begin{definition} \cs{setglossarystyle}\marg{style name} \end{definition} -There are a~number of predefined styles. Glossaries can vary from +\href{http://www.dickimaw-books.com/gallery/glossaries-styles/}{There are a~number of predefined styles.} Glossaries can vary from a~list of symbols with a~terse description to a~list of words or phrases with descriptions that span multiple paragraphs, so there's no \qt{one style fits all} solution. You need to choose a~style that -suits your document. +suits your document. For example: +\begin{verbatim} +\setglossarystyle{index} +\end{verbatim} +You can also use the \pkgopt{style} package option for the preloaded +styles. For example: +\begin{verbatim} +\usepackage[style=index]{glossaries} +\end{verbatim} Examples: \begin{enumerate} @@ -918,10 +1634,14 @@ Examples: description is a~brief phrase or short sentence. Try one of the \qt{mcol} styles defined in the \sty{glossary-mcols} package. For example: \begin{verbatim} -\usepackage[nogroupskip,nopostdot]{glossaries} +\usepackage[nopostdot]{glossaries} \usepackage{glossary-mcols} \setglossarystyle{mcolindex} \end{verbatim} +or +\begin{verbatim} +\usepackage[stylemods={mcols},style=mcolindex]{glossaries-extra} +\end{verbatim} \item You have entries where the name is a~word or phrase and the description spans multiple paragraphs. Try one of the \qt{altlist} styles. For @@ -930,6 +1650,10 @@ example: \usepackage[nopostdot]{glossaries} \setglossarystyle{altlist} \end{verbatim} +or +\begin{verbatim} +\usepackage[stylemods,style=altlist]{glossaries-extra} +\end{verbatim} \item You have entries where the name is a~single word, the description is brief, and an associated symbol has been set. @@ -946,10 +1670,10 @@ or one of the \qt{tree} styles: \end{verbatim} \end{enumerate} -If your glossary consists of a~list of acronyms and you also want to +If your glossary consists of a~list of abbreviations and you also want to specify a~description as well as the long form, then you need to use -an acronym style that will suit the glossary style. For example, -use the \texttt{long-short-desc} acronym style: +an abbreviation style that will suit the glossary style. For example, +use the \code{long-short-desc} acronym style: \begin{verbatim} \setacronymstyle{long-short-desc} \end{verbatim} @@ -957,9 +1681,18 @@ Define the acronyms with a~description: \begin{verbatim} \newacronym [description={statistical pattern recognition technique}] - {svm}{svm}{support vector machine} + {svm}{SVM}{support vector machine} \end{verbatim} -Choose a~glossary style that suits wide entry names: +Alternatively with \sty{glossaries-extra}: +\begin{verbatim} +\setabbreviationstyle{long-short-desc} + +\newabbreviation + [description={statistical pattern recognition technique}] + {svm}{SVM}{support vector machine} +\end{verbatim} + +Choose a~glossary style that suits wide entry names. For example: \begin{verbatim} \setglossarystyle{altlist} \end{verbatim} @@ -967,11 +1700,11 @@ Choose a~glossary style that suits wide entry names: \section{Multiple Glossaries} \label{sec:multigloss} -The \sty{glossaries} package predefines a~default \texttt{main} +The \sty{glossaries} package predefines a~default \code{main} glossary. When you define an entry (using one of the commands described in \sectionref{sec:defterm}), that entry is automatically assigned to the default glossary, unless you indicate otherwise -using the \texttt{type} key. However you first need to +using the \code{type} key. However you first need to make sure the desired glossary has been defined. This is done using: \begin{definition} \cs{newglossary}\oarg{glg}\marg{label}\marg{gls}\marg{glo}\marg{title} @@ -982,9 +1715,10 @@ to use active characters in \meta{label}. The final argument \meta{title} is the section or chapter heading used by \cs{printglossary} or \cs{printnoidxglossary}. The other arguments indicate the file extensions used by -\texttt{makeindex}\slash\texttt{xindy} (described in +\app{makeindex}\slash\app{xindy} (described in \sectionref{sec:printglossaries}). If you use \opt1 described -above, the \meta{glg}, \meta{gls} and \meta{glo} arguments are +above (or \app{bib2gls} and \cs{printunsrtglossaries}), +then the \meta{glg}, \meta{gls} and \meta{glo} arguments are ignored, in which case you may prefer to use the starred version where you don't specify the extensions: \begin{definition} @@ -992,53 +1726,63 @@ where you don't specify the extensions: \end{definition} In the case of \optsor23, all glossary definitions must come before -\cs{makeglossaries}. +\cs{makeglossaries}. (Entries definitions should come after +\cs{makeglossaries}.) In the case of \opt4, all glossary definitions +must come before any \cs{GlsXtrLoadResources} that requires them. Since it's quite common for documents to have both a~list of terms -and a~list of acronyms, the \sty{glossaries} package provides the -package option \texttt{acronym} (or \texttt{acronyms}), which +and a~list of abbreviations, the \sty{glossaries} package provides the +package option \pkgopt{acronym} (or \pkgopt{acronyms}), which is a~convenient shortcut for \begin{verbatim} \newglossary[alg]{acronym}{acr}{acn}{\acronymname} \end{verbatim} The option also changes the behaviour of \cs{newacronym} so that acronyms are automatically put in the list of acronyms instead of the main -glossary. +glossary. The \sty{glossaries-extra} package also provides this +option for abbreviations defined using \cs{newacronym} but +additionally has the package option \pkgopt{abbreviations} to create +a list of abbreviations for \cs{newabbreviation}. + +There are some other package options for creating commonly used +lists: \pkgopt{symbols} (lists of symbols), \pkgopt{numbers} (lists +of numbers), \pkgopt{index} (index of terms without descriptions defined with +\cs{newterm}\oarg{options}\marg{label}). For example, suppose you want a~main glossary for terms, a~list of acronyms and a~list of notation: \begin{verbatim} -\usepackage[acronyms]{glossaries} -\newglossary[nlg]{notation}{not}{ntn}{Notation} + \usepackage[acronyms]{glossaries} + \newglossary[nlg]{notation}{not}{ntn}{Notation} \end{verbatim} After \cs{makeglossaries} (or \cs{makenoidxglossaries}) you can define the entries in the preamble. For example: \begin{verbatim} -\newglossaryentry{gls:set} -{% This entry goes in the `main' glossary - name=set, - description={A collection of distinct objects} -} - -% This entry goes in the `acronym' glossary: -\newacronym{svm}{svm}{support vector machine} - -\newglossaryentry{not:set} -{% This entry goes in the `notation' glossary: - type=notation, - name={\ensuremath{\mathcal{S}}}, - description={A set}, - sort={S}} + \newglossaryentry{gls:set} + {% This entry goes in the `main' glossary + name=set, + description={A collection of distinct objects} + } + + % This entry goes in the `acronym' glossary: + \newacronym{svm}{svm}{support vector machine} + + \newglossaryentry{not:set} + {% This entry goes in the `notation' glossary: + type=notation, + name={\ensuremath{\mathcal{S}}}, + description={A set}, + sort={S}} \end{verbatim} or if you don't like using \cs{ensuremath}: \begin{verbatim} -\newglossaryentry{not:set} -{% This entry goes in the `notation' glossary: - type=notation, - name={$\mathcal{S}$}, - text={\mathcal{S}}, - description={A set}, - sort={S}} + \newglossaryentry{not:set} + {% This entry goes in the `notation' glossary: + type=notation, + name={$\mathcal{S}$}, + text={\mathcal{S}}, + description={A set}, + sort={S}} \end{verbatim} Each glossary is displayed using: @@ -1050,10 +1794,41 @@ Each glossary is displayed using: \cs{printglossary}[type=\meta{type}] \end{definition} (\optsand23). Where \meta{type} is the glossary label. If the -type is omitted the default \texttt{main} glossary is assumed. +type is omitted the default \code{main} glossary is assumed. + +If you're using \app{bib2gls} then each glossary is displayed +using: +\begin{definition} +\cs{printunsrtglossary}[type=\meta{type}] +\end{definition} +With this method you don't use \cs{makeglossaries} or +\cs{makenoidxglossaries}. Instead you can assign the entry type +with the resource command. For example: +\begin{verbatim} + \usepackage[record,abbreviations,symbols]{glossaries-extra} + + \GlsXtrLoadResources[ + src={terms}, % entries defined in terms.bib + type={main}% put in main glossary + ] + \GlsXtrLoadResources[ + src={abbrvs}, % entries defined in abbrvs.bib + type={abbreviations}% put in abbreviations glossary + ] + \GlsXtrLoadResources[ + src={syms}, % entries defined in syms.bib + type={symbols}% put in symbols glossary + ] +\end{verbatim} +Later in the document: +\begin{verbatim} + \printunsrtglossary % main + \printunsrtglossary[type=abbreviations] + \printunsrtglossary[type=symbols] +\end{verbatim} There's a~convenient shortcut that will display all the defined -glossaries: +glossaries depending on the indexing method: \begin{definition} \cs{printnoidxglossaries} \end{definition} @@ -1061,44 +1836,59 @@ glossaries: \begin{definition} \cs{printglossaries} \end{definition} -(\optsand23). +(\optsand23) or (\sty{glossaries-extra} only) +\begin{definition} +\cs{printunsrtglossaries} +\end{definition} If you use \opt1, you don't need to do anything else. If you use -\optsor23 with the \texttt{makeglossaries} Perl script, you +\optsor23 with the \app{makeglossaries} Perl script or the +\app{makeglossaries-lite} Lua script, you similarly don't need to do anything else. If you use \optsor23 -without the \texttt{makeglossaries} Perl script then you need to -make sure you run \texttt{makeindex}\slash\texttt{xindy} \emph{for +without the \app{makeglossaries} Perl script then you need to +make sure you run \app{makeindex}\slash\app{xindy} \emph{for each defined glossary}. The \meta{gls} and \meta{glo} arguments of \cs{newglossary} specify the file extensions to use instead of -\texttt{.gls} and \texttt{.glo}. The optional argument \meta{glg} is +\file{.gls} and \file{.glo}. The optional argument \meta{glg} is the file extension for the transcript file. This should be different for each glossary in case you need to check for -\texttt{makeindex}\slash\texttt{xindy} errors or warnings if things +\app{makeindex}\slash\app{xindy} errors or warnings if things go wrong. For example, suppose you have three glossaries in your document -(\texttt{main}, \texttt{acronym} and \texttt{notation}), +(\code{main}, \code{acronym} and \code{notation}), specified using: \begin{verbatim} \usepackage[acronyms]{glossaries} \newglossary[nlg]{notation}{not}{ntn}{Notation} \end{verbatim} Then (assuming your \LaTeX\ document is in a~file called -\texttt{myDoc.tex}): +\file{myDoc.tex}): \begin{description} -\item\opt2: - -You need to run \texttt{makeindex} three times: +\item\opt2 +Either use one \app{makeglossaries} or +\app{makeglossaries-lite} call: +\begin{verbatim} +makeglossaries myDoc +\end{verbatim} +or +\begin{verbatim} +makeglossaries-lite myDoc +\end{verbatim} +Or you need to run \app{makeindex} three times: \begin{verbatim} makeindex -t myDoc.glg -s myDoc.ist -o myDoc.gls myDoc.glo makeindex -t myDoc.alg -s myDoc.ist -o myDoc.acr myDoc.acn makeindex -t myDoc.nlg -s myDoc.ist -o myDoc.not myDoc.ntn \end{verbatim} -\item\opt3:\nopagebreak - -You need to run \texttt{xindy} three times (be careful not to insert +\item\opt3 +Either use one \app{makeglossaries} call: +\begin{verbatim} +makeglossaries myDoc +\end{verbatim} +Or you need to run \app{xindy} three times (be careful not to insert line breaks where the line has wrapped.) \begin{verbatim} xindy -L english -C utf8 -I xindy -M myDoc -t myDoc.glg @@ -1108,15 +1898,25 @@ xindy -L english -C utf8 -I xindy -M myDoc -t myDoc.alg xindy -L english -C utf8 -I xindy -M myDoc -t myDoc.nlg -o myDoc.not myDoc.ntn \end{verbatim} + +\item\opt4 +With \app{bib2gls} only one call is required: +\begin{verbatim} +pdflatex myDoc +bib2gls --group myDoc +pdflatex myDoc +\end{verbatim} +(Omit \verb|--group| if you don't need letter groups.) \end{description} + \section[glossaries and hyperref]{\styfmt{glossaries} and \styfmt{hyperref}} \label{sec:hyperref} Take care if you use the \sty{glossaries} package with \sty{hyperref}. Contrary to the usual advice that \sty{hyperref} -should be loaded last, \sty{glossaries} must be loaded \emph{after} -\sty{hyperref}: +should be loaded last, \sty{glossaries} (and \sty{glossaries-extra}) +must be loaded \emph{after} \sty{hyperref}: \begin{verbatim} \usepackage[colorlinks]{hyperref} \usepackage{glossaries} @@ -1135,10 +1935,10 @@ glossaries, then use \cs{glsdisablehyper} \end{definition} If you want hyperlinks suppressed for entries in specific -glossaries, then use the \texttt{nohypertypes} package option. For -example, if you don't want hyperlinks for entries in the \texttt{acronym} and -\texttt{notation} glossaries but you do want them for entries in the -\texttt{main} glossary, then do: +glossaries, then use the \pkgopt{nohypertypes} package option. For +example, if you don't want hyperlinks for entries in the \code{acronym} and +\code{notation} glossaries but you do want them for entries in the +\code{main} glossary, then do: \begin{verbatim} \usepackage[colorlinks]{hyperref} \usepackage[acronym,nohypertypes={acronym,notation}]{glossaries} @@ -1147,7 +1947,7 @@ example, if you don't want hyperlinks for entries in the \texttt{acronym} and If you want the hyperlinks suppressed the first time an entry is used, but you want hyperlinks for subsequence references then use -the \texttt{hyperfirst=false} package option: +the \pkgopt[false]{hyperfirst} package option: \begin{verbatim} \usepackage[colorlinks]{hyperref} \usepackage[hyperfirst=false]{glossaries} @@ -1168,19 +1968,25 @@ your location list. Instead you can use \begin{definition} \cs{glsentrytext}\marg{label} \end{definition} -This is expandable provided that the \texttt{text} key doesn't +This is expandable provided that the \code{text} key doesn't contain non-expandable code. For example, the following works: \begin{verbatim} \section{The \glsentrytext{fishage}} \end{verbatim} and it doesn't put the table of contents in the location list. +If you use \sty{glossaries-extra} then use the commands that are +provided specifically for use in section headers. For example: +\begin{verbatim} +\section{The \glsfmttext{fishage}} +\end{verbatim} + \section{Cross-References} \label{sec:xr} You can add a~reference to another entry in a~location list using -the \texttt{see=}\marg{label} key when you define an entry. -The referenced entry must also be defined. +the \code{see=}\marg{label list} key when you define an entry. +The referenced entry (or entries) must also be defined. For example: \begin{verbatim} @@ -1202,7 +2008,7 @@ For example: \end{verbatim} The cross-reference will appear as \qt{\emph{see} Devonian}. You can change the \qt{see} tag using the format -\texttt{see=}\oarg{tag}\meta{label}. For example: +\code{see=}\oarg{tag}\meta{label}. For example: \begin{verbatim} \newglossaryentry{latinalph} { @@ -1218,7 +2024,7 @@ change the \qt{see} tag using the format other letters such as ligatures or diacritics.} } \end{verbatim} -If you use the \texttt{see} key in the optional argument of +If you use the \code{see} key in the optional argument of \cs{newacronym}, make sure you enclose the value in braces. For example: \begin{verbatim} @@ -1227,10 +2033,39 @@ example: [see={[see also]{ksvm}}] {svm}{svm}{support vector machine} \end{verbatim} +The \sty{glossaries-extra} package provides a \code{seealso} +key. This doesn't allow a tag but behaves much like +\code{see=\{[\cs{seealsoname}]\marg{label}\}}. For example: +\begin{verbatim} +\newabbreviation{ksvm}{ksvm}{kernel support vector machine} +\newabbreviation + [seealso={ksvm}] + {svm}{svm}{support vector machine} +\end{verbatim} Since the cross-reference appears in the location list, if you -suppress the location list using the \texttt{nonumberlist} package -option, then the cross-reference will also be suppressed. +suppress the location list using the \pkgopt{nonumberlist} package +option, then the cross-reference will also be suppressed. With +\app{bib2gls}, don't use the \pkgopt{nonumberlist} package +option. Instead use the \code{save-locations=false} in the resource +options. For example: +\begin{verbatim} +\usepackage[record,abbreviations,symbols]{glossaries-extra} + +\GlsXtrLoadResources[ + src={terms}, % entries defined in terms.bib + type={main}% put in main glossary +] +\GlsXtrLoadResources[ + src={abbrvs}, % entries defined in abbrvs.bib + type={abbreviations},% put in abbreviations glossary + save-locations=false% no number list for these entries +] +\GlsXtrLoadResources[ + src={syms}, % entries defined in syms.bib + type={symbols}% put in symbols glossary +] +\end{verbatim} \section{Further Information} \label{sec:moreinfo} @@ -1238,6 +2073,10 @@ option, then the cross-reference will also be suppressed. Further information can be found in the main \sty{glossaries} \docref{user manual}{glossaries-user} or in the \href{http://www.dickimaw-books.com/faqs/glossariesfaq.html}{glossaries FAQ}. +See also the \sty{glossaries-extra} package and the \app{bib2gls} +document, both of which can be found on CTAN +(\url{http://ctan.org/pkg/glossaries-extra} and +\url{http://ctan.org/pkg/bib2gls}). There is also an \href{http://www.latex-community.org/index.php?option=com_content&view=article&id=263:glossaries-nomenclature-lists-of-symbols-and-acronyms&catid=55:latex-general&Itemid=114}{article on the glossaries and glossaries-extra packages} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossary2glossaries.html b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossary2glossaries.html index 63a260a3b70..7bbda2c662c 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossary2glossaries.html +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossary2glossaries.html @@ -200,7 +200,7 @@ class="td11"><span class="cmr-12">Nicola L.C. Talbot</span></td></tr></table> </div> <!--l. 51--><p class="noindent" ><span -class="cmr-12">2017-08-24</span></p></div> +class="cmr-12">2017-09-20</span></p></div> <div class="abstract" > diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossary2glossaries.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossary2glossaries.pdf Binary files differindex a16892c6a1e..0bf90039eca 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossary2glossaries.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossary2glossaries.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossary2glossaries.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossary2glossaries.tex index 9475b810406..42ae884275a 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossary2glossaries.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossary2glossaries.tex @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ \title{Upgrading from the glossary package to the glossaries package} \author{Nicola L.C. Talbot} -\date{2017-08-24} +\date{2017-09-20} \newenvironment{oldway}{% \begin{labelledbox}{\styfmt{glossary}}\ttfamily\obeylines diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/glossary-lipsum-examples.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/glossary-lipsum-examples.pdf Binary files differindex 82d9c2229e9..a3f5a2b2cdc 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/glossary-lipsum-examples.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/glossary-lipsum-examples.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/glossary-lipsum-examples.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/glossary-lipsum-examples.tex index 31a3c2922eb..c8fa373feb8 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/glossary-lipsum-examples.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/glossary-lipsum-examples.tex @@ -13,17 +13,17 @@ \usepackage{glossary-mcols} \usepackage{glossary-longragged} -\newglossary[glg2]{long}{gls2}{glo2}{Long Descriptions} -\newglossary[glg3]{multipar}{gls3}{glo3}{Multi-Paragraph Descriptions} -\newglossary[glg4]{acronymdesc}{gls4}{glo4}{Acronyms with Descriptions} -\newglossary[glg5]{images}{gls5}{glo5}{Descriptions with Images} -\newglossary[glg6]{acronymslang}{gls6}{glo6}{Acronyms with -Translations} - -\newglossary[glg7]{parent}{gls7}{glo7}{Hierarchical Entries} -\newglossary[glg8]{homographs}{gls8}{glo8}{Homographs} -\newglossary[glg9]{cites}{gls9}{glo9}{Entries with Citations} -\newglossary[glg10]{urls}{gls10}{glo10}{Entries with URLs} +\newglossary*{symbolname}{Entries with Symbols in the Name} +\newglossary*{long}{Long Descriptions} +\newglossary*{multipar}{Multi-Paragraph Descriptions} +\newglossary*{acronymdesc}{Acronyms with Descriptions} +\newglossary*{images}{Descriptions with Images} +\newglossary*{acronymslang}{Acronyms with Translations} + +\newglossary*{parent}{Hierarchical Entries} +\newglossary*{homographs}{Homographs} +\newglossary*{cites}{Entries with Citations} +\newglossary*{urls}{Entries with URLs} \DeclareAcronymList{acronymdesc,acronymslang} @@ -33,6 +33,7 @@ Translations} \loadglsentries[long]{example-glossaries-long} \loadglsentries[multipar]{example-glossaries-multipar} \loadglsentries[symbols]{example-glossaries-symbols} +\loadglsentries[symbolname]{example-glossaries-symbolnames} \loadglsentries[images]{example-glossaries-images} \loadglsentries[parent]{example-glossaries-parent} \loadglsentries[homographs]{example-glossaries-childnoname} @@ -196,6 +197,8 @@ Here are just the acronyms again: \printglossary[type=symbols,style=altlongragged4col,nogroupskip] +\printglossary[type=symbolname,style=list,nogroupskip] + \printglossary[type=acronym,style=long] \printglossary[type=acronymdesc,style=altlist] diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/minimalgls.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/minimalgls.pdf Binary files differindex 8f2f1de59a4..2e90f9ef57b 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/minimalgls.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/minimalgls.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/mwe-acr-desc.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/mwe-acr-desc.pdf Binary files differindex 8ca2d10353e..527bbb9021e 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/mwe-acr-desc.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/mwe-acr-desc.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/mwe-acr.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/mwe-acr.pdf Binary files differindex 92543fde02b..1ffdf6f15e1 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/mwe-acr.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/mwe-acr.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/mwe-gls.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/mwe-gls.pdf Binary files differindex 5b04e4e2bd7..4eef91e910f 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/mwe-gls.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/mwe-gls.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-FnDesc.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-FnDesc.pdf Binary files differindex 02b0be51c48..a83207037b5 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-FnDesc.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-FnDesc.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-chap-hyperfirst.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-chap-hyperfirst.pdf Binary files differindex e4219bf328e..0cc295c158c 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-chap-hyperfirst.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-chap-hyperfirst.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-crossref.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-crossref.pdf Binary files differindex 852a5a7874f..2dc2cdb5346 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-crossref.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-crossref.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-custom-acronym.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-custom-acronym.pdf Binary files differindex d7a54e47a8f..f6d1ed25c01 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-custom-acronym.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-custom-acronym.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-dot-abbr.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-dot-abbr.pdf Binary files differindex c5fe662fcd5..8798d72cbef 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-dot-abbr.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-dot-abbr.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-dual.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-dual.pdf Binary files differindex 50db72b21ff..e350bbc1ef3 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-dual.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-dual.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-entrycount.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-entrycount.pdf Binary files differindex 9b912df0923..3b4bb41c899 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-entrycount.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-entrycount.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-entryfmt.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-entryfmt.pdf Binary files differindex aaf626a497e..76d0548f4f5 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-entryfmt.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-entryfmt.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-font-abbr.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-font-abbr.pdf Binary files differindex 3f8505319dc..f868473e93d 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-font-abbr.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-font-abbr.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-ignored.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-ignored.pdf Binary files differindex cab3d65cd20..efbf6439a04 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-ignored.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-ignored.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-index.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-index.pdf Binary files differindex ad3654b937a..66644d926a2 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-index.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-index.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-inline.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-inline.pdf Binary files differindex 57643ebf263..6ecf2267d00 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-inline.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-inline.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-langdict.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-langdict.pdf Binary files differindex 9a084a916f7..78effa2eda0 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-langdict.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-langdict.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-newkeys.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-newkeys.pdf Binary files differindex 0fd78d20ad0..f9be2f65de5 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-newkeys.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-newkeys.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-noidxapp-utf8.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-noidxapp-utf8.pdf Binary files differindex 7d3fccc5b82..a93c4cd0c72 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-noidxapp-utf8.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-noidxapp-utf8.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-noidxapp.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-noidxapp.pdf Binary files differindex 392e8f5ce9a..6f95fec6fc5 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-noidxapp.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-noidxapp.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-nomathhyper.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-nomathhyper.pdf Binary files differindex 9b5cd72b1ad..0f8855209d5 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-nomathhyper.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-nomathhyper.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-numberlist.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-numberlist.pdf Binary files differindex 1acff1e5e65..a337fe38d40 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-numberlist.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-numberlist.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-prefix.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-prefix.pdf Binary files differindex 9eade134249..7cb90727860 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-prefix.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-prefix.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-si.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-si.pdf Binary files differindex e308daa1312..08890e5d4ed 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-si.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-si.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-storage-abbr-desc.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-storage-abbr-desc.pdf Binary files differindex e668fa83019..4ce6e5bf758 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-storage-abbr-desc.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-storage-abbr-desc.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-storage-abbr.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-storage-abbr.pdf Binary files differindex ad4e6ce4240..1fc7f6e3611 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-storage-abbr.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-storage-abbr.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample.pdf Binary files differindex 2579fc2870d..5f8bc545b39 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample4col.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample4col.pdf Binary files differindex 2e0e8fd4704..5b9fad2bf96 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample4col.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample4col.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleAcr.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleAcr.pdf Binary files differindex 04a734028fa..ce25de50c22 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleAcr.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleAcr.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleAcrDesc.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleAcrDesc.pdf Binary files differindex bfe88153f62..524d2008f46 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleAcrDesc.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleAcrDesc.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleCustomAcr.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleCustomAcr.pdf Binary files differindex 0b15e1c0f11..0d3e6fe0b97 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleCustomAcr.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleCustomAcr.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleDB.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleDB.pdf Binary files differindex 12e7e4f245e..30886f3918d 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleDB.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleDB.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleDesc.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleDesc.pdf Binary files differindex eb5da10a215..e4d5fbed093 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleDesc.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleDesc.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleEq.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleEq.pdf Binary files differindex 3b05ac958a1..165105bff79 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleEq.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleEq.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleEqPg.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleEqPg.pdf Binary files differindex d2185be60ca..20f94a6df75 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleEqPg.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleEqPg.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleFnAcrDesc.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleFnAcrDesc.pdf Binary files differindex ce133c1a60d..acbd471d380 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleFnAcrDesc.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleFnAcrDesc.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleNtn.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleNtn.pdf Binary files differindex 7419e9b79cb..a550390e0fb 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleNtn.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleNtn.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/samplePeople.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/samplePeople.pdf Binary files differindex 10522684ab2..6c48a88c4d2 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/samplePeople.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/samplePeople.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleSec.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleSec.pdf Binary files differindex f5e1471c5be..e3488affb89 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleSec.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleSec.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleSort.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleSort.pdf Binary files differindex bfdfe9df206..36f94a6df9f 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleSort.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleSort.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleaccsupp.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleaccsupp.pdf Binary files differindex b5d469fa9b2..80ae1570b8d 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleaccsupp.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleaccsupp.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleacronyms.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleacronyms.pdf Binary files differindex 802d5ac4528..73853016087 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleacronyms.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleacronyms.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampletree.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampletree.pdf Binary files differindex 475828a6458..7d8ea893c7e 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampletree.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampletree.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleutf8.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleutf8.pdf Binary files differindex a4da24c0298..f4d2569c01e 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleutf8.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleutf8.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/samplexdy.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/samplexdy.pdf Binary files differindex 7e2797f21cd..faccbfc2a7a 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/samplexdy.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/samplexdy.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/samplexdy.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/samplexdy.tex index 2c7182eec36..808a1ac5ee3 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/samplexdy.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/samplexdy.tex @@ -1,93 +1,129 @@ - % This file is public domain. - % - % This is a sample document illustrating how to use the - % glossaries package with xindy. To create the document: - % - % latex samplexdy - % makeglossaries samplexdy - % latex samplexdy - % - % If you don't have Perl installed, then use one of the - % following instead of makeglossaries: - % - % If you want to have a separate "Mc" letter group do: - % - % xindy -I xindy -M samplexdy-mc -t samplexdy.glg -o samplexdy.gls samplexdy.glo - % - % Otherwise do: - % - % xindy -L english -C utf8 -I xindy -M samplexdy -t samplexdy.glg -o samplexdy.gls samplexdy.glo - % - % If you want to use arara, you need the following directives: - % arara: pdflatex: { synctex: on } - % arara: makeglossaries - % arara: pdflatex: { synctex: on } +% This file is public domain. +% +% This is a sample document illustrating how to use the +% glossaries package with xindy. To create the document: +% +% latex samplexdy +% makeglossaries samplexdy +% latex samplexdy +% +% If you don't have Perl installed, then use one of the +% following instead of makeglossaries: +% +% If you want to have a separate "Mc" letter group do: +% +% xindy -I xindy -M samplexdy-mc -t samplexdy.glg -o samplexdy.gls samplexdy.glo +% +% Otherwise do: +% +% xindy -L english -C utf8 -I xindy -M samplexdy -t samplexdy.glg -o samplexdy.gls samplexdy.glo +% +% If you want to use arara, you need the following directives: +% arara: pdflatex: { synctex: on } +% arara: makeglossaries +% arara: pdflatex: { synctex: on } \documentclass{article} \usepackage[utf8]{inputenc} \usepackage[T1]{fontenc} -\usepackage{fmtcount} +\usepackage[notext,notextcomp]{stix} \usepackage[colorlinks,plainpages]{hyperref} \usepackage[xindy,style=altlistgroup]{glossaries} - % Define a new command to do bold italic: +% Define a new command to do bold italic: \newcommand*{\hyperbfit}[1]{\textit{\hyperbf{#1}}} - % Need to add this to the list of attributes in order - % to use it with xindy: - % (This command will have no effect if \noist is used) +% Need to add this to the list of attributes in order +% to use it with xindy: +% (This command will have no effect if \noist is used) \GlsAddXdyAttribute{hyperbfit} - % Redefine the page numbers so that they appear as a word: - - \renewcommand*{\thepage}{\texorpdfstring{\Numberstring{page}}{\arabic{page}}} +% Redefine the page numbers to a custom format (requires stix +% package for the dice commands): + +% \tallynum{n} displays a die or dice where the dots add up to n +\newrobustcmd{\tallynum}[1]{% + \ifnum\number#1<7 + $\csname dice\romannumeral#1\endcsname$% + \else + $\dicevi$% + \expandafter\tallynum\expandafter{\numexpr#1-6}% + \fi +} - % Need to add this to the list of location styles. - % \Numberstring{page} gets expanded to - % \protect \Numberstringnum {<n>} (where <n> is the page number) - % so need to define the location in that format: - % (This command will have no effect if \noist is used) +% \tally{counter} expands to \tallynum{n} where n is the counter +% value. In order to work with glossaries and xindy this requires +% a very specific format. (See the glossaries user manual for more +% details.) + +\newcommand{\tally}[1]{\tallynum{\arabic{page}}} + +% Now redefine \thepage +% (\texorpdfstring is used in case the page number ends up in a PDF +% bookmark, although this is unlikely) +\renewcommand*{\thepage}{\texorpdfstring{\tally{page}}{\arabic{page}}} + +% Need to add this to the list of location styles. +% This requires knowing how \thepage expands when written to a file. +% You can check by inspecting the ':locref' attributes in the .glo +% file. In this case, \thepage expands to \tallynum {n} +% (the space is significant) where n is an arabic number. +% (This command will have no effect if \noist is used) + +\GlsAddXdyLocation{tally}{% tally location format + :sep "\string\tallynum\space\glsopenbrace" % -> \tallynum { + "arabic-numbers" % -> arabic number (0, 1, 2, etc) + :sep "\glsclosebrace" % -> } +} -\GlsAddXdyLocation{Numberstring}{:sep "\string\protect\space - \string\Numberstringnum\space\glsopenbrace" - "arabic-numbers" :sep "\glsclosebrace"} +% If the definition of \tally changes so that it expands to +% something slightly different then the above will have to be +% changed accordingly. - % (Need to redefine \glsXpageXhyperbfit and - % \glsXpageXglsnumberformat after \makeglossaries to get the - % hyperlinks working correctly.) +% (Need to redefine \glsXpageXhyperbfit and +% \glsXpageXglsnumberformat after \makeglossaries to get the +% hyperlinks working correctly.) - % To have Mc as a separate group uncomment the following three - % lines: +% To have Mc as a separate group uncomment the following three +% lines: - %\setStyleFile{samplexdy-mc} % note no extension - %\noist - %\GlsSetXdyLanguage{} +%\setStyleFile{samplexdy-mc} % note no extension +%\noist +%\GlsSetXdyLanguage{} - % The above three lines specify to use samplexdy-mc.xdy (supplied - % with this file) and don't overwrite it. The language is - % unset using \GlsSetXdyLanguage{} as all the language - % dependent information is contained in samplexdy-mc.xdy - % Note that using \noist means that commands like - % \GlsAddXdyAttribute and \GlsAddXdyLocation will no longer have - % an effect. +% The above three lines specify to use samplexdy-mc.xdy (supplied +% with this file) and don't overwrite it. The language is +% unset using \GlsSetXdyLanguage{} as all the language +% dependent information is contained in samplexdy-mc.xdy +% Note that using \noist means that commands like +% \GlsAddXdyAttribute and \GlsAddXdyLocation will no longer have +% an effect. - % Write the style file (if \noist isn't used) - % and activate glossary entries +% Write the style file (if \noist isn't used) +% and activate glossary entries \makeglossaries - % Each page location will be specified in the form: - % - % "\glsXpageXglsnumberformat{}{\protect \Numberstringnum "\marg{n}"}" - % or - % "\glsXpageXhyperbfit{}{\protect \Numberstringnum "\marg{n}"}" - % - % Redefine to allow hyperlinks: +% Each page location will be specified in the form: +% +% "\glsXpageXglsnumberformat{}{\tallynum {" number "}}" +% or +% "\glsXpageXhyperbfit{}{\tallynum {" number "}}" +% +% Knowing this, we can redefine \glsXpageXglsnumberformat +% and \glsXpageXhyperbfit to grab the number part to work out the +% location's numeric value. If the definition of \tally changes +% so that it expands to something slightly different then this +% code will no longer work. +% +% Redefine to allow hyperlinks: \renewcommand{\glsXpageXglsnumberformat}[2]{% + % remember that #2 is in the form \tallynum {n} + % so this does \linkpagenumber\tallynum{n} \linkpagenumber#2% } @@ -95,13 +131,15 @@ \textbf{\em\linkpagenumber#2}% } -\newcommand{\linkpagenumber}[3]{\hyperlink{page.#3}{#1#2{#3}}} +% Syntax: \linkpagenumber\tallynum{page number} +% This creates hyperlink to the given page. +\newcommand{\linkpagenumber}[2]{\hyperlink{page.#2}{#1{#2}}} - % Define glossary entries - % \glshyperlink is used instead of \gls to prevent the glossary - % page numbers also appear in the locations, however I need - % to ensure that the referenced entries are added to the - % glossary via commands that use \glslink, \glsadd or \glssee +% Define glossary entries +% \glshyperlink is used instead of \gls to prevent the glossary +% page numbers also appear in the locations, however I need +% to ensure that the referenced entries are added to the +% glossary via commands that use \glslink, \glsadd or \glssee \newglossaryentry{mcadam}{name={McAdam, John Loudon}, first={John Loudon McAdam},text={McAdam}, @@ -142,14 +180,14 @@ description={A nonparametric test introduced by \newglossaryentry{mach}{name={Mach, Ernst}, first={Ernst Mach},text={Mach}, - % if using samplexdy-mc.xdy, the following line is needed - % to prevent this entry being put in the "Mc" group +% if using samplexdy-mc.xdy, the following line is needed +% to prevent this entry being put in the "Mc" group sort={mach, Ernst}, description={Czech/Austrian physicist and philosopher}} \newglossaryentry{machnumber}{name={Mach number}, - % if using samplexdy-mc.xdy, the following line is needed - % to prevent this entry being put in the "Mc" group +% if using samplexdy-mc.xdy, the following line is needed +% to prevent this entry being put in the "Mc" group sort={mach number}, description={Ratio of the speed of a body in a fluid to the speed of sound in that fluid named after \gls{mach}}} @@ -223,7 +261,8 @@ several pages. This paragraph has been shoved to the bottom of the page using a rule. This paragraph spans a page break for testing purposes to ensure the glossary entry in this paragraph has the correct location. Here's -the glossary entry: \gls{gaussianfn}. +the glossary entry: \gls{gaussianfn}. Check that the location is +correct. This page talks about \glspl[format=hyperbfit]{gaussianint}. Since it's the principle definition, the user-defined hyperbfit format is diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/samplexdy2.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/samplexdy2.pdf Binary files differindex 7c343d14744..f48b8df6d13 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/samplexdy2.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/samplexdy2.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/samplexdy3.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/samplexdy3.pdf Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 00000000000..0b2ec343239 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/samplexdy3.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/samplexdy3.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/samplexdy3.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..06ffd8b3343 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/samplexdy3.tex @@ -0,0 +1,266 @@ + % This file is public domain. + % + % This is a sample document illustrating how to use the + % glossaries package with xindy. To create the document: + % + % latex samplexdy + % makeglossaries samplexdy + % latex samplexdy + % + % If you don't have Perl installed, then use one of the + % following instead of makeglossaries: + % + % If you want to have a separate "Mc" letter group do: + % + % xindy -I xindy -M samplexdy-mc -t samplexdy.glg -o samplexdy.gls samplexdy.glo + % + % Otherwise do: + % + % xindy -L english -C utf8 -I xindy -M samplexdy -t samplexdy.glg -o samplexdy.gls samplexdy.glo + % + % If you want to use arara, you need the following directives: + % arara: pdflatex: { synctex: on } + % arara: makeglossaries + % arara: pdflatex: { synctex: on } + \documentclass{article} + +\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc} +\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} +\usepackage{fmtcount}[2017/09/16] + +\usepackage[colorlinks,plainpages]{hyperref} +\usepackage[xindy,style=altlistgroup]{glossaries} + + % Define a new command to do bold italic: + +\newcommand*{\hyperbfit}[1]{\textit{\hyperbf{#1}}} + + % Need to add this to the list of attributes in order + % to use it with xindy: + % (This command will have no effect if \noist is used) + +\GlsAddXdyAttribute{hyperbfit} + + % Redefine the page numbers so that they appear as a word: + + \renewcommand*{\thepage}{\texorpdfstring{\Numberstring{page}}{\arabic{page}}} + + % Need to add this to the list of location styles. + % \Numberstring{page} (with fmtcount.sty v3.04) gets expanded to + % \Numberstringnum {<n>} (where <n> is the page number) + % so need to define the location in that format: + % (This command will have no effect if \noist is used) + +\GlsAddXdyLocation{Numberstring}{:sep "\string\Numberstringnum\space\glsopenbrace" + "arabic-numbers" :sep "\glsclosebrace"} + + % (Need to redefine \glsXpageXhyperbfit and + % \glsXpageXglsnumberformat after \makeglossaries to get the + % hyperlinks working correctly.) + + % To have Mc as a separate group uncomment the following three + % lines: + + %\setStyleFile{samplexdy-mc} % note no extension + %\noist + %\GlsSetXdyLanguage{} + + % The above three lines specify to use samplexdy-mc.xdy (supplied + % with this file) and don't overwrite it. The language is + % unset using \GlsSetXdyLanguage{} as all the language + % dependent information is contained in samplexdy-mc.xdy + % Note that using \noist means that commands like + % \GlsAddXdyAttribute and \GlsAddXdyLocation will no longer have + % an effect. + + % Write the style file (if \noist isn't used) + % and activate glossary entries + +\makeglossaries + + % Each page location will be specified in the form: + % + % "\glsXpageXglsnumberformat{}{\Numberstringnum "\marg{n}"}" + % or + % "\glsXpageXhyperbfit{}{\Numberstringnum "\marg{n}"}" + % + % Redefine to allow hyperlinks: + +\renewcommand{\glsXpageXglsnumberformat}[2]{% + \linkpagenumber#2% +} + +\renewcommand{\glsXpageXhyperbfit}[2]{% + \textbf{\em\linkpagenumber#2}% +} + + % The arguments of \linkpagenumber will be + % #1 -> \Numberstringnum + % #2 -> n + % This means that the page number (n) can be used to + % form the hyperlink target. +\newcommand{\linkpagenumber}[2]{\hyperlink{page.#2}{#1{#2}}} + + % Define glossary entries + % \glshyperlink is used instead of \gls to prevent the glossary + % page numbers also appear in the locations, however I need + % to ensure that the referenced entries are added to the + % glossary via commands that use \glslink, \glsadd or \glssee + +\newglossaryentry{mcadam}{name={McAdam, John Loudon}, +first={John Loudon McAdam},text={McAdam}, +description={Scottish engineer}} + +\newglossaryentry{maclaurin}{name={Maclaurin, Colin}, +first={Colin Maclaurin},text={Maclaurin}, +description={Scottish mathematician best known for the +\gls{maclaurinseries}}} + +\newglossaryentry{maclaurinseries}{name={Maclaurin series}, +description={Series expansion},see={taylorstheorem}} + +\newglossaryentry{taylorstheorem}{name={Taylor's theorem}, +description={Theorem expressing a function $f(x)$ as the sum of +a polynomial and a remainder: +\[f(x) = f(a)+f'(a)(x-a)+f''(a)(x-a^2)/2!+\cdots+R_n\] +If $n\to\infty$ the expansion is a \glshyperlink{taylorseries} +and if $a=0$, the series is called a +\gls{maclaurinseries}}} + +\newglossaryentry{taylorseries}{name={Taylor series}, +description={Series expansion},see={taylorstheorem}} + +\newglossaryentry{taylor}{name={Taylor, Brook}, +first={Brook Taylor},text={Taylor}, +description={English mathematician}} + +\newglossaryentry{mcnemar}{name={McNemar, Quinn}, +first={Quinn McNemar},text={McNemar}, +description={Mathematician who introduced +\gls{mcnemarstest}. This entry has the number list +suppressed},nonumberlist} + +\newglossaryentry{mcnemarstest}{name={McNemar's test}, +description={A nonparametric test introduced by +\gls{mcnemar} in 1947}} + +\newglossaryentry{mach}{name={Mach, Ernst}, +first={Ernst Mach},text={Mach}, + % if using samplexdy-mc.xdy, the following line is needed + % to prevent this entry being put in the "Mc" group +sort={mach, Ernst}, +description={Czech/Austrian physicist and philosopher}} + +\newglossaryentry{machnumber}{name={Mach number}, + % if using samplexdy-mc.xdy, the following line is needed + % to prevent this entry being put in the "Mc" group +sort={mach number}, +description={Ratio of the speed of a body in a fluid to the +speed of sound in that fluid named after \gls{mach}}} + +\newglossaryentry{malthus}{name={Malthus, Thomas Robert}, +first={Thomas Robert Malthus},text={Malthus}, +description={English mathematician, sociologist and classicist}} + +\newglossaryentry{ampereandre}{name={Ampère, André-Marie}, +first={André-Marie Ampère},text={Ampère}, +description={French mathematician and physicist}} + +\newglossaryentry{ampere}{name={ampere}, +description={SI unit of electric current named after +\gls{ampereandre}}} + +\newglossaryentry{archimedes}{name={Archimedes of Syracuse}, +first={Archimedes of Syracuse},text={Archimedes}, +description={Greek mathematician}} + +\newglossaryentry{archimedesprinciple}{name={Archimedes' principle}, +description={Principle that if a body is submerged in a fluid +it experiences upthrust equal to the weight of the displaced +fluid. Named after \gls{archimedes}}} + +\newglossaryentry{galton}{name={Galton, Sir Francis}, +first={Sir Francis Galton},text={Galton}, +description={English anthropologist}} + +\newglossaryentry{gauss}{name={Gauss, Karl Friedrich}, +first={Karl Friedrich Gauss},text={Gauss}, +description={German mathematician}} + +\newglossaryentry{gaussianint}{name={Gaussian integer}, +description={Complex number where both real and imaginary +parts are integers}} + +\newglossaryentry{gaussianfn}{name={Gaussian function}, + description={A function of the form: + \[f(x) = a \exp\left(-\frac{(x-b)^2}{2c^2}\right)\] + for some constants $a$, $b$ and $c$}} + +\newglossaryentry{peano}{name={Peano, Giuseppe}, +first={Giuseppe Peano},text={Peano}, +description={Italian mathematician}} + +\newglossaryentry{peanoscurve}{name={Peano's curve}, +description={A space-filling curve discovered by +\gls{peano}}} + +\newglossaryentry{pearson}{name={Pearson, Karl}, +first={Karl Pearson},text={Pearson}, +description={English mathematician}} + +\newglossaryentry{pearspmcc}{name={Pearson's product moment +correlation coefficient},description={Product moment correlation +coefficient named after \gls{pearson}}} + +\begin{document} +\title{Sample Document Using the Glossaries Package With Xindy} +\author{Nicola Talbot} +\maketitle + +\section{\glsentryfirst{gauss}} + +This is a section on +\gls[format=(]{gauss}. This section spans +several pages. + +\rule{1pt}{0.6\textheight} + +This paragraph has been shoved to the bottom of the page using a rule. +This paragraph spans a page break for testing purposes to ensure the +glossary entry in this paragraph has the correct location. Here's +the glossary entry: \gls{gaussianfn}. + +This page talks about \glspl[format=hyperbfit]{gaussianint}. Since +it's the principle definition, the user-defined hyperbfit format is +used. + +\newpage + +The section on \gls[format=)]{gauss} ends here. + +\section{Series Expansions} + +This section is about series expansions. It mentions +\gls{maclaurin} and \gls{taylor}. It also discusses +\gls{taylorstheorem} which is related to the \gls{taylorseries}. +The \gls{maclaurinseries} is a special case of the +\gls{taylorseries}. + +\section{\glsentryname{archimedesprinciple}} + +This section discusses \gls{archimedesprinciple} which was +introduced by \gls{archimedes}. + +\section{Another section} + +This section covers \gls{mach} who introduced the \gls{machnumber}. +It also mentions \gls{ampereandre} after whom the +SI unit \gls{ampere} is named. It then discusses \gls{galton} +and \gls{malthus}. Finally it mentions \gls{mcadam}. + +\newpage +This page discusses \gls{mcnemar} who introduced +\gls{mcnemarstest} and \gls{peano} who discovered \gls{peanoscurve}. + +\printglossaries +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/makeglossaries-lite.1 b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/makeglossaries-lite.1 new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e75fe41a46a --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/makeglossaries-lite.1 @@ -0,0 +1,235 @@ +.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 2.28 (Pod::Simple 3.29) +.\" +.\" Standard preamble: +.\" ======================================================================== +.de Sp \" Vertical space (when we can't use .PP) +.if t .sp .5v +.if n .sp +.. +.de Vb \" Begin verbatim text +.ft CW +.nf +.ne \\$1 +.. +.de Ve \" End verbatim text +.ft R +.fi +.. +.\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings. \*(-- will +.\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left +.\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote. \*(C+ will +.\" give a nicer C++. Capital omega is used to do unbreakable dashes and +.\" therefore won't be available. \*(C` and \*(C' expand to `' in nroff, +.\" nothing in troff, for use with C<>. +.tr \(*W- +.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p' +.ie n \{\ +. ds -- \(*W- +. ds PI pi +. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch +. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch +. ds L" "" +. ds R" "" +. ds C` "" +. ds C' "" +'br\} +.el\{\ +. ds -- \|\(em\| +. ds PI \(*p +. ds L" `` +. ds R" '' +. ds C` +. ds C' +'br\} +.\" +.\" Escape single quotes in literal strings from groff's Unicode transform. +.ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq +.el .ds Aq ' +.\" +.\" If the F register is turned on, we'll generate index entries on stderr for +.\" titles (.TH), headers (.SH), subsections (.SS), items (.Ip), and index +.\" entries marked with X<> in POD. Of course, you'll have to process the +.\" output yourself in some meaningful fashion. +.\" +.\" Avoid warning from groff about undefined register 'F'. +.de IX +.. +.nr rF 0 +.if \n(.g .if rF .nr rF 1 +.if (\n(rF:(\n(.g==0)) \{ +. if \nF \{ +. de IX +. tm Index:\\$1\t\\n%\t"\\$2" +.. +. if !\nF==2 \{ +. nr % 0 +. nr F 2 +. \} +. \} +.\} +.rr rF +.\" +.\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2). +.\" Fear. Run. Save yourself. No user-serviceable parts. +. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff +.if n \{\ +. ds #H 0 +. ds #V .8m +. ds #F .3m +. ds #[ \f1 +. ds #] \fP +.\} +.if t \{\ +. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m) +. ds #V .6m +. ds #F 0 +. ds #[ \& +. ds #] \& +.\} +. \" simple accents for nroff and troff +.if n \{\ +. ds ' \& +. ds ` \& +. ds ^ \& +. ds , \& +. ds ~ ~ +. ds / +.\} +.if t \{\ +. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u" +. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u' +. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u' +. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u' +. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u' +. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u' +.\} +. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents +.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V' +.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H' +.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#] +.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H' +.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u' +.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#] +.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#] +.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e +.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E +. \" corrections for vroff +.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u' +.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u' +. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr) +.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \ +\{\ +. ds : e +. ds 8 ss +. ds o a +. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga +. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy +. ds th \o'bp' +. ds Th \o'LP' +. ds ae ae +. ds Ae AE +.\} +.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C +.\" ======================================================================== +.\" +.IX Title "MAKEGLOSSARIES-LITE 1" +.TH MAKEGLOSSARIES-LITE 1 "2017-09-21" "perl v5.18.4" "makeglossaries-lite Lua Script" +.\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes +.\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. +.if n .ad l +.nh +.SH "NAME" +makeglossaries\-lite \- Calls makeindex/xindy for LaTeX documents using glossaries package +.SH "SYNOPSIS" +.IX Header "SYNOPSIS" +\&\fBmakeglossaries\fR [\fB\-o\fR \fIfile\fR] [\fB\-q\fR] [\fB\-n\fR] +[\fB\-s\fR \fIfile\fR] [\fB\-t\fR \fIfile\fR] [\fB\-L\fR \fIlanguage\fR] [\fB\-c\fR] [\fB\-g\fR] +[\fB\-l\fR] [\fB\-p\fR \fInum\fR] [\fB\-r\fR] [\fB\-m\fR \fIfile\fR] [\fB\-x\fR \fIfile\fR] +[\fB\-\-version\fR] [\fB\-\-help\fR] \fIbasename\fR +.SH "DESCRIPTION" +.IX Header "DESCRIPTION" +\&\fBmakeglossaries-lite\fR is cut-down Lua alternative to the +\&\fBmakeglossaries\fR Perl script. It's designed for use with LaTeX documents that +use the glossaries package. Some options that are available to +\&\fBmakeglossaries\fR aren't available with \fBmakeglossaries-lite\fR. +The mandatory argument \fIbasename\fR should +be the name of the LaTeX document without the .tex extension. +\&\fBmakeglossaries-lite\fR will read the auxiliary file to determine whether +\&\fBmakeindex\fR or \fBxindy\fR should be called. All the information +required to be passed to the relevant indexing application should +also be contained in the auxiliary file, but may be overridden by +the option arguments to \fBmakeglossaries-lite\fR. +.SH "OPTIONS" +.IX Header "OPTIONS" +.IP "\fB\-q\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-q" +Quiet mode. Reduces chatter to standard output. +.IP "\fB\-n\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-n" +Print the commands that would normally be executed but don't run +them. +.IP "\fB\-o\fR \fIfile\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-o file" +Use \fIfile\fR as the output file. (Only suitable for documents +containing a single glossary, otherwise each glossary will be +overridden.) +.IP "\fB\-s\fR \fIfile\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-s file" +Use \fIfile\fR as the style file. Note that if you use this option, +you need to know whether \fBmakeindex\fR or \fBxindy\fR will be called, as +they have different style files. +.IP "\fB\-t\fR \fIfile\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-t file" +Use \fIfile\fR as the transcript file. +.IP "\fB\-l\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-l" +Letter ordering. +.IP "\fB\-L\fR \fIlanguage\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-L language" +This option only has an effect if \fBxindy\fR is called. Sets the +language. See \fBxindy\fR documentation for further details. +.IP "\fB\-c\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-c" +Compress intermediate blanks (\fBmakeindex\fR only). +.IP "\fB\-g\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-g" +Employ German word ordering (\fBmakeindex\fR only). +.IP "\fB\-p\fR \fInum\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-p num" +Sets the starting page number to be \fInum\fR (\fBmakeindex\fR only). +.IP "\fB\-r\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-r" +Disable implicit page range formation (\fBmakeindex\fR only). +.IP "\fB\-m\fR \fIfile\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-m file" +Specify the full path name for \fBmakeindex\fR to \fIfile\fR in the +event that \fBmakeindex\fR isn't on the operating system's path. +.IP "\fB\-x\fR \fIfile\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-x file" +Specify the full path name for \fBxindy\fR to \fIfile\fR in the +event that \fBxindy\fR isn't on the operating system's path. +.IP "\fB\-\-version\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--version" +Prints version number and exits. +.IP "\fB\-\-help\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--help" +Prints help message and exits. +.SH "REQUIRES" +.IX Header "REQUIRES" +texlua and makeindex or xindy (depending on glossaries package options). +.SH "LICENSE" +.IX Header "LICENSE" +This is free software distributed under the LaTeX Project Public +License. There is \s-1NO WARRANTY.\s0 +See <http://www.latex\-project.org/lppl.txt> for details. +.SH "AUTHOR" +.IX Header "AUTHOR" +Nicola L. C. Talbot, +<http://www.dickimaw\-books.com/> +.SH "RECOMMENDED READING" +.IX Header "RECOMMENDED READING" +The glossaries manual: +.PP +.Vb 1 +\& texdoc glossaries +.Ve diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/makeglossaries-lite.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/makeglossaries-lite.man1.pdf Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 00000000000..32b2b4c8787 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/makeglossaries-lite.man1.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/makeglossaries.1 b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/makeglossaries.1 new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..f6e5b8bf875 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/makeglossaries.1 @@ -0,0 +1,243 @@ +.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 2.28 (Pod::Simple 3.29) +.\" +.\" Standard preamble: +.\" ======================================================================== +.de Sp \" Vertical space (when we can't use .PP) +.if t .sp .5v +.if n .sp +.. +.de Vb \" Begin verbatim text +.ft CW +.nf +.ne \\$1 +.. +.de Ve \" End verbatim text +.ft R +.fi +.. +.\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings. \*(-- will +.\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left +.\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote. \*(C+ will +.\" give a nicer C++. Capital omega is used to do unbreakable dashes and +.\" therefore won't be available. \*(C` and \*(C' expand to `' in nroff, +.\" nothing in troff, for use with C<>. +.tr \(*W- +.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p' +.ie n \{\ +. ds -- \(*W- +. ds PI pi +. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch +. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch +. ds L" "" +. ds R" "" +. ds C` "" +. ds C' "" +'br\} +.el\{\ +. ds -- \|\(em\| +. ds PI \(*p +. ds L" `` +. ds R" '' +. ds C` +. ds C' +'br\} +.\" +.\" Escape single quotes in literal strings from groff's Unicode transform. +.ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq +.el .ds Aq ' +.\" +.\" If the F register is turned on, we'll generate index entries on stderr for +.\" titles (.TH), headers (.SH), subsections (.SS), items (.Ip), and index +.\" entries marked with X<> in POD. Of course, you'll have to process the +.\" output yourself in some meaningful fashion. +.\" +.\" Avoid warning from groff about undefined register 'F'. +.de IX +.. +.nr rF 0 +.if \n(.g .if rF .nr rF 1 +.if (\n(rF:(\n(.g==0)) \{ +. if \nF \{ +. de IX +. tm Index:\\$1\t\\n%\t"\\$2" +.. +. if !\nF==2 \{ +. nr % 0 +. nr F 2 +. \} +. \} +.\} +.rr rF +.\" +.\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2). +.\" Fear. Run. Save yourself. No user-serviceable parts. +. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff +.if n \{\ +. ds #H 0 +. ds #V .8m +. ds #F .3m +. ds #[ \f1 +. ds #] \fP +.\} +.if t \{\ +. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m) +. ds #V .6m +. ds #F 0 +. ds #[ \& +. ds #] \& +.\} +. \" simple accents for nroff and troff +.if n \{\ +. ds ' \& +. ds ` \& +. ds ^ \& +. ds , \& +. ds ~ ~ +. ds / +.\} +.if t \{\ +. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u" +. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u' +. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u' +. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u' +. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u' +. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u' +.\} +. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents +.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V' +.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H' +.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#] +.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H' +.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u' +.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#] +.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#] +.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e +.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E +. \" corrections for vroff +.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u' +.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u' +. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr) +.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \ +\{\ +. ds : e +. ds 8 ss +. ds o a +. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga +. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy +. ds th \o'bp' +. ds Th \o'LP' +. ds ae ae +. ds Ae AE +.\} +.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C +.\" ======================================================================== +.\" +.IX Title "MAKEGLOSSARIES 1" +.TH MAKEGLOSSARIES 1 "2017-09-21" "perl v5.18.4" "makeglossaries Perl Script" +.\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes +.\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. +.if n .ad l +.nh +.SH "NAME" +makeglossaries \- Calls makeindex/xindy for LaTeX documents using glossaries package +.SH "SYNOPSIS" +.IX Header "SYNOPSIS" +\&\fBmakeglossaries\fR [\fB\-o\fR \fIfile\fR] [\fB\-q\fR] [\fB\-Q\fR] [\fB\-k\fR] [\fB\-n\fR] +[\fB\-s\fR \fIfile\fR] [\fB\-t\fR \fIfile\fR] [\fB\-L\fR \fIlanguage\fR] [\fB\-c\fR] [\fB\-g\fR] [\fB\-l\fR] +[\fB\-p\fR \fInum\fR] [\fB\-r\fR] [\fB\-d\fR \fIaux dir\fR] [\fB\-m\fR \fIfile\fR] [\fB\-x\fR \fIfile\fR] +[\fB\-\-version\fR] [\fB\-\-help\fR] \fIbasename\fR +.SH "DESCRIPTION" +.IX Header "DESCRIPTION" +\&\fBmakeglossaries\fR is designed for use with LaTeX documents that +use the glossaries package. The mandatory argument \fIbasename\fR should +be the name of the LaTeX document without the .tex extension. +\&\fBmakeglossaries\fR will read the auxiliary file to determine whether +\&\fBmakeindex\fR or \fBxindy\fR should be called. All the information +required to be passed to the relevant indexing application should +also be contained in the auxiliary file, but may be overridden by +the option arguments to \fBmakeglossaries\fR. +.SH "OPTIONS" +.IX Header "OPTIONS" +.IP "\fB\-q\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-q" +Quiet mode. Reduces chatter to standard output. +.IP "\fB\-Q\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-Q" +Silences warning about being unable to fork. +.IP "\fB\-k\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-k" +Don't try forking with piped redirection. (Lessens the +effect of \-q) +.IP "\fB\-n\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-n" +Print the commands that would normally be executed but don't run them. +.IP "\fB\-o\fR \fIfile\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-o file" +Use \fIfile\fR as the output file. (Only suitable for documents +containing a single glossary, otherwise each glossary will be +overridden.) +.IP "\fB\-s\fR \fIfile\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-s file" +Use \fIfile\fR as the style file. Note that if you use this option, +you need to know whether \fBmakeindex\fR or \fBxindy\fR will be called, as +they have different style files. +.IP "\fB\-t\fR \fIfile\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-t file" +Use \fIfile\fR as the transcript file. +.IP "\fB\-l\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-l" +Letter ordering. +.IP "\fB\-L\fR \fIlanguage\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-L language" +This option only has an effect if \fBxindy\fR is called. Sets the +language. See \fBxindy\fR documentation for further details. +.IP "\fB\-c\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-c" +Compress intermediate blanks (\fBmakeindex\fR only). +.IP "\fB\-g\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-g" +Employ German word ordering (\fBmakeindex\fR only). +.IP "\fB\-p\fR \fInum\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-p num" +Sets the starting page number to be \fInum\fR (\fBmakeindex\fR only). +.IP "\fB\-r\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-r" +Disable implicit page range formation (\fBmakeindex\fR only). +.IP "\fB\-d\fR \fIaux dir\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-d aux dir" +Specify the directory the .aux, .glo etc files are located. +Defaults to the parent directory of the base file \fIfilename\fR. +.IP "\fB\-m\fR \fIfile\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-m file" +Specify the full path name for \fBmakeindex\fR to \fIfile\fR in the +event that \fBmakeindex\fR isn't on the operating system's path. +.IP "\fB\-x\fR \fIfile\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-x file" +Specify the full path name for \fBxindy\fR to \fIfile\fR in the +event that \fBxindy\fR isn't on the operating system's path. +.IP "\fB\-\-version\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--version" +Prints version number and exits. +.IP "\fB\-\-help\fR" 4 +.IX Item "--help" +Prints help message and exits. +.SH "REQUIRES" +.IX Header "REQUIRES" +Perl, Getopt::Std, and makeindex or xindy (depending on glossaries +package options). +.SH "LICENSE" +.IX Header "LICENSE" +This is free software distributed under the LaTeX Project Public +License. There is \s-1NO WARRANTY.\s0 +See <http://www.latex\-project.org/lppl.txt> for details. +.SH "AUTHOR" +.IX Header "AUTHOR" +Nicola L. C. Talbot, +<http://www.dickimaw\-books.com/> +.SH "RECOMMENDED READING" +.IX Header "RECOMMENDED READING" +The glossaries manual: +.PP +.Vb 1 +\& texdoc glossaries +.Ve diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/makeglossaries.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/makeglossaries.man1.pdf Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 00000000000..9801658095d --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/makeglossaries.man1.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/scripts/glossaries/makeglossaries b/Master/texmf-dist/scripts/glossaries/makeglossaries index 7321a30dbec..6035b72b131 100755 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/scripts/glossaries/makeglossaries +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/scripts/glossaries/makeglossaries @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ # File : makeglossaries # Author : Nicola Talbot -# Version : 2.21 +# Version : 4.33 # Description: simple Perl script that calls makeindex or xindy. # Intended for use with "glossaries.sty" (saves having to remember # all the various switches) @@ -27,9 +27,11 @@ # glossary-super.sty, glossaries.perl. # Also makeglossaries and makeglossaries-lite.lua. -my $version="2.21 (2017-05-11)"; +my $version="4.33 (2017-09-20)"; # History: +# v4.33: +# * Version number synchronized with glossaries.sty # v2.21: # * Fixed spelling of \GlsAddXdyLocation # * Adjusted range encap clash @@ -1497,15 +1499,15 @@ makeglossaries - Calls makeindex/xindy for LaTeX documents using glossaries pac =head1 SYNOPSIS -B<makeglossaries> [B<-o> I<file>] [B<-q>] [B<-Q>] [B<-s> I<file>] -[B<-t> I<file>] [B<-L> I<language>] [B<-c>] [B<-g>] [B<-l>] +B<makeglossaries> [B<-o> I<file>] [B<-q>] [B<-Q>] [B<-k>] [B<-n>] +[B<-s> I<file>] [B<-t> I<file>] [B<-L> I<language>] [B<-c>] [B<-g>] [B<-l>] [B<-p> I<num>] [B<-r>] [B<-d> I<aux dir>] [B<-m> I<file>] [B<-x> I<file>] -[B<--version>] [B<--help>] I<filename> +[B<--version>] [B<--help>] I<basename> =head1 DESCRIPTION B<makeglossaries> is designed for use with LaTeX documents that -use the glossaries package. The mandatory argument I<filename> should +use the glossaries package. The mandatory argument I<basename> should be the name of the LaTeX document without the .tex extension. B<makeglossaries> will read the auxiliary file to determine whether B<makeindex> or B<xindy> should be called. All the information @@ -1530,6 +1532,10 @@ Silences warning about being unable to fork. Don't try forking with piped redirection. (Lessens the effect of -q) +=item B<-n> + +Print the commands that would normally be executed but don't run them. + =item B<-o> I<file> Use I<file> as the output file. (Only suitable for documents diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/scripts/glossaries/makeglossaries-lite.lua b/Master/texmf-dist/scripts/glossaries/makeglossaries-lite.lua index ae8bfe2dc1f..2b862c5061b 100755 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/scripts/glossaries/makeglossaries-lite.lua +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/scripts/glossaries/makeglossaries-lite.lua @@ -26,6 +26,8 @@ This work has the LPPL maintenance status `maintained'. History: + * 4.33: + - Version number synchronized with glossaries.sty * 1.3 - added check for \glsxtr@makeglossaries * 1.2 (2016-05-27) @@ -35,7 +37,7 @@ - changed first line from lua to texlua --]] -thisversion = "1.3 2016-12-16" +thisversion = "4.33 2017-09-20" quiet = false dryrun = false diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/scripts/glossaries/makeglossaries.bat b/Master/texmf-dist/scripts/glossaries/makeglossaries.bat deleted file mode 100755 index d91f67bd3e9..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/scripts/glossaries/makeglossaries.bat +++ /dev/null @@ -1,3 +0,0 @@ -@rem = '-*- Perl -*- -@echo off -perl -S "%~dp0makeglossaries" %* diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/glossaries/glossaries.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/glossaries/glossaries.dtx index edf6d6a795c..c017572d295 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/glossaries/glossaries.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/glossaries/glossaries.dtx @@ -2,7 +2,11 @@ % glossaries.dtx generated using makedtx version 1.2 (c) Nicola Talbot % Command line args: % -section "chapter" +% -setambles ".*\.perl=>\nopreamble\nopostamble" +% -setambles ".*\.tex=>\nopreamble\nopostamble" +% -setambles ".*\.xdy=>\nopreamble\nopostamble" % -codetitle "Main Package Code" +% -author "Nicola Talbot" % -src "glossaries\.sty\Z=>glossaries.sty" % -src "glossaries-prefix.sty\Z=>glossaries-prefix.sty" % -src "(glossary-.+)\.(sty)\Z=>\1.\2" @@ -19,19 +23,15 @@ % -src "(samplexdy-mc.*\.xdy)\Z=>\1" % -src "(database.*\.tex)\Z=>\1" % -src "(.*\.perl)\Z=>\1" -% -setambles ".*\.perl=>\nopreamble\nopostamble" -% -setambles ".*\.tex=>\nopreamble\nopostamble" -% -setambles ".*\.xdy=>\nopreamble\nopostamble" -% -macrocode ".*\.perl" -% -macrocode ".*\.tex" -% -macrocode ".*\.xdy" -% -author "Nicola Talbot" % -comment ".*\.perl" % -comment ".*\.tex" % -comment ".*\.xdy" +% -macrocode ".*\.perl" +% -macrocode ".*\.tex" +% -macrocode ".*\.xdy" % -doc "glossaries-manual.tex" % glossaries -% Created on 2017/8/24 11:10 +% Created on 2017/9/21 0:28 %\fi %\iffalse %<*package> @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ governed by the \gloskey{first} and \gloskey{firstplural} keys of \setcounter{IndexColumns}{2} -\CheckSum{19355} +\CheckSum{19469} \newcommand*{\ifirstuse}{\iterm{first use}} \newcommand*{\firstuse}{\gls{firstuse}} @@ -172,12 +172,12 @@ governed by the \gloskey{first} and \gloskey{firstplural} keys of %\fi %\MakeShortVerb{"} % -% \title{Documented Code For glossaries v4.32} +% \title{Documented Code For glossaries v4.33} % \author{Nicola L.C. Talbot\\[10pt] %Dickimaw Books\\ %\url{http://www.dickimaw-books.com/}} % -% \date{2017-08-24} +% \date{2017-09-20} % \maketitle % %This is the documented code for the \styfmt{glossaries} package. @@ -193,7 +193,7 @@ governed by the \gloskey{first} and \gloskey{firstplural} keys of %glossaries package}. % %\item[\url{glossaries-user.pdf}] -%For the main user guide, read \qt{glossaries.sty v4.32: +%For the main user guide, read \qt{glossaries.sty v4.33: %\LaTeX2e\ Package to Assist Generating Glossaries}. % %\item[\url{mfirstuc-manual.pdf}] @@ -248,7 +248,7 @@ governed by the \gloskey{first} and \gloskey{firstplural} keys of % This package requires \LaTeXe. % \begin{macrocode} \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} -\ProvidesPackage{glossaries}[2017/08/24 v4.32 (NLCT)] +\ProvidesPackage{glossaries}[2017/09/20 v4.33 (NLCT)] % \end{macrocode} %\changes{4.18}{2015-09-09}{split mfirstuc into separate bundle} % Required packages: @@ -402,10 +402,18 @@ governed by the \gloskey{first} and \gloskey{firstplural} keys of \newcommand*{\@gls@see@noindex}{% \PackageError{glossaries}% {`\gls@xr@key' key may only be used after \string\makeglossaries\space - or \string\makenoidxglossaries}% + or \string\makenoidxglossaries\space (or move + \string\newglossaryentry\space + definitions into the preamble)}% {You must use \string\makeglossaries\space or \string\makenoidxglossaries\space before defining - any entries that have a `\gls@xr@key' key}% + any entries that have a `\gls@xr@key' key. It may + be that the `see' key has been written to the .glsdefs + file from the previous run, in which case you need to + move your definitions + to the preamble if you don't want to use + \string\makeglossaries\space + or \string\makenoidxglossaries}% } % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} @@ -623,6 +631,23 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% } % \end{macrocode} %\end{option} +% +%\begin{option}{esclocations} +% When using \gls{makeindex} or \gls{xindy}, the locations may need +% to be adjusted to ensure they're in a format that's allowed by the +% indexing application. This involves a bit of hackery and isn't +% needed if the locations are all guaranteed to be in the correct +% form (or if the user is prepared to post-process the glossary file before +% calling the relevant indexing application) so \pkgopt[false]{esclocations} +% will switch off this mechanism allowing for a faster and more +% stable approach. +%\changes{4.33}{2017-09-20}{new} +% \begin{macrocode} +\define@boolkey{glossaries.sty}[gls]{esclocations}[true]{} +\glsesclocationstrue +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{option} +% %\begin{macro}{\@gls@loadlong} %\changes{1.18}{2009-01-14}{new} % \begin{macrocode} @@ -1394,11 +1419,34 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% \renewcommand*{\GlossariesWarning}[1]{}% \renewcommand*{\GlossariesWarningNoLine}[1]{}% \renewcommand*{\glosortentrieswarning}{}% + \renewcommand*{\@gls@missinglang@warn}[2]{}% \fi } % \end{macrocode} %\end{option} % +%\begin{macro}{\@gls@missinglang@warn} +%\changes{4.33}{2017-09-20}{new} +%Missing language warning. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\@gls@missinglang@warn}[2]{% + \PackageWarningNoLine{glossaries}% + {No language module detected for `#1'.\MessageBreak + Language modules need to be installed separately.\MessageBreak + Please check on CTAN for a bundle called\MessageBreak + `glossaries-#2' or similar}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{option}{nolangwarn} +% Suppress warning if language support not found. +% \begin{macrocode} +\@gls@declareoption{nolangwarn}{% + \renewcommand*{\@gls@missinglang@warn}[2]{}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{option} % %\begin{macro}{\@gls@warnonglossdefined} %\changes{4.04}{2014-03-06}{new} @@ -2589,11 +2637,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% \RequireGlossariesLang{\CurrentTrackedTag}% }% {% - \PackageWarningNoLine{glossaries}% - {No language module detected for `\this@dialect'.\MessageBreak - Language modules need to be installed separately.\MessageBreak - Please check on CTAN for a bundle called\MessageBreak - `glossaries-\CurrentTrackedLanguage' or similar}% + \@gls@missinglang@warn\this@dialect\CurrentTrackedLanguage }% }% }% @@ -3737,7 +3781,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% \string"2\string" \string"3\string" \string"4\string" \string"5\string" \string"6\string" \string"7\string" \string"8\string" \string"9\string")^^J\space\space\space - :before \string"\@glsfirstletter\string")} + \@xdynumbergrouporder)} \else \def\@xdylettergroups{} \fi @@ -11890,18 +11934,64 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} %\begin{macro}{\GlsSetXdyFirstLetterAfterDigits} +%\changes{4.33}{2017-09-20}{added starred version} % Sets the first letter to come after the digits 0,\ldots,9. +%The starred version sanitizes. % \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\GlsSetXdyFirstLetterAfterDigits}{% + \@ifstar\s@GlsSetXdyFirstLetterAfterDigits\@GlsSetXdyFirstLetterAfterDigits} \ifglsxindy - \newcommand*{\GlsSetXdyFirstLetterAfterDigits}[1]{% + \newcommand*{\@GlsSetXdyFirstLetterAfterDigits}[1]{% \renewcommand*{\@glsfirstletter}{#1}} + \newcommand*{\s@GlsSetXdyFirstLetterAfterDigits}[1]{% + \renewcommand*{\@glsfirstletter}{#1}% + \@onelevel@sanitize\@glsfirstletter + } \else - \newcommand*{\GlsSetXdyFirstLetterAfterDigits}[1]{% + \newcommand*{\@GlsSetXdyFirstLetterAfterDigits}[1]{% \glsnoxindywarning\GlsSetXdyFirstLetterAfterDigits} + \newcommand*{\s@GlsSetXdyFirstLetterAfterDigits}{% + \@GlsSetXdyFirstLetterAfterDigits + } +\fi +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\@xdynumbergrouporder} +% Specifies the order of the number group. +% \begin{macrocode} +\ifglsxindy + \newcommand*{\@xdynumbergrouporder}{:before \string"\@glsfirstletter\string"} +\fi +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\GlsSetXdyNumberGroupOrder} +%\changes{4.33}{2017-09-20}{new} +% Sets the relative location of the number group. +%The starred version sanitizes. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\GlsSetXdyNumberGroupOrder}[1]{% + \@ifstar\s@GlsSetXdyNumberGroupOrder\@GlsSetXdyNumberGroupOrder +} +\ifglsxindy + \newcommand*{\@GlsSetXdyNumberGroupOrder}[1]{% + \renewcommand*{\@xdynumbergrouporder}{#1}% + } + \newcommand*{\s@GlsSetXdyNumberGroupOrder}[1]{% + \renewcommand*{\@xdynumbergrouporder}{#1}% + \@onelevel@sanitize\@xdynumbergrouporder + } +\else + \newcommand*{\@GlsSetXdyNumberGroupOrder}[1]{% + \glsnoxindywarning\GlsSetXdyNumberGroupOrder} + \newcommand*{\s@GlsSetXdyNumberGroupOrder}{% + \@GlsSetXdyNumberGroupOrder} \fi % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} % +% %\begin{macro}{\@glsminrange} % Define the minimum number of successive location references % to merge into a range. @@ -11989,7 +12079,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % \begin{macrocode} \@for\@gls@classI:=\@gls@xdy@locationlist\do{% % \end{macrocode} -% Case were \meta{Hprefix} is empty: +% Case where \meta{Hprefix} is empty: % \begin{macrocode} \protected@write\glswrite{}{(define-location-class \string"\@gls@classI\string"^^J\space\space\space @@ -13294,9 +13384,67 @@ you % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} % +%\begin{macro}{\@@do@wrglossary} +%\changes{4.33}{2017-09-20}{changed to check for \pkgopt{esclocations}} +% Write the glossary entry in the appropriate format. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\@@do@wrglossary}[1]{% + \ifglsesclocations + \@@do@esc@wrglossary{#1}% + \else + \@@do@noesc@wrglossary{#1}% + \fi +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\@@do@noesc@wrglossary} +%\changes{4.33}{2017-09-20}{new} +% Write the glossary entry in the appropriate format. +% The locations don't need to be pre-processed before writing the +% information to the glossary file, but the prefix still needs to be +% found. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\@@do@noesc@wrglossary}[1]{% +% \end{macrocode} +% Don't fully expand yet. +% \begin{macrocode} + \expandafter\def\expandafter\@glslocref\expandafter{\theglsentrycounter}% + \expandafter\def\expandafter\@glsHlocref\expandafter{\theHglsentrycounter}% +% \end{macrocode} +% Find the prefix if \cs{@glsHlocref} and \cs{@glslocref} aren't the same. +% \begin{macrocode} + \ifx\@glsHlocref\@glslocref + \def\@glo@counterprefix{}% + \else +% \end{macrocode} +% The value of the counter isn't important here as it's the prefix +% that's of interest. (\cs{c@page} will have the same value in +% both \cs{theglsentrycounter} and \cs{theHglsentrycounter} at this +% point, even if it hasn't been updated yet. The page number is not +% expected to occur in the prefix.) +% \begin{macrocode} + \protected@edef\@do@gls@getcounterprefix{\noexpand\@gls@getcounterprefix + {\@glslocref}{\@glsHlocref}% + }% + \@do@gls@getcounterprefix + \fi +% \end{macrocode} +% De-tok label if required +%\changes{4.03}{2014-01-20}{added \cs{glsdetoklabel}} +% \begin{macrocode} + \edef\@gls@label{\glsdetoklabel{#1}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% Write the information to file: +% \begin{macrocode} + \@@do@@wrglossary +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% %\begin{macro}{\ifglswrallowprimitivemods} %\changes{4.22}{2016-04-19}{new} -% Conditional to determine whether or not \cs{@@do@wrglossary} +% Conditional to determine whether or not \cs{@@do@esc@wrglossary} % should be allowed to temporarily redefine \cs{the} and % \cs{number}. % \begin{macrocode} @@ -13305,31 +13453,101 @@ you % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} % -%\begin{macro}{\@@do@wrglossary} +%\begin{macro}{\@@do@esc@wrglossary} +%\changes{4.33}{2017-09-20}{renamed from \cs{@@do@esc@wrglossary}} %\changes{1.17}{2008-12-26}{new} % Write the glossary entry in the appropriate format. % (Need to set \cs{@glsnumberformat} and \cs{@gls@counter} prior to use.) % The argument is the entry's label. %\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{modified to use new format} -% \begin{macrocode} -\newcommand*{\@@do@wrglossary}[1]{% +%This is far more complicated with \app{xindy} than with other +%indexing methods. There are two necessary but +%conflicting requirements with \app{xindy}: +%\begin{enumerate} +%\item all backslashes in the location must be escaped; +%\item \cs{c@page} can't be prematurely expanded. +%\end{enumerate} +% (With \app{makeindex} there's the remote possibility that the page +% compositor is a \app{makeindex} special character, so that would +% also need to be escaped.) +% +%For example, suppose \cs{thepage} is defined as +%\begin{verbatim} +%\renewcommand{\thepage}{\tally{page}} +%\newcommand{\tally}[1]{\tallynum{\expandafter\the\csname c@#1\endcsname}} +%\end{verbatim} +%where \cs{tallynum} is a robust command that takes a number as its +%argument. With all indexing methods other than \app{xindy}, a +%deferred write with \cs{thepage} as the location will expand to +%\cs{tallynum}\marg{n} where \meta{n} is the page number. Since the +%write is deferred, the page number is correct. (\app{makeindex} +%won't accept this location format, but \cs{makenoidxglossaries} +%and \app{bib2gls} are quite happy with it.) Unfortunately, this +%fails with \app{xindy} because \app{xindy} interprets this location +%as \texttt{tallynum}\marg{n} because \cs{t} represents a +%the character \qt{t}. The location must be written as +%\verb|\\tallynum|\marg{n}. +% +%This means that the location +%\verb|\tally{page}| must be expanded and then the backslashes must +%be doubled. Unfortunately \cs{c@page} mustn't be expanded until the +%deferred write is performed, so the location actually needs to be +%expanded to \verb|\tallynum{\the\c@page}| but the backslashes in +%\verb|\the\c@page| mustn't be escaped. All other backslashes must be +%escaped. (In this case, only the backslash in \cs{tallynum} but the +%location format may include other control sequences.) The code +%below works on the assumption that commands like \cs{tally} are +%defined in the form +%\begin{verbatim} +%\newcommand{\tally}[1]{\tallynum{\expandafter\the\csname c@#1\endcsname}} +%\end{verbatim} +%(note the use of \cs{expandafter} and \cs{name}) +%or in the form +%\begin{verbatim} +%\newcommand{\tally}[1]{\tallynum{\arabic{#1}}} +%\end{verbatim} +%In the second case, \cs{arabic} is one of the known commands that's +%temporarily adjusted to prevent \cs{c@page} from being prematurely +%expanded. In the first case, \cs{the} is temporarily modified +%(unless \cs{glswrallowprimitivemodsfalse}) to +%check if it's followed by \cs{c@page}. The \cs{expandafter} ensures +%that it is. If \cs{tally} is defined in another way that hides +%\cs{c@page} for example using \verb|\the\value{#1}| then the +%process fails. +% +%With \app{makeindex}, \cs{tallynum} needs to expand to just the +%decimal number while writing the location to the glossary file, +%otherwise \app{makeindex} will reject it. This can +%be done by defining \cs{glstallypage} so that \cs{tally} can +%locally be set to \cs{arabic} while expansion is occurring. Again, \cs{c@page} +%must be protected from expansion until the deferred write occurs. +% +%The expansion before the write occurs also allows the hyper prefix +%to be determined where \cs{theH}\meta{counter} is defined in the +%form \meta{prefix}\verb|.|\cs{the}\meta{counter}. It's possible (although +%again unlikely) that a \app{makeindex} character might occur in the +%prefix, which therefore needs escaping. The prefix is passed as the +%optional argument of \cs{setentrycounter} which is needed by commands like +%\cs{glshypernumber} to create a hyperlink for a given counter (like +%\cs{hyperpage} but for an arbitrary counter). +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\@@do@esc@wrglossary}[1]{% please read documented code! \begingroup % \end{macrocode} % First a bit of hackery to prevent premature -% expansion of \cs{c@page}. Store original definitions: +% expansion of \cs{c@page}. Store original definitions (scoped): %\changes{3.04}{2012-11-18}{modified to compensate for possible %incorrect page number} -% \begin{macrocode} - \let\orgthe\the - \let\orgnumber\number -% \end{macrocode} %\changes{4.22}{2016-04-19}{added check for \cs{@arabic}} % \begin{macrocode} - \let\orgarabic\@arabic - \let\orgromannumeral\romannumeral - \let\orgalph\@alph - \let\orgAlph\@Alph - \let\orgRoman\@Roman + \let\gls@orgthe\the + \let\gls@orgnumber\number + \let\gls@orgarabic\@arabic + \let\gls@orgromannumeral\romannumeral + \let\gls@orgalph\@alph + \let\gls@orgAlph\@Alph + \let\gls@orgRoman\@Roman % \end{macrocode} % Redefine: %\changes{3.05}{2013-04-21}{add Roman case. Fixed bugs in the else statements} @@ -13337,21 +13555,31 @@ you %modifications and added arabic case} % \begin{macrocode} \ifglswrallowprimitivemods - \def\the##1{% - \ifx##1\c@page \gls@numberpage\else\orgthe##1\fi}% - \def\number##1{% - \ifx##1\c@page \gls@numberpage\else\orgnumber##1\fi}% +% \end{macrocode} +%The redefinition of \cs{the} to use \cs{expandafter} solves the +%problem of \verb|\the\csname c@|\meta{counter}\verb|\endcsname| but +%is only a partial solution to the problem of \verb|\the\value|. +%With \cs{value}, \cs{c@page} is too deeply hidden and will be +%expanded too soon, but at least there won't be an error. +%\changes{4.33}{2017-09-20}{added \cs{gls@the} and \cs{gls@number}} +% \begin{macrocode} + \def\gls@the##1{% + \ifx##1\c@page \gls@numberpage\else\gls@orgthe##1\fi}% + \def\the{\expandafter\gls@the}% + \def\gls@number##1{% + \ifx##1\c@page \gls@numberpage\else\gls@orgnumber##1\fi}% + \def\number{\expandafter\gls@number}% \fi \def\@arabic##1{% - \ifx##1\c@page \gls@arabicpage\else\orgarabic##1\fi}% + \ifx##1\c@page \gls@arabicpage\else\gls@orgarabic##1\fi}% \def\romannumeral##1{% - \ifx##1\c@page \gls@romanpage\else\orgromannumeral##1\fi}% + \ifx##1\c@page \gls@romanpage\else\gls@orgromannumeral##1\fi}% \def\@Roman##1{% - \ifx##1\c@page \gls@Romanpage\else\orgRoman##1\fi}% + \ifx##1\c@page \gls@Romanpage\else\gls@orgRoman##1\fi}% \def\@alph##1{% - \ifx##1\c@page \gls@alphpage\else\orgalph##1\fi}% + \ifx##1\c@page \gls@alphpage\else\gls@orgalph##1\fi}% \def\@Alph##1{% - \ifx##1\c@page \gls@Alphpage\else\orgAlph##1\fi}% + \ifx##1\c@page \gls@Alphpage\else\gls@orgAlph##1\fi}% % \end{macrocode} % Add hook to allow for other number formats: %\changes{4.11}{2014-09-01}{added hook} @@ -13367,7 +13595,9 @@ you \protected@xdef\@glslocref{\theglsentrycounter}% \endgroup % \end{macrocode} -% Escape any special characters +% Escape any special characters. It's possible that with +% \app{makeindex} the separator might be a \app{makeindex} special character. +% Although not likely, it still needs to be taken into account. % \begin{macrocode} \@gls@checkmkidxchars\@glslocref % \end{macrocode} @@ -13811,22 +14041,27 @@ you % \end{macrocode} % Activate or deactivate sort key: % \begin{macrocode} - \@printgloss@setsort + \@printgloss@setsort % \end{macrocode} % Determine settings specified in the optional argument. % \begin{macrocode} - \setkeys{printgloss}{#1}% + \setkeys{printgloss}{#1}% +% \end{macrocode} +% Does the glossary exist? +% \begin{macrocode} + \ifglossaryexists{\@glo@type}% + {% % \end{macrocode} % If title has been set, but toctitle hasn't, make toctitle the same % as given title (rather than the title used when the glossary was % defined) %\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{make toctitle default to title} % \begin{macrocode} - \ifx\glossarytitle\org@glossarytitle - \else - \expandafter\let\csname @glotype@\@glo@type @title\endcsname + \ifx\glossarytitle\org@glossarytitle + \else + \expandafter\let\csname @glotype@\@glo@type @title\endcsname \glossarytitle - \fi + \fi % \end{macrocode} % Allow a high-level user command to indicate the current glossary %\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{added \cs{currentglossary}} @@ -13879,6 +14114,8 @@ you % Now do the handler macro that deals with the actual glossary: % \begin{macrocode} #2% + }% + {\GlossariesWarning{Glossary `\@glo@type' doesn't exist}}% % \end{macrocode} % End the current scope % \begin{macrocode} @@ -18602,7 +18839,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % \cs{gls}\marg{label}} on subsequent use. % \begin{macrocode} \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} -\ProvidesPackage{glossaries-prefix}[2017/08/10 v4.31 (NLCT)] +\ProvidesPackage{glossaries-prefix}[2017/09/20 v4.33 (NLCT)] % \end{macrocode} % Pass all options to \sty{glossaries}: % \begin{macrocode} @@ -19017,7 +19254,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% %\label{sec:code:hypernav} % Package Definition: % \begin{macrocode} -\ProvidesPackage{glossary-hypernav}[2017/08/24 v4.32 (NLCT)] +\ProvidesPackage{glossary-hypernav}[2017/09/20 v4.33 (NLCT)] % \end{macrocode} % % The commands defined in this package are provided to @@ -19210,7 +19447,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % This defines an in-line style where the entries are % comma-separated with just the name and description displayed. % \begin{macrocode} -\ProvidesPackage{glossary-inline}[2017/08/24 v4.32 (NLCT)] +\ProvidesPackage{glossary-inline}[2017/09/20 v4.33 (NLCT)] % \end{macrocode} % %\begin{style}{inline} @@ -19401,7 +19638,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % \ics{item} command, it will appear in a bold font by % default. % \begin{macrocode} -\ProvidesPackage{glossary-list}[2017/08/24 v4.32 (NLCT)] +\ProvidesPackage{glossary-list}[2017/09/20 v4.33 (NLCT)] % \end{macrocode} %\begin{macro}{\indexspace} %\changes{4.13}{2015-02-03}{new} @@ -19683,7 +19920,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % The glossary styles defined in the \isty{glossary-long} package % used the \env{longtable} environment in the glossary. % \begin{macrocode} -\ProvidesPackage{glossary-long}[2017/08/24 v4.32 (NLCT)] +\ProvidesPackage{glossary-long}[2017/09/20 v4.33 (NLCT)] % \end{macrocode} % Requires the \isty{longtable} package: % \begin{macrocode} @@ -20180,7 +20417,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % \url{http://tex.stackexchange.com/a/56890} % % \begin{macrocode} -\ProvidesPackage{glossary-longbooktabs}[2017/08/24 v4.32 (NLCT)] +\ProvidesPackage{glossary-longbooktabs}[2017/09/20 v4.33 (NLCT)] % \end{macrocode} % Requires \sty{booktabs} package: % \begin{macrocode} @@ -20521,7 +20758,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % used the \env{longtable} environment in the glossary and use % ragged right formatting for the multiline columns. % \begin{macrocode} -\ProvidesPackage{glossary-longragged}[2017/08/24 v4.32 (NLCT)] +\ProvidesPackage{glossary-longragged}[2017/09/20 v4.33 (NLCT)] % \end{macrocode} % Requires the \isty{array} package: % \begin{macrocode} @@ -20954,7 +21191,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% %use the \sty{multicol} package. These use the tree-like glossary %styles in a multicol environment. % \begin{macrocode} -\ProvidesPackage{glossary-mcols}[2017/08/24 v4.32 (NLCT)] +\ProvidesPackage{glossary-mcols}[2017/09/20 v4.33 (NLCT)] % \end{macrocode} % Required packages: % \begin{macrocode} @@ -21390,7 +21627,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % The glossary styles defined in the \isty{glossary-super} package % use the \env{supertabular} environment. % \begin{macrocode} -\ProvidesPackage{glossary-super}[2017/08/24 v4.32 (NLCT)] +\ProvidesPackage{glossary-super}[2017/09/20 v4.33 (NLCT)] % \end{macrocode} % Requires the \isty{supertabular} package: % \begin{macrocode} @@ -21922,7 +22159,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % are like those provided by the \isty{glossary-super} package, % except that the multiline columns have ragged right justification. % \begin{macrocode} -\ProvidesPackage{glossary-superragged}[2017/08/24 v4.32 (NLCT)] +\ProvidesPackage{glossary-superragged}[2017/09/20 v4.33 (NLCT)] % \end{macrocode} % Requires the \isty{array} package: % \begin{macrocode} @@ -22362,7 +22599,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % that have a tree-like structure. These are designed for % hierarchical glossaries. % \begin{macrocode} -\ProvidesPackage{glossary-tree}[2017/08/24 v4.32 (NLCT)] +\ProvidesPackage{glossary-tree}[2017/09/20 v4.33 (NLCT)] % \end{macrocode} % %\begin{macro}{\indexspace} @@ -23083,7 +23320,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % hyperlinks may not work properly. % \begin{macrocode} \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} -\ProvidesPackage{glossaries-compatible-207}[2017/08/24 v4.32 (NLCT)] +\ProvidesPackage{glossaries-compatible-207}[2017/09/20 v4.33 (NLCT)] % \end{macrocode} %\begin{macro}{\GlsAddXdyAttribute} % Adds an attribute in old format. @@ -23444,7 +23681,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% %\section{glossaries-compatible-307} % \begin{macrocode} \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} -\ProvidesPackage{glossaries-compatible-307}[2017/08/24 v4.32 (NLCT)] +\ProvidesPackage{glossaries-compatible-307}[2017/09/20 v4.33 (NLCT)] % \end{macrocode} % % Compatibility macros for predefined glossary styles: @@ -24252,7 +24489,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % \end{macrocode} % Package version number now in line with main glossaries package number. % \begin{macrocode} -\ProvidesPackage{glossaries-accsupp}[2017/08/24 v4.32 (NLCT) +\ProvidesPackage{glossaries-accsupp}[2017/09/20 v4.33 (NLCT) Experimental glossaries accessibility] % \end{macrocode} % Pass all options to \sty{glossaries}: @@ -26691,7 +26928,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % modules. % \begin{macrocode} \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} -\ProvidesPackage{glossaries-babel}[2017/08/24 v4.32 (NLCT)] +\ProvidesPackage{glossaries-babel}[2017/09/20 v4.33 (NLCT)] % \end{macrocode} % Load \sty{tracklang} to obtain language settings. % \begin{macrocode} @@ -26735,7 +26972,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% % modules. % \begin{macrocode} \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} -\ProvidesPackage{glossaries-polyglossia}[2017/08/24 v4.32 (NLCT)] +\ProvidesPackage{glossaries-polyglossia}[2017/09/20 v4.33 (NLCT)] % \end{macrocode} % Load \sty{tracklang} to obtain language settings. % \begin{macrocode} @@ -26892,17 +27129,17 @@ Title case a particular field: \usepackage{glossary-mcols} \usepackage{glossary-longragged} -\newglossary[glg2]{long}{gls2}{glo2}{Long Descriptions} -\newglossary[glg3]{multipar}{gls3}{glo3}{Multi-Paragraph Descriptions} -\newglossary[glg4]{acronymdesc}{gls4}{glo4}{Acronyms with Descriptions} -\newglossary[glg5]{images}{gls5}{glo5}{Descriptions with Images} -\newglossary[glg6]{acronymslang}{gls6}{glo6}{Acronyms with -Translations} +\newglossary*{symbolname}{Entries with Symbols in the Name} +\newglossary*{long}{Long Descriptions} +\newglossary*{multipar}{Multi-Paragraph Descriptions} +\newglossary*{acronymdesc}{Acronyms with Descriptions} +\newglossary*{images}{Descriptions with Images} +\newglossary*{acronymslang}{Acronyms with Translations} -\newglossary[glg7]{parent}{gls7}{glo7}{Hierarchical Entries} -\newglossary[glg8]{homographs}{gls8}{glo8}{Homographs} -\newglossary[glg9]{cites}{gls9}{glo9}{Entries with Citations} -\newglossary[glg10]{urls}{gls10}{glo10}{Entries with URLs} +\newglossary*{parent}{Hierarchical Entries} +\newglossary*{homographs}{Homographs} +\newglossary*{cites}{Entries with Citations} +\newglossary*{urls}{Entries with URLs} \DeclareAcronymList{acronymdesc,acronymslang} @@ -26912,6 +27149,7 @@ Translations} \loadglsentries[long]{example-glossaries-long} \loadglsentries[multipar]{example-glossaries-multipar} \loadglsentries[symbols]{example-glossaries-symbols} +\loadglsentries[symbolname]{example-glossaries-symbolnames} \loadglsentries[images]{example-glossaries-images} \loadglsentries[parent]{example-glossaries-parent} \loadglsentries[homographs]{example-glossaries-childnoname} @@ -27075,6 +27313,8 @@ Here are just the acronyms again: \printglossary[type=symbols,style=altlongragged4col,nogroupskip] +\printglossary[type=symbolname,style=list,nogroupskip] + \printglossary[type=acronym,style=long] \printglossary[type=acronymdesc,style=altlist] @@ -28197,6 +28437,96 @@ description={elit, molestie non}} %\fi %\iffalse % \begin{macrocode} +%<*example-glossaries-symbolnames.tex> +% \end{macrocode} +%\fi +%\iffalse +% \begin{macrocode} + % This file is part of the glossaries bundle + % These are test glossary entries with associated symbols. + +\newglossaryentry{sym.alpha}{sort={alpha},name={\ensuremath{\alpha}}, +description={Quisque ullamcorper placerat ipsum.}} + +\newglossaryentry{sym.beta}{sort={beta},name={\ensuremath{\beta}}, +description={Cras nibh.}} + +\newglossaryentry{sym.gamma}{sort={gamma},name={\ensuremath{\gamma}}, +description={Morbi vel justo vitae lacus tincidunt ultrices.}} + +\newglossaryentry{sym.delta}{sort={delta},name={\ensuremath{\delta}}, +description={Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing +elit.}} + +\newglossaryentry{sym.epsilon}{sort={epsilon},name={\ensuremath{\epsilon}}, +description={In hac habitasse platea dictumst.}} + +\newglossaryentry{sym.zeta}{sort={zeta},name={\ensuremath{\zeta}}, +description={Integer tempus convallis augue.}} + +\newglossaryentry{sym.eta}{sort={eta},name={\ensuremath{\eta}}, +description={Etiam facilisis.}} + +\newglossaryentry{sym.theta}{sort={theta},name={\ensuremath{\theta}}, +description={Nunc elementum fermentum wisi.}} + +\newglossaryentry{sym.iota}{sort={iota},name={\ensuremath{i}}, +description={Aenean placerat.}} + +\newglossaryentry{sym.kappa}{sort={kappa},name={\ensuremath{\kappa}}, +description={Ut imperdiet, enim sed gravida sollicitudin, felis odio +placerat quam, ac pulvinar elit purus eget enim.}} + +\newglossaryentry{sym.lambda}{sort={lambda},name={\ensuremath{\lambda}}, +description={Nunc vitae tortor.}} + +\newglossaryentry{sym.mu}{sort={mu},name={\ensuremath{\mu}}, +description={Proin tempus nibh sit amet nisl.}} + +\newglossaryentry{sym.nu}{sort={nu},name={\ensuremath{\nu}}, +description={Vivamus quis tortor vitae risus porta vehicula.}} + +\newglossaryentry{sym.xi}{sort={xi},name={\ensuremath{\xi}}, +description={Fusce mauris.}} + +\newglossaryentry{sym.pi}{sort={pi},name={\ensuremath{\pi}}, +description={Vestibulum luctus nibh at lectus.}} + +\newglossaryentry{sym.rho}{sort={rho},name={\ensuremath{\rho}}, +description={Sed bibendum, nulla a faucibus semper, leo velit +ultricies tellus, ac venenatis arcu wisi vel nisl. Vestibulum diam.}} + +\newglossaryentry{sym.sigma}{sort={sigma},name={\ensuremath{\sigma}}, +description={Aliquam pellentesque, augue quis sagittis posuere, +turpis lacus congue quam, in hendrerit risus eros eget felis.}} + +\newglossaryentry{sym.tau}{sort={tau},name={\ensuremath{\tau}}, +description={Maecenas eget erat in sapien mattis porttitor.}} + +\newglossaryentry{sym.upsilon}{sort={upsilon},name={\ensuremath{\upsilon}}, +description={Vestibulum porttitor.}} + +\newglossaryentry{sym.phi}{sort={phi},name={\ensuremath{\phi}}, +description={Nulla facilisi.}} + +\newglossaryentry{sym.chi}{sort={chi},name={\ensuremath{\chi}}, +description={Sed a turpis eu lacus commodo facilisis.}} + +\newglossaryentry{sym.psi}{sort={psi},name={\ensuremath{\psi}}, +description={Morbi fringilla, wisi in dignissim interdum, justo +lectus sagittis dui, et vehicula libero dui cursus dui.}} + +\newglossaryentry{sym.omega}{sort={omega},name={\ensuremath{\omega}}, +description={Mauris tempor ligula sed lacus.}} +% \end{macrocode} +%\fi +%\iffalse +% \begin{macrocode} +%</example-glossaries-symbolnames.tex> +% \end{macrocode} +%\fi +%\iffalse +% \begin{macrocode} %<*example-glossaries-symbols.tex> % \end{macrocode} %\fi @@ -32213,96 +32543,133 @@ description=man-eating giant} %\fi %\iffalse % \begin{macrocode} - % This file is public domain. - % - % This is a sample document illustrating how to use the - % glossaries package with xindy. To create the document: - % - % latex samplexdy - % makeglossaries samplexdy - % latex samplexdy - % - % If you don't have Perl installed, then use one of the - % following instead of makeglossaries: - % - % If you want to have a separate "Mc" letter group do: - % - % xindy -I xindy -M samplexdy-mc -t samplexdy.glg -o samplexdy.gls samplexdy.glo - % - % Otherwise do: - % - % xindy -L english -C utf8 -I xindy -M samplexdy -t samplexdy.glg -o samplexdy.gls samplexdy.glo - % - % If you want to use arara, you need the following directives: - % arara: pdflatex: { synctex: on } - % arara: makeglossaries - % arara: pdflatex: { synctex: on } +%<<COMMENT +% This file is public domain. +% +% This is a sample document illustrating how to use the +% glossaries package with xindy. To create the document: +% +% latex samplexdy +% makeglossaries samplexdy +% latex samplexdy +% +% If you don't have Perl installed, then use one of the +% following instead of makeglossaries: +% +% If you want to have a separate "Mc" letter group do: +% +% xindy -I xindy -M samplexdy-mc -t samplexdy.glg -o samplexdy.gls samplexdy.glo +% +% Otherwise do: +% +% xindy -L english -C utf8 -I xindy -M samplexdy -t samplexdy.glg -o samplexdy.gls samplexdy.glo +% +% If you want to use arara, you need the following directives: +% arara: pdflatex: { synctex: on } +% arara: makeglossaries +% arara: pdflatex: { synctex: on } \documentclass{article} \usepackage[utf8]{inputenc} \usepackage[T1]{fontenc} -\usepackage{fmtcount} +\usepackage[notext,notextcomp]{stix} \usepackage[colorlinks,plainpages]{hyperref} \usepackage[xindy,style=altlistgroup]{glossaries} - % Define a new command to do bold italic: +% Define a new command to do bold italic: \newcommand*{\hyperbfit}[1]{\textit{\hyperbf{#1}}} - % Need to add this to the list of attributes in order - % to use it with xindy: - % (This command will have no effect if \noist is used) +% Need to add this to the list of attributes in order +% to use it with xindy: +% (This command will have no effect if \noist is used) \GlsAddXdyAttribute{hyperbfit} - % Redefine the page numbers so that they appear as a word: +% Redefine the page numbers to a custom format (requires stix +% package for the dice commands): - \renewcommand*{\thepage}{\texorpdfstring{\Numberstring{page}}{\arabic{page}}} +% \tallynum{n} displays a die or dice where the dots add up to n +\newrobustcmd{\tallynum}[1]{% + \ifnum\number#1<7 + $\csname dice\romannumeral#1\endcsname$% + \else + $\dicevi$% + \expandafter\tallynum\expandafter{\numexpr#1-6}% + \fi +} - % Need to add this to the list of location styles. - % \Numberstring{page} gets expanded to - % \protect \Numberstringnum {<n>} (where <n> is the page number) - % so need to define the location in that format: - % (This command will have no effect if \noist is used) +% \tally{counter} expands to \tallynum{n} where n is the counter +% value. In order to work with glossaries and xindy this requires +% a very specific format. (See the glossaries user manual for more +% details.) -\GlsAddXdyLocation{Numberstring}{:sep "\string\protect\space - \string\Numberstringnum\space\glsopenbrace" - "arabic-numbers" :sep "\glsclosebrace"} +\newcommand{\tally}[1]{\tallynum{\arabic{page}}} - % (Need to redefine \glsXpageXhyperbfit and - % \glsXpageXglsnumberformat after \makeglossaries to get the - % hyperlinks working correctly.) +% Now redefine \thepage +% (\texorpdfstring is used in case the page number ends up in a PDF +% bookmark, although this is unlikely) +\renewcommand*{\thepage}{\texorpdfstring{\tally{page}}{\arabic{page}}} - % To have Mc as a separate group uncomment the following three - % lines: +% Need to add this to the list of location styles. +% This requires knowing how \thepage expands when written to a file. +% You can check by inspecting the ':locref' attributes in the .glo +% file. In this case, \thepage expands to \tallynum {n} +% (the space is significant) where n is an arabic number. +% (This command will have no effect if \noist is used) - %\setStyleFile{samplexdy-mc} % note no extension - %\noist - %\GlsSetXdyLanguage{} +\GlsAddXdyLocation{tally}{% tally location format + :sep "\string\tallynum\space\glsopenbrace" % -> \tallynum { + "arabic-numbers" % -> arabic number (0, 1, 2, etc) + :sep "\glsclosebrace" % -> } +} - % The above three lines specify to use samplexdy-mc.xdy (supplied - % with this file) and don't overwrite it. The language is - % unset using \GlsSetXdyLanguage{} as all the language - % dependent information is contained in samplexdy-mc.xdy - % Note that using \noist means that commands like - % \GlsAddXdyAttribute and \GlsAddXdyLocation will no longer have - % an effect. +% If the definition of \tally changes so that it expands to +% something slightly different then the above will have to be +% changed accordingly. - % Write the style file (if \noist isn't used) - % and activate glossary entries +% (Need to redefine \glsXpageXhyperbfit and +% \glsXpageXglsnumberformat after \makeglossaries to get the +% hyperlinks working correctly.) + +% To have Mc as a separate group uncomment the following three +% lines: + +%\setStyleFile{samplexdy-mc} % note no extension +%\noist +%\GlsSetXdyLanguage{} + +% The above three lines specify to use samplexdy-mc.xdy (supplied +% with this file) and don't overwrite it. The language is +% unset using \GlsSetXdyLanguage{} as all the language +% dependent information is contained in samplexdy-mc.xdy +% Note that using \noist means that commands like +% \GlsAddXdyAttribute and \GlsAddXdyLocation will no longer have +% an effect. + +% Write the style file (if \noist isn't used) +% and activate glossary entries \makeglossaries - % Each page location will be specified in the form: - % - % "\glsXpageXglsnumberformat{}{\protect \Numberstringnum "\marg{n}"}" - % or - % "\glsXpageXhyperbfit{}{\protect \Numberstringnum "\marg{n}"}" - % - % Redefine to allow hyperlinks: +% Each page location will be specified in the form: +% +% "\glsXpageXglsnumberformat{}{\tallynum {" number "}}" +% or +% "\glsXpageXhyperbfit{}{\tallynum {" number "}}" +% +% Knowing this, we can redefine \glsXpageXglsnumberformat +% and \glsXpageXhyperbfit to grab the number part to work out the +% location's numeric value. If the definition of \tally changes +% so that it expands to something slightly different then this +% code will no longer work. +% +% Redefine to allow hyperlinks: \renewcommand{\glsXpageXglsnumberformat}[2]{% + % remember that #2 is in the form \tallynum {n} + % so this does \linkpagenumber\tallynum{n} \linkpagenumber#2% } @@ -32310,13 +32677,15 @@ description=man-eating giant} \textbf{\em\linkpagenumber#2}% } -\newcommand{\linkpagenumber}[3]{\hyperlink{page.#3}{#1#2{#3}}} +% Syntax: \linkpagenumber\tallynum{page number} +% This creates hyperlink to the given page. +\newcommand{\linkpagenumber}[2]{\hyperlink{page.#2}{#1{#2}}} - % Define glossary entries - % \glshyperlink is used instead of \gls to prevent the glossary - % page numbers also appear in the locations, however I need - % to ensure that the referenced entries are added to the - % glossary via commands that use \glslink, \glsadd or \glssee +% Define glossary entries +% \glshyperlink is used instead of \gls to prevent the glossary +% page numbers also appear in the locations, however I need +% to ensure that the referenced entries are added to the +% glossary via commands that use \glslink, \glsadd or \glssee \newglossaryentry{mcadam}{name={McAdam, John Loudon}, first={John Loudon McAdam},text={McAdam}, @@ -32357,14 +32726,14 @@ description={A nonparametric test introduced by \newglossaryentry{mach}{name={Mach, Ernst}, first={Ernst Mach},text={Mach}, - % if using samplexdy-mc.xdy, the following line is needed - % to prevent this entry being put in the "Mc" group +% if using samplexdy-mc.xdy, the following line is needed +% to prevent this entry being put in the "Mc" group sort={mach, Ernst}, description={Czech/Austrian physicist and philosopher}} \newglossaryentry{machnumber}{name={Mach number}, - % if using samplexdy-mc.xdy, the following line is needed - % to prevent this entry being put in the "Mc" group +% if using samplexdy-mc.xdy, the following line is needed +% to prevent this entry being put in the "Mc" group sort={mach number}, description={Ratio of the speed of a body in a fluid to the speed of sound in that fluid named after \gls{mach}}} @@ -32438,7 +32807,8 @@ several pages. This paragraph has been shoved to the bottom of the page using a rule. This paragraph spans a page break for testing purposes to ensure the glossary entry in this paragraph has the correct location. Here's -the glossary entry: \gls{gaussianfn}. +the glossary entry: \gls{gaussianfn}. Check that the location is +correct. This page talks about \glspl[format=hyperbfit]{gaussianint}. Since it's the principle definition, the user-defined hyperbfit format is @@ -32474,6 +32844,7 @@ This page discusses \gls{mcnemar} who introduced \printglossaries \end{document} +%COMMENT % \end{macrocode} %\fi %\iffalse @@ -32570,6 +32941,286 @@ brackets. %\fi %\iffalse % \begin{macrocode} +%<*samplexdy3.tex> +% \end{macrocode} +%\fi +%\iffalse +% \begin{macrocode} + % This file is public domain. + % + % This is a sample document illustrating how to use the + % glossaries package with xindy. To create the document: + % + % latex samplexdy + % makeglossaries samplexdy + % latex samplexdy + % + % If you don't have Perl installed, then use one of the + % following instead of makeglossaries: + % + % If you want to have a separate "Mc" letter group do: + % + % xindy -I xindy -M samplexdy-mc -t samplexdy.glg -o samplexdy.gls samplexdy.glo + % + % Otherwise do: + % + % xindy -L english -C utf8 -I xindy -M samplexdy -t samplexdy.glg -o samplexdy.gls samplexdy.glo + % + % If you want to use arara, you need the following directives: + % arara: pdflatex: { synctex: on } + % arara: makeglossaries + % arara: pdflatex: { synctex: on } + \documentclass{article} + +\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc} +\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} +\usepackage{fmtcount}[2017/09/16] + +\usepackage[colorlinks,plainpages]{hyperref} +\usepackage[xindy,style=altlistgroup]{glossaries} + + % Define a new command to do bold italic: + +\newcommand*{\hyperbfit}[1]{\textit{\hyperbf{#1}}} + + % Need to add this to the list of attributes in order + % to use it with xindy: + % (This command will have no effect if \noist is used) + +\GlsAddXdyAttribute{hyperbfit} + + % Redefine the page numbers so that they appear as a word: + + \renewcommand*{\thepage}{\texorpdfstring{\Numberstring{page}}{\arabic{page}}} + + % Need to add this to the list of location styles. + % \Numberstring{page} (with fmtcount.sty v3.04) gets expanded to + % \Numberstringnum {<n>} (where <n> is the page number) + % so need to define the location in that format: + % (This command will have no effect if \noist is used) + +\GlsAddXdyLocation{Numberstring}{:sep "\string\Numberstringnum\space\glsopenbrace" + "arabic-numbers" :sep "\glsclosebrace"} + + % (Need to redefine \glsXpageXhyperbfit and + % \glsXpageXglsnumberformat after \makeglossaries to get the + % hyperlinks working correctly.) + + % To have Mc as a separate group uncomment the following three + % lines: + + %\setStyleFile{samplexdy-mc} % note no extension + %\noist + %\GlsSetXdyLanguage{} + + % The above three lines specify to use samplexdy-mc.xdy (supplied + % with this file) and don't overwrite it. The language is + % unset using \GlsSetXdyLanguage{} as all the language + % dependent information is contained in samplexdy-mc.xdy + % Note that using \noist means that commands like + % \GlsAddXdyAttribute and \GlsAddXdyLocation will no longer have + % an effect. + + % Write the style file (if \noist isn't used) + % and activate glossary entries + +\makeglossaries + + % Each page location will be specified in the form: + % + % "\glsXpageXglsnumberformat{}{\Numberstringnum "\marg{n}"}" + % or + % "\glsXpageXhyperbfit{}{\Numberstringnum "\marg{n}"}" + % + % Redefine to allow hyperlinks: + +\renewcommand{\glsXpageXglsnumberformat}[2]{% + \linkpagenumber#2% +} + +\renewcommand{\glsXpageXhyperbfit}[2]{% + \textbf{\em\linkpagenumber#2}% +} + + % The arguments of \linkpagenumber will be + % #1 -> \Numberstringnum + % #2 -> n + % This means that the page number (n) can be used to + % form the hyperlink target. +\newcommand{\linkpagenumber}[2]{\hyperlink{page.#2}{#1{#2}}} + + % Define glossary entries + % \glshyperlink is used instead of \gls to prevent the glossary + % page numbers also appear in the locations, however I need + % to ensure that the referenced entries are added to the + % glossary via commands that use \glslink, \glsadd or \glssee + +\newglossaryentry{mcadam}{name={McAdam, John Loudon}, +first={John Loudon McAdam},text={McAdam}, +description={Scottish engineer}} + +\newglossaryentry{maclaurin}{name={Maclaurin, Colin}, +first={Colin Maclaurin},text={Maclaurin}, +description={Scottish mathematician best known for the +\gls{maclaurinseries}}} + +\newglossaryentry{maclaurinseries}{name={Maclaurin series}, +description={Series expansion},see={taylorstheorem}} + +\newglossaryentry{taylorstheorem}{name={Taylor's theorem}, +description={Theorem expressing a function $f(x)$ as the sum of +a polynomial and a remainder: +\[f(x) = f(a)+f'(a)(x-a)+f''(a)(x-a^2)/2!+\cdots+R_n\] +If $n\to\infty$ the expansion is a \glshyperlink{taylorseries} +and if $a=0$, the series is called a +\gls{maclaurinseries}}} + +\newglossaryentry{taylorseries}{name={Taylor series}, +description={Series expansion},see={taylorstheorem}} + +\newglossaryentry{taylor}{name={Taylor, Brook}, +first={Brook Taylor},text={Taylor}, +description={English mathematician}} + +\newglossaryentry{mcnemar}{name={McNemar, Quinn}, +first={Quinn McNemar},text={McNemar}, +description={Mathematician who introduced +\gls{mcnemarstest}. This entry has the number list +suppressed},nonumberlist} + +\newglossaryentry{mcnemarstest}{name={McNemar's test}, +description={A nonparametric test introduced by +\gls{mcnemar} in 1947}} + +\newglossaryentry{mach}{name={Mach, Ernst}, +first={Ernst Mach},text={Mach}, + % if using samplexdy-mc.xdy, the following line is needed + % to prevent this entry being put in the "Mc" group +sort={mach, Ernst}, +description={Czech/Austrian physicist and philosopher}} + +\newglossaryentry{machnumber}{name={Mach number}, + % if using samplexdy-mc.xdy, the following line is needed + % to prevent this entry being put in the "Mc" group +sort={mach number}, +description={Ratio of the speed of a body in a fluid to the +speed of sound in that fluid named after \gls{mach}}} + +\newglossaryentry{malthus}{name={Malthus, Thomas Robert}, +first={Thomas Robert Malthus},text={Malthus}, +description={English mathematician, sociologist and classicist}} + +\newglossaryentry{ampereandre}{name={Ampère, André-Marie}, +first={André-Marie Ampère},text={Ampère}, +description={French mathematician and physicist}} + +\newglossaryentry{ampere}{name={ampere}, +description={SI unit of electric current named after +\gls{ampereandre}}} + +\newglossaryentry{archimedes}{name={Archimedes of Syracuse}, +first={Archimedes of Syracuse},text={Archimedes}, +description={Greek mathematician}} + +\newglossaryentry{archimedesprinciple}{name={Archimedes' principle}, +description={Principle that if a body is submerged in a fluid +it experiences upthrust equal to the weight of the displaced +fluid. Named after \gls{archimedes}}} + +\newglossaryentry{galton}{name={Galton, Sir Francis}, +first={Sir Francis Galton},text={Galton}, +description={English anthropologist}} + +\newglossaryentry{gauss}{name={Gauss, Karl Friedrich}, +first={Karl Friedrich Gauss},text={Gauss}, +description={German mathematician}} + +\newglossaryentry{gaussianint}{name={Gaussian integer}, +description={Complex number where both real and imaginary +parts are integers}} + +\newglossaryentry{gaussianfn}{name={Gaussian function}, + description={A function of the form: + \[f(x) = a \exp\left(-\frac{(x-b)^2}{2c^2}\right)\] + for some constants $a$, $b$ and $c$}} + +\newglossaryentry{peano}{name={Peano, Giuseppe}, +first={Giuseppe Peano},text={Peano}, +description={Italian mathematician}} + +\newglossaryentry{peanoscurve}{name={Peano's curve}, +description={A space-filling curve discovered by +\gls{peano}}} + +\newglossaryentry{pearson}{name={Pearson, Karl}, +first={Karl Pearson},text={Pearson}, +description={English mathematician}} + +\newglossaryentry{pearspmcc}{name={Pearson's product moment +correlation coefficient},description={Product moment correlation +coefficient named after \gls{pearson}}} + +\begin{document} +\title{Sample Document Using the Glossaries Package With Xindy} +\author{Nicola Talbot} +\maketitle + +\section{\glsentryfirst{gauss}} + +This is a section on +\gls[format=(]{gauss}. This section spans +several pages. + +\rule{1pt}{0.6\textheight} + +This paragraph has been shoved to the bottom of the page using a rule. +This paragraph spans a page break for testing purposes to ensure the +glossary entry in this paragraph has the correct location. Here's +the glossary entry: \gls{gaussianfn}. + +This page talks about \glspl[format=hyperbfit]{gaussianint}. Since +it's the principle definition, the user-defined hyperbfit format is +used. + +\newpage + +The section on \gls[format=)]{gauss} ends here. + +\section{Series Expansions} + +This section is about series expansions. It mentions +\gls{maclaurin} and \gls{taylor}. It also discusses +\gls{taylorstheorem} which is related to the \gls{taylorseries}. +The \gls{maclaurinseries} is a special case of the +\gls{taylorseries}. + +\section{\glsentryname{archimedesprinciple}} + +This section discusses \gls{archimedesprinciple} which was +introduced by \gls{archimedes}. + +\section{Another section} + +This section covers \gls{mach} who introduced the \gls{machnumber}. +It also mentions \gls{ampereandre} after whom the +SI unit \gls{ampere} is named. It then discusses \gls{galton} +and \gls{malthus}. Finally it mentions \gls{mcadam}. + +\newpage +This page discusses \gls{mcnemar} who introduced +\gls{mcnemarstest} and \gls{peano} who discovered \gls{peanoscurve}. + +\printglossaries +\end{document} +% \end{macrocode} +%\fi +%\iffalse +% \begin{macrocode} +%</samplexdy3.tex> +% \end{macrocode} +%\fi +%\iffalse +% \begin{macrocode} %<*mwe-acr-desc.tex> % \end{macrocode} %\fi diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/glossaries/glossaries.ins b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/glossaries/glossaries.ins index d2e8cd8f533..de0351dc47f 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/glossaries/glossaries.ins +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/glossaries/glossaries.ins @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -% glossaries.ins generated using makedtx version 1.2 2017/8/24 11:10 +% glossaries.ins generated using makedtx version 1.2 2017/9/21 0:28 \input docstrip \preamble @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ The Current Maintainer of this work is Nicola Talbot. - This work consists of the files glossaries.dtx and glossaries.ins and the derived files glossaries.sty, glossaries-prefix.sty, glossary-hypernav.sty, glossary-inline.sty, glossary-list.sty, glossary-long.sty, glossary-longbooktabs.sty, glossary-longragged.sty, glossary-mcols.sty, glossary-super.sty, glossary-superragged.sty, glossary-tree.sty, glossaries-compatible-207.sty, glossaries-compatible-307.sty, glossaries-accsupp.sty, glossaries-babel.sty, glossaries-polyglossia.sty, minimalgls.tex, glossary-lipsum-examples.tex, example-glossaries-acronym-desc.tex, example-glossaries-acronym.tex, example-glossaries-acronyms-lang.tex, example-glossaries-brief.tex, example-glossaries-childnoname.tex, example-glossaries-cite.tex, example-glossaries-images.tex, example-glossaries-long.tex, example-glossaries-multipar.tex, example-glossaries-parent.tex, example-glossaries-symbols.tex, example-glossaries-url.tex, sample-chap-hyperfirst.tex, sample-crossref.tex, sample-custom-acronym.tex, sample-dot-abbr.tex, sample-dual.tex, sample-entrycount.tex, sample-entryfmt.tex, sample-FnDesc.tex, sample-font-abbr.tex, sample-ignored.tex, sample-index.tex, sample-inline.tex, sample-langdict.tex, sample-newkeys.tex, sample-noidxapp-utf8.tex, sample-noidxapp.tex, sample-nomathhyper.tex, sample-numberlist.tex, sample-prefix.tex, sample-si.tex, sample-storage-abbr-desc.tex, sample-storage-abbr.tex, sample.tex, sample4col.tex, sampleaccsupp.tex, sampleAcr.tex, sampleAcrDesc.tex, sampleacronyms.tex, sampleCustomAcr.tex, sampleDB.tex, sampleDesc.tex, sampleEq.tex, sampleEqPg.tex, sampleFnAcrDesc.tex, sampleNtn.tex, samplePeople.tex, sampleSec.tex, sampleSort.tex, sampletree.tex, sampleutf8.tex, samplexdy.tex, samplexdy2.tex, mwe-acr-desc.tex, mwe-acr.tex, mwe-gls.tex, samplexdy-mc.xdy, samplexdy-mc207.xdy, database1.tex, database2.tex, glossaries.perl. + This work consists of the files glossaries.dtx and glossaries.ins and the derived files glossaries.sty, glossaries-prefix.sty, glossary-hypernav.sty, glossary-inline.sty, glossary-list.sty, glossary-long.sty, glossary-longbooktabs.sty, glossary-longragged.sty, glossary-mcols.sty, glossary-super.sty, glossary-superragged.sty, glossary-tree.sty, glossaries-compatible-207.sty, glossaries-compatible-307.sty, glossaries-accsupp.sty, glossaries-babel.sty, glossaries-polyglossia.sty, minimalgls.tex, glossary-lipsum-examples.tex, example-glossaries-acronym-desc.tex, example-glossaries-acronym.tex, example-glossaries-acronyms-lang.tex, example-glossaries-brief.tex, example-glossaries-childnoname.tex, example-glossaries-cite.tex, example-glossaries-images.tex, example-glossaries-long.tex, example-glossaries-multipar.tex, example-glossaries-parent.tex, example-glossaries-symbolnames.tex, example-glossaries-symbols.tex, example-glossaries-url.tex, sample-chap-hyperfirst.tex, sample-crossref.tex, sample-custom-acronym.tex, sample-dot-abbr.tex, sample-dual.tex, sample-entrycount.tex, sample-entryfmt.tex, sample-FnDesc.tex, sample-font-abbr.tex, sample-ignored.tex, sample-index.tex, sample-inline.tex, sample-langdict.tex, sample-newkeys.tex, sample-noidxapp-utf8.tex, sample-noidxapp.tex, sample-nomathhyper.tex, sample-numberlist.tex, sample-prefix.tex, sample-si.tex, sample-storage-abbr-desc.tex, sample-storage-abbr.tex, sample.tex, sample4col.tex, sampleaccsupp.tex, sampleAcr.tex, sampleAcrDesc.tex, sampleacronyms.tex, sampleCustomAcr.tex, sampleDB.tex, sampleDesc.tex, sampleEq.tex, sampleEqPg.tex, sampleFnAcrDesc.tex, sampleNtn.tex, samplePeople.tex, sampleSec.tex, sampleSort.tex, sampletree.tex, sampleutf8.tex, samplexdy.tex, samplexdy2.tex, samplexdy3.tex, mwe-acr-desc.tex, mwe-acr.tex, mwe-gls.tex, samplexdy-mc.xdy, samplexdy-mc207.xdy, database1.tex, database2.tex, glossaries.perl. \endpreamble @@ -70,6 +70,7 @@ \file{example-glossaries-long.tex}{\nopreamble\nopostamble\from{glossaries.dtx}{example-glossaries-long.tex}} \file{example-glossaries-multipar.tex}{\nopreamble\nopostamble\from{glossaries.dtx}{example-glossaries-multipar.tex}} \file{example-glossaries-parent.tex}{\nopreamble\nopostamble\from{glossaries.dtx}{example-glossaries-parent.tex}} +\file{example-glossaries-symbolnames.tex}{\nopreamble\nopostamble\from{glossaries.dtx}{example-glossaries-symbolnames.tex}} \file{example-glossaries-symbols.tex}{\nopreamble\nopostamble\from{glossaries.dtx}{example-glossaries-symbols.tex}} \file{example-glossaries-url.tex}{\nopreamble\nopostamble\from{glossaries.dtx}{example-glossaries-url.tex}} \file{sample-chap-hyperfirst.tex}{\nopreamble\nopostamble\from{glossaries.dtx}{sample-chap-hyperfirst.tex}} @@ -114,6 +115,7 @@ \file{sampleutf8.tex}{\nopreamble\nopostamble\from{glossaries.dtx}{sampleutf8.tex}} \file{samplexdy.tex}{\nopreamble\nopostamble\from{glossaries.dtx}{samplexdy.tex}} \file{samplexdy2.tex}{\nopreamble\nopostamble\from{glossaries.dtx}{samplexdy2.tex}} +\file{samplexdy3.tex}{\nopreamble\nopostamble\from{glossaries.dtx}{samplexdy3.tex}} \file{mwe-acr-desc.tex}{\nopreamble\nopostamble\from{glossaries.dtx}{mwe-acr-desc.tex}} \file{mwe-acr.tex}{\nopreamble\nopostamble\from{glossaries.dtx}{mwe-acr.tex}} \file{mwe-gls.tex}{\nopreamble\nopostamble\from{glossaries.dtx}{mwe-gls.tex}} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/glossaries/makeglossaries-lite.pod b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/glossaries/makeglossaries-lite.pod new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..9d0bbe4d47e --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/glossaries/makeglossaries-lite.pod @@ -0,0 +1,120 @@ +=head1 NAME + +makeglossaries-lite - Calls makeindex/xindy for LaTeX documents using glossaries package + +=head1 SYNOPSIS + +B<makeglossaries> [B<-o> I<file>] [B<-q>] [B<-n>] +[B<-s> I<file>] [B<-t> I<file>] [B<-L> I<language>] [B<-c>] [B<-g>] +[B<-l>] [B<-p> I<num>] [B<-r>] [B<-m> I<file>] [B<-x> I<file>] +[B<--version>] [B<--help>] I<basename> + +=head1 DESCRIPTION + +B<makeglossaries-lite> is cut-down Lua alternative to the +B<makeglossaries> Perl script. It's designed for use with LaTeX documents that +use the glossaries package. Some options that are available to +B<makeglossaries> aren't available with B<makeglossaries-lite>. +The mandatory argument I<basename> should +be the name of the LaTeX document without the .tex extension. +B<makeglossaries-lite> will read the auxiliary file to determine whether +B<makeindex> or B<xindy> should be called. All the information +required to be passed to the relevant indexing application should +also be contained in the auxiliary file, but may be overridden by +the option arguments to B<makeglossaries-lite>. + +=head1 OPTIONS + +=over 4 + +=item B<-q> + +Quiet mode. Reduces chatter to standard output. + +=item B<-n> + +Print the commands that would normally be executed but don't run +them. + +=item B<-o> I<file> + +Use I<file> as the output file. (Only suitable for documents +containing a single glossary, otherwise each glossary will be +overridden.) + +=item B<-s> I<file> + +Use I<file> as the style file. Note that if you use this option, +you need to know whether B<makeindex> or B<xindy> will be called, as +they have different style files. + +=item B<-t> I<file> + +Use I<file> as the transcript file. + +=item B<-l> + +Letter ordering. + +=item B<-L> I<language> + +This option only has an effect if B<xindy> is called. Sets the +language. See B<xindy> documentation for further details. + +=item B<-c> + +Compress intermediate blanks (B<makeindex> only). + +=item B<-g> + +Employ German word ordering (B<makeindex> only). + +=item B<-p> I<num> + +Sets the starting page number to be I<num> (B<makeindex> only). + +=item B<-r> + +Disable implicit page range formation (B<makeindex> only). + +=item B<-m> I<file> + +Specify the full path name for B<makeindex> to I<file> in the +event that B<makeindex> isn't on the operating system's path. + +=item B<-x> I<file> + +Specify the full path name for B<xindy> to I<file> in the +event that B<xindy> isn't on the operating system's path. + +=item B<--version> + +Prints version number and exits. + +=item B<--help> + +Prints help message and exits. + +=back + +=head1 REQUIRES + +texlua and makeindex or xindy (depending on glossaries package options). + +=head1 LICENSE + +This is free software distributed under the LaTeX Project Public +License. There is NO WARRANTY. +See L<http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt> for details. + +=head1 AUTHOR + +Nicola L. C. Talbot, +L<http://www.dickimaw-books.com/> + +=head1 RECOMMENDED READING + +The glossaries manual: + + texdoc glossaries +=cut diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/base/glossaries-babel.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/base/glossaries-babel.sty index 463477f539c..983c49fdd49 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/base/glossaries-babel.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/base/glossaries-babel.sty @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ %% %% The Current Maintainer of this work is Nicola Talbot. %% -%% This work consists of the files glossaries.dtx and glossaries.ins and the derived files glossaries.sty, glossaries-prefix.sty, glossary-hypernav.sty, glossary-inline.sty, glossary-list.sty, glossary-long.sty, glossary-longbooktabs.sty, glossary-longragged.sty, glossary-mcols.sty, glossary-super.sty, glossary-superragged.sty, glossary-tree.sty, glossaries-compatible-207.sty, glossaries-compatible-307.sty, glossaries-accsupp.sty, glossaries-babel.sty, glossaries-polyglossia.sty, minimalgls.tex, glossary-lipsum-examples.tex, example-glossaries-acronym-desc.tex, example-glossaries-acronym.tex, example-glossaries-acronyms-lang.tex, example-glossaries-brief.tex, example-glossaries-childnoname.tex, example-glossaries-cite.tex, example-glossaries-images.tex, example-glossaries-long.tex, example-glossaries-multipar.tex, example-glossaries-parent.tex, example-glossaries-symbols.tex, example-glossaries-url.tex, sample-chap-hyperfirst.tex, sample-crossref.tex, sample-custom-acronym.tex, sample-dot-abbr.tex, sample-dual.tex, sample-entrycount.tex, sample-entryfmt.tex, sample-FnDesc.tex, sample-font-abbr.tex, sample-ignored.tex, sample-index.tex, sample-inline.tex, sample-langdict.tex, sample-newkeys.tex, sample-noidxapp-utf8.tex, sample-noidxapp.tex, sample-nomathhyper.tex, sample-numberlist.tex, sample-prefix.tex, sample-si.tex, sample-storage-abbr-desc.tex, sample-storage-abbr.tex, sample.tex, sample4col.tex, sampleaccsupp.tex, sampleAcr.tex, sampleAcrDesc.tex, sampleacronyms.tex, sampleCustomAcr.tex, sampleDB.tex, sampleDesc.tex, sampleEq.tex, sampleEqPg.tex, sampleFnAcrDesc.tex, sampleNtn.tex, samplePeople.tex, sampleSec.tex, sampleSort.tex, sampletree.tex, sampleutf8.tex, samplexdy.tex, samplexdy2.tex, mwe-acr-desc.tex, mwe-acr.tex, mwe-gls.tex, samplexdy-mc.xdy, samplexdy-mc207.xdy, database1.tex, database2.tex, glossaries.perl. +%% This work consists of the files glossaries.dtx and glossaries.ins and the derived files glossaries.sty, glossaries-prefix.sty, glossary-hypernav.sty, glossary-inline.sty, glossary-list.sty, glossary-long.sty, glossary-longbooktabs.sty, glossary-longragged.sty, glossary-mcols.sty, glossary-super.sty, glossary-superragged.sty, glossary-tree.sty, glossaries-compatible-207.sty, glossaries-compatible-307.sty, glossaries-accsupp.sty, glossaries-babel.sty, glossaries-polyglossia.sty, minimalgls.tex, glossary-lipsum-examples.tex, example-glossaries-acronym-desc.tex, example-glossaries-acronym.tex, example-glossaries-acronyms-lang.tex, example-glossaries-brief.tex, example-glossaries-childnoname.tex, example-glossaries-cite.tex, example-glossaries-images.tex, example-glossaries-long.tex, example-glossaries-multipar.tex, example-glossaries-parent.tex, example-glossaries-symbolnames.tex, example-glossaries-symbols.tex, example-glossaries-url.tex, sample-chap-hyperfirst.tex, sample-crossref.tex, sample-custom-acronym.tex, sample-dot-abbr.tex, sample-dual.tex, sample-entrycount.tex, sample-entryfmt.tex, sample-FnDesc.tex, sample-font-abbr.tex, sample-ignored.tex, sample-index.tex, sample-inline.tex, sample-langdict.tex, sample-newkeys.tex, sample-noidxapp-utf8.tex, sample-noidxapp.tex, sample-nomathhyper.tex, sample-numberlist.tex, sample-prefix.tex, sample-si.tex, sample-storage-abbr-desc.tex, sample-storage-abbr.tex, sample.tex, sample4col.tex, sampleaccsupp.tex, sampleAcr.tex, sampleAcrDesc.tex, sampleacronyms.tex, sampleCustomAcr.tex, sampleDB.tex, sampleDesc.tex, sampleEq.tex, sampleEqPg.tex, sampleFnAcrDesc.tex, sampleNtn.tex, samplePeople.tex, sampleSec.tex, sampleSort.tex, sampletree.tex, sampleutf8.tex, samplexdy.tex, samplexdy2.tex, samplexdy3.tex, mwe-acr-desc.tex, mwe-acr.tex, mwe-gls.tex, samplexdy-mc.xdy, samplexdy-mc207.xdy, database1.tex, database2.tex, glossaries.perl. %% %% \CharacterTable %% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ %% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \| %% Right brace \} Tilde \~} \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} -\ProvidesPackage{glossaries-babel}[2017/08/24 v4.32 (NLCT)] +\ProvidesPackage{glossaries-babel}[2017/09/20 v4.33 (NLCT)] \RequirePackage{tracklang} \let\glsifusetranslator\@secondoftwo \AnyTrackedLanguages diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/base/glossaries-compatible-207.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/base/glossaries-compatible-207.sty index a97be1f0532..4fd5b7c5b80 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/base/glossaries-compatible-207.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/base/glossaries-compatible-207.sty @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ %% %% The Current Maintainer of this work is Nicola Talbot. %% -%% This work consists of the files glossaries.dtx and glossaries.ins and the derived files glossaries.sty, glossaries-prefix.sty, glossary-hypernav.sty, glossary-inline.sty, glossary-list.sty, glossary-long.sty, glossary-longbooktabs.sty, glossary-longragged.sty, glossary-mcols.sty, glossary-super.sty, glossary-superragged.sty, glossary-tree.sty, glossaries-compatible-207.sty, glossaries-compatible-307.sty, glossaries-accsupp.sty, glossaries-babel.sty, glossaries-polyglossia.sty, minimalgls.tex, glossary-lipsum-examples.tex, example-glossaries-acronym-desc.tex, example-glossaries-acronym.tex, example-glossaries-acronyms-lang.tex, example-glossaries-brief.tex, example-glossaries-childnoname.tex, example-glossaries-cite.tex, example-glossaries-images.tex, example-glossaries-long.tex, example-glossaries-multipar.tex, example-glossaries-parent.tex, example-glossaries-symbols.tex, example-glossaries-url.tex, sample-chap-hyperfirst.tex, sample-crossref.tex, sample-custom-acronym.tex, sample-dot-abbr.tex, sample-dual.tex, sample-entrycount.tex, sample-entryfmt.tex, sample-FnDesc.tex, sample-font-abbr.tex, sample-ignored.tex, sample-index.tex, sample-inline.tex, sample-langdict.tex, sample-newkeys.tex, sample-noidxapp-utf8.tex, sample-noidxapp.tex, sample-nomathhyper.tex, sample-numberlist.tex, sample-prefix.tex, sample-si.tex, sample-storage-abbr-desc.tex, sample-storage-abbr.tex, sample.tex, sample4col.tex, sampleaccsupp.tex, sampleAcr.tex, sampleAcrDesc.tex, sampleacronyms.tex, sampleCustomAcr.tex, sampleDB.tex, sampleDesc.tex, sampleEq.tex, sampleEqPg.tex, sampleFnAcrDesc.tex, sampleNtn.tex, samplePeople.tex, sampleSec.tex, sampleSort.tex, sampletree.tex, sampleutf8.tex, samplexdy.tex, samplexdy2.tex, mwe-acr-desc.tex, mwe-acr.tex, mwe-gls.tex, samplexdy-mc.xdy, samplexdy-mc207.xdy, database1.tex, database2.tex, glossaries.perl. +%% This work consists of the files glossaries.dtx and glossaries.ins and the derived files glossaries.sty, glossaries-prefix.sty, glossary-hypernav.sty, glossary-inline.sty, glossary-list.sty, glossary-long.sty, glossary-longbooktabs.sty, glossary-longragged.sty, glossary-mcols.sty, glossary-super.sty, glossary-superragged.sty, glossary-tree.sty, glossaries-compatible-207.sty, glossaries-compatible-307.sty, glossaries-accsupp.sty, glossaries-babel.sty, glossaries-polyglossia.sty, minimalgls.tex, glossary-lipsum-examples.tex, example-glossaries-acronym-desc.tex, example-glossaries-acronym.tex, example-glossaries-acronyms-lang.tex, example-glossaries-brief.tex, example-glossaries-childnoname.tex, example-glossaries-cite.tex, example-glossaries-images.tex, example-glossaries-long.tex, example-glossaries-multipar.tex, example-glossaries-parent.tex, example-glossaries-symbolnames.tex, example-glossaries-symbols.tex, example-glossaries-url.tex, sample-chap-hyperfirst.tex, sample-crossref.tex, sample-custom-acronym.tex, sample-dot-abbr.tex, sample-dual.tex, sample-entrycount.tex, sample-entryfmt.tex, sample-FnDesc.tex, sample-font-abbr.tex, sample-ignored.tex, sample-index.tex, sample-inline.tex, sample-langdict.tex, sample-newkeys.tex, sample-noidxapp-utf8.tex, sample-noidxapp.tex, sample-nomathhyper.tex, sample-numberlist.tex, sample-prefix.tex, sample-si.tex, sample-storage-abbr-desc.tex, sample-storage-abbr.tex, sample.tex, sample4col.tex, sampleaccsupp.tex, sampleAcr.tex, sampleAcrDesc.tex, sampleacronyms.tex, sampleCustomAcr.tex, sampleDB.tex, sampleDesc.tex, sampleEq.tex, sampleEqPg.tex, sampleFnAcrDesc.tex, sampleNtn.tex, samplePeople.tex, sampleSec.tex, sampleSort.tex, sampletree.tex, sampleutf8.tex, samplexdy.tex, samplexdy2.tex, samplexdy3.tex, mwe-acr-desc.tex, mwe-acr.tex, mwe-gls.tex, samplexdy-mc.xdy, samplexdy-mc207.xdy, database1.tex, database2.tex, glossaries.perl. %% %% \CharacterTable %% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ %% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \| %% Right brace \} Tilde \~} \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} -\ProvidesPackage{glossaries-compatible-207}[2017/08/24 v4.32 (NLCT)] +\ProvidesPackage{glossaries-compatible-207}[2017/09/20 v4.33 (NLCT)] \ifglsxindy \renewcommand*\GlsAddXdyAttribute[1]{% \edef\@xdyattributes{\@xdyattributes ^^J \string"#1\string"}% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/base/glossaries-compatible-307.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/base/glossaries-compatible-307.sty index 6251dbad500..305d0aeffcf 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/base/glossaries-compatible-307.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/base/glossaries-compatible-307.sty @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ %% %% The Current Maintainer of this work is Nicola Talbot. %% -%% This work consists of the files glossaries.dtx and glossaries.ins and the derived files glossaries.sty, glossaries-prefix.sty, glossary-hypernav.sty, glossary-inline.sty, glossary-list.sty, glossary-long.sty, glossary-longbooktabs.sty, glossary-longragged.sty, glossary-mcols.sty, glossary-super.sty, glossary-superragged.sty, glossary-tree.sty, glossaries-compatible-207.sty, glossaries-compatible-307.sty, glossaries-accsupp.sty, glossaries-babel.sty, glossaries-polyglossia.sty, minimalgls.tex, glossary-lipsum-examples.tex, example-glossaries-acronym-desc.tex, example-glossaries-acronym.tex, example-glossaries-acronyms-lang.tex, example-glossaries-brief.tex, example-glossaries-childnoname.tex, example-glossaries-cite.tex, example-glossaries-images.tex, example-glossaries-long.tex, example-glossaries-multipar.tex, example-glossaries-parent.tex, example-glossaries-symbols.tex, example-glossaries-url.tex, sample-chap-hyperfirst.tex, sample-crossref.tex, sample-custom-acronym.tex, sample-dot-abbr.tex, sample-dual.tex, sample-entrycount.tex, sample-entryfmt.tex, sample-FnDesc.tex, sample-font-abbr.tex, sample-ignored.tex, sample-index.tex, sample-inline.tex, sample-langdict.tex, sample-newkeys.tex, sample-noidxapp-utf8.tex, sample-noidxapp.tex, sample-nomathhyper.tex, sample-numberlist.tex, sample-prefix.tex, sample-si.tex, sample-storage-abbr-desc.tex, sample-storage-abbr.tex, sample.tex, sample4col.tex, sampleaccsupp.tex, sampleAcr.tex, sampleAcrDesc.tex, sampleacronyms.tex, sampleCustomAcr.tex, sampleDB.tex, sampleDesc.tex, sampleEq.tex, sampleEqPg.tex, sampleFnAcrDesc.tex, sampleNtn.tex, samplePeople.tex, sampleSec.tex, sampleSort.tex, sampletree.tex, sampleutf8.tex, samplexdy.tex, samplexdy2.tex, mwe-acr-desc.tex, mwe-acr.tex, mwe-gls.tex, samplexdy-mc.xdy, samplexdy-mc207.xdy, database1.tex, database2.tex, glossaries.perl. +%% This work consists of the files glossaries.dtx and glossaries.ins and the derived files glossaries.sty, glossaries-prefix.sty, glossary-hypernav.sty, glossary-inline.sty, glossary-list.sty, glossary-long.sty, glossary-longbooktabs.sty, glossary-longragged.sty, glossary-mcols.sty, glossary-super.sty, glossary-superragged.sty, glossary-tree.sty, glossaries-compatible-207.sty, glossaries-compatible-307.sty, glossaries-accsupp.sty, glossaries-babel.sty, glossaries-polyglossia.sty, minimalgls.tex, glossary-lipsum-examples.tex, example-glossaries-acronym-desc.tex, example-glossaries-acronym.tex, example-glossaries-acronyms-lang.tex, example-glossaries-brief.tex, example-glossaries-childnoname.tex, example-glossaries-cite.tex, example-glossaries-images.tex, example-glossaries-long.tex, example-glossaries-multipar.tex, example-glossaries-parent.tex, example-glossaries-symbolnames.tex, example-glossaries-symbols.tex, example-glossaries-url.tex, sample-chap-hyperfirst.tex, sample-crossref.tex, sample-custom-acronym.tex, sample-dot-abbr.tex, sample-dual.tex, sample-entrycount.tex, sample-entryfmt.tex, sample-FnDesc.tex, sample-font-abbr.tex, sample-ignored.tex, sample-index.tex, sample-inline.tex, sample-langdict.tex, sample-newkeys.tex, sample-noidxapp-utf8.tex, sample-noidxapp.tex, sample-nomathhyper.tex, sample-numberlist.tex, sample-prefix.tex, sample-si.tex, sample-storage-abbr-desc.tex, sample-storage-abbr.tex, sample.tex, sample4col.tex, sampleaccsupp.tex, sampleAcr.tex, sampleAcrDesc.tex, sampleacronyms.tex, sampleCustomAcr.tex, sampleDB.tex, sampleDesc.tex, sampleEq.tex, sampleEqPg.tex, sampleFnAcrDesc.tex, sampleNtn.tex, samplePeople.tex, sampleSec.tex, sampleSort.tex, sampletree.tex, sampleutf8.tex, samplexdy.tex, samplexdy2.tex, samplexdy3.tex, mwe-acr-desc.tex, mwe-acr.tex, mwe-gls.tex, samplexdy-mc.xdy, samplexdy-mc207.xdy, database1.tex, database2.tex, glossaries.perl. %% %% \CharacterTable %% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ %% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \| %% Right brace \} Tilde \~} \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} -\ProvidesPackage{glossaries-compatible-307}[2017/08/24 v4.32 (NLCT)] +\ProvidesPackage{glossaries-compatible-307}[2017/09/20 v4.33 (NLCT)] \newcommand{\compatglossarystyle}[2]{% \ifcsundef{@glscompstyle@#1}% {% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/base/glossaries-polyglossia.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/base/glossaries-polyglossia.sty index d5aa06b1ae5..1b1cb673ba7 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/base/glossaries-polyglossia.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/base/glossaries-polyglossia.sty @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ %% %% The Current Maintainer of this work is Nicola Talbot. %% -%% This work consists of the files glossaries.dtx and glossaries.ins and the derived files glossaries.sty, glossaries-prefix.sty, glossary-hypernav.sty, glossary-inline.sty, glossary-list.sty, glossary-long.sty, glossary-longbooktabs.sty, glossary-longragged.sty, glossary-mcols.sty, glossary-super.sty, glossary-superragged.sty, glossary-tree.sty, glossaries-compatible-207.sty, glossaries-compatible-307.sty, glossaries-accsupp.sty, glossaries-babel.sty, glossaries-polyglossia.sty, minimalgls.tex, glossary-lipsum-examples.tex, example-glossaries-acronym-desc.tex, example-glossaries-acronym.tex, example-glossaries-acronyms-lang.tex, example-glossaries-brief.tex, example-glossaries-childnoname.tex, example-glossaries-cite.tex, example-glossaries-images.tex, example-glossaries-long.tex, example-glossaries-multipar.tex, example-glossaries-parent.tex, example-glossaries-symbols.tex, example-glossaries-url.tex, sample-chap-hyperfirst.tex, sample-crossref.tex, sample-custom-acronym.tex, sample-dot-abbr.tex, sample-dual.tex, sample-entrycount.tex, sample-entryfmt.tex, sample-FnDesc.tex, sample-font-abbr.tex, sample-ignored.tex, sample-index.tex, sample-inline.tex, sample-langdict.tex, sample-newkeys.tex, sample-noidxapp-utf8.tex, sample-noidxapp.tex, sample-nomathhyper.tex, sample-numberlist.tex, sample-prefix.tex, sample-si.tex, sample-storage-abbr-desc.tex, sample-storage-abbr.tex, sample.tex, sample4col.tex, sampleaccsupp.tex, sampleAcr.tex, sampleAcrDesc.tex, sampleacronyms.tex, sampleCustomAcr.tex, sampleDB.tex, sampleDesc.tex, sampleEq.tex, sampleEqPg.tex, sampleFnAcrDesc.tex, sampleNtn.tex, samplePeople.tex, sampleSec.tex, sampleSort.tex, sampletree.tex, sampleutf8.tex, samplexdy.tex, samplexdy2.tex, mwe-acr-desc.tex, mwe-acr.tex, mwe-gls.tex, samplexdy-mc.xdy, samplexdy-mc207.xdy, database1.tex, database2.tex, glossaries.perl. +%% This work consists of the files glossaries.dtx and glossaries.ins and the derived files glossaries.sty, glossaries-prefix.sty, glossary-hypernav.sty, glossary-inline.sty, glossary-list.sty, glossary-long.sty, glossary-longbooktabs.sty, glossary-longragged.sty, glossary-mcols.sty, glossary-super.sty, glossary-superragged.sty, glossary-tree.sty, glossaries-compatible-207.sty, glossaries-compatible-307.sty, glossaries-accsupp.sty, glossaries-babel.sty, glossaries-polyglossia.sty, minimalgls.tex, glossary-lipsum-examples.tex, example-glossaries-acronym-desc.tex, example-glossaries-acronym.tex, example-glossaries-acronyms-lang.tex, example-glossaries-brief.tex, example-glossaries-childnoname.tex, example-glossaries-cite.tex, example-glossaries-images.tex, example-glossaries-long.tex, example-glossaries-multipar.tex, example-glossaries-parent.tex, example-glossaries-symbolnames.tex, example-glossaries-symbols.tex, example-glossaries-url.tex, sample-chap-hyperfirst.tex, sample-crossref.tex, sample-custom-acronym.tex, sample-dot-abbr.tex, sample-dual.tex, sample-entrycount.tex, sample-entryfmt.tex, sample-FnDesc.tex, sample-font-abbr.tex, sample-ignored.tex, sample-index.tex, sample-inline.tex, sample-langdict.tex, sample-newkeys.tex, sample-noidxapp-utf8.tex, sample-noidxapp.tex, sample-nomathhyper.tex, sample-numberlist.tex, sample-prefix.tex, sample-si.tex, sample-storage-abbr-desc.tex, sample-storage-abbr.tex, sample.tex, sample4col.tex, sampleaccsupp.tex, sampleAcr.tex, sampleAcrDesc.tex, sampleacronyms.tex, sampleCustomAcr.tex, sampleDB.tex, sampleDesc.tex, sampleEq.tex, sampleEqPg.tex, sampleFnAcrDesc.tex, sampleNtn.tex, samplePeople.tex, sampleSec.tex, sampleSort.tex, sampletree.tex, sampleutf8.tex, samplexdy.tex, samplexdy2.tex, samplexdy3.tex, mwe-acr-desc.tex, mwe-acr.tex, mwe-gls.tex, samplexdy-mc.xdy, samplexdy-mc207.xdy, database1.tex, database2.tex, glossaries.perl. %% %% \CharacterTable %% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ %% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \| %% Right brace \} Tilde \~} \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} -\ProvidesPackage{glossaries-polyglossia}[2017/08/24 v4.32 (NLCT)] +\ProvidesPackage{glossaries-polyglossia}[2017/09/20 v4.33 (NLCT)] \RequirePackage{tracklang} \let\glsifusetranslator\@secondoftwo \AnyTrackedLanguages diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/base/glossaries-prefix.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/base/glossaries-prefix.sty index 4b0fda58799..683d06e7518 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/base/glossaries-prefix.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/base/glossaries-prefix.sty @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ %% %% The Current Maintainer of this work is Nicola Talbot. %% -%% This work consists of the files glossaries.dtx and glossaries.ins and the derived files glossaries.sty, glossaries-prefix.sty, glossary-hypernav.sty, glossary-inline.sty, glossary-list.sty, glossary-long.sty, glossary-longbooktabs.sty, glossary-longragged.sty, glossary-mcols.sty, glossary-super.sty, glossary-superragged.sty, glossary-tree.sty, glossaries-compatible-207.sty, glossaries-compatible-307.sty, glossaries-accsupp.sty, glossaries-babel.sty, glossaries-polyglossia.sty, minimalgls.tex, glossary-lipsum-examples.tex, example-glossaries-acronym-desc.tex, example-glossaries-acronym.tex, example-glossaries-acronyms-lang.tex, example-glossaries-brief.tex, example-glossaries-childnoname.tex, example-glossaries-cite.tex, example-glossaries-images.tex, example-glossaries-long.tex, example-glossaries-multipar.tex, example-glossaries-parent.tex, example-glossaries-symbols.tex, example-glossaries-url.tex, sample-chap-hyperfirst.tex, sample-crossref.tex, sample-custom-acronym.tex, sample-dot-abbr.tex, sample-dual.tex, sample-entrycount.tex, sample-entryfmt.tex, sample-FnDesc.tex, sample-font-abbr.tex, sample-ignored.tex, sample-index.tex, sample-inline.tex, sample-langdict.tex, sample-newkeys.tex, sample-noidxapp-utf8.tex, sample-noidxapp.tex, sample-nomathhyper.tex, sample-numberlist.tex, sample-prefix.tex, sample-si.tex, sample-storage-abbr-desc.tex, sample-storage-abbr.tex, sample.tex, sample4col.tex, sampleaccsupp.tex, sampleAcr.tex, sampleAcrDesc.tex, sampleacronyms.tex, sampleCustomAcr.tex, sampleDB.tex, sampleDesc.tex, sampleEq.tex, sampleEqPg.tex, sampleFnAcrDesc.tex, sampleNtn.tex, samplePeople.tex, sampleSec.tex, sampleSort.tex, sampletree.tex, sampleutf8.tex, samplexdy.tex, samplexdy2.tex, mwe-acr-desc.tex, mwe-acr.tex, mwe-gls.tex, samplexdy-mc.xdy, samplexdy-mc207.xdy, database1.tex, database2.tex, glossaries.perl. +%% This work consists of the files glossaries.dtx and glossaries.ins and the derived files glossaries.sty, glossaries-prefix.sty, glossary-hypernav.sty, glossary-inline.sty, glossary-list.sty, glossary-long.sty, glossary-longbooktabs.sty, glossary-longragged.sty, glossary-mcols.sty, glossary-super.sty, glossary-superragged.sty, glossary-tree.sty, glossaries-compatible-207.sty, glossaries-compatible-307.sty, glossaries-accsupp.sty, glossaries-babel.sty, glossaries-polyglossia.sty, minimalgls.tex, glossary-lipsum-examples.tex, example-glossaries-acronym-desc.tex, example-glossaries-acronym.tex, example-glossaries-acronyms-lang.tex, example-glossaries-brief.tex, example-glossaries-childnoname.tex, example-glossaries-cite.tex, example-glossaries-images.tex, example-glossaries-long.tex, example-glossaries-multipar.tex, example-glossaries-parent.tex, example-glossaries-symbolnames.tex, example-glossaries-symbols.tex, example-glossaries-url.tex, sample-chap-hyperfirst.tex, sample-crossref.tex, sample-custom-acronym.tex, sample-dot-abbr.tex, sample-dual.tex, sample-entrycount.tex, sample-entryfmt.tex, sample-FnDesc.tex, sample-font-abbr.tex, sample-ignored.tex, sample-index.tex, sample-inline.tex, sample-langdict.tex, sample-newkeys.tex, sample-noidxapp-utf8.tex, sample-noidxapp.tex, sample-nomathhyper.tex, sample-numberlist.tex, sample-prefix.tex, sample-si.tex, sample-storage-abbr-desc.tex, sample-storage-abbr.tex, sample.tex, sample4col.tex, sampleaccsupp.tex, sampleAcr.tex, sampleAcrDesc.tex, sampleacronyms.tex, sampleCustomAcr.tex, sampleDB.tex, sampleDesc.tex, sampleEq.tex, sampleEqPg.tex, sampleFnAcrDesc.tex, sampleNtn.tex, samplePeople.tex, sampleSec.tex, sampleSort.tex, sampletree.tex, sampleutf8.tex, samplexdy.tex, samplexdy2.tex, samplexdy3.tex, mwe-acr-desc.tex, mwe-acr.tex, mwe-gls.tex, samplexdy-mc.xdy, samplexdy-mc207.xdy, database1.tex, database2.tex, glossaries.perl. %% %% \CharacterTable %% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ %% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \| %% Right brace \} Tilde \~} \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} -\ProvidesPackage{glossaries-prefix}[2017/08/10 v4.31 (NLCT)] +\ProvidesPackage{glossaries-prefix}[2017/09/20 v4.33 (NLCT)] \DeclareOption*{\PassOptionsToPackage{\CurrentOption}{glossaries}} \ProcessOptions \RequirePackage{glossaries} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/base/glossaries.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/base/glossaries.sty index 490dc9f04b7..045b63c8ba8 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/base/glossaries.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/base/glossaries.sty @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ %% %% The Current Maintainer of this work is Nicola Talbot. %% -%% This work consists of the files glossaries.dtx and glossaries.ins and the derived files glossaries.sty, glossaries-prefix.sty, glossary-hypernav.sty, glossary-inline.sty, glossary-list.sty, glossary-long.sty, glossary-longbooktabs.sty, glossary-longragged.sty, glossary-mcols.sty, glossary-super.sty, glossary-superragged.sty, glossary-tree.sty, glossaries-compatible-207.sty, glossaries-compatible-307.sty, glossaries-accsupp.sty, glossaries-babel.sty, glossaries-polyglossia.sty, minimalgls.tex, glossary-lipsum-examples.tex, example-glossaries-acronym-desc.tex, example-glossaries-acronym.tex, example-glossaries-acronyms-lang.tex, example-glossaries-brief.tex, example-glossaries-childnoname.tex, example-glossaries-cite.tex, example-glossaries-images.tex, example-glossaries-long.tex, example-glossaries-multipar.tex, example-glossaries-parent.tex, example-glossaries-symbols.tex, example-glossaries-url.tex, sample-chap-hyperfirst.tex, sample-crossref.tex, sample-custom-acronym.tex, sample-dot-abbr.tex, sample-dual.tex, sample-entrycount.tex, sample-entryfmt.tex, sample-FnDesc.tex, sample-font-abbr.tex, sample-ignored.tex, sample-index.tex, sample-inline.tex, sample-langdict.tex, sample-newkeys.tex, sample-noidxapp-utf8.tex, sample-noidxapp.tex, sample-nomathhyper.tex, sample-numberlist.tex, sample-prefix.tex, sample-si.tex, sample-storage-abbr-desc.tex, sample-storage-abbr.tex, sample.tex, sample4col.tex, sampleaccsupp.tex, sampleAcr.tex, sampleAcrDesc.tex, sampleacronyms.tex, sampleCustomAcr.tex, sampleDB.tex, sampleDesc.tex, sampleEq.tex, sampleEqPg.tex, sampleFnAcrDesc.tex, sampleNtn.tex, samplePeople.tex, sampleSec.tex, sampleSort.tex, sampletree.tex, sampleutf8.tex, samplexdy.tex, samplexdy2.tex, mwe-acr-desc.tex, mwe-acr.tex, mwe-gls.tex, samplexdy-mc.xdy, samplexdy-mc207.xdy, database1.tex, database2.tex, glossaries.perl. +%% This work consists of the files glossaries.dtx and glossaries.ins and the derived files glossaries.sty, glossaries-prefix.sty, glossary-hypernav.sty, glossary-inline.sty, glossary-list.sty, glossary-long.sty, glossary-longbooktabs.sty, glossary-longragged.sty, glossary-mcols.sty, glossary-super.sty, glossary-superragged.sty, glossary-tree.sty, glossaries-compatible-207.sty, glossaries-compatible-307.sty, glossaries-accsupp.sty, glossaries-babel.sty, glossaries-polyglossia.sty, minimalgls.tex, glossary-lipsum-examples.tex, example-glossaries-acronym-desc.tex, example-glossaries-acronym.tex, example-glossaries-acronyms-lang.tex, example-glossaries-brief.tex, example-glossaries-childnoname.tex, example-glossaries-cite.tex, example-glossaries-images.tex, example-glossaries-long.tex, example-glossaries-multipar.tex, example-glossaries-parent.tex, example-glossaries-symbolnames.tex, example-glossaries-symbols.tex, example-glossaries-url.tex, sample-chap-hyperfirst.tex, sample-crossref.tex, sample-custom-acronym.tex, sample-dot-abbr.tex, sample-dual.tex, sample-entrycount.tex, sample-entryfmt.tex, sample-FnDesc.tex, sample-font-abbr.tex, sample-ignored.tex, sample-index.tex, sample-inline.tex, sample-langdict.tex, sample-newkeys.tex, sample-noidxapp-utf8.tex, sample-noidxapp.tex, sample-nomathhyper.tex, sample-numberlist.tex, sample-prefix.tex, sample-si.tex, sample-storage-abbr-desc.tex, sample-storage-abbr.tex, sample.tex, sample4col.tex, sampleaccsupp.tex, sampleAcr.tex, sampleAcrDesc.tex, sampleacronyms.tex, sampleCustomAcr.tex, sampleDB.tex, sampleDesc.tex, sampleEq.tex, sampleEqPg.tex, sampleFnAcrDesc.tex, sampleNtn.tex, samplePeople.tex, sampleSec.tex, sampleSort.tex, sampletree.tex, sampleutf8.tex, samplexdy.tex, samplexdy2.tex, samplexdy3.tex, mwe-acr-desc.tex, mwe-acr.tex, mwe-gls.tex, samplexdy-mc.xdy, samplexdy-mc207.xdy, database1.tex, database2.tex, glossaries.perl. %% %% \CharacterTable %% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ %% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \| %% Right brace \} Tilde \~} \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} -\ProvidesPackage{glossaries}[2017/08/24 v4.32 (NLCT)] +\ProvidesPackage{glossaries}[2017/09/20 v4.33 (NLCT)] \RequirePackage{ifthen} \RequirePackage{xkeyval}[2006/11/18] \RequirePackage{mfirstuc} @@ -102,10 +102,18 @@ \newcommand*{\@gls@see@noindex}{% \PackageError{glossaries}% {`\gls@xr@key' key may only be used after \string\makeglossaries\space - or \string\makenoidxglossaries}% + or \string\makenoidxglossaries\space (or move + \string\newglossaryentry\space + definitions into the preamble)}% {You must use \string\makeglossaries\space or \string\makenoidxglossaries\space before defining - any entries that have a `\gls@xr@key' key}% + any entries that have a `\gls@xr@key' key. It may + be that the `see' key has been written to the .glsdefs + file from the previous run, in which case you need to + move your definitions + to the preamble if you don't want to use + \string\makeglossaries\space + or \string\makenoidxglossaries}% } \define@choicekey{glossaries.sty}{seenoindex}[\val\nr]{error,warn,ignore}{% \ifcase\nr @@ -177,6 +185,8 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% \def\@glo@prefix{\glsnextpages}% }% } +\define@boolkey{glossaries.sty}[gls]{esclocations}[true]{} +\glsesclocationstrue \newcommand*{\@gls@loadlong}{\RequirePackage{glossary-long}} \@gls@declareoption{nolong}{\renewcommand*{\@gls@loadlong}{}} \IfFileExists{supertabular.sty}{% @@ -437,8 +447,19 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% \renewcommand*{\GlossariesWarning}[1]{}% \renewcommand*{\GlossariesWarningNoLine}[1]{}% \renewcommand*{\glosortentrieswarning}{}% + \renewcommand*{\@gls@missinglang@warn}[2]{}% \fi } +\newcommand*{\@gls@missinglang@warn}[2]{% + \PackageWarningNoLine{glossaries}% + {No language module detected for `#1'.\MessageBreak + Language modules need to be installed separately.\MessageBreak + Please check on CTAN for a bundle called\MessageBreak + `glossaries-#2' or similar}% +} +\@gls@declareoption{nolangwarn}{% + \renewcommand*{\@gls@missinglang@warn}[2]{}% +} \newcommand*{\@gls@warnonglossdefined}{% \GlossariesWarning{Overriding \string\printglossary}% } @@ -948,11 +969,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% \RequireGlossariesLang{\CurrentTrackedTag}% }% {% - \PackageWarningNoLine{glossaries}% - {No language module detected for `\this@dialect'.\MessageBreak - Language modules need to be installed separately.\MessageBreak - Please check on CTAN for a bundle called\MessageBreak - `glossaries-\CurrentTrackedLanguage' or similar}% + \@gls@missinglang@warn\this@dialect\CurrentTrackedLanguage }% }% }% @@ -1447,7 +1464,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% \string"2\string" \string"3\string" \string"4\string" \string"5\string" \string"6\string" \string"7\string" \string"8\string" \string"9\string")^^J\space\space\space - :before \string"\@glsfirstletter\string")} + \@xdynumbergrouporder)} \else \def\@xdylettergroups{} \fi @@ -4637,12 +4654,41 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{% \ifglsxindy \newcommand*{\@glsfirstletter}{A} \fi +\newcommand*{\GlsSetXdyFirstLetterAfterDigits}{% + \@ifstar\s@GlsSetXdyFirstLetterAfterDigits\@GlsSetXdyFirstLetterAfterDigits} \ifglsxindy - \newcommand*{\GlsSetXdyFirstLetterAfterDigits}[1]{% + \newcommand*{\@GlsSetXdyFirstLetterAfterDigits}[1]{% \renewcommand*{\@glsfirstletter}{#1}} + \newcommand*{\s@GlsSetXdyFirstLetterAfterDigits}[1]{% + \renewcommand*{\@glsfirstletter}{#1}% + \@onelevel@sanitize\@glsfirstletter + } \else - \newcommand*{\GlsSetXdyFirstLetterAfterDigits}[1]{% + \newcommand*{\@GlsSetXdyFirstLetterAfterDigits}[1]{% \glsnoxindywarning\GlsSetXdyFirstLetterAfterDigits} + \newcommand*{\s@GlsSetXdyFirstLetterAfterDigits}{% + \@GlsSetXdyFirstLetterAfterDigits + } +\fi +\ifglsxindy + \newcommand*{\@xdynumbergrouporder}{:before \string"\@glsfirstletter\string"} +\fi +\newcommand*{\GlsSetXdyNumberGroupOrder}[1]{% + \@ifstar\s@GlsSetXdyNumberGroupOrder\@GlsSetXdyNumberGroupOrder +} +\ifglsxindy + \newcommand*{\@GlsSetXdyNumberGroupOrder}[1]{% + \renewcommand*{\@xdynumbergrouporder}{#1}% + } + \newcommand*{\s@GlsSetXdyNumberGroupOrder}[1]{% + \renewcommand*{\@xdynumbergrouporder}{#1}% + \@onelevel@sanitize\@xdynumbergrouporder + } +\else + \newcommand*{\@GlsSetXdyNumberGroupOrder}[1]{% + \glsnoxindywarning\GlsSetXdyNumberGroupOrder} + \newcommand*{\s@GlsSetXdyNumberGroupOrder}{% + \@GlsSetXdyNumberGroupOrder} \fi \newcommand*{\@glsminrange}{2} \ifglsxindy @@ -5402,33 +5448,56 @@ you \newcommand{\@wrglossary@pageformat}[3]{% \ifx#3\c@page #1\else #2#3\fi } +\newcommand*{\@@do@wrglossary}[1]{% + \ifglsesclocations + \@@do@esc@wrglossary{#1}% + \else + \@@do@noesc@wrglossary{#1}% + \fi +} +\newcommand*{\@@do@noesc@wrglossary}[1]{% + \expandafter\def\expandafter\@glslocref\expandafter{\theglsentrycounter}% + \expandafter\def\expandafter\@glsHlocref\expandafter{\theHglsentrycounter}% + \ifx\@glsHlocref\@glslocref + \def\@glo@counterprefix{}% + \else + \protected@edef\@do@gls@getcounterprefix{\noexpand\@gls@getcounterprefix + {\@glslocref}{\@glsHlocref}% + }% + \@do@gls@getcounterprefix + \fi + \edef\@gls@label{\glsdetoklabel{#1}}% + \@@do@@wrglossary +} \newif\ifglswrallowprimitivemods \glswrallowprimitivemodstrue -\newcommand*{\@@do@wrglossary}[1]{% +\newcommand*{\@@do@esc@wrglossary}[1]{% please read documented code! \begingroup - \let\orgthe\the - \let\orgnumber\number - \let\orgarabic\@arabic - \let\orgromannumeral\romannumeral - \let\orgalph\@alph - \let\orgAlph\@Alph - \let\orgRoman\@Roman + \let\gls@orgthe\the + \let\gls@orgnumber\number + \let\gls@orgarabic\@arabic + \let\gls@orgromannumeral\romannumeral + \let\gls@orgalph\@alph + \let\gls@orgAlph\@Alph + \let\gls@orgRoman\@Roman \ifglswrallowprimitivemods - \def\the##1{% - \ifx##1\c@page \gls@numberpage\else\orgthe##1\fi}% - \def\number##1{% - \ifx##1\c@page \gls@numberpage\else\orgnumber##1\fi}% + \def\gls@the##1{% + \ifx##1\c@page \gls@numberpage\else\gls@orgthe##1\fi}% + \def\the{\expandafter\gls@the}% + \def\gls@number##1{% + \ifx##1\c@page \gls@numberpage\else\gls@orgnumber##1\fi}% + \def\number{\expandafter\gls@number}% \fi \def\@arabic##1{% - \ifx##1\c@page \gls@arabicpage\else\orgarabic##1\fi}% + \ifx##1\c@page \gls@arabicpage\else\gls@orgarabic##1\fi}% \def\romannumeral##1{% - \ifx##1\c@page \gls@romanpage\else\orgromannumeral##1\fi}% + \ifx##1\c@page \gls@romanpage\else\gls@orgromannumeral##1\fi}% \def\@Roman##1{% - \ifx##1\c@page \gls@Romanpage\else\orgRoman##1\fi}% + \ifx##1\c@page \gls@Romanpage\else\gls@orgRoman##1\fi}% \def\@alph##1{% - \ifx##1\c@page \gls@alphpage\else\orgalph##1\fi}% + \ifx##1\c@page \gls@alphpage\else\gls@orgalph##1\fi}% \def\@Alph##1{% - \ifx##1\c@page \gls@Alphpage\else\orgAlph##1\fi}% + \ifx##1\c@page \gls@Alphpage\else\gls@orgAlph##1\fi}% \@wrglossarynumberhook \gls@disablepagerefexpansion \protected@xdef\@glslocref{\theglsentrycounter}% @@ -5596,13 +5665,15 @@ you \def\gls@dotoctitle{\glssettoctitle{\@glo@type}}% \let\@org@glossaryentrynumbers\glossaryentrynumbers \bgroup - \@printgloss@setsort - \setkeys{printgloss}{#1}% - \ifx\glossarytitle\org@glossarytitle - \else - \expandafter\let\csname @glotype@\@glo@type @title\endcsname + \@printgloss@setsort + \setkeys{printgloss}{#1}% + \ifglossaryexists{\@glo@type}% + {% + \ifx\glossarytitle\org@glossarytitle + \else + \expandafter\let\csname @glotype@\@glo@type @title\endcsname \glossarytitle - \fi + \fi \let\currentglossary\@glo@type \let\org@glossaryentrynumbers\glossaryentrynumbers \let\glsnonextpages\@glsnonextpages @@ -5622,6 +5693,8 @@ you }% \@gls@preglossaryhook #2% + }% + {\GlossariesWarning{Glossary `\@glo@type' doesn't exist}}% \egroup \global\let\glossaryentrynumbers\@org@glossaryentrynumbers \global\let\warn@noprintglossary\relax diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/expl/glossaries-accsupp.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/expl/glossaries-accsupp.sty index f28c6db431c..11c9a29f8ef 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/expl/glossaries-accsupp.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/expl/glossaries-accsupp.sty @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ %% %% The Current Maintainer of this work is Nicola Talbot. %% -%% This work consists of the files glossaries.dtx and glossaries.ins and the derived files glossaries.sty, glossaries-prefix.sty, glossary-hypernav.sty, glossary-inline.sty, glossary-list.sty, glossary-long.sty, glossary-longbooktabs.sty, glossary-longragged.sty, glossary-mcols.sty, glossary-super.sty, glossary-superragged.sty, glossary-tree.sty, glossaries-compatible-207.sty, glossaries-compatible-307.sty, glossaries-accsupp.sty, glossaries-babel.sty, glossaries-polyglossia.sty, minimalgls.tex, glossary-lipsum-examples.tex, example-glossaries-acronym-desc.tex, example-glossaries-acronym.tex, example-glossaries-acronyms-lang.tex, example-glossaries-brief.tex, example-glossaries-childnoname.tex, example-glossaries-cite.tex, example-glossaries-images.tex, example-glossaries-long.tex, example-glossaries-multipar.tex, example-glossaries-parent.tex, example-glossaries-symbols.tex, example-glossaries-url.tex, sample-chap-hyperfirst.tex, sample-crossref.tex, sample-custom-acronym.tex, sample-dot-abbr.tex, sample-dual.tex, sample-entrycount.tex, sample-entryfmt.tex, sample-FnDesc.tex, sample-font-abbr.tex, sample-ignored.tex, sample-index.tex, sample-inline.tex, sample-langdict.tex, sample-newkeys.tex, sample-noidxapp-utf8.tex, sample-noidxapp.tex, sample-nomathhyper.tex, sample-numberlist.tex, sample-prefix.tex, sample-si.tex, sample-storage-abbr-desc.tex, sample-storage-abbr.tex, sample.tex, sample4col.tex, sampleaccsupp.tex, sampleAcr.tex, sampleAcrDesc.tex, sampleacronyms.tex, sampleCustomAcr.tex, sampleDB.tex, sampleDesc.tex, sampleEq.tex, sampleEqPg.tex, sampleFnAcrDesc.tex, sampleNtn.tex, samplePeople.tex, sampleSec.tex, sampleSort.tex, sampletree.tex, sampleutf8.tex, samplexdy.tex, samplexdy2.tex, mwe-acr-desc.tex, mwe-acr.tex, mwe-gls.tex, samplexdy-mc.xdy, samplexdy-mc207.xdy, database1.tex, database2.tex, glossaries.perl. +%% This work consists of the files glossaries.dtx and glossaries.ins and the derived files glossaries.sty, glossaries-prefix.sty, glossary-hypernav.sty, glossary-inline.sty, glossary-list.sty, glossary-long.sty, glossary-longbooktabs.sty, glossary-longragged.sty, glossary-mcols.sty, glossary-super.sty, glossary-superragged.sty, glossary-tree.sty, glossaries-compatible-207.sty, glossaries-compatible-307.sty, glossaries-accsupp.sty, glossaries-babel.sty, glossaries-polyglossia.sty, minimalgls.tex, glossary-lipsum-examples.tex, example-glossaries-acronym-desc.tex, example-glossaries-acronym.tex, example-glossaries-acronyms-lang.tex, example-glossaries-brief.tex, example-glossaries-childnoname.tex, example-glossaries-cite.tex, example-glossaries-images.tex, example-glossaries-long.tex, example-glossaries-multipar.tex, example-glossaries-parent.tex, example-glossaries-symbolnames.tex, example-glossaries-symbols.tex, example-glossaries-url.tex, sample-chap-hyperfirst.tex, sample-crossref.tex, sample-custom-acronym.tex, sample-dot-abbr.tex, sample-dual.tex, sample-entrycount.tex, sample-entryfmt.tex, sample-FnDesc.tex, sample-font-abbr.tex, sample-ignored.tex, sample-index.tex, sample-inline.tex, sample-langdict.tex, sample-newkeys.tex, sample-noidxapp-utf8.tex, sample-noidxapp.tex, sample-nomathhyper.tex, sample-numberlist.tex, sample-prefix.tex, sample-si.tex, sample-storage-abbr-desc.tex, sample-storage-abbr.tex, sample.tex, sample4col.tex, sampleaccsupp.tex, sampleAcr.tex, sampleAcrDesc.tex, sampleacronyms.tex, sampleCustomAcr.tex, sampleDB.tex, sampleDesc.tex, sampleEq.tex, sampleEqPg.tex, sampleFnAcrDesc.tex, sampleNtn.tex, samplePeople.tex, sampleSec.tex, sampleSort.tex, sampletree.tex, sampleutf8.tex, samplexdy.tex, samplexdy2.tex, samplexdy3.tex, mwe-acr-desc.tex, mwe-acr.tex, mwe-gls.tex, samplexdy-mc.xdy, samplexdy-mc207.xdy, database1.tex, database2.tex, glossaries.perl. %% %% \CharacterTable %% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ %% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \| %% Right brace \} Tilde \~} \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} -\ProvidesPackage{glossaries-accsupp}[2017/08/24 v4.32 (NLCT) +\ProvidesPackage{glossaries-accsupp}[2017/09/20 v4.33 (NLCT) Experimental glossaries accessibility] \DeclareOption*{\PassOptionsToPackage{\CurrentOption}{glossaries}} \ProcessOptions diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/styles/glossary-hypernav.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/styles/glossary-hypernav.sty index 2082d77c3ea..d8d8f00f6d9 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/styles/glossary-hypernav.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/styles/glossary-hypernav.sty @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ %% %% The Current Maintainer of this work is Nicola Talbot. %% -%% This work consists of the files glossaries.dtx and glossaries.ins and the derived files glossaries.sty, glossaries-prefix.sty, glossary-hypernav.sty, glossary-inline.sty, glossary-list.sty, glossary-long.sty, glossary-longbooktabs.sty, glossary-longragged.sty, glossary-mcols.sty, glossary-super.sty, glossary-superragged.sty, glossary-tree.sty, glossaries-compatible-207.sty, glossaries-compatible-307.sty, glossaries-accsupp.sty, glossaries-babel.sty, glossaries-polyglossia.sty, minimalgls.tex, glossary-lipsum-examples.tex, example-glossaries-acronym-desc.tex, example-glossaries-acronym.tex, example-glossaries-acronyms-lang.tex, example-glossaries-brief.tex, example-glossaries-childnoname.tex, example-glossaries-cite.tex, example-glossaries-images.tex, example-glossaries-long.tex, example-glossaries-multipar.tex, example-glossaries-parent.tex, example-glossaries-symbols.tex, example-glossaries-url.tex, sample-chap-hyperfirst.tex, sample-crossref.tex, sample-custom-acronym.tex, sample-dot-abbr.tex, sample-dual.tex, sample-entrycount.tex, sample-entryfmt.tex, sample-FnDesc.tex, sample-font-abbr.tex, sample-ignored.tex, sample-index.tex, sample-inline.tex, sample-langdict.tex, sample-newkeys.tex, sample-noidxapp-utf8.tex, sample-noidxapp.tex, sample-nomathhyper.tex, sample-numberlist.tex, sample-prefix.tex, sample-si.tex, sample-storage-abbr-desc.tex, sample-storage-abbr.tex, sample.tex, sample4col.tex, sampleaccsupp.tex, sampleAcr.tex, sampleAcrDesc.tex, sampleacronyms.tex, sampleCustomAcr.tex, sampleDB.tex, sampleDesc.tex, sampleEq.tex, sampleEqPg.tex, sampleFnAcrDesc.tex, sampleNtn.tex, samplePeople.tex, sampleSec.tex, sampleSort.tex, sampletree.tex, sampleutf8.tex, samplexdy.tex, samplexdy2.tex, mwe-acr-desc.tex, mwe-acr.tex, mwe-gls.tex, samplexdy-mc.xdy, samplexdy-mc207.xdy, database1.tex, database2.tex, glossaries.perl. +%% This work consists of the files glossaries.dtx and glossaries.ins and the derived files glossaries.sty, glossaries-prefix.sty, glossary-hypernav.sty, glossary-inline.sty, glossary-list.sty, glossary-long.sty, glossary-longbooktabs.sty, glossary-longragged.sty, glossary-mcols.sty, glossary-super.sty, glossary-superragged.sty, glossary-tree.sty, glossaries-compatible-207.sty, glossaries-compatible-307.sty, glossaries-accsupp.sty, glossaries-babel.sty, glossaries-polyglossia.sty, minimalgls.tex, glossary-lipsum-examples.tex, example-glossaries-acronym-desc.tex, example-glossaries-acronym.tex, example-glossaries-acronyms-lang.tex, example-glossaries-brief.tex, example-glossaries-childnoname.tex, example-glossaries-cite.tex, example-glossaries-images.tex, example-glossaries-long.tex, example-glossaries-multipar.tex, example-glossaries-parent.tex, example-glossaries-symbolnames.tex, example-glossaries-symbols.tex, example-glossaries-url.tex, sample-chap-hyperfirst.tex, sample-crossref.tex, sample-custom-acronym.tex, sample-dot-abbr.tex, sample-dual.tex, sample-entrycount.tex, sample-entryfmt.tex, sample-FnDesc.tex, sample-font-abbr.tex, sample-ignored.tex, sample-index.tex, sample-inline.tex, sample-langdict.tex, sample-newkeys.tex, sample-noidxapp-utf8.tex, sample-noidxapp.tex, sample-nomathhyper.tex, sample-numberlist.tex, sample-prefix.tex, sample-si.tex, sample-storage-abbr-desc.tex, sample-storage-abbr.tex, sample.tex, sample4col.tex, sampleaccsupp.tex, sampleAcr.tex, sampleAcrDesc.tex, sampleacronyms.tex, sampleCustomAcr.tex, sampleDB.tex, sampleDesc.tex, sampleEq.tex, sampleEqPg.tex, sampleFnAcrDesc.tex, sampleNtn.tex, samplePeople.tex, sampleSec.tex, sampleSort.tex, sampletree.tex, sampleutf8.tex, samplexdy.tex, samplexdy2.tex, samplexdy3.tex, mwe-acr-desc.tex, mwe-acr.tex, mwe-gls.tex, samplexdy-mc.xdy, samplexdy-mc207.xdy, database1.tex, database2.tex, glossaries.perl. %% %% \CharacterTable %% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ %% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_ %% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \| %% Right brace \} Tilde \~} -\ProvidesPackage{glossary-hypernav}[2017/08/24 v4.32 (NLCT)] +\ProvidesPackage{glossary-hypernav}[2017/09/20 v4.33 (NLCT)] \newcommand*{\glsnavhyperlink}[3][\@glo@type]{% \edef\gls@grplabel{#2}\protected@edef\@gls@grptitle{#3}% \@glslink{\glsnavhyperlinkname{#1}{#2}}{#3}} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/styles/glossary-inline.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/styles/glossary-inline.sty index 0b5ca8374a8..906376f03d1 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/styles/glossary-inline.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/styles/glossary-inline.sty @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ %% %% The Current Maintainer of this work is Nicola Talbot. %% -%% This work consists of the files glossaries.dtx and glossaries.ins and the derived files glossaries.sty, glossaries-prefix.sty, glossary-hypernav.sty, glossary-inline.sty, glossary-list.sty, glossary-long.sty, glossary-longbooktabs.sty, glossary-longragged.sty, glossary-mcols.sty, glossary-super.sty, glossary-superragged.sty, glossary-tree.sty, glossaries-compatible-207.sty, glossaries-compatible-307.sty, glossaries-accsupp.sty, glossaries-babel.sty, glossaries-polyglossia.sty, minimalgls.tex, glossary-lipsum-examples.tex, example-glossaries-acronym-desc.tex, example-glossaries-acronym.tex, example-glossaries-acronyms-lang.tex, example-glossaries-brief.tex, example-glossaries-childnoname.tex, example-glossaries-cite.tex, example-glossaries-images.tex, example-glossaries-long.tex, example-glossaries-multipar.tex, example-glossaries-parent.tex, example-glossaries-symbols.tex, example-glossaries-url.tex, sample-chap-hyperfirst.tex, sample-crossref.tex, sample-custom-acronym.tex, sample-dot-abbr.tex, sample-dual.tex, sample-entrycount.tex, sample-entryfmt.tex, sample-FnDesc.tex, sample-font-abbr.tex, sample-ignored.tex, sample-index.tex, sample-inline.tex, sample-langdict.tex, sample-newkeys.tex, sample-noidxapp-utf8.tex, sample-noidxapp.tex, sample-nomathhyper.tex, sample-numberlist.tex, sample-prefix.tex, sample-si.tex, sample-storage-abbr-desc.tex, sample-storage-abbr.tex, sample.tex, sample4col.tex, sampleaccsupp.tex, sampleAcr.tex, sampleAcrDesc.tex, sampleacronyms.tex, sampleCustomAcr.tex, sampleDB.tex, sampleDesc.tex, sampleEq.tex, sampleEqPg.tex, sampleFnAcrDesc.tex, sampleNtn.tex, samplePeople.tex, sampleSec.tex, sampleSort.tex, sampletree.tex, sampleutf8.tex, samplexdy.tex, samplexdy2.tex, mwe-acr-desc.tex, mwe-acr.tex, mwe-gls.tex, samplexdy-mc.xdy, samplexdy-mc207.xdy, database1.tex, database2.tex, glossaries.perl. +%% This work consists of the files glossaries.dtx and glossaries.ins and the derived files glossaries.sty, glossaries-prefix.sty, glossary-hypernav.sty, glossary-inline.sty, glossary-list.sty, glossary-long.sty, glossary-longbooktabs.sty, glossary-longragged.sty, glossary-mcols.sty, glossary-super.sty, glossary-superragged.sty, glossary-tree.sty, glossaries-compatible-207.sty, glossaries-compatible-307.sty, glossaries-accsupp.sty, glossaries-babel.sty, glossaries-polyglossia.sty, minimalgls.tex, glossary-lipsum-examples.tex, example-glossaries-acronym-desc.tex, example-glossaries-acronym.tex, example-glossaries-acronyms-lang.tex, example-glossaries-brief.tex, example-glossaries-childnoname.tex, example-glossaries-cite.tex, example-glossaries-images.tex, example-glossaries-long.tex, example-glossaries-multipar.tex, example-glossaries-parent.tex, example-glossaries-symbolnames.tex, example-glossaries-symbols.tex, example-glossaries-url.tex, sample-chap-hyperfirst.tex, sample-crossref.tex, sample-custom-acronym.tex, sample-dot-abbr.tex, sample-dual.tex, sample-entrycount.tex, sample-entryfmt.tex, sample-FnDesc.tex, sample-font-abbr.tex, sample-ignored.tex, sample-index.tex, sample-inline.tex, sample-langdict.tex, sample-newkeys.tex, sample-noidxapp-utf8.tex, sample-noidxapp.tex, sample-nomathhyper.tex, sample-numberlist.tex, sample-prefix.tex, sample-si.tex, sample-storage-abbr-desc.tex, sample-storage-abbr.tex, sample.tex, sample4col.tex, sampleaccsupp.tex, sampleAcr.tex, sampleAcrDesc.tex, sampleacronyms.tex, sampleCustomAcr.tex, sampleDB.tex, sampleDesc.tex, sampleEq.tex, sampleEqPg.tex, sampleFnAcrDesc.tex, sampleNtn.tex, samplePeople.tex, sampleSec.tex, sampleSort.tex, sampletree.tex, sampleutf8.tex, samplexdy.tex, samplexdy2.tex, samplexdy3.tex, mwe-acr-desc.tex, mwe-acr.tex, mwe-gls.tex, samplexdy-mc.xdy, samplexdy-mc207.xdy, database1.tex, database2.tex, glossaries.perl. %% %% \CharacterTable %% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ %% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_ %% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \| %% Right brace \} Tilde \~} -\ProvidesPackage{glossary-inline}[2017/08/24 v4.32 (NLCT)] +\ProvidesPackage{glossary-inline}[2017/09/20 v4.33 (NLCT)] \newglossarystyle{inline}{% \renewenvironment{theglossary}% {% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/styles/glossary-list.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/styles/glossary-list.sty index 300e3b4268d..73d162ca11e 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/styles/glossary-list.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/styles/glossary-list.sty @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ %% %% The Current Maintainer of this work is Nicola Talbot. %% -%% This work consists of the files glossaries.dtx and glossaries.ins and the derived files glossaries.sty, glossaries-prefix.sty, glossary-hypernav.sty, glossary-inline.sty, glossary-list.sty, glossary-long.sty, glossary-longbooktabs.sty, glossary-longragged.sty, glossary-mcols.sty, glossary-super.sty, glossary-superragged.sty, glossary-tree.sty, glossaries-compatible-207.sty, glossaries-compatible-307.sty, glossaries-accsupp.sty, glossaries-babel.sty, glossaries-polyglossia.sty, minimalgls.tex, glossary-lipsum-examples.tex, example-glossaries-acronym-desc.tex, example-glossaries-acronym.tex, example-glossaries-acronyms-lang.tex, example-glossaries-brief.tex, example-glossaries-childnoname.tex, example-glossaries-cite.tex, example-glossaries-images.tex, example-glossaries-long.tex, example-glossaries-multipar.tex, example-glossaries-parent.tex, example-glossaries-symbols.tex, example-glossaries-url.tex, sample-chap-hyperfirst.tex, sample-crossref.tex, sample-custom-acronym.tex, sample-dot-abbr.tex, sample-dual.tex, sample-entrycount.tex, sample-entryfmt.tex, sample-FnDesc.tex, sample-font-abbr.tex, sample-ignored.tex, sample-index.tex, sample-inline.tex, sample-langdict.tex, sample-newkeys.tex, sample-noidxapp-utf8.tex, sample-noidxapp.tex, sample-nomathhyper.tex, sample-numberlist.tex, sample-prefix.tex, sample-si.tex, sample-storage-abbr-desc.tex, sample-storage-abbr.tex, sample.tex, sample4col.tex, sampleaccsupp.tex, sampleAcr.tex, sampleAcrDesc.tex, sampleacronyms.tex, sampleCustomAcr.tex, sampleDB.tex, sampleDesc.tex, sampleEq.tex, sampleEqPg.tex, sampleFnAcrDesc.tex, sampleNtn.tex, samplePeople.tex, sampleSec.tex, sampleSort.tex, sampletree.tex, sampleutf8.tex, samplexdy.tex, samplexdy2.tex, mwe-acr-desc.tex, mwe-acr.tex, mwe-gls.tex, samplexdy-mc.xdy, samplexdy-mc207.xdy, database1.tex, database2.tex, glossaries.perl. +%% This work consists of the files glossaries.dtx and glossaries.ins and the derived files glossaries.sty, glossaries-prefix.sty, glossary-hypernav.sty, glossary-inline.sty, glossary-list.sty, glossary-long.sty, glossary-longbooktabs.sty, glossary-longragged.sty, glossary-mcols.sty, glossary-super.sty, glossary-superragged.sty, glossary-tree.sty, glossaries-compatible-207.sty, glossaries-compatible-307.sty, glossaries-accsupp.sty, glossaries-babel.sty, glossaries-polyglossia.sty, minimalgls.tex, glossary-lipsum-examples.tex, example-glossaries-acronym-desc.tex, example-glossaries-acronym.tex, example-glossaries-acronyms-lang.tex, example-glossaries-brief.tex, example-glossaries-childnoname.tex, example-glossaries-cite.tex, example-glossaries-images.tex, example-glossaries-long.tex, example-glossaries-multipar.tex, example-glossaries-parent.tex, example-glossaries-symbolnames.tex, example-glossaries-symbols.tex, example-glossaries-url.tex, sample-chap-hyperfirst.tex, sample-crossref.tex, sample-custom-acronym.tex, sample-dot-abbr.tex, sample-dual.tex, sample-entrycount.tex, sample-entryfmt.tex, sample-FnDesc.tex, sample-font-abbr.tex, sample-ignored.tex, sample-index.tex, sample-inline.tex, sample-langdict.tex, sample-newkeys.tex, sample-noidxapp-utf8.tex, sample-noidxapp.tex, sample-nomathhyper.tex, sample-numberlist.tex, sample-prefix.tex, sample-si.tex, sample-storage-abbr-desc.tex, sample-storage-abbr.tex, sample.tex, sample4col.tex, sampleaccsupp.tex, sampleAcr.tex, sampleAcrDesc.tex, sampleacronyms.tex, sampleCustomAcr.tex, sampleDB.tex, sampleDesc.tex, sampleEq.tex, sampleEqPg.tex, sampleFnAcrDesc.tex, sampleNtn.tex, samplePeople.tex, sampleSec.tex, sampleSort.tex, sampletree.tex, sampleutf8.tex, samplexdy.tex, samplexdy2.tex, samplexdy3.tex, mwe-acr-desc.tex, mwe-acr.tex, mwe-gls.tex, samplexdy-mc.xdy, samplexdy-mc207.xdy, database1.tex, database2.tex, glossaries.perl. %% %% \CharacterTable %% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ %% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_ %% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \| %% Right brace \} Tilde \~} -\ProvidesPackage{glossary-list}[2017/08/24 v4.32 (NLCT)] +\ProvidesPackage{glossary-list}[2017/09/20 v4.33 (NLCT)] \providecommand{\indexspace}{% \par \vskip 10\p@ \@plus 5\p@ \@minus 3\p@ \relax } diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/styles/glossary-long.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/styles/glossary-long.sty index ff68d8ac436..0f6055451d9 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/styles/glossary-long.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/styles/glossary-long.sty @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ %% %% The Current Maintainer of this work is Nicola Talbot. %% -%% This work consists of the files glossaries.dtx and glossaries.ins and the derived files glossaries.sty, glossaries-prefix.sty, glossary-hypernav.sty, glossary-inline.sty, glossary-list.sty, glossary-long.sty, glossary-longbooktabs.sty, glossary-longragged.sty, glossary-mcols.sty, glossary-super.sty, glossary-superragged.sty, glossary-tree.sty, glossaries-compatible-207.sty, glossaries-compatible-307.sty, glossaries-accsupp.sty, glossaries-babel.sty, glossaries-polyglossia.sty, minimalgls.tex, glossary-lipsum-examples.tex, example-glossaries-acronym-desc.tex, example-glossaries-acronym.tex, example-glossaries-acronyms-lang.tex, example-glossaries-brief.tex, example-glossaries-childnoname.tex, example-glossaries-cite.tex, example-glossaries-images.tex, example-glossaries-long.tex, example-glossaries-multipar.tex, example-glossaries-parent.tex, example-glossaries-symbols.tex, example-glossaries-url.tex, sample-chap-hyperfirst.tex, sample-crossref.tex, sample-custom-acronym.tex, sample-dot-abbr.tex, sample-dual.tex, sample-entrycount.tex, sample-entryfmt.tex, sample-FnDesc.tex, sample-font-abbr.tex, sample-ignored.tex, sample-index.tex, sample-inline.tex, sample-langdict.tex, sample-newkeys.tex, sample-noidxapp-utf8.tex, sample-noidxapp.tex, sample-nomathhyper.tex, sample-numberlist.tex, sample-prefix.tex, sample-si.tex, sample-storage-abbr-desc.tex, sample-storage-abbr.tex, sample.tex, sample4col.tex, sampleaccsupp.tex, sampleAcr.tex, sampleAcrDesc.tex, sampleacronyms.tex, sampleCustomAcr.tex, sampleDB.tex, sampleDesc.tex, sampleEq.tex, sampleEqPg.tex, sampleFnAcrDesc.tex, sampleNtn.tex, samplePeople.tex, sampleSec.tex, sampleSort.tex, sampletree.tex, sampleutf8.tex, samplexdy.tex, samplexdy2.tex, mwe-acr-desc.tex, mwe-acr.tex, mwe-gls.tex, samplexdy-mc.xdy, samplexdy-mc207.xdy, database1.tex, database2.tex, glossaries.perl. +%% This work consists of the files glossaries.dtx and glossaries.ins and the derived files glossaries.sty, glossaries-prefix.sty, glossary-hypernav.sty, glossary-inline.sty, glossary-list.sty, glossary-long.sty, glossary-longbooktabs.sty, glossary-longragged.sty, glossary-mcols.sty, glossary-super.sty, glossary-superragged.sty, glossary-tree.sty, glossaries-compatible-207.sty, glossaries-compatible-307.sty, glossaries-accsupp.sty, glossaries-babel.sty, glossaries-polyglossia.sty, minimalgls.tex, glossary-lipsum-examples.tex, example-glossaries-acronym-desc.tex, example-glossaries-acronym.tex, example-glossaries-acronyms-lang.tex, example-glossaries-brief.tex, example-glossaries-childnoname.tex, example-glossaries-cite.tex, example-glossaries-images.tex, example-glossaries-long.tex, example-glossaries-multipar.tex, example-glossaries-parent.tex, example-glossaries-symbolnames.tex, example-glossaries-symbols.tex, example-glossaries-url.tex, sample-chap-hyperfirst.tex, sample-crossref.tex, sample-custom-acronym.tex, sample-dot-abbr.tex, sample-dual.tex, sample-entrycount.tex, sample-entryfmt.tex, sample-FnDesc.tex, sample-font-abbr.tex, sample-ignored.tex, sample-index.tex, sample-inline.tex, sample-langdict.tex, sample-newkeys.tex, sample-noidxapp-utf8.tex, sample-noidxapp.tex, sample-nomathhyper.tex, sample-numberlist.tex, sample-prefix.tex, sample-si.tex, sample-storage-abbr-desc.tex, sample-storage-abbr.tex, sample.tex, sample4col.tex, sampleaccsupp.tex, sampleAcr.tex, sampleAcrDesc.tex, sampleacronyms.tex, sampleCustomAcr.tex, sampleDB.tex, sampleDesc.tex, sampleEq.tex, sampleEqPg.tex, sampleFnAcrDesc.tex, sampleNtn.tex, samplePeople.tex, sampleSec.tex, sampleSort.tex, sampletree.tex, sampleutf8.tex, samplexdy.tex, samplexdy2.tex, samplexdy3.tex, mwe-acr-desc.tex, mwe-acr.tex, mwe-gls.tex, samplexdy-mc.xdy, samplexdy-mc207.xdy, database1.tex, database2.tex, glossaries.perl. %% %% \CharacterTable %% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ %% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_ %% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \| %% Right brace \} Tilde \~} -\ProvidesPackage{glossary-long}[2017/08/24 v4.32 (NLCT)] +\ProvidesPackage{glossary-long}[2017/09/20 v4.33 (NLCT)] \RequirePackage{longtable} \@ifundefined{glsdescwidth}{% \newlength\glsdescwidth diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/styles/glossary-longbooktabs.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/styles/glossary-longbooktabs.sty index a384454442d..c5966fe0e8a 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/styles/glossary-longbooktabs.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/styles/glossary-longbooktabs.sty @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ %% %% The Current Maintainer of this work is Nicola Talbot. %% -%% This work consists of the files glossaries.dtx and glossaries.ins and the derived files glossaries.sty, glossaries-prefix.sty, glossary-hypernav.sty, glossary-inline.sty, glossary-list.sty, glossary-long.sty, glossary-longbooktabs.sty, glossary-longragged.sty, glossary-mcols.sty, glossary-super.sty, glossary-superragged.sty, glossary-tree.sty, glossaries-compatible-207.sty, glossaries-compatible-307.sty, glossaries-accsupp.sty, glossaries-babel.sty, glossaries-polyglossia.sty, minimalgls.tex, glossary-lipsum-examples.tex, example-glossaries-acronym-desc.tex, example-glossaries-acronym.tex, example-glossaries-acronyms-lang.tex, example-glossaries-brief.tex, example-glossaries-childnoname.tex, example-glossaries-cite.tex, example-glossaries-images.tex, example-glossaries-long.tex, example-glossaries-multipar.tex, example-glossaries-parent.tex, example-glossaries-symbols.tex, example-glossaries-url.tex, sample-chap-hyperfirst.tex, sample-crossref.tex, sample-custom-acronym.tex, sample-dot-abbr.tex, sample-dual.tex, sample-entrycount.tex, sample-entryfmt.tex, sample-FnDesc.tex, sample-font-abbr.tex, sample-ignored.tex, sample-index.tex, sample-inline.tex, sample-langdict.tex, sample-newkeys.tex, sample-noidxapp-utf8.tex, sample-noidxapp.tex, sample-nomathhyper.tex, sample-numberlist.tex, sample-prefix.tex, sample-si.tex, sample-storage-abbr-desc.tex, sample-storage-abbr.tex, sample.tex, sample4col.tex, sampleaccsupp.tex, sampleAcr.tex, sampleAcrDesc.tex, sampleacronyms.tex, sampleCustomAcr.tex, sampleDB.tex, sampleDesc.tex, sampleEq.tex, sampleEqPg.tex, sampleFnAcrDesc.tex, sampleNtn.tex, samplePeople.tex, sampleSec.tex, sampleSort.tex, sampletree.tex, sampleutf8.tex, samplexdy.tex, samplexdy2.tex, mwe-acr-desc.tex, mwe-acr.tex, mwe-gls.tex, samplexdy-mc.xdy, samplexdy-mc207.xdy, database1.tex, database2.tex, glossaries.perl. +%% This work consists of the files glossaries.dtx and glossaries.ins and the derived files glossaries.sty, glossaries-prefix.sty, glossary-hypernav.sty, glossary-inline.sty, glossary-list.sty, glossary-long.sty, glossary-longbooktabs.sty, glossary-longragged.sty, glossary-mcols.sty, glossary-super.sty, glossary-superragged.sty, glossary-tree.sty, glossaries-compatible-207.sty, glossaries-compatible-307.sty, glossaries-accsupp.sty, glossaries-babel.sty, glossaries-polyglossia.sty, minimalgls.tex, glossary-lipsum-examples.tex, example-glossaries-acronym-desc.tex, example-glossaries-acronym.tex, example-glossaries-acronyms-lang.tex, example-glossaries-brief.tex, example-glossaries-childnoname.tex, example-glossaries-cite.tex, example-glossaries-images.tex, example-glossaries-long.tex, example-glossaries-multipar.tex, example-glossaries-parent.tex, example-glossaries-symbolnames.tex, example-glossaries-symbols.tex, example-glossaries-url.tex, sample-chap-hyperfirst.tex, sample-crossref.tex, sample-custom-acronym.tex, sample-dot-abbr.tex, sample-dual.tex, sample-entrycount.tex, sample-entryfmt.tex, sample-FnDesc.tex, sample-font-abbr.tex, sample-ignored.tex, sample-index.tex, sample-inline.tex, sample-langdict.tex, sample-newkeys.tex, sample-noidxapp-utf8.tex, sample-noidxapp.tex, sample-nomathhyper.tex, sample-numberlist.tex, sample-prefix.tex, sample-si.tex, sample-storage-abbr-desc.tex, sample-storage-abbr.tex, sample.tex, sample4col.tex, sampleaccsupp.tex, sampleAcr.tex, sampleAcrDesc.tex, sampleacronyms.tex, sampleCustomAcr.tex, sampleDB.tex, sampleDesc.tex, sampleEq.tex, sampleEqPg.tex, sampleFnAcrDesc.tex, sampleNtn.tex, samplePeople.tex, sampleSec.tex, sampleSort.tex, sampletree.tex, sampleutf8.tex, samplexdy.tex, samplexdy2.tex, samplexdy3.tex, mwe-acr-desc.tex, mwe-acr.tex, mwe-gls.tex, samplexdy-mc.xdy, samplexdy-mc207.xdy, database1.tex, database2.tex, glossaries.perl. %% %% \CharacterTable %% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ %% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_ %% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \| %% Right brace \} Tilde \~} -\ProvidesPackage{glossary-longbooktabs}[2017/08/24 v4.32 (NLCT)] +\ProvidesPackage{glossary-longbooktabs}[2017/09/20 v4.33 (NLCT)] \RequirePackage{booktabs} \RequirePackage{glossary-long} \RequirePackage{glossary-longragged} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/styles/glossary-longragged.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/styles/glossary-longragged.sty index a5657d2ba31..bf55d45f56c 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/styles/glossary-longragged.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/styles/glossary-longragged.sty @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ %% %% The Current Maintainer of this work is Nicola Talbot. %% -%% This work consists of the files glossaries.dtx and glossaries.ins and the derived files glossaries.sty, glossaries-prefix.sty, glossary-hypernav.sty, glossary-inline.sty, glossary-list.sty, glossary-long.sty, glossary-longbooktabs.sty, glossary-longragged.sty, glossary-mcols.sty, glossary-super.sty, glossary-superragged.sty, glossary-tree.sty, glossaries-compatible-207.sty, glossaries-compatible-307.sty, glossaries-accsupp.sty, glossaries-babel.sty, glossaries-polyglossia.sty, minimalgls.tex, glossary-lipsum-examples.tex, example-glossaries-acronym-desc.tex, example-glossaries-acronym.tex, example-glossaries-acronyms-lang.tex, example-glossaries-brief.tex, example-glossaries-childnoname.tex, example-glossaries-cite.tex, example-glossaries-images.tex, example-glossaries-long.tex, example-glossaries-multipar.tex, example-glossaries-parent.tex, example-glossaries-symbols.tex, example-glossaries-url.tex, sample-chap-hyperfirst.tex, sample-crossref.tex, sample-custom-acronym.tex, sample-dot-abbr.tex, sample-dual.tex, sample-entrycount.tex, sample-entryfmt.tex, sample-FnDesc.tex, sample-font-abbr.tex, sample-ignored.tex, sample-index.tex, sample-inline.tex, sample-langdict.tex, sample-newkeys.tex, sample-noidxapp-utf8.tex, sample-noidxapp.tex, sample-nomathhyper.tex, sample-numberlist.tex, sample-prefix.tex, sample-si.tex, sample-storage-abbr-desc.tex, sample-storage-abbr.tex, sample.tex, sample4col.tex, sampleaccsupp.tex, sampleAcr.tex, sampleAcrDesc.tex, sampleacronyms.tex, sampleCustomAcr.tex, sampleDB.tex, sampleDesc.tex, sampleEq.tex, sampleEqPg.tex, sampleFnAcrDesc.tex, sampleNtn.tex, samplePeople.tex, sampleSec.tex, sampleSort.tex, sampletree.tex, sampleutf8.tex, samplexdy.tex, samplexdy2.tex, mwe-acr-desc.tex, mwe-acr.tex, mwe-gls.tex, samplexdy-mc.xdy, samplexdy-mc207.xdy, database1.tex, database2.tex, glossaries.perl. +%% This work consists of the files glossaries.dtx and glossaries.ins and the derived files glossaries.sty, glossaries-prefix.sty, glossary-hypernav.sty, glossary-inline.sty, glossary-list.sty, glossary-long.sty, glossary-longbooktabs.sty, glossary-longragged.sty, glossary-mcols.sty, glossary-super.sty, glossary-superragged.sty, glossary-tree.sty, glossaries-compatible-207.sty, glossaries-compatible-307.sty, glossaries-accsupp.sty, glossaries-babel.sty, glossaries-polyglossia.sty, minimalgls.tex, glossary-lipsum-examples.tex, example-glossaries-acronym-desc.tex, example-glossaries-acronym.tex, example-glossaries-acronyms-lang.tex, example-glossaries-brief.tex, example-glossaries-childnoname.tex, example-glossaries-cite.tex, example-glossaries-images.tex, example-glossaries-long.tex, example-glossaries-multipar.tex, example-glossaries-parent.tex, example-glossaries-symbolnames.tex, example-glossaries-symbols.tex, example-glossaries-url.tex, sample-chap-hyperfirst.tex, sample-crossref.tex, sample-custom-acronym.tex, sample-dot-abbr.tex, sample-dual.tex, sample-entrycount.tex, sample-entryfmt.tex, sample-FnDesc.tex, sample-font-abbr.tex, sample-ignored.tex, sample-index.tex, sample-inline.tex, sample-langdict.tex, sample-newkeys.tex, sample-noidxapp-utf8.tex, sample-noidxapp.tex, sample-nomathhyper.tex, sample-numberlist.tex, sample-prefix.tex, sample-si.tex, sample-storage-abbr-desc.tex, sample-storage-abbr.tex, sample.tex, sample4col.tex, sampleaccsupp.tex, sampleAcr.tex, sampleAcrDesc.tex, sampleacronyms.tex, sampleCustomAcr.tex, sampleDB.tex, sampleDesc.tex, sampleEq.tex, sampleEqPg.tex, sampleFnAcrDesc.tex, sampleNtn.tex, samplePeople.tex, sampleSec.tex, sampleSort.tex, sampletree.tex, sampleutf8.tex, samplexdy.tex, samplexdy2.tex, samplexdy3.tex, mwe-acr-desc.tex, mwe-acr.tex, mwe-gls.tex, samplexdy-mc.xdy, samplexdy-mc207.xdy, database1.tex, database2.tex, glossaries.perl. %% %% \CharacterTable %% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ %% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_ %% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \| %% Right brace \} Tilde \~} -\ProvidesPackage{glossary-longragged}[2017/08/24 v4.32 (NLCT)] +\ProvidesPackage{glossary-longragged}[2017/09/20 v4.33 (NLCT)] \RequirePackage{array} \RequirePackage{longtable} \@ifundefined{glsdescwidth}{% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/styles/glossary-mcols.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/styles/glossary-mcols.sty index ff2949226c0..fb4481c4f8d 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/styles/glossary-mcols.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/styles/glossary-mcols.sty @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ %% %% The Current Maintainer of this work is Nicola Talbot. %% -%% This work consists of the files glossaries.dtx and glossaries.ins and the derived files glossaries.sty, glossaries-prefix.sty, glossary-hypernav.sty, glossary-inline.sty, glossary-list.sty, glossary-long.sty, glossary-longbooktabs.sty, glossary-longragged.sty, glossary-mcols.sty, glossary-super.sty, glossary-superragged.sty, glossary-tree.sty, glossaries-compatible-207.sty, glossaries-compatible-307.sty, glossaries-accsupp.sty, glossaries-babel.sty, glossaries-polyglossia.sty, minimalgls.tex, glossary-lipsum-examples.tex, example-glossaries-acronym-desc.tex, example-glossaries-acronym.tex, example-glossaries-acronyms-lang.tex, example-glossaries-brief.tex, example-glossaries-childnoname.tex, example-glossaries-cite.tex, example-glossaries-images.tex, example-glossaries-long.tex, example-glossaries-multipar.tex, example-glossaries-parent.tex, example-glossaries-symbols.tex, example-glossaries-url.tex, sample-chap-hyperfirst.tex, sample-crossref.tex, sample-custom-acronym.tex, sample-dot-abbr.tex, sample-dual.tex, sample-entrycount.tex, sample-entryfmt.tex, sample-FnDesc.tex, sample-font-abbr.tex, sample-ignored.tex, sample-index.tex, sample-inline.tex, sample-langdict.tex, sample-newkeys.tex, sample-noidxapp-utf8.tex, sample-noidxapp.tex, sample-nomathhyper.tex, sample-numberlist.tex, sample-prefix.tex, sample-si.tex, sample-storage-abbr-desc.tex, sample-storage-abbr.tex, sample.tex, sample4col.tex, sampleaccsupp.tex, sampleAcr.tex, sampleAcrDesc.tex, sampleacronyms.tex, sampleCustomAcr.tex, sampleDB.tex, sampleDesc.tex, sampleEq.tex, sampleEqPg.tex, sampleFnAcrDesc.tex, sampleNtn.tex, samplePeople.tex, sampleSec.tex, sampleSort.tex, sampletree.tex, sampleutf8.tex, samplexdy.tex, samplexdy2.tex, mwe-acr-desc.tex, mwe-acr.tex, mwe-gls.tex, samplexdy-mc.xdy, samplexdy-mc207.xdy, database1.tex, database2.tex, glossaries.perl. +%% This work consists of the files glossaries.dtx and glossaries.ins and the derived files glossaries.sty, glossaries-prefix.sty, glossary-hypernav.sty, glossary-inline.sty, glossary-list.sty, glossary-long.sty, glossary-longbooktabs.sty, glossary-longragged.sty, glossary-mcols.sty, glossary-super.sty, glossary-superragged.sty, glossary-tree.sty, glossaries-compatible-207.sty, glossaries-compatible-307.sty, glossaries-accsupp.sty, glossaries-babel.sty, glossaries-polyglossia.sty, minimalgls.tex, glossary-lipsum-examples.tex, example-glossaries-acronym-desc.tex, example-glossaries-acronym.tex, example-glossaries-acronyms-lang.tex, example-glossaries-brief.tex, example-glossaries-childnoname.tex, example-glossaries-cite.tex, example-glossaries-images.tex, example-glossaries-long.tex, example-glossaries-multipar.tex, example-glossaries-parent.tex, example-glossaries-symbolnames.tex, example-glossaries-symbols.tex, example-glossaries-url.tex, sample-chap-hyperfirst.tex, sample-crossref.tex, sample-custom-acronym.tex, sample-dot-abbr.tex, sample-dual.tex, sample-entrycount.tex, sample-entryfmt.tex, sample-FnDesc.tex, sample-font-abbr.tex, sample-ignored.tex, sample-index.tex, sample-inline.tex, sample-langdict.tex, sample-newkeys.tex, sample-noidxapp-utf8.tex, sample-noidxapp.tex, sample-nomathhyper.tex, sample-numberlist.tex, sample-prefix.tex, sample-si.tex, sample-storage-abbr-desc.tex, sample-storage-abbr.tex, sample.tex, sample4col.tex, sampleaccsupp.tex, sampleAcr.tex, sampleAcrDesc.tex, sampleacronyms.tex, sampleCustomAcr.tex, sampleDB.tex, sampleDesc.tex, sampleEq.tex, sampleEqPg.tex, sampleFnAcrDesc.tex, sampleNtn.tex, samplePeople.tex, sampleSec.tex, sampleSort.tex, sampletree.tex, sampleutf8.tex, samplexdy.tex, samplexdy2.tex, samplexdy3.tex, mwe-acr-desc.tex, mwe-acr.tex, mwe-gls.tex, samplexdy-mc.xdy, samplexdy-mc207.xdy, database1.tex, database2.tex, glossaries.perl. %% %% \CharacterTable %% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ %% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_ %% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \| %% Right brace \} Tilde \~} -\ProvidesPackage{glossary-mcols}[2017/08/24 v4.32 (NLCT)] +\ProvidesPackage{glossary-mcols}[2017/09/20 v4.33 (NLCT)] \RequirePackage{multicol} \RequirePackage{glossary-tree} \providecommand{\indexspace}{% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/styles/glossary-super.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/styles/glossary-super.sty index 37331776627..58ad636ec40 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/styles/glossary-super.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/styles/glossary-super.sty @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ %% %% The Current Maintainer of this work is Nicola Talbot. %% -%% This work consists of the files glossaries.dtx and glossaries.ins and the derived files glossaries.sty, glossaries-prefix.sty, glossary-hypernav.sty, glossary-inline.sty, glossary-list.sty, glossary-long.sty, glossary-longbooktabs.sty, glossary-longragged.sty, glossary-mcols.sty, glossary-super.sty, glossary-superragged.sty, glossary-tree.sty, glossaries-compatible-207.sty, glossaries-compatible-307.sty, glossaries-accsupp.sty, glossaries-babel.sty, glossaries-polyglossia.sty, minimalgls.tex, glossary-lipsum-examples.tex, example-glossaries-acronym-desc.tex, example-glossaries-acronym.tex, example-glossaries-acronyms-lang.tex, example-glossaries-brief.tex, example-glossaries-childnoname.tex, example-glossaries-cite.tex, example-glossaries-images.tex, example-glossaries-long.tex, example-glossaries-multipar.tex, example-glossaries-parent.tex, example-glossaries-symbols.tex, example-glossaries-url.tex, sample-chap-hyperfirst.tex, sample-crossref.tex, sample-custom-acronym.tex, sample-dot-abbr.tex, sample-dual.tex, sample-entrycount.tex, sample-entryfmt.tex, sample-FnDesc.tex, sample-font-abbr.tex, sample-ignored.tex, sample-index.tex, sample-inline.tex, sample-langdict.tex, sample-newkeys.tex, sample-noidxapp-utf8.tex, sample-noidxapp.tex, sample-nomathhyper.tex, sample-numberlist.tex, sample-prefix.tex, sample-si.tex, sample-storage-abbr-desc.tex, sample-storage-abbr.tex, sample.tex, sample4col.tex, sampleaccsupp.tex, sampleAcr.tex, sampleAcrDesc.tex, sampleacronyms.tex, sampleCustomAcr.tex, sampleDB.tex, sampleDesc.tex, sampleEq.tex, sampleEqPg.tex, sampleFnAcrDesc.tex, sampleNtn.tex, samplePeople.tex, sampleSec.tex, sampleSort.tex, sampletree.tex, sampleutf8.tex, samplexdy.tex, samplexdy2.tex, mwe-acr-desc.tex, mwe-acr.tex, mwe-gls.tex, samplexdy-mc.xdy, samplexdy-mc207.xdy, database1.tex, database2.tex, glossaries.perl. +%% This work consists of the files glossaries.dtx and glossaries.ins and the derived files glossaries.sty, glossaries-prefix.sty, glossary-hypernav.sty, glossary-inline.sty, glossary-list.sty, glossary-long.sty, glossary-longbooktabs.sty, glossary-longragged.sty, glossary-mcols.sty, glossary-super.sty, glossary-superragged.sty, glossary-tree.sty, glossaries-compatible-207.sty, glossaries-compatible-307.sty, glossaries-accsupp.sty, glossaries-babel.sty, glossaries-polyglossia.sty, minimalgls.tex, glossary-lipsum-examples.tex, example-glossaries-acronym-desc.tex, example-glossaries-acronym.tex, example-glossaries-acronyms-lang.tex, example-glossaries-brief.tex, example-glossaries-childnoname.tex, example-glossaries-cite.tex, example-glossaries-images.tex, example-glossaries-long.tex, example-glossaries-multipar.tex, example-glossaries-parent.tex, example-glossaries-symbolnames.tex, example-glossaries-symbols.tex, example-glossaries-url.tex, sample-chap-hyperfirst.tex, sample-crossref.tex, sample-custom-acronym.tex, sample-dot-abbr.tex, sample-dual.tex, sample-entrycount.tex, sample-entryfmt.tex, sample-FnDesc.tex, sample-font-abbr.tex, sample-ignored.tex, sample-index.tex, sample-inline.tex, sample-langdict.tex, sample-newkeys.tex, sample-noidxapp-utf8.tex, sample-noidxapp.tex, sample-nomathhyper.tex, sample-numberlist.tex, sample-prefix.tex, sample-si.tex, sample-storage-abbr-desc.tex, sample-storage-abbr.tex, sample.tex, sample4col.tex, sampleaccsupp.tex, sampleAcr.tex, sampleAcrDesc.tex, sampleacronyms.tex, sampleCustomAcr.tex, sampleDB.tex, sampleDesc.tex, sampleEq.tex, sampleEqPg.tex, sampleFnAcrDesc.tex, sampleNtn.tex, samplePeople.tex, sampleSec.tex, sampleSort.tex, sampletree.tex, sampleutf8.tex, samplexdy.tex, samplexdy2.tex, samplexdy3.tex, mwe-acr-desc.tex, mwe-acr.tex, mwe-gls.tex, samplexdy-mc.xdy, samplexdy-mc207.xdy, database1.tex, database2.tex, glossaries.perl. %% %% \CharacterTable %% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ %% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_ %% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \| %% Right brace \} Tilde \~} -\ProvidesPackage{glossary-super}[2017/08/24 v4.32 (NLCT)] +\ProvidesPackage{glossary-super}[2017/09/20 v4.33 (NLCT)] \RequirePackage{supertabular} \@ifundefined{glsdescwidth}{% \newlength\glsdescwidth diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/styles/glossary-superragged.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/styles/glossary-superragged.sty index 1851c486f6c..62f015aee77 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/styles/glossary-superragged.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/styles/glossary-superragged.sty @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ %% %% The Current Maintainer of this work is Nicola Talbot. %% -%% This work consists of the files glossaries.dtx and glossaries.ins and the derived files glossaries.sty, glossaries-prefix.sty, glossary-hypernav.sty, glossary-inline.sty, glossary-list.sty, glossary-long.sty, glossary-longbooktabs.sty, glossary-longragged.sty, glossary-mcols.sty, glossary-super.sty, glossary-superragged.sty, glossary-tree.sty, glossaries-compatible-207.sty, glossaries-compatible-307.sty, glossaries-accsupp.sty, glossaries-babel.sty, glossaries-polyglossia.sty, minimalgls.tex, glossary-lipsum-examples.tex, example-glossaries-acronym-desc.tex, example-glossaries-acronym.tex, example-glossaries-acronyms-lang.tex, example-glossaries-brief.tex, example-glossaries-childnoname.tex, example-glossaries-cite.tex, example-glossaries-images.tex, example-glossaries-long.tex, example-glossaries-multipar.tex, example-glossaries-parent.tex, example-glossaries-symbols.tex, example-glossaries-url.tex, sample-chap-hyperfirst.tex, sample-crossref.tex, sample-custom-acronym.tex, sample-dot-abbr.tex, sample-dual.tex, sample-entrycount.tex, sample-entryfmt.tex, sample-FnDesc.tex, sample-font-abbr.tex, sample-ignored.tex, sample-index.tex, sample-inline.tex, sample-langdict.tex, sample-newkeys.tex, sample-noidxapp-utf8.tex, sample-noidxapp.tex, sample-nomathhyper.tex, sample-numberlist.tex, sample-prefix.tex, sample-si.tex, sample-storage-abbr-desc.tex, sample-storage-abbr.tex, sample.tex, sample4col.tex, sampleaccsupp.tex, sampleAcr.tex, sampleAcrDesc.tex, sampleacronyms.tex, sampleCustomAcr.tex, sampleDB.tex, sampleDesc.tex, sampleEq.tex, sampleEqPg.tex, sampleFnAcrDesc.tex, sampleNtn.tex, samplePeople.tex, sampleSec.tex, sampleSort.tex, sampletree.tex, sampleutf8.tex, samplexdy.tex, samplexdy2.tex, mwe-acr-desc.tex, mwe-acr.tex, mwe-gls.tex, samplexdy-mc.xdy, samplexdy-mc207.xdy, database1.tex, database2.tex, glossaries.perl. +%% This work consists of the files glossaries.dtx and glossaries.ins and the derived files glossaries.sty, glossaries-prefix.sty, glossary-hypernav.sty, glossary-inline.sty, glossary-list.sty, glossary-long.sty, glossary-longbooktabs.sty, glossary-longragged.sty, glossary-mcols.sty, glossary-super.sty, glossary-superragged.sty, glossary-tree.sty, glossaries-compatible-207.sty, glossaries-compatible-307.sty, glossaries-accsupp.sty, glossaries-babel.sty, glossaries-polyglossia.sty, minimalgls.tex, glossary-lipsum-examples.tex, example-glossaries-acronym-desc.tex, example-glossaries-acronym.tex, example-glossaries-acronyms-lang.tex, example-glossaries-brief.tex, example-glossaries-childnoname.tex, example-glossaries-cite.tex, example-glossaries-images.tex, example-glossaries-long.tex, example-glossaries-multipar.tex, example-glossaries-parent.tex, example-glossaries-symbolnames.tex, example-glossaries-symbols.tex, example-glossaries-url.tex, sample-chap-hyperfirst.tex, sample-crossref.tex, sample-custom-acronym.tex, sample-dot-abbr.tex, sample-dual.tex, sample-entrycount.tex, sample-entryfmt.tex, sample-FnDesc.tex, sample-font-abbr.tex, sample-ignored.tex, sample-index.tex, sample-inline.tex, sample-langdict.tex, sample-newkeys.tex, sample-noidxapp-utf8.tex, sample-noidxapp.tex, sample-nomathhyper.tex, sample-numberlist.tex, sample-prefix.tex, sample-si.tex, sample-storage-abbr-desc.tex, sample-storage-abbr.tex, sample.tex, sample4col.tex, sampleaccsupp.tex, sampleAcr.tex, sampleAcrDesc.tex, sampleacronyms.tex, sampleCustomAcr.tex, sampleDB.tex, sampleDesc.tex, sampleEq.tex, sampleEqPg.tex, sampleFnAcrDesc.tex, sampleNtn.tex, samplePeople.tex, sampleSec.tex, sampleSort.tex, sampletree.tex, sampleutf8.tex, samplexdy.tex, samplexdy2.tex, samplexdy3.tex, mwe-acr-desc.tex, mwe-acr.tex, mwe-gls.tex, samplexdy-mc.xdy, samplexdy-mc207.xdy, database1.tex, database2.tex, glossaries.perl. %% %% \CharacterTable %% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ %% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_ %% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \| %% Right brace \} Tilde \~} -\ProvidesPackage{glossary-superragged}[2017/08/24 v4.32 (NLCT)] +\ProvidesPackage{glossary-superragged}[2017/09/20 v4.33 (NLCT)] \RequirePackage{array} \RequirePackage{supertabular} \@ifundefined{glsdescwidth}{% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/styles/glossary-tree.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/styles/glossary-tree.sty index 566272c9768..5a5bc0bc5c7 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/styles/glossary-tree.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/styles/glossary-tree.sty @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ %% %% The Current Maintainer of this work is Nicola Talbot. %% -%% This work consists of the files glossaries.dtx and glossaries.ins and the derived files glossaries.sty, glossaries-prefix.sty, glossary-hypernav.sty, glossary-inline.sty, glossary-list.sty, glossary-long.sty, glossary-longbooktabs.sty, glossary-longragged.sty, glossary-mcols.sty, glossary-super.sty, glossary-superragged.sty, glossary-tree.sty, glossaries-compatible-207.sty, glossaries-compatible-307.sty, glossaries-accsupp.sty, glossaries-babel.sty, glossaries-polyglossia.sty, minimalgls.tex, glossary-lipsum-examples.tex, example-glossaries-acronym-desc.tex, example-glossaries-acronym.tex, example-glossaries-acronyms-lang.tex, example-glossaries-brief.tex, example-glossaries-childnoname.tex, example-glossaries-cite.tex, example-glossaries-images.tex, example-glossaries-long.tex, example-glossaries-multipar.tex, example-glossaries-parent.tex, example-glossaries-symbols.tex, example-glossaries-url.tex, sample-chap-hyperfirst.tex, sample-crossref.tex, sample-custom-acronym.tex, sample-dot-abbr.tex, sample-dual.tex, sample-entrycount.tex, sample-entryfmt.tex, sample-FnDesc.tex, sample-font-abbr.tex, sample-ignored.tex, sample-index.tex, sample-inline.tex, sample-langdict.tex, sample-newkeys.tex, sample-noidxapp-utf8.tex, sample-noidxapp.tex, sample-nomathhyper.tex, sample-numberlist.tex, sample-prefix.tex, sample-si.tex, sample-storage-abbr-desc.tex, sample-storage-abbr.tex, sample.tex, sample4col.tex, sampleaccsupp.tex, sampleAcr.tex, sampleAcrDesc.tex, sampleacronyms.tex, sampleCustomAcr.tex, sampleDB.tex, sampleDesc.tex, sampleEq.tex, sampleEqPg.tex, sampleFnAcrDesc.tex, sampleNtn.tex, samplePeople.tex, sampleSec.tex, sampleSort.tex, sampletree.tex, sampleutf8.tex, samplexdy.tex, samplexdy2.tex, mwe-acr-desc.tex, mwe-acr.tex, mwe-gls.tex, samplexdy-mc.xdy, samplexdy-mc207.xdy, database1.tex, database2.tex, glossaries.perl. +%% This work consists of the files glossaries.dtx and glossaries.ins and the derived files glossaries.sty, glossaries-prefix.sty, glossary-hypernav.sty, glossary-inline.sty, glossary-list.sty, glossary-long.sty, glossary-longbooktabs.sty, glossary-longragged.sty, glossary-mcols.sty, glossary-super.sty, glossary-superragged.sty, glossary-tree.sty, glossaries-compatible-207.sty, glossaries-compatible-307.sty, glossaries-accsupp.sty, glossaries-babel.sty, glossaries-polyglossia.sty, minimalgls.tex, glossary-lipsum-examples.tex, example-glossaries-acronym-desc.tex, example-glossaries-acronym.tex, example-glossaries-acronyms-lang.tex, example-glossaries-brief.tex, example-glossaries-childnoname.tex, example-glossaries-cite.tex, example-glossaries-images.tex, example-glossaries-long.tex, example-glossaries-multipar.tex, example-glossaries-parent.tex, example-glossaries-symbolnames.tex, example-glossaries-symbols.tex, example-glossaries-url.tex, sample-chap-hyperfirst.tex, sample-crossref.tex, sample-custom-acronym.tex, sample-dot-abbr.tex, sample-dual.tex, sample-entrycount.tex, sample-entryfmt.tex, sample-FnDesc.tex, sample-font-abbr.tex, sample-ignored.tex, sample-index.tex, sample-inline.tex, sample-langdict.tex, sample-newkeys.tex, sample-noidxapp-utf8.tex, sample-noidxapp.tex, sample-nomathhyper.tex, sample-numberlist.tex, sample-prefix.tex, sample-si.tex, sample-storage-abbr-desc.tex, sample-storage-abbr.tex, sample.tex, sample4col.tex, sampleaccsupp.tex, sampleAcr.tex, sampleAcrDesc.tex, sampleacronyms.tex, sampleCustomAcr.tex, sampleDB.tex, sampleDesc.tex, sampleEq.tex, sampleEqPg.tex, sampleFnAcrDesc.tex, sampleNtn.tex, samplePeople.tex, sampleSec.tex, sampleSort.tex, sampletree.tex, sampleutf8.tex, samplexdy.tex, samplexdy2.tex, samplexdy3.tex, mwe-acr-desc.tex, mwe-acr.tex, mwe-gls.tex, samplexdy-mc.xdy, samplexdy-mc207.xdy, database1.tex, database2.tex, glossaries.perl. %% %% \CharacterTable %% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ %% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_ %% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \| %% Right brace \} Tilde \~} -\ProvidesPackage{glossary-tree}[2017/08/24 v4.32 (NLCT)] +\ProvidesPackage{glossary-tree}[2017/09/20 v4.33 (NLCT)] \providecommand{\indexspace}{% \par \vskip 10\p@ \@plus 5\p@ \@minus 3\p@ \relax } diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/test-entries/example-glossaries-symbolnames.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/test-entries/example-glossaries-symbolnames.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..f7265bc609c --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/test-entries/example-glossaries-symbolnames.tex @@ -0,0 +1,76 @@ + % This file is part of the glossaries bundle + % These are test glossary entries with associated symbols. + +\newglossaryentry{sym.alpha}{sort={alpha},name={\ensuremath{\alpha}}, +description={Quisque ullamcorper placerat ipsum.}} + +\newglossaryentry{sym.beta}{sort={beta},name={\ensuremath{\beta}}, +description={Cras nibh.}} + +\newglossaryentry{sym.gamma}{sort={gamma},name={\ensuremath{\gamma}}, +description={Morbi vel justo vitae lacus tincidunt ultrices.}} + +\newglossaryentry{sym.delta}{sort={delta},name={\ensuremath{\delta}}, +description={Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing +elit.}} + +\newglossaryentry{sym.epsilon}{sort={epsilon},name={\ensuremath{\epsilon}}, +description={In hac habitasse platea dictumst.}} + +\newglossaryentry{sym.zeta}{sort={zeta},name={\ensuremath{\zeta}}, +description={Integer tempus convallis augue.}} + +\newglossaryentry{sym.eta}{sort={eta},name={\ensuremath{\eta}}, +description={Etiam facilisis.}} + +\newglossaryentry{sym.theta}{sort={theta},name={\ensuremath{\theta}}, +description={Nunc elementum fermentum wisi.}} + +\newglossaryentry{sym.iota}{sort={iota},name={\ensuremath{i}}, +description={Aenean placerat.}} + +\newglossaryentry{sym.kappa}{sort={kappa},name={\ensuremath{\kappa}}, +description={Ut imperdiet, enim sed gravida sollicitudin, felis odio +placerat quam, ac pulvinar elit purus eget enim.}} + +\newglossaryentry{sym.lambda}{sort={lambda},name={\ensuremath{\lambda}}, +description={Nunc vitae tortor.}} + +\newglossaryentry{sym.mu}{sort={mu},name={\ensuremath{\mu}}, +description={Proin tempus nibh sit amet nisl.}} + +\newglossaryentry{sym.nu}{sort={nu},name={\ensuremath{\nu}}, +description={Vivamus quis tortor vitae risus porta vehicula.}} + +\newglossaryentry{sym.xi}{sort={xi},name={\ensuremath{\xi}}, +description={Fusce mauris.}} + +\newglossaryentry{sym.pi}{sort={pi},name={\ensuremath{\pi}}, +description={Vestibulum luctus nibh at lectus.}} + +\newglossaryentry{sym.rho}{sort={rho},name={\ensuremath{\rho}}, +description={Sed bibendum, nulla a faucibus semper, leo velit +ultricies tellus, ac venenatis arcu wisi vel nisl. Vestibulum diam.}} + +\newglossaryentry{sym.sigma}{sort={sigma},name={\ensuremath{\sigma}}, +description={Aliquam pellentesque, augue quis sagittis posuere, +turpis lacus congue quam, in hendrerit risus eros eget felis.}} + +\newglossaryentry{sym.tau}{sort={tau},name={\ensuremath{\tau}}, +description={Maecenas eget erat in sapien mattis porttitor.}} + +\newglossaryentry{sym.upsilon}{sort={upsilon},name={\ensuremath{\upsilon}}, +description={Vestibulum porttitor.}} + +\newglossaryentry{sym.phi}{sort={phi},name={\ensuremath{\phi}}, +description={Nulla facilisi.}} + +\newglossaryentry{sym.chi}{sort={chi},name={\ensuremath{\chi}}, +description={Sed a turpis eu lacus commodo facilisis.}} + +\newglossaryentry{sym.psi}{sort={psi},name={\ensuremath{\psi}}, +description={Morbi fringilla, wisi in dignissim interdum, justo +lectus sagittis dui, et vehicula libero dui cursus dui.}} + +\newglossaryentry{sym.omega}{sort={omega},name={\ensuremath{\omega}}, +description={Mauris tempor ligula sed lacus.}} |